diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 3ff0bde58..4327db080 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9206,7 +9206,7 @@ msgstr "Support-Ende" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo SaaS 18.1" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 @@ -9219,7 +9219,7 @@ msgstr "KEINE ANGABE" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2025" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Januar 2025" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 44e996211..ae4bd1e61 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Chris Egal , 2025 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # #, fuzzy @@ -1901,6 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Übersicht der Optionen, die beim Export von Daten in Odoo zu berücksichtigen" +" sind." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2092,6 +2095,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select " ":guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie die Ansicht des Objekts, in das die Daten importiert/eingefügt " +"werden sollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-cog` " +"(:guilabel:`Zahnrad`) und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Datensätze importieren`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." @@ -2107,46 +2113,66 @@ msgid "" "company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the " "data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :icon:`fa-download` :guilabel:`Vorlage für Kunden " +"importieren` in der Mitte der Seite, um eine :ref:`Vorlage " +"` herunterzuladen und mit " +"den eigenen Daten des Unternehmens zu füllen. Solche Vorlagen können mit " +"einem Klick importiert werden, da die Datenzuordnung bereits vorkonfiguriert" +" ist." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" msgstr "" +"Um die heruntergeladene Vorlage oder Ihre eigene Datei hochzuladen, folgen " +"Sie den nächsten Schritten:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Datei hochladen` und wählen Sie die gewünschte " +"Datei aus." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." msgstr "" +"Passen Sie die Optionen zur :guilabel:`Formatierung` nach Bedarf an (nur für" +" CSV-Dateien)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the " "appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." msgstr "" +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass alle Daten in der :guilabel:`Dateispalte` korrekt " +"mit dem entsprechendem :guilabel:`Odoo-Feld` verknüpft sind und keine Fehler" +" enthalten." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or " "upload a different one." msgstr "" +"(Optional) Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Datei hochladen`, um dieselbe oder " +"eine andere Datei hochzuladen." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Test`, um zu prüfen, ob die Daten gültig sind." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Importieren`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the " "proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Formatierungsoptionen` erscheinen **nicht**, wenn Sie den " +"proprietären Excel-Dateityp (d. h. `.xls`, `.xlsx`) importieren." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -2862,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 msgid "Import image files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilddateien importieren" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -2870,34 +2896,46 @@ msgid "" "` CSV or Excel file, follow the " "next steps:" msgstr "" +"Um Bilddateien mit der :ref:`hochgeladenen " +"` CSV- oder Excel-Datei zu " +"importieren, befolgen Sie diese Schritte:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie die Namen der Bilddateien in der entsprechenden Spalte " +":guilabel:`Bild` in der Datei hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Laden Sie die Datei hoch ` " +"oder laden Sie sie erneut, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Datei laden` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie unter :guilabel:`Zu importierende Dateien` auf :guilabel:`Ihre " +"Dateien hochladen`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" "Select the relevant image files. The number of files selected appears next " "to the button." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die entsprechenden Bilddateien aus. Die Anzahl ausgewählter " +"Dateien erscheint neben der Schaltfläche." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Test`, um zu prüfen, ob alle Daten gültig sind." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2905,18 +2943,27 @@ msgid "" "check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. " "If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Importieren`. Während des Importvorgangs führt " +"Odoo eine Dateiprüfung durch, um die hochgeladenen Bilder automatisch mit " +"der importierten Datendatei zu verknüpfen. Wenn es keine Übereinstimmung " +"gibt, wird die Datendatei ohne Bilder importiert." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template " "has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zu importierende Dateien` wird aktiviert, wenn Ihre" +" Produktvorlage eine Spalte für :guilabel:`Bilder` mit allen ausgefüllten " +"Feldern enthält." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 msgid "" "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image " "files." msgstr "" +"Die Namen der Bilddatei in der Datei müssen den hochgeladenen Bilddateien " +"entsprechen." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2929,6 +2976,15 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine große Anzahl von Bildern importieren, können Sie die maximale " +"Stapelgröße in Megabyte angeben und eine Verzögerung einstellen, um eine " +"Überlastung des Systems zu verhindern. Aktivieren Sie dazu :doc:`den " +"Entwicklermodus <../general/developer_mode>` und füllen Sie die Felder " +":guilabel:`Maximale Größe pro Stapel` und die :guilabel:`Verzögerung nach " +"jedem Stapel` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zu importierende Dateien` aus. " +"Standardmäßig entspricht die Verzögerung dem Limit für RPC/API-Aufrufe, das " +"in der `Odoo Cloud - Richtlinie zur akzeptablen Nutzung " +"`_ definiert ist." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 38824d95c..fe8fdf3bd 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ # Cécile Collart , 2024 # Felix Schubert , 2024 # Jan Meyer, 2024 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 +# Chris Egal , 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2025\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -13625,6 +13626,9 @@ msgid "" "Select the relevant invoices/credit notes or bills/refunds linked to a " "specific contact." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die entsprechenden Rechnungen/Gutschriften oder " +"Rechnungen/Erstattungen aus, die mit einem bestimmten Kontakt verbunden " +"sind." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -46908,7 +46912,7 @@ msgstr "Indische Lokalisierungsmodule" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:53 msgid "Indian Configuration" -msgstr "Indische Konfiguratio" +msgstr "Indische Konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 720ec667f..af4dc2122 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # philku79 , 2025 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2025\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -11106,7 +11106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lose auf Lieferscheinen anzeigen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -11115,6 +11115,11 @@ msgid "" "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"Beim Verkauf von Produkten, die mittels Los verfolgt werden, können die " +"Losnummern auf den Lieferscheinen an die Kunden angegeben werden. Dies kann " +"für Kunden hilfreich sein, wenn Losnummern benötigt werden, z. B. bei der " +"Einreichung einer RMA- oder Reparaturanfrage oder bei der Registrierung des " +"Produkts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -11124,6 +11129,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um Losnummern auf Lieferscheinen anzuzeigen, öffnen Sie " +":menuselection:`Lager` und navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration " +"--> Einstellungen`. Scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Rückverfplgbarkeit`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen " +"neben :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern auf Lieferscheinen anzeigen` und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -11131,6 +11142,10 @@ msgid "" "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" +"Nach der Aktivierung der Einstellung :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern auf " +"Lieferscheinen anzeigen` werden Losnummern für Produkte, die mittels Los " +"verfolgt werden auf Lieferscheinen angezeigt, sobald der Lieferauftrag " +"validiert wurde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -11138,6 +11153,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" +"Um die Losnummern auf Lieferaufträgen und Lieferscheinen anzuzeigen, " +"navigieren Sie zur App :menuselection:`Lager`, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` und wählen Sie einen Auftrag aus, der ein Produkt" +" enthält, das anhand von Losen verfolgt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -11148,6 +11167,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"Damit die Losnummern der Produkte im Auftrag aufgeführt werden, müssen Sie " +"den Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` öffnen und auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`oi-" +"settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(anpassen)` rechts auf dem Reiter klicken. " +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass das Kästchen :guilabel:`Seriennummern` angekreuzt " +"ist, sodass eine Spalte :guilabel:`Seriennummern` erscheint. Die " +"Losnummer(n) jedes Produkt des Auftrags werden in dieser Spalte aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 @@ -11155,6 +11180,9 @@ msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "" +"Wenn der Auftrag zur Bearbeitung bereit ist, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Lieferung zu bestätigen und dem Lieferschein " +"Produktinformationen hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -11164,6 +11192,12 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie oben im Auftragsformular auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(Aktionen)` und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Drucken --> Lieferschein` " +"aus. Der Lieferschein wird dann heruntergeladen. Öffnen Sie den Lieferschein" +" mit dem Browser oder dem Dateimanager des Geräts. Die Losnummern sind neben" +" den jeweiligen Produkten in der Spalte :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` " +"aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 @@ -11171,6 +11205,8 @@ msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt der Auftragszeilen eines Lieferscheins mit einem Produkt und " +"seiner Seriennummer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -11772,7 +11808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seriennummern für Warenein- und ausgänge erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12123,7 +12159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seriennummern auf Lieferscheinen anzeigen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -12132,6 +12168,11 @@ msgid "" " be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as " "filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"Beim Verkauf von Produkten, die mittels Seriennummer verfolgt werden, können" +" die Seriennummern auf den Lieferscheinen an die Kunden angegeben werden. " +"Dies kann für Kunden hilfreich sein, wenn Seriennummern benötigt werden, z. " +"B. bei der Einreichung einer RMA- oder Reparaturanfrage oder bei der " +"Registrierung des Produkts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -12141,6 +12182,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um Seriennummern auf Lieferscheinen anzuzeigen, öffnen Sie " +":menuselection:`Lager` und navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration " +"--> Einstellungen`. Scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Rückverfplgbarkeit`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen " +"neben :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern auf Lieferscheinen anzeigen` und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -12148,6 +12195,10 @@ msgid "" "Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" +"Nach der Aktivierung der Einstellung :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern auf " +"Lieferscheinen anzeigen` werden Seriennummern für Produkte, die mittels " +"Seriennummer verfolgt werden auf Lieferscheinen angezeigt, sobald der " +"Lieferauftrag validiert wurde." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -12155,6 +12206,10 @@ msgid "" "the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, " "and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" +"Um die Seriennummern auf Lieferaufträgen und Lieferscheinen anzuzeigen, " +"navigieren Sie zur App :menuselection:`Lager`, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` und wählen Sie einen Auftrag aus, der ein Produkt" +" enthält, das anhand von Seriennummern verfolgt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -12165,6 +12220,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"Damit die Seriennummern der Produkte im Auftrag aufgeführt werden, müssen " +"Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` öffnen und auf das Symbol :icon:`oi-" +"settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(anpassen)` rechts auf dem Reiter klicken. " +"Stellen Sie sicher, dass das Kästchen :guilabel:`Seriennummern` angekreuzt " +"ist, sodass eine Spalte :guilabel:`Seriennummern` erscheint. Die " +"Seriennummer(n) jedes Produkt des Auftrags werden in dieser Spalte " +"aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -12174,6 +12236,12 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to " "their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie oben im Auftragsformular auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`(Aktionen)` und wählen Sie :menuselection:`Drucken --> " +"Lieferschein` aus. Der Lieferschein wird dann heruntergeladen. Öffnen Sie " +"den Lieferschein mit dem Browser oder dem Dateimanager des Geräts. Die " +"Seriennummern sind neben den jeweiligen Produkten in der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` aufgeführt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" @@ -16496,6 +16564,13 @@ msgid "" "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" +"Mit der *Stapelkommissionierung* kann ein einziger Kommissionierer mehrere " +"Aufträge auf einmal abwickeln und so die Zeit reduzieren, die er benötigt, " +"um mehrmals zum selben Lagerort zu gehen. Bei der Stapelkommissionierung " +"werden die Aufträge gruppiert und in einer Kommissionierliste " +"zusammengefasst. Nach der Kommissionierung wird der Stapel zu einem " +"Versandlager gebracht, wo die Produkte in ihre jeweiligen Lieferpakete " +"sortiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -16517,6 +16592,11 @@ msgid "" "workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse," " reducing travel time and boosting productivity." msgstr "" +"Die Stapelkommissionierung ist ideal für Branchen oder Lagerhäuser, die hohe" +" Auftragsvolumina mit einer stabilen Nachfrage bewältigen. Diese Methode " +"erhöht die Effizienz, indem sie es den Mitarbeitern ermöglicht, Artikel für " +"mehrere Aufträge in einem einzigen Gang durch das Lager zu kommissionieren, " +"wodurch die Wegzeit reduziert und die Produktivität gesteigert wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -16525,6 +16605,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster " "Transfers` box." msgstr "" +"Um die Option Stapelkommissionierung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zunächst zur " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Unter dem " +"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` kreuzen Sie das Kästchen :guilabel:`Stapel-, " +"Wellen- & Cluster-Transfers` an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." @@ -16579,10 +16663,16 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select " ":guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" +"Um Transfers direkt aus der :menuselection:`Lagerapp` manuell zu gruppieren," +" bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den gewünschten Vorgang aus dem Menü " +":guilabel:`Lagerübersicht` (z. B. die Kanban-Karte " +":guilabel:`Wareneingänge`), klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`" +" :guilabel:`(vertikale Ellipse)` und wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Stapel " +"vorbereiten` aus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das Lagerdashboard mit Hervorhebung der Option „Stapel vorbereiten“." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:231 @@ -16626,6 +16716,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zu den Feldern :guilabel:`Standort für Laderampe`, " +":guilabel:`Fahrzeug` und :guilabel:`Fahrzeugkategorie` finden Sie im " +":doc:`Versandmanagementsystem " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -16663,6 +16757,9 @@ msgid "" "Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled" " Date` is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"Ein neuer Stapeltransfer wurde dem :guilabel:`Verantwortlichen`, `Joel " +"Willis` für die :guilabel:`Vorgangsart` zugewiesen. Das :guilabel:`Geplante " +"Datum` wird auf `11. August` gesetzt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." @@ -16727,6 +16824,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the " "resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie in der Liste der Transfers das Kontrollkästchen links neben " +"den ausgewählten Transfers, um sie zu einem Stapel hinzuzufügen. Navigieren " +"Sie dann zur Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Aktionen` und klicken " +"Sie im daraufhin angezeigten Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Zu Stapel " +"hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 @@ -16756,7 +16858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fügen Sie eine :guilabel:`Beschreibung` für diesen Stapel hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 @@ -16765,12 +16867,18 @@ msgid "" "to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, " "what shipping containers to use, etc." msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Beschreibung` kann verwendet werden, um zusätzliche " +"Informationen hinzuzufügen, die den Mitarbeitern dabei helfen, die Herkunft " +"des Loses zu ermitteln, den Lagerort des Loses zu bestimmen, die zu " +"verwendenden Versandbehälter auszuwählen usw." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126 msgid "" "To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Um einen Stapel zu erstellen, der zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt verarbeitet " +"werden soll, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Entwurf`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 @@ -16787,13 +16895,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatische Stapel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level." msgstr "" +"Stapel können automatisch erstellt und gemäß mehrere Kriterien zu gewiesen " +"werden. Die Option *Automatische Stapel* wird auf Ebene der *Vorgangsart* " +"festgelegt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -16801,6 +16912,9 @@ msgid "" "customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and " "destination country." msgstr "" +"In einem mehrstufigen Lieferprozess kann die Kommissionierung nach Kunden " +"gruppiert werden, während der Versand nach Zusteller und Zielland " +"organisiert werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -16811,37 +16925,47 @@ msgid "" "Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is " "created." msgstr "" +"Um *Automatische Stapel* zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Vorgangsarten` und wählen Sie " +"die gewünschte Vorgangsart (z. B. :guilabel:`Lieferung`, " +":guilabel:`Kommissionieren` usw.) aus. Wählen Sie dann eine oder mehrere " +"Kriterien für die :guilabel:`Stapelgruppierung` aus, indem Sie die " +"entsprechenden Kästchen ankreuzen. Auch wenn mehr als eine " +"Gruppierungsoption ausgewählt ist, wird nur ein Stapel erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" msgstr "" +"Stapel können automatisch gemäß der folgenden Kriterien generiert werden:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kontakt`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Zusteller`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Zielland`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Quelllagerort`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ziellagerort`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping " "criteria visible." msgstr "" +"Die Einstellungsseite für Stapel- und Wellentransfers mit den Kriterien zur " +"automatischen Stapelgruppierung." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" @@ -16933,6 +17057,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Das Produkt `Schreibtischunterlage` aus demselben Stapel wie das obige " +":ref:`Beispiel ` ist nur im " +"Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` sichtbar, weil keine :guilabel:`Reservierten` " +"Mengen auf Lager sind, um den Stapeltransfer abzuwickeln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -16970,12 +17098,16 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferrückstand erstellen` klicken," +" wird automatisch ein neuer Stapeltransfer erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "" "When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been " "validated in the batch will be removed from it." msgstr "" +"Beim Erstellen eines neuen Lieferrückstandes werden die Transfers die im " +"Stapel **nicht** validiert wurden, daraus entfernt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -17008,6 +17140,12 @@ msgid "" "sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with " "high order volumes where organization and speed are critical." msgstr "" +"Die Cluster-Kommissionierung ist eine fortschrittliche Kommissioniermethode," +" die die Effizienz der :ref:`Stapelkommissionierung " +"` mit einer sofortigen Sortierung während des " +"Kommissioniervorgangs kombiniert. Sie eignet sich am besten für Lager mit " +"hohem Auftragsvolumen, bei denen Organisation und Geschwindigkeit " +"entscheidend sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -17017,6 +17155,13 @@ msgid "" "consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and " "accuracy." msgstr "" +"Im Gegensatz zur Stapelkommissionierung, bei der nach der Kommissionierung " +"ein separater Sortierschritt erforderlich ist, werden bei der Cluster-" +"Kommissionierung die Artikel direkt in die für jeden *Verkaufsauftrag* " +"vorgesehenen Behälter oder Container sortiert. Dadurch entfällt die " +"Notwendigkeit einer Konsolidierung nach der Kommissionierung, was sie ideal " +"für Vorgänge macht, bei denen es auf Geschwindigkeit und Genauigkeit " +"ankommt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -17024,6 +17169,10 @@ msgid "" "organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise" " sorting during, rather than after, the picking process." msgstr "" +"Die Cluster-Kommissionierung ist besonders effektiv in Umgebungen, in denen " +"eine sofortige Organisation von entscheidender Bedeutung ist und die " +"Aufträge eine Mischung aus Artikeln enthalten, die während und nicht erst " +"nach dem Kommissionierungsprozess präzise sortiert werden müssen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -17098,6 +17247,10 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" +"Um Cluster-Kommissionierung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zunächst zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Aktivieren Sie " +"im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` die Optionen :guilabel:`Pakete` und " +":guilabel:`Stapel-, Wellen- & Cluster-Transfers`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." @@ -17142,6 +17295,10 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +"Um die während des Kommissionierungsprozesses zu verwendenden Behälter zu " +"konfigurieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Produkte --> " +"Pakete` und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, um ein neues " +"Paket zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -17171,6 +17328,11 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" +"Ein Paket, das für die Cluster-Kommissionierung bestimmt ist, wird zur " +"einfachen Identifizierung `CLUSTER-PACK-3` genannt. Für diesen Arbeitsablauf" +" werden die Produkte direkt in den dafür vorgesehenen Versandkartons " +"verpackt, daher wird :guilabel:`Paketverwendung` auf " +":guilabel:`Wiederverwendbare Box` gesetzt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." @@ -17186,6 +17348,10 @@ msgid "" "the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` " "(whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"Um eine Cluster-Kommissionierung zu erstellen, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager` und wählen Sie die Karte der Vorgangsart " +":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` oder :guilabel:`Kommissionieren` (je nachdem, " +"welcher Vorgang der erste im Lieferfluss ist)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -17216,6 +17382,11 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das Kontrollkästchen links neben dem entsprechenden " +"ausgehenden Vorgang, um sie dem Stapel hinzuzufügen. Klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Aktionen` und wählen Sie die Option " +":guilabel:`Zu Stapel hinzufügen` aus dem daraufhin angezeigten Dropdown-" +"Menü." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -17258,7 +17429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fügen Sie dann eine :guilabel:`Beschreibung` für diesen Stapel hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -17295,6 +17466,8 @@ msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that " "particular order." msgstr "" +"Legen Sie das :guilabel:`Zielpaket` für das Paket fest, das für diesen " +"bestimmten Auftrag vorgesehen ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -17313,6 +17486,9 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`," " `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"Am Lagerort für Äpfel, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, ordnen Sie die Äpfel aller drei " +"Kommissionierungen einem der drei Einwegpakete zu, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`, " +"`CLUSTER-PACK-2` oder `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -17337,6 +17513,11 @@ msgid "" "batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped" " in a batch." msgstr "" +"Während ein Stapeltransfer eine Gruppe von mehreren Kommissionierungen ist, " +"enthält ein **Wellen-Transfer** einige Teile verschiedener " +"Kommissionierungen. In Odoo sind Wellentransfers Stapeltranfers mit einem " +"Zusatzschritt; Transfers werden vor der Gruppierung in einem Stapel " +"aufgeteilt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -17346,6 +17527,13 @@ msgid "" "location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a " "different employee for the most efficient execution." msgstr "" +"Die Wellenkommissionierung ist ideal für Lagerhäuser, die die Verarbeitung " +"großer Auftragsvolumina optimieren und gleichzeitig komplexe " +"Kommissionierungskriterien verwalten müssen. Bei der Wellenkommissionierung " +"werden Aufträge auf der Grundlage von Faktoren wie Produktstandort, " +"Kategorie oder geplanten Versandzeiten in Wellen gruppiert. Jede Welle wird " +"einem anderen Mitarbeiter zugewiesen, um eine möglichst effiziente " +"Ausführung zu gewährleisten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -17354,18 +17542,23 @@ msgid "" " approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking " "activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability." msgstr "" +"Die Wellenkommissionierung ist besonders nützlich für Vorgänge, bei denen " +"mehrere Verkaufsaufträge oder ein einzelner Auftrag in verschiedenen Wellen " +"kommissioniert werden müssen. Dieser Ansatz ermöglicht eine flexible " +"Planung, sodass Lagerhäuser ihre Kommissionieraktivitäten an Versandfristen " +"oder der Verfügbarkeit von Ressourcen ausrichten können." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkaufsauftrag 1 benötigt einen Apfel und eine Orange" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkaufsauftrag 2 benötigt einen Apfel und eine Banane" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkaufsauftrag 3 benötigt einen Apfel, eine Orange und zwei Bananen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -17373,26 +17566,33 @@ msgid "" "warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the " "following instructions:" msgstr "" +"Äpfel werden in Regal A, Orangen in Regal B und Bananen in Regal C gelagert." +" Der Welle wird ein Lagermitarbeiter zugewiesen und dieser erhält folgende " +"Anweisungen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28 msgid "" "Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for " "the wave." msgstr "" +"Regal A: Nehmen Sie drei Äpfel. Legen Sie sie in einen zentralen Wagen, der " +"für die Welle vorgesehen ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regal B: Nehmen Sie zwei Orangen. Fügen Sie sie zum Wagen hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regal C: Nehmen Sie drei Bananen. Fügen Sie sie zum Wagen hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" "The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are " "then sorted and packed into individual orders." msgstr "" +"Der Mitarbeiter bringt dann den Wagen zur Sortier-/Packstation. Die Artikel " +"werden dann in individuelle Aufträge sortiert und verpackt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -17401,6 +17601,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the " "setting." msgstr "" +"Um die Wellenkommissionierung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zunächst zu " +":menuselection:`Lager--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Unter dem " +"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` kreuzen Sie das Kästchen :guilabel:`Stapel-, " +"Wellen- & Cluster-Transfers` an, um die Einstellung zu aktivieren" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17415,14 +17619,18 @@ msgid "" "options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on " "this settings page." msgstr "" +"Nun müssen die Optionen :guilabel:`Lagerorte` und :guilabel:`Mehrstufige " +"Routen` unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` auf dieser " +"Einstellungsseite ebenfalls aktiviert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine Welle erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -17433,6 +17641,12 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click " ":guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" +"Wellentransfers können nur Produktzeilen aus Transfers derselben Vorgangsart" +" enthalten. Um alle Transfers und Produktzeilen in einem bestimmten Vorgang " +"anzuzeigen, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager`. Suchen Sie die " +"gewünschte Kanban-Karte und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-" +"ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertikale Ellipse)`, um das Optionsmenü zu öffnen. " +"Klicken Sie unter :guilabel:`Neu` auf :guilabel:`Welle vorbereiten`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." @@ -17440,7 +17654,7 @@ msgstr "Wie Sie die Liste der Vorgänge einer Vorgangsart erhalten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine neue Welle erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -17448,6 +17662,10 @@ msgid "" "source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be " "added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"Im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Welle vorbereiten` werden die " +"Bestandsbewegungen nach Quelllagerort gruppiert. Aktivieren Sie die " +"Kontrollkästchen für die Produktzeilen, die hinzugefügt werden sollen. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Zur Welle hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." @@ -17458,10 +17676,12 @@ msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc." msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie die :guilabel:`Filter` in der Suchleiste, um Zeilen mit " +"demselben Produkt, Standort, Transportunternehmen usw. zu gruppieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkte zur bestehenden Welle hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -17469,16 +17689,22 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the " "list to open it." msgstr "" +"Um Produkte zu einer bestehenden Welle hinzuzufügen, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Wellentransfers`. Klicken Sie auf die" +" entsprechende Welle in der Liste, um sie zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." " Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` auf :guilabel:`Zeile" +" hinzufügen`. Suchen Sie dann im Feld :guilabel:`Produkt` nach dem " +"gewünschten Produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eine Welle verarbeiten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -17486,12 +17712,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the " "appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"Um alle Wellentransfers und deren Status zu sehen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Wellentransfers`. Klicken Sie auf die" +" entsprechende Welle in der Liste, um sie zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93 msgid "" "To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible`" " field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list." msgstr "" +"Um die Welle einem spezifischen Mitarbeiter zuzuweisen, klicken Sie auf das " +"Feld :guilabel:`Verantwortlich` und wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus " +"der Drop-down-Liste aus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -17499,6 +17731,9 @@ msgid "" "select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` " "field." msgstr "" +"Um einen :ref:`Standort für Laderampe ` " +"festzulegen, wählen Sie eine Option aus dem Drop-down-Menü im Feld " +":guilabel:`Standort für Laderampe` aus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -17507,26 +17742,37 @@ msgid "" "used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures" " the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion :doc:`Versandmanagementsystem " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` in Odoo wird " +"verwendet, um Sendungen zu planen und zu erstellen. Die Zuweisung von " +"Stapeln an Laderampen stellt sicher, dass die richtigen Produkte in den " +"entsprechenden Lastwagen zur Lieferung geladen werden" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this " "field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie ein :guilabel:`Fahrzeug` aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus. Durch die " +"Auswahl in diesem Feld wird das Feld :guilabel:`Fahrzeugkategorie` " +"automatisch aktualisiert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie eine :guilabel:`Beschreibung` für diese Welle ein (bei Bedarf)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for " ":ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Beschreibung` wird automatisch für :ref:`automatische " +"Wellen ` generiert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatische Wellen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -17535,6 +17781,10 @@ msgid "" "which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each" " operation type." msgstr "" +"Wellen können automatisch erstellt und gemäß unterschiedlicher Kriterien zu " +"gewiesen werden. Die Option *Automatische Stapel* wird auf Ebene der " +"*Vorgangsart* festgelegt, wodurch die Erstellung von Wellen mit " +"unterschiedlichen Gruppierungskriterien für jede Vorgangsart aktiviert wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -17544,6 +17794,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Batches` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Um *Automatische Stapel* zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Vorgangsarten` und wählen Sie " +"die gewünschte Vorgangsart (z. B. :guilabel:`Lieferung`, " +":guilabel:`Kommissionieren` usw.) aus. Unter der Überschrift " +":guilabel:`Stapel- & Wellentransfers` aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " +":guilabel:`Automatische Stapel`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -17551,28 +17807,39 @@ msgid "" "appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, " "only one wave is created." msgstr "" +"ählen Sie dann eine oder mehrere Kriterien für die " +":guilabel:`Wellengruppierung` aus, indem Sie die entsprechenden Kästchen " +"ankreuzen. Auch wenn mehr als eine Gruppierungsoption ausgewählt ist, wird " +"nur eine Welle erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" msgstr "" +"Automatische Wellen können anhand der folgenden Kriterien erstellt werden:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that " "have the same product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkt`: Teilen Sie die Transfers nach Produkt auf und " +"gruppieren Sie dann Transfers mit derselben Produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then " "group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktkategorie`: Teilen Sie die Transfers nach Produktkategorie" +" auf und gruppieren Sie dann Transfers mit derselben Produktkategorie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product " "category selected." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion „Automatische Stapel“ mit der Option „Wellengruppierung“ für " +"die ausgewählte Produktkategorie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" @@ -20254,36 +20521,49 @@ msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery " "method based on the order’s content or destination:" msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit`, um Bedingungen für die " +"Liefermethode basierend auf dem Inhalt oder dem Ziel des Auftrags " +"festzulegen:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is " "available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Länder`: Geben Sie ein oder mehrere Länder an, in denen die " +"Methode verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max. Gewicht`: Legen Sie ein Maximalgewicht fest. Diese Methode " +"ist nur für Aufträge unter diesem Grenzwert verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max. Volumen`: Legen Sie ein Maximalvolumen fest. Diese Methode " +"ist nur für Aufträge unter diesem Grenzwert verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one " "product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dringend notwendige Stichwörter`: Die Methode ist nur verfügbar, " +"wenn mindestens ein Produkt des Auftrags eines dieser Stichwörter hat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product" " in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ausgeschlossene Stichwörter`: Die Methode ist nicht verfügbar, " +"wenn mindestens ein Produkt des Auftrags eines dieser Stichwörter hat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -20757,12 +21037,16 @@ msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" +"Erhalten Sie die :ref:`ID und das Passwort des Kontos " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo " "`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Versandmethode in Odoo einrichten `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -20797,7 +21081,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontoeinstellung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -20828,6 +21112,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost " "`_ accounts." msgstr "" +"Odoo **kann nicht** `nicht geschäftlichen Bpost-Konten " +"`_ integiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -20856,7 +21142,7 @@ msgstr "Im Reiter *Admin* zur Anzeige der ID und des Passworts des Kontos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Versandmethode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -20916,12 +21202,17 @@ msgid "" "unique :ref:`account ID ` from " "the Bpost website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bpost -Kontonummer` (Pflichtfeld): Geben Sie die eindeutige " +":ref:`Konto-ID ` von der Bpost-" +"Website an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Passphrase` (Pflichtfeld): Geben Sie die :ref:`Passphrase " +"` von der Bpost-Website an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -20951,6 +21242,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" +"Für die `Lieferung im Inland `_ stehen folgende" +" Optionen zur Verfügung: :guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h " +"business`, oder :guilabel:`bpack Bus`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -20958,6 +21252,9 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or " ":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" +"Für die `internationale Lieferung `_ stehen " +"folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, " +":guilabel:`bpack World Business`, oder :guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -25756,7 +26053,7 @@ msgstr "Einige europäische Länder (siehe Details)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Bpost `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" @@ -31658,6 +31955,10 @@ msgid "" "sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary " "for Odoo to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" +"Stellen Sie auf dem Produktformular im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemeine " +"Informationen` sicher, dass das Kästchen :guilabel:`Bestand verfolgen` " +"angekreuzt ist. Dies ist notwendig für Odoo, um die Lagerbestände des " +"Produkts zu verfolgen und Nachbestellregeln auszulösen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." @@ -31734,6 +32035,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations --> Replenishment`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and fill out " "the following fields for the new reordering rule line item:" msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Nachbestellregel zu erstellen, navigieren Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> Auffüllung`, klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Neu` und füllen Sie die folgenden Felder für das Artikel der " +"neuen Nachbestellregelzeile aus:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." @@ -31750,11 +32055,16 @@ msgid "" "rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a " "replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min.`: Die Mindestmenge, die prognostiziert werden kann, ohne " +"dass die Regel ausgelöst wird. Wenn der prognostizierte Bestand unter diese " +"Zahl fällt, wird ein Nachbestellauftrag für das Produkt erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max.`: Die maximale Menge, bis zu der der Bestand wieder " +"aufgefüllt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -31762,6 +32072,9 @@ msgid "" "should be replenished for this reordering rule (e.g., a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zu bestellen`: Die Anzahl der Einheiten, die gemäß der " +"*Maßeinheit* für diese Nachbestellregel aufgefüllt werden sollten (z. B. " +"könnte ein Produkt in Losen von 20 Stück aufgefüllt werden)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -31786,6 +32099,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`inventory adjustment <../inventory_management/count_products>` is " "made." msgstr "" +"Zwei weitere Felder werden automatisch ausgefüllt: :guilabel:`Vorrätig` (die" +" Anzahl der derzeit im Lager verfügbaren Einheiten) und :guilabel:`Prognose`" +" (die Anzahl der Einheiten, die voraussichtlich im Lager verfügbar sein " +"werden, nachdem alle Aufträge berücksichtigt wurden). Diese Zahlen ändern " +"sich nur, wenn eine :doc:`Bestandsaufnahme " +"<../inventory_management/count_products>` vorgenommen wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -31795,6 +32114,11 @@ msgid "" " in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" +"Außerdem können Sie auf weitere Felder zugreifen, indem Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Symbol für Regler für zusätzliche " +"Optionen)` klicken. Zum Beispiel gibt die :guilabel:`Mehrfache Menge` an, ob" +" das Produkt in Stapeln mit einer bestimmten Menge aufgefüllt werden soll " +"(z. B. könnte ein Produkt in Stapeln von 20 Stück aufgefüllt werden)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -32824,7 +33148,7 @@ msgstr "Anzeige von Sendung aus dem Lagerhaus in die Filiale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestandsbewertungsdashboard" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -32833,6 +33157,11 @@ msgid "" "are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to " "account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Unternehmen über physische Vermögenswerte wie z. B. Lagerbestände " +"verfügt, möchte es oft wissen, wie viel ungefähr für diese Waren ausgegeben " +"wurde oder wie viel sie derzeit wert sind. Dieser Prozess der Zuweisung " +"eines Geldwerts zur Berücksichtigung des Lagerbestands wird als " +"*Lagerbewertung* bezeichnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -32840,6 +33169,9 @@ msgid "" "insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse," " in the event of a flood or fire." msgstr "" +"Dieser Wert wird oft für Buchhaltungszwecke angegeben. Beispielsweise möchte" +" eine Versicherungsgesellschaft den Wert der in einem Lagerhaus gelagerten " +"Waren im Falle einer Überschwemmung oder eines Brandes kennen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -32847,18 +33179,26 @@ msgid "" "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" +":doc:`Bestandsbewertung " +"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " +"verwendet typischerweise eine der beiden Buchhaltungssysteme:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "" "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and " "the value is constantly changing." msgstr "" +"**Kontinuierlich**: Der Bestand wird ständig (kontinuierlich) aktualisiert " +"und der Wert ändert sich ständig." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "" "**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) " "basis, and the value is set at this occasional time." msgstr "" +"**Periodisch**: Der Bestandswert wird gelegentlich (in regelmäßigen " +"Abständen) überprüft und der Wert wird zu diesem gelegentlichen Zeitpunkt " +"festgelegt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -32872,10 +33212,20 @@ msgid "" "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" +"Die Verwendung von :ref:`verfolgtem Bestand " +"` in Odoo erfordert ein " +"*kontinuierliches* Bestandsbuchhaltungssystem, da man wissen muss, wann und " +"wo sich der Bestand befindet und wie viel davon verfügbar ist oder " +"prognostiziert wird. In Odoo werden einige gängige " +":ref:`Bestandsbewertungsmethoden " +"` verwendet: *Standardpreis*, " +"*Durchschnittskosten* (AVCO) und *First in, First out* (FIFO). Es ist " +"wichtig zu wissen, dass die für ein Produkt gewählte Bewertungsmethode die " +"Berechnung mehrerer Felder in den Bestandsbewertungsberichten beeinflusst." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dashboard öffnen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -32885,12 +33235,21 @@ msgid "" "as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the " "dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" +"Das Dashboard zur *(Bestandsbewertung* von Odoo zeigt den finanziellen Wert " +"des gesamten erfassten Bestands gemäß der jeweiligen " +"Bestandsbewertungsmethode für jedes Produkt an. Dieser Bericht kann " +"Einblicke in potenzielle Probleme in der Lieferkette geben, wie z. B. " +"versunkene Einkaufskosten oder Verzögerungen bei der Rentabilität. Um auf " +"das Dashboard zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> " +"Berichtswesen --> Bewertung`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39 msgid "" "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to " "users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" +"Das Menü :menuselection:`Berichtswesen` in **Lager** ist nur für Benutzer " +"mit :doc:`Admin-Zugriff <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -32902,6 +33261,15 @@ msgid "" "can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by" " product, operation type, date, or company." msgstr "" +"Dieses Dashboard verfügt über drei verschiedene Ansichten oder " +"Bestandsberichte: :ref:`Listenansicht " +"` (d. h. der Standardbericht " +"zur Bestandsbewertung), :ref:`Pivot-Ansicht " +"` (d. h. der Bericht zur " +"Lageralterung) und :ref:`Diagrammansicht " +"`. Jede Ansicht kann mit " +"verschiedenen Feldern angepasst werden, um die Bestandsbewertung nach " +"Produkt, Vorgangsart, Datum oder Unternehmen aufzuschlüsseln." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -32910,10 +33278,15 @@ msgid "" "next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` " "will show only products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" +"Alle drei Ansichten können nach verschiedenen Feldern gefiltert werden. Um " +"Filter anzuwenden, klicken Sie in die Suchleiste oben im Bericht oder " +"klicken Sie auf den Drop-down-Pfeil daneben. Wenn Sie beispielsweise den " +"Filter :guilabel:`Hat Restmenge` auswählen, werden nur Produkte angezeigt, " +"die derzeit auf Lager sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listenansicht: Bestandsbewertung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -32921,6 +33294,10 @@ msgid "" "view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This" " report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations." msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig wird das Dashboard :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` in der " +"*Listenansicht* angezeigt, die durch das Symbol :icon:`oi-view-list` " +":guilabel:`(Liste)` dargestellt wird. Dieser Bericht enthält eine " +"detaillierte Übersicht der Bestandsbewegungen und ihrer Bewertungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199 @@ -32929,7 +33306,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurieren" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die folgenden Spalten werden standardmäßig angezeigt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -32939,6 +33316,11 @@ msgid "" "valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on" " the column title." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum`: Datum und Uhrzeit der Erstellung der :ref:`Lagerbuchung " +"`. Der Bewertungsbericht ist standardmäßig" +" nach diesem Feld sortiert, was die Bedeutung der Zeit bei der Bewertung des" +" Lagerbestands unterstreicht. Um den Bericht nach einer anderen Spalte zu " +"sortieren, klicken Sie einfach auf den Spaltentitel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -32946,16 +33328,21 @@ msgid "" "move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory " "adjustment)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referenz`: das Referenzdokument, das mit dieser Lagerbuchung " +"verbunden ist (z. B. ein Wareneingangsbeleg, ein Lieferauftrag oder eine " +"manuelle Bestandsaufnahme)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produkt`: das Produkt, das bewegt und bewertet wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has " "increased or decreased in this particular stock move." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Menge`:die Anzahl der Einheiten, um die sich der Bestand dieses " +"Produkts bei dieser bestimmten Bestandsbewegung erhöht oder verringert hat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -32963,12 +33350,17 @@ msgid "" " stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and " ":guilabel:`Unit Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gesamtwert`:der Wert des Produktbestands bei dieser bestimmten " +"Bestandsbewegung, berechnet durch Multiplikation von :guilabel:`Menge` und " +":guilabel:`Wert der Einheit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "" "If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a " "separate line item generated on the report for each good." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein :guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument mehrere Waren enthält, wird für jede " +"Ware eine separate Zeile im Bericht erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -32976,18 +33368,27 @@ msgid "" "insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:" msgstr "" +"Es gibt zusätzliche Felder, die zu dieser Ansicht hinzugefügt werden können," +" um mehr Einblick in die Bewertung des Bestands zu erhalten. Um Felder " +"hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(anpassen)` und wählen Sie die gewünschten Felder aus:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number" " for this product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer`: die eindeutige Los- oder Seriennummer zur " +"Identifizierung des Produkts." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, " "this field displays the company by which this stock move took place." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Für Unternehmen, die mit mehreren Unternehmen " +"zusammenarbeiten, wird in diesem Feld das Unternehmen angezeigt, über das " +"diese Bestandsbewegung stattgefunden hat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -32998,12 +33399,20 @@ msgid "" "conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of " "said stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Restmenge`: die Anzahl der Einheiten, die für diese Bewertung des" +" Produkts verbleiben, nachdem die Nachfrage berücksichtigt wurde (auch aus " +"anderen Lagerbewegungen). Dieses Feld kann besonders hilfreich für die " +"Methoden :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` und :abbr:`AVCO " +"(Durchschnittskosten)` sein, da es angibt, welche Bestandseinheiten zuerst " +"in ein Lager gekommen sind und welchen Wert diese Lagerbestände haben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company " "(**not** the price to consumers)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Wert der Einheit`: die Kosten einer Einheit des Produkts für das " +"Unternehmen (**nicht** der Preis für den Kunden)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -33015,6 +33424,14 @@ msgid "" "item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation " "method." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: eine Beschreibung des Grundes für diese " +"Bestandsbewertung (in der Regel ist eine Bestandsbewegung aufgetreten). " +"Standardmäßig ist dieses Feld als Verknüpfung der Felder " +":guilabel:`Referenz` und :guilabel:`Produkt` festgelegt. In diesem Feld " +"können jedoch auch andere wichtige Meldungen für diese Position angezeigt " +"werden, z. B. ein Hinweis darauf, dass es sich bei der Position um eine " +"Anpassung aufgrund einer Änderung der Bestandsbewertungsmethode des Produkts" +" handelt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -33025,20 +33442,28 @@ msgid "" "Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first " "and the value of said stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Restwert`: den Wert der aktuellen Lagerbestände dieses Produkts " +"für diese bestimmte Bestandsbewegung, nachdem die Nachfrage berücksichtigt " +"wurde. Zusammen mit der :guilabel:`Restmenge` kann dieses Feld besonders " +"hilfreich für die Methoden :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` und " +":abbr:`AVCO (Durchschnittskosten)` sein, da es angibt, welche Bestände " +"zuerst in ein Lager gekommen sind und welchen Wert diese Bestände haben." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107 msgid "" "Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's " "**:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application." msgstr "" +"Einige dieser Einstellungen erscheinen wahrscheinlich nicht, bevor Sie die " +"**:doc:`Einstellungen <../../../general>`** der App in Odoo aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestandsbewertungsbericht." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bestandsbewertungsebenen (BBE)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -33051,6 +33476,16 @@ msgid "" "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" +"Jeder Einzelposten im Bericht :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` stellt einen " +"Datensatz im Odoo-System dar, der als *Bestandsbewertungsebene (BBE)* " +"bezeichnet wird. :abbr:`BBE (Bestandsbewertungsebene)` werden generiert, " +"wenn Produkte auf eine Weise bewegt werden, die sich auf ihre " +"Bestandsbewertung auswirkt. Insbesondere sind die Bestandsbewegungen, die " +":abbr:`BBE (Bestandsbewertungsebene)` generieren, Wareneingänge, " +"Lieferungen, Aufträge per Streckengeschäft und Retouren per " +"Streckengeschäft. Diese Bestandsbewegungen müssen zunächst validiert werden " +"(durch Klicken auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Validieren`), damit der " +":abbr:`BBE (Bestandsbewertungsebene)` erstellt werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -33065,6 +33500,17 @@ msgid "" "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" +"Wenn sich die Bestandsbewertungsmethode eines Produkts auf dem " +"Produktformular ändert, werden im Bericht :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` neue" +" Einzelposten generiert, um die daraus resultierenden :abbr:`BBE " +"(Bestandsbewertungsebene) widerzuspiegeln. Wenn sich beispielsweise die " +"Bewertungsmethode von *Standardpreis* zu :abbr:`AVCO (Durchschnittskosten)` " +"oder :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` ändert, werden automatisch " +"*Neubewertungseinträge* gebucht, um die Preisänderung für Waren, die auf " +"Lager bleiben, widerzuspiegeln. Ein Eintrag ist negativ, um den alten Preis " +"zu „entfernen“, und der zweite Eintrag ist positiv, um den neuen Preis zu " +"erfassen. Diese Einträge sind mit den Journalbuchungen in der Odoo " +"**Buchhaltung** verknüpft." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -33072,10 +33518,14 @@ msgid "" " a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price " "accounting." msgstr "" +"Unten sehen Sie ein Beispiel dafür, was die Tabelle " +":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` anzeigt, wenn bei einem Produkt einige " +"Bestandsbewegungen stattgefunden haben und die Standardpreisberechnung " +"verwendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabelle „Bestandsbewertung“ in Berechnung des Standardpreises." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -33083,12 +33533,16 @@ msgid "" "table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting." msgstr "" +"Umgekehrt zeigt das folgende Bild, wie die Berichtstabelle " +"*Bestandsbewertung* aussehen könnte, nachdem ein Produkt vom Standardpreis " +"zu :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` gewechselt hat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "" "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO " "accounting." msgstr "" +"Tabelle „Bestandsbewertung“ nach Umstellung von Standardpreis auf FIFO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -33096,6 +33550,9 @@ msgid "" "are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in " "Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example." msgstr "" +"Die Felder :guilabel:`Restwert` und :guilabel:`Restmenge` leiten sich aus " +"den Vorgängen auf der :abbr:`BBE (Bestandsbewegungsebene)` in Odoo ab und " +"lassen sich anhand eines Beispiels besser verstehen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -33104,6 +33561,11 @@ msgid "" "receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then" " re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move." msgstr "" +"Frankies Konsignationsgeschäft kauft Pullover zum :guilabel:`Einheitswert` " +"von `5,00` Dollar. Zum ersten Mal kauft Frankie eine bestimmte " +":guilabel:`Menge` von `100,00` Pullovern auf einmal ein und erhält diese, um" +" sie dann weiterzuverkaufen und `-10,00` Pullover in einer zweiten " +"Bestandsbewegung zu liefern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -33115,6 +33577,13 @@ msgid "" "`$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at " "`$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions." msgstr "" +"In der ersten Bestandsbewegungszeile ändert sich die :guilabel:`Restmenge` " +"von `100,00` in `90,00`, sobald die zweite Bestandsbewegung aufgezeichnet " +"wird. Diese Änderung spiegelt wider, dass von den ursprünglich gekauften 100" +" Pullovern nur noch 90 auf Lager sind und in der Bewertung berücksichtigt " +"werden sollten. Ebenso sinkt der :guilabel:`Restwert` von `500,00 €` auf " +"`450,00 €`. Der :guilabel:`Gesamtwert` bleibt unabhängig von nachfolgenden " +"Transaktionen bei `500,00 €`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -33124,16 +33593,23 @@ msgid "" "layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that" " transaction." msgstr "" +"Andererseits wird die :guilabel:`Restmenge` der zweiten " +"Bestandsbewegungsposition aufgezeichnet und bleibt bei `0,00`, da die Menge " +"von `-10,00` verkauft wurde. Da es sich bei der :abbr:`BBE " +"(Bestandsbewegungsebene)` im System um einen Verkauf handelte, gibt es " +"keinen Bestand mehr, der aus dieser Transaktion bewertet werden muss." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "" "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move" " layers)`." msgstr "" +"Restwert und -menge werden basierend auf :abbr:`BBE " +"(Bestandsbewegungsebenen)` berechnet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bewertungsdatum ändern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -33142,6 +33618,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move." msgstr "" +"Um die Bewertung von Bestandsbewegungen zu einem bestimmten Datum und " +"Zeitpunkt anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bewertung " +"am Datum` in der oberen linken Ecke der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung`." +" Der Bericht zeigt die :guilabel:`Menge` und den :guilabel:`Gesamtwert` " +"jeder Bestandsbewegung an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -33150,6 +33631,11 @@ msgid "" "The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the " "*current on-hand quantity and value* of the products." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Restmenge` und der :guilabel:`Restwert` der " +"Bestandsbewegungen sind *nicht* ein bestimmter Zeitpunkt für ein beliebiges " +"Datum in der Vergangenheit. Die bei der Auswahl eines vergangenen Datums " +"angezeigten Bestandsbewegungen zeigen weiterhin die *aktuelle vorrätige " +"Menge und Wert* der Produkte an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -33160,10 +33646,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`." msgstr "" +"Ein Unternehmen hat am 1. Januar 100 Sofas auf Lager und verkauft am 1. " +"Februar 20 dieser Sofas. Die :guilabel:`Restmenge` der :abbr:`BBE " +"(Bestandsbewegungsebene)` sinkt am 1. Februar von `100,00` auf `70,00`. Wenn" +" keine weiteren Bestandsbewegungen stattfinden und am 1. Februar der " +":guilabel:`Bewertung am Datum` auf den 1. Januar festgelegt ist, wird die " +":guilabel:`Restmenge` weiterhin als `70,00` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht: Bestandsalterung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -33173,6 +33665,12 @@ msgid "" "value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with " "expiration dates." msgstr "" +"Über das Dashboard :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung` können Sie auf die Pivot-" +"Ansicht zugreifen, indem Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`oi-view-pivot` " +":guilabel:`(Pivot)` klicken. Diese Ansicht ist im Wesentlichen ein " +"*Bestandsalterungsbericht* und zeigt die verfügbare Menge und den Wert des " +"Lagerbestands nach Kaufdatum an, was bei der Überwachung von Produkten mit " +"Verfallsdatum hilfreich sein kann." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -33185,6 +33683,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state." msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig zeigt die Pivot-Ansicht den Wert aller *Produktkategorien* " +"nach *Tag und Monat* an. Wenn Sie in jeder Spalte oder Zeile auf das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(Plus)` klicken, erscheint ein Drop-down-" +"Liste der Optionen, um eine detailliertere Aufschlüsselung der " +"Bestandsbewertung zu erstellen. Die Drop-down-Optionen sind: " +":guilabel:`Produkt`, :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer`, " +":guilabel:`Produktkategorie`, :guilabel:`Datum`, :guilabel:`Unternehmen` " +"oder :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe hinzufügen`. Wenn Sie auf das " +"Symbol :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(Minus)` klicken, wird das Feld " +"eingeklappt und bleibt leer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -33192,10 +33700,14 @@ msgid "" "on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of " "purchasing these items." msgstr "" +"In der Tabelle zeigt die Spalte :guilabel:`Restmenge` die Anzahl der " +"vorrätigen Artikel an und der :guilabel:`Restwert` zeigt die Gesamtkosten " +"für den Kauf dieser Artikel an." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "" +"Bestandsalterungsbericht mit Artikelzeilen des Produkts und Tagesspalten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 @@ -33209,16 +33721,24 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative " "total of all inventory value over time in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Der Bestandswert kann grafisch dargestellt werden, indem Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(Grafik)` klicken. Standardmäßig wird das " +"Diagramm in der :icon:`fa-line-chart` Liniendiagrammansicht angezeigt und so" +" gefiltert, dass die kumulierte Summe aller Bestandswerte im Laufe der Zeit " +"in Odoo angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223 msgid "" "At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-" "chart` pie chart view can be selected instead." msgstr "" +"Am Anfang des Berichts kann stattdessen ein :icon:`fa-bar-chart` " +"Balkendiagramm oder ein Tortendiagramm ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Grundladen des Odoo-Berichtswesens <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" @@ -47914,6 +48434,9 @@ msgid "" " Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a " "replenishment order for that specific product." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Auffüllen` rechts neben der " +"Zeile :guilabel:`+ Empfohlene Auffüllung` für ein bestimmtes Produkt, um " +"einen Auffüllauftrag für dieses bestimmte Produkt zu generieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -47922,6 +48445,11 @@ msgid "" "screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. " "Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product." msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen links neben dem Produktnamen eines oder " +"mehrerer Produkte. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Aktionen` oben auf dem Bildschirm und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Auffüllen` aus dem daraufhin angezeigten Drop-down-Menü aus. " +"Dadurch wird für jedes ausgewählte Produkt einen Auffüllauftrag generiert." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -47938,6 +48466,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists " ":guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" +"Wenn die Route *Einkaufen* ausgewählt wird, wird eine Angebotsanfrage " +"generiert, um das Produkt aufzufüllen. Angebotsanfragen können ausgewählt " +"werden, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einkauf` navigieren. Jede vom |MPS| " +"generierte Angebotsanfrage listet :guilabel:`MPS` im Feld " +":guilabel:`Referenzbeleg` auf." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -47947,6 +48480,11 @@ msgid "" "Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its " ":guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" +"Wenn die Route *Fertigung* ausgewählt wird, wird ein Fertigungsauftrag " +"generiert, um das Produkt aufzufüllen. Fertigungsaufträge können ausgewählt " +"werden, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Fertigung --> Vorgänge --> Aufträge` " +"navigieren. Jeder vom |MPS| generierter Fertigungsauftrag listet " +":guilabel:`MPS` im Feld :guilabel:`Referenzbeleg` auf." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Work center time off" @@ -48113,6 +48651,11 @@ msgid "" "Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the " ":guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" +"Auf der Seite der Arbeitsstunden werden die Standardarbeitszeiten für den " +"Arbeitsplatz angezeigt. Wenn der Entwicklermodus aktiviert ist, erscheint " +"oben auf der Seite eine Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-plane` " +":guilabel:`Abwesenheit`. Klicken Sie darauf, um die Seite " +":guilabel:`Abwesenheit der Ressource` zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -48339,6 +48882,12 @@ msgid "" "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Die Änderungsauftragsart `Formelländerung` wird verwendet, um " +"zusammenhängende Änderungsaufträge in einem einzigen Projekt zu organisieren" +" und zu verfolgen. Durch die Konfiguration des Feldes :guilabel:`E-Mail-" +"Alias` werden Änderungsaufträge im Projekt `Formelländerung` generiert, die" +" an die E-Mail-Adresse `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com` gesendet " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 1ff6746ab..30b88e670 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5157,6 +5157,9 @@ msgid "" "your local timezone). This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " "**required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum`: wann, die Veranstaltung stattfindet (in Ihrer lokalen " +"Zeitzone). Dieses Feld wird automatisch ausgefüllt, kann aber bearbeitet " +"werden und ist ein **Pflichtfeld**." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5164,6 +5167,10 @@ msgid "" "will be displayed on the website. This field is auto-populated, but " "modifiable, and is **required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zeitzone anzeigen`: die Zeitzone, in der die " +"Veranstaltungsdaten/-zeiten auf der Website angezeigt werden. Dieses Feld " +"wird automatisch ausgefüllt, kann aber geändert werden und ist ein " +"**Pflichtfeld**." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:69 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 130174b63..eb3419c5a 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -18125,6 +18125,8 @@ msgid "" "Select a field from the data source model from which to apply the text " "filter." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie ein Feld aus dem Modell der Datenquelle aus dem der Textfilter " +"angewendet wird, aus." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -20212,7 +20214,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102 msgid "Digital receptionist scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szenario eines digitalen Rezeptionisten" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:104 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e1c4a9169..bca1ea5c7 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ # Leon Grill , 2024 # Felix Schubert , 2024 # Chris Egal , 2025 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2025\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -11999,7 +11999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Online food delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Online-Essensbestellung" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12007,6 +12007,10 @@ msgid "" "food delivery platforms. It consolidates orders from all connected platforms" " into a single interface, simplifying the delivery process." msgstr "" +"**UrbanPiper** ist ein Bestellverwaltungssystem, das mit einer Vielzahl an " +"Essenslieferdiensten integriert ist. Es bringt Bestellungen aus allen " +"verknüpften Plattformen in er einzigen Schnittstelle zusammen und " +"vereinfacht so den Liefervorgang." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:9 msgid "Supported providers:" @@ -12014,11 +12018,11 @@ msgstr "Unterstützte Anbieter:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:11 msgid "`Careem `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Careem `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:12 msgid "`Cari `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Cari `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:13 msgid "`ChowNow `_" @@ -12026,87 +12030,87 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:14 msgid "`Deliveroo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Deliveroo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:15 msgid "`DoorDash `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DoorDash `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:16 msgid "`EatEasy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EatEasy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:17 msgid "`Glovo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Glovo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:18 msgid "`Grubhub `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Grubhub `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:19 msgid "`HungryPanda `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungryPanda `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:20 msgid "`HungerStation `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungerStation `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:21 msgid "`Jahez `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Jahez `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:22 msgid "`Just Eat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Just Eat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:23 msgid "`Mrsool `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Mrsool `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:24 msgid "`Ninja `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ninja `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:25 msgid "`NoonFood `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`NoonFood `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:26 msgid "`Postmates `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postmates `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:27 msgid "`Rafeeq `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Rafeeq `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:28 msgid "`SkipTheDishes `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SkipTheDishes `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:29 msgid "`Swiggy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Swiggy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:30 msgid "`Talabat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Talabat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:31 msgid "`UberEats `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`UberEats `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:32 msgid "`Zomato `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Zomato `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:40 msgid "UrbanPiper credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UrbanPiper-Anmeldedaten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:42 msgid "Get your Atlas credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erhalten Sie ihre Atlas-Anmeldedaten:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:58 @@ -12114,17 +12118,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:16 msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu den :ref:`Kassensystem-Einstellungen `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:59 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie runter zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Konnektor für Essenslieferung`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:46 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Fill this form to get Username & Api key` and fill out the " "survey." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Dieses Formular ausfüllen, um Benutzername & " +"API-Schlüssel zu erhalten` und füllen Sie die Umfrage aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -12132,28 +12140,35 @@ msgid "" " API key and username by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> API " "Access`." msgstr "" +"`Gehen Sie zu Ihrem Atlas-Konto `_ und " +"entnehmen Sie Ihren API-Schlüssel und Benutzernamen, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> API Access` (Einstellungen --> API-Zugriff) " +"gehen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Atlas API access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atlas-API-Zugriff" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:56 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivieren Sie die Einstellung für :guilabel:`Urban Piper`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:60 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kreuzen Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Urban Piper` an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:62 msgid "Set up UrbanPiper:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Richten Sie UrbanPiper ein:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Api Key` fields with your " ":ref:`UrbanPiper credentials `." msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie die Felder :guilabel:`Benutzername` und :guilabel:`Api-Schlüssel`" +" mit Ihren :ref:`UrbanPiper-Anmeldedaten `" +" aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -12161,10 +12176,13 @@ msgid "" "Platforms` field under the :guilabel:`Urban Piper Location` section (i.e., " "Zomato, Uber Eats)." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie den gewünschten Versanddienstleister im Feld " +":guilabel:`Plattformen für Essenslieferung` im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`UrbanPiper-Standort` (d. h. Zomato, Uber Eats) aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:68 msgid "Save the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Speichern Sie die Einstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -13560,8 +13578,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Force PDV` button to activate the Point of Sale mode." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`PDV erzwingen`, um den Point-of-" -"Sale-Modus zu aktivieren." +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`PDV erzwingen`, um den " +"Kassensystem-Modus zu aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst-1 msgid "Form to create a new payment method." @@ -34050,22 +34068,14 @@ msgid "" "untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the " "sales order, and the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Zahlung **getätigt wurde**, muss eine neue Rechnung erstellt und " -"manuell gebucht werden. Dadurch wird automatisch das nächste Rechnungsdatum " -"des Abonnements aktualisiert. Rufen Sie nach der Erstellung :doc:`Debug-" -"Modus <../../Allgemeines/Entwicklermodus>` auf, und navigieren Sie zum neuen" -" Kundenauftrag. Klicken Sie auf die Registerkarte :guilabel:`Sonstige " -"Informationen`, und deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen neben " -":guilabel:`Vertrag in Ausnahme`. Laden Sie den Kundenauftrag erneut, und das" -" Tag :guilabel:`Payment Failure` ist verschwunden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 msgid "" "The \"contract in exception\" option selected with the \"payment failure\" " "tag shown." msgstr "" -"Die Option „Vertrag in Ausnahmefall“ ist ausgewählt und das Tag " -"„Zahlungsausfall“ wird angezeigt." +"Die Option „Vertrag im Ausnahmezustand“ ist ausgewählt und das Stichwort " +"„Zahlungsfehler“ wird angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -34270,8 +34280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "The different graph view options in the Odoo Subscriptions app." -msgstr "" -"Die verschiedenen Diagramm-Ansichtsoptionen in der Odoo-Abonnement-App." +msgstr "Die verschiedenen Optionen der Diagrammansicht in Odoo Abonnements." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -34514,8 +34523,8 @@ msgid "" "In the Odoo **Subscriptions** app, there are four different reporting pages " "available." msgstr "" -"In der Odoo-App **Abonnements** sind vier verschiedene Berichtsseiten " -"verfügbar." +"In Odoo **Abonnements** stehen vier unterschiedliche Berichtsseiten zur " +"Verfügung." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -34817,9 +34826,9 @@ msgid "" "page is in graph view, with the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` option and " ":guilabel:`Stacked` option selected." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig werden die Daten auf der Berichtsseite :guilabel:`MRR " -"Breakdown` in der Diagrammansicht angezeigt, wobei die Optionen " -":guilabel:`Bar Chart` und :guilabel:`Stacked` ausgewählt sind." +"Standardmäßig werden die Daten auf der Berichtsseite :guilabel:`MRR-" +"Aufschlüsselung` in der Grafik-Ansicht mit den ausgewählten Optionen " +":guilabel:`Balkendiagramm` und :guilabel:`Gestapelt` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:330 msgid "" @@ -34895,7 +34904,7 @@ msgid "" "Tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Default filter`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen für :guilabel:`Standardfilter`, und " +"Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen für :guilabel:`Standardfilter` und " "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:365 @@ -35246,9 +35255,6 @@ msgid "" "(Manual)*, and the delivered quantity is `0`, Odoo does **not** create an " "invoice, and the customer is not charged." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Produktfakturierungsrichtlinie auf *Basierend auf gelieferten " -"Mengen (manuell)* eingestellt ist und die gelieferte Menge „0“ ist, erstellt" -" Odoo **keine** Rechnung und der Kunde wird nicht belastet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -35261,9 +35267,6 @@ msgid "" "When this occurs, the following message appears: `Automatic renewal " "succeeded. Free subscription. Next invoice:[date]. No email sent.`" msgstr "" -"In diesem Fall wird die folgende Meldung angezeigt: `Automatische Erneuerung" -" erfolgreich. Kostenloses Abonnement. Nächste Rechnung:[Datum]. Keine E-Mail" -" gesendet“." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:119 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 58f57e336..31f9151f2 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2025\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgid "" "Doing so keeps your inventory up-to-date in real-time and automatically adds" " the products to the invoice." msgstr "" +"Wenn Außendienstmitarbeiter Aufgaben vor Ort ausführen, verwenden sie in der" +" Regel Produkte, um ihre Arbeit zu erledigen. Odoo Außendienst ermöglicht es" +" ihnen, diese Produkte mit Hilfe der Funktionen **Produktkatalog** und " +"**Standardlagerhaus** zu erfassen. Auf diese Weise bleibt Ihr Bestand in " +"Echtzeit auf dem neuesten Stand und die Produkte werden automatisch der " +"Rechnung hinzugefügt." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:11 msgid "Product catalog" @@ -274,6 +280,8 @@ msgid "" "If needed, adjust the number of products using the :guilabel:`-` and " ":guilabel:`+` buttons." msgstr "" +"Bei Bedarf können Sie die Anzahl der Produkte mit den Schaltflächen " +":guilabel:`-` und :guilabel:`+` anpassen." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -510,12 +518,20 @@ msgid "" "drop them in the desired order. Click a field to customize its " ":ref:`properties `." msgstr "" +"Ziehen Sie in Studio die gewünschten Felder aus der linken Spalte in Ihr " +"Arbeitsblatt auf der rechten Seite und legen Sie sie dort ab. Um die Felder " +"auf dem Arbeitsblatt neu anzuordnen, ziehen Sie sie in die gewünschte " +"Reihenfolge und legen Sie sie ab. Klicken Sie auf ein Feld, um seine " +":ref:`Eigenschaften ` anzupassen." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When your worksheet template is complete, click :guilabel:`Close` in the top" " right corner of the page to leave **Studio**." msgstr "" +"Wenn Ihre Arbeitsblattvorlage fertig ist, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Schließen` in der oberen rechten Ecke der Seite, um **Studio** zu" +" verlassen." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Fields and widgets in Studio <../../studio/fields>`" @@ -559,6 +575,9 @@ msgid "" "service` section and select the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` you want to " "set up as default." msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie dann zum Reiter :guilabel:`Einstellungen` zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Außendienst` und wählen Sie die :guilabel:`Arbeitsblattvorlage`, " +"die Sie als Standard einrichten möchten." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:58 msgid "Use worksheets on site" @@ -569,6 +588,8 @@ msgid "" "To complete the worksheet on site, access the task and click the " ":guilabel:`Worksheet` smart button." msgstr "" +"Um das Arbeitsblatt vor Ort auszufüllen, rufen Sie die Aufgabe auf und " +"klicken Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Arbeitsblatt`." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -576,12 +597,18 @@ msgid "" "smart button on the task changes to :guilabel:`Worksheet Complete` instead, " "even if some fields are left blank." msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie ein Arbeitsblatt speichern, ändert sich die Bezeichnung der " +"intelligenten Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Arbeitsblatt` auf der Aufgabe in " +":guilabel:`Arbeitsblatt abgeschlossen`, auch wenn einige Felder leer " +"bleiben." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:66 msgid "" "Any field defined as :guilabel:`Required` has to be filled for a worksheet " "to be saved." msgstr "" +"Jedes Feld, das als :guilabel:`Erforderlich` definiert ist, muss ausgefüllt " +"werden, damit ein Arbeitsblatt gespeichert werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:6 msgid "Helpdesk" @@ -595,6 +622,12 @@ msgid "" "customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " "customer issues quickly and efficiently." msgstr "" +"Odoo **Kundendienst** ist eine ticketbasierte App für den Kundensupport. " +"Mehrere Teams können in einem Dashboard konfiguriert und verwaltet werden, " +"jedes mit seiner eigenen Pipeline für von Kunden eingereichte Tickets. Die " +"Pipelines sind in anpassbaren Phasen organisiert, die es den Teams " +"ermöglichen, Kundenprobleme schnell und effizient zu verfolgen, zu " +"priorisieren und zu lösen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:14 msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" @@ -606,6 +639,10 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button on the top-left of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Um **Kundendienst**-Teams anzuzeigen oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`. Um " +"ein neues Team zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Neu` oben links auf dem Dashboard." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." @@ -679,12 +716,20 @@ msgid "" "users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " "individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eingeladene interne Benutzer (privat)`: Interne Benutzer können " +"auf das Team und die Tickets zugreifen, die sie verfolgen. Dieser Zugriff " +"kann für jedes Ticket einzeln geändert werden, indem der Benutzer als " +"Follower hinzugefügt oder entfernt wird. Interne Benutzer werden als " +"*eingeladen* betrachtet, sobald sie als Follower zu einem einzelnen Ticket " +"oder :ref:`zum Team selbst ` hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: All internal users can access the " "team and all of its tickets." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alle internen Benutzer (Unternehmen)`: Alle internen Benutzer " +"können auf das Team und alle seine Tickets zugreifen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -692,6 +737,10 @@ msgid "" "internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " "only access the tickets they are following." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer " +"(öffentlich)`: Alle internen Benutzer können auf das Team und alle seine " +"Tickets zugreifen. Portalbenutzer können nur auf die Tickets zugreifen, " +"denen sie folgen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -722,6 +771,12 @@ msgid "" "internal users (company)*-only access, portal users are removed as followers" " from both the team, and from individual tickets." msgstr "" +"Die Sichtbarkeit eines Teams kann nach der Erstkonfiguration geändert " +"werden. Wenn das Team jedoch vom Zugang *Eingeladene Portalbenutzer und alle" +" internen Benutzer (öffentlich)* zum Zugang *Eingeladene interne Benutzer " +"(privat)* oder *Alle internen Benutzer (Unternehmen)* wechselt, werden " +"Portalbenutzer als Follower sowohl aus dem Team als auch aus einzelnen " +"Tickets entfernt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:73 msgid "Follow all team's tickets" @@ -764,6 +819,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" " checkbox to enable this feature for the team." msgstr "" +"Wenn Tickets eingehen, müssen sie einem Mitglied des Teams zugewiesen " +"werden. Dies geschieht entweder manuell für jedes einzelne Ticket oder über " +":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " +":guilabel:`Automatische Zuweisung`, um diese Funktion für das Team zu " +"aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -787,6 +847,10 @@ msgid "" "assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " "number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jedem Benutzer wird dieselbe Anzahl Tickets zugewiesen`: Tickets " +"werden Teammitgliedern auf der Grundlage der Gesamtzahl der Tickets " +"zugewiesen, unabhängig von der Anzahl der offenen oder geschlossenen " +"Tickets, die ihnen derzeit zugewiesen sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -794,6 +858,9 @@ msgid "" "assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " "assigned." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Jeder Benutzer hat dieselbe Anzahl offener Tickets`: Tickets " +"werden den Teammitgliedern zugewiesen, je nachdem, wie viele offene Tickets " +"ihnen gerade zugewiesen sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -835,6 +902,10 @@ msgid "" "are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " "available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Mitarbeiter Abwesenheiten in der **Abwesenheiten**-App geplant " +"hat, werden ihnen während dieser Zeit **keine** Tickets zugewiesen. Wenn " +"keine Mitarbeiter verfügbar sind, sucht das System so lange, bis es eine " +"Übereinstimmung gibt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" @@ -853,12 +924,18 @@ msgid "" "If duplicate tickets are found in **Helpdesk**, they can be combined into a " "single ticket using the *merge* feature." msgstr "" +"Wenn doppelte Tickets in **Kundendienst** gefunden werden, können sie mit " +"der Funktion *Zusammenführen* zu einem einzigen Ticket zusammengefasst " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:132 msgid "" "The *merge* feature is **only** accessible if the :doc:`Data Cleaning " "<../productivity/data_cleaning>` application is installed on the database." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion zum *Zusammenführen* ist **nur** zugänglich, wenn die App " +":doc:`Datenbereinigung <../productivity/data_cleaning>` in der Datenbank " +"installiert ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -871,10 +948,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Merge ` to combine the tickets, or " ":guilabel:`DISCARD`." msgstr "" +"Um zwei oder mehr Tickets zusammenzuführen, navigieren Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets`. Markieren Sie " +"die zusammenzuführenden Tickets und kreuzen Sie das Kontrollkästchen ganz " +"links neben jedem Ticket an, um sie auszuwählen. Klicken Sie dann auf das " +"Symbol :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Aktionen` und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Zusammenführen` aus dem Drop-down-Menü. Daraufhin öffnet sich " +"eine neue Seite, auf der die ausgewählten Tickets mit ihrer Bewertung der " +":guilabel:`Ähnlichkeit` aufgelistet sind. Klicken Sie hier entweder auf " +":ref:`Zusammenführen `, um die Tickets zu " +"kombinieren oder auf :guilabel:`VERWERFEN`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:143 msgid "Convert tickets to opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tickets in Verkaufschancen umwandeln" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -882,12 +969,17 @@ msgid "" "support team. In this case, tickets can be converted to *opportunities* and " "assigned to a sales team for follow-up." msgstr "" +"Einige Tickets sollten besser vom Verkaufsteam und nicht vom Supportteam " +"bearbeitet werden. In diesem Fall können die Tickets in *Verkaufschancen* " +"umgewandelt und einem Verkaufsteam zur Weiterbearbeitung zugewiesen werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:149 msgid "" "This feature is **only** available if the :doc:`CRM <../sales/crm>` app is " "installed." msgstr "" +"Diese Funktion ist **nur** verfügbar, wenn die App :doc:`CRM <../sales/crm>`" +" installiert ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -895,12 +987,18 @@ msgid "" "from a team's pipeline, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app -->" " Tickets` and clicking a ticket to open it." msgstr "" +"Um ein Ticket in eine Verkaufschance umzuwandeln, navigieren Sie zunächst zu" +" einem Ticket, entweder aus der Pipeline eines Teams oder indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets` navigieren und auf ein Ticket " +"klicken, um es zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:154 msgid "" "At the top of the ticket, click the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` " "button." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie oben auf dem Ticket auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`In " +"Verkaufschance umwandeln`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -908,12 +1006,17 @@ msgid "" "**CRM** app, tickets are converted to *leads*, and the button reads " ":guilabel:`Convert to Lead`." msgstr "" +"Wenn :doc:`Leads <../sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert>` in der **CRM**-App " +"aktiviert sind, werden Tickets in *Leads* umgewandelt und heißt die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`In Lead umwandeln`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:160 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` pop-up. Fill in or select " "the following information on the pop-up:" msgstr "" +"Dadurch wird das Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`In Verkaufschance umwandeln` " +"angezeigt. Füllen Sie folgenden Informationen im Pop-up-Fenster aus:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -922,16 +1025,24 @@ msgid "" "customer`. If :guilabel:`Link to a customer` is chosen, select the " "appropriate customer name from the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kunde`: Wählen Sie zwischen :guilabel:`Neuen Kunden erstellen`, " +":guilabel:`Mit bestehendem Kunden verknüpfen` oder :guilabel:`Nicht mit " +"einem Kunden verknüpfen`. Wenn :guilabel:`Mit bestehendem Kunden verknüpfen`" +" ausgewählt wird, wählen Sei den entsprechenden Kundennamen aus dem Drop-" +"down-Menü :guilabel:`Kunde` aus." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: Specify which :guilabel:`Sales Team` and " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` this created opportunity is assigned to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verkaufsteam`: Geben Sie an, welchem :guilabel:`Verkaufsteam` und" +" :guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter` diese erstellte Verkaufschance zugewiesen " +"ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "The convert to opportunity pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das Pop-up-Fenster „In Verkaufschance umwandeln“." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -939,11 +1050,17 @@ msgid "" "so creates a new opportunity in the **CRM** app. The original ticket is " "linked in the chatter of the new opportunity for traceability." msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie das Formular ausgefüllt haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`In " +"Verkaufschance umwandeln`. Auf diese Weise wird eine neue Verkaufschance in " +"der **CRM**-App erstellt. Das ursprüngliche Ticket wird im Chatter der neuen" +" Verkaufschance verknüpft, um die Rückverfolgbarkeit zu gewährleisten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:178 msgid "" "After the ticket is converted to an opportunity, the ticket is archived." msgstr "" +"Nachdem das Ticket in eine Verkaufschance umgewandelt wurde, wird das Ticket" +" archiviert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" @@ -2704,6 +2821,11 @@ msgid "" "centralized location where teams and customers can search for and share " "detailed information about products and services." msgstr "" +"Odoo **Kundendienst** ist mit den Apps **Forum**, **E-Learning** und " +"**Wissensdatenbank** integriert, um das *Hilfezentrum* zu erstellen. Das " +"*Hilfezentrum* ist ein zentraler Ort, an dem Teams und Kunden nach " +"detaillierten Informationen über Produkte und Dienstleistungen suchen und " +"diese austauschen können." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -2722,6 +2844,13 @@ msgid "" " and all internal users (public)` in the :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment`" " section." msgstr "" +"Um alle Funktionen des *Hilfezentrums* für ein *Kundendienstteam* zu " +"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " +"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie ein Team aus, oder erstellen Sie ein " +":doc:`neues <../../helpdesk>`. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die " +":guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit` des Teams im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Eingeladene " +"Portalbenutzer und alle internen Benutzer (öffentlich)` auf " +":guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit & Zuweisung` eingestellt ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2730,6 +2859,11 @@ msgid "" " one or more of the *Help Center* features is enabled, the " ":guilabel:`Website Form` is automatically enabled, as well." msgstr "" +"Außerdem muss die Option :guilabel:`Website-Formular` auf dem Formular des " +"**Kundendienst**-Teams aktiviert sein, um eine der Funktionen des " +"*Hilfezentrums* zu aktivieren. Wenn eine oder mehrere der " +"*Kundendienst*-Funktionen aktiviert sind, wird auch das :guilabel:`Website-" +"Formular` automatisch aktiviert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2748,6 +2882,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ has **not** been added to the database, it " "will no longer be active or accessible." msgstr "" +"Die Installation einer neuen App auf einer *„Eine App gratis“*-Datenbank " +"löst eine 15-tägige Testphase aus. Nach Ablauf der Testphase ist die " +"Datenbank nicht mehr aktiv und nicht mehr zugänglich, wenn sie **nicht** " +"durch ein `kostenpflichtiges Abonnement `_ " +"ergänzt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" @@ -2765,12 +2904,19 @@ msgid "" "customers externally, while also collaborating internally on shared " "documents." msgstr "" +"Odoo **Wissensdatenbank** ist eine kollaborative Bibliothek, in der Benutzer" +" Informationen speichern, bearbeiten und gemeinsam nutzen können. Die App " +"**Wissensdatenbank** kann verwendet werden, um Benutzerhandbücher und " +":abbr:`FAQ (Häufig gestellte Fragen)` zu veröffentlichen, während Sie auch " +"intern an geteilten Dokumenten zusammenarbeiten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:45 msgid "" "The **Knowledge** app is accessible throughout the database by clicking on " "the :guilabel:`Knowledge (bookmark)` icon." msgstr "" +"Die App **Wissensdatenbank** ist in der gesamten Datenbank zugänglich, indem" +" Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`Wissen (Lesezeichen)` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:51 msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge bookmark icon." @@ -2780,7 +2926,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:51 msgid "The Knowledge app is represented by the bookmark icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die Wissensdatenbankapp wird durch das Lesezeichensymbol dargestellt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" @@ -2792,6 +2938,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " "select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Um die Funktion **Wissensdatenbank** für ein *Kundendienst*-Team zu " +"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " +"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie" +" ein neues <../../helpdesk>`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2808,6 +2958,11 @@ msgid "" "**Knowledge** feature. When clicked, a new field labeled, " ":guilabel:`Article` appears." msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie im Detailformular des Teams nach unten zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Hilfezentrum`. Klicken Sie auf das Kästchen neben " +":guilabel:`Wissensdatenbank`, um die Funktion **Wissensdatenbank** zu " +"aktivieren. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein neues " +":guilabel:`Artikel`-Feld." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2827,6 +2982,11 @@ msgid "" "hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " "in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden |plus|." msgstr "" +"Um einen neuen Artikel zu erstellen, gehen Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Wissensdatenbank-App`, streifen Sie dann mit dem Mauszeiger " +"über die Abschnittsüberschrift des :guilabel:`Arbeitsbereichs`, der sich in " +"der linken Seitenleiste befindet. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger dorthin bewegen, " +"erscheint das ausgeblendete |Pluszeichen|." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2835,12 +2995,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article " "Published`. It can then be added to a **Helpdesk** team." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das |Pluszeichen|, um einen neuen Artikel im " +":guilabel:`Arbeitsbereich` zu erstellen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-share-alt` :guilabel:`Teilen` und schieben Sie den Schieberegler " +":guilabel:`Im Web teilen`, bis Sie :guilabel:`Artikel veröffentlicht` lesen." +" Es kann zum **Kundendienst**-Team hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:78 msgid "" "Once an article has been created and assigned to a **Helpdesk** team, " "content can be added and organized through the **Knowledge** app." msgstr "" +"Sobald ein Artikel erstellt und einem *Kundendienst*-Team zugewiesen wurde, " +"können Inhalte über die App **Wissensdatenbank** hinzugefügt und organisiert" +" werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -2860,6 +3028,9 @@ msgid "" "search through the content in the **Knowledge** app for more information on " "the issue." msgstr "" +"Wenn Mitglieder eines **Kundendienst**-Teams versuchen, ein Ticket zu lösen," +" können sie die Inhalte in der **Wissensdatenbank**-App nach weiteren " +"Informationen zu dem Problem durchsuchen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2867,6 +3038,10 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Tickets --> All Tickets`, then select a ticket from the list." msgstr "" +"Um Artikel aus der **Wissensdatenbank** zu suchen, öffnen Sie ein Ticket — " +"entweder aus dem Dashboard der **Kundendienst**-App oder über " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets`, wählen Sie dann " +"ein Ticket aus der Liste." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:94 msgid "When a ticket is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail form." @@ -2895,6 +3070,9 @@ msgid "" "to open the command palette, then typing :kbd:`?`, followed by the name of " "the desired article." msgstr "" +"**Wissensdatenbank**-Artikel können auch gesucht werden, indem Sie " +":command:`Strg + K` eingeben, um die Befehlspalette zu öffnen. Geben Sie " +"dann :kbd:`?`, gefolgt von dem Namen des gewünschten Artikels ein." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2930,6 +3108,8 @@ msgid "" "To make a **Knowledge** article available to customers and website visitors," " it **must** be published." msgstr "" +"Damit ein **Wissensdatenbank**-Artikel für Kunden und Website-Besucher " +"verfügbar ist, **muss** er veröffentlicht werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2949,6 +3129,11 @@ msgid "" " reveals a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share to Web` to" " read :guilabel:`Article Published`." msgstr "" +"Um einen Artikel zu veröffentlichen, gehen Sie zu dem gewünschten Artikel, " +"indem Sie die obigen Schritte befolgen, und klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-share-alt` :guilabel:`Teilen`. Daraufhin wird ein Menü angezeigt. " +"Schieben Sie die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Im Web teilen`, damit " +":guilabel:`Artikel veröffentlicht` angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." @@ -2968,6 +3153,11 @@ msgid "" "tickets, and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat " "questions." msgstr "" +"*Zwischenablageboxen* können zu **Wissensdatenbankartikeln** hinzugefügt " +"werden, um Inhalte wiederzuverwenden, zu kopieren, als Nachrichten zu " +"versenden oder der Beschreibung eines Tickets hinzuzufügen. So können Teams " +"bei der Beantwortung von Kundentickets die Konsistenz wahren und den " +"Zeitaufwand für die Beantwortung wiederholter Fragen minimieren." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:141 msgid "Add clipboard boxes to articles" @@ -2979,6 +3169,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on an existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the " "|plus| next to *Help*." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Wissensdatenbank --> Hilfe`, um eine " +"Zwischenablagebox zu erstellen. Klicken Sie auf einen bestehenden " +"verschachtelten Artikel oder erstellen Sie einen neuen, indem Sie auf das " +"|Pluszeichen| neben *Hilfe* klicken." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -2987,6 +3181,10 @@ msgid "" "or type :kbd:`clipboard`. A gray block is then added to the page. Add any " "necessary content to this block." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie :kbd:`/` ein, um die *Befehlsbox* zu öffnen und eine Liste an " +":doc:`Befehlen <../../../productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>` " +"anzuzeigen. Wählen Sie :kbd:`Zwischenablage` aus. Der Seite wird ein grauer " +"Block hinzugefügt. Fügen Sie diesem Block alle erforderlichen Inhalte hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a clipboard in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." @@ -3000,6 +3198,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from the " "**Helpdesk**." msgstr "" +"Zwischenablageboxen zeigen nur die Optionen :guilabel:`Als Beschreibung " +"verwenden` oder :guilabel:`Als Nachricht senden`, wenn Sie direkt aus der " +"**Kundendienst**-App aufgerufen werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 msgid "Use clipboard boxes in tickets" @@ -3010,6 +3211,9 @@ msgid "" "Clipboard boxes can be used to respond directly to a **Helpdesk** ticket as " "a message, or to add information to the ticket's description." msgstr "" +"Zwischenablageboxen können verwendet werden, um direkt auf ein " +"**Kundendienstticket** in Form einer Nachricht zu antworten oder um " +"Informationen zur Beschreibung des Tickets hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -3018,6 +3222,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a " "ticket from the list." msgstr "" +"Um Zwischenablageboxen in einem **Kundendienstticket** zu verwenden, öffnen " +"Sie zuerst ein Ticket, entweder aus dem Dashboard der *Kundendienst*-App " +"oder über :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Tickets --> Alle Tickets`, durch " +"Auswahl eines Tickets aus der Liste." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -3026,6 +3234,11 @@ msgid "" "the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " "**Knowledge** application." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol der :guilabel:`Wissensdatenbank (Lesezeichen)` " +"oben rechts. Dadurch wird ein Suchfenster geöffnet. Wählen Sie den " +"gewünschten Artikel in diesem Suchfenster aus oder suchen Sie danach. " +"Daraufhin wird die Artikelseite in der **Wissensdatenbank**-App von Odoo " +"angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -3072,6 +3285,10 @@ msgid "" "questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a **Helpdesk** " "team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." msgstr "" +"Ein *Community-Forum* bietet Kunden einen Raum, in dem sie sich gegenseitig " +"Fragen beantworten und Informationen austauschen können. Durch die " +"Integration eines Forums mit einem **Kundendienst**-Team können von Kunden " +"eingereichte Tickets in Beiträge umgewandelt und geteilt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:193 msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" @@ -3083,6 +3300,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " "Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Um die :guilabel:`Community-Foren` für ein **Kundendienst**-Team zu " +"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " +"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie" +" ein neues <../../helpdesk>`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -3139,6 +3360,9 @@ msgid "" "When a **Helpdesk** team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that " "team can be converted to forum posts." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein **Kundendienst**-Team ein *Forum* aktiviert hat, können Tickets, " +"die bei diesem Team eingereicht werden, in Forumsbeiträge umgewandelt " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -3190,13 +3414,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 msgid "Create a Helpdesk ticket from a forum post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein Kundendienstticket aus einem Forumsbeitrag erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 msgid "" "Forum posts submitted by portal users can be converted to **Helpdesk** " "tickets." msgstr "" +"Forumsbeiträge, die von Portalbenutzern eingereicht werden, können in " +"**Kundendienst**-Tickets umgewandelt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -3204,10 +3430,13 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis-h` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Ticket`." msgstr "" +"Um ein Ticket zu erstellen, navigieren Sie zu einem Forumsbeitrag und " +"klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-ellipsis-h` :guilabel:`(Ellipse)`. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Ticket erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "A forum post with the create ticket option visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ein Forumsbeitrag mit der Option „Ticket erstellen”." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -3215,14 +3444,22 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Create Ticket` field. Then, confirm the :guilabel:`Helpdesk " "Team` the ticket should be assigned to." msgstr "" +"Es öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Ticket erstellen`. Nehmen Sie " +"die erforderlichen Änderungen im Feld :guilabel:`Ticket erstellen` vor. " +"Bestätigen Sie dann das :guilabel:`Kundendienstteam`, dem das Ticket " +"zugewiesen werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create & View Ticket` or :guilabel:`Create Ticket`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Ticket erstellen & anzeigen` oder " +":guilabel:`Ticket erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 msgid "The original forum post is linked in the chatter on the new ticket." msgstr "" +"Der ursprüngliche Forumsbeitrag ist im Chatter auf dem neuen Ticket " +"verknüpft." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:256 msgid "eLearning" @@ -3236,6 +3473,11 @@ msgid "" "solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " "services and products they are using." msgstr "" +"Odoo **E-Learning**-Kurse bieten Kunden zusätzliche Schulungen und Inhalte " +"in Form von Videos, Präsentationen und Zertifizierungen/Quiz. Das Angebot " +"zusätzlicher Schulungen ermöglicht es Kunden, Probleme selbst anzupacken und" +" zu lösen. Sie können auch ein tieferes Verständnis für die Dienstleistungen" +" und Produkte entwickeln, die sie nutzen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" @@ -3247,6 +3489,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " "select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Um die **E-Learning**-Kurse für ein **Kundendienst**-Team zu aktivieren, " +"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> " +"Kundendienstteams` und wählen Sie dann ein Team aus oder :doc:`erstellen Sie" +" ein neues <../../helpdesk>`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -3283,6 +3529,9 @@ msgid "" "A new **eLearning** course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " "team's settings page, as in the step above, or from the **eLearning** app." msgstr "" +"Ein neuer **E-Learning**-Kurs kann über die Einstellungsseite des " +":guilabel:`Kundendienst`-Teams, wie im obigen Schritt, oder über die " +"**E-Learning**-App erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -3290,6 +3539,9 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " "that can be customized and modified as needed." msgstr "" +"Um einen Kurs direkt über die **E-Learning**-App zu erstellen, navigieren " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`E-Learning --> Neu`. Dort finden Sie eine leere " +"Kursvorlage, die Sie nach Bedarf anpassen und verändern können." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -3409,6 +3661,9 @@ msgid "" "To publish a course, choose a course from the **eLearning** dashboard. On " "the course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." msgstr "" +"Um einen Kurs zu veröffentlichen, wählen Sie einen Kurs aus dem " +"**E-Learning**-Dashboard aus. Klicken Sie auf der Seite mit der Kursvorlage " +"auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Gehe zu Website`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -3430,6 +3685,10 @@ msgid "" "from the **eLearning** dashboard. On the course template page, click the " ":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." msgstr "" +"Um einen **E-Learning**-Kursinhalt aus dem Backend zu veröffentlichen, " +"wählen Sie einen Kurs aus dem **E-Learning**-Dashboard aus. Klicken Sie auf " +"der Kursvorlagenseite auf die intelligente Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Veröffentlichte Inhalte`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -3449,6 +3708,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon to switch to list " "view." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(Liste)`, um zur " +"Listenansicht zu wechseln." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -3772,6 +4033,12 @@ msgid "" "the support team to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " "location." msgstr "" +"Odoo **Kundendienst** bietet mehrere Kanäle, über die sich Kunden an den " +"Support wenden können, z. B. per E-Mail, Livechat und über das " +"Kontaktformular einer Website. Die Vielfalt dieser Kontaktmöglichkeiten " +"bietet Kunden mehrere Möglichkeiten, schnell Unterstützung zu erhalten, und " +"gibt dem Supportteam gleichzeitig die Möglichkeit, Supporttickets für " +"mehrere Kanäle von einem zentralen Ort aus zu verwalten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" @@ -3835,6 +4102,9 @@ msgid "" "When a new **Helpdesk** team is created, an email alias is created for it. " "This alias can be changed on the team's settings page." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein neues **Kundendienstteam** erstellt wird, wird ein E-Mail-Alias für" +" dieses Team angelegt. Dieser Alias kann auf der Einstellungsseite des Teams" +" geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3842,6 +4112,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " "click on a team name to open its settings page." msgstr "" +"Um den E-Mail-Alias eines **Kundendienstteams** zu ändern, navigieren Sie zu" +" :menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`, und " +"klicken Sie auf den Namen eines Teams, um dessen Einstellungsseite zu " +"öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -3865,6 +4139,9 @@ msgid "" "Custom email domains are **not** required in order to use an email alias, " "however, they can be configured through the **Settings** app." msgstr "" +"Benutzerdefinierte E-Mail-Domains sind **nicht** erforderlich, um einen " +"E-Mail-Alias zu verwenden. Sie können jedoch über die App **Einstellungen** " +"konfiguriert werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3883,6 +4160,9 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** ticket. The body of the email is also added to the ticket, " "under the :guilabel:`Description` tab, and in the ticket's chatter." msgstr "" +"Wenn eine E-Mail empfangen wird, wird die Betreffzeile zum Titel eines neuen" +" **Kundendienstticket**. Der Text der E-Mail wird dem Ticket im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Beschreibung` und im Chatter des Tickets hinzugefügt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:62 msgid "Live Chat" @@ -3895,6 +4175,11 @@ msgid "" "during these conversations using the :doc:`response command " "` `/ticket`." msgstr "" +"Mit der Funktion **Livechat** können Website-Besucher direkt mit einem " +"Support-Agenten oder Chatbot in Verbindung treten. **Kundendiensttickets** " +"können während dieser Unterhaltungen mit dem :doc:`Antwort-Befehl " +"` `/ticket` sofort erstellt " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3903,6 +4188,11 @@ msgid "" "team's settings page, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, " "under the :guilabel:`Channels` section." msgstr "" +"Um **Livechat** zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zur Listenansicht in " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Kundendienstteams`, " +"wählen Sie ein Team aus und klicken Sie auf der Einstellungsseite des Teams " +"auf das Kontrollkästchen neben :guilabel:`Livechat` unter dem Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Kanäle`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3921,6 +4211,10 @@ msgid "" " new **Live Chat** channel is created. Click on :guilabel:`Configure Live " "Chat Channel` to update the channel's settings." msgstr "" +"Nachdem die Einstellung :guilabel:`Livechat` für ein **Kundendienstteam** " +"aktiviert wurde, wird ein neuer **Livechat**-Kanal erstellt. Klicken Sie auf" +" :guilabel:`Livechat-Kanal konfigurieren`, um die Einstellungen des Kanals " +"zu aktualisieren." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:82 msgid "Live Chat channel configuration" @@ -3932,12 +4226,17 @@ msgid "" "though, Odoo names the channel to match the **Helpdesk** team name, by " "default." msgstr "" +"Auf der Einstellungsseite des Kanals kann :guilabel:`Kanalname` bearbeitet " +"werden, allerdings benennt Odoo den Kanal standardmäßig so, dass er dem " +"Namen des **Kundendienstteam** entspricht." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 msgid "" "If a **Helpdesk** team is named `Customer Care`, a **Live Chat** channel is " "created called `Customer Care`." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein **Kundendienstteam** den Namen `Kundenbetreuung` trägt, wird ein " +"**Livechat**-Kanal mit dem Namen `Kundenbetreuung` erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 @@ -4029,6 +4328,8 @@ msgid "" "Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join " "Channel` button on a **Live Chat** channel." msgstr "" +"Benutzer können sich selbst als Bediener hinzufügen, indem sie in einem " +"**Livechat**-Kanal auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Kanal beitreten` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4059,6 +4360,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notification Text`: This field updates the greeting displayed in " "the text bubble when the live chat button appears on the website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Benachrichtigungstext`: Dieses Feld aktualisiert die Begrüßung, " +"die in der Textblase angezeigt wird, wenn die Livechat-Schaltfläche auf der " +"Website erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -4069,11 +4373,20 @@ msgid "" "complete. Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset " "the colors to the default selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Farbe der Livechat-Schaltfläche`: Dieses Feld ändert die Farbe " +"der Livechat-Schaltfläche, wie sie auf der Website erscheint. Um die Farbe " +"zu ändern, klicken Sie auf eine Farbblase, um das Farbauswahlfenster zu " +"öffnen. Klicken und ziehen Sie dann den Kreis entlang des Farbverlaufs. " +"Klicken Sie aus dem Auswahlfenster, sobald Sie fertig sind. Klicken Sie auf " +"das Aktualisierungssymbol rechts neben den Farbblasen, um die Farben auf die" +" Standardauswahl zurückzusetzen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Show`: The chat button displays on the selected page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anzeigen`: Die Chat-Schaltfläche wird auf der ausgewählten Seite " +"angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:179 @@ -4082,6 +4395,9 @@ msgid "" "addition of the :guilabel:`Notification text` from the :guilabel:`Options` " "tab." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mit Benachrichtigung anzeigen`: Die Chat-Schaltfläche wird " +"angezeigt, mit dem Zusatz :guilabel:`Benachrichtigungstext` aus dem Reiter " +":guilabel:`Optionen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 @@ -4091,12 +4407,18 @@ msgid "" "amount of time is designated in the :guilabel:`Open automatically timer` " "field, which appears only when this display option is selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Automatisch öffnen`: Die Chat-Schaltfläche wird angezeigt und " +"öffnet das Chat-Fenster automatisch nach einer bestimmten Zeit. Die " +"Zeitspanne wird im Feld :guilabel:`Automatisch öffnen` angegeben, das nur " +"erscheint, wenn diese Anzeigeoption ausgewählt ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide`: The chat button is hidden from display on the webpage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verbergen`: Die Chat-Schaltfläche wird auf der Webseite nicht " +"angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4301,6 +4623,9 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** tickets can also be created through the :doc:`WhatsApp " "` app using the same `/ticket` command." msgstr "" +"**Kundendiensttickets** können auch über :doc:`WhatsApp " +"` mit demselben `/ticket`-Befehl " +"erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 msgid "Website Form" @@ -5143,12 +5468,18 @@ msgid "" "can expect from a service provider. |SLAs| provide a timeline that tells " "customers when they can expect results and keeps the support team on target." msgstr "" +"Ein *Service Level Agreement* (SLA) definiert das Supportlevel, das ein " +"Kunde von einem Dienstleistungsanbieter erwarten kann. SLAs bieten einen " +"Zeitrahmen, der den Kunden sagt, wann sie Ergebnisse erwarten können, und " +"halten das Support-Team auf Kurs." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 msgid "" "The *SLA Policies* feature is enabled by default on newly created " "**Helpdesk** teams." msgstr "" +"Die Funktion *SLA-Richtlinien* ist bei neu erstellten **Kundendienstteams** " +"standardmäßig aktiviert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5166,6 +5497,9 @@ msgid "" "From here, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section. To turn off the " "|SLAs| feature for the team, clear the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie von hier aus zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Leistung`. Um die " +"Funktion |SLA| für das Team zu deaktivieren, deaktivieren Sie das " +"Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`SLA-Richtlinien`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting." @@ -5204,6 +5538,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" " using the steps below." msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in das leere Formular |SLA| einen :guilabel:`Titel` und eine " +":guilabel:`Beschreibung` für die neue Richtlinie ein und fahren Sie mit dem " +"Ausfüllen des Formulars anhand der folgenden Schritte fort." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" @@ -5234,6 +5571,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Helpdesk Team`: A policy can only be applied to one team. *This " "field is required.*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kundendienstteam`: Eine Richtlinie kann nur auf ein Team " +"angewandt werden. *Es handelt sich um ein Pflichtfeld.*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5245,18 +5584,32 @@ msgid "" "in this field, this policy only applies to tickets marked as `Low Priority`," " meaning those with zero :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priorität`: Die Prioritätsstufe für ein Ticket wird durch die " +"Auswahl von einem, zwei oder drei Sternsymbole :icon:`fa-star-o` " +":guilabel:`(Stern)` bestimmt, die die Prioritätsstufe auf der Kanban-Karte " +"oder dem Ticket selbst darstellen. Die |SLA| wird **nur** angewendet, wenn " +"die Prioritätsstufe auf dem Ticket aktualisiert wurde, um den " +"|SLA|-Kriterien zu entsprechen. Wenn Sie in diesem Feld nichts auswählen, " +"gilt diese Richtlinie nur für Tickets, die als `Niedrige Priorität`, d. h. " +"mit null Sternsymbolen :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(Stern)`, gekennzeichnet" +" sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: Tags are used to indicate what the ticket is about. " "Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Stichwörter werden verwendet, um anzugeben, worum " +"es bei dem Ticket geht. Einem Ticket können mehrere Stichwörter zugewiesen " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customers`: Individual contacts or companies may be selected in " "this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kunden`: Individuelle Kontakte oder Unternehmen können in diesem " +"Feld ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5265,6 +5618,10 @@ msgid "" "specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" " :guilabel:`Sales Order Items` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungen`: Dieses Feld ist nur verfügbar, wenn ein Team " +"die **Zeiterfassungsapp** aktiviert hat. Damit kann das Ticket direkt mit " +"einer bestimmten Zeile eines Verkaufsauftrags verknüpft werden, die auf dem " +"Ticket im Feld :guilabel:`Verkaufsauftragspositionen` angegeben werden muss." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5281,6 +5638,10 @@ msgid "" "star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons, which equates to an `Urgent` priority " "level." msgstr "" +"Die neue Richtlinie mit dem Titel `8 Stunden bis zur Schließung` ist dem " +"Team `VIP-Support` zugeordnet. Sie gilt **nur** für Anfragen, die mit drei " +"Sternsymbolen :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(Stern)` versehen sind, was einer" +" Prioritätsstufe `Dringend` entspricht." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -5308,12 +5669,19 @@ msgid "" "reach that stage, in order to satisfy the |SLA| policy. Any stage assigned " "to a team may be selected for the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field." msgstr "" +"Ein *Ziel* ist die Phase, die ein Ticket erreichen muss, und die dafür " +"vorgesehene Zeit, um die |SLA|-Richtlinie zu erfüllen. Für das Feld " +":guilabel:`Phase erreichen` kann jede einem Team zugewiesene Phase " +"ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 msgid "" "Time spent in stages selected in the :guilabel:`Excluding Stages` field are " "**not** included in the calculation of the |SLA| deadline." msgstr "" +"Die Zeit in den Phasen, die im Feld :guilabel:`Ausgeschlossene Phasen` " +"ausgewählt wurden, wird **nicht** in die Berechnung der |SLA|-Frist " +"einbezogen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -5323,6 +5691,12 @@ msgid "" "before work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " ":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"Eine |SLA| mit dem Titel `8 Stunden bis Abschluss` verfolgt die Arbeitszeit," +" bevor ein Ticket abgeschlossen ist, und hätte als :guilabel:`Phase " +"erreichen` den Eintrag `Gelöst`. Wenn die |SLA| jedoch den Titel `2 Tage bis" +" Beginn` trägt, wird die Arbeitszeit bis zum Beginn der Bearbeitung eines " +"Tickets verfolgt und hätte bei :guilabel:`Phase einreichen` den Eintrag `In " +"Bearbeitung`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 msgid "Meet SLA deadlines" @@ -5334,6 +5708,9 @@ msgid "" "policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is based on the creation date" " of the ticket, as well as the targeted working hours." msgstr "" +"Sobald festgestellt wird, dass ein Ticket den Kriterien einer " +"|SLA|-Richtlinie entspricht, wird eine Frist berechnet. Die Frist basiert " +"auf dem Erstellungsdatum des Tickets und den angestrebten Arbeitszeiten." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -5342,12 +5719,19 @@ msgid "" "the value set in the :guilabel:`Company Working Hours` field under " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> Work Organization`." msgstr "" +"Der Wert, der neben dem Feld :guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` einer " +"|SLA|-Richtlinie angegeben ist, wird zur Bestimmung der Frist verwendet. " +"Standardmäßig wird dies durch den Wert bestimmt, der im Feld " +":guilabel:`Betriebliche Arbeitszeiten` unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen " +"--> Mitarbeiter --> Arbeitsorganisation` angegeben ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 msgid "" "The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a tag indicating the " "name of the |SLAs| applied." msgstr "" +"Die Frist wird dann zum Ticket hinzugefügt, ebenso wie ein Stichwort, der " +"den Namen der |SLA| angibt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5362,6 +5746,8 @@ msgid "" "When a ticket satisfies an |SLA| policy, the |SLA| tag turns green, and the " "deadline disappears from view on the ticket." msgstr "" +"Sobald ein Ticket eine |SLA|-Richtlinie erfüllt, wird das |SLA|-Stichwort " +"grün und die Frist verschwindet aus der Ticketansicht." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." @@ -5375,6 +5761,9 @@ msgid "" "occurring deadline is displayed on the ticket. After that deadline has " "passed, the next deadline is displayed." msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Ticket die Kriterien für mehr als eine |SLA| erfüllt, wird der " +"früheste Termin auf dem Ticket angezeigt. Sobald diese Frist verstrichen " +"ist, wird die nächste Frist angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -5383,6 +5772,11 @@ msgid "" "failed, the red tag stays on the ticket, even after the ticket is moved to " "the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"Wenn die |SLA|-Frist verstrichen ist und das Ticket nicht in die im Feld " +":guilabel:`Phase erreichen` angegebene Phase verschoben wurde, wird das " +"|SLA|-Stichwort rot. Sobald die |SLA| fehlgeschlagen ist, bleibt die rote " +"Markierung auf dem Ticket, auch nachdem das Ticket in die im Feld " +":guilabel:`Phase erreichen` angegebene Phase verschoben wurde." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5402,6 +5796,10 @@ msgid "" "to the report, and corresponding pivot table, by going to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." msgstr "" +"Der Bericht :guilabel:`SLA-Statusanalyse` verfolgt, wie schnell eine |SLA| " +"erfüllt wird, sowie die Leistung einzelner Teammitglieder. Gehen Sie zum " +"Bericht und der entsprechenden Pivot-Tabelle, indem Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Berichtswesen --> SLA-Statusanalyse` gehen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5410,6 +5808,11 @@ msgid "" "in progress, or have satisfied a policy are listed. By default, they are " "grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" +"Der Bericht wird standardmäßig in einer :guilabel:`Pivot`-Ansicht angezeigt." +" Alle |SLA|-Richtlinien in der Datenbank mit Tickets, die eine Richtlinie " +"nicht erfüllt haben, in Bearbeitung sind oder eine Richtlinie erfüllt haben," +" werden aufgelistet. Sie sind standardmäßig nach Team und Ticketanzahl " +"gruppiert." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5436,6 +5839,10 @@ msgid "" "included, and a corresponding new column emerges in the pivot table to show " "the relevant calculations." msgstr "" +"Immer wenn ein Wert ausgewählt wird, erscheint im Drop-down-Menü das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(Häkchen)` , um anzuzeigen, dass der Wert " +"enthalten ist, und in der Pivot-Tabelle wird eine entsprechende neue Spalte " +"mit den entsprechenden Berechnungen angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." @@ -5448,6 +5855,11 @@ msgid "" "groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon next to the policy name." msgstr "" +"Um eine Gruppe zu einer Zeile oder Spalte hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das " +":icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(Pluszeichen)` neben dem Namen der " +"Richtlinie und wählen Sie dann eine der Gruppen aus. Um eine Gruppe zu " +"entfernen, klicken Sie auf das :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " +":guilabel:`(Minuszeichen)` neben dem Namen der Richtlinie." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5462,6 +5874,10 @@ msgid "" "the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top of the chart, " "while in graph view." msgstr "" +"Wechseln Sie zur Diagrammansicht, indem Sie das :icon:`fa-area-chart` " +":guilabel:`(Grafikansicht)` oben auf dem Bildschirm auswählen. Um zwischen " +"den verschiedenen Diagrammen zu wechseln, wählen Sie in der Diagrammansicht " +"das *entsprechende Symbol* links im Diagramm." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 msgid "Bar Chart" @@ -5518,6 +5934,11 @@ msgid "" "view, click the :icon:`oi-view-cohort` :guilabel:`(cohort)` icon, next to " "the other view options." msgstr "" +"Die *Kohorten*-Ansicht wird verwendet, um die Veränderungen der Daten über " +"einen bestimmten Zeitraum zu verfolgen. Um den Bericht über die " +":guilabel:`SLA-Statusanalyse` in einer Kohortenansicht anzuzeigen, klicken " +"Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`oi-view-cohort` :guilabel:`Kohorte` neben den " +"anderen Ansichtsoptionen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:212 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." @@ -5551,6 +5972,9 @@ msgid "" "progress of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit the " "needs of each team." msgstr "" +"*Phasen* werden verwendet, um die **Kundendienst**-Pipeline zu organisieren " +"und den Fortschritt der Tickets zu verfolgen. Phasen sind anpassbar und " +"können entsprechend den Bedürfnissen des Teams angepasst werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/stages.rst:9 msgid "Create or modify stages" @@ -5573,6 +5997,8 @@ msgid "" "To view or modify **Helpdesk** stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app " "--> Configuration --> Stages`." msgstr "" +"Um **Kundendienst**-Phasen zu sehen oder ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Kundendienst --> Konfiguration --> Phasen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/stages.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5580,6 +6006,9 @@ msgid "" "currently available in the **Helpdesk** app. They are listed in the order " "they appear in the pipeline." msgstr "" +"Die Standard-Listenansicht auf der Seite :guilabel:`Phasen` zeigt die " +"derzeit in **Kundendienst** verfügbaren Phasen an. Sie sind in der " +"Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie in der Pipeline erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/stages.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5587,6 +6016,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(draggable)` icon, to the left of the stage name, and drag it to " "the desired place on the list." msgstr "" +"Um die Reihenfolge der Phasen zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(ziehbar)` links neben dem Namen der Phase " +"und ziehen Sie es an die gewünschte Stelle in der Liste." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/stages.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5601,6 +6033,9 @@ msgid "" "Change the stage order on the Kanban view of a **Helpdesk** team's pipeline " "by dragging and dropping individual columns." msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie die Phasenreihenfolge in der Kanban-Ansicht der Pipeline eines " +"**Kundendienstteams**, indem Sie einzelne Spalten per Drag-and-Drop-Funktion" +" verschieben." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/stages.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6713,7 +7148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "Project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projektdashboard" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6726,10 +7161,19 @@ msgid "" "As such, it is a crucial tool for effective project management and ensuring " "that your project stays on track." msgstr "" +"Mit dem Projektdashboard erhalten Sie einen umfassenden Überblick über den " +"Status Ihres Projekts. Es zeigt Informationen wie die Gesamtzahl der mit dem" +" Projekt verknüpften Aufgaben, Zeiterfassungen und geplanten Stunden sowie " +"detaillierte Informationen zu Projektmeilensteinen, Kosten und Einnahmen an." +" Innerhalb des Projekt-Dashboards können Sie " +":guilabel:`Projektaktualisierungen` erstellen, mit denen Sie eine " +"Momentaufnahme des Projektstatus zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt machen " +"können. Das Dashboard ist ein wichtiges Instrument für ein effektives " +"Projektmanagement und stellt sicher, dass Ihr Projekt auf Kurs bleibt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:13 msgid "Using the project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Das Projektdashboard verwenden" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6737,6 +7181,10 @@ msgid "" " desired project’s card. Then, click the :icon:`fa-vertical-ellipsis` " "(:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon and select :guilabel:`Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Um auf das Projektdashboard zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die **Projektapp** und " +"bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die Karte des gewünschten Projekts. Klicken " +"Sie dann auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-vertical-ellipsis` (:guilabel:`vertikale " +"Ellipse`) und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Dashboard`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6748,6 +7196,13 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`budgets " "`." msgstr "" +"Auf der linken Seite des Dashboards wird eine Liste der vorhandenen " +":ref:`Projektaktualisierungen ` angezeigt" +" und rechts finden sich :ref:`detaillierte Informationen zu mit dem Produkt " +"verbundenen Datensätzen ` sowie " +":ref:`Meilensteine `, " +":ref:`Rentabilität ` und " +":ref:`Budgets `." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -6756,16 +7211,22 @@ msgid "" "information about **Timesheets**, **Planning**, or **Purchase Orders** if " "the corresponding applications are not installed." msgstr "" +"Die auf dem Projektdashboard angezeigten Informationen hängen von den in " +"Ihrer Datenbank installierten Apps ab. Sie sehen zum Beispiel keine " +"Informationen über **Zeiterfassungen**, **Planung** oder **Bestellungen**, " +"wenn die entsprechenden Apps nicht installiert sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:33 msgid "Totals smart buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intelligente Schaltflächen zur Gesamtanzahl" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "The following smart buttons are displayed on the top left of the project " "dashboard:" msgstr "" +"Die folgenden intelligenten Schaltflächen werden oben links auf dem " +"Projektdashboard angezeigt:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6775,6 +7236,10 @@ msgid "" "completed/all, as well as the entire project's completion percentage " "estimation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aufgaben`: die Anzahl abgeschlossener (d. h. " +":guilabel:`Erledigte` oder :guilabel:`Abgebrochene` :ref:`Aufgaben " +"`) Aufgaben und alle Aufgaben " +"sowie die Einschätzung der Abschlussquote des gesamten Projekts." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6782,6 +7247,10 @@ msgid "" "**Timesheets** app configuration) linked to the project. This includes all " ":doc:`timesheets <../timesheets>`, whether or not they have been validated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen`: die Anzahl der mit dem Projekt verbundenen " +"Stunden oder Tage (ja nach Konfiguration der **Zeiterfassungsapp**). Sie " +"enthält alle :doc:`Zeiterfassungen <../timesheets>`, egal ob sie validiert " +"wurden oder nicht." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6790,12 +7259,18 @@ msgid "" "<../planning>`, including past shifts and shifts that have not yet been " "published." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Geplant`: die Anzahl der Stunden, die für Schichten in der " +"**Planungsapp** geplant wurden. Sie enthält alle :doc:`geplanten Schichten " +"<../planning>`, einschließlich der vergangenen Schichten und der Schichten, " +"die noch nicht veröffentlicht wurden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents`: number of :doc:`documents " "<../../productivity/documents>` in the project’s workspace." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dokumente`: Anzahl der :doc:`Dokumente " +"<../../productivity/documents>` im Arbeitsbereich des Projekts." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -6803,6 +7278,9 @@ msgid "" "` on the status of the project’s tasks " "over time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Burndown-Diagramm`: Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " +"Schaltfläche, um einen :doc:`Bericht ` " +"zum Status der Aufgaben des Projekts zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -6810,6 +7288,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`report ` on the project’s " "timesheets and shifts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen und Planung`: Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " +"Schaltfläche, um einen :doc:`Bericht ` " +"zu den Zeiterfassungen und Schichten des Projekts zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -6817,6 +7298,9 @@ msgid "" "Order Items`, :guilabel:`Purchase Orders`, and more, represent the number of" " records linked to the project." msgstr "" +"**Zusätzliche Felder** wie :guilabel:`Verkaufsaufträge`, " +":guilabel:`Auftragspostionen`, :guilabel:`Bestellungen` usw, um die Anzahl " +"der mit dem Projekt verknüpften Datensätze anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -6825,6 +7309,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planned` to create project planning, :guilabel:`Documents` to " "view and validate documents, etc." msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie die intelligenten Schaltfläceh des Projektdashboards, um die " +"Projektdatensätze einfach zu aktualisieren. Klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Zeiterfassung`, um Stundenzettel zu validieren, " +":guilabel:`Geplant`, um eine Projektplanung zu erstellen, " +":guilabel:`Dokumente`, um Dokumente anzuzeigen und zu validieren, usw." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:63 msgid "Milestones" @@ -6839,6 +7328,13 @@ msgid "" "completed, or click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to remove " "it." msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt ist nur sichtbar, wenn :doc:`Meilensteine " +"` für dieses Projekt erstellt" +" wurden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Meilenstein hinzufügen`, um einen neuen " +"Meilenstein zu erstellen. Klicken Sie auf einen Meilenstein in der " +"Checkliste, um ihn zu bearbeiten, aktivieren Sie sein Kontrollkästchen, um " +"ihn als abgeschlossen zu markieren, oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`Papierkorb`), um ihn zu entfernen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:73 msgid "Profitability" @@ -6849,6 +7345,8 @@ msgid "" "This section only applies to billable projects and provides a breakdown of " "project costs and revenues." msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt gilt nur für abrechenbare Projekte und enthält eine " +"Aufschlüsselung der Projektkosten und -einnahmen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:81 msgid "Budgets" @@ -6860,6 +7358,10 @@ msgid "" " displayed in this section. Click :guilabel:`Add Budget` to create a new " "budget for the project." msgstr "" +"Wenn für das Projekt ein Budget festgelegt wurde, werden sein Status und die" +" zugehörigen Details in diesem Abschnitt angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Budget hinzufügen`, um ein neues Budget für das Projekt zu " +"erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -6868,10 +7370,14 @@ msgid "" "enabled in your database’s **Accounting** application in order for this " "section to be displayed." msgstr "" +":doc:`Kostenrechnung " +"` muss in " +"der **Buchhaltungsapp** Ihrer Datenbank aktiviert sein, damit dieser " +"Abschnitt angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:94 msgid "Project updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projektaktualisierungen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6881,12 +7387,21 @@ msgid "" " note any aspects of the project that need improvement, and estimate if the " "project is on or off track." msgstr "" +"Projektaktualisierungen ermöglichen es Ihnen, eine Momentaufnahme des " +"Gesamtstatus des Projekts zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt zu machen, z. B. " +"während einer regelmäßigen (wöchentlichen, zweiwöchentlichen oder " +"monatlichen) Prüfung. Auf diese Weise können Sie bestimmte Datenpunkte " +"vergleichen, verbesserungsbedürftige Aspekte des Projekts feststellen und " +"abschätzen, ob das Projekt auf dem richtigen Weg ist oder nicht." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:101 msgid "" "To create a new project update, go to the project dashboard, click " ":guilabel:`New`, and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Um eine neue Projektaktualisierung zu erstellen, gehen Sie zum " +"Projektdashboard, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und füllen Sie folgende " +"Felder aus:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -6896,12 +7411,20 @@ msgid "" "Kanban card, allowing the project manager to easily identify which projects " "need attention." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Status`: Wählen Sie zwischen :guilabel:`Zeitig`, :guilabel:`In " +"Gefahr`, :guilabel:`Verspätet`, :guilabel:`In Warteschlange` und " +":guilabel:`Erledigt`. Sobald der Status festgelegt ist, wird ein farblich " +"gekennzeichneter Punkt auf der Kanban-Karte des Projekts angezeigt, so dass " +"der Projektmanager leicht erkennen kann, welche Projekte Aufmerksamkeit " +"erfordern." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Progress`: Manually input the completion percentage based on the " "project's progress." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fortschritt`: Geben Sie manuell den Prozentsatz des Fortschritts " +"basierend auf dem Projektfortschritt ein." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6909,6 +7432,9 @@ msgid "" "filled in with appropriate information based on the user who created the " "update and the current date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum` und :guilabel:`Author`: Diese Felder werden automatisch " +"mit den entsprechenden Informationen des Benutzers, der die Aktualisierung " +"erstellt hat, und dem aktuellen Datum ausgefüllt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -6917,6 +7443,10 @@ msgid "" " may be pre-filled with current information on aspects such as " "profitability, budget, milestones, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Verwenden Sie diesen Bereich, um Notizen zu " +"erfassen. Je nach Projektkonfiguration (z. B. wenn das Projekt abrechenbar " +"ist), kann dieses Feld mit aktuellen Informationen zu Aspekten wie " +"Rentabilität, Budget, Meilensteinen usw. vorausgefüllt werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" @@ -7121,6 +7651,11 @@ msgid "" "access to these essential resources. You can customize each project's top " "bar to match its specific needs." msgstr "" +"Im Projektmanagement ist es oft notwendig, die verschiedenen Datensätze und " +"Dokumente zu einem Projekt einzusehen. Die **obere Leiste** von Odoo " +"Projekte bietet schnellen Zugriff auf diese wichtigen Ressourcen. Sie können" +" die obere Leiste für jedes Projekt an seine spezifischen Bedürfnisse " +"anpassen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -7131,6 +7666,14 @@ msgid "" "records you want to display, such as timesheets, sales orders, invoices, " "documents, dashboards, etc." msgstr "" +"Um die obere Leiste für ein Projekt einzurichten, gehen Sie zur " +":guilabel:`Projekte-App`, klicken Sie auf die Karte des Projekts und dann " +"auf die Schaltfläche obere Leiste :icon:`fa-sliders` " +":guilabel:`(Schieberegler)`. Klicken Sie in der Leiste, die über der " +"Suchleiste erscheint, auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-sliders` " +":guilabel:`(Schieberegler)`, um die Datensätze auszuwählen, die Sie anzeigen" +" möchten, z. B. Zeiterfassungen, Verkaufsaufträge, Rechnungen, Dokumente, " +"Dashboards usw." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7138,40 +7681,56 @@ msgid "" " the Project app. To return to your project tasks' Kanban view, click the " ":guilabel:`Tasks` button in the top bar." msgstr "" +"Sie können dann auf die Schaltflächen klicken, um auf die entsprechenden " +"Datensätze zuzugreifen, ohne die Projekte-App zu verlassen. Um zur Kanban-" +"Ansicht Ihrer Projektaufgaben zurückzukehren, klicken Sie auf die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aufgaben` in der oberen Leiste." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 msgid "Top bar selection menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auswahlmenü der oberen Leiste" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:99 msgid "Custom top bar buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Schaltfläche auf oberen Leiste" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:101 msgid "You can also create your own buttons to access more specific views:" msgstr "" +"Sie können auch Ihre eigenen Schaltflächen erstellen, um spezifischere " +"Ansichten zu erhalten:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:103 msgid "Click an existing top bar button to access the view." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf eine bestehende Schaltfläche der oberen Leiste, um auf die " +"Ansicht zuzugreifen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:104 msgid "" "Customize the view with keywords, filters, and grouping options using the " "search bar." msgstr "" +"Passen Sie über die Suchleiste die Ansicht mit Filtern für Stichwörtern und " +"Gruppierungsoptionen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:105 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` :guilabel:`(sliders)` button in the top bar and" " select :guilabel:`Save View`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-sliders` " +":guilabel:`(Schieberegler)` in der oberen Leiste und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Ansicht speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:107 msgid "" "Edit the default button name if necessary, then enable :guilabel:`Shared` if" " you want to share the button with other users." msgstr "" +"Bearbeiten Sie bei Bedarf den Namen der Standardschaltfläche, aktivieren Sie" +" dann :guilabel:`Geteilt`, wenn Sie die Schaltfläche mit anderen Benutzern " +"teilen möchten." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Task management" @@ -7221,24 +7780,35 @@ msgid "" "button next to the :guilabel:`Deadline` field. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Repeat Every` field according to your needs." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie in einer bestehenden Aufgabe auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-" +"repeat` (:guilabel:`Wiederkehrend`) neben dem Feld :guilabel:`Frist`. " +"Konfigurieren Sie dann das Feld :guilabel:`Wiederholen alle` nach Ihren " +"Wünschen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" "A new task in recurrence will be created once the status of the previous " "task is set to :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" +"Eine neue wiederkehrende Aufgabe wird erstellt, sobald der Status der " +"vorherigen Aufgabe auf :guilabel:`Erledigt` oder :guilabel:`Abgebrochen` " +"gesetzt wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:28 msgid "" "The new task is created on the project dashboard with the following " "configuration:" msgstr "" +"Die neue Aufgabe wird im Projektdashboard mit der folgenden Konfiguration " +"erstellt:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: is set to the first stage of the project dashboard " "(:guilabel:`New` or equivalent);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Phase`: ist auf die erste Phase des Projektdashboards " +"(:guilabel:`Neu` oder Äquivalent) festgelegt;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7246,6 +7816,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: are copied " "from the original task;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Beschreibung`, :guilabel:`Projekt`, " +":guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`, :guilabel:`Kunde`, :guilabel:`Stichwörter`: " +"werden aus der ursprünglichen Aufgabe kopiert;" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -7253,6 +7826,9 @@ msgid "" " (e.g., if the task is set to repeat once a week, 7 days will be added to " "the deadline);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Frist`: wird basierend auf dem Feld :guilabel:`Wiederholen alle` " +"aktualisiert (z. B. wenn die Aufgabe auf eine Wiederholung pro Woche " +"eingestellt ist, 7 Tage werden zur Frist hinzugefügt);" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7260,12 +7836,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`, :guilabel:`Subtasks`: are **not** copied from the " "original task." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Meilensteine`, :guilabel:`Zeiterfassung`, :guilabel:`Chatter`, " +":guilabel:`Aktivitäten`, :guilabel:`Teilaufgaben`: Diese Felder werden " +"**nicht** kopiert." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:39 msgid "" "Once a recurrence is configured, a **smart button** on the task displays the" " total number of existing recurrences." msgstr "" +"Sobald eine Wiederholung konfiguriert wurde, zeigt eine **intelligente " +"Schaltfläche** auf der Aufgabe die Gesamtzahl der vorhandenen Wiederholungen" +" an." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" @@ -7300,16 +7882,23 @@ msgid "" "workload into smaller **sub-tasks**, making it easier to track progress and " "manage the work." msgstr "" +"Bei der Bearbeitung von Projektaufgaben ist es oft von Vorteil, das " +"Arbeitspensum in kleinere **Teilaufgaben** aufzuteilen, um den Fortschritt " +"zu verfolgen und die Arbeit zu verwalten." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s sub-task feature is particularly useful in some of the following " "cases:" msgstr "" +"Die Funktion für Teilaufgaben von Odoo ist in einigen der folgenden Fälle " +"besonders nützlich:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:10 msgid "The task workload is too big to handle in one record." msgstr "" +"Das Aufgabenpensum ist zu groß, um es in einem einzigen Datensatz zu " +"bewältigen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:11 msgid "There’s a clear sequence of steps to follow." @@ -7320,6 +7909,8 @@ msgid "" "Some parts of the workload fall under the scope of different projects and/or" " assignees." msgstr "" +"Einige Teile des Arbeitspensums fallen in den Bereich verschiedener Projekte" +" und/oder zugewiesener Personen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7327,34 +7918,43 @@ msgid "" "**parent task**. The sub-tasks of the parent task are known as **child " "tasks**." msgstr "" +"Die ursprüngliche Aufgabe, mit der Teilaufgaben verknüpft sind, wird als " +"**Übergeordnete Aufgabe** bezeichnet. Die Unteraufgaben der Hauptaufgabe " +"werden als **Untergeordnete Aufgaben** bezeichnet." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:18 msgid "Creating sub-tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teilaufgaben erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:20 msgid "To create a sub-task:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um eine Teilaufgabe zu erstellen:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:22 msgid "Open the Project app, then go into your desired project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öffnen Sie die Projektapp und gehen Sie zum gewünschten Projekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:23 msgid "" "Click the task where you want to add the sub-task, then click the " ":guilabel:`Sub-tasks` tab." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf der Aufgabe, in der Sie eine Teilaufgabe hinzufügen möchten," +" und klicken Sie auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Teilaufgaben`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:24 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, then fill in the :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und geben Sie den " +":guilabel:`Titel` ein." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:25 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` (:guilabel:`save`) icon to save the task " "manually." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` (:guilabel:`Speichern`), " +"um die Aufgabe manuell zu speichern" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7364,12 +7964,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`. Use the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`sliders`) icon" " to add or remove fields." msgstr "" +"Sie können mehrere Felder einer Teilaufgabe direkt im Reite der Teilaufgabe " +"der übergeordneten Aufgabe bearbeiten, ohne die einzelne Teilaufgabe zu " +"öffnen. Standardmäßig sind dies: :guilabel:`Titel`, :guilabel:`Priorität`, " +":guilabel:`Status` und :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`. Verwenden Sie das Symbol " +":icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`Schieberegler`), um Felder hinzuzufügen oder " +"zu entfernen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the new sub-task is created, the following changes occur in the parent " "task:" msgstr "" +"Sobald die neue Teilaufgabe erstellt ist, treten in der übergeordneten " +"Aufgabe die folgenden Änderungen auf:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7377,6 +7985,10 @@ msgid "" "number of closed (**done** or **canceled**) sub-tasks. Click the smart " "button to access the list of the sub-tasks." msgstr "" +"Eine *intelligente Schaltfläche* zeigt die Anzahl Teilaufgaben sowie die " +"Anzahl abgeschlossener Teilaufgaben (**Erledigt** oder **Abgebrochen**) an. " +"Klicken Sie die intelligente Schaltfläche, um auf die Liste der Teilaufgaben" +" zuzugreifen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -7385,34 +7997,48 @@ msgid "" " ensure that the time allocated to sub-tasks does not exceed time allocated " "to the parent task." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Zugewiesene Zeit` zeigt die der übergeordneten Aufgabe " +"zugewiesene Zeit sowie die den Teilaufgaben zugewiesene Zeit an. Auf diese " +"Weise kann sichergestellt werden, dass die den Teilaufgaben zugewiesene Zeit" +" nicht die der übergeordneten Aufgabe zugewiesene Zeit übersteigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab includes a breakdown of time spent on the " "parent task as well as sub-tasks." msgstr "" +"Der Reiter :guilabel:`Zeiterfassung` enthält eine Aufschlüsselung der für " +"die übergeordnete Aufgabe sowie der Teilaufgaben aufgewendete Zeit." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:43 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`View` to open the sub-task you created. The sub-task form " "is identical to the :ref:`task form `." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Ansicht`, um die von Ihnen erstellte Teilaufgabe " +"zu öffnen. Das Formular für die Teilaufgabe ist identisch mit dem " +":ref:`Aufgabenformular `." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:48 msgid "" "A **smart button** allows to navigate back to the :guilabel:`Parent task`." msgstr "" +"Über eine **intelligente Schaltfläche** können Sie zurück zur " +":guilabel:`Übergeordneten Aufgabe` zurückkehren." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sub-tasks` tab allows for further creation of sub-tasks." msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Teilaufgaben` können Sie neue Teilaufgaben erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub-tasks.rst:50 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`Project` will trigger this sub-task to be displayed " "in the Kanban view of the selected project." msgstr "" +"Durch Auswahl eines :guilabel:`Projekts` wird diese Teilaufgabe ausgelöst, " +"die in der Kanban-Ansicht des ausgewählten Projekts angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:3 msgid "Task creation" @@ -7439,32 +8065,43 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`plus`) button in the upper left " "corner. This creates a new task in the first stage of your Kanban view." msgstr "" +"Durch Klick auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`Pluszeichen`) " +"oben rechts wird eine neue Aufgabe in der ersten Phase der Kanban-Ansicht " +"erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:16 msgid "" "Pressing the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`plus`) button next to the Kanban " "stage name. This creates a new task in this Kanban stage." msgstr "" +"Durch Klick auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`Pluszeichen`) " +"neben dem Namen der Kanban-Phase wird eine neue Aufgabe in dieser Kanban-" +"Phase erstellt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:19 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Task Title` and add one or more " ":guilabel:`Assignees`, then click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie den :guilabel:`Aufgabentitel` aus und fügen Sie eine oder mehrere" +" Personen im Feld :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` hinzu und kicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:25 msgid "Task configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenkonfiguratio" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "Click the task to open it. The task form includes the following fields that " "you can fill in:" msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Aufgabe, um sie zu öffnen. Das Aufgabenformular enthält " +"die folgenden Felder, die Sie ausfüllen können:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Task Title`: title of the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Aufgabentitel`: Titel der Aufgabe." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -7472,28 +8109,39 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`star`) icon to mark the task as high priority. The icon will " "turn yellow. Click it again to remove the high priority." msgstr "" +":icon:`fa-star-o` (:guilabel:`Stern`): Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-" +"star-o` (:guilabel:`Stern`), um die hohe Priorität der Aufgabe zu " +"kennzeichnen. Das Symbol wird gelb. Klicken Sie erneut darauf, um die " +"Prioritätskennzeichnung zu entfernen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Project`: the project that this task belongs to." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Projekt`: das Projekt, zu dem diese Aufgabe gehört." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`: the person(s) in charge of handling the work on this " "task." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zugewiesen an`: die Personen, die für die Bearbeitung dieser " +"Aufgabe verantwortlich sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: custom labels allowing to categorize and filter your " "tasks." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: benutzerdefinierte Stichwörter, um Ihre Aufgaben zu" +" kategorisieren oder zu filtern" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer`: the person or company that will be billed for this " "task. This field only appears in tasks that belong to billable projects." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kunde`: die Person oder das Unternehmen, dem diese Aufgabe " +"berechnet wird. Dieses Feld erscheint nur in Aufgaben, die zu einem " +"abrechenbaren Projekt gehören." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -7501,12 +8149,18 @@ msgid "" "used to create this task, or a sales order that was linked to this task " "manually. This field only appears in tasks linked to billable projects." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auftragsposition`: Dies kann entweder der Verkaufsauftrag sein, " +"der zur Erstellung dieser Aufgabe verwendet wurde, oder ein Verkaufsauftrag," +" der manuell mit dieser Aufgabe verknüpft wurde. Dieses Feld erscheint nur " +"in Aufgaben, die mit abrechenbaren Projekten verknüpft sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocated Time`: the amount of time that the work on this task is" " expected to last, tracked by timesheets." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zugewiesene Zeit`: die voraussichtliche Dauer der Arbeit an " +"dieser Aufgabe, die anhand von Zeiterfassungen registriert wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -7514,12 +8168,17 @@ msgid "" "filled in, you can also add a start date to designate the entire time frame " "of the tasks' duration." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Frist`: das voraussichtliche Enddatum der Aufgabe. Sobald dieses " +"Feld ausgefüllt ist, können Sie auch ein Startdatum hinzufügen, um den " +"gesamten Zeitrahmen für die Dauer der Aufgabe festzulegen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also create new tasks by switching to the list or Gantt view and " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Sie können auch neue Aufgaben erstellen, indem Sie zur Listen- oder Gantt-" +"Ansicht wechseln und auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7529,28 +8188,37 @@ msgid "" " can also **color code** or :guilabel:`Set a Cover image` to your task by " "clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (**vertical ellipsis**)." msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Felder können auch direkt in der Kanban-Ansicht bearbeitet " +"werden, ohne die einzelne Aufgabe zu öffnen: :icon:`fa-star-o` " +"(**Priorität**), :guilabel:`Zugewiesene Stunden`, :guilabel:`Zugewiesen an` " +"und **Status der Aufgabe**. Sie können Ihrer Aufgabe auch eine " +"**Farbkennzeichnung** oder :guilabel:`Ein Titelbild festlegen`, indem Sie " +"auf das :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (**vertikale Ellipse**) klicken." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:53 msgid "" "You can use the following keyboard shortcuts in the task title to configure " "new tasks (modify the values in the examples below according to your needs):" msgstr "" +"Sie können die folgenden Tastenkombinationen im Aufgabentitel verwenden, um " +"neue Aufgaben zu konfigurieren (ändern Sie die Werte in den folgenden " +"Beispielen entsprechend Ihren Bedürfnissen):" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:56 msgid "**30h**: to allocate 30 hours to the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**30h**: um der Aufgabe 30 Stunden zuzuordnen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:57 msgid "**#tags**: to add tags to the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**#Stichwörter**: um Stichwörter zur Aufgabe hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:58 msgid "**@user**: to assign the task to a user." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**@Benutzer**: um der Aufgabe einen Benutzer zuzuweisen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:59 msgid "**!**: to star the task as high priority." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**!**: um die Aufgabe als Priorität zu kennzeichnen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7558,6 +8226,9 @@ msgid "" "followed by the allocated time, the tags, the assignee, and then the " "priority." msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie neben der korrekten Formatierung auch die folgende Reihenfolge:" +" Name der Aufgabe, gefolgt von der zugewiesenen Zeit, den Stichwörtern, der " +"zugewiesenen Person und der Priorität." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7566,20 +8237,28 @@ msgid "" " its priority to :guilabel:`High`, enter the following task title: Prepare " "workshop 5h #school @Audrey !" msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine Aufgabe mit dem Namen „Workshop vorbereiten“ " +"erstellen, ihr 5 Stunden zuweisen, das Stichwort „Schule“ hinzufügen, sie " +"Audrey zuweisen und ihre Priorität auf :guilabel:`Hoch` setzen wollen, geben" +" Sie den folgenden Aufgabentitel ein: Workshop vorbereiten 5h #Schule " +"@Audrey !" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:0 msgid "Using keyboard shortcuts to create a task in Project." msgstr "" +"Verwendung von Tastenkombinationen zur Erstellung einer Aufgabe im Projekt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:74 msgid "Creating tasks from an email alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgaben über einen E-Mail-Alias erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:76 msgid "" "This feature allows for project tasks to be automatically created once an " "email is delivered to a designated email address." msgstr "" +"Mit dieser Funktion können Projektaufgaben automatisch erstellt werden, " +"sobald eine E-Mail an eine bestimmte E-Mail-Adresse zugestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -7587,30 +8266,42 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon next to the desired project's name. " "Select :guilabel:`Settings`, then open the :guilabel:`Settings` tab." msgstr "" +"Um sie zu konfigurieren, öffnen Sie die Projektapp und klicken Sie dann auf " +"das Symbol :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertikale Ellipse`) neben dem " +"Namen des gewünschten Projekts. Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Einstellungen`, und " +"öffnen Sie dann den Reiter :guilabel:`Einstellungen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:83 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Create tasks by sending an email to` field as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Füllen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Aufgaben erstellen per E-Mail an` wie folgt " +"aus:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:85 msgid "" "**Section of the alias before the @ symbol**: type the name of the email " "alias, e.g. `contact`, `help`, `jobs`." msgstr "" +"**Abschnitt des Alias vor dem @-Symbol**: Geben Sie den Namen des E-Mail-" +"Alias ein, z. B. `kontakt`, `hilfe`, `jobs`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:87 msgid "" "**Domain**: in most cases, this is filled in by default with your " ":doc:`domain <../../../general/email_communication>`." msgstr "" +"**Domain**: In den meisten Fällen wird es standardmäßig mit Ihrer " +":doc:`Domain <../../../general/email_communication>` ausgefüllt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:89 msgid "" "**Accept Emails From**: refine the senders whose emails will create tasks in" " the project." msgstr "" +"**E-Mails annehmen von**: Legen Sie die Absender, deren E-Mails Aufgaben im " +"Projekt erstellen werden, fest." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst-1 msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" @@ -7622,55 +8313,69 @@ msgid "" "Once configured, the email alias can be seen under the name of your project " "on the Kanban dashboard." msgstr "" +"Nach der Konfiguration kann der E-Mail-Alias unter dem Namen Ihres Projekts " +"auf dem Kanban-Dashboard eingesehen werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:96 msgid "" "When an email is sent to the alias, the email is automatically converted " "into a project task. The following rules apply:" msgstr "" +"Wenn eine E-Mail an den Alias gesendet wird, wird die E-Mail automatisch in " +"eine Projektaufgabe umgewandelt. Es gelten die folgenden Regeln:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:99 msgid "The email sender is displayed in the :guilabel:`Customer` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der Absender der E-Mail wird im Feld :guilabel:`Kunde` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:100 msgid "The email subject is displayed in the :guilabel:`Task Title` field." msgstr "" +"Der Betreff der E-Mail wird im Feld :guilabel:`Aufgabentitel` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:101 msgid "The email body is displayed in the :guilabel:`Description` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der E-Mail-Text wird im Feld :guilabel:`Beschreibung` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:102 msgid "" "The whole content of the email is additionally displayed in the **chatter**." msgstr "" +"Der gesamte Inhalt der E-Mail wird zusätzlich im **Chatter** angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:103 msgid "" "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) that are Odoo users are " "automatically added as **followers** of the task." msgstr "" +"Alle Empfänger der E-Mail (An/Cc/Bcc), die Odoo-Benutzer sind, werden " +"automatisch als **Follower** der Aufgabe hinzugefügt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:107 msgid "Creating tasks from a website form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgaben über ein Website-Formular erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:109 msgid "" "If you have the Website app installed in your database, you can configure " "any form on your website to trigger the creation of tasks in a project." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Website-App in Ihrer Datenbank installiert haben, können Sie " +"jedes Formular auf Ihrer Website so konfigurieren, dass es die Erstellung " +"von Aufgaben in einem Projekt auslöst." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:112 msgid "" "Go to the website page where you wish to add the the form and :ref:`add the " "Form building block `." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu der Webseite, auf der Sie das Formular hinzufügen möchten, und " +":ref:`fügen Sie den Baustein hinzu " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:114 msgid "In the website editor, edit the following fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bearbeiten Sie im Website-Editor die folgenden Felder:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: select :guilabel:`Create a Task`." @@ -7693,6 +8398,9 @@ msgid "" "When the form is submitted, it automatically creates a project task. The " "task's content is defined by the form's corresponding fields." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Formular abgeschickt wird, wird automatisch eine Projektaufgabe " +"erstellt. Der Inhalt der Aufgabe wird durch die entsprechenden Felder des " +"Formulars definiert." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_creation.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7704,7 +8412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenabhängigkeiten" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7713,6 +8421,11 @@ msgid "" "executed. Task dependencies ensure that certain tasks begin only after the " "preceding tasks are completed." msgstr "" +"Mit Odoo Projekte können Sie Projekte in Aufgaben unterteilen und " +"Abhängigkeiten zwischen diesen Aufgaben herstellen, um die Reihenfolge ihrer" +" Ausführung festzulegen. Aufgabenabhängigkeiten sorgen dafür, dass bestimmte" +" Aufgaben erst dann beginnen, wenn die vorhergehenden Aufgaben abgeschlossen" +" sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -7720,10 +8433,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Task Dependencies`, and click" " :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um Aufgabenabhängigkeiten in Projekten zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Projekt --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, aktivieren Sie" +" dann :guilabel:`Aufgabenabhängigkeiten` und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:13 msgid "Set task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenabhängigkeiten festlegen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7731,6 +8448,10 @@ msgid "" "view by linking the successor task (i.e., the task blocked by other tasks) " "to its predecessor task(s) (i.e., the tasks blocking the successor task)." msgstr "" +"Aufgabenabhängigkeiten können über das Aufgabenformular oder die Gantt-" +"Ansicht des Projekts erstellt werden, indem die Nachfolgeaufgabe (d. h. die " +"durch andere Aufgaben blockierte Aufgabe) mit ihren Vorgängeraufgaben (d. h." +" den Aufgaben, die die Nachfolgeaufgabe blockieren) verknüpft wird." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7740,6 +8461,12 @@ msgid "" "tasks from the predecessor task, click the :guilabel:`Blocked Tasks` smart " "button." msgstr "" +"Um Aufgabenabhängigkeiten aus dem Aufgabenformular heraus zu erstellen, " +"rufen Sie die gewünschte Aufgabe auf und klicken im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Blockiert durch` auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`. Klicken Sie " +"auf :guilabel:`Ansicht`, um auf die Vorgängeraufgabe zuzugreifen. Um von der" +" Vorgängeraufgabe aus auf die Nachfolgeaufgaben zuzugreifen, klicken Sie auf" +" die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Blockierte Aufgaben`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7748,10 +8475,15 @@ msgid "" " drop the dot onto the successor task. An arrow appears, indicating the " "dependency from the predecessor task to the successor." msgstr "" +"Um eine Aufgabenabhängigkeit in der Gantt-Ansicht zu erstellen, bewegen Sie " +"den Mauszeiger über die Vorgängeraufgabe und klicken Sie dann auf einen der " +"Punkte, die um sie herum erscheinen. Ziehen Sie den Punkt auf die " +"Nachfolgeaufgabe und legen Sie ihn dort ab. Es erscheint ein Pfeil, der die " +"Abhängigkeit von der Vorgängeraufgabe zur Nachfolgeraufgabe anzeigt." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "Task dependency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenabhängigkeit" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7760,20 +8492,28 @@ msgid "" "moved to :guilabel:`In Progress` until their predecessor task(s) are marked " "as :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Cancelled`, or :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Odoo verwaltet den Fortschritt von Aufgaben automatisch auf der Grundlage " +"ihrer Abhängigkeiten. Nachfolgeaufgaben erhalten den Status " +":guilabel:`Wartend` und können erst dann in den Status :guilabel:`In " +"Bearbeitung` verschoben werden, wenn ihre Vorgängeraufgabe(n) als " +":guilabel:`Genehmigt`, :guilabel:`Abgebrochen` oder :guilabel:`Erledigt` " +"markiert sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:37 msgid "Remove dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abhängigkeiten entfernen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:39 msgid "To remove a task dependency, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um eine Aufgabenabhängigkeit zu entfernen, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:41 msgid "" "From the task form, go to the **Blocked by** tab and click the :icon:`fa-" "times` (:guilabel:`times`) button." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie im Aufgabenformular zum Reiter **Blockiert durch** und klicken Sie" +" auf die Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`X`)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7781,6 +8521,9 @@ msgid "" "button that appears at the center of the arrow when you hover your mouse " "over it." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie in der Gantt-Ansicht auf die rote Schaltfläche :icon:`fa-times` " +"(:guilabel:`X`), die in der Mitte des Pfeils erscheint, wenn Sie mit der " +"Maus darüber fahren." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:3 msgid "Task stages and statuses" @@ -7797,16 +8540,23 @@ msgid "" "projects, the stages will be akin to **New**, **In progress**, **Backlog**, " "etc." msgstr "" +"Aufgabenphasen werden als Spalten in der Kanban-Ansicht des Projekts " +"angezeigt und ermöglichen es Ihnen, den Fortschritt der Aufgaben per Drag-" +"and-drop zu aktualisieren. In den meisten Projekten sind die Phasen ähnlich " +"wie **Neu**, **In Bearbeitung**, **Rückstand**, usw." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:12 msgid "" "By default, task stages are project-specific but can be shared across " "multiple projects that follow the same workflow." msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig sind die Aufgabenphasen projektspezifisch, können aber von " +"mehreren Projekten, die demselben Arbeitsablauf folgen, gemeinsam genutzt " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:16 msgid "Creating task stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenphasen erstellen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -7815,34 +8565,48 @@ msgid "" " do so immediately after :ref:`creating a new project " "`." msgstr "" +"Odoo Projekte bietet keine Standardphasen, sondern ermöglicht es Ihnen, " +"benutzerdefinierte Phasen zu erstellen, die auf Ihre spezifischen " +"Geschäftsanforderungen zugeschnitten sind. Dazu werden Sie unmittelbar nach " +"der :ref:`Erstellung eines neuen Projekts " +"` aufgefordert." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a stage, type its name into the :guilabel:`Stage...` field, then " "click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Phase zu erstellen, geben Sie ihren Namen in das Feld " +":guilabel:`Phase ...` ein und klicken dann auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:25 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`See examples` to find ideas for stage names applicable to " "your line of business." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Beispiele anzeigen`, um Ideen für " +"Phasenbezeichnungen zu finden, die auf Ihre Branche zutreffen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:28 msgid "Editing task stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aufgabenphasen bearbeiten" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:30 msgid "" "To edit the task stage, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`cog`) icon next" " to its name. From there, click one of the following:" msgstr "" +"Um die Aufgabenphase zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol :icon:`fa-" +"cog` (:guilabel:`Zahnrad`) neben dem Namen der Phase. Klicken Sie dann auf " +"eine der folgenden Optionen:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fold`: to hide the task stage and all of the tasks in this stage " "from the Kanban view." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Einklappen`: um die Aufgabenphase und alle Aufgaben in dieser " +"Phase aus der Kanban-Ansicht auszublenden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`:" @@ -7857,17 +8621,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS/Email Template`: to automatically send an email or SMS " "notification to the customer when a task reaches this stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS/E-Mail-Vorlage`: um dem Kunden automatisch eine E-Mail- oder " +"SMS-Benachrichtigung zu senden, wenn eine Aufgabe diese Phase erreicht." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: to hide the task stage and all of the tasks in" " this stage from the Kanban view." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`In Kanban eingeklappt`: um die Aufgabenphase und alle Aufgaben in" +" dieser Phase aus der Kanban-Ansicht auszublenden." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Projects`: to share this task stage between several projects." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Projekte`: um diese Aufgabenphase auf mehrere Projekte " +"aufzuteilen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -7876,16 +8646,23 @@ msgid "" "adding followers, or sending webhook notifications). Note that this will " "activate Studio in your database, which may impact your pricing plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Automatisierungen`: um :doc:`benutzerdefinierte Regeln, die " +"automatisierte Aktionen auslösen <../../../studio/automated_actions>` zu " +"erstellen (z. B. Aktivitäten erstellen, Follower hinzufügen oder Webhook-" +"Benachrichtigungen versenden). Beachten Sie, dass dadurch Studio in Ihrer " +"Datenbank aktiviert wird, was sich auf Ihren Preisplan auswirken kann." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: to delete this stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Löschen`: umm diese Phase zu löschen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archive/Unarchive all`: to archive or unarchive all of the tasks " "in this stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alle archivieren/dearchivieren`: um alle Aufgaben in dieser Phase" +" zu archivieren oder zu dearchivieren." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:53 msgid "Task statuses" @@ -7898,12 +8675,20 @@ msgid "" "stages, they cannot be customized; five task statuses exist in Odoo and are " "used as follows:" msgstr "" +"Aufgabenstatus werden verwendet, um den Status von Aufgaben innerhalb der " +"Kanban-Phase zu verfolgen und um die Aufgabe zu schließen, wenn sie erledigt" +" oder abgebrochen wurde. Im Gegensatz zu Kanban-Phasen können sie nicht " +"angepasst werden. In Odoo gibt es fünf Aufgabenstatus, die wie folgt " +"verwendet werden:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Progress`: this is the default state of all tasks, meaning " "that work required for the task to move to the next Kanban stage is ongoing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`In Bearbeitung`: Dies ist der Standardstatus aller Aufgaben, was " +"bedeutet, dass die Arbeit, die für den Übergang der Aufgabe zur nächsten " +"Kanban-Phase erforderlich ist, noch nicht abgeschlossen ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7911,20 +8696,27 @@ msgid "" "by the customer or internally, are needed before the task is moved to the " "next Kanban stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Änderungen angefragt`: um darauf hinzuweisen, dass Änderungen, " +"die entweder vom Kunden oder intern verlangt werden, erforderlich sind, " +"bevor die Aufgabe in die nächste Kanban-Phase übergeht." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved`: to highlight that the task is ready to be moved to the" " next stage." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Genehmigt`: um hervorzuheben, dass die Aufgabe bereit für die " +"nächste Phase ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Canceled`: to cancel the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Abgebrochen`: um die Aufgabe abzubrechen." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Done`: to close the task once it's been completed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Erledigt`: um die Aufgabe zu schließen, sobald sie abgeschlossen " +"ist." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -7934,6 +8726,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Changes Requested` or :guilabel:`Approved` status can be applied " "again once the necessary work has been completed in this Kanban stage." msgstr "" +"Die Aufgabenstatus :guilabel:`Änderungen angefragt` und " +":guilabel:`Genehmigt` werden gelöscht, sobald die Aufgabe in eine andere " +"Kanban-Phase verschoben wird. Der Aufgabenstatus wird auf den Standardstatus" +" :guilabel:`In Bearbeitung` zurückgesetzt, sodass der Status " +":guilabel:`Änderungen angefragt` oder :guilabel:`Genehmigt` wieder " +"angewendet werden kann, sobald die notwendigen Arbeiten in dieser Kanban-" +"Phase abgeschlossen sind." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -7942,6 +8741,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Canceled`, it is closed. If needed, it can be reopened by " "changing its status." msgstr "" +"Die Status :guilabel:`Erledigt` und :guilabel:`Abgebrochen` sind unabhängig " +"von der Kanban-Phase. Sobald eine Aufgabe als :guilabel:`Erledigt` oder " +":guilabel:`Abgebrochen` markiert ist, ist sie abgeschlossen. Bei Bedarf kann" +" sie durch Änderung ihres Status wieder geöffnet werden." #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 22585bb3f..a6f2080ee 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Felix Schubert , 2024 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2024 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2025\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 msgid "Checkout, payment, and delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kassiervorgang, Zahlung und Lieferung" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 msgid "Add to cart" @@ -1109,6 +1109,16 @@ msgid "" " or :ref:`Based on Rules `, and :ref:`in-store " "pickup `." msgstr "" +"Odoo E-Commerce ermöglicht es Ihnen, verschiedene Versandmethoden zu " +"konfigurieren, sodass Kunden beim Bezahlen ihre bevorzugte Option beim " +":doc:`Kassiervorgang ` auswählen können. Zu diesen Methoden " +"gehören :ref:`externe Anbieter `, " +":ref:`benutzerdefinierte Optionen ` wie " +"Pauschaltarife oder kostenloser Versand, lokale Spediteure über " +":doc:`Sendcloud <../../../inventory_and_ " +"mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>` " +"oder :ref:`Basierend auf Regeln ` und " +":ref:`Abholung im Geschäft `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:16 msgid "External provider integration" @@ -1150,6 +1160,10 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, " "select the desired delivery provider(s), and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Um externe Versanddienstleister zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Website --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie " +"zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lieferung`, wählen Sie den gewünschten " +"Versanddienstleister aus und :guilabel:`Speichern` Sie." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1157,6 +1171,10 @@ msgid "" "select the delivery method in the list to :ref:`configure it " "`." msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> --> Konfiguration --> " +"Liefermethoden` und wählen Sie die Versandmethode in der Liste aus, um sie " +"zu :ref:`konfigurieren `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1174,6 +1192,13 @@ msgid "" "If the field is left empty, the delivery price cannot be calculated, and an " "error message prompts the customer to select an alternative delivery method." msgstr "" +"Das Feld, das zur Festlegung zusätzlicher Gebühren verwendet wird, **muss** " +"**in Ihrem Konto beim externen Versanddienstleister** ausgefüllt werden, " +"auch wenn Sie nicht vorhaben, Kunden zusätzliche Gebühren in Rechnung zu " +"stellen. Wenn Sie keine Gebühr erheben möchten, geben Sie `0` ein. Wenn das " +"Feld leer bleibt, kann der Versandtarif nicht berechnet werden und der Kunde" +" wird in einer Fehlermeldung aufgefordert, eine alternative Versandmethode " +"auszuwählen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:45 msgid "Margin on delivery rate" @@ -1221,17 +1246,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 msgid "Custom delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Liefermethode" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:67 msgid "Custom delivery methods must be created, for example:" msgstr "" +"Es müssen benutzerdefinierte Liefermethoden erstellt werden, zum Beispiel:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "to integrate delivery carriers through :doc:`Sendcloud " "<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`;" msgstr "" +"um Versandzusteller über :doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`" +" zu integrieren;" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1255,6 +1284,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the " ":ref:`fields `." msgstr "" +"Um eine benutzerdefinierte Liefermethode zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu: " +":menuselection:`Website --> Konfiguration --> Liefermethoden`, klicken Sie " +"auf :guilabel:`Neu` und füllen Sie die :ref:`Felder " +"` aus." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1263,12 +1296,19 @@ msgid "" "or :ref:`Pickup in store ` if the shipping method" " does not involve any specific provider." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Anbieter` die Option :ref:`Basierend auf " +"Regeln `, :ref:`Festpreis " +"` oder :ref:`Abholung im Geschäft " +"`, wenn die Versandmethode keinen bestimmten " +"Anbieter umfasst." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:85 msgid "" "Upon :ref:`configuring ` a delivery method, you can:" msgstr "" +"Nach :ref:`Konfiguration ` einer Liefermethode können Sie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1276,6 +1316,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` by selecting it in the " ":guilabel:`Website` field;" msgstr "" +"sie :doc:`auf eine spezifische Website " +"<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` beschränken, indem Sie das Feld" +" :guilabel:`Website` auswählen;" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1284,6 +1327,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publish` the delivery method and make it available to website " "visitors;" msgstr "" +"auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Testumgebung` klicken, um zur " +":guilabel:`Produktionumgebung` wechseln, dann auf :guilabel:`Nicht " +"veröffentlicht` klicken, um die Liefermethode zu :guilabel:`Veröffentlichen`" +" und sie für Websitebesucher zur Verfügung zu stellen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1291,6 +1338,9 @@ msgid "" "` for the delivery method based " "on the order’s content or destination." msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie den Reiter :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit`, um :ref:`Bedingungen " +"` für die Liefermethode basierend" +" auf dem Inhalt oder dem Ziel des Auftrags festzulegen:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:100 msgid "Click & Collect" @@ -1301,6 +1351,8 @@ msgid "" "To allow customers to reserve products online and pay for/collect them in-" "store, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Damit Kunden Produkte online reservieren und sie persönlich im Geschäft " +"bezahlen/abholen können, befolgen Sie folgende Schritte:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 @@ -1315,6 +1367,8 @@ msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, enable :guilabel:`Click & " "Collect`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lieferung`, aktivieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Bestellen & vor Ort abholen` und :guilabel:`Speichern` Sie." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1323,12 +1377,20 @@ msgid "" "the delivery method and ensure the :guilabel:`Provider` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Pick up in store`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Abholstandorte " +"konfigurieren`, um die Liefermethode zu :ref:`konfigurieren " +"` und " +"sicherzustellen, dass das Feld :guilabel:`Anbieter` auf :guilabel:`Abholung " +"im Geschäft` eingestellt ist." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Stores` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the " "warehouse(s) where customers can collect their orders." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Shops` auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, " +"und wählen Sie die Lagerhäuser aus, an denen Kunden ihre Bestellungen " +"abholen können." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1336,6 +1398,10 @@ msgid "" "change the status to :guilabel:`Publish` and make the delivery method " "available to customers." msgstr "" +"Sobald die Einrichtung abgeschlossen ist, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche" +" :guilabel:`Nicht veröffentlichen`, um den Status auf " +":guilabel:`Veröffentlichen` zu setzen und Kunden die Liefermethode zur " +"Verfügung zu stellen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1345,6 +1411,12 @@ msgid "" "location. The :ref:`Continue selling ` " "option for out-of-stock products is not supported." msgstr "" +"Wenn das Produkt vorrätig ist, wird auf den Seiten :doc:`Produkt " +"<../products>` und :doc:`Kassiervorgang ` ein Standortauswahlfeld " +"angezeigt. Kunden können keinen Abholort auswählen, wenn das Produkt an " +"diesem Lagerort nicht mehr vorrätig ist. Die Option :ref:`Verkauf fortsetzen" +" ` für Produkte, die nicht auf Lager " +"sind, wird nicht unterstützt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1352,6 +1424,10 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled for a product, customers can view the stock quantity " "available for each warehouse in the location selector on the product page." msgstr "" +"Wenn die Option :ref:`Verfügbare Menge anzeigen ` für ein Produkt aktiviert ist, können Kunden die für jedes " +"Lagerhaus verfügbare Bestandsmenge im Standortauswahlfeld auf der " +"Produktseite sehen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -1359,10 +1435,15 @@ msgid "" "accurately displayed to customers. Incomplete addresses prevent the " "warehouse from being shown." msgstr "" +"Jedes Lagerhaus muss eine **vollständige Adresse** haben, um " +"sicherzustellen, dass seine Lagerorte korrekt für Kunden angezeigt werden. " +"Bei nvollständigen Adressen wird das Lagerhaus nicht angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:125 msgid "The Click & Collect option is not available for services." msgstr "" +"Die Option „Bestellen & vor Ort abholen“ ist nicht für Dienstleistungen " +"verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce management" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index f5564eda7..b4d5d721d 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "Proveedores de pago" #: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:30 msgid "delivery methods" -msgstr "Métodos de envío" +msgstr "métodos de entrega" #: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "Luego, agregue el submódulo con el siguiente comando:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 msgid "Replace" -msgstr "Reemplazar" +msgstr "Reemplace" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 694d9f50c..9b035978d 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (Latin America) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es_419/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1881,6 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Resumen de las opciones que debe tomar en cuenta al exportar datos en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2068,6 +2070,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select " ":guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"Abra la vista del objeto al que se debe importar los datos, haga clic en el " +"icono :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`engranaje`) y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Importar registros`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." @@ -2081,46 +2086,65 @@ msgid "" "company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the " "data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :icon:`fa-download`:guilabel:`Importar plantilla para clientes`" +" en el centro de la página para descargar una :ref:`plantilla " +"` y llenarla con los datos " +"de la empresa. Estas plantillas se pueden importar con un solo clic, ya que " +"el mapeo de los datos ya se configuró." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" msgstr "" +"Para subir la plantilla descargada o su propio archivo, siga los siguientes " +"pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Subir archivo de datos` y seleccione el archivo " +"deseado." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." msgstr "" +"Ajuste las opciones de :guilabel:`Formato` como sea necesario (solo para " +"archivos CSV)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the " "appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todos los datos en la :guilabel:`columna de archivo` estén " +"mapeados de forma correcta a su :guilabel:`campo de Odoo` y no tenga " +"errores." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or " "upload a different one." msgstr "" +"(Opcional) Haga clic en :guilabel:`Cargar datos del archivo` para volver a " +"cargar el mismo archivo o subir uno diferente." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Probar` para verificar que los datos son válidos." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Load Data File` :guilabel:`Importar`. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the " "proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" +"Las opciones de :guilabel:`Formato` **no** aparecen al importar el tipo de " +"archivo de excel propietario (por ejemplo, `.xls` o `.xlsx`)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -2826,7 +2850,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 msgid "Import image files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar archivos de imagen" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -2834,34 +2858,46 @@ msgid "" "` CSV or Excel file, follow the " "next steps:" msgstr "" +"Para importar archivos con el archivo CSV o Excel :ref:`subido " +"` siga los siguientes pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." msgstr "" +"Agregar los nombres de archivo de la imagen a la columna :guilabel:`Imagen`" +" relevante en el archivo de datos." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Suba el archivo de datos ` " +"o haga clic en :guilabel:`Cargar archivo de datos` para volver a subirlo." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Suba sus archivos` en la sección :guilabel:`Archivos" +" a importar`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" "Select the relevant image files. The number of files selected appears next " "to the button." msgstr "" +"Seleccione los archivos de imagen relevantes. El número de archivos " +"seleccionados aparecerá a un lado del botón." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Probar` para verificar que todos los datos son " +"válidos." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2869,18 +2905,27 @@ msgid "" "check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. " "If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Importar`. Durante el proceso de importación, Odoo " +"realiza una revisión de archivo para vincular las imágenes subidas de forma " +"automática con el archivo de datos importado. Si no encuentra una " +"coincidencia, el archivo de datos se importará sin la imagen." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template " "has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Archivos por importar` se activa si su plantilla de " +"producto tiene una columna de :guilabel:`Imagen` con todos los campos " +"llenados." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 msgid "" "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image " "files." msgstr "" +"El nombre de los archivos de imágenes en el campo de datos deben " +"corresponder a los archivos de imágenes subidos." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2893,6 +2938,14 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"Al importar un gran número de imágenes, puede especificar el tamaño máximo " +"por lote en megabytes y configurar una dilación para evitar que el sistema " +"se sobrecargue. Para hacerlo :doc:`active el modo de desarrollador " +"<../general/developer_mode>` y llene los campos :guilabel:`Tamaño máximo por" +" lote` y :guilabel:`Retraso después de cada lote` en la sección " +":guilabel:`Archivos por importar`. Por defecto, la dilación coincide con el " +"límite de llamada RPC/API definido en `Odoo en la nube - Política de uso " +"aceptable `_." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 897f45ec2..452c7ef4b 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # #, fuzzy @@ -509,6 +509,10 @@ msgid "" "date and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your " "journal entries." msgstr "" +"En su base de datos puede administrar todas las cuentas bancarias o de " +"efectivo que necesite. Si las configura de la manera correcta, podrá tener " +"toda su información bancaria al día y lista para la :doc:`conciliación " +"` con sus asientos contables." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -544,11 +548,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 msgid "Manage bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar cuentas de banco y efectivo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 msgid "Connect a bank for automatic synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectar un banco para la sincronización automática" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -557,6 +561,10 @@ msgid "" " your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " "instructions." msgstr "" +"Para conectar su cuenta bancaria a su base de datos, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Agregar una cuenta " +"bancaria`, seleccione su banco en la lista, haga clic en \"Conectar\" y siga" +" las instrucciones." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 @@ -585,6 +593,11 @@ msgid "" "transactions manually` (at the bottom right), fill out the bank information," " and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar de forma manual una cuenta bancaria, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Agregar una cuenta " +"bancaria`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Registrar transacciones de forma manual` " +"(en la parte inferior derecha), complete el formulario y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -625,6 +638,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " ":ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` section of this page." msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información sobre los campos de información contable, lea " +"la sección :ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` de esta página." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -764,6 +779,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bank/transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:90 msgid "`Bank configuration `_" msgstr "" +"`Configuración bancaria `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 msgid "Suspense account" @@ -775,6 +791,10 @@ msgid "" "are reconciled. At any moment, the suspense account's balance in the general" " ledger shows the balance of transactions that have not yet been reconciled." msgstr "" +"Las transacciones de estados bancarios se publican en una cuenta transitoria" +" hasta que se concilien. El saldo de la cuenta transitoria en el libro mayor" +" muestra el saldo de las transacciones que aún no se han conciliado en todo " +"momento." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -785,6 +805,12 @@ msgid "" " a registered payment or the account receivable or payable if reconciling " "with an invoice or bill directly." msgstr "" +"Cuando se concilia la transacción bancaria, el asiento de diario se " +"modificará para reemplazar la cuenta transitoria de banco del apunte de " +"diario con el que se concilió. Esta cuenta suele ser :ref:`la cuenta recibos" +" pendientes o la cuenta de pagos pendientes ` si lo concilia con un pago registrado o las cuentas por pagar o " +"cobrar si se concilia directamente con una factura de cliente o proveedor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 msgid "Profit and loss accounts" @@ -809,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "Moneda" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:118 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede editar la moneda usada para ingresar las transacciones." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:124 msgid "Account number" @@ -823,6 +849,11 @@ msgid "" "your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " "payments." msgstr "" +"Si necesita **editar los detalles de su cuenta bancaria**, haga clic en la " +"flecha de enlace externo junto a su :guilabel:`Número de cuenta`. En la " +"nueva página de cuenta, haga clic en la flecha de enlace externo junto a su " +":guilabel:`Banco` y actualice tu información bancaria como corresponda. " +"Estos detalles se utilizan al registrar los pagos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Edit your bank information" @@ -837,6 +868,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank transactions are registered. " "Three options are available:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conexiones bancarias` define cómo se registran las transacciones " +"bancarias. Hay tres opciones disponibles:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -852,6 +885,9 @@ msgid "" "you want to import your bank statements and transactions using a different " "format." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Importar (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, debe seleccionarse si se " +"desea importar el estado de cuenta y las transacciones bancarias utilizando " +"un formato diferente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -871,24 +907,32 @@ msgid "" "easily be configured to create journal entries using **outstanding " "accounts**." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, los pagos en Odoo no crean asientos de diario, pero puede " +"configurarlas para crear asientos de diario con **cuentas pendientes**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:159 msgid "" "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " "until they are linked with incoming bank transactions." msgstr "" +"Una **cuenta de cobros pendientes** es donde se registran los pagos " +"entrantes hasta que se vinculan con transacciones entrantes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:161 msgid "" "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " "until they are linked with outgoing bank transactions." msgstr "" +"Una **cuenta de pagos pendientes** es donde se registran los pagos entrantes" +" hasta que se vinculan con transacciones salientes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:164 msgid "" "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." msgstr "" +"Estas cuentas normalmente son del :ref:`tipo ` " +":guilabel:`Activos corrientes` y :guilabel:`Pasivos corrientes`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -900,10 +944,16 @@ msgid "" "the balance of registered outgoing payments that have not yet been " "reconciled." msgstr "" +"Los pagos registrados en Odoo se publican en las recepciones pendientes y " +"cuentas pendientes hasta que se concilien. El saldo de la cuenta de " +"recepciones pendientes en el libro mayor muestra el saldo de los pagos " +"entrantes que no se han conciliado en todo momento, y el saldo de de la " +"cuenta de pagos pendientes en el libro mayor muestra el saldo de pagos " +"salientes registrados que no se han conciliado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:174 msgid "Bank and cash journal configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del diario de banco y efectivo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -911,6 +961,10 @@ msgid "" "for the journal's payment methods. This can be done for any journal with the" " :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar los pagos para que creen asientos de diario, configure las " +"cuentas pendientes para los métodos de pago del diario. Esto se puede hacer " +"para cualquier diario que sea del :ref:`tipo ` " +":guilabel:`Banco` o :guilabel:`Efectivo`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -921,6 +975,13 @@ msgid "" "accounts` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments accounts` for each payment " "method that you want to create journal entries." msgstr "" +"Para configurar las cuentas pendientes para los métodos de pago de un " +"diario, primero vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " +"Diarios` y seleccione un diario de banco o efectivo. En las pestañas " +":guilabel:`Pagos entrantes` y :guilabel:`Pagos salientes`, configure las " +":guilabel:`cuentas de recibos pendientes` and :guilabel:`cuentas de pagos " +"pendientes` para cada método de pago para el que quiere crear asientos de " +"diario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -928,6 +989,10 @@ msgid "" "account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the " "invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"Si la cuenta bancaria principal del diario se agrega como una cuenta de " +"cobros pendientes o una cuenta de pagos pendientes, cuando se registra un " +"pago, el estado de la factura o el recibo se establece directamente en " +":guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -935,6 +1000,9 @@ msgid "" "method is left blank, registering a payment with that payment method will " "not create any journal entry." msgstr "" +"Si la cuenta de recibos o pagos pendientes para un método de pago se deja en" +" blanco, registrar un pago con ese método de pago no creará un asiento de " +"diario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -957,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo es compatible con más de 26,000 instituciones de todo el mundo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -2215,10 +2283,14 @@ msgid "" "Internal money transfers can be handled in Odoo. At least two bank or cash " "accounts are needed to make internal transfers." msgstr "" +"Puede gestionar trasferencias de dinero internas desde Odoo. Necesita al " +"menos dos cuentas bancarias o de efectivo para realizar transferencias " +"internas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`How to add an additional bank account `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Cómo agregar una cuenta de banco adicional `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2229,6 +2301,12 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Default " "Accounts` section." msgstr "" +"La cuenta de transferencia interna se crea de forma automática en su base de" +" datos en función de la :doc:`localización <../../fiscal_localizations>` de " +"su empresa y de la legislación de su país. Para modificar la cuenta " +"predeterminada de :guilabel:`transferencia interna` vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busque la " +"sección :guilabel:`Cuentas predeterminadas`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:20 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" @@ -2244,6 +2322,14 @@ msgid "" "` button. This reconciliation model button writes the" " transaction off to the :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` account." msgstr "" +"Cuando el dinero se transfiere de una cuenta de banco o efectivo a otra, esa" +" cantidad aparece como dos transacciones en los diarios correspondientes, no" +" importa si las transacciones se crearon de forma manual, con una " +"importación o una :doc:`sincronización bancaria `. Al " +"conciliar una transacción, seleccione el botón :guilabel:`Transferencias " +"internas` :doc:`modelo de conciliación `. Este botón " +"de modelo de conciliación anula la operación en la cuenta " +":guilabel:`Transferencia interna`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2251,10 +2337,14 @@ msgid "" "the journal that sends the payment and the incoming transaction on the " "journal that receives the payment." msgstr "" +"Recuerde conciliar la transacción tanto para la transacción saliente en el " +"diario que envía el pago como para la transacción entrante en el diario que " +"recibe el pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:34 msgid "Take, for example, a transfer of $1000 from Bank A to Bank B:" msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si hay una transferencia de $1,000 del banco A al banco B:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:36 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" @@ -2283,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "**Haber**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:45 msgid "Bank A account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta del banco A" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:63 @@ -2307,11 +2397,11 @@ msgstr "Diario bancario (Banco B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:62 msgid "Bank B account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta del banco B" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`reconciliation` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`conciliación` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:3 msgid "Loans management" @@ -13297,7 +13387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Transferencias internas `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -13322,6 +13412,13 @@ msgid "" "with a bank transaction line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the " ":guilabel:`Paid` status." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar pago` de una factura se " +"genera un nuevo asiento contable y se actualiza el importe pendiente según " +"la cantidad pagada. La contrapartida se refleja en una cuenta de **recibos**" +" o **pagos** :ref:`pendientes `. En " +"ese momento, la factura se marca como :guilabel:`En proceso de pago`. " +"Después, cuando la cuenta pendiente se concilia con la línea de la " +"transacción bancaria, la factura cambia al estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -13380,6 +13477,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo (not through a related bank transaction), invoices and bills are " "directly registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"Si la cuenta bancaria principal está configurada como una :ref:`cuenta " +"pendiente ` y el pago se registra en " +"Odoo (no a través de una transacción bancaria relacionada), entonces las " +"facturas se registran con el estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:60 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" @@ -14133,7 +14234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Cuentas pendientes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" @@ -18461,6 +18562,11 @@ msgid "" "can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" " invoices or refunds." msgstr "" +"Si desea configurar sus tablas de impuestos, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos`, y abra el " +"impuesto que desee modificar. Una vez ahí, podrá editar la configuración de " +"sus impuestos, junto con las tablas de impuestos que se utilizan para " +"registrar facturas o reembolsos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -18479,7 +18585,7 @@ msgstr "Cerrar un periodo de impuestos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:72 msgid "Tax lock date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fecha de bloqueo de impuesto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -18488,6 +18594,11 @@ msgid "" "useful to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period " "is closed." msgstr "" +"Cualquier nueva transacción con fecha contable anterior a la " +":guilabel:`fecha de bloqueo de declaración fiscal` desplazará sus valores " +"fiscales al siguiente periodo fiscal abierto. Esta función es útil para " +"evitar que se realicen cambios en un reporte una vez que haya cerrado su " +"periodo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -18507,6 +18618,9 @@ msgid "" "To check the current :guilabel:`Lock Tax Return` date, or to edit it, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" +"Para consultar o editar la :guilabel:`fecha de bloqueo de declaración " +"fiscal` vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Contabilidad --> Fechas de " +"bloqueo`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:89 msgid "Tax return" @@ -18522,6 +18636,15 @@ msgid "" "journal entry. Odoo automatically proposes the details of the journal entry." " Make any necessary changes and click :guilabel:`Post`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se hayan registrado todas las transacciones que incluyan " +"impuestos, abra el reporte de :guilabel:`Declaración fiscal` en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Declaración fiscal`. " +"Seleccione el periodo que desea declarar usando el filtro de fechas para ver" +" un resumen de la declaración fiscal. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Cierre de impuestos` para crear un asiento de diario de cierre de" +" impuestos. Odoo sugiere de forma automática los detalles del asiento de " +"diario. Haga cualquier cambio innecesario y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Publicar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -18533,12 +18656,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Export to`, the :guilabel:`Documents Name`, the " ":guilabel:`Folder` to store it in, and add any :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" +"Desde el reporte, haga clic en :guilabel:`PDF` para descargar un PDF de la " +"declaración fiscal. También puede hacer clic en el icono :icon:`fa-cog` " +"(:guilabel:`engranaje`), después haga clic en :guilabel:`Descargar Excel` " +"para decargar un XLSX de la declaración de impuestos. Para guardar el " +"reporte en la aplicación Documentos, haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-cog` " +"(:guilabel:`engranaje`), después haga clic en :guilabel:`Copiar a " +"Documentos`. Seleccione el formato al cual :guilabel:`Exportar a`, el " +":guilabel:`Nombre de los documentos`, la :guilabel:`Carpeta` en la cual " +"guardarla y agregue cualquier :guilabel:`Etiqueta`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:104 msgid "" "The report includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, along " "with the amount to be paid or refunded." msgstr "" +"El reporte incluye todos los valores que se deben reportar a las autoridades" +" fiscales, junto con la cantidad que se debe pagar o reembolsar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -18688,6 +18822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." msgstr "" +"Cierre todas las :ref:`cuentas transitorias `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -27225,7 +27360,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Employment Hero Payroll documentation " "`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Documentación de nómina en Employment Hero documentation " +":doc:`Documentación de nómina con Employment Hero " "`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:3 @@ -33153,6 +33288,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Austria " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/austria>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Austria " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/austria>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:34 msgid "The following localized reports are available:" @@ -33455,6 +33593,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Belgium " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/belgium>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Bélgica " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/belgium>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -43884,6 +44025,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in France " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/france>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Francia " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/france>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" @@ -45609,12 +45753,18 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing's legality and compliance in Germany " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/germany>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Alemania " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/germany>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:15 msgid "" "Both SKR03 and SKR04 charts of accounts are supported in Odoo. When you " "create a new Odoo Online database, SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" +"Los planes de cuenta SKR03 y SKR04 son compatibles en Odoo. Al crear una " +"nueva base de datos de Odoo en línea, se instala el SKR03 de forma " +"predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -45622,6 +45772,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and checking the :guilabel:`Package` field under" " the :guilabel:`Fiscal Localization` section." msgstr "" +"Verifique cuál está instalado en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes` y verifique el campo :guilabel:`Paquete` de la " +"sección :guilabel:`Localización fiscal`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -45630,10 +45783,16 @@ msgid "" "up to select another package. In addition, all journal entries will need to " "be created again." msgstr "" +"Solo puede seleccionar otro paquete si no ha creado un asiento de " +"contabilidad. Si se publicó una, se debe configurar una empresa o base de " +"datos nueva para seleccionar otro paquete. Ademas, todos los asientos de " +"diario deberán crearse de nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "The following German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Los siguientes son los reportes específicos de Alemania disponibles en Odoo " +"Enterprise:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:33 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -45645,7 +45804,7 @@ msgstr "Lista de ventas de la CE" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:38 msgid "Exporting entries from Odoo to DATEV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportar asientos de Odoo a DATEV" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -45653,12 +45812,17 @@ msgid "" "` is installed, you can export your " "accounting entries from Odoo to DATEV from the general ledger." msgstr "" +"Suponiendo que instaló uno de los :ref:`paquetes de localización fiscal " +"` alemanes, puede exportar sus asientos de " +"diario de Odoo a DATEV desde el libro mayor general." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:44 msgid "" "Two types of exports are needed: first the DATEV ATCH export, then the DATEV" " DATA export." msgstr "" +"Se necesitan dos tipos de exportaciones: la exportación DATEV ATCH y la " +"exportación DATEV DATA." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -45666,10 +45830,14 @@ msgid "" " as DATEV works with two interfaces, one for clients (DUO - DATEV " "Unternehmen Online) and one for tax advisors (DATEV Rechnungswesen)." msgstr "" +"Ambas se necesitan en diferentes etapas para transferir los datos de forma " +"correcta a DATEV, ya que DATEV funciona con dos interfaces, una para los " +"clientes (DUO - DATEV Unternehmen Online) y otra para los contadores (DATEV " +"Rechnungswesen)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:52 msgid "1. DATEV ATCH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1. DATEV ATCH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -45677,10 +45845,13 @@ msgid "" "the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`Actions`) button, and select :guilabel:`Datev" " ATCH (zip)`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Libro mayor general`, " +"haga clic en el botón :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`Acciones`) y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Datev ATCH (zip)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "General ledger's actions menu with DATEV exports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menú de acciones del libro mayor general con las exportaciones DATEV" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -45689,12 +45860,18 @@ msgid "" "bereitstellung/download-bereich/betriebliches-" "rechnungswesen/belegtransfer>`_." msgstr "" +"Suba el archivo ZIP descargado con el `software DATEV Belegtransfer " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:62 msgid "" "If you do not have the DATEV Belegtransfer software installed on your " "computer, ask your tax advisor to help you with this." msgstr "" +"Si no tiene el software DATEV Belegtransfer instalado en su computadora, " +"pídale ayuda a su contador." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -45704,27 +45881,37 @@ msgid "" "have been received via an email alias or uploaded by using the " ":guilabel:`Upload` button." msgstr "" +"El archivo DATEV ATCCH ZIP incluye los archivos (reportes) vinculados a una " +"factura de cliente o proveedor de Odoo. Para facturas emitidas a los " +"clientes, el archivo se debe generar con el botón :guilabel:`Imprimir y " +"enviar`. Para facturas emitidas de los proveedores, debe recibir el archivo " +"a un alias de correo electrónico o lo debe haber subido con el botón " +":guilabel:`Subir`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:93 msgid "DATEV ATCH ZIP file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo ZIP DATEV ATCH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "The ZIP file contains two types of files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo ZIP contiene dos tipos de archivos:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "" "the individual invoice/bill files (PDF, JPEG, etc.) for the selected period " "on the general ledger, and" msgstr "" +"Los archivos de facturas individuales (PDF, JPEG, etc.) del periodo " +"seleccionado en el libro mayor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:77 msgid "" "a :file:`document.xml` file used to generate a unique ID (GUID) for each " "file." msgstr "" +"Un archivo :file:`document.xml` que se usa para generar un ID único (GUID) " +"para cada archivo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -45732,10 +45919,13 @@ msgid "" " files to the individual journal items, which will be imported with the " "DATEV DATA file in the next step." msgstr "" +"Estos ID únicos son esenciales ya que dejan que DATEV vincule los archivos " +"de forma automática a los asientos de diario individuales, que se importarán" +" con el archivo DATEV DATA en el siguiente paso." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:83 msgid "2. DATEV DATA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2. DATEV DATA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -45743,32 +45933,42 @@ msgid "" "the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`Actions`) button, and select :guilabel:`Datev" " DATA (zip)`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Libro mayor general`, " +"haga clic en el botón :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`Acciones`) y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Datev DATA (zip)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:88 msgid "" "Transfer the downloaded ZIP file to your tax advisor. They should import the" " ZIP file into DATEV Rechnungswesen." msgstr "" +"Envíe el archivo ZIP que descargó a su contador, que deberá importar el " +"archivo ZIP a DATEV Rechnungswesen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:91 msgid "Check with your tax advisor how often they need these files." msgstr "" +"Pregúntele a su contador la frecuencia con la que necesita estos archivos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "The ZIP file contains three CSV files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El archivo ZIP contiene tres archivos CSV:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:97 msgid "" "the :file:`EXTF_customer_accounts.csv` file containing all information " "related to your customers," msgstr "" +"El archivo :file:`EXTF_customer_accounts.csv` que contiene toda la " +"información relacionada a sus clientes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "the :file:`EXTF_vendor_accounts.csv` file containing all information related" " to your vendors, and" msgstr "" +"El archivo :file:`EXTF_vendor_accounts.csv` que contiene toda la información" +" relacionada a sus proveedores." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -45777,10 +45977,14 @@ msgid "" "that the journal items can be linked to the files inside the DATEV ATCH ZIP " "file." msgstr "" +"El archivo :file:`EXTF_accounting_entries.csv` que contiene todos los " +"asientos de diario del periodo definido en el libro mayor, asó como un ID " +"único (GUID) para que los asientos se puedan vincular a los archivos dentro " +"del ZIP DATEV ATCH." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:108 msgid "GoBD compliance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cumplimiento con GoBD" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -45791,6 +45995,12 @@ msgid "" "data access, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration," " and balance sheet." msgstr "" +"**GoBD** significa *Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung " +"von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum " +"Datenzugriff*. En resumen, es una guía para la gestión y almacenamiento " +"adecuados de libros, registros y documentos en formato electrónico, así como" +" para el acceso a datos, que es relevante para las autoridades fiscales " +"alemanas, la declaración de impuestos y el balance general." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -45801,14 +46011,21 @@ msgid "" "January 2020 to specify some of the content due to the development of " "digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Estos principios los escribió y publicó el Ministerio Federal de Finanzas " +"(BMF, por sus siglas en alemán) en noviembre de 2014. Desde enero de 2015, " +"**se han convertido en la norma** y reemplazaron a las practicas previamente" +" aceptadas que se encontraban ligadas a la contabilidad computarizada. El " +"BMF realizó varios cambios durante el 2019 y enero de 2020 para especificar " +"el contenido y debido al desarrollo de soluciones electrónicas (alojamiento " +"en la nube, empresas que están dejando de usar papel, etcétera)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:123 msgid "Odoo is certified **GoBD-compliant**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo tiene la certificación de **cumplimiento con GoBD**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:126 msgid "Understanding GoBD in relation to accounting software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entender el GoBD dentro de un software de contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -45818,38 +46035,50 @@ msgid "" "and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial " "and related data)." msgstr "" +"El **GoBD es vinculante para empresas que tienen cuentas presentes**, esto " +"incluye pymes, profesionales independientes y emprendedores**. Debido a " +"esto, **el contribuyente es el único responsable** de la conservación " +"completa y exhaustiva de los datos con relevancia fiscal (los datos " +"financieros y relacionados antes mencionados)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:133 msgid "" "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure internal " "control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" +"Además de los requisitos del software, es esencial que el usuario asegure " +"los sistemas de control interno (*en cumplimiento con la sección 146 del " +"Código Fiscal*):" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:136 msgid "access rights control;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Control de los permisos de acceso" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:137 msgid "segregation of duties, functional separating;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Separación de deberes y separación funcional" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 msgid "entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" +"Controles de entrada (notificaciones de error, comprobaciones de " +"factibilidad)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:139 msgid "reconciliation checks at data entry;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comprobación de conciliación al registrar los datos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:140 msgid "processing controls; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controles de procesamiento" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:141 msgid "" "measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." msgstr "" +"Medidas para prevenir la manipulación intencional o no intencional del " +"software, información o documentos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -45860,10 +46089,16 @@ msgid "" "appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " "(*prevention*)." msgstr "" +"El usuario debe distribuir tareas dentro de su organización a las posiciones" +" relevantes (*control*) y verificar que las tareas se realicen en su " +"totalidad y de manera correcta (*supervisión*). Se debe registrar el " +"resultado de estos controles (*documentación*) y si se llegan a encontrar " +"errores durante estos controles, se deben llevar a cabo las acciones " +"correspondientes para corregir la situación (*prevención*)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:149 msgid "Data security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seguridad de datos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -45872,6 +46107,10 @@ msgid "" " secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the " "GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" +"El contribuyente debe **asegurar el sistema contra cualquier pérdida de " +"datos** resultado de eliminación, retiro o robo de cualquier información. Si" +" los asientos no están bien asegurados, se concluirá que la teneduría de " +"libros no cumple con las normas GoBD." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -45904,6 +46143,8 @@ msgid "" "If the server is operated locally, the user is responsible for creating the " "necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" +"Si el servidor funciona a nivel local, es responsabilidad del usuario crear " +"la infraestructura de respaldo necesaria." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -45927,10 +46168,15 @@ msgid "" "necessary tools for the user to respect the software-related guidelines " "described in the GoBD." msgstr "" +"Considerando que GoBD solo aplica al contribuyente, **el editor del software" +" de ninguna manera puede ser responsable de la documentación correcta y " +"conforme de los datos financieros transaccionales de sus clientes**. Solo " +"puede brindar las herramientas necesarias para que el usuario respete las " +"normas relacionadas al software que se describen en GoBD." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 msgid "Ensuring compliance through Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asegurar el cumplimiento con Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -45939,6 +46185,10 @@ msgid "" " place, and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " "objectives:" msgstr "" +"Las palabras clave al hablar de GoBD son: **trazable, verificable, " +"verdadero, claro y continuo**. En resumen, debe contar con un almacenamiento" +" a prueba de auditoría y Odoo le brinda los medios para lograr todos esos " +"objetivos:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" @@ -45951,6 +46201,10 @@ msgid "" "relevant fields are tracked. Thus, it can be seen which value was changed by" " whom in the chatter of the relevant object." msgstr "" +"Cada registro en Odoo tiene la marca de la persona que creó el documento, la" +" fecha de creación, la fecha de modificación y quién lo modificó. Además, se" +" lleva un registro de los campos relevantes, por lo que puede observar qué " +"valores cambiaron y quién los cambió en el chatter del objeto relevante." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Completeness**" @@ -45965,6 +46219,12 @@ msgid "" "automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " "vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." msgstr "" +"Debe registrar todos los datos financieros en el sistema, no puede faltar " +"nada. Odoo se asegura de que no haya espacios en la numeración de las " +"transacciones financieras. Es responsabilidad del usuario codificar todos " +"los datos financieros en el sistema. Como la mayoría de los datos en Odoo se" +" generan en automático, sigue siendo responsabilidad del usuario codificar " +"todas las facturas de proveedor y operaciones misceláneas. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Accuracy**" @@ -45979,6 +46239,12 @@ msgid "" " bill to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Documents helps you automate " "this task*." msgstr "" +"Odoo se asegura de que se usen las cuentas correctas con la configuración " +"correcta. Además, los mecanismos de control entre órdenes de compra y " +"órdenes de venta y sus respectivas facturas refleja la realidad del negocio." +" Es responsabilidad del usuario escanear y y adjuntar facturas impresas del " +"proveedor a su respectivo registro de Odoo. *La aplicación Documentos le " +"ayuda a automatizar esta tarea*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" @@ -46010,6 +46276,11 @@ msgid "" "financial transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo " "ensures this out-of-the-box." msgstr "" +"Los datos financieros almacenados en Odoo se ordenan por definición y se " +"pueden reordenar de acuerdo con la mayoría de los campos presentes en el " +"modelo. El GoBD no impone ningún orden específico, pero el sistema debe " +"garantizar que cualquier transacción dada se pueda encontrar rápidamente por" +" un tercero. Odoo garantiza esto de forma inmediata." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 msgid "**Inalterability**" @@ -46027,7 +46298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:217 msgid "GoBD export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportación de GoBD" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -46050,16 +46321,25 @@ msgid "" " in a specific XML-based GoBD format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur " "Datenträgerüberlassung\" §3), but it is not binding." msgstr "" +"En caso de transferir datos financieros a un dispositivo de almacenamiento, " +"el GoBD **no** impone un formato específico. Pueden tener, por ejemplo, " +"formato XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP, AS/400 u algún otro. Odoo admite la " +"exportación CSV y XLS de datos financieros listos para usar. El GoBD " +"**recomienda** que se exporten en un formato GoBD específico basado en XML " +"(consulte la Sección 3 de \"Ergänzende Informationen zur " +"Datenträgerüberlassung\"), pero no es vinculante." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:230 msgid "Non-compliance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incumplimiento" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:232 msgid "" "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine and a court order " "demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" +"En caso de que ocurra una infracción, puede recibir una multa y una orden " +"judicial en la que le solicitarán que implemente medidas específicas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:238 msgid "Point of Sale" @@ -46067,7 +46347,7 @@ msgstr "Punto de venta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 msgid "Technical security system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistema técnico de seguridad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -46077,6 +46357,11 @@ msgid "" "` systems - must be equipped with a " "**technical security system** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." msgstr "" +"La **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (Ley de protección contra la manipulación " +"de registros digitales) requiere que los sistemas de registro electrónico " +"(entre ellos los sistemas del :doc:`punto de venta " +"`) se encuentren equipados con un " +"**sistema técnico de seguridad**, también conocido como **TSS** o **TSE**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -46100,6 +46385,9 @@ msgid "" "by consulting `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " "`_." msgstr "" +"Las únicas tasas de IVA permitidas las proporciona fiskaly, puede " +"consultarlas en `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition (API: definición del " +"IVA) `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -46121,7 +46409,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:270 msgid "Company registration at the financial authority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registro de la empresa ante la autoridad fiscal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -46129,6 +46417,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Update Info` under the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and fill in" " the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Para registrar su empresa abra la aplicación :guilabel:`Ajustes`, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Actualizar información` en la sección :guilabel:`Empresas` y " +"llene los campos a continuación:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:277 msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`" @@ -46139,12 +46430,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`St.-Nr.` (Steuernummer) this number is assigned by the tax office" " to every taxable natural or legal person (e.g., `2893081508152`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`St.-Nr.` (Steuernummer): este número lo asigna la oficina fiscal " +"a cualquier persona física o moral que deba pagar impuestos, por ejemplo, " +"`2893081508152`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`W-IdNr.` (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer) this number is used " "as a permanent identification number for economically active persons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`W-IdNr.` (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): este número se usa " +"como un número de identificación permanente para personas económicamente " +"activas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -46152,12 +46449,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiskaly` tab and clicking the :guilabel:`Fiskaly Registration` " "button." msgstr "" +"Ahora puede **registrar a su empresa con fiskaly**. Para hacerlo, abra la " +"pestaña de :guilabel:`Fiskaly` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registro " +"de fiskaly`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:287 msgid "" "If you do not see the :guilabel:`Fiskaly Registration` button, make sure " "that you *saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." msgstr "" +"Si no puede ver el botón de :guilabel:`Registro de fiskaly`, asegúrese de " +"*guardar* los detalles de su empresa y que ya no se encuentre en el *modo de" +" edición*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:290 msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" @@ -46168,26 +46471,33 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiskaly Organization ID` refers to the ID of your company on " "fiskaly's side." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ID de organización de fiskaly`, este corresponde al ID de su " +"empresa en el sitio de fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:293 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiskaly API Key` and :guilabel:`Fiskaly API Secret` are the " "credentials the system uses to access the services offered by fiskaly." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Clave API de fiskaly` y un :guilabel:`secreto de API de Fiskaly`," +" que son las credenciales que el sistema usa para acceder a los servicios " +"que ofrece fiskaly. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "Fiskaly registration tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de Registro de Fiskaly" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:300 msgid "" "It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " "current ones by clicking the :guilabel:`New keys` button." msgstr "" +"Puede solicitar nuevas credenciales si tiene problemas con las actuales, " +"solo debe hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevas claves`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:304 msgid "Create a technical security system and link it to a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree un sistema técnico de seguridad y vincúlelo al PdV" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -46197,29 +46507,35 @@ msgid "" " edit, then checking the :guilabel:`Create TSS` box under the " ":guilabel:`Fiskaly API` section." msgstr "" +"Para usar el Punto de venta en Alemania, primero cree un :abbr:`TSS (Sistema" +" técnico de seguridad)` en :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Configuración " +"--> Punto de venta`. Seleccione el :guilabel:`Punto de venta` que quiere " +"editar y después marque la casilla :guilabel:`Crear un TSS` que se encuentra" +" en la sección :guilabel:`API de Fiskaly`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:311 msgid "Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find the:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que haya creado un TSS de forma exitosa, verá:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:313 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TSS ID`, which refers to the ID of your TSS on fiskaly's side, " "and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El :guilabel:`ID de TSS` se refiere al ID de su TSS en fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fiskaly Client ID`, which refers to your POS on fiskaly's side." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`ID del cliente fiskaly`, que corresponde a su PdV en fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "Fiskaly API section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección del API de fiskaly" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 msgid "DSFinV-K export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportación DSFinV-K" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -46227,12 +46543,18 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " "Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." msgstr "" +"Siempre que cierra una sesión del PdV se envían los detalles de las órdenes " +"al servicio :abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für" +" Kassensysteme)` de fiskaly." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 msgid "" "In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-K Exports --> New`." msgstr "" +"En caso de una auditoría, puede exportar los datos que se envían a DSFinV-K." +" Para hacer esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de Venta --> Órdenes --> " +"Exportaciones de DSFinV-k --> Nuevo `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "Menu to export DSFinV-K" @@ -46247,12 +46569,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Datetime`: export data with dates larger than or equal to " "the given start date" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha y hora de inicio`: datos a exportar con fechas mayores o " +"iguales a la fecha de inicio indicada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:334 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End Datetime`: export data with dates smaller than or equal to " "the given end date" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha y hora final`: datos a exportar con fechas menores o " +"iguales a la fecha de finalización indicada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -46260,10 +46586,13 @@ msgid "" "your points of sale; specify one if you want to export data for this " "specific POS only." msgstr "" +"Deje el campo :guilabel:`Punto de venta` en blanco para exportar los datos " +"de todos sus puntos de venta. Si solo quiere exportar los datos de un PdV en" +" específico, indíquelo aquí." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "Exporting DSFinV-K" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportación de DSFinV-K" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -46271,6 +46600,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`State` field should mention :guilabel:`Pending`. Click " ":guilabel:`Refresh State` to check if it is ready." msgstr "" +"Cuando se logra activar una exportación y se está procesando, el campo " +":guilabel:`Estado` debe decir :guilabel:`Pendiente`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Actualizar estado` para ver si está listo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:3 msgid "Hong Kong" @@ -49386,6 +49718,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Italy " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Italia " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -50981,6 +51316,8 @@ msgstr "Escriba `3333`." msgid "" "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione`." msgstr "" +"Presione :guilabel:`Chiave` y aparecerá :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione` en la " +"pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:659 msgid "Type `14`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Apprendimento`." @@ -52167,6 +52504,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Luxembourg " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Luxemburgo " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:40 msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" @@ -52538,15 +52878,15 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`BRN`: `BE0477472701`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`Production`: `ODOO S.A.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Producción`: `ODOO S.A.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Pre-production`: `OXXX_XXXXO S.A.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Preproducción`: `OXXX_XXXXO S.A.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -55468,6 +55808,9 @@ msgid "" "Netherlands " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/netherlands>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Países Bajos " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/netherlands>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:10 msgid "XAF Export" @@ -55650,17 +55993,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Stock Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Perú - Reportes de existencias`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:62 msgid "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:63 msgid "" "Enables the :ref:`PLE reports ` for permanent inventory " "record in physical units and permanent valued inventory records." msgstr "" +"Activa los :ref:`reportes PLE ` para un registro " +"permanente de inventario en unidades físicas y registros de inventario " +"valorados de forma permanente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian eCommerce`" @@ -57720,10 +58066,13 @@ msgid "" "file with the CDR, XML, and PDF files directly from the customer portal by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Download` button." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la |SUNAT| haya validado la factura, los clientes podrán " +"descargar el archivo .zip con los archivos CDR, XML y PDF desde el portal " +"del cliente si hacen clic en el botón :guilabel:`Descargar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:965 msgid "Permanent inventory reports: |PLE| 12.1 and |PLE| 13.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reportes de inventario permanente: |PLE| 12.1 y |PLE| 13.1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:967 msgid "" @@ -57731,18 +58080,26 @@ msgid "" "Peruvian accounting: |PLE| 12.1 and |PLE| 13.1. All inventory transactions " "made need to be reported." msgstr "" +"Odoo puede producir dos reportes de inventario permanente como archivos " +"`.txt` para la contabilidad en Perú: |PLE| 12.1 y |PLE| 13.1. Se deben " +"reportar todas las transacciones de inventario que se hagan." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:970 msgid "" "|PLE| 12.1 **only tracks inventory in physical units**, focusing on the " "inflow and outflow of goods for effective management and planning." msgstr "" +"|PLE| 12.1 **solo rastrea el inventario de unidades físicas**, se enfoca en " +"los bienes entrantes y salientes para una gestión y planeación efectiva." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:973 msgid "" "|PLE| 13.1 tracks **both physical quantities and monetary values of " "inventory**, providing a comprehensive view for tax and management purposes." msgstr "" +"|PLE| 13.1 rastrea **las cantidades físicas y el valor monetario del " +"inventario**, así brinda una visualización completa para fines fiscales y de" +" gestión." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:976 msgid "" @@ -57752,6 +58109,11 @@ msgid "" "1st for the second semester, in accordance with the *Resolución de " "Superintendencia N° 169-2015*." msgstr "" +"Ambos reportes se deben mantener de forma semestral (de enero a junio y de " +"julio a diciembre) y deben incluir detalles de transacción mensuales " +"reportados en estos periodos. Las fechas límites de envío son el 1 de " +"octubre para el primer semestre y el 1 de abril para el segundo, en " +"cumplimiento con la *Resolución de Superintendencia N° 169-2015*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:984 msgid "" @@ -57759,24 +58121,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Peru - Stock Reports` (`l10n_pe_reports_stock`) module is " "installed, then update the fields for:" msgstr "" +"Antes de generar los reportes |PLE| 12.1 y |PLE| 13.1 asegúrese de que el " +"módulo :guilabel:`Perú - Reportes de existencias ` (`l10n_pe_reports_stock`)" +" y actualice los campos en:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:987 msgid ":ref:`Products `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Productos `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:988 msgid ":ref:`Warehouses `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Almacenes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:989 msgid ":ref:`Inventory transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Traslados de inventario `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:996 msgid "" "Several configurations related to the product or product category are " "necessary for |PLE| reporting:" msgstr "" +"Se necesitan varias configuraciones relacionadas al producto o la categoría " +"del producto para el reporte de |PLE|:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:998 msgid "" @@ -57784,6 +58151,10 @@ msgid "" "product record's :guilabel:`Accounting` tab and select the :guilabel:`Type " "of Existence` according to |SUNAT|'s table 5 for inventory reporting." msgstr "" +"**Tipo de existencia**: Para todos los productos que requieren un reporte " +"|PLE| vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Contabilidad` del registro del producto " +"y seleccione el :guilabel:`Tipo de existencia` conforme a la tabla 5 del " +"|SUNAT| para reportes de inventario" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1002 msgid "" @@ -57794,6 +58165,13 @@ msgid "" " enabled for a product's :ref:`product category " "`." msgstr "" +"**Valuación del inventario automática**: Para bienes almacenables " +"(:dfn:`productos que rastrea en el inventario`) use :doc:`valoración de " +"inventario automática " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`." +" Una vez que se active la valoración de inventario automática, puede activar" +" este método de valuación para la :ref:`categoría de un producto " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1008 msgid "" @@ -57802,6 +58180,12 @@ msgid "" " **other** than :guilabel:`Standard Price`, as the journal entries generated" " from stock moves are used to populate the |PLE| reports." msgstr "" +"**Método de costo:** Los bienes almacenables deben usar un :doc:`método de " +"costo " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" **además** del :guilabel:`Costo estándar`, pues los asientos de diario " +"generadas de movimientos de inventario se usan para llenar los reportes " +"|PLE|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1016 msgid "Warehouses" @@ -57815,10 +58199,15 @@ msgid "" "acts as a unique ID for each warehouse and should only be a numeric " "combination, containing between 4 to 7 digits." msgstr "" +"Al :doc:`configurar un almacén " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`," +" debe llenar el campo :guilabel:`Código de establecimiento anexo`. Este " +"código es un ID único para cada almacén y debería ser solo una combinación " +"numérica de 4 a 7 dígitos de largo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1026 msgid "Inventory transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferencias de inventario" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1028 msgid "" @@ -57827,6 +58216,10 @@ msgid "" "<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` " "include both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" +"Las transferencias de inventario son un proceso clave que se captura en los " +"reportes |PLE| 12.1 y |PLE| 13.1. :doc:`Las transferencias de inventario " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` " +"incluyen envíos entrantes y salientes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1032 msgid "" @@ -57834,10 +58227,16 @@ msgid "" "delivery order), select the :guilabel:`Type of Operation (PE)` performed " "according to |SUNAT|'s table 12 for permanent inventory reporting." msgstr "" +"Al validar una transferencia de inventario (ya sea en una recepción de " +"almacén u orden de entrega) seleccione el :guilabel:`Tipo de operación (PE)`" +" realizada según la tabla 12 del |SUNAT| para los reportes de inventario " +"permanente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1037 msgid "Generate a .txt file for permanent inventory Kardex reports" msgstr "" +"Generación de un archivo .txt para el Kardex de los reportes de inventario " +"permanente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1039 msgid "" @@ -57845,6 +58244,9 @@ msgid "" "downloaded in `.txt` file format from Odoo, and then they should be " "submitted to the |SUNAT| |PLE| software." msgstr "" +"El |PLE| 12.1 y 13.1 vienen en dos libros diferentes. Debe descargar estos " +"libros en formato `.txt` desde Odoo, para después enviarlos al software de " +"|PLE| del |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1042 msgid "" @@ -57854,16 +58256,23 @@ msgid "" " export: either the :guilabel:`PLE 12.1` or :guilabel:`PLE 13.1`. Odoo " "generates a `.txt` file for the chosen report." msgstr "" +"En el :ref:`Reporte de valoración de inventario " +"` haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Reportes PLE`. Después seleccione el :guilabel:`Periodo` y elija " +"el reporte que quiera exportar, :guilabel:`PLE 12.1` o :guilabel:`PLE 13.1`." +" Odoo genera un archivo `.txt` para el reporte seleccionado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Export Buttons selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección de botones de exportación" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1051 msgid "" "Only a download of the report in `.txt` format is available. There is no " "preview or visualization available within Odoo." msgstr "" +"Solo puede descargar el reporte en formato `.txt`, no puede previsualizar el" +" archivo en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 msgid "Philippines" @@ -58380,6 +58789,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Romania " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en Rumania " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:32 msgid "D.406 declaration" @@ -59184,6 +59596,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Spain " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en España " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -59191,6 +59606,9 @@ msgid "" "Country " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Documentación sobre la legalidad y el cumplimiento de las facturas " +"electrónicas en País Vasco " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -59512,15 +59930,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:158 msgid "To configure FACe, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga los siguientes pasos para configurar FACe:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:160 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Certificates`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Certificados`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:161 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un certificado nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -59528,12 +59947,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate` provided by the tax agency and the provided " ":guilabel:`Certificate Password`." msgstr "" +"Complete los campos, incluyendo subir el archivo del :guilabel:`Certificado`" +" que le dio la Agencia Tributaria y la :guilabel:`Contraseña del " +"certificado` brindada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:166 msgid "" "If using the Invoicing app instead of Accounting, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Certificates`." msgstr "" +"Si se usa la aplicación Facturación en lugar de Contabilidad, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fcturación --> Configuración --> Certificados`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -63687,27 +64111,31 @@ msgstr "Configurar una cuenta de Uruware" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:108 msgid "To set up a Uruware account, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga los siguientes pasos para configurar una cuenta Uruware:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:110 msgid "Verify that you have a valid Odoo subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique que su suscripción de Odoo sea válida." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:111 msgid "" "Locate the Uruware credentials settings by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Obtenga las credenciales Uruware en :menuselection:`Contabilidad--> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:113 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Uruguayan Localization` section and select the" " environment (:guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Testing`)." msgstr "" +"Deslícese a la sección :guilabel:`Localización para Uruguay` y seleccione el" +" entorno (:guilabel:`producción` o :guilabel:`Prueba`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:115 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Uruware Account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear cuenta Uruware`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -63715,24 +64143,34 @@ msgid "" "subscription with the password to enter Uruware's portal and set up your " "account." msgstr "" +"Después de esto recibirá un mensaje en la dirección de correo asociada con " +"su suscripción de Odoo, incluirá la contraseña para ingresar al portal de " +"Uruware y configurar su cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:121 msgid "" "The email with the credentials is not immediate; it might take up to 48 " "hours for the account to be created." msgstr "" +"No recibirá el correo con las credenciales de forma inmediata, la creación " +"de la cuenta puede tardar hasta 48 horas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:123 msgid "" "The company's :guilabel:`Tax ID` needs to be set up to be able to create an " "Uruware account." msgstr "" +"Debe configurar el :guilabel:`RUT de la empresa` para poder crear una cuenta" +" de Uruware." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:124 msgid "" "The password sent expires after 24 hours. In this case, reset it by using " "the *Forgot Password* link in Uruware's portal." msgstr "" +"La contraseña del correo caduca después de 24 horas. En caso de que esto " +"suceda, puede cambiarla con el enlace *Olvidé mi contraseña* en el portal de" +" Uruware." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -63754,6 +64192,8 @@ msgid "" "Username (the Odoo subscription email or `RUT`.odoo. For example: " "`213344556677.odoo`)" msgstr "" +"Nombre de usuario (el correo de suscripción de Odoo o `RUT`.odoo, por " +"ejemplo: `213344556677.odoo`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:133 msgid "Odoo database link" @@ -63774,6 +64214,10 @@ msgid "" " `_ or `production portal " "`_:" msgstr "" +"Después de que cree la cuenta y reciba el correo con las credenciales, puede" +" configurar sus cuentas en el `portal de prueba " +"`_ o el `portal de producción " +"`_ de Uruware." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -63781,31 +64225,39 @@ msgid "" "corresponding (`test `_ or " "`production `_) portal." msgstr "" +"Use las credenciales de la cuenta en el correo para iniciar sesión en el " +"portal correspondiente (`prueba`_ o " +"`producción `_)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:145 msgid "" "In Uruware's portal, the following steps are needed to be able to issue " "invoices from Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Debe seguir los siguientes pasos en el portal de Uruware para emitir " +"facturas desde Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:147 msgid "Complete and correct the company's information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La información completa y correcta de la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:148 msgid "Add your digital certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregue su certificado digital." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:149 msgid "" "Add your :abbr:`CAEs (Constancia de Autorización para Emisión)` for each " "document-type you plan to issue." msgstr "" +"Agregue su :abbr:`CAEs (Constancia de Autorización para Emisión)` para cada " +"tipo de documento que planea emitir." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:151 msgid "" "Configure the format of the PDF to be printed and sent to your customers." msgstr "" +"Configure el formato del PDF que se debe imprimir y enviar a sus clientes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -63813,18 +64265,26 @@ msgid "" "The certificate is needed in both environments, but :abbr:`CAEs (Constancia " "de Autorización para Emisión)` are only needed in production." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de configurar dos cuentas, una para pruebas y otra para " +"producción. Necesita el certificado para ambos entornos, pero las " +":abbr:`CAEs (Constancia de Autorización para Emisión)` solo se necesitan en " +"producción." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:159 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Uruguay Localization `_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Localización uruguaya " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:161 msgid "" "`Odoo Help Forum: Uruguay " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Foro de ayuda de Odoo: Uruguay " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -63877,6 +64337,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:182 msgid "Using :guilabel:`Demo` mode does not require a Uruware account." msgstr "" +"No necesita una cuenta de Uruware para usar el modo " +":guilabel:`Demostración`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:184 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Uruware Data`:" @@ -63899,6 +64361,8 @@ msgid "" "This data can be obtained from the Uruware portal after configuring the " ":ref:`Uruware account `." msgstr "" +"Puede obtener estos datos desde el portal Uruware después de configurar la " +":ref:`Cuenta Uruware `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -63907,18 +64371,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validators and Additional Information` tab to find :guilabel:`WS " "Password`." msgstr "" +"Para obtener la :guilabel:`contraseña WS Uruware`, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Empresa --> Editar` y busque la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Validadores e información adicional` para encontrar la " +":guilabel:`contraseña WS`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:201 msgid "" "To get the :guilabel:`Commerce Code`, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Branches`." msgstr "" +"Para obtener el :guilabel:`Código de comercio`, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Sucursales`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:203 msgid "" "To get the :guilabel:`Terminal Code`, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Issuing Points`." msgstr "" +"Para obtener el :guilabel:`Código terminal`, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Puntos de emisión`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -65278,6 +65750,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`outstanding account ` for each " "payment provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`cuenta bancaria` definida para el :ref:`diario de pago " +"` se usa de forma predeterminada, pero también " +"puede especificar una :ref:`cuenta pendiente ` para cada proveedor de pago y así separar los pagos provenientes " +"de este proveedor del resto de los pagos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 26b3b78e1..95347c564 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Wil Odoo, 2024 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (Latin America) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es_419/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4970,6 +4970,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emails` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the " "page to save the changes." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un servidor SMTP externo en Odoo, vaya a :guilabel:`Ajustes` y " +"active la opción :guilabel:`Utilizar servidores de correo electrónico " +"personalizados` que se encuentra en la sección :guilabel:`Correos " +"electrónicos`. Después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` en la parte superior" +" de la página para guardar los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4978,6 +4983,11 @@ msgid "" "are the common parameters used to set up a connection to an SMTP server; use" " the values provided by your email provider." msgstr "" +"De vuelta a la sección :guilabel:`Correos`, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Servidores de correo saliente` y luego en `Nuevo` para crear un " +"registro de este tipo. La mayoría de los campos son los parámetros comunes " +"que se utilizan para configurar una conexión a un servidor SMTP, pero debe " +"utilizar los valores que le proporcionó su proveedor de correo electrónico." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:110 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 466c1d12c..4f5fd8d63 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2025 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # #, fuzzy @@ -11110,7 +11110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar los lotes en los recibos de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -11119,6 +11119,11 @@ msgid "" "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"Al vender productos que rastree con lotes, puede incluir los números de lote" +" en el recibo de entrega que le envíe a los clientes. Esto puede ser útil " +"para los clientes en caso de que necesiten el número de lote, como al llenar" +" una autorización de devolución de mercancía, una solicitud de reparación o " +"al registrar un producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -11128,6 +11133,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para incluir números de lote en recibos de entrega, abra la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Inventario` y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Ajustes`. Deslícese a la sección :guilabel:`Trazabilidad`, marque la casilla" +" de verificación :guilabel:`Mostrar números de lote y de serie en recibos de" +" entrega` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -11135,6 +11145,9 @@ msgid "" "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" +"Después de activar la función :guilabel:`Mostrar números de lote y de serie " +"en recibos de entrega`, los números de lote se mostrarán en los recibos de " +"entrega para productos que rastree una vez que valide la orden de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -11142,6 +11155,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" +"Para ver los números de lote en órdenes y recibos de entrega, vaya a la " +"aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"entrega` y seleccione una orden que contenga un producto que se rastree con " +"lotes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -11152,6 +11169,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"Para ver el número de lote de los productos incluidos en su orden, asegúrese" +" de seleccionar la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` y después hacer clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`(ajustar)` a la derecha de la pestaña. Asegúrese de " +"marcar la casilla de verificación :guilabel:`Números de serie` para que " +"aparezca la columna :guilabel:`Números de serie`. Los números de lote para " +"cada producto que se incluye en la orden aparecerán en esta columna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 @@ -11159,6 +11182,9 @@ msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "" +"Cuando la orden esté lisa para procesarse, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` " +"para confirmar la entrega y agregar la información del producto al recibo de" +" entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -11168,6 +11194,12 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"En la parte superior del formulario de la orden, haga clic en el botón " +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Acciones)` y seleccione :guilabel:`Imprimir --> " +"Recibo de entrega`, así se descargará el recibo de entrega. Abra el recibo " +"de entrega con el navegador del dispositivo o el administrador de archivos. " +"Los números de lote se muestran a un lado de sus respectivos productos en la" +" columna :guilabel:`Número de serie/lote`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 @@ -11175,6 +11207,8 @@ msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." msgstr "" +"La sección de líneas de la orden de un recibo de entrega donde se muestra un" +" producto y su número de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -11766,7 +11800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear números de serie para productos entrantes o salientes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12117,7 +12151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar números de serie en recibos de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -12126,6 +12160,11 @@ msgid "" " be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as " "filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"Al vender productos que rastree con números de serie, puede incluir los " +"números de serie en el recibo de entrega que le envíe a los clientes. Esto " +"puede ser útil para los clientes en caso de que necesiten el número de " +"serie, como al llenar una autorización de devolución de mercancía, una " +"solicitud de reparación o al registrar un producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -12135,6 +12174,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para incluir números de serie en recibos de entrega, abra la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Inventario` y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Ajustes`. Deslícese a la sección :guilabel:`Trazabilidad`, marque la casilla" +" de verificación :guilabel:`Mostrar números de lote y de serie en recibos de" +" entrega` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -12142,6 +12186,9 @@ msgid "" "Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" +"Después de activar la función :guilabel:`Mostrar números de lote y de serie " +"en recibos de entrega`, los números de serie se mostrarán en los recibos de " +"entrega para productos que rastree una vez que valide la orden de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -12149,6 +12196,10 @@ msgid "" "the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, " "and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" +"Para ver los números de serie en órdenes y recibos de entrega, vaya a la " +"aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"entrega` y seleccione una orden que contenga un producto que se rastree con " +"números de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -12159,6 +12210,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"Para ver el número de serie de los productos incluidos en su orden, " +"asegúrese de seleccionar la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` y después hacer " +"clic en el icono :guilabel:`(ajustar)` a la derecha de la pestaña. Asegúrese" +" de marcar la casilla de verificación :guilabel:`Números de serie` para que " +"aparezca la columna :guilabel:`Números de serie`. Los números de serie para " +"cada producto que se incluye en la orden aparecerán en esta columna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -12168,6 +12225,12 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to " "their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"En la parte superior del formulario de la orden, haga clic en el botón " +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Acciones)` y seleccione :menuselection:`Imprimir " +"--> Recibo de entrega`, así se descargará el recibo de entrega. Abra el " +"recibo de entrega con el navegador del dispositivo o el administrador de " +"archivos. Los números de serie se muestran a un lado de sus respectivos " +"productos en la columna :guilabel:`Número de serie/lote`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" @@ -16462,6 +16525,12 @@ msgid "" "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" +"La *recolección por lotes* permite que un solo recolector gestione varias " +"órdenes al mismo tiempo para reducir el número de veces que tiene que " +"trasladarse dentro del almacén. Al hacer recolecciones por lote, las órdenes" +" agrupadas se juntan en una sola lista de recolección. Después de la " +"recolección, el lote se lleva a una ubicación de salida, donde los productos" +" se acomodan en sus respectivos paquetes de envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -16483,6 +16552,11 @@ msgid "" "workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse," " reducing travel time and boosting productivity." msgstr "" +"La recolección por lotes es ideal para sectores o almacenes que gestionan un" +" gran volumen de órdenes con una demanda continua. Este método aumenta la " +"eficacia ya que los empleados pueden recolectar artículos para varias " +"órdenes en un solo recorrido del almacén, así reducimos el tiempo de " +"desplazamiento y mejoramos la productividad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -16491,6 +16565,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster " "Transfers` box." msgstr "" +"Para activar la opción de recolección por lotes, vaya a :menuselection:`la " +"aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones` marque la caja :guilabel:`Traslados por lote, olas y" +" por preparación de varias órdenes`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." @@ -16545,10 +16623,16 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select " ":guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" +"Para grupar transferencias de forma manual directamente de la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario`, pase el cursor por encima del tipo " +"de operación deseado en el menú :guilabel:`Resumen de inventario` (por " +"ejemplo, la tarjeta de kanban :guilabel:`Destinatarios`), haga clic en el " +"icono :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(tres puntos verticales)` y después " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Preparar lote`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El tablero de inventario con la opción Prearar lote resaltada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:231 @@ -16589,6 +16673,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." msgstr "" +"Para aprender más sobre los campos :guilabel:`Ubicación del muelle`, " +":guilabel:`Vehículo`, y :guilabel:`Categoría del vehículo`, consulte el " +":doc:`Sistema de gestión de despacho " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -16626,6 +16714,9 @@ msgid "" "Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled" " Date` is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"Se asignó un nuevo traslado de lote al :guilabel:`responsable`, `Joel " +"Willis`, para el :guilabel:`tipo de operación` de `recolección`. La " +":guilabel:`fecha programada` se establece en `11 de agosto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." @@ -16689,6 +16780,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the " "resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"En la lista de traslados seleccione la casilla ubicada a la izquierda de los" +" correspondientes para agregarlos a un lote, después vaya al botón " +":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Acciones` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar a " +"lote` en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 @@ -16715,7 +16810,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregue una :guilabel:`Descripción` para este lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 @@ -16724,12 +16819,17 @@ msgid "" "to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, " "what shipping containers to use, etc." msgstr "" +"El campo de :guilabel:`Descripción` se puede usar para agregar a que los " +"trabajadores identifiquen el origen del lote, dónde ponerlo, qué " +"contenedores usar, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126 msgid "" "To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Para crear un lote que se deba procesar después, seleccione la casilla de " +"verificación :guilabel:`Borrador.` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 @@ -16743,13 +16843,15 @@ msgstr "Mostrar la ventana *Añadir al lote* para crear un traslado por lotes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lotes automáticos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria." " The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level." msgstr "" +"Los lotes se pueden crear y asignar de forma automática según varios " +"criterios. Debe definir los *Lotes automáticos* en el *tipo de operación*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -16757,6 +16859,9 @@ msgid "" "customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and " "destination country." msgstr "" +"En un proceso de entrega de varios pasos, la operación de recolección se " +"puede agrupar por cliente, mientras que la operación de envío se puede " +"organizar por transportista y país de destino." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -16767,37 +16872,48 @@ msgid "" "Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is " "created." msgstr "" +"Para activar los *Lotes automáticos* vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " +"Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de operaciones` y seleccione el tipo " +"de operación deseado (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`Entrega`, " +":guilabel:`Recolección`, etc). Después, para seleccionar los criterios de la" +" :guilabel:`Agrupación por lotes` solo debe marcar la casilla de " +"verificación apropiada. Incluso si se selecciona más de una opción de " +"agrupación, solo se creará un lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" msgstr "" +"Los lotes se pueden generar de forma automática según los siguientes " +"criterios:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Contacto`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Transportista`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`País de destino`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación de origen`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación de destino`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping " "criteria visible." msgstr "" +"La página de ajustes de transferencias por lote y ola con los criterios de " +"agrupamiento por lote automático visible." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" @@ -16889,6 +17005,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer." msgstr "" +"El producto, `alfombrilla de escritorio`, es parte del mismo lote del " +":ref:`ejemplo anterior ` y " +"solo es visible en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` porque no hay " +"cantidades :guilabel:`Reservadas` en existencias para completar la " +"transferencia del lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -16927,12 +17048,16 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer." msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear orden parcial`, se creará un nuevo traslado" +" por lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "" "When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been " "validated in the batch will be removed from it." msgstr "" +"Al crear una orden parcial, las transferencias que **no** se han validado se" +" quitarán de ella." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -16965,6 +17090,11 @@ msgid "" "sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with " "high order volumes where organization and speed are critical." msgstr "" +"La preparación de varios pedidos es un método de recolección avanzado que " +"combina la eficacia de la :ref:`recolección por lotes " +"`, con una organización inmediata durante el " +"proceso de recolección. Es mejor para almacenes con un gran volumen de " +"órdenes, donde la organización y la rapidez son esenciales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16974,6 +17104,12 @@ msgid "" "consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and " "accuracy." msgstr "" +"A diferencia de la recolección por lotes, que requiere un proceso de " +"organización después de la recolección, la preparación de varios pedidos " +"organiza los artículos de manera directa en contenedores o canastas " +"designadas para cada *orden de venta*. Así ya no necesitaremos una " +"consolidación después de la recolección y así priorizamos la rapidez y la " +"precisión." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -16981,6 +17117,10 @@ msgid "" "organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise" " sorting during, rather than after, the picking process." msgstr "" +"La preparación de varios pedidos es muy efectiva en entornos en los que la " +"organización inmediata es crucial y las órdenes contienen una mezcla de " +"artículos que necesitan organización precisa durante el proceso de " +"recolección, no después." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -17054,6 +17194,10 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & " "Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" +"Para activar la preparación de varias órdenes al mismo tiempo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones`, active las opciones :guilabel:`Paquetes` y " +":guilabel:`Traslados por lote, olas y por preparación de varias órdenes`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." @@ -17098,6 +17242,10 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +"Para configurar los contenedores que se usarán durante el proceso de " +"recolección, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Inventario --> " +"Productos --> Paquetes`. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear " +"un paquete nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -17127,6 +17275,11 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" +"Un paquete destinado a una preparación de varios pedidos se llamará " +"`PAQUETE-VARIOS-PEDIDOS-3` para identificarlo fácilmente. Para este flujo de" +" trabajo, los productos se empacan directamente usando las cajas para envío," +" por lo que el :guilabel:`Uso del paquete` está configurado como " +":guilabel:`Caja reutilizable`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." @@ -17142,6 +17295,10 @@ msgid "" "the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` " "(whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"Para crear un conjunto de varios pedidos, vaya a :menuselection:`la " +"aplicación Inventario` y seleccione la tarjeta del tipo de operación, " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de entrega` o :guilabel:`Recolección` (la que sea la " +"primera operación en el flujo de envío)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -17170,6 +17327,11 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la casilla a la derecha de la operación de salida " +"correspondiente para agregarla al lote. Ya con las recolecciones " +"seleccionadas que desee, haga clic en el botón :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`Acciones` y haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Agregar al lote` " +"que aparece en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -17212,7 +17374,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después, agregue una :guilabel:`Descripción` para este lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -17247,6 +17409,8 @@ msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that " "particular order." msgstr "" +"En el :guilabel:`Paquete de destino` configure el paquete dedicado a esa " +"orden en particular." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -17264,6 +17428,10 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`," " `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"En la ubicación de almacenaje para las manzanas, `WH/Existencias/Estante A`," +" asigne las manzanas en las tres recolecciones a uno de los tres paquetes " +"reutilizables, `VARIOSPEDIDOS-PAQUTE-1`, `VARIOSPEDIDOS-PAQUETE-2`, o " +"`VARIOSPEDIDOS-PAQUETE-3`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -17290,6 +17458,11 @@ msgid "" "batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped" " in a batch." msgstr "" +"Mientras que una transferencia por lotes es un grupo de varias " +"recolecciones, una **transferencia por olas** contiene muchas partes de " +"diferentes recolecciones. En Odoo, las transferencias por olas son " +"transferencias por lotes con un paso adicional: las transferencias se " +"dividen antes de agruparse en un lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -17299,6 +17472,12 @@ msgid "" "location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a " "different employee for the most efficient execution." msgstr "" +"La recolección por olas es ideal para almacenes que necesitan optimizar la " +"gestión de una gran cantidad de órdenes al mismo tiempo que gestionan " +"criterios de recolección complejos. Con las transferencias por olas, las " +"órdenes se agrupan en olas según factores como la ubicación del producto, " +"categoría, o los tiempos de envío programados. A cada empleado se le asigna " +"una ola para que el proceso sea más eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -17307,18 +17486,23 @@ msgid "" " approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking " "activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability." msgstr "" +"La recolección por olas es muy útil para operaciones en las que varias " +"órdenes de venta, o una sola, deben recolectarse con diferentes olas. Este " +"enfoque permite tener una programación flexible, así los almacenes podrán " +"apegarse a las actividades de recolección que tengan fechas límite de envío," +" o a la disponibilidad de recursos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La orden de venta 1 necesita una manzana y una naranja" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La orden de venta 2 necesita una manzana y una banana" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La orden de venta 3 necesita una manzana, una naranja y dos manzanas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -17326,26 +17510,33 @@ msgid "" "warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the " "following instructions:" msgstr "" +"Las manzanas se almacenan en el Estante A, las naranjas en el estante B y " +"las bananas en el Estante C. La ola se le asigna a un empleado del almacén " +"con las siguientes instrucciones:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28 msgid "" "Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for " "the wave." msgstr "" +"Almacén A: Recolectar tres manzanas y ponerlas en el carrito central " +"designado para la ola." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estante B: Recolectar dos naranjas y agregarlas al mismo carrito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estante C: Recolectar tres bananas y agregarlas al carrito." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" "The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are " "then sorted and packed into individual orders." msgstr "" +"Después, el empleado lleva el carrito a la estación de recolección y " +"embalaje. Los artículos se acomodan y empacan en las órdenes individuales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -17354,6 +17545,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the " "setting." msgstr "" +"Para activar la recolección por olas, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección :guilabel:`Operaciones` marque la " +"casilla :guilabel:`Traslados por lote, olas y por preparación de varias " +"órdenes` para activar el ajuste." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17368,14 +17563,17 @@ msgid "" "options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on " "this settings page." msgstr "" +"Después también debe activar las opciones :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento` y :guilabel:`Rutas multietapa` que se encuentran en la " +"sección :guilabel:`Almacén` de esta página." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una ola" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -17386,6 +17584,13 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click " ":guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" +"Las transferencias por olas solo contienen líneas de producto del mismo tipo" +" de operación. Para ver todas las transferencias y líneas de producto en una" +" operación específica, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario` y " +"localice la tarjeta de kanban deseada. Después haga clic en el icono de " +":icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(tres puntos verticales)` para abrir el " +"menú de opciones. En :guilabel:`Nuevo` haga clic en :guilabel:`Preparar " +"ola`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." @@ -17393,7 +17598,7 @@ msgstr "Cómo obtener la lista de operaciones de un tipo de operación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una ola nueva" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -17401,6 +17606,10 @@ msgid "" "source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be " "added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Preparar ola`, las líneas de movimiento " +"de existencia se agrupan por ubicación de origen. Seleccione las casillas de" +" verificación de las líneas de los productos que se deben agregar, después " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar a preparaciones de pedidos por olas`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." @@ -17411,10 +17620,12 @@ msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc." msgstr "" +"Use los :guilabel:`filtros` en la barra de búsqueda para agrupar líneas con " +"el mismo producto, ubicación, transportista, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar productos a una ola existente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -17422,16 +17633,22 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the " "list to open it." msgstr "" +"Para agrega productos a una ola existente, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario" +" --> Operaciones --> Transferencias por olas`. Haga clic en la ola deseada " +"para abrirla." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." " Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas` haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Después, en el campo :guilabel:`Producto` " +"busque el producto deseado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesar una ola" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -17439,12 +17656,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the " "appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"Para ver todas las transferencias por olas y sus estados, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Transferencias por olas`. En " +"la lista haga clic en la ola deseada para poder abrirla." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93 msgid "" "To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible`" " field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list." msgstr "" +"Para asignar una ola a un empleado específico, haga clic en el campo " +":guilabel:`Responsable` y seleccione el nombre deseado de la lista " +"desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -17452,6 +17675,9 @@ msgid "" "select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` " "field." msgstr "" +"Para designar una :ref:`Ubicación del muelle " +"` seleccione una opción desde el menú " +"desplegable en el campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de los muelles`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -17460,26 +17686,35 @@ msgid "" "used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures" " the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" +"La función :doc:`Sistema de gestión de despacho " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` de Odoo se usa para" +" planear y completar envíos. Asignar lotes a muelles de carga asegura que se" +" empacan los productos correctos en el lugar correcto para su envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this " "field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field." msgstr "" +"Seleccione un :guilabel:`Automóvil` del menú desplegable. Al seleccionar una" +" de las opciones en este campo hará que se actualice el campo " +":guilabel:`Categoría del vehículo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregue una :guilabel:`Descripción` para esta ola si así lo desea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for " ":ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" +"Para las :ref:`órdenes automáticas ` el campo :guilabel:`Descripción` se agrega de forma automática." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olas automáticas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -17488,6 +17723,10 @@ msgid "" "which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each" " operation type." msgstr "" +"Las olas se pueden crear de forma automática y se pueden asignar según " +"diferentes criterios. La opción *lotes automáticos* se define en el *tipo de" +" operación*, lo cual activa la creación de olas con criterios de agrupación " +"específicos para cada tipo de operación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -17497,6 +17736,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic " "Batches` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Para activar los *lotes automáticos* vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " +"Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de operación` y seleccione el tipo de" +" operación deseado (como :guilabel:`Entrega`, :guilabel:`Recolección`, etc)." +" En el encabezado :guilabel:`Traslados por lote y olas` marque la casilla a " +"un lado de :guilabel:`Lotes automáticos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -17504,28 +17748,38 @@ msgid "" "appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, " "only one wave is created." msgstr "" +"Después, marque las casillas de verificación apropiadas para seleccionar uno" +" más criterios para la :guilabel:`Agrupación por olas`. Incluso si se " +"selecciona más de una opción de agrupación, solo se creará una ola." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las olas automáticas se pueden crear según los siguientes criterios:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that " "have the same product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: dividir las transferencias por producto, después " +"agrupar las transferencias que tienen el mismo producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then " "group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoría del producto`: dividir las transferencias por categoría" +" del producto para después agrupar las transferencias que tengan la misma " +"categoría de producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1 msgid "" "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product " "category selected." msgstr "" +"La función de lotes automáticos con la opción de agrupación de olas por " +"categoría de producto seleccionada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" @@ -19987,7 +20241,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6 msgid "Delivery methods" -msgstr "Métodos de envío" +msgstr "Métodos de entrega" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -20196,36 +20450,48 @@ msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery " "method based on the order’s content or destination:" msgstr "" +"Use la pestaña :guilabel:`Disponibilidad` para definir las condiciones para " +"el método de entrega según el contenido o destino de la orden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is " "available." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Países`: especifique uno o más países en los que este método esté" +" disponible." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: configure un peso máximo. El método solo está " +"disponible para órdenes por debajo de este límite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available " "for orders below this limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Volumen máximo`: configure un volumen máximo. El método solo está" +" disponible para órdenes por debajo de este límite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one " "product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas que se deben usar`: El método estará disponible solo si" +" al menos un producto de la orden tiene estas etiquetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product" " in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas no incluidas`: El método no estará disponible solo si " +"un producto de la orden tiene estas etiquetas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -28513,7 +28779,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`use_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3 msgid "Product catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo del producto" +msgstr "Catálogo de productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -31533,6 +31799,10 @@ msgid "" "sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary " "for Odoo to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" +"En el formulario del producto, en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información " +"general`, asegúrese de marcar la casilla de verificación :guilabel:`Rastrear" +" inventario`. Esto es necesario para que Odoo pueda rastrear los niveles de " +"existencias del producto y activar las reglas de reordenamiento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." @@ -31629,11 +31899,15 @@ msgid "" "rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a " "replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Min`: La cantidad mínima que se puede pronosticar sin que se " +"active la regla. Cuando las existencias pronosticadas son inferiores a esta " +"cantidad, se creará una orden de reabastecimiento para el producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Max`: La cantidad máxima de reabastecimiento de las existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -31641,6 +31915,9 @@ msgid "" "should be replenished for this reordering rule (e.g., a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por ordenar`: El número de unidades, según la *UdM*, que debe " +"reabastecerse para esta regla de reordenamiento (por ejemplo, un producto " +"puede reabastecerse en lotes de 20)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -31680,6 +31957,11 @@ msgid "" " in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" +"También puede acceder a otros campos si hace clic en el icono :icon:`oi-" +"settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(opciones adicionales)`. Por ejemplo, " +":guilabel:`Cantidad múltiple` especifica si el producto debe reabastecerse " +"en lotes de una cantidad determinada (por ejemplo, reabastecer un producto " +"en lotes de 20 unidades)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -32707,7 +32989,7 @@ msgstr "Imagen de envíos del almacén a la tienda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablero de valoración de inventario" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -32716,6 +32998,10 @@ msgid "" "are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to " "account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*." msgstr "" +"Cuando una empresa tiene bienes físicos, como un inventario, por lo usual " +"querrán saber un aproximado de la suma que han gastado en estos, o cuánto " +"valen en el momento. El proceso de asignar un valor monetario al inventario " +"se llama *valoración de inventario*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -32723,6 +33009,9 @@ msgid "" "insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse," " in the event of a flood or fire." msgstr "" +"Este valor usualmente se reporta para fines de contabilidad. Por ejemplo, " +"una empresa querrá conocer el valor de los bienes en un almacén, en caso de " +"que ocurra una inundación o un incendio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -32730,18 +33019,25 @@ msgid "" "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" +":doc:`La valuación de invnetario " +"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " +"usualmente usa uno de los dos sistemas de contabilidad:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "" "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and " "the value is constantly changing." msgstr "" +"**Perpetua**: El inventario se actualiza de manera constante (perpetua) y el" +" valor está en constante cambio." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "" "**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) " "basis, and the value is set at this occasional time." msgstr "" +"**Periódica**: El valor del inventario se revisa de manera ocasional " +"(periódica) y el valor se establece de forma periódica." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -32755,10 +33051,20 @@ msgid "" "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" +"Si usa el :ref:`rastreo de inventario " +"` en Odoo *necesita* usar " +"el sistema de contabilidad de inventario *perpetuo*, pues necesita saber " +"cuándo y dónde existe el inventario y qué cantidad está disponible para " +"pronóstico. Hay algunos :ref:`métodos de valoración de inventario " +"` comunes disponibles en Odoo:" +" *precio estándar*, *costo promedio* (AVCO) por sus siglas en inglés y " +"*primero en entrar, primero en salir* (FIFO). Es importante que sepa que el " +"método de valoración que seleccione para un producto afecta el cálculo de " +"varios campos en los reportes de valoración de inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abrir el tablero" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -32768,12 +33074,21 @@ msgid "" "as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the " "dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" +"El tablero *valoración de inventario* de Odoo muestra el valor financiero de" +" todo el inventario rastreado, según el método de valoración de cada " +"producto. Este reporte puede mostrarle problemas potenciales en la cadena de" +" suministro, como un costo hundido o retrasos en la rentabilidad. Para " +"acceder al tablero vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario --> " +"Reportes --> Valoración`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39 msgid "" "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to " "users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios con :doc:`acceso de administrador " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` pueden acceder al menú " +":menuselection:`Reportes` en la aplicación **Inventario**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -32785,6 +33100,14 @@ msgid "" "can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by" " product, operation type, date, or company." msgstr "" +"Este tablero tiene tres vistas, o reportes de inventario, diferentes: " +":ref:`la vista de lista ` (el" +" reporte de valoración de inventario predeterminado), :ref:`la vista de " +"tabla dinámica ` (el reporte de " +"antigüedad de existencias) y la :ref:`vista de gráfica " +"`. Cada vista puede personalizarse " +"con diferentes campos para desglosar la valoración del inventario por " +"producto, tipo de operación, fecha o empresa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -32793,10 +33116,15 @@ msgid "" "next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` " "will show only products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" +"Las tres vistas se pueden filtrar según varios campos. Para aplicar filtros," +" haga clic en la barra de búsqueda en la parte superior del reporte, o haga" +" clic en la flecha para desplegarlo a un lado. Por ejemplo, seleccionar el " +"filtro :guilabel:`Tiene cantidad restante` solo mostrará los productos que " +"están en stock." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de lista: valoración de inventario" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -32804,6 +33132,10 @@ msgid "" "view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This" " report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, el tablero :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` se muestra *en " +"vista de lista*, que está representada con el icono :icon:`oi-view-list` " +":guilabel:`(lista)`. Este reporte muestra un registro de movimientos de " +"inventario y sus valoraciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199 @@ -32812,7 +33144,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las siguientes columnas se muestran de forma predeterminada:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -32822,6 +33154,11 @@ msgid "" "valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on" " the column title." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: la fecha y hora en la que se creó :ref:`el movimiento de " +"inventario `. El reporte de valoración se " +"ordena por este campo de forma predeterminada, así hacemos énfasis en la " +"importancia del tiempo al valorar un inventario. Para organizar el reporte " +"según otra columna, solo haga clic en el título de la misma." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -32829,16 +33166,21 @@ msgid "" "move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory " "adjustment)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referencia`: el documento de referencia que está vinculado a este" +" movimiento de inventario (por ejemplo, la recepción en un almacén, una " +"orden de entrega o un ajuste manual de inventario)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto que se está moviendo y valorando." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has " "increased or decreased in this particular stock move." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cantidad`: por cuántas unidades aumentaron o disminuyeron las " +"existencias de un producto en este movimiento de inventario específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -32846,12 +33188,17 @@ msgid "" " stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and " ":guilabel:`Unit Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor total`: el valor del inventario del producto en este " +"movimiento de inventario en particular. Para calcularlo se multiplica la " +":guilabel:`Cantidad` por el :guilabel:`Valor unitario`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "" "If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a " "separate line item generated on the report for each good." msgstr "" +"Si un documento de :guilabel:`Referencia` incluye varios bienes, habrá una " +"línea de artículo separada que se generará en el reporte de cada bien." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -32859,18 +33206,26 @@ msgid "" "insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-" "settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:" msgstr "" +"Hay campos adicionales que se pueden agregar a esta vista para que entienda " +"mejor la valoración del inventario. Para agregar campos, haga clic en el " +"icono :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(ajustar)` y seleccione los " +"campos deseados:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number" " for this product." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de lote o serie`: el número de lote o serie que identifica" +" a este producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, " "this field displays the company by which this stock move took place." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: para negocios compuestos por varias empresas, este " +"campo muestra la empresa en la que este movimiento de inventario se realizó." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -32881,12 +33236,20 @@ msgid "" "conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of " "said stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cantidad restante`: el número de unidades que quedan para esta " +"valoración del producto, después de que se tome en cuenta la demanda " +"(incluso para otros movimientos de inventario). Este campo puede ser muy " +"útil para los métodos :abbr:`PEPS (primero en entrar, primero en salir)` y " +":abbr:`AVCO (Costo promedio, por sus siglas en inglés)` ya que muestra qué " +"unidades de inventario entraron al almacén primero y su valor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company " "(**not** the price to consumers)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor unitario`: cuánto le cuesta una unidad del producto a la " +"empresa (**no** el precio a los consumidores)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -32898,6 +33261,14 @@ msgid "" "item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation " "method." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: el motivo de esta valoración de inventario " +"(usualmente porque ocurrió un movimiento de inventario). Por defecto, este " +"campo se configura como la concatenación de los campos " +":guilabel:`Referencia` y :guilabel:`Producto`. Sin embargo, el campo también" +" puede mostrar otros mensajes importantes para la línea de este artículo, " +"como una nota en la que se indique que la línea es un ajuste que se hizo ya " +"que ocurrió un cambio en el método de valoración del inventario del " +"producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -32908,20 +33279,28 @@ msgid "" "Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first " "and the value of said stock." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valor restante`: el valor del nivel de existencia actual del " +"producto para este movimiento de inventario en específico, después de que se" +" tome en cuenta la demanda. Este campo puede ser muy útil para los métodos " +":abbr:`PEPS (primero en entrar, primero en salir)` y :abbr:`AVCO (Costo " +"promedio, por sus siglas en inglés)` ya que muestran qué unidades de " +"inventario entraron al almacén primero y su valor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107 msgid "" "Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's " "**:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application." msgstr "" +"Es posible que primero deba activar algunas de las funciones en la " +"aplicación **:doc:`Ajustes <../../../general>`** para que aparezcan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de valoración de inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Capas de valoración de existencias (SVL)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -32934,6 +33313,15 @@ msgid "" "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" +"Cada línea de orden en el reporte :guilabel:`Valoración de inventario` " +"representa un registro en el sistema de Odoo llamado *capa de valoración de " +"inventario (SVL, por sus siglas en inlgés)*. Las :abbr:`SVL (capas de " +"valoración de inventario)` se generan cuando el movimiento de los productos " +"impacta su valoración de inventario. Estos son, en específico, las " +"recepciones de almacén, entregas, triangulación de órdenes y triangulación " +"de devoluciones. Estos movimientos de inventario primero deben validarse " +"(haciendo clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar`) para que se cree la " +"abbr:`SVL (capa de valoración de inventario)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -32948,6 +33336,17 @@ msgid "" "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" +"Si el método de valoración de inventario de un producto cambia en el " +"formulario del producto, se generarán nuevas líneas de artículos en el " +"reporte :guilabel:`Valoración de inventario` para reflejar las :abbr:`SVLs " +"(capas de valoración de inventario)`. Por ejemplo, si el método de " +"valoración cambia de *precio estándar* a :abbr:`AVCO (costo promedio)` o " +":abbr:`PEPS (primero en entrar, primero en salir)`, los *asientos de " +"revaluación* se registrarán de forma automática para reflejar el cambio en " +"el precio de los bienes que quedan en existencias. Un asiento será negativo " +"para \"quitar\" el precio viejo y el segundo asiento será positivo para " +"registrar el segundo precio. Estos asientos están conectados a asientos de " +"diario en la aplicación **Contabilidad** de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -32955,10 +33354,14 @@ msgid "" " a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price " "accounting." msgstr "" +"A continuación encontrará un ejemplo de lo que muestra la tabla " +":guilabel:`Valoración de inventario` cuando se hacen algunos movimientos de " +"existencias para un producto con el precio estándar de contabilidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." msgstr "" +"Tabla de valoración de existencias con la contabilidad de precio estándar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -32966,12 +33369,17 @@ msgid "" "table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting." msgstr "" +"En cambio, la siguiente imagen muestra cómo podría verse la tabla del " +"reporte de *valoración de existencias* después de que un producto pase de " +"precio estándar a :abbr:`PEPS (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "" "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO " "accounting." msgstr "" +"Tabla de valoración de existencias luego de cambiar de contabilidad de " +"precio estándar a PEPS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -32979,6 +33387,9 @@ msgid "" "are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in " "Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example." msgstr "" +"Los campos :guilabel:`Valor restante` y :guilabel:`Cantidad restante` se " +"derivan de lo que ocurre a nivel de la capa de valoración de inventario en " +"Odoo y, por lo tanto, podrá comprender mejor con un ejemplo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -32987,6 +33398,11 @@ msgid "" "receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then" " re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move." msgstr "" +"La tienda de Frankie compra suéteres al costo, o :guilabel:`valor unitario`," +" de `5.00` dólares. Por primera vez, compran y reciben una " +":guilabel:`cantidad` de `100.00` suéteres en un movimiento de existencias, " +"luego revende y entrega `-10.00` suéteres en un segundo movimiento de " +"existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -32998,6 +33414,14 @@ msgid "" "`$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at " "`$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions." msgstr "" +"En el primer artículo de la línea del movimiento de existencias, la " +":guilabel:`cantidad restante` cambiará de `100.00` a `90.00` luego de " +"registrar el segundo movimiento de existencias. Este cambio refleja que " +"aunque en un principio se compraron 100 suéteres, solo 90 siguen en las " +"existencias y es necesario contarlos en la valoración. De manera similar, el" +" :guilabel:`valor restante` disminuirá de `$500.00` a `$450.00` y el " +":guilabel:`valor total` se mantendrá en `$500.00` independientemente de las " +"transacciones posteriores." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -33007,16 +33431,23 @@ msgid "" "layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that" " transaction." msgstr "" +"Por otra parte, la :guilabel:`cantidad restante` del segundo artículo de la " +"línea del movimiento de existencias se registrará y permanecerá en `0.00` " +"porque se vendió una cantidad de `-10.00`. En el sistema, como el movimiento" +" de la capa de existencias fue una venta, no hay existencias que deban " +"valorarse a partir de esa transacción." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "" "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move" " layers)`." msgstr "" +"El valor restante y la cantidad restante se calculan de acuerdo con las " +"capas de valoración de existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiar la fecha de valoración" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -33025,6 +33456,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Valoración a la fecha` que se encuentra en " +"la esquina superior izquierda de la página :guilabel:`Valoración de " +"existencias` para ver la valoración de los movimientos de existencias en una" +" fecha y hora específicas. El reporte mostrará la :guilabel:`cantidad` y el " +":guilabel:`valor total` de cada movimiento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -33033,6 +33469,11 @@ msgid "" "The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the " "*current on-hand quantity and value* of the products." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`cantidad restante` y el :guilabel:`valor restante` de los " +"movimientos de existencias *no* corresponderán a las fechas elegidas con " +"anterioridad. Los movimientos de existencias que aparezcan al seleccionar " +"una fecha pasada seguirán mostrando la *cantidad a la mano y el valor " +"actual* de los productos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -33043,10 +33484,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the " ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`." msgstr "" +"Un negocio tiene 100 sillones en su inventario el 1 de enero y vende 20 de " +"ellos el 1 de febrero. La :guilabel:`cantidad restante` de la capa de " +"movimiento de existencias disminuirá de `100.00` a `70.00` el 1 de febrero. " +"Si no realizan otros movimientos de existencias y el 1 de febrero se " +"selecciona el 1 de enero en :guilabel:`Valoración a la fecha`, la " +":guilabel:`cantidad restante` seguirá mostrando `70.00`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica: Antigüedad de existencias" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -33056,6 +33503,12 @@ msgid "" "value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with " "expiration dates." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(tabla dinámica)` " +"para usar la vista de tabla dinámica en el tablero de :guilabel:`valoración " +"de existencias`. Esta vista es básicamente un *reporte de antigüedad de " +"existencias* y muestra la cantidad a la mano y el valor del inventario por " +"fecha de compra, esto es útil para monitorear productos que tienen fechas de" +" vencimiento." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -33068,6 +33521,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la vista de tabla dinámica muestra el valor de " +"todas las *categorías de productos* por *día y mes*. Al hacer clic en el " +"icono :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(más)` de cada columna o fila " +"aparecerá una lista desplegable con varias opciones para crear un desglose " +"más detallado de la valoración del inventario, entre estas opciones está el " +":guilabel:`producto`, :guilabel:`número de serie o lote`, " +":guilabel:`categoría del producto`, :guilabel:`fecha`, :guilabel:`empresa` y" +" también puede :guilabel:`agregar un grupo personalizado`. Al hacer clic en " +"el icono :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(menos)`, el campo aparecerá " +"en estado vacío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -33075,10 +33538,15 @@ msgid "" "on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of " "purchasing these items." msgstr "" +"En la tabla, la columna :guilabel:`Cant. restante` muestra el número de " +"artículos a la mano y :guilabel:`Valor restante` muestra el costo total de " +"la compra de los mismos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "" +"Reporte de antigüedad de existencias. Aparecen las filas de productos y " +"columnas de días." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 @@ -33092,16 +33560,25 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative " "total of all inventory value over time in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(gráfico)` para " +"consultar el valor de las existencias en un gráfico. Este aparece en la " +"vista de gráfico de líneas :icon:`fa-line-chart` de forma predeterminada y " +"se filtra para mostrar el total acumulado de todo el valor del inventario a " +"lo largo del tiempo en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223 msgid "" "At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-" "chart` pie chart view can be selected instead." msgstr "" +"En la parte superior del reporte puede seleccionar la vista de :icon:`fa-" +"bar-chart` gráfico de barras o :icon:`fa-pie-chart` circular." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Fundamentos de los reportes de Odoo " +"<../../../../essentials/reporting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" @@ -45453,7 +45930,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Servicio de asistencia" +msgstr "Soporte al cliente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 6d6ab4205..9b0d8b55f 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5159,6 +5159,9 @@ msgid "" "your local timezone). This field is auto-populated, but modifiable, and is " "**required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: Cuando está programado el evento (expresado en su zona " +"horaria local en la vista de formulario). Este campo es **obligatorio** y " +"está completado de forma automática, pero lo puede modificar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5166,6 +5169,9 @@ msgid "" "will be displayed on the website. This field is auto-populated, but " "modifiable, and is **required**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar zona horaria`: La zona horaria en la que aparecerán las " +"fechas y horas del evento en el sitio web. Este campo es **obligatorio** y " +"está completado de forma automática, pero lo puede modificar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/create_events.rst:69 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0c8e7b108..cc69b8122 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (Latin America) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es_419/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:113 msgid "Product catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo del producto" +msgstr "Catálogo de productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -11759,7 +11759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Online food delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reparto de comida en línea" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11767,6 +11767,10 @@ msgid "" "food delivery platforms. It consolidates orders from all connected platforms" " into a single interface, simplifying the delivery process." msgstr "" +"**UrbanPiper** es un sistema de gestión de órdenes que se integra con varias" +" plataformas de entrega de alimentos. Consolida las órdenes de todas las " +"plataformas conectadas en una sola interfaz para simplificar el proceso de " +"entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:9 msgid "Supported providers:" @@ -11774,117 +11778,119 @@ msgstr "Proveedores compatibles:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:11 msgid "`Careem `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Careem `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:12 msgid "`Cari `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Cari `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:13 msgid "`ChowNow `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ChowNow `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:14 msgid "`Deliveroo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Deliveroo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:15 msgid "`DoorDash `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DoorDash `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:16 msgid "`EatEasy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EatEasy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:17 msgid "`Glovo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Glovo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:18 msgid "`Grubhub `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Grubhub `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:19 msgid "`HungryPanda `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungryPanda `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:20 msgid "`HungerStation `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungerStation `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:21 msgid "`Jahez `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Jahez `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:22 msgid "`Just Eat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Just Eat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:23 msgid "`Mrsool `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Mrsool `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:24 msgid "`Ninja `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ninja `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:25 msgid "`NoonFood `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`NoonFood `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:26 msgid "`Postmates `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postmates `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:27 msgid "`Rafeeq `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Rafeeq `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:28 msgid "`SkipTheDishes `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SkipTheDishes `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:29 msgid "`Swiggy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Swiggy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:30 msgid "`Talabat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Talabat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:31 msgid "`UberEats `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`UberEats `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:32 msgid "`Zomato `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Zomato `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:40 msgid "UrbanPiper credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credenciales de UrbanPiper" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:42 msgid "Get your Atlas credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtenga sus credenciales de Atlas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:16 msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a los :ref:`ajustes de PdV `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:59 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Conector de reparto de comida`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:46 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Fill this form to get Username & Api key` and fill out the " "survey." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Complete este formulario para obtener el nombre de " +"usuario y la clave API` y complételo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11892,28 +11898,33 @@ msgid "" " API key and username by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> API " "Access`." msgstr "" +"`Vaya a su cuenta de Atlas `_ y obtenga su " +"clave API y nombre de usuario desde :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Acceso API`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Atlas API access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso a la API de Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:56 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Active la función :guilabel:`UrbanPiper`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:60 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione la función :guilabel:`UrbanPiper`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:62 msgid "Set up UrbanPiper:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure UrbanPiper:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Api Key` fields with your " ":ref:`UrbanPiper credentials `." msgstr "" +"Complete los campos :guilabel:`Nombre de usuario` y :guilabel:`Clave API` " +"con sus :ref:`credenciales de UrbanPiper " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -11921,40 +11932,49 @@ msgid "" "Platforms` field under the :guilabel:`Urban Piper Location` section (i.e., " "Zomato, Uber Eats)." msgstr "" +"Seleccione los proveedores de entrega deseados en el campo " +":guilabel:`Plataformas de entrega de comida` en la sección " +":guilabel:`Ubicación de UrbanPiper` (por ejemplo, Zomato, Uber Eats)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:68 msgid "Save the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guarde los ajustes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ Create Store` button. Doing so creates a new location" " on the UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`+ Crear tienda`, esto creará una nueva " +"ubicación en la plataforma UrbanPiper de Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Pricelist` and :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` fields are " "automatically selected after saving." msgstr "" +"Los campos :guilabel:`Lista de precios` y :guilabel:`Posición fiscal` se " +"seleccionan de manera automática después de guardar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:75 msgid "A successful store creation triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si creó la tienda de forma exitosa aparecerá una notificación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:76 msgid "" "The store creation process may take 2–3 minutes to reflect changes on the " "UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"El proceso de creación de la tienda puede tardar entre 2 y 3 minutos en " +"reflejar los cambios en la plataforma UrbanPiper de Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:78 msgid "The store is automatically named after your point of sale name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La tienda tendrá el nombre de su punto de venta de forma automática." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Food delivery connector settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes del conector de reparto de comida" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:84 msgid "Products" @@ -11963,54 +11983,67 @@ msgstr "Productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:86 msgid "To make products available individually," msgstr "" +"Siga estos pasos para que los productos estén disponibles de forma " +"individual:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:89 msgid "Select any product to open its product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione cualquier producto para abrir su formulario de producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:90 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Punto de venta`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:91 msgid "Complete the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` section:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete la sección :guilabel:`UrbanPiper`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:93 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` with the desired POS." msgstr "" +"Complete el campo :guilabel:`Disponible para entrega de comida` con el PdV " +"deseado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:94 msgid "" "Optionally, set up the :guilabel:`Meal Type` field and enable the " ":guilabel:`Is Recommended` and :guilabel:`Is Alcoholic` buttons." msgstr "" +"Si lo desea, configure el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de comida` y active los " +"botones :guilabel:`Está recomendado` y :guilabel:`Es un producto " +"alcohólico`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "where to make a single product available for delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dónde seleccionar que un producto esté disponible para entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:100 msgid "To make multiple products available for food delivery at once," msgstr "" +"Siga estos pasos para que varios productos estén disponibles de forma " +"simultánea:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Click the list icon (:icon:`oi-view-list`) to switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono de lista (:icon:`oi-view-list`) para cambiar a la " +"vista de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:104 msgid "Select the products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione los productos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Enter the desired POS in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` column." msgstr "" +"Seleccione el PdV deseado en la columna :guilabel:`Disponible para entrega " +"de comida`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Product list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de productos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:111 msgid "Synchronization" @@ -12021,34 +12054,41 @@ msgid "" "To make products available on food delivery platforms, synchronize with your" " UrbanPiper account:" msgstr "" +"Sincronice los productos con su cuenta de UrbanPiper para que estén " +"disponibles en las plataformas de entrega de comida:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:116 msgid "Scroll down the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Conector de reparto de comida`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:117 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Sync Menu` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Sincronizar menú`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:119 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Sync on` timestamp below the :guilabel:`Create Store` " "and :guilabel:`Sync Menu` buttons updates." msgstr "" +"La marca de tiempo :guilabel:`Última sincronización el` que se encuentra " +"abajo de los botones :guilabel:`Crear tienda` y :guilabel:`Sincronizar menú`" +" se actualizará." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:123 msgid "A successful synchronization triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la sincronización fue exitosa aparecerá una notificación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:124 msgid "" "The synchronization process may take 2–3 minutes to reflect changes on the " "UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"El proceso de sincronización puede tardar entre 2 y 3 minutos en reflejar " +"los cambios en la plataforma UrbanPiper de Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:128 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:153 @@ -12056,23 +12096,31 @@ msgid "" "`Go to the Locations tab `_ of your " "Atlas account." msgstr "" +"`Vaya a la pestaña Ubicaciones `_ de" +" su cuenta de Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:131 msgid "" "Select the location to activate, then click :guilabel:`Request to go Live`." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la ubicación que desea activar y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Solicitar activación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Request to go live button in the locations tab of the Atlas account" msgstr "" +"Botón de solicitud de activación en la pestaña Ubicaciones de la cuenta de " +"Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:136 msgid "In the popup window:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la ventana emergente:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:138 msgid "Select the platform(s) to activate and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" +"Seleccione las plataformas que desea activar y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Siguiente`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -12080,65 +12128,83 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields to establish the connection between the platform and " "UrbanPiper." msgstr "" +"Ingrese el :guilabel:`ID de plataforma` y la :guilabel:`URL de plataforma` " +"en los campos correspondientes para establecer la conexión entre la " +"plataforma y UrbanPiper." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:141 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request to Go Live` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Solicitar activación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Go live parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parámetros de activación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:147 msgid "" "To find the location's :guilabel:`Platform ID` and :guilabel:`Platform URL`," msgstr "" +"Para encontrar el :guilabel:`ID de plataforma` y la :guilabel:`URL de " +"plataforma` de la ubicación:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:149 msgid "Click the location to open its setup form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en la ubicación para abrir su formulario de configuración." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:150 msgid "The location's parameters are available in the :guilabel:`HUB` tab." msgstr "" +"Los parámetros de la ubicación están disponibles en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`CENTRO DE TRABAJO`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:151 msgid "Verify that your location is live:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique que su ubicación está activa:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:154 msgid "" "Select any provider in the :guilabel:`Assoc. platform(s)` column to review " "the status of that platform for this location." msgstr "" +"Seleccione cualquier proveedor en la columna :guilabel:`Plataformas " +"asociadas` para revisar el estado de esa plataforma para esta ubicación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:158 msgid "Order flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flujo de órdenes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:160 msgid "" "An order placed via the configured delivery platform triggers a " "notification. To manage these orders, open the orders' list view by:" msgstr "" +"Cuando alguien haga una orden a través de la plataforma de entrega " +"configurada aparecerá una notificación. Abra la vista de lista de las " +"órdenes para gestionarlas y siga los pasos descritos a continuación:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Review Orders` on the notification popup." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Revisar órdenes` en la ventana emergente de " +"notificación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:164 msgid "Clicking the bag-shaped icon for online orders and :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono en forma de bolsa para órdenes en línea y en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Cart button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botón de carrito" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking this icon displays the number of orders at each stage: " ":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en este icono aparece el número de órdenes en cada etapa: " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`, :guilabel:`En curso` y :guilabel:`Hecho`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -12146,19 +12212,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ongoing` is for accepted orders, and :guilabel:`Done` is for " "orders ready to be delivered." msgstr "" +"El botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` indica las órdenes recién realizadas, " +":guilabel:`En curso` es para las órdenes aceptadas y :guilabel:`Hecho` es " +"para las órdenes listas para su entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Then," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:196 msgid "Select the desired order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione la orden deseada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:178 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Accept` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aceptar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -12166,18 +12235,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Placed` to :guilabel:`Acknowledged` and is automatically " "displayed on the preparation display." msgstr "" +"Al aceptar una orden, el :guilabel:`estado de la orden` cambiará de " +":guilabel:`Realizada` a :guilabel:`Aceptada` y aparecerá en la pantalla de " +"preparación de manera automática." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:182 msgid "When the order is ready," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando la orden esté lista:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:184 msgid "Open the orders' list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra la vista de lista de las órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:185 msgid "Select the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione la orden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -12185,28 +12257,33 @@ msgid "" "switches from :guilabel:`Acknowledged` to :guilabel:`Food Ready`, and its " ":guilabel:`Status` switches from :guilabel:`Ongoing` to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Marcar como listo`. El :guilabel:`estado de" +" la orden` cambiará de :guilabel:`Aceptada` a :guilabel:`Comida lista` y su " +":guilabel:`estado` pasará de :guilabel:`En curso` a :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:191 msgid "Order rejection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rechazar órdenes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:193 msgid "" "Sometimes, the shop or restaurant may want to **reject** an order. In this " "case, open the orders' list view," msgstr "" +"A veces, las tiendas o restaurantes querrán **rechazar** las órdenes. En " +"este caso, abra la vista de lista de las órdenes y siga estos pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:197 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Reject` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Rechazar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:198 msgid "Select one of the reasons from the popup window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione uno de los motivos en la ventana emergente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Reject order pop-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventana emergente para rechazar órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -12216,6 +12293,11 @@ msgid "" "rejection. Always follow the respective provider's guidelines for handling " "such cases." msgstr "" +"No es posible rechazar las órdenes de **Swiggy** de forma directa. Al " +"hacerlo, el soporte al cliente de Swiggy se comunica con el restaurante. " +"**Deliveroo**, **JustEat** y **HungerStation** tampoco permiten rechazar " +"órdenes. Siempre siga las normas del proveedor respectivo para gestionar " +"estos casos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 msgid "Payment methods" @@ -14307,57 +14389,72 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:3 msgid "Marketing features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funciones de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:5 msgid "" "Use your POS system to engage with customers directly by sending them " "promotional offers via email or WhatsApp." msgstr "" +"Use su sistema PdV para interactuar de forma directa con los clientes y " +"envíeles ofertas promocionales por correo electrónico o WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:9 msgid "Storing contact details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Almacenamiento de datos de contacto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:11 msgid "" "This feature requires your customer's contact details, either their email " "address or phone number." msgstr "" +"Esta función necesita los detalles de contacto de su cliente, ya sea su " +"dirección de correo electrónico o su número de teléfono." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:13 msgid "" "**Email addresses**: automatically collected and saved in POS orders when " "sending a receipt by email." msgstr "" +"**Direcciones de correo electrónico**: Estas se recopilan y guardan de " +"manera automática en las órdenes del PdV al enviar un recibo por correo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:15 msgid "" "**Phone numbers**: to store phone numbers when sending receipts on WhatsApp " "or by SMS," msgstr "" +"**Números de teléfono**: Siga los pasos que se encuentran a continuación " +"para almacenar los números de teléfono al enviar recibos por WhatsApp o SMS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section;" msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y diríjase a la sección " +":guilabel:`Facturas y recibos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:19 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` or :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` " "option(s)." msgstr "" +"Active las opciones :guilabel:`Envío por WhatsApp` y :guilabel:`Envío por " +"SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "setting to enable to store phone numbers when sending receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Función para almacenar los números de teléfono al enviar recibos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:24 msgid "" "If a customer’s contact information is missing, it will be automatically " "saved in POS orders when the receipt is sent via email, SMS, or WhatsApp." msgstr "" +"Si falta la información de contacto de un cliente, esta se guardará de forma" +" automática en las órdenes del PdV al enviar el recibo por correo " +"electrónico, SMS o WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14365,10 +14462,14 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Extra Info` tab, then click the email icon or whatsapp " "icon to send standalone marketing messages." msgstr "" +"Desde un formulario de una orden de punto de venta, vaya a la categoría " +":guilabel:`Información de contacto` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Información " +"adicional`, luego haga clic en el icono de correo electrónico o de WhatsApp " +"para enviar mensajes de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:0 msgid "pos orders form's standalone marketing message option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulario de una orden de PdV, opciones de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:36 msgid "Email marketing" @@ -14377,31 +14478,37 @@ msgstr "Marketing por correo electrónico" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:38 msgid "To send marketing emails to your customers from POS orders," msgstr "" +"Para enviar correos electrónicos de marketing a sus clientes desde las " +"órdenes del PdV:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:101 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Órdenes --> Órdenes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:102 msgid "Select the orders;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione las órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:42 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Send Email` from the dropdown " "menu." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Acciones` y luego, en el menú desplegable, en " +":guilabel:`Enviar correo electrónico`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:44 msgid "" "Doing so opens an email composing form. Fill it in and hit :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Esto abre un formulario para redactar el correo electrónico, complételo y " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "mail composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista del redactor de correo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14409,12 +14516,18 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis button and select your template under the :guilabel:`Insert " "Template` section." msgstr "" +"Guarde el contenido como plantilla, esto le permitirá ahorrar tiempo. Haga " +"clic en el botón de los tres puntos verticales y seleccione su plantilla en " +"la sección :guilabel:`Insertar plantilla`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:53 msgid "" "You can also save your content as template for later use. Click the vertical" " ellipsis button and select :guilabel:`Save as Template`." msgstr "" +"También puede guardar el contenido como plantilla para usarlo después. Haga " +"clic en el botón de los tres puntos verticales y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Guardar como plantilla`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -14422,22 +14535,30 @@ msgid "" " track its results in the :doc:`Email Marketing app " "<../../marketing/email_marketing>`." msgstr "" +"Complete el campo :guilabel:`Nombre del correo masivo` para crear un envío " +"masivo y llevar seguimiento de sus resultados en la aplicación " +":doc:`Marketing por correo electrónico <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:59 msgid "" "If an email address is not related to an existing customer, a new customer " "is automatically created when sending marketing emails." msgstr "" +"Si una dirección de correo electrónico no está relacionada con un cliente " +"existente, entonces se crea un nuevo cliente de forma automática al enviar " +"correos electrónicos de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:63 msgid "" ":doc:`Use the email marketing app for more advanced marketing features " "<../../marketing/email_marketing>`." msgstr "" +":doc:`Utilice la aplicación Marketing por correo electrónico para funciones " +"de marketing más avanzadas <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:67 msgid "Whatsapp marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing por WhatsApp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14445,66 +14566,80 @@ msgid "" "marketing messages from your POS using the phone numbers collected from POS " "orders. To do so," msgstr "" +"Primero debe habilitar la acción del servidor relacionada al envío de " +"mensajes de marketing de WhatsApp desde su PdV con los números de teléfono " +"recopilados de las órdenes del punto de venta. Para ello, siga estos pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:77 msgid "Go to the WhatsApp application;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a la aplicación WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:78 msgid "Create a new :ref:`WhatsApp template `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree una nueva :ref:`plantilla de WhatsApp `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:79 msgid "Configure the fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure los siguientes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Applies to` field set to :guilabel:`Point of Sale Orders`;" msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Aplica a` debe estar configurado con :guilabel:`Órdenes " +"del punto de venta`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Category` field to :guilabel:`Marketing`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El campo :guilabel:`Categoría` debe ser :guilabel:`Marketing`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone Field` to either :guilabel:`Mobile` or :guilabel:`Customer " "> Phone`." msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Teléfono` debe ser :guilabel:`Celular` o " +":guilabel:`Cliente > Teléfono`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:84 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit for Approval`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar para aprobación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:85 msgid "" "Once approved, click the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` button to create a server " "action in the POS orders list view." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya sido aprobada, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Permitir en" +" multi` para crear una acción de servidor en la vista de lista de las " +"órdenes del PdV." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "approved and configured for marketing uses whatsapp template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plantilla de WhatsApp aprobada y configurada para uso de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:92 msgid "" "If you modify the template's content, you must request for approval again, " "as its status returns to the :guilabel:`Draft` state." msgstr "" +"Si modifica el contenido de la plantilla deberá volver a solicitar su " +"aprobación, ya que su estado regresa a :guilabel:`Borrador`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`WhatsApp configuration <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Configuración de WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:99 msgid "Send WhatsApp marketing messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar mensajes de marketing por WhatsApp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:103 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`WhatsApp Message` from the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Acciones` y luego, en el menú desplegable, en " +":guilabel:`Mensaje de WhatsApp`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -14512,10 +14647,13 @@ msgid "" "marketing template in the :guilabel:`Template` field and hit :guilabel:`Send" " Message`." msgstr "" +"Al hacer esto aparecerá un formulario para redactar de mensajes de WhatsApp." +" Seleccione la plantilla de marketing deseada en el campo " +":guilabel:`Plantilla` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar mensaje`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "whatsapp composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de redactor de mensajes de WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14523,6 +14661,10 @@ msgid "" " must have the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` option enabled and :guilabel:`Point " "of Sale Orders` selected in the :guilabel:`Applies to` field." msgstr "" +"Es necesario que las plantillas de marketing aprobadas tengan la opción " +":guilabel:`Permitir en multi` habilitada y el campo :guilabel:`Aplica a` " +"configurado con :guilabel:`Órdenes del punto de venta` para poder usar " +"marketing por WhatsApp en Punto de venta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -14530,10 +14672,14 @@ msgid "" " error message appears. Click :guilabel:`Configure Templates` and complete " "the :ref:`WhatsApp setup ` steps." msgstr "" +"Aparecerá un mensaje de error en caso de que la acción del servidor no tenga" +" una plantilla configurada de forma correcta. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Configurar plantillas` y complete los pasos que se encuentran en " +":ref:`configuración de WhatsApp `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:3 msgid "Preparation display" @@ -14544,43 +14690,52 @@ msgid "" "The preparation display feature allows you to handle POS orders requiring " "preparation. Concretely," msgstr "" +"La función de pantalla de preparación le permite gestionar las órdenes del " +"PdV que requieren preparación, en específico para los siguientes casos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:7 msgid "" "**For retail**: The preparation team is notified after a payment is " "completed at the POS to gather the purchased items for customer pickup." msgstr "" +"**Para tiendas**: El equipo de preparación recibe una notificación después " +"de que se complete un pago en el PdV para buscar los artículos que los " +"clientes compraron y puedan ir por ellos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:9 msgid "" "**For restaurants**: POS orders inform the kitchen of the meals to be " "prepared." msgstr "" +"**Para restaurantes**: Las órdenes del PdV le informan a la cocina los " +"alimentos que se deben preparar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:14 msgid "To enable the preparation display feature," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga estos pasos para activar la función de pantalla de preparación:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:17 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a la sección :guilabel:`Preparación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:18 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Preparation Display` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Pantalla de preparación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Setting to enable the preparation display feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Función para habilitar la pantalla de preparación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:24 msgid "To create and set up a preparation display," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga estos pasos para crear y configurar una pantalla de preparación:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display`" msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Órdenes --> Pantalla de " +"preparación`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -14591,44 +14746,56 @@ msgid "" "Give the display a descriptive :guilabel:`Name` (e.g., `Main Kitchen`, " "`Bar`)" msgstr "" +"Proporcione un :guilabel:`nombre` descriptivo a la pantalla (por ejemplo, " +"`Cocina principal` o `Bar`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:29 msgid "Set it up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure lo siguiente:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the POS that sends orders to this display." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Punto de venta`: Seleccione el punto de venta que envía las " +"órdenes a esta pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product categories`: Specify the POS :guilabel:`Product " "categories` sent to this display." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categorías de productos`: Especifique las :guilabel:`categorías " +"de productos` del PdV que se enviará a esta pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stages`: Define the steps required for the orders to be ready." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etapas`: Defina los pasos necesarios para que las órdenes estén " +"listas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:36 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para agregar una etapa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:37 msgid "Assign specific colors to each stage for clarity (optional)." msgstr "" +"Asigne colores específicos a cada etapa para tener mayor claridad (esto es " +"opcional)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:38 msgid "" "Define an :guilabel:`Alert timer (min)` for each stage to indicate the " "expected processing time." msgstr "" +"Defina un :guilabel:`temporizador de alerta (min)` para cada etapa, indicará" +" el tiempo de procesamiento esperado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "preparation display set-up form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulario de configuración de la pantalla de preparación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -14636,49 +14803,60 @@ msgid "" "button (:icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`) on the display's card and select " ":guilabel:`Configure`." msgstr "" +"Para editar una pantalla de preparación preexistente, haga clic en el botón " +"con tres puntos verticales (:icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`) que se encuentra en la " +"tarjeta de la pantalla y haga clic en :guilabel:`Configurar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display` to " "get an overview of all your displays." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Órdenes --> Pantalla de " +"preparación` para ver un resumen de todas sus pantallas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Kanban view of the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista de kanban de la pantalla de preparación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:59 msgid "The display card shows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La tarjeta de la pantalla muestra la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:61 msgid "The configured stages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las etapas configuradas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:62 msgid "The number of orders currently :guilabel:`In progress`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El número de órdenes que se encuentran :guilabel:`en progreso`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Average time` employees usually take to complete an order." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`tiempo promedio` que tarda un empleado en completar una orden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Kitchen Display` app icon on your Odoo Dashboard for " "quicker access." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono de la aplicación :guilabel:`Pantalla para cocina` del " +"tablero de Odoo para acceder con mayor rapidez." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:69 msgid "Using the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar la pantalla de preparación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:71 msgid "" "To access the preparation display, click :guilabel:`Preparation Screen`. " "This interface, designed for employees, shows:" msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Pantalla de preparación` para acceder a ella. Esta " +"interfaz está diseñada para los empleados y muestra la siguiente " +"información:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14686,62 +14864,79 @@ msgid "" "such as `To prepare`, `Ready`, and `Completed`, along with the number of " "orders in each stage." msgstr "" +"**Etapas y número de órdenes**: Muestra el avance de las órdenes por etapas," +" por ejemplo, `Por preparar`, `Listas` y `Completadas`, y el número de " +"órdenes en cada una de ellas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:76 msgid "" "**Ordered products by category**: Lists all items in progress, grouped by " "POS categories (e.g., `Drinks`, `Food`)." msgstr "" +"**Productos ordenados por categoría**: Enumera todos los artículos en " +"progreso y los agrupa por categoría de PdV (como `Bebidas` y `Alimentos`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:78 msgid "**Order cards**: Summarizes individual orders, including:" msgstr "" +"**Tarjetas de las órdenes**: Resume cada orden de manera individual e " +"incluye la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:80 msgid "Associated tables and order numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mesas relacionadas y números de orden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:81 msgid "Status, such as `Ready`, highlighted with the defined colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estados, por ejemplo `Listo`, en su color correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:82 msgid "Waiting time, with visual indicators." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiempo de espera, con indicadores visuales." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:85 msgid "" "The duration indicator turns red if the elapsed time exceeds the predefined " "alert time." msgstr "" +"El indicador de duración cambia a color rojo si el tiempo transcurrido " +"supera el tiempo de alerta predefinido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "the preparation display interface with orders to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La interfaz de la pantalla de preparación con las órdenes a procesar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:91 msgid "To update order progress:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para actualizar el progreso de la orden:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:93 msgid "Click items on the order card to cross them off individually." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en los artículos que se encuentran en la tarjeta de la orden para " +"tachar cada uno de ellos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:94 msgid "Click the order card itself to mark all items at once." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la tarjeta de la orden para marcar todos los artículos de forma" +" simultánea." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:95 msgid "" "The card automatically moves to the next stage once every item is crossed " "off." msgstr "" +"La tarjeta pasa a la siguiente etapa de forma automática después de tachar " +"todos los elementos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:96 msgid "" "Click :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Recall` to move an order back to the " "previous stage if you mistakenly sent it to the next stage." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Regresar a etapa anterior` para " +"mover la orden a la etapa anterior en caso de que la haya movido por error." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/customer_display.rst:3 @@ -14754,18 +14949,23 @@ msgid "" "interface. This interface, designed for customers, provides an overview of " "orders that are:" msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Pantalla del estado de la orden` para abrir la " +"interfaz del cliente. Esta está diseñada para los clientes y proporciona " +"información general de las órdenes que:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Ready` for pickup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Están :guilabel:`listas` para su recolección." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Almost there`, indicating they are taken care of." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Están :guilabel:`casi listas`, es decir, están en preparación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:109 msgid "The order number can be found at the top of the customer's receipt." msgstr "" +"El número de la orden se encuentra en la parte superior del recibo del " +"cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" @@ -29621,10 +29821,10 @@ msgid "" "useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " "sale." msgstr "" -"El uso de productos opcionales es una estrategia de marketing que implica la" -" venta cruzada de productos junto con un producto principal. El objetivo es " -"ofrecer productos útiles y relacionados a los clientes, lo que puede " -"resultar en un aumento de ventas." +"Usar productos opcionales es una estrategia de marketing que implica la " +"venta cruzada de productos junto con un producto principal. El objetivo es " +"ofrecerle a los clientes productos útiles que estén relacionados, lo que " +"puede ocasionar que la venta sea mayor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -30809,6 +31009,8 @@ msgid "" "Reusable quotation templates can be made in Odoo's **Sales** app for common " "products or services." msgstr "" +"En **Ventas** de Odoo puede crear plantillas de cotización reutilizables " +"para productos o servicios que vende con frecuencia." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -30816,6 +31018,9 @@ msgid "" "at a quicker pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " "every time a sales negotiation occurs." msgstr "" +"El uso de estas plantillas permite adaptar y enviar las cotizaciones a los " +"clientes con mayor rapidez sin tener que crear cotizaciones nuevas desde " +"cero cada vez que negocia una venta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -30823,6 +31028,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the" " :guilabel:`Quotations &_Orders` heading." msgstr "" +"Primero deberá activar la función para poder usar las plantillas de " +"cotización. Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y " +"diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Cotizaciones y órdenes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -30830,6 +31038,10 @@ msgid "" "so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which a default " "quotation template can be chosen from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"En esa sección, seleccione la casilla que se encuentra junto a la función " +":guilabel:`Plantillas de cotización`. Aparecerá el campo " +":guilabel:`Plantilla predeterminada` en el que podrá elegir la plantilla de " +"cotización predeterminada con un menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." @@ -30842,18 +31054,26 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link appears beneath " "the :guilabel:`Default Template` field." msgstr "" +"Al activar la función :guilabel:`Plantilla de cotización` aparecerá el " +"enlace interno :guilabel:`Plantillas de cotización` :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +"abajo del campo :guilabel:`Plantilla predeterminada`. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 msgid "" "Clicking this link reveals the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from " "which templates can be created, viewed, and edited." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en ese enlace aparecerá la página de :guilabel:`Plantillas de " +"cotización`, allí podrá crear, ver y editar plantillas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, do not forget to click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes made during the session." msgstr "" +"Recuerde hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` antes de salir de la " +"página de :guilabel:`ajustes`, esto almacenará todos los cambios que realizó" +" durante la sesión." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:37 msgid "Create quotation templates" @@ -30868,6 +31088,12 @@ msgid "" "Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " "edited." msgstr "" +"Para crear una plantilla de cotización, haga clic en el enlace " +":guilabel:`Plantillas de cotización` en la página de :guilabel:`ajustes` " +"luego de habilitar las :guilabel:`plantillas de cotización` o vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Plantillas de cotización`. " +"Ambas opciones abren la página de :guilabel:`Plantillas de cotización` donde" +" podrá crear, ver y editar las plantillas de cotización." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Quotation templates page in the Odoo Sales application." @@ -30879,6 +31105,10 @@ msgid "" "located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " "template form that can be customized." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` que se encuentra en la esquina " +"superior izquierda para crear una nueva plantilla de cotización. Al hacerlo," +" aparecerá un formulario de plantilla de cotización vacío que podrá " +"personalizar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." @@ -30908,6 +31138,9 @@ msgid "" "menu to select a preconfigured email template to be sent to customers upon " "confirmation of an order." msgstr "" +"Luego, en el campo :guilabel:`Correo electrónico de confirmación`, haga clic" +" en el menú desplegable para seleccionar la plantilla de correo electrónico " +"preconfigurada que le enviará a los clientes al confirmar una orden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -30936,6 +31169,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` pop-up window appears, in which the " "email template can be customized and configured immediately." msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` se creará la plantilla de " +"correo electrónico y aparecerá una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear " +"un correo electrónico de confirmación`. Allí podrá personalizar y configurar" +" la plantilla de correo de inmediato." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -30950,6 +31187,9 @@ msgid "" "When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " "the email template and return to the quotation form." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` una vez que haya realizado todas " +"las modificaciones necesarias para almacenar la plantilla de correo " +"electrónico y regresar al formulario de cotización." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -31070,6 +31310,9 @@ msgid "" "appears. Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it to the" " quotation template." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic ahí aparecerá un menú desplegable con todos los productos " +"disponibles en la base de datos. Seleccione los productos que desee en ese " +"menú para agregarlos a la plantilla de cotización." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -31078,6 +31321,10 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. Products can also be found by clicking :guilabel:`Search " "More...` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Si el producto que desea no aparece, escriba su nombre en el campo " +":guilabel:`Producto` y la opción aparecerá en la lista desplegable. También " +"puede encontrar los productos si hace clic en :guilabel:`Buscar más...` en " +"el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -31086,6 +31333,10 @@ msgid "" "`Event`, and select the desired event-related product from the resulting " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Las plantillas de cotización pueden incluir productos relacionados con el " +"evento (estands y registros). Para agregarlos, haga clic en el campo " +":guilabel:`Producto`, escriba `Evento` y seleccione el producto relacionado " +"con el evento deseado en el menú desplegable que aparece." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -31100,6 +31351,9 @@ msgid "" "Then, drag and drop the product to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." msgstr "" +"Luego, arrastre y suelte el producto en su lugar con el icono de " +":guilabel:`seis cuadros` que está ubicado del lado izquierdo de cada " +"artículo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -31121,6 +31375,9 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`oi-apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon, located to the left of each " "line item." msgstr "" +"Luego, arrastre y suelte el nombre de la sección en la posición deseada con " +"el icono :icon:`oi-apps` :guilabel:`(seis cuadros)` que está ubicado del " +"lado izquierdo de cada línea." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -31129,12 +31386,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked, a blank field appears, in which the desired note can be typed. When" " the note has been entered, click away to secure the note." msgstr "" +"Para agregar una nota, que aparecerá como texto en la cotización del " +"cliente, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una nota`. Aparecerá un campo vacío en donde podrá " +"escribir la nota que quiera, después haga clic en otra parte para guardarla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, drag and drop the note to the desired position, via the :icon:`oi-" "apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon." msgstr "" +"Arrastre y suelte la nota en la posición deseada con el icono :icon:`oi-" +"apps` :guilabel:`(seis cuadros)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -31142,6 +31405,9 @@ msgid "" "and/or note), click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon on" " the far-right side of the line." msgstr "" +"Para eliminar las líneas de artículos de la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas` " +"(producto, sección o nota), haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-trash` " +":guilabel:`(papelera)` que está ubicado del lado derecho de la línea." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -31149,6 +31415,10 @@ msgid "" "selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful " "and related products to customers, which may result in an increased sale." msgstr "" +"Usar *productos opcionales* es una estrategia de marketing que implica la " +"venta cruzada de productos junto con un producto principal. El objetivo es " +"ofrecerle a los clientes productos útiles que estén relacionados, lo que " +"puede ocasionar que la venta sea mayor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -31156,6 +31426,9 @@ msgid "" "seats as an additional product that compliments the car, or ignore the offer" " and buy the car alone." msgstr "" +"Si un cliente quiere comprar un automóvil, puede solicitar asientos con " +"función de masaje como producto adicional o ignorar la oferta y solo comprar" +" el vehículo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -31179,30 +31452,36 @@ msgid "" "cross-selling product related to the original items in the :guilabel:`Lines`" " tab, if applicable." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Productos opcionales` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` por cada producto de venta cruzada relacionado" +" a los artículos principales en la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas` en caso de que" +" sea necesario." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:177 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` reveals a blank field in the " ":guilabel:`Product` column." msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` muestra un campo en blanco en" -" la columna :guilabel:`Producto`." +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` aparecerá un campo vacío en " +"la columna :guilabel:`Producto`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:182 msgid "" "To delete any line item from the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, click " "the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon." msgstr "" +"Para eliminar cualquier línea de artículo de la pestaña :guilabel:`Productos" +" opcionales`, haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(papelera)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:186 msgid "Optional products are **not** required to create a quotation template." msgstr "" "Los productos opcionales **no** son obligatorios para crear una plantilla de" -" cotización" +" cotización." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:189 msgid "Terms & Conditions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña Términos y condiciones" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -31210,6 +31489,9 @@ msgid "" " and conditions to the quotation template. To add terms and conditions, type" " the desired terms and conditions in this tab." msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Términos y condiciones` le permite agregar términos y " +"condiciones a la plantilla de cotización. Para agregarlos, solo escriba los " +"términos y condiciones deseadas en esta pestaña." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions`" @@ -31231,6 +31513,8 @@ msgid "" "When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> New`), choose a " "preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field." msgstr "" +"Al crear una cotización (:menuselection:`Ventas --> Nuevo`), seleccione una " +"plantilla preconfigurada en campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de cotización`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -31239,6 +31523,10 @@ msgid "" "The order of the quotations in the Quotation Templates form does **not** " "affect anything else." msgstr "" +"El orden de las plantillas en el campo :guilabel:`Plantilla de cotización` " +"está determinado por el orden de las mismas en el formulario de plantillas " +"de cotización. El orden de las cotizaciones en el formulario de plantillas " +"de cotización **no** afecta nada más." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -31261,6 +31549,8 @@ msgid "" "When all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save the configuration." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar` una vez que haya terminado de " +"agregar y personalizar los bloques." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -31269,6 +31559,11 @@ msgid "" " When clicked, Odoo returns to the quotation form in the back-end of the " "*Sales* application." msgstr "" +"En la parte superior de la previsualización de la plantilla de cotización " +"aparecerá un cuadro azul que podrá usar para :icon:`fa-arrow-right` " +":guilabel:`volver al modo de edición` con rapidez. Al hacer clic allí, Odoo " +"regresa al formulario de la cotización en el backend de la aplicación " +"*Ventas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:226 msgid "Mass cancel quotations/sales orders" @@ -31281,6 +31576,10 @@ msgid "" "default, in the list view. Then, on the left side of the table, tick the " "checkboxes for the quotations to be canceled." msgstr "" +"Cancele varias cotizaciones (u órdenes de venta) desde " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Órdenes --> Cotizaciones`. Aparecerán en la vista" +" de lista de forma predeterminada y del lado izquierdo de la tabla, " +"seleccione las casillas de las cotizaciones a eliminar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:233 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 470e5b8f7..7755879da 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (Latin America) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es_419/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:11 msgid "Product catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo del producto" +msgstr "Catálogo de productos" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/product_management.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:6 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Servicio de asistencia" +msgstr "Soporte al cliente" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -614,6 +614,12 @@ msgid "" "customizable stages that enable teams to track, prioritize, and solve " "customer issues quickly and efficiently." msgstr "" +"**Soporte al cliente** de Odoo es una aplicación de servicio al cliente que " +"trabaja con tickets. Puede configurar y gestionar varios equipos en un " +"tablero, cada uno con su propio flujo con los tickets que suben los " +"clientes. Los flujos están organizados por etapas personalizables que " +"permiten que los equipos rastreen, den prioridad y resuelvan los problemas " +"de los clientes de manera rápida y eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:14 msgid "Create a Helpdesk team" @@ -625,6 +631,10 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. To create a new team, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button on the top-left of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración --> Equipos de " +"soporte al cliente` para ver o modificar los equipos de **Soporte al " +"cliente**. Para crear uno, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` que está " +"ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del tablero." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk." @@ -698,12 +708,20 @@ msgid "" "users are considered *invited* once they are added as followers to an " "individual ticket, or :ref:`to the team itself `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usuarios internos invitados (privado)`: Los usuarios internos " +"pueden acceder al equipo y a los tickets que están siguiendo. Es posible " +"modificar este acceso en cada ticket al agregar o eliminar al usuario como " +"seguidor. A los usuarios internos se les considera como *invitados* después " +"de agregarlos como seguidores a un ticket o :ref:`al equipo " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All internal users (company)`: All internal users can access the " "team and all of its tickets." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Todos los usuarios internos (empresa)`: Todos los usuarios " +"internos pueden acceder al equipo y a sus tickets." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -711,6 +729,10 @@ msgid "" "internal users can access the team and all of its tickets. Portal users can " "only access the tickets they are following." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usuarios del portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos " +"(público)`: Todos los usuarios internos pueden acceder al equipo y a todos " +"sus tickets. Los usuarios del portal solo pueden acceder a los tickets que " +"están siguiendo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -740,6 +762,11 @@ msgid "" "internal users (company)*-only access, portal users are removed as followers" " from both the team, and from individual tickets." msgstr "" +"Es posible modificar la visibilidad de un equipo después de la configuración" +" inicial. Sin embargo, si el equipo cambia de acceso de *Usuarios del portal" +" invitados y todos los usuarios internos (público)* a *Usuarios internos " +"invitados (privado)* o *Todos los usuarios internos (empresa)*, los usuarios" +" del portal serán eliminados de los seguidores del equipo y de los tickets." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:73 msgid "Follow all team's tickets" @@ -782,6 +809,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`" " checkbox to enable this feature for the team." msgstr "" +"Al recibir los tickets es necesario asignarlos a un miembro del equipo de " +"soporte de forma manual en cada ticket o mediante :guilabel:`asignación " +"automática`. Seleccione la casilla ubicada junto a :guilabel:`Asignación " +"automática` para habilitar la función para este equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -805,6 +836,10 @@ msgid "" "assigned to team members based on total ticket count, regardless of the " "number of open or closed tickets they are currently assigned." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A cada usuario se le asigna el mismo número de tickets`: Los " +"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo de acuerdo al número total de " +"tickets sin tomar en cuenta cuántos tickets abiertos o cerrados tienen " +"asignados." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -812,6 +847,9 @@ msgid "" "assigned to team members based on how many open tickets they are currently " "assigned." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cada usuario tiene el mismo número de tickets abiertos`: Los " +"tickets se asignan a los miembros del equipo de acuerdo al número de tickets" +" abiertos que tienen asignados." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -851,6 +889,9 @@ msgid "" "are **not** assigned tickets during that time. If no employees are " "available, the system looks ahead until there is a match." msgstr "" +"Si un empleado tiene un permiso programado en la aplicación **Tiempo " +"personal** **no** se le asignarán tickets durante ese tiempo. Si no hay " +"empleados disponibles, el sistema buscará hasta que haya una coincidencia." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:122 msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" @@ -869,15 +910,17 @@ msgid "" "If duplicate tickets are found in **Helpdesk**, they can be combined into a " "single ticket using the *merge* feature." msgstr "" +"Fusione los tickets duplicados en **Soporte al cliente** con la función " +"*Fusionar*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:132 msgid "" "The *merge* feature is **only** accessible if the :doc:`Data Cleaning " "<../productivity/data_cleaning>` application is installed on the database." msgstr "" -"La función *fusionar* **solo** está accesible si tiene instalada la " -"aplicación :doc:`Limpieza de datos <../productivity/data_cleaning> en la " -"base de datos." +"La función *fusionar* está disponible **solo** si la aplicación " +":doc:`Limpieza de datos <../productivity/data_cleaning>` está instalada en " +"la base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -902,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:143 msgid "Convert tickets to opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convertir tickets a oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -910,12 +953,18 @@ msgid "" "support team. In this case, tickets can be converted to *opportunities* and " "assigned to a sales team for follow-up." msgstr "" +"En algunos casos, es mejor que el equipo de ventas gestione ciertos tickets " +"en lugar del equipo de soporte, así que podrá convertir los tickets en " +"*oportunidades* y asignarlas al equipo de ventas para que se encarguen de su" +" seguimiento." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:149 msgid "" "This feature is **only** available if the :doc:`CRM <../sales/crm>` app is " "installed." msgstr "" +"Esta función **solo** está disponible si la aplicación :doc:`CRM " +"<../sales/crm>` está instalada." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -923,12 +972,17 @@ msgid "" "from a team's pipeline, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app -->" " Tickets` and clicking a ticket to open it." msgstr "" +"Para convertir un ticket en una oportunidad, primero vaya al ticket desde el" +" flujo del equipo o desde :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Tickets` y " +"haga clic en uno." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:154 msgid "" "At the top of the ticket, click the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` " "button." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Convertir a oportunidad` que se encuentra " +"en la parte superior del ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -936,12 +990,17 @@ msgid "" "**CRM** app, tickets are converted to *leads*, and the button reads " ":guilabel:`Convert to Lead`." msgstr "" +"Si los :doc:`leads <../sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert>` están habilitados " +"en la aplicación **CRM**, los tickets se convierten en **leads** y el botón " +"dirá :guilabel:`Convertir a lead`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:160 msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` pop-up. Fill in or select " "the following information on the pop-up:" msgstr "" +"Esta acción abre la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Convertir a oportunidad`, " +"allí deberá completar o seleccionar la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -950,16 +1009,22 @@ msgid "" "customer`. If :guilabel:`Link to a customer` is chosen, select the " "appropriate customer name from the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cliente`: Seleccione entre :guilabel:`Crear un nuevo cliente`, " +":guilabel:`Vincular a un cliente existente` y :guilabel:`No vincular a un " +"cliente`. Si elige la opción :guilabel:`Vincular a un cliente existente` " +"deberá seleccionar uno en el campo desplegable :guilabel:`Cliente`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: Specify which :guilabel:`Sales Team` and " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` this created opportunity is assigned to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo de ventas`: Especifique a qué :guilabel:`equipo de ventas`" +" y :guilabel:`vendedor` se le asignará la oportunidad creada." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "The convert to opportunity pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La ventana emergente para convertir a oportunidad." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -967,11 +1032,15 @@ msgid "" "so creates a new opportunity in the **CRM** app. The original ticket is " "linked in the chatter of the new opportunity for traceability." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Convertir a oportunidad` después de completar el " +"formulario. Esta acción creará una nueva oportunidad en la aplicación " +"**CRM** y el ticket original estará vinculado en el chatter de la nueva " +"oportunidad con fines de trazabilidad." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:178 msgid "" "After the ticket is converted to an opportunity, the ticket is archived." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El ticket se archiva después de que se convierta en una oportunidad." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" @@ -2080,10 +2149,10 @@ msgid "" "trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" " the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." msgstr "" -"Al instalar una nueva aplicación en una base de datos *Gratis con una " -"aplicación* se activa un periodo de prueba de 15 días. Al final del periodo " -"de prueba, si no se ha añadido una suscripción de pago a la base de datos, " -"se desactivará." +"Instalar una nueva aplicación en una base de datos *Una aplicación gratis* " +"activará un periodo de prueba de 15 días. Si no ha agregado una suscripción " +"de pago a la base de datos al final del periodo de prueba, la base se " +"desactivará y no podrá acceder a ella." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 msgid "Configure track and bill time features" @@ -2716,6 +2785,10 @@ msgid "" "centralized location where teams and customers can search for and share " "detailed information about products and services." msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Soporte al cliente** de Odoo se integra con **Foros**, " +"**eLearning** e **Información** para crear un *centro de ayuda*. El *centro " +"de ayuda* centraliza la información relacionada con los productos y " +"servicios para que los equipos y los clientes puedan buscarla y compartirla." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -2734,6 +2807,12 @@ msgid "" " and all internal users (public)` in the :guilabel:`Visibility & Assignment`" " section." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración --> Equipos de " +"soporte al cliente` para activar las funciones del *centro de ayuda* en un " +"equipo de *soporte al cliente*, allí seleccione uno o cree :doc:`uno " +"<../../helpdesk>`. Verifique que la :guilabel:`visibilidad` del equipo en la" +" sección :guilabel:`Visibilidad y asignación` sea :guilabel:`Usuarios del " +"portal invitados y todos los usuarios internos (público)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2742,6 +2821,11 @@ msgid "" " one or more of the *Help Center* features is enabled, the " ":guilabel:`Website Form` is automatically enabled, as well." msgstr "" +"Además, la opción :guilabel:`Formulario de sitio web` del formulario del " +"equipo de *soporte al cliente* **debe** estar seleccionada para poder " +"activar cualquiera de las funciones del *centro de ayuda*. El " +":guilabel:`formulario de sitio web` se habilita en automático cuando una o " +"más de estas funciones están habilitadas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2760,6 +2844,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ has **not** been added to the database, it " "will no longer be active or accessible." msgstr "" +"Instalar una nueva aplicación en una base de datos *Una aplicación gratis* " +"activará un periodo de prueba de 15 días. Si **no** ha agregado una " +"`suscripción de pago `_ a la base de datos al " +"final del periodo de prueba, la base se desactivará y no podrá acceder a " +"ella." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`Helpdesk Overview <../../helpdesk>`" @@ -2777,12 +2866,19 @@ msgid "" "customers externally, while also collaborating internally on shared " "documents." msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Información** de Odoo es una biblioteca colaborativa donde " +"los usuarios pueden almacenar, editar y compartir información. Use esta " +"aplicación para publicar guías de usuario y preguntas frecuentes que podrán " +"consultar los clientes externos y colabore de forma interna en documentos " +"compartidos." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:45 msgid "" "The **Knowledge** app is accessible throughout the database by clicking on " "the :guilabel:`Knowledge (bookmark)` icon." msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a ella en su base de datos si hace clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`Información (marcapáginas)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:51 msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge bookmark icon." @@ -2793,6 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:51 msgid "The Knowledge app is represented by the bookmark icon." msgstr "" +"La aplicación Información está representada por el icono de marcapáginas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" @@ -2804,6 +2901,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " "select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración --> Equipos de " +"soporte al cliente` y seleccione o cree :doc:`uno <../../helpdesk>` para " +"activar la función de **Información** en un equipo de *Soporte al cliente*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2820,6 +2920,10 @@ msgid "" "**Knowledge** feature. When clicked, a new field labeled, " ":guilabel:`Article` appears." msgstr "" +"Una vez en el formulario, vaya a la sección :guilabel:`Centro de ayuda` y " +"seleccione la casilla que esta junto a :guilabel:`Información` para activar " +"la función de **Información**, aparecerá un nuevo campo llamado " +":guilabel:`Artículo`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2839,6 +2943,10 @@ msgid "" "hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " "in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden |plus|." msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo artículo, vaya a :menuselection:`Información` y pase el " +"cursor sobre el encabezado de la sección :guilabel:`Espacio de trabajo` " +"ubicado en la barra lateral izquierda. Al hacerlo, aparecerá el icono " +":guilabel:`➕ (más)` que estaba oculto." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2847,12 +2955,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article " "Published`. It can then be added to a **Helpdesk** team." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`➕ (más)` para crear un nuevo artículo en el" +" :guilabel:`espacio de trabajo`. Haga clic en el botón :icon:`fa-share-alt` " +":guilabel:`Compartir`, luego presione el botón :guilabel:`Compartir en la " +"web` para que cambie a :guilabel:`Artículo publicado` y después podrá " +"agregarlo a un equipo de **soporte al cliente**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:78 msgid "" "Once an article has been created and assigned to a **Helpdesk** team, " "content can be added and organized through the **Knowledge** app." msgstr "" +"Luego de crear el artículo y asignarlo a un equipo de **soporte al " +"cliente** podrá agregar y organizar su contenido con la aplicación " +"**Información**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -2872,6 +2988,9 @@ msgid "" "search through the content in the **Knowledge** app for more information on " "the issue." msgstr "" +"Cuando los miembros de un equipo de **soporte al cliente** están resolviendo" +" un ticket pueden buscar en el contenido de la aplicación **Información** " +"para obtener más información sobre el problema." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2879,6 +2998,9 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> " "Tickets --> All Tickets`, then select a ticket from the list." msgstr "" +"Para buscar artículos de la aplicación **Información**, abra un ticket desde" +" el tablero de **Soporte al cliente** o vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al " +"cliente --> Tickets --> Todos los tickets` y luego seleccione uno." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:94 msgid "When a ticket is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail form." @@ -2907,6 +3029,9 @@ msgid "" "to open the command palette, then typing :kbd:`?`, followed by the name of " "the desired article." msgstr "" +"Presione :command:`Ctrl + K` para abrir la paleta de comandos y buscar los " +"artículos de **Información**. Escriba :kbd:`?` y luego el nombre del " +"artículo que necesita." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2942,6 +3067,8 @@ msgid "" "To make a **Knowledge** article available to customers and website visitors," " it **must** be published." msgstr "" +"El artículo de **información** **debe** estar publicado para que los " +"clientes y visitantes del sitio web puedan consultarlo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2961,6 +3088,10 @@ msgid "" " reveals a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share to Web` to" " read :guilabel:`Article Published`." msgstr "" +"Vaya al artículo que desea publicar con los pasos anteriores y luego haga " +"clic en el icono :icon:`fa-share-alt` :guilabel:`Compartir`. Esta acción " +"abrirá un menú donde deberá presionar el botón :guilabel:`Compartir en la " +"web` para que cambie a :guilabel:`Artículo publicado`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." @@ -2980,6 +3111,11 @@ msgid "" "tickets, and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat " "questions." msgstr "" +"Agregue cajas de *portapapeles* a los artículos de **Información** para " +"permitir que el contenido sea reutilizado, copiado, enviado como mensajes o " +"agregado a la descripción de un ticket. Esto permite que los equipos " +"mantengan la consistencia al resolver los tickets de los clientes y que " +"pasen menos tiempo respondiendo preguntas repetidas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:141 msgid "Add clipboard boxes to articles" @@ -2991,6 +3127,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on an existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the " "|plus| next to *Help*." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Información --> Ayuda` para crear una caja de " +"portapapeles. Haga clic en un artículo anidado existente o haga clic en el " +"icono :guilabel:`➕ (más)` que se encuentra junto a *Ayuda* para crear uno." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -2999,6 +3138,11 @@ msgid "" "or type :kbd:`clipboard`. A gray block is then added to the page. Add any " "necessary content to this block." msgstr "" +"Escriba :kbd:`/` para abrir la *caja de herramientas* y ver una lista " +"desplegable de :doc:`comandos " +"<../../../productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Seleccione uno o " +"escriba :kbd:`clipboard`, después aparecerá un bloque gris en la página y " +"podrá agregar cualquier contenido necesario." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a clipboard in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." @@ -3012,6 +3156,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from the " "**Helpdesk**." msgstr "" +"Las cajas de portapapeles solo muestran las opciones :guilabel:`Usar como " +"descripción` y :guilabel:`Enviar como mensaje` si accede a ellas desde " +"**Soporte al cliente**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 msgid "Use clipboard boxes in tickets" @@ -3022,6 +3169,9 @@ msgid "" "Clipboard boxes can be used to respond directly to a **Helpdesk** ticket as " "a message, or to add information to the ticket's description." msgstr "" +"Puede usar las cajas de portapapeles para responder a un ticket de **soporte" +" al cliente** como un mensaje o para agregar información a la descripción " +"del ticket. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -3030,6 +3180,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a " "ticket from the list." msgstr "" +"Para usar las cajas de portapapeles en un ticket de **soporte al cliente**, " +"primero abra uno desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Soporte al cliente` o vaya a" +" :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Tickets --> Todos los tickets` y " +"seleccione uno de la lista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -3038,6 +3192,10 @@ msgid "" "the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " "**Knowledge** application." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Información (marcador)` que se encuentra en" +" la esquina superior derecha. Esta acción abre una ventana de búsqueda, allí" +" seleccione o busque el artículo deseado, luego aparecerá la página de ese " +"artículo en la aplicación **Información** de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -3084,6 +3242,10 @@ msgid "" "questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a **Helpdesk** " "team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." msgstr "" +"Los *foros de la comunidad* crean un espacio para que los clientes respondan" +" a las preguntas de otras personas y compartan información. Al integrar un " +"foro con un equipo de **soporte al cliente** podrá convertir los tickets que" +" envían los clientes en publicaciones y compartirlas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:193 msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" @@ -3095,6 +3257,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk " "Teams` and select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Para activar los :guilabel:`foros de la comunidad` en un equipo de **Soporte" +" al cliente** vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración " +"--> Equipos de soporte al cliente` y seleccione uno o cree :doc:`uno " +"<../../helpdesk>`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -3150,6 +3316,8 @@ msgid "" "When a **Helpdesk** team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that " "team can be converted to forum posts." msgstr "" +"Cuando un equipo de **Soporte al cliente** tiene un *foro* habilitado, los " +"tickets que reciban pueden convertirse en publicaciones del foro." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -3201,13 +3369,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 msgid "Create a Helpdesk ticket from a forum post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un ticket de soporte al cliente desde una publicación del foro" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 msgid "" "Forum posts submitted by portal users can be converted to **Helpdesk** " "tickets." msgstr "" +"Las publicaciones del foro hechas por los usuarios del portal pueden " +"convertirse en tickets de **Soporte al cliente**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -3215,10 +3385,13 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis-h` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Ticket`." msgstr "" +"Para crear un ticket, vaya a la publicación del foro y haga clic en el icono" +" :icon:`fa-ellipsis-h` :guilabel:`(tres puntos verticales)`, después haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Crear ticket`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "A forum post with the create ticket option visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una publicación del foro con la opción visible para crear un ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -3226,14 +3399,21 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Create Ticket` field. Then, confirm the :guilabel:`Helpdesk " "Team` the ticket should be assigned to." msgstr "" +"Esta acción abre la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Crear ticket`. Haga las " +"modificaciones necesarias en el campo :guilabel:`Crear ticket` y luego " +"confirme a qué :guilabel:`equipo de soporte al cliente` debe tener asignado " +"el ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create & View Ticket` or :guilabel:`Create Ticket`." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y ver ticket` o en :guilabel:`Crear ticket`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 msgid "The original forum post is linked in the chatter on the new ticket." msgstr "" +"La publicación original del foro está vinculada en el chatter del nuevo " +"ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:256 msgid "eLearning" @@ -3247,6 +3427,11 @@ msgid "" "solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " "services and products they are using." msgstr "" +"Los cursos en la aplicación *eLearning* de Odoo ofrecen capacitación a los " +"clientes, así como contenido adicional con videos, presentaciones, " +"certificaciones y pruebas. Gracias a esto, los clientes pueden solucionar " +"sus problemas por su cuenta y desarrollar una mejor comprensión de los " +"servicios y productos que utilizan." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" @@ -3258,6 +3443,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " "select a team, or create a :doc:`new one <../../helpdesk>`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración --> Equipos de " +"soporte al cliente` para activar los cursos de **eLearning** en un equipo de" +" **soporte al cliente**, ahí seleccione un equipo o cree :doc:`uno " +"<../../helpdesk>`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -3292,6 +3481,9 @@ msgid "" "A new **eLearning** course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " "team's settings page, as in the step above, or from the **eLearning** app." msgstr "" +"Puede crear un nuevo curso de **eLearning** desde la página de ajustes del " +"equipo de :guilabel:`Soporte al cliente` como se describió antes o desde la " +"aplicación **eLearning**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -3299,6 +3491,9 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " "that can be customized and modified as needed." msgstr "" +"Para crear un curso desde la aplicación *eLearning*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Nuevo`. Aparecerá una plantilla de curso vacía" +" que puede personalizar y modificar según sea necesario." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -3416,6 +3611,9 @@ msgid "" "To publish a course, choose a course from the **eLearning** dashboard. On " "the course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." msgstr "" +"Elija un curso en el tablero de **eLearning** para publicarlo, luego haga " +"clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Ir al sitio web` en la página de la " +"plantilla del curso." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -3437,6 +3635,10 @@ msgid "" "from the **eLearning** dashboard. On the course template page, click the " ":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." msgstr "" +"Elija un curso en el tablero de la aplicación **eLearning** para publicar el" +" contenido del mismo desde el backend, luego haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Contenidos publicados` en la página de la plantilla " +"del curso." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -3456,6 +3658,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon to switch to list " "view." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(lista)` para usar la " +"vista de lista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -3781,6 +3985,12 @@ msgid "" "the support team to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " "location." msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Soporte al cliente** de Odoo proporciona varios canales a " +"los que los clientes pueden comunicarse para recibir ayuda, como correos " +"electrónicos, chat en vivo y un formulario en el sitio web. Todas estas " +"opciones de contacto permiten que los clientes reciban soporte con rapidez y" +" también permite que el equipo de soporte pueda gestionar tickets de varios " +"canales desde un solo lugar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" @@ -3846,6 +4056,9 @@ msgid "" "When a new **Helpdesk** team is created, an email alias is created for it. " "This alias can be changed on the team's settings page." msgstr "" +"Al crear un nuevo equipo de **soporte al cliente** también se crea un " +"seudónimo de correo electrónico para el mismo y puede cambiarlo en la página" +" de ajustes del equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3853,6 +4066,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " "click on a team name to open its settings page." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> Configuración --> Equipos de " +"soporte al cliente` para cambiar el seudónimo de correo electrónico de un " +"equipo de **Soporte al cliente** y haga clic en el nombre de uno para abrir " +"su página de ajustes." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -3876,6 +4093,9 @@ msgid "" "Custom email domains are **not** required in order to use an email alias, " "however, they can be configured through the **Settings** app." msgstr "" +"Los dominios de correo personalizados **no** son necesarios para poder usar " +"un seudónimo de correo, pero puede configurarlos a través de la aplicación " +"**Ajustes**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3894,6 +4114,9 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** ticket. The body of the email is also added to the ticket, " "under the :guilabel:`Description` tab, and in the ticket's chatter." msgstr "" +"Al recibir un correo electrónico, la línea de asunto se convierte en el " +"título del nuevo ticket de **soporte al cliente** y el contenido se agrega a" +" la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción` y al chatter del ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:62 msgid "Live Chat" @@ -3906,6 +4129,11 @@ msgid "" "during these conversations using the :doc:`response command " "` `/ticket`." msgstr "" +"La función **Chat en vivo** permite que los visitantes del sitio web " +"contacten a un operador o a un bot de chat. Estas conversaciones permiten " +"crear tickets de **soporte al cliente** de manera instantánea con el " +":doc:`comando de respuesta ` " +"`/ticket`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3914,6 +4142,11 @@ msgid "" "team's settings page, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, " "under the :guilabel:`Channels` section." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la vista de lista en :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> " +"Configuración --> Equipos de soporte al cliente` y seleccione el equipo en " +"el que activará **Chat en vivo**. Después, diríjase a la sección " +":guilabel:`Canales` de la página de ajustes del equipo y seleccione la " +"casilla que se encuentra junto a :guilabel:`Chat en vivo`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3932,6 +4165,10 @@ msgid "" " new **Live Chat** channel is created. Click on :guilabel:`Configure Live " "Chat Channel` to update the channel's settings." msgstr "" +"Luego de habilitar la función :guilabel:`Chat en vivo` en un equipo de " +"**soporte al cliente**, se creará un nuevo canal de **chat en vivo**. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Configurar canal de chat en vivo` para actualizar los " +"ajustes del canal." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:82 msgid "Live Chat channel configuration" @@ -3943,12 +4180,18 @@ msgid "" "though, Odoo names the channel to match the **Helpdesk** team name, by " "default." msgstr "" +"En la página de ajustes del canal puede editar el :guilabel:`nombre del " +"canal`, aunque Odoo le asigna el nombre del equipo de **soporte al cliente**" +" de manera automática. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 msgid "" "If a **Helpdesk** team is named `Customer Care`, a **Live Chat** channel is " "created called `Customer Care`." msgstr "" +"Si el equipo de **soporte al cliente** se llama `Atención al cliente`, el " +"canal de **chat en vivo** que se cree también se llamará `Atención al " +"cliente`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 @@ -4040,6 +4283,8 @@ msgid "" "Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join " "Channel` button on a **Live Chat** channel." msgstr "" +"Los usuarios se pueden agregar a sí mismos como operadores si hacen clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`Unirse al canal` de un canal de **chat en vivo**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -4069,6 +4314,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notification Text`: This field updates the greeting displayed in " "the text bubble when the live chat button appears on the website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Texto de la notificación`: Este campo actualiza el mensaje de " +"bienvenida visible cuando el botón de chat en vivo aparece en el sitio web." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -4079,11 +4326,19 @@ msgid "" "complete. Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset " "the colors to the default selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color del botón de Chat en vivo`: Este campo modifica el color " +"del botón de chat en vivo del sitio web. Para cambiar el color, primero " +"presione la burbuja de color para abrir la ventana de selección de color, " +"después haga clic y arrastre el cursor por el círculo del gradiente de color" +" y haga clic fuera de la ventana de selección una vez que haya elegido uno. " +"Haga clic en el icono para actualizar ubicado a la derecha de las burbujas " +"de color para restablecer los colores a la selección predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Show`: The chat button displays on the selected page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar`: El botón del chat aparece en la página seleccionada." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:179 @@ -4092,6 +4347,8 @@ msgid "" "addition of the :guilabel:`Notification text` from the :guilabel:`Options` " "tab." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar con notificación`: El botón del chat aparece junto al " +":guilabel:`texto de la notificación` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 @@ -4101,12 +4358,16 @@ msgid "" "amount of time is designated in the :guilabel:`Open automatically timer` " "field, which appears only when this display option is selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abrir de forma automática`: El botón del chat aparece y abre la " +"ventana de chat de forma automática después de cierto tiempo. La cantidad de" +" tiempo está definida en el campo :guilabel:`Temporizador para abrir de " +"forma automática` que solo aparece al seleccionar esta opción." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide`: The chat button is hidden from display on the webpage." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ocultar`: El botón de chat no aparece en el sitio web." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4305,6 +4566,9 @@ msgid "" "**Helpdesk** tickets can also be created through the :doc:`WhatsApp " "` app using the same `/ticket` command." msgstr "" +"También es posible crear tickets de **soporte al cliente** con la aplicación" +" :doc:`WhatsApp ` si usa el comando " +"`/ticket`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 msgid "Website Form" @@ -5002,11 +5266,11 @@ msgid "" "between the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top-left of " "the chart, while in graph view." msgstr "" -"Cambie a la vista de gráfico seleccionando el :icon:`fa-area-chart` " -":guilabel:`(gráfico de líneas)` en la parte superior derecha de la pantalla." -" Para cambiar entre los diferentes gráficos, seleccione el *icono " -"relacionado* en la parte superior izquierda del gráfico mientras se " -"encuentra en esta vista." +"Seleccione el icono :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(gráfico de área)` " +"ubicado en la parte superior derecha de la pantalla para usar la vista de " +"gráfico. Para cambiar entre los gráficos disponibles, seleccione el *icono " +"correspondiente* ubicado en la parte superior izquierda del gráfico mientras" +" se encuentra en esta vista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:164 msgid "Bar chart" @@ -5150,12 +5414,18 @@ msgid "" "can expect from a service provider. |SLAs| provide a timeline that tells " "customers when they can expect results and keeps the support team on target." msgstr "" +"Los *acuerdos de nivel de servicio* (SLA) definen el nivel de soporte que un" +" cliente puede esperar de un proveedor de servicios. Estos acuerdos " +"proporcionan un plazo que indica a los clientes cuándo pueden esperar " +"resultados y ayudan a que el equipo de soporte logre sus objetivos." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 msgid "" "The *SLA Policies* feature is enabled by default on newly created " "**Helpdesk** teams." msgstr "" +"La función *Políticas de SLA* está habilitada de forma predeterminada en los" +" equipos de **soporte al cliente** recién creados." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5173,6 +5443,9 @@ msgid "" "From here, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section. To turn off the " "|SLAs| feature for the team, clear the :guilabel:`SLA Policies` checkbox." msgstr "" +"Una vez aquí, diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Rendimiento`. Desmarque la " +"casilla :guilabel:`Políticas SLA` para desactivar la función de SLA del " +"equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting." @@ -5211,6 +5484,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" " using the steps below." msgstr "" +"Escriba un :guilabel:`título` y una :guilabel:`descripción` para la nueva " +"política en el formulario vacío correspondiente y siga los pasos descritos a" +" continuación para completarlo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" @@ -5241,6 +5517,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Helpdesk Team`: A policy can only be applied to one team. *This " "field is required.*" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo de soporte al cliente`: La política solo se puede aplicar " +"a un equipo. *Este campo es obligatorio.*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5252,18 +5530,29 @@ msgid "" "in this field, this policy only applies to tickets marked as `Low Priority`," " meaning those with zero :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prioridad`: El nivel de prioridad de un ticket se identifica al " +"seleccionar una, dos o tres :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(estrellas)` con el" +" icono correspondiente, estas representan la prioridad en la tarjeta de " +"kanban o en el ticket. El acuerdo de nivel de servicio **solo** aplica " +"después de actualizar el nivel de prioridad en el ticket para que coincida " +"con el criterio del acuerdo de nivel de servicio. Si deja el campo vacío, " +"esta política solo se aplicará a los tickets de `baja prioridad`, es decir, " +"los que no tienen ningún icono de :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(estrella)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: Tags are used to indicate what the ticket is about. " "Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: Las etiquetas se aplican para indicar de qué trata el" +" ticket. Puede aplicar varias a un solo ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customers`: Individual contacts or companies may be selected in " "this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Clientes`: En este campo puede seleccionar contactos o empresas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5272,6 +5561,10 @@ msgid "" "specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" " :guilabel:`Sales Order Items` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Servicios`: Este campo solo está disponible si el equipo tiene la" +" aplicación **Hojas de horas** habilitada. Esto permite vincular el ticket " +"directamente con una línea específica de una orden de venta, esta se debe " +"indicar en el campo :guilabel:`Artículos en la orden de venta` del ticket." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5288,6 +5581,10 @@ msgid "" "star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons, which equates to an `Urgent` priority " "level." msgstr "" +"El equipo `Soporte VIP` tiene asignada la nueva política llamada `8 Horas " +"para cerrar` que **solo** se aplica a los tickets que tienen tres iconos " +":icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(de estrella)`, es decir, los que tienen un " +"nivel de prioridad `urgente`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -5315,12 +5612,19 @@ msgid "" "reach that stage, in order to satisfy the |SLA| policy. Any stage assigned " "to a team may be selected for the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field." msgstr "" +"Un *objetivo* es la etapa a la que debe llegar un ticket, así como el tiempo" +" asignado para llegar a ella, para poder cumplir con la política del acuerdo" +" de nivel de servicio. En el campo :guilabel:`Etapa a alcanzar` puede " +"seleccionar cualquier etapa asignada al equipo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 msgid "" "Time spent in stages selected in the :guilabel:`Excluding Stages` field are " "**not** included in the calculation of the |SLA| deadline." msgstr "" +"El tiempo invertido en las etapas seleccionadas en el campo " +":guilabel:`Excluir etapas` **no** se toma en cuenta al momento de calcular " +"la fecha límite del acuerdo de nivel de servicio." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -5330,6 +5634,12 @@ msgid "" "before work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " ":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"El acuerdo de nivel de servicio llamado `8 horas para cerrar` registra el " +"tiempo trabajado antes de completar un ticket y la :guilabel:`etapa a " +"alcanzar` debería ser `Resuelto`. De forma simultánea, el acuerdo de nivel " +"de servicio llamado `2 días para iniciar` registra el tiempo de trabajo " +"antes de empezar a trabajar en un ticket y la :guilabel:`etapa a alcanzar` " +"debería ser `En progreso`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 msgid "Meet SLA deadlines" @@ -5341,6 +5651,10 @@ msgid "" "policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is based on the creation date" " of the ticket, as well as the targeted working hours." msgstr "" +"La fecha límite se calcula tan pronto como se determina que un ticket cumple" +" con los criterios de una política de acuerdo de nivel del servicio. Esta " +"fecha depende de la fecha de creación del ticket y las horas de trabajo " +"previstas." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -5349,12 +5663,19 @@ msgid "" "the value set in the :guilabel:`Company Working Hours` field under " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> Work Organization`." msgstr "" +"El valor que aparece en el campo :guilabel:`Horas laborables` de las " +"políticas SLA que se utilizan para determinar la fecha límite. Este se " +"determina de forma predeterminada con el valor establecido en el campo " +":guilabel:`Horas laborables de la empresa` en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " +"Empleados --> Organización de trabajo`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 msgid "" "The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a tag indicating the " "name of the |SLAs| applied." msgstr "" +"Después de esto se agrega la fecha límite al ticket, así como una etiqueta " +"que indica el nombre de los acuerdos de nivel del servicio que se aplican." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5370,6 +5691,9 @@ msgid "" "When a ticket satisfies an |SLA| policy, the |SLA| tag turns green, and the " "deadline disappears from view on the ticket." msgstr "" +"Cuando un ticket cumple una política de acuerdo de nivel de servicio, la " +"etiqueta correspondiente cambia a color verde y la fecha límite desaparece " +"del mismo." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk." @@ -5383,6 +5707,9 @@ msgid "" "occurring deadline is displayed on the ticket. After that deadline has " "passed, the next deadline is displayed." msgstr "" +"Si un ticket cumple los criterios de más de un acuerdo de nivel de servicio," +" entonces aparecerá la fecha límite más cercana en el ticket. Una vez que " +"pase esa fecha límite, aparecerá la siguiente." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -5391,6 +5718,11 @@ msgid "" "failed, the red tag stays on the ticket, even after the ticket is moved to " "the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" +"Si llega la fecha límite del acuerdo de nivel de servicio y el ticket no ha " +"pasado a la :guilabel:`etapa a alcanzar`, la etiqueta del acuerdo cambia a " +"color rojo. Si no se cumplió el acuerdo de nivel de servicio, la etiqueta " +"roja permanecerá en el ticket incluso después de mover el ticket a la " +":guilabel:`etapa a alcanzar`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5410,6 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" "to the report, and corresponding pivot table, by going to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." msgstr "" +"El reporte de :guilabel:`análisis del estado del SLA` registra qué tan " +"rápido se cumple un acuerdo de nivel de servicio y lleva seguimiento del " +"rendimiento de todos los miembros del equipo. Puede acceder al reporte y a " +"su respectiva tabla dinámica desde :menuselection:`Soporte al cliente --> " +"Reportes --> Análisis del estado del SLA`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5418,6 +5755,11 @@ msgid "" "in progress, or have satisfied a policy are listed. By default, they are " "grouped by team and ticket count." msgstr "" +"El reporte aparece en la vista de :guilabel:`tabla dinámica` de forma " +"predeterminada y aparecen todas las políticas de acuerdo de nivel de " +"servicio en la base de datos con tickets en los que no se cumplió la " +"política, que están en proceso o que ya cumplieron con ella. Están agrupadas" +" por equipo y número de tickets." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5444,6 +5786,10 @@ msgid "" "included, and a corresponding new column emerges in the pivot table to show " "the relevant calculations." msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar una medida aparece el icono :icon:`fa-check` " +":guilabel:`(marca de verificación)` en el menú desplegable para indicar que " +"la medida está incluida, luego aparecerá la nueva columna correspondiente en" +" la tabla dinámica para mostrar los cálculos correspondientes." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "View of the available measures in the SLA status analysis report." @@ -5458,6 +5804,11 @@ msgid "" "groups. To remove one, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` " ":guilabel:`(minus)` icon next to the policy name." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un grupo a una fila o columna, haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-" +"plus-square` :guilabel:`(más)` que se encuentra junto al nombre de la " +"política y luego seleccione uno de los grupos. Para eliminar uno, haga clic " +"en el icono :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(menos)` junto al nombre " +"correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5473,6 +5824,11 @@ msgid "" "the different charts, select the *related icon* at the top of the chart, " "while in graph view." msgstr "" +"Seleccione el icono :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(vista de gráfico)` " +"ubicado en la parte superior de la pantalla para usar la vista de gráfico. " +"Para cambiar entre los gráficos disponibles, seleccione el *icono " +"correspondiente* ubicado en la parte superior del gráfico mientras se " +"encuentra en esta vista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 msgid "Bar Chart" @@ -5532,6 +5888,11 @@ msgid "" "view, click the :icon:`oi-view-cohort` :guilabel:`(cohort)` icon, next to " "the other view options." msgstr "" +"La vista de *cohorte* se utiliza para realizar seguimiento de los cambios en" +" los datos durante cierto periodo. Haga clic en el icono :icon:`oi-view-" +"cohort` :guilabel:`(cohorte)` que se encuentra junto a las otras opciones " +"para visualizar el reporte de :guilabel:`análisis del estado SLA` en esta " +"vista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:212 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view." @@ -6728,7 +7089,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "Project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablero del proyecto" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6741,10 +7102,18 @@ msgid "" "As such, it is a crucial tool for effective project management and ensuring " "that your project stays on track." msgstr "" +"El tablero del proyecto le permite obtener una visión completa del estado " +"del mismo y muestra información como el número total de tareas, hojas de " +"horas y horas planificadas vinculadas al proyecto, así como detalles sobre " +"los objetivos del proyecto, sus costos e ingresos, además de puede crear " +":guilabel:`actualizaciones de proyecto` para conservar el estado del " +"proyecto en un momento determinado. Es una herramienta indispensable para " +"gestionar proyectos de forma adecuada y para asegurar que avancen " +"correctamente." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:13 msgid "Using the project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar el tablero del proyecto" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6752,6 +7121,10 @@ msgid "" " desired project’s card. Then, click the :icon:`fa-vertical-ellipsis` " "(:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon and select :guilabel:`Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Abra la aplicación *Proyecto*, allí coloque el cursor sobre la tarjeta del " +"proyecto para acceder a su tablero, haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-" +"vertical-ellipsis` (:guilabel:`tres puntos verticales`) y seleccione la " +"opción :guilabel:`Tablero`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6763,6 +7136,13 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`budgets " "`." msgstr "" +"El lado izquierdo del tablero muestra una lista de las :ref:`actualizaciones" +" existentes del proyecto ` y el lado " +"derecho proporciona :ref:`información detallada sobre los registros " +"vinculados al proyecto `, así como " +":ref:`objetivos `, :ref:`rentabilidad " +"` y :ref:`presupuestos " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -6771,16 +7151,22 @@ msgid "" "information about **Timesheets**, **Planning**, or **Purchase Orders** if " "the corresponding applications are not installed." msgstr "" +"La información que aparece en el tablero del proyecto varía según las " +"aplicaciones instaladas en su base de datos. Por ejemplo, no verá " +"información sobre **hojas de horas**, **planeación** u **órdenes de compra**" +" si las aplicaciones correspondientes no están instaladas." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:33 msgid "Totals smart buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botones inteligentes" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "The following smart buttons are displayed on the top left of the project " "dashboard:" msgstr "" +"Los siguientes botones inteligentes aparecen en la parte superior izquierda " +"del tablero del proyecto:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6790,6 +7176,11 @@ msgid "" "completed/all, as well as the entire project's completion percentage " "estimation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tareas`: El número de tareas completadas (por ejemplo, " +":ref:`tareas ` " +":guilabel:`hechas` o :guilabel:`canceladas`) y el total de tareas, en " +"formato completadas/todas, así como la estimación del porcentaje completado " +"de todo el proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6797,6 +7188,10 @@ msgid "" "**Timesheets** app configuration) linked to the project. This includes all " ":doc:`timesheets <../timesheets>`, whether or not they have been validated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hojas de horas`: El número de horas o días (según la " +"configuración de la aplicación **Hojas de horas**) vinculados al proyecto. " +"Esto incluye todas las :doc:`hojas de horas <../timesheets>`, hayan sido " +"validadas o no." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6805,12 +7200,18 @@ msgid "" "<../planning>`, including past shifts and shifts that have not yet been " "published." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planeado`: El número de horas planeadas para los turnos en la " +"aplicación **Planeación**. Esto incluye todos los :doc:`turnos planificados " +"<../planning>`, incluidos los turnos pasados y aquellos que todavía no están" +" publicados." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents`: number of :doc:`documents " "<../../productivity/documents>` in the project’s workspace." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Documentos`: El número de :doc:`documentos " +"<../../productivity/documents>` en el espacio de trabajo del proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -6818,6 +7219,9 @@ msgid "" "` on the status of the project’s tasks " "over time." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gráfico de trabajo pendiente`: Haga clic en el botón inteligente " +"para acceder al :doc:`reporte ` del " +"estado de las tareas del proyecto a lo largo del tiempo." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -6825,6 +7229,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`report ` on the project’s " "timesheets and shifts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hojas de horas y planeación`: Haga clic en el botón inteligente " +"para acceder al :doc:`reporte ` de las " +"hojas de horas y los turnos." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -6832,6 +7239,9 @@ msgid "" "Order Items`, :guilabel:`Purchase Orders`, and more, represent the number of" " records linked to the project." msgstr "" +"Los **campos adicionales**, como :guilabel:`órdenes de venta`, " +":guilabel:`Artículos de la orden de venta`, :guilabel:`Órdenes de compra`, " +"entre otros, representan el número de registros vinculados al proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -6840,6 +7250,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Planned` to create project planning, :guilabel:`Documents` to " "view and validate documents, etc." msgstr "" +"Use los botones inteligentes del tablero del proyecto para actualizar con " +"facilidad los registros del proyecto. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Hojas de " +"horas` para validar estas hojas, :guilabel:`Planeado` para crear planeación " +"para el proyecto, :guilabel:`Documentos` para ver y validar proyectos, entre" +" otras cosas." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:63 msgid "Milestones" @@ -6854,6 +7269,12 @@ msgid "" "completed, or click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to remove " "it." msgstr "" +"Esta sección solo es visible si ha creado :doc:`objetivos " +"` para el proyecto. Haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Agregar objetivo` para crear uno nuevo, haga clic en un " +"objetivo de la lista de verificación para editarlo, seleccione su casilla " +"para marcarlo como completado o haga clic en el icono :icon:`fa-trash` " +"(:guilabel:`papelera`) para eliminarlo." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:73 msgid "Profitability" @@ -6864,6 +7285,8 @@ msgid "" "This section only applies to billable projects and provides a breakdown of " "project costs and revenues." msgstr "" +"Esta sección solo aplica a los proyectos que se pueden facturar y " +"proporciona un desglose de los costos e ingresos del proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:81 msgid "Budgets" @@ -6875,6 +7298,9 @@ msgid "" " displayed in this section. Click :guilabel:`Add Budget` to create a new " "budget for the project." msgstr "" +"Si el proyecto tiene un presupuesto definido, en esta sección aparecerá su " +"estado y los detalles relacionados. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar " +"presupuesto` para crear un nuevo presupuesto para el proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -6883,10 +7309,14 @@ msgid "" "enabled in your database’s **Accounting** application in order for this " "section to be displayed." msgstr "" +"La :doc:`contabilidad analítica " +"` debe estar" +" habilitada en la aplicación **Contabilidad** de su base de datos para que " +"esta sección sea visible." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:94 msgid "Project updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualizaciones del proyecto" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6896,12 +7326,19 @@ msgid "" " note any aspects of the project that need improvement, and estimate if the " "project is on or off track." msgstr "" +"Las actualizaciones del proyecto le permiten capturar el estado general del " +"mismo en un momento específico, por ejemplo, durante una revisión periódica " +"(semanal, quincenal o mensual). Esto permite comparar datos específicos, " +"identificar aspectos que necesitan mejoras y estimar si el proyecto avanza " +"conforme a lo planeado o está atrasado." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:101 msgid "" "To create a new project update, go to the project dashboard, click " ":guilabel:`New`, and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva actualización vaya al tablero del proyecto, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete los siguientes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -6911,12 +7348,19 @@ msgid "" "Kanban card, allowing the project manager to easily identify which projects " "need attention." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estado`: Elija entre :guilabel:`A tiempo`, :guilabel:`En riesgo`," +" :guilabel:`Atrasado`, :guilabel:`En espera` y :guilabel:`Hecho`. Una vez " +"que haya definido su estado aparecerá un punto de color en la tarjeta de " +"kanban del proyecto, este le permitirá al gerente de proyectos identificar " +"cuáles de ellos requieren de su atención." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Progress`: Manually input the completion percentage based on the " "project's progress." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Progreso`: Agregue de forma manual el porcentaje de finalización " +"de acuerdo al avance del proyecto." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6924,6 +7368,9 @@ msgid "" "filled in with appropriate information based on the user who created the " "update and the current date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha` y :guilabel:`Autor`: Estos campos se completan de forma " +"automática con la información pertinente de acuerdo al usuario que creó la " +"actualización y la fecha actual." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -6932,6 +7379,11 @@ msgid "" " may be pre-filled with current information on aspects such as " "profitability, budget, milestones, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: Utilice este campo de texto enriquecido para " +"agregar notas. Dependiendo de la configuración del proyecto (por ejemplo, si" +" el proyecto se puede facturar), este campo puede incluir información actual" +" sobre aspectos como rentabilidad, presupuesto, objetivos, entre otras " +"cosas." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" @@ -7258,24 +7710,34 @@ msgid "" "button next to the :guilabel:`Deadline` field. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Repeat Every` field according to your needs." msgstr "" +"En una tarea existente, haga clic en el botón :icon:`fa-repeat` " +"(:guilabel:`Recurrente`) que se encuentra junto al campo :guilabel:`Fecha " +"límite`. Después, configure el campo :guilabel:`Repetir cada` de acuerdo a " +"sus necesidades." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" "A new task in recurrence will be created once the status of the previous " "task is set to :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" +"Se creará una nueva tarea en recurrencia una vez que el estado de la tarea " +"anterior sea :guilabel:`Hecho` o :guilabel:`Cancelado`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:28 msgid "" "The new task is created on the project dashboard with the following " "configuration:" msgstr "" +"La nueva tarea se creará en el tablero del proyecto con la siguiente " +"configuración:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: is set to the first stage of the project dashboard " "(:guilabel:`New` or equivalent);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etapa`: Estará en la primera etapa del tablero del proyecto " +"(:guilabel:`Nuevo` o su equivalente)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7283,6 +7745,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: are copied " "from the original task;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre`, :guilabel:`Descripción`, :guilabel:`Proyecto`, " +":guilabel:`Personas asignadas`, :guilabel:`Cliente`, :guilabel:`Etiquetas`: " +"Se copian de la tarea original." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -7290,6 +7755,9 @@ msgid "" " (e.g., if the task is set to repeat once a week, 7 days will be added to " "the deadline);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha límite`: Se actualiza de acuerdo al campo " +":guilabel:`Repetir cada` (por ejemplo, si la tarea está programada para " +"repetirse una vez a la semana, se agregarán 7 días a esta fecha)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7297,12 +7765,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`, :guilabel:`Subtasks`: are **not** copied from the " "original task." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Objetivos`, :guilabel:`Hojas de horas`, :guilabel:`Chatter`, " +":guilabel:`Actividades`, :guilabel:`Subtareas`: Estos campos **no** se " +"copian de la tarea original." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:39 msgid "" "Once a recurrence is configured, a **smart button** on the task displays the" " total number of existing recurrences." msgstr "" +"Luego de configurar una recurrencia, el **botón inteligente** de la tarea " +"muestra el número total de recurrencias existentes." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" @@ -7864,7 +8337,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dependencias de las tareas" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7873,6 +8346,10 @@ msgid "" "executed. Task dependencies ensure that certain tasks begin only after the " "preceding tasks are completed." msgstr "" +"La aplicación Proyecto de Odoo le permite desglosar proyectos en tareas y " +"establecer relaciones entre ellas para determinar el orden de ejecución. Las" +" dependencias de tareas garantizan que ciertas tareas comiencen solo después" +" de completar las anteriores." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -7880,10 +8357,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Task Dependencies`, and click" " :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Proyecto --> Configuración --> Ajustes` para " +"habilitar las dependencias en las tareas, seleccione la opción " +":guilabel:`Dependencias de las tareas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:13 msgid "Set task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir dependencias de las tareas" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7891,6 +8371,10 @@ msgid "" "view by linking the successor task (i.e., the task blocked by other tasks) " "to its predecessor task(s) (i.e., the tasks blocking the successor task)." msgstr "" +"Puede crear las dependencias de las tareas desde el formulario de la tarea o" +" la vista de Gantt del proyecto al vincular la tarea sucesora (es decir, la " +"tarea bloqueada por otras) a sus tareas predecesoras (es decir, las tareas " +"que bloquean la tarea sucesora)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7900,6 +8384,12 @@ msgid "" "tasks from the predecessor task, click the :guilabel:`Blocked Tasks` smart " "button." msgstr "" +"Para crear dependencias de tareas desde el formulario de la tarea, vaya a la" +" pestaña pestaña :guilabel:`Bloqueada por` de la tarea deseada y haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Ver` para acceder " +"a la tarea predecesora. Para acceder a las tareas sucesoras desde la tarea " +"predecesora, haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Tareas " +"bloqueadas`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7908,10 +8398,15 @@ msgid "" " drop the dot onto the successor task. An arrow appears, indicating the " "dependency from the predecessor task to the successor." msgstr "" +"Para crear una dependencia de tarea desde la vista de Gantt, pase el cursor " +"sobre la tarea antecesora y haga clic en uno de los puntos que aparecen a su" +" alrededor, luego arrastre y suelte el punto sobre la tarea sucesora. " +"Aparecerá una flecha que indica la dependencia de la tarea antecesora a la " +"sucesora." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "Task dependency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dependencia de la tarea" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7920,20 +8415,27 @@ msgid "" "moved to :guilabel:`In Progress` until their predecessor task(s) are marked " "as :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Cancelled`, or :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Odoo gestiona de forma automática el progreso de las tareas de acuerdo a su " +"dependencia. Las tareas sucesoras están en estado :guilabel:`En espera` y no" +" pueden pasar a :guilabel:`En progreso` hasta que sus tareas predecesoras " +"estén marcadas como :guilabel:`Aprobado`, :guilabel:`Cancelado` o " +":guilabel:`Hecho`." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:37 msgid "Remove dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar dependencias" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:39 msgid "To remove a task dependency, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga estos pasos para eliminar la dependencia de una tarea:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:41 msgid "" "From the task form, go to the **Blocked by** tab and click the :icon:`fa-" "times` (:guilabel:`times`) button." msgstr "" +"Desde el formulario de la tarea, vaya a la pestaña **Bloqueado por** y haga " +"clic en el icono :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`por`)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7941,6 +8443,9 @@ msgid "" "button that appears at the center of the arrow when you hover your mouse " "over it." msgstr "" +"Desde la vista de Gantt, haga clic en el botón rojo :icon:`fa-times` " +"(:guilabel:`por`) que aparece en el centro de la flecha al pasar el cursor " +"sobre ella." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:3 msgid "Task stages and statuses" diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index ee89e80eb..213ab596a 100644 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (Latin America) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es_419/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 msgid "Checkout, payment, and delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pago y entrega" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 msgid "Add to cart" @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "Ingrese el código de la tarjeta de regalo para procesar el pago." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "Envío" +msgstr "Entrega" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1108,6 +1108,15 @@ msgid "" " or :ref:`Based on Rules `, and :ref:`in-store " "pickup `." msgstr "" +"La aplicación Comercio electrónico de Odoo le permite configurar varios " +"métodos de entrega para que los clientes puedan elegir su opción preferida " +"al :doc:`pagar `. Estos métodos incluyen :ref:`proveedores " +"externos `, :ref:`opciones " +"personalizadas ` como tarifa fija o envío " +"gratuito, transportistas locales mediante :doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`" +" o :ref:`por reglas ` y :ref:`recolección en " +"tienda `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:16 msgid "External provider integration" @@ -1149,6 +1158,10 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, " "select the desired delivery provider(s), and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes` para " +"habilitar un proveedor externo de entrega. Diríjase a la sección " +":guilabel:`Entrega`, seleccione los proveedores de entrega deseados y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1156,6 +1169,9 @@ msgid "" "select the delivery method in the list to :ref:`configure it " "`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Métodos de entrega` " +"y seleccione uno de la lista para :ref:`configurarlo " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1173,6 +1189,11 @@ msgid "" "If the field is left empty, the delivery price cannot be calculated, and an " "error message prompts the customer to select an alternative delivery method." msgstr "" +"**Debe** completar el campo utilizado para definir los cargos adicionales " +"**en su cuenta de proveedor externo de entregas** incluso si no planea " +"cobrar cargos adicionales a los clientes. Si ese es el caso, escriba `0`. Si" +" el campo está vacío no será posible calcular el precio y el cliente verá un" +" mensaje de error que le pedirá seleccionar otro método de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:45 msgid "Margin on delivery rate" @@ -1219,17 +1240,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 msgid "Custom delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Método de entrega personalizado" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:67 msgid "Custom delivery methods must be created, for example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debe crear métodos de entrega personalizados, por ejemplo:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "to integrate delivery carriers through :doc:`Sendcloud " "<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`;" msgstr "" +"Para integrar transportistas de entrega mediante :doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1253,6 +1276,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the " ":ref:`fields `." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Métodos de entrega` " +"para crear un método de entrega personalizado, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete los :ref:`campos " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1261,12 +1288,18 @@ msgid "" "or :ref:`Pickup in store ` if the shipping method" " does not involve any specific provider." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` seleccione entre :ref:`Por reglas " +"`, :ref:`Precio fijo ` y" +" :ref:`Recoger en tienda ` si el método de " +"entrega no implica el uso de ningún proveedor en específico." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:85 msgid "" "Upon :ref:`configuring ` a delivery method, you can:" msgstr "" +"Luego de :ref:`configurar ` un método de entrega podrá:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1274,6 +1307,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` by selecting it in the " ":guilabel:`Website` field;" msgstr "" +"Restringirlo :doc:`a un sitio web específico " +"<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` si lo selecciona en el campo " +":guilabel:`Sitio web`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1282,6 +1318,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publish` the delivery method and make it available to website " "visitors;" msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entorno de prueba` para pasar " +"al :guilabel:`entorno de producción`. Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Sin " +"publicar` para :guilabel:`publicar` el método de entrega y que los " +"visitantes del sitio web puedan usarlo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1289,6 +1329,9 @@ msgid "" "` for the delivery method based " "on the order’s content or destination." msgstr "" +"Use la pestaña :guilabel:`Disponibilidad` para definir las :ref:`condiciones" +" ` para el método de entrega " +"según el contenido o destino de la orden." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:100 msgid "Click & Collect" @@ -1299,6 +1342,8 @@ msgid "" "To allow customers to reserve products online and pay for/collect them in-" "store, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Siga estos pasos para permitir que los clientes reserven productos en línea " +"y los paguen o vayan por ellos a la tienda:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 @@ -1312,6 +1357,8 @@ msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, enable :guilabel:`Click & " "Collect`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la sección :guilabel:`Entrega`, seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Hacer" +" clic y recolectar` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1320,12 +1367,20 @@ msgid "" "the delivery method and ensure the :guilabel:`Provider` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Pick up in store`." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Configurar ubicaciones de " +"recolección` para :ref:`configurar ` el método de entrega. Asegúrese de que el campo " +":guilabel:`Proveedor` esté configurado como :guilabel:`Recolectar en la " +"tienda`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Stores` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the " "warehouse(s) where customers can collect their orders." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Tiendas`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"línea` y seleccione los almacenes donde los clientes podrán recoger sus " +"órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1333,6 +1388,9 @@ msgid "" "change the status to :guilabel:`Publish` and make the delivery method " "available to customers." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de realizar los ajustes, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Anular publicación` para cambiar su estado a :guilabel:`Publicar`" +" y que los clientes puedan usar este método de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1342,6 +1400,12 @@ msgid "" "location. The :ref:`Continue selling ` " "option for out-of-stock products is not supported." msgstr "" +"Cuando el producto está disponible aparece un selector de ubicación en las " +"páginas de :doc:`producto <../products>` y :doc:`pago `. Los " +"clientes no pueden seleccionar una ubicación de recolección si el producto " +"está agotado en esa ubicación. La opción :ref:`Seguir vendiendo " +"` no está disponible para los productos" +" que no tienen existencias." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1349,6 +1413,10 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled for a product, customers can view the stock quantity " "available for each warehouse in the location selector on the product page." msgstr "" +"Si un producto tiene habilitada la opción :ref:`Mostrar la cantidad " +"disponible `, los clientes podrán ver " +"la cantidad disponible en cada almacén en el selector de ubicación de la " +"página del producto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -1356,10 +1424,14 @@ msgid "" "accurately displayed to customers. Incomplete addresses prevent the " "warehouse from being shown." msgstr "" +"Todos los almacenes deben tener una **dirección completa** para asegurar que" +" los clientes puedan visualizar su ubicación con precisión. Las direcciones " +"incompletas impiden que puedan ver el almacén." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:125 msgid "The Click & Collect option is not available for services." msgstr "" +"La opción \"Hacer clic y recolectar\" no está disponible para los servicios." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce management" @@ -1531,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "Formularios de contacto" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Servicio de asistencia" +msgstr "Soporte al cliente" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 8c72c0b9a..f6fca373c 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 # Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2024 -# Abe Manyo, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Abe Manyo, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-12-31 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17395,7 +17395,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:94 msgid "More options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lebih banyak opsi" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:96 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e66c7b8ad..cc3d120ef 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 -# Abe Manyo, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Abe Manyo, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -12952,7 +12952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barcode" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 604d076b4..a8455811c 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9040,7 +9040,7 @@ msgstr "Fine del supporto" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo SaaS 18.1" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 @@ -9053,7 +9053,7 @@ msgstr "N/D" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2025" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gennaio 2025" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 1e90ca6c9..d86ae3220 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -1860,6 +1860,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Panoramica delle opzioni da considerare durante l'esportazione di dati in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2049,6 +2051,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select " ":guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"Apri la vista dell'oggetto di cui vuoi importare dati/che vuoi popolare e " +"fai clic sull'icona :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`ingranaggio`) per poi " +"selezionare :guilabel:`Importa record`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." @@ -2062,46 +2067,61 @@ msgid "" "company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the " "data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :icon:`fa-download`:guilabel:`Importa modello per i clienti` al " +"centro della pagina per scaricare un :ref:`modello " +"` e popolarlo con i dati " +"dell'azienda. Tali modelli possono essere importati con un solo clic, poiché" +" la mappatura dei dati è già preconfigurata." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per caricare il modello scaricato o il tuo file, segui questi passi:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." msgstr "" +"fai clic su :guilabel:`Carica file dati` e seleziona il file desiderato;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." msgstr "" +"Sistema le opzioni di :guilabel:`Formattazione` di cui hai bisogno (solo per" +" file CSV); " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the " "appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." msgstr "" +"Assicurati che tutti i dati nella :guilabel:`colonna file` siano mappati " +"correttamente nel :guilabel:`campo Odoo` appropriato e senza errori; " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or " "upload a different one." msgstr "" +"(Facoltativo) fai clic su :guilabel:`Carica file dati` per ricaricare lo " +"stesso file o caricarne uno diverso; " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fai clic su :guilabel:`Prova` per verificare che i dati siano validi;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fai clic su :guilabel:`Importa`." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the " "proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" +"Le opzioni di :guilabel:`Formattazione` **non** appaiono durante " +"l'importazione del tipo di file proprietario Excel (ad es. `.xls` o " +"`.xlsx`)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -2804,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 msgid "Import image files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importare file immagine" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -2812,34 +2832,45 @@ msgid "" "` CSV or Excel file, follow the " "next steps:" msgstr "" +"Per importare file immagine insieme con il file CSV o Excel :ref:`caricato " +"`, segui i prossimi step:" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." msgstr "" +"aggiungi i nomi dei file immagine nella colonna :guilabel:`Immagine` " +"correlata nel file dati;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Carica il file dati ` o " +"ricaricalo facendo clic su :guilabel:`Carica file dati`;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Carica i tuoi file` nella sezione :guilabel:`File da " +"importare`;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" "Select the relevant image files. The number of files selected appears next " "to the button." msgstr "" +"Seleziona i file immagine rilevanti. Il numero di file selezionati appare " +"accanto al pulsante;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Prova` per verificare che tutti i dati siano validi;" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2847,18 +2878,26 @@ msgid "" "check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. " "If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Importa`. Durante il processo di importazione, Odoo " +"esegue un controllo dei file per collegare automaticamente le immagini " +"caricate al file di dati importato. Se non c'è corrispondenza, il file di " +"dati viene importato senza alcuna immagine." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template " "has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." msgstr "" +"La sezione :guilabel:`File da importare` viene attivata se il tuo modello di" +" prodotto ha una colonna :guilabel:`Immagine` con tutti i campi popolati." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 msgid "" "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image " "files." msgstr "" +"I nomi dei file immagine nel file di dati devono corrispondere ai file " +"immagine caricati." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2871,6 +2910,15 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"Quando importi un gran numero di immagini, puoi specificare la dimensione " +"massima del batch in megabyte e impostare un ritardo per evitare che il " +"sistema venga sovraccaricato. Per farlo, :doc:`attiva la modalità " +"sviluppatore <../general/developer_mode>` e completa i campi " +":guilabel:`dimensione massima per batch` e :guilabel:`Ritardo dopo ogni " +"batch` nella sezione :guilabel:`File da importare`. Per impostazione " +"predefinita, il ritardo rispetta il limite di chiamata RPC/API indicato in " +"`Odoo Cloud - Informativa sui criteri di utilizzo " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e477e09c4..ed98be416 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Jenny George, 2025 # Mary May, 2025 -# Marianna Ciofani, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge" -msgstr "Bordo del sale" +msgstr "Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e43900b4c..c69a35b18 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Sara Ciaurri , 2024 # pezzin , 2024 -# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Mary May, 2025 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mary May, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -355,6 +355,10 @@ msgid "" "accounts and company-specific email parameters. See this documentation on " ":doc:`../marketing/social_marketing` and :doc:`email_communication`." msgstr "" +"Attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore ` per configurare gli " +"account dei social network e i parametri di posta elettronica specifici " +"dell'azienda. Consulta la documentazione " +":doc:`../marketing/social_marketing` and :doc:`email_communication`." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -470,6 +474,10 @@ msgid "" "documentation on :doc:`../marketing/social_marketing` and " ":doc:`email_communication`." msgstr "" +"Attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore ` per configurare gli " +"account dei social network e i parametri del sistema di posta elettronica " +"specifici dell'azienda. Consulta la documentazione " +":doc:`../marketing/social_marketing` and :doc:`email_communication`." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -493,6 +501,11 @@ msgid "" "database into a multi-company setup, it will need to switch to the *Custom* " "pricing plan. This does not affect databases on the *One-app free* plan." msgstr "" +"Se il database è stato acquistato con il piano *a pagamento* standard, " +"l'aggiunta di un branch a un'azienda comporta l'upselling. Dato che " +"l'aggiunta di uno o più branch trasforma il database in un ambiente con " +"aziende multiple, sarà necessario passare al piano \"Personalizzato*. Questo" +" non riguarda i database e i piani *Un'app gratuita*. " #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -776,6 +789,9 @@ msgid "" "between the companies. See " ":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type`." msgstr "" +"I prodotti **devono** essere configurati come :guilabel:`Può essere venduto`" +" e condivisi tra le aziende. Consulta la documentazione " +":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type`." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -2274,6 +2290,10 @@ msgid "" "`https://example.odoo.com/odoo?debug=1`). To deactivate it, use `?debug=0` " "instead." msgstr "" +"Per attivare la modalità sviluppatore **da qualsiasi punto del database**, " +"aggiungi `?debug=1` alla fine dell'URL (e.g., " +"`https://example.odoo.com/odoo?debug=1`). Per disattivarla, utilizza " +"`?debug=0`." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2351,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "Accedere al menu tecnico" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 msgid "Communication in Odoo by email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comunicazione in Odoo via e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -2359,6 +2379,9 @@ msgid "" "orders, invoices, ... have a discussion thread called **chatter**, often " "displayed on the right side of the record." msgstr "" +"In Odoo, la comunicazione relativa a record come opportunità nel CRM, ordini" +" di vendita e fatture avviene tramite un thread chiamato **chatter**, spesso" +" posizionato a destra del record stesso." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2366,6 +2389,10 @@ msgid "" "followers of a document (depending on their notification preferences), log " "internal notes, send WhatsApp messages or SMSes, and schedule activities." msgstr "" +"Nel chatter, puoi inviare direttamente e-mail oppure notifiche Odoo ai " +"follower di un documento (in base alle preferenze impostate per le " +"notifiche), registrare note interne, inviare messaggi WhatsApp o SMS e " +"pianificare attività." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2373,10 +2400,13 @@ msgid "" "relays it to the followers as a notification. All emails - outgoing and " "incoming - appear in the same chatter." msgstr "" +"Se un follower risponde a un messaggio, la risposta appare nel chatter e " +"Odoo la trasmette ai follower come notifica. Tutte le e-mail, sia in entrata" +" che in uscita, appaiono nello stesso chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:20 msgid "Odoo Online and Odoo.sh users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utenti Odoo online e Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2384,6 +2414,8 @@ msgid "" "box, **nothing needs to be done**. Everything is already configured on your " "subdomain." msgstr "" +"Su Odoo online e Odoo.sh, le e-mail in entrata e in uscita sono automatiche," +" **non devi fare nulla**. Tutto è già configurato nel sottodominio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2391,10 +2423,13 @@ msgid "" "address ` `notifications@company-" "name.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, le e-mail in uscita utilizzano il seguente " +":ref:`indirizzo e-mail di notifica ` " +"`notifications@company-name.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:31 msgid "Using another domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un altro dominio" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2404,6 +2439,12 @@ msgid "" "the domain and within Odoo. This introduces an extra layer of complexity and" " necessitates technical knowledge (mainly regarding DNS and mail protocols)." msgstr "" +"Se preferisci non inviare e-mail con il sottodominio di Odoo `@company-" +"name.odoo.com` ma al contrario vuoi utilizzare :ref:`il tuo dominio `, **sarà necessario configurare ulteriori " +"impostazioni** nel dominio e in Odoo. Ciò introduce un ulteriore livello di " +"complessità e richiede conoscenze tecniche (soprattutto per quanto riguarda " +"i protocolli DNS e di posta)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2412,12 +2453,19 @@ msgid "" "to configure the alias of your companies. If only one domain is configured, " "this domain will be shared by all companies on the database." msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere un dominio e configurare i diritti di accesso " +"dell'amministrazione, puoi anche accedere alla pagina :ref:`nuovo alias " +"dominio ` per configurare gli alias delle tue " +"aziende. Se configuri solo un dominio, quest'ultimo verrà condiviso da tutte" +" le aziende sul database. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want to keep using Odoo's mail server, you will have to " ":ref:`configure the SPF and DKIM `." msgstr "" +"Se vuoi continuare a utilizzare il server e-mail di Odoo, devi " +":ref:`configurare lo SPF e il DKIM `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -2425,6 +2473,9 @@ msgid "" "smtp-server>`, you will have to follow the mail server provider's specific " "documentation." msgstr "" +"Se :ref:`vuoi utilizzare il tuo server e-mail `, dovrai seguire la documentazione specifica del fornitore del " +"server e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2437,22 +2488,35 @@ msgid "" "domain-mx>`). Everything is covered in the :doc:`Manage inbound messages " "documentation `." msgstr "" +"Per le e-mail in entrata, dopo aver aggiunto il proprio dominio, :ref:`le " +"risposte dei clienti saranno indirizzate al tuo dominio ` e dovrai utilizzare uno dei tre modi possibili per fare " +"arrivare di nuovo le e-mail in Odoo (utilizzando il :ref:`server e-mail in " +"entrata `, il " +":ref:`reindirizzamento/inoltro ` o" +" il :ref:`record DNS MX `). Tutto viene " +"spiegato nella :doc:`documentazione relativa alla gestione dei messaggi in " +"entrata `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:59 msgid "On-premise users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utenti on-premise" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, you will have to completely configure your outgoing " "and incoming emails:" msgstr "" +"Se utilizzi Odoo on-premise, dovrai configurare completamente le e-mail in " +"entrata e in uscita:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:63 msgid "" "For outgoing emails, you will need :ref:`to use an SMTP server and a custom " "domain `." msgstr "" +"per le e-mail in uscita, devi :ref:`utilizzare un server SMTP e un dominio " +"personalizzato `;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2463,10 +2527,17 @@ msgid "" "check out the :ref:`\"Use a custom domain for inbound messages\" " "documentation `." msgstr "" +"Per le e-mail in entrata, configura una frequenza di recupero delle nuove " +"e-mail sufficientemente bassa per garantire la reattività, ma " +"sufficientemente alta per non sovraccaricare il sistema o il provider. Per " +"questo motivo e per la semplicità di questa configurazione, di solito " +"consigliamo di utilizzare server di posta in entrata. Per utilizzare un " +"server SMTP, leggi la documentazione :ref:`\"Utilizzare un dominio " +"personalizzato per i messaggi in entrata\" `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:74 msgid "Using a third-party provider's mail server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un server e-mail fornito da terze parti" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2475,18 +2546,22 @@ msgid "" "complexity. For this reason, using Odoo's outgoing mail server is " "recommended." msgstr "" +"La documentazione di Odoo copre anche diversi server e-mail popolari. Poiché" +" richiedono autorizzazioni e configurazioni specifiche, aggiungono un " +"livello di complessità. Per questo motivo, si consiglia di utilizzare il " +"server e-mail in uscita di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:80 msgid ":doc:`Outlook documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Documentazione Outlook `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`Gmail documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Documentazione Gmail `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:82 msgid ":doc:`Mailjet documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Documentazione Mailjet `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -2494,52 +2569,61 @@ msgid "" "*before* configuring it. For example, Outlook and Gmail might not be " "suitable for large marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"Ogni fornitore ha le proprie limitazioni. Cerca il fornitore desiderato " +"*prima* di configurarlo. Ad esempio, Outlook e Gmail potrebbero non essere " +"adatti a campagne di marketing più grandi." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Activities <../essentials/activities>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Attività <../essentials/activities>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Discuss app <../productivity/discuss>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`App Comunicazioni <../productivity/discuss>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Digest emails `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`E-mail di riepilogo `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Email Marketing app <../marketing/email_marketing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`App E-mail marketing <../marketing/email_marketing>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Email templates `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Modelli e-mail `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Expense creation using an email alias `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Creazione nota spesa con alias e-mail `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Helpdesk ticket creation using an email alias " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Creazione ticket helpdesk con alias e-mail " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Lead creation using an email alias `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Creazione lead con alias e-mail `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:97 msgid "" ":ref:`Project task creation using an email alias " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Creazione lavoro progetto con alias e-mail " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:98 msgid "" ":doc:`Technical mail getaway for on-premise users " "<../../administration/on_premise/email_gateway>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Gateway e-mail tecnico per utenti on-premise " +"<../../administration/on_premise/email_gateway>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -2547,6 +2631,9 @@ msgid "" "configured from the command-line interface " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Avvio tecnico del database di Odoo con un server e-mail in uscita " +"configurato dall'interfaccia a riga di comando " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" @@ -2637,6 +2724,11 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The `web.base.url` is subject to change " "depending on the URL used to log in to the database." msgstr "" +"Nella sezione :guilabel:`Reindirizza URL`, seleziona :guilabel:`Web` come " +"piattaforma e poi inserisci `https:///microsoft_outlook/confirm` nel campo :guilabel:`URL`. Il `web.base.url`" +" è soggetto a modifiche a seconda dell'URL utilizzato per accedere al " +"database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2644,12 +2736,17 @@ msgid "" "explains how to freeze a unique URL. It is also possible to add different " "redirect URLs on the Microsoft app." msgstr "" +"La documentazione sul :ref:`web.base.url ` spiega " +"come bloccare un URL unico. È anche possibile aggiungere vari url di " +"reindirizzamento nell'app Microsoft." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:44 msgid "" "After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " "application, so it is created." msgstr "" +"Dopo che l'URL è stato aggiunto al campo, :guilabel:`Registra` " +"l'applicazione per crearla." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:47 msgid "API permissions" @@ -2947,6 +3044,8 @@ msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " "or email address `." msgstr "" +"Se il campo :guilabel:`Filtro mittente` è vuoto, inserisci un :ref:`dominio " +"o indirizzo e-mail `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:170 msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." @@ -3033,6 +3132,8 @@ msgid "" "Visit the :ref:`From Filtering documentation ` for more information." msgstr "" +"Leggi la :ref:`documentazione relativa al filtro mittente ` per maggiori informazioni." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:256 @@ -3165,6 +3266,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " ":ref:`email-outbound-custom-domain-smtp-server`." msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni sulla configurazione del server per le e-mail di " +"massa consulta la sezione :ref:`email-outbound-custom-domain-smtp-server`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/azure_oauth.rst:269 msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" @@ -3260,6 +3363,10 @@ msgid "" "complying with these protocols will greatly reduce chances of your emails to" " reach their destination." msgstr "" +"La documentazione presenta tre protocolli di autenticazione complementari " +"(SPF, DKIM e DMARC) utilizzati per dimostrare la legittimità di un mittente." +" La mancata osservanza di questi protocolli ridurrà notevolmente le " +"possibilità che le e-mail arrivino a destinazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3267,6 +3374,10 @@ msgid "" " address** (e.g., `\\@company-name.odoo.com`) are pre-configured to **send " "authenticated emails** compliant with the SPF, DKIM, and DMARC protocols." msgstr "" +"I database **Odoo online** e **Odoo.sh** che utilizzano l'**indirizzo " +"predefinito del sottodominio di Odoo** (ad es., `\\@company-name.odoo.com`) " +"sono preconfigurati per **inviare e-mail autenticate** conformi ai " +"protocolli SPF, DKIM e DMARC." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3274,6 +3385,9 @@ msgid "" "records correctly is essential** to prevent emails from being quarantined as" " spam or not being delivered to recipients." msgstr "" +"Se scegli di utilizzare un **dominio personalizzato**, una **corretta " +"configurazione dei record SPF e DKIM è fondamentale** per evitare che le " +"e-mail vengano contrassegnate come spam o non consegnate ai destinatari." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3283,16 +3397,25 @@ msgid "" "it is required to use the SPF and DKIM records specific to that email " "service and a custom domain." msgstr "" +"Se utilizzi il :ref:`server e-mail Odoo predefinito per inviare e-mail da un" +" dominio personalizzato `, i " +"record SPF e DKIM devono essere configurati come illustrato di seguito. Se " +"utilizzi un server e-mail in uscita, è necessario utilizzare i record SPF e " +"DKIM specifici per quel servizio di posta elettronica e un dominio " +"personalizzato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:22 msgid "" "Email service providers apply different rules to incoming emails. An email " "may be classified as spam even if it passes the SPF and DKIM checks." msgstr "" +"I fornitori di servizi e-mail applicano regole diverse alle e-mail in " +"entrata. Un e-mail potrebbe essere classificata come spam anche se ha " +"superato i controlli SPF e DKIM." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 msgid "SPF (Sender Policy Framework)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPF (Sender Policy Framework)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3302,6 +3425,12 @@ msgid "" " sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +"Il protocollo Sender Policy Framework (SPF) consente al proprietario di un " +"nome di dominio di specificare quali server possono inviare e-mail da quel " +"dominio. Quando un server riceve un e-mail in entrata, verifica se " +"l'indirizzo IP del server mittente è presente sull'elenco degli indirizzi IP" +" consentiti secondo il record :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` del " +"mittente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3310,6 +3439,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Settings`. If using a custom domain as :guilabel:`Alias " "Domain`, it is necessary to configure it to be SPF-compliant." msgstr "" +"In Odoo, il **test SPF viene eseguito sull'indirizzo di rimbalzo** indicato" +" nel campo :guilabel:`Alias di dominio` presente nelle " +":guilabel:`Impostazioni generali` del database. Se utilizzi un dominio " +"personalizzato come :guilabel:`Alias di dominio`, è necessario che sia " +"conforme allo SPF." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3317,12 +3451,17 @@ msgid "" "modify this record depends on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain " "Name System)` zone of the domain name." msgstr "" +"La politica SPF di un dominio viene configurata utilizzando un record TXT. " +"Il modo per creare o modificare il record dipende dal fornitore host della " +"zona :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` del nome di dominio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:42 msgid "" "If the domain name does not yet have an SPF record, create one using the " "following input:" msgstr "" +"Se il nome di dominio non ha ancora un record SPF, creane uno utilizzando il" +" seguente input:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3330,6 +3469,9 @@ msgid "" "updated**. Do not create a new one, as a domain must have only one SPF " "record." msgstr "" +"Se il nome di dominio **ha già un record SPF, il record deve essere " +"aggiornato**. Non crearne uno nuovo, perché un dominio deve avere solo un " +"record SPF." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -3337,6 +3479,9 @@ msgid "" "`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" +"Se il record TXT corrisponde a `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, " +"modificalo per aggiungere `include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3346,16 +3491,23 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`most common providers ` and " "their documentation are listed below." msgstr "" +"Verifica il record SPF utilizzando uno strumento come `MXToolbox SPF Record" +" Check `_. Il processo per creare o " +"modificare un record SPF dipende dal fornitore host della zona DNS del nome " +"di dominio. I :ref:`fornitori più comuni ` e la relativa documentazione sono elencati di seguito." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 msgid "DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:65 msgid "" "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " "with a digital signature." msgstr "" +"Il DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) permette a un utente di autenticare le " +"e-mail con la firma digitale." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3365,18 +3517,28 @@ msgid "" "domain name. If the signature and the key contained in the record match, it " "proves the message is authentic and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" +"Al momento dell'invio di un e-mail, il server e-mail Odoo include una firma " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` unica nell'intestazione. Il server" +" del destinatario decifra questa firma utilizzando il record DKIM nel nome " +"di dominio del database. Se la firma e la chiave contenuta nel record " +"corrispondono, il messaggio è autentico e non è stato alterato durante il " +"trasporto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 msgid "" "Enabling DKIM is **required** when sending emails **from a custom domain** " "using the Odoo email server." msgstr "" +"L'abilitazione del DKIM è **richiesta** durante l'invio di e-mail **da un " +"dominio personalizzato** che utilizza il server di posta di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:75 msgid "" "To enable DKIM, add a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record to the " ":abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name:" msgstr "" +"Per attivare il DKIM, aggiungi un record :abbr:`CNAME (nome canonico)` alla " +"zona :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` del nome di dominio:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3384,6 +3546,9 @@ msgid "" "`odoo._domainkey.company-name.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" +"Se il nome di dominio corrisponde a `company-name.com`, assicurati di creare" +" un sottodominio `odoo._domainkey.company-name.com` il cui nome canonico è " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -3391,6 +3556,10 @@ msgid "" "the DNS zone of the domain name. The :ref:`most common providers ` and their documentation are listed below." msgstr "" +"Il modo per creare o modificare un record CNAME dipende dal fornitore host " +"della zona DNS del nome di dominio. I :ref:`fornitori più comuni ` e la relativa documentazione sono elencati " +"di seguito. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3399,10 +3568,16 @@ msgid "" "DKIM lookup tool, specifying that the selector being tested is `odoo` for " "the custom domain `example.com`." msgstr "" +"Verifica che il record DKIM sia valido utilizzando uno strumento come " +"`MXToolbox DKIM Record Lookup `_. Scrivi " +"`example.com:odoo` nello strumento di ricerca DKIM, specificando che il " +"selettore che si sta testando è `odoo` per il dominio personalizzato " +"`example.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:97 msgid "DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance)" msgstr "" +"DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -3412,6 +3587,12 @@ msgid "" "contained in the DMARC record of a domain name tell the destination server " "what to do with an incoming email that fails the SPF and/or DKIM check." msgstr "" +"Il record :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` è un protocollo che unifica lo :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)` e il :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. Le istruzioni " +"contenute nel record DMARC di un nome di dominio indicano al server di " +"destinazione cosa fare con e-mail in entrata che non superano i controlli " +"SPF e/o DKIM." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3420,6 +3601,10 @@ msgid "" " creating a DMARC record. Refer to a resource like `DMARC.org " "`_ to set the DMARC record." msgstr "" +"Lo scopo di questa documentazione è di aiutare a **capire l'impatto del " +"DMARC sulla consegna delle e-mail**, invece di fornire istruzioni precise " +"per creare un record DMARC. Consulta la pagina `DMARC.org " +"`_ per configurare il record DMARC." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:109 msgid "There are three DMARC policies:" @@ -3427,21 +3612,24 @@ msgstr "Ci sono tre policy DMARC:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:111 msgid "`p=none`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=none`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "`p=quarantine`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=quarantine`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:113 msgid "`p=reject`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=reject`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:115 msgid "" "`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " "quarantine that email or ignore it if the SPF or DKIM check fails." msgstr "" +"`p=quarantine` e `p=reject` danno istruzioni al server che riceve un'e-mail " +"per mettere in quarantena l'e-mail o ignorarla se il controllo SPF o DKIM " +"non riesce." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3449,6 +3637,10 @@ msgid "" "domains must be in alignment. If the hosting type is Odoo Online, DKIM " "configuration on the sending domain is required to pass the DMARC." msgstr "" +"**Per superare il controllo DMARC, è necessario superare la verifica DKIM o " +"SPF** e i domini devono essere allineati. Se il tipo di hosting è Odoo " +"online, la configurazione DKIM sul dominio di invio è necessaria per " +"superare il DMARC." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -3456,12 +3648,18 @@ msgid "" " However, it's important to note that **other factors like spam filters can " "still reject or quarantine a message**." msgstr "" +"In generale, superare il DMARC significa che l'e-mail verrà inviata con " +"successo. Tuttavia, è importante notare che **altri fattori come filtri spam" +" possono rifiutare o mettere in quarantena un messaggio**. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:126 msgid "" "`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " "using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability." msgstr "" +"`p=none` viene utilizzato affinché il proprietario del dominio riceva " +"resoconti sulle entità che utilizzano il dominio. Non dovrebbe avere un " +"impatto sulla consegna." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3469,27 +3667,36 @@ msgid "" "rua=mailto:postmaster@example.com”` means that aggregate DMARC reports will " "be sent to `postmaster\\@example.com`." msgstr "" +":literal:`_dmarc IN TXT “v=DMARC1; p=none; " +"rua=mailto:postmaster@example.com”` significa che resoconti DMARC aggregati " +"verranno inviati a `postmaster\\@example.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:137 msgid "SPF, DKIM and DMARC documentation of common providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentazione SPF, DKIM e DMARC di fornitori comuni" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVH DNS `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:140 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 msgid "" "`GoDaddy CNAME record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy CNAME record `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -3497,12 +3704,17 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:143 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3510,12 +3722,17 @@ msgid "" "us/articles/360002101888-Adding-custom-DNS-records-to-your-Squarespace-" "managed-domain>`_" msgstr "" +"`Squarespace DNS records `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" +"`Azure DNS `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -3524,16 +3741,23 @@ msgid "" "configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" +"Per testare al 100% la configurazione, utilizza lo strumento `Mail-Tester " +"`_ che offre una panoramica completa del " +"contenuto e della configurazione per un'e-mail inviata. Il Mail-Tester può " +"essere utilizzato anche per configurare i record per altri fornitori meno " +"conosciuti." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:152 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Utilizzare Mail-Tester per configurare record SPF per corrieri specifici " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:3 msgid "Manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestire messaggi in entrata" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3541,32 +3765,39 @@ msgid "" "send an email to an email alias created in the database or reply to an email" " that was previously sent from the database based on the *reply-to* header." msgstr "" +"Un messaggio in entrata è un'e-mail inviata a un database Odoo. Chiunque può" +" inviare e-mail a un alias e-mail creato nel database o rispondere a " +"un'e-mail che è stata inviata precedentemente dal database tramite " +"l'intestazione *rispondi a*." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:12 msgid "Email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alias e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:17 msgid "Model specific aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alias specifici per modello" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:19 msgid "" "Some applications have their specific aliases (sales teams, helpdesk teams, " "projects, etc.). These aliases are used to:" msgstr "" +"Alcune applicazioni hanno alias specifici (team vendite, helpdesk, progetti," +" ecc.). Questi tipi di alias vengono utilizzati per:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:22 msgid "Create a record when an email is sent directly to the alias," msgstr "" +"creare un record quando un'e-mail viene inviata direttamente all'alias;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:23 msgid "Receive replies to an email initially sent from a record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ricevere risposte a un'e-mail inviata inizialmente da un record." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "The local-part \"info\" is used for the alias of the sales team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La parte locale *info* è utilizzata per l'alias del team vendite." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3577,6 +3808,13 @@ msgid "" "name.odoo.com`. The reply will be posted in the right chatter, according to " "the *message-id* header." msgstr "" +"Nell'esempio mostrato di sopra, l'invio di un'e-mail a `info@company-" +"name.odoo.com` porterà alla creazione di una nuova opportunità o di un nuovo" +" lead che verrà assegnato automaticamente al team vendite corrispondente. Se" +" un'e-mail viene inviata dal chatter di un'opportunità esistente, " +"l'indirizzo *rispondi a* sarà `info@company-name.odoo.com`. La risposta " +"verrà registrata nel chatter giusto secondo l'intestazione dell'*id del " +"messaggio*." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:39 msgid "Catchall" @@ -3589,6 +3827,11 @@ msgid "" "catchall alias. A reply sent to the catchall is posted to the right chatter " "thanks to the *message-id* header." msgstr "" +"Se un'applicazione non ha un alias, viene utilizzato un alias generico di " +"ripiego: il catchall. Un'e-mail inviata da un chatter ha un indirizzo di " +"risposta impostato su questo alias catchall. Una risposta inviata al " +"catchall viene registrata nel chatter giusto grazie all'intestazione *id " +"messaggio*." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3596,6 +3839,10 @@ msgid "" "mode` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails: Alias " "Domains` to access the configuration." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, verrà utilizzato il *catchall* della parte " +"locale. Attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore` e vai su " +":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: Domini alias`" +" per accedere alla configurazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3603,11 +3850,15 @@ msgid "" " from the database. If an email is sent directly to the catchall, the sender" " will receive the following message:" msgstr "" +"Un'e-mail inviata al catchall deve sempre essere una risposta a un'e-mail " +"precedente inviata dal database. Se un'e-mail viene inviata direttamente al " +"catchall, il mittente riceverà il seguente messaggio:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "" "Bounce email from \"MAILER-DEAMON\" explaining how to contact the database." msgstr "" +"E-mail respinta da \"MAILER-DEAMON\" che spiega come contattare il database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3619,6 +3870,13 @@ msgid "" "options unless specific needs dictate, as it will affect all replies to " "previously sent emails." msgstr "" +"L'indirizzo e-mail `info@company-name.com` mostrato nello screenshot sopra è" +" l'indirizzo e-mail configurato per l'azienda. Una volta attività la " +"modalità sviluppatore, saranno disponibili ulteriori opzioni di " +"configurazione (come catchall e rimbalzo). È possibile modificarle facendo " +"clic sul link interno del dominio e-mail. In generale, non è consigliato " +"modificare le opzioni tranne se per motivi specifici in quanto impatterà " +"tutte le risposte alle e-mail inviate precedentemente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -3626,6 +3884,9 @@ msgid "" "replies to an email coming from the CRM app, the *reply-to* is " "`info@company-name.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Nell'app CRM è possibile configurare un alias per un team vendite. Quando un" +" cliente risponde a un'e-mail in arrivo dall'app, l'indirizzo *rispondi a* " +"sarà `info@company-name.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -3633,6 +3894,9 @@ msgid "" "`catchall@company-name.odoo.com` because there is no alias on the contact " "model." msgstr "" +"Quando un'e-mail viene inviata dall'app Contatti, l'indirizzo di risposta è " +"`catchall@company-name.odoo.com` perché non c'è nessun alias sul modello del" +" contatto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -3641,6 +3905,11 @@ msgid "" " will still have the previous local-part values. This could lead to replies " "not being correctly received in the database." msgstr "" +"Consigliamo di mantenere invariata la parte locale della catchall e del " +"rimbalzo. Se questo valore viene modificato, le e-mail precedenti inviate " +"dal database continueranno ad avere i valori delle parti locali precedenti. " +"Ciò potrebbe comportare che le risposte non vengano ricevute correttamente " +"nel database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:77 msgid "Bounce" @@ -3653,6 +3922,11 @@ msgid "" "path* is used when emails cannot be delivered to the recipient and an error " "is returned to the sender." msgstr "" +"Allo stesso modo in cui l'alias catchall è usato per costruire l'indirizzo " +"di risposta, l'alias di rimbalzo è usato per costruire il *percorso di " +"ritorno* dell'e-mail. Il *percorso di ritorno* viene utilizzato quando le " +"e-mail non possono essere consegnate al destinatario e viene restituito un " +"errore al mittente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3660,6 +3934,10 @@ msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails: Alias Domains` to " "access the configuration." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, verrà utilizzato il nome *rimbalzo*. Attiva la" +" :ref:`modalità sviluppatore` e vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> " +"Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: Domini alias` per accedere alla " +"configurazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3667,6 +3945,10 @@ msgid "" "path address is forced to the value `bounce@company-name.odoo.com` " "independently of the value set as bounce alias." msgstr "" +"Su Odoo online, quando utilizzi il server per le e-mail in uscita " +"predefinito, l'indirizzo del percorso di ritorno viene forzato al valore " +"`bounce@company-name.odoo.com` indipendentemente dal valore configurato come" +" alias di rimbalzo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3675,18 +3957,26 @@ msgid "" "`no error` message, meaning there is an error that could not be handled by " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Quando si verifica un errore, viene ricevuta una notifica e visualizzata in " +"una busta rossa nel chatter. In alcuni casi, la busta rossa può contenere " +"solo un messaggio di `nessun errore`, il che significa che c'è un errore che" +" Odoo non ha potuto gestire." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:94 msgid "" "A notification will also be displayed in the Discuss icon on the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" +"Verrà mostrata anche una notifica sull'icona dell'app Comunicazioni presente" +" nella barra di navigazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "" "An email sent to a contact had an issue and the error is reported on the " "navbar." msgstr "" +"Un'e-mail inviata a un contatto ha avuto un problema e l'errore viene " +"riportato nella barra di navigazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -3694,16 +3984,21 @@ msgid "" "envelope in the chatter an error message containing the reason for the " "failure will be given." msgstr "" +"Se l'indirizzo e-mail del destinatario non è corretto, facendo clic sulla " +"busta rossa nel chatter verrà visualizzato un messaggio di errore contenente" +" il motivo del fallimento." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:0 msgid "" "An email sent to a wrong domain generates a bounce displayed as a red " "envelope." msgstr "" +"Un'e-mail inviata al dominio errato genera un rimbalzo rappresentato da una " +"busta rossa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:109 msgid "Receive emails with Odoo's default configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ricevere e-mail con la configurazione predefinita di Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3711,6 +4006,9 @@ msgid "" "addresses are pre-configured. These addresses use the alias domain " "automatically added to a standard database." msgstr "" +"Su **Odoo online** e **Odoo.sh**, gli alias e-mail, gli indirizzi di " +"risposta e di rimbalzo sono preconfigurati. Questi indirizzi utilizzano il " +"dominio alias aggiunto automaticamente a un database standard." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3719,6 +4017,10 @@ msgid "" "used and their address is respectively `catchall@mydatabase.odoo.com`, and " "`bounce@mydatabase.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Ammesso che `https://mydatabase.odoo.com` sia l'URL del database, il dominio" +" alias `mydatabase.odoo.com` viene creato automaticamente.Gli indirizzi " +"catchcall e bounce, rispettivamente`catchall@mydatabase.odoo.com` e " +"`bounce@mydatabase.odoo.com`, possono essere utilizzati." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3726,22 +4028,29 @@ msgid "" "created, the `info@mydatabase.odoo.com` address can be used immediately. The" " same goes for any other alias created in other applications." msgstr "" +"Una volta installa l'app CRM e creato un team vendite con alias `info`, sarà" +" possibile utilizzare immediatamente l'indirizzo `info@mydatabase.odoo.com`." +" Lo stesso vale per ogni altro alias creato in altre applicazioni." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:123 msgid "" "The database domain is ready to be used to receive emails without any " "additional configuration." msgstr "" +"Il dominio del database è pronto per essere utilizzato per ricevere e-mail " +"senza nessuna configurazione aggiuntiva." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:128 msgid "Use multiple Odoo subdomains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usare sottodomini Odoo multipli" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:130 msgid "" "On **Odoo Online**, the only Odoo subdomain is the one defined at the " "database creation." msgstr "" +"Su **Odoo online**, l'unico sottodominio Odoo è quello definito al momento " +"della creazione del database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3750,14 +4059,18 @@ msgid "" "they are not used yet in another branch. These domains must then be added to" " the alias domains to be used by a company." msgstr "" +"Su **Odoo.sh**, è possibile usare vari sottodomini Odoo. Nelle impostazioni " +"del branch, è possibile aggiungere ulteriori sottodomini Odoo a condizione " +"che non siano stati ancora utilizzati in un altro branch. Questi domini " +"devono essere aggiunti ai domini alias per essere utilizzati da un'azienda." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "Setting up an Odoo subdomain on a branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurazione di un sottodominio Odoo su un branch." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:142 msgid "Use a custom domain for inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un dominio personalizzato per i messaggi in entrata" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3765,10 +4078,13 @@ msgid "" "the general settings. If you have multiple companies, each one must be " "configured." msgstr "" +"Il :ref:`dominio alias ` deve essere " +"selezionato nelle impostazioni generali. Se hai più aziende, ognuna deve " +"essere configurata." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "The alias domain in the general settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il dominio alias nelle impostazioni generali." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -3777,11 +4093,17 @@ msgid "" "other models are sent to the catchall through `catchall@my-custom-" "domain.com`." msgstr "" +"Tutti gli alias utilizzeranno questo dominio personalizzato. Le risposte ai " +"modelli per i quali è configurato un alias vengono inviate a `[alias]@my-" +"custom-domain.com`. Le risposte ad altri modelli vengono inviate al catchall" +" attraverso `catchall@my-custom-domain.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:0 msgid "Technical schema of mailing route when using a custom domain in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Schema tecnico del percorso delle e-mail quando si utilizza un dominio " +"personalizzato in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -3789,6 +4111,10 @@ msgid "" "follow the :ref:`\"Using a custom domain with Odoo’s email server\" " "instructions `." msgstr "" +"Se le e-mail vengono inviate utilizzando i server e-mail di Odoo e un " +"dominio personalizzato, segui le :ref:`istruzioni descritte nella sezione " +"\"Utilizzare un dominio personalizzato con il server e-mail di Odoo\" " +"`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -3798,6 +4124,12 @@ msgid "" "display them in the chatter or to create new records, it is necessary to " "retrieve these incoming emails in the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Quando si inizia a utilizzare il dominio personalizzato, tutte le e-mail che" +" utilizzano un alias (risposte, rimbalzi e invii diretti) vengono inviate a " +"un indirizzo del dominio. In seguito, vengono inviate al server e-mail " +"collegato al dominio stesso (record MX). Per visualizzarle nel chatter o " +"creare nuovi record, è necessario recuperare le e-mail in entrata nel " +"database Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:171 msgid "Method" @@ -3809,40 +4141,48 @@ msgstr "Benefici" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:173 msgid "Drawbacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drawback" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:174 msgid ":ref:`Redirections `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Reindirizzamento `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:175 msgid "Easy to set up, emails are directly sent to the database." msgstr "" +"Facile da configurare, le e-mail vengono inviate direttamente al database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:176 msgid "Each alias of a database needs to be configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "È necessario configurare ogni alias del database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:177 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming mail servers `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Server e-mail in entrata `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:178 msgid "" "Allows to keep a copy of the email in your mailbox (with IMAP). Allows to " "create records in the chosen model." msgstr "" +"Permette di conservare una copia dell'e-mail nella casella di posta (con " +"IMAP). Consente di creare record nel modello scelto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:180 msgid "" "Depends on a CRON, meaning emails are not retrieved immediately in the " "database. Each alias of a database needs to be configured." msgstr "" +"In base al CRON, significa che le e-mail non vengono recuperate " +"immediatamente nel database. Ogni alias del database deve essere " +"configurato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:182 msgid ":ref:`MX record `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Record MX `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:183 msgid "Only one record needs to be created to make all aliases work properly." @@ -3853,6 +4193,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:184 msgid "Using a subdomain is required. Requires advanced technical knowledge." msgstr "" +"È richiesto l'utilizzo di un sottodominio. Richiede conoscenza tecnica " +"avanzata." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3861,16 +4203,23 @@ msgid "" "<../../../../administration/on_premise/email_gateway>`. Going through this " "script requires **advanced technical and infrastructure knowledge**." msgstr "" +"Per i **database on-premise**, i metodi di reindirizzamento e record MX " +"richiedono anche la configurazione dello :doc:`script del gateway " +"dell'e-mail <../../../../administration/on_premise/email_gateway>`. " +"L'esecuzione di questo script richiede **conoscenze tecniche e " +"dell'infrastruttura avanzate**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:193 msgid "" "Refer to your provider’s documentation for more detailed information on how " "to handle the methods detailed below." msgstr "" +"Per informazioni più dettagliate sulla gestione dei metodi descritti di " +"seguito, consulta la documentazione del fornitore." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:199 msgid "Redirections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reindirizzamento" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3878,6 +4227,9 @@ msgid "" "redirections is recommended. They allow messages to be received without " "delay in the database." msgstr "" +"Se il database è su **Odoo online** od **Odoo.sh**, l'utilizzo del " +"reindirizzamento è consigliato perché permette di ricevere messaggi senza " +"ritardo nel database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -3885,22 +4237,25 @@ msgid "" "subdomain of the database. Every other alias used must be redirected as " "well." msgstr "" +"È obbligatorio reindirizzare l'indirizzo di catchall e di rimbalzo al " +"sottodominio Odoo del database. Anche tutti gli altri alias utilizzati " +"devono essere reindirizzati." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:208 msgid "With one sales team, the following redirections are required:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per un solo team vendite, sono necessari i seguenti reindirizzamenti:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:210 msgid "`catchall@company-name.com` → `catchall@company-name.odoo.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`catchall@company-name.com` → `catchall@company-name.odoo.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:211 msgid "`bounce@company-name.com` → `bounce@company-name.odoo.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`bounce@company-name.com` → `bounce@company-name.odoo.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:212 msgid "`info@company-name.com` → `info@company-name.odoo.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`info@company-name.com` → `info@company-name.odoo.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -3908,6 +4263,9 @@ msgid "" "target email address. This procedure is an issue for catchall and bounce " "since they are not used to create records." msgstr "" +"Alcuni fornitori chiedono di convalidare il reindirizzamento inviando un " +"link all'indirizzo e-mail di destinazione. Questa procedura è un problema " +"per catchall e rimbalzo, poiché non vengono utilizzati per creare record." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -3916,24 +4274,37 @@ msgid "" "`catchall` to `temp-catchall`. This will allow to use `catchall` as the " "local-part of another alias." msgstr "" +"Modifica il valore del catchall sul dominio alias e-mail. La :ref:`modalità " +"sviluppatore` deve essere attiva per accedere al menu. Ad esempio, può " +"essere modificata da `catchall` a `temp-catchall`. Questo permetterà di " +"utilizzare `catchall` come parte locale di un altro alias." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:221 msgid "" "Open an app that uses an alias. For example, CRM contains aliases for each " "sales team. Set `catchall` as the local-part of the alias of a sales team." msgstr "" +"Apri un'app che utilizza un alias. Ad esempio, l'app CRM contiene alias per " +"ogni team vendite. Imposta `catchall` come parte locale degli alias di un " +"team vendite. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:223 msgid "" "The validation email will create a record in the CRM app. The email sent " "will be visible in the chatter, allowing you to validate the redirection." msgstr "" +"L'e-mail di convalida creerà un record nell'applicazione CRM. L'e-mail " +"inviata sarà visibile nel chatter, permettendo la convalida del " +"reindirizzamento." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:225 msgid "" "Do not forget to change back the alias of the sales team and the catchall " "value on the mail alias domain, just as they were before this procedure." msgstr "" +"Non dimenticare di modificare nuovamente l'alias del team di vendita e il " +"valore di catchall sul dominio alias e-mail, così come erano prima di questa" +" procedura." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -3941,10 +4312,13 @@ msgid "" "address forwarding the email will be identified as the sender**, while with " "redirections, the original sender will always remain." msgstr "" +"Un'alternativa ai reindirizzamenti è **inoltrare**. Grazie all'inoltro, " +"**l'indirizzo che inoltra l'e-mail verrà identificato come mittente** mentre" +" nel caso dei reindirizzamenti, il mittente originale sarà sempre lo stesso." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:236 msgid "Incoming mail servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server e-mail in entrata" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -3956,6 +4330,14 @@ msgid "" "going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails: Incoming Mail " "Servers`." msgstr "" +"Come menzionato in precedenza, l'utilizzo dei reindirizzamenti è il metodo " +"consigliato per ricevere e-mail in Odoo. Tuttavia, è anche possibile " +"configurare server e-mail in entrata. L'utilizzo di questo metodo implica la" +" creazione di un server e-mail in entrata per ogni casella di posta sul tuo " +"server, catchall, rimbalzo e ogni alias del database così da recuperare " +"tutte le e-mail in entrata. I server per le e-mail in entrata vengono creati" +" andando su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: " +"Server e-mail in entrata`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -3963,6 +4345,10 @@ msgid "" "all unread emails, while POP fetches all the emails' history and then tags " "them as deleted in your mailbox." msgstr "" +"Si consiglia di utilizzare il protocollo IMAP piuttosto che il protocollo " +"POP, in quanto IMAP recupera tutte le e-mail non lette, mentre POP recupera " +"tutta la cronologia delle e-mail e poi le etichetta come eliminate nella " +"casella di posta." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -3970,12 +4356,17 @@ msgid "" "OAuth ` or :doc:`Outlook with Microsoft Azure OAuth " "`." msgstr "" +"È anche possibile collegare una casella di posta tramite :doc:`Gmail con " +"Google OAuth ` o :doc:`Outlook con Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:252 msgid "" "Regardless of the protocol chosen, emails are fetched using the *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service* scheduled action." msgstr "" +"Indipendentemente dal protocollo scelto, le e-mail vengono recuperate " +"utilizzando l'azione pianificata *E-mail: servizio recupero e-mail*." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -3983,12 +4374,18 @@ msgid "" " create new records in a specified model. Each incoming mail server can " "create records in a different model." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, l'utilizzo di un server di posta in entrata in Odoo offre " +"l'opportunità di creare nuovi record in un modello specifico. Ogni server di" +" posta in arrivo può creare record in un modello diverso." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:259 msgid "" "Emails received on `task@company-name.com` are fetched by the Odoo database." " All fetched emails will create a new project task in the database." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail ricevute su `task@company-name.com` vengono recuperate dal " +"database Odoo. Tutte le e-mail recuperate creeranno un nuovo lavoro nel " +"database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:268 msgid "MX record" @@ -4000,16 +4397,22 @@ msgid "" " mail server managing emails sent to your domain. **Advanced technical " "knowledge is required.**" msgstr "" +"Una terza opzione è quella di creare un record MX nella zona DNS che " +"specifichi il server e-mail che gestisce le e-mail inviate al tuo dominio. " +"**Sono richieste conoscenze tecniche avanzate**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:274 msgid "" "This configuration only works with a subdomain on the Odoo Online or Odoo.sh" " infrastructure (e.g., `@mail.mydomain.com`)" msgstr "" +"La configurazione funziona solamente con un sottodominio nell'infrastruttura" +" Odoo online od Odoo.sh (ad es., `@mail.mydomain.com`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:277 msgid "Below are presented some specifications depending on the hosting type:" msgstr "" +"Di seguito vengono elencate alcune specifiche in base al tipo di hosting:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:281 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:296 @@ -4021,6 +4424,8 @@ msgid "" "The custom subdomain must be added to your :doc:`Odoo Portal " "<../../websites/website/configuration/domain_names>`." msgstr "" +"Il sottodominio personalizzato deve essere aggiunto al :doc:`Portale Odoo " +"<../../websites/website/configuration/domain_names>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:301 @@ -4032,14 +4437,18 @@ msgid "" "The custom subdomain must be added to the :doc:`settings of the project " "<../../../administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings>`:" msgstr "" +"Il sottodominio personalizzato deve essere aggiunto alle :doc:`impostazioni " +"del progetto <../../../administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings>`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:0 msgid "Adding a custom subdomain for mail to Odoo.sh project settings." msgstr "" +"Aggiungere un sottodominio personalizzato per la posta elettronica alle " +"impostazioni di progetto di Odoo.sh." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:297 msgid "Infinite email loops" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Loop e-mail infiniti" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -4047,6 +4456,10 @@ msgid "" "protection against such loops, ensuring the same sender cannot send too many" " emails **that would create records** to an alias in a specific time span." msgstr "" +"In alcuni casi, è possibile creare loop e-mail infiniti. Odoo fornisce una " +"protezione contro questo fenomeno garantendo che lo stesso mittente non " +"invii troppe e-mail, **che potrebbero creare record**, a un alias in un " +"intervallo di tempo specifico." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -4054,11 +4467,16 @@ msgid "" "more emails are sent, they are blocked and the sender receives the following" " message:" msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, un indirizzo e-mail può inviare fino a 20 " +"e-mail in 120 minuti. Se vengono inviate più e-mail, quest'ultime verranno " +"bloccate e il mittente riceverà il seguente messaggio:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "" "Bounce email received after attempting contact too many times an alias." msgstr "" +"E-mail di rimbalzo ricevuta dopo aver provato a contattare un alias troppe " +"volte." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -4066,6 +4484,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters: System Parameters` to" " add two parameters." msgstr "" +"Per modificare il comportamento predefinito, abilita la :ref:`modalità " +"sviluppatore`, poi vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche" +" --> Parametri: Parametri di sistema` per aggiungere due parametri." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -4073,6 +4494,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Key` and choose a number of minutes as the :guilabel:`Value` " "(`120` is the default behavior)." msgstr "" +"Per il primo parametro, inserisci `mail.gateway.loop.minutes` come " +":guilabel:`Chiave` e scegli un numero di minuti come :guilabel:`Valore` " +"(`120` è il valore predefinito)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -4080,16 +4504,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Key` and choose a number of emails as the :guilabel:`Value` (`20`" " is the default behavior)." msgstr "" +"Per il secondo parametro, inserisci `mail.gateway.loop.threshold` come " +":guilabel:`Chiave` e scegli un numero di e-mail come :guilabel:`Valore` " +"(`20` è il comportamento predefinito)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:318 msgid "" "These parameters are only used to prevent the creation of new records. They " "**do not prevent replies** from being added to the chatter." msgstr "" +"Questi parametri vengono utilizzati esclusivamente per evitare la creazione " +"di nuovi record e **non impediscono** l'aggiunta di **risposte** nel " +"chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:322 msgid "Allow alias domain system parameter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autorizzare i parametri di sistema del dominio alias" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -4098,6 +4528,11 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Aliases`." msgstr "" +"Gli alias in entrata vengono impostati nel database Odoo per creare record a" +" seguito della ricezione di e-mail. Per visualizzare gli alias impostati nel" +" database Odoo, è necessario prima attivare la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore " +"`. In seguito, vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> " +"Funzioni tecniche --> Alias`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -4107,6 +4542,12 @@ msgid "" "create a ticket, lead, opportunity, etc., eliminates false positives where " "email addresses with only the prefix alias, not the domain, are present." msgstr "" +"Il seguente parametro di sistema, `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`, con i " +"valori dei domini alias consentiti, separati da virgole, filtra le e-mail " +"indirizzate correttamente agli alias. L'impostazione dei domini per i quali " +"l'alias può creare un ticket, un lead, un'opportunità e così via, elimina i " +"falsi positivi in cui sono presenti indirizzi e-mail con il solo prefisso " +"alias e non il dominio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -4115,6 +4556,11 @@ msgid "" "incoming email address. This is true in the sender, recipient, and :abbr:`CC" " (Carbon Copy)` email addresses of an incoming email." msgstr "" +"In alcuni casi, sono state effettuate delle corrispondenze nel database di " +"Odoo quando viene ricevuta un'e-mail con lo stesso prefisso alias e un " +"dominio diverso sull'indirizzo e-mail in entrata. Questo è vero per gli " +"indirizzi e-mail del mittente, del destinatario e della :abbr:`Cc (Copia " +"carbone)` di un e-mail in arrivo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -4124,6 +4570,11 @@ msgid "" " `commercial` alias, with a different domain, and therefore, creates a " "ticket/lead/opportunity/etc." msgstr "" +"Quando Odoo riceve e-mail con il prefisso dell'alias `commerciale` negli " +"indirizzi e-mail del mittente, del destinatario o della abbr:`Cc (Copia " +"carbone)` (ad es. commercial\\@example.com), il database tratta erroneamente" +" l'e-mail come alias `commerciale` completo, con un dominio diverso e quindi" +" crea un ticket/lead/opportunità ecc." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -4133,6 +4584,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. Then, type in `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` for the " ":guilabel:`Key` field." msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere il parametro di sistema `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`, per " +"prima cosa attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore `. In " +"seguito, vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> " +"Parametri di sistema`. Fai clic su :guilabel:`Nuovo`. In seguito, inserisci " +"`mail.catchall.domain.allowed` nel campo :guilabel:`Chiave`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -4140,10 +4596,13 @@ msgid "" "Manually :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, and the system " "parameter takes immediate effect." msgstr "" +"Successivamente, per il campo :guilabel:`Valore`, aggiungi i domini separati" +" da virgole. :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Salva)` manualmente e il " +"parametro di sistema verrà applicato immediatamente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst-1 msgid "mail.catchall.domain.allowed system parameter set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "parametro di sistema mail.catchall.domain.allowed system configurato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:354 msgid "Local-part based incoming detection" @@ -4157,20 +4616,28 @@ msgid "" "Odoo requires the whole email address to match for routing an incoming " "email." msgstr "" +"Quando crei un nuovo alias, appare un'opzione per attivare il " +":guilabel:`Rilevamento dell'arrivo di una parte locale`. Se selezionata, " +"Odoo richiede solo la corrispondenza della parte locale per instradare " +"un'e-mail in arrivo. Se questa funzione è disattivata, Odoo richiede la " +"corrispondenza dell'intero indirizzo e-mail per instradare un'e-mail in " +"arrivo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:3 msgid "Manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestire messaggi in uscita" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:8 msgid "Sending emails with Odoo's default configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inviare e-mail con la configurazione predefinita di Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:10 msgid "" "On **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**, sending and receiving emails works out " "of the box. No configuration is required." msgstr "" +"Su **Odoo online** e **Odoo.sh**, inviare e ricevere e-mail è un gioco da " +"ragazzi perché non è richiesta nessuna configurazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4178,6 +4645,9 @@ msgid "" " send and receive emails. The deliverability is optimized for this subdomain" " as it uses Odoo’s DNS configuration." msgstr "" +"Quando viene creato un database, il sottodominio `company-name.odoo.com` " +"viene utilizzato per inviare e ricevere e-mail. La consegna è ottimizzata " +"per questo sottodominio, poiché utilizza la configurazione DNS di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4185,10 +4655,13 @@ msgid "" "configurations are the default ones, all emails will be sent from " "`notifications@company-name.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Se il sottodominio del database corrisponde a `company-name.odoo.com` e " +"tutte le impostazioni relative alle e-mail sono quelle predefinite, tutte le" +" e-mail verranno inviate da `notifications@company-name.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "Odoo’s default outbound messages configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurazione messaggi in uscita predefinita di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4196,6 +4669,9 @@ msgid "" "address. In addition, delivery errors are sent to `bounce@company-" "name.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail vengono inviate con `catchall@company-name.odoo.com` che " +"corrisponde all'indirizzo *rispondi a*. Inoltre, gli errori di consegna " +"vengono inviati a `bounce@company-name.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4204,10 +4680,14 @@ msgid "" "Emails sent to an alias are automatically routed and will reply to an " "existing and linked record or will create a new one in the database." msgstr "" +"Gli indirizzi catchall, bounce e di notifica non funzionano come gli altri " +"alias. Non hanno la vocazione di creare record in un database. Le e-mail " +"inviate a un alias vengono instradate automaticamente e rispondono a un " +"record esistente e collegato o ne creano uno nuovo nel database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:34 msgid "Using a custom domain to send emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un dominio personalizzato per inviare e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4219,6 +4699,14 @@ msgid "" "domain can be utilized when sending emails either with Odoo’s email servers " "or an external one." msgstr "" +"Il database può essere configurato per utilizzare un dominio personalizzato " +"e in questo caso tutti gli indirizzi e-mail predefiniti vengono costruiti " +"utilizzando il dominio personalizzato. Se il dominio personalizzato è " +"`company-name.com`, l'indirizzo del mittente sarà `notifications@company-" +"name.com`, l'indirizzo *rispondi a* `catchall@company-name.com` e " +"l'indirizzo di *rimbalzo* `bounce@company-name.com`. Il dominio " +"personalizzato può essere utilizzato quando si inviano e-mail sia con i " +"server e-mail di Odoo che con un server esterno." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4226,16 +4714,22 @@ msgid "" "must be purchased from a domain registrar such as GoDaddy, Namecheap, or any" " alternative provider." msgstr "" +"Questa sezione presuppone la proprietà di un dominio personalizzato. In caso" +" contrario, il dominio personalizzato deve essere acquistato da una società " +"di registrazione di domini come GoDaddy, Namecheap o qualsiasi altro " +"fornitore alternativo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:48 msgid "Using a custom domain with Odoo’s email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un dominio personalizzato con server e-mail di Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:50 msgid "" "On **Odoo Online** or **Odoo.sh**, some configurations are mandatory in the " "custom domain's DNS to ensure good deliverability." msgstr "" +"Su **Odoo online** od **Odoo.sh**, alcune configurazioni sono obbligatorie " +"nel DNS del dominio personalizzato al fine di garantire la consegna." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4243,12 +4737,18 @@ msgid "" " might require some configuration on the mail server itself. **Some " "technical knowledge is required.**" msgstr "" +"La gran parte della configurazione verrà effettuata da parte del fornitore " +"del dominio e potrebbe richiedere alcune impostazioni anche sul server " +"e-mail. **Sono richieste alcune competenze tecniche**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:57 msgid "" "The first step is to configure the :ref:`SPF ` and " ":ref:`DKIM ` to be compliant with Odoo’s mail server." msgstr "" +"Il primo passo da fare è configurare lo :ref:`SPF ` e il " +":ref:`DKIM ` per essere conforme al server e-mail di " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4256,6 +4756,9 @@ msgid "" " the company, open the :guilabel:`Settings`, and add the custom domain under" " the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` field." msgstr "" +"In seguito, Il modulo personalizzato deve essere impostato come dominio " +"alias di un'azienda. Seleziona l'azienda, apri le :guilabel:`Impostazioni` e" +" aggiungi il dominio personalizzato nel campo :guilabel:`Dominio alias`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4264,6 +4767,10 @@ msgid "" "domain if needed. Enable the :ref:`developer-mode` mode to modify the " "default aliases if desired:" msgstr "" +"Dopo aver aggiunto il dominio alias, fai clic sull'icona :icon:`oi-arrow-" +"right` (:guilabel:`link interno`) per assegnare più aziende al dominio " +"personalizzato se necessario. Attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore` per " +"modificare gli alias predefiniti se desiderato:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4271,16 +4778,22 @@ msgid "" "populate the :ref:`red envelope ` on" " the corresponding message." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alias rimbalzo`: la casella di posta utilizzata per trovare " +"errori di consegna e popolare la :ref:`busta rossa ` sul messaggio corrispondente;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Catchall Alias`: the default mailbox used to centralize all " "replies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alias catchall`: la casella di posta predefinita utilizzata per " +"centralizzare tutte le risposte;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Default From Alias`: the default sender address." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Predefinito dall'alias`: l'indirizzo predefinito del mittente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4289,16 +4802,24 @@ msgid "" "the lowest priority (ad displayed on the alias domain list in " ":ref:`developer-mode`)." msgstr "" +"Al momento della creazione del primo dominio alias, tutte le aziende lo " +"utilizzeranno. Se crei una nuova azienda, il dominio alias impostato " +"automaticamente è quello con la priorità più bassa (come mostrato " +"nell'elenco dei domini alias nella :ref:`modalità sviluppatore`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:77 msgid "" "All email aliases (e.g., related to CRM or Helpdesk teams) must have their " "corresponding mailbox in the custom domain mail server." msgstr "" +"Tutti gli alias e-mail (ad es., relativi ai team CRM o Helpdesk) devono " +"avere la casella di posta corrispondente nel server e-mail del dominio " +"personalizzato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "Technical schema of external mail server configuration with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Schema tecnico della configurazione del server e-mail esterno con Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -4306,22 +4827,30 @@ msgid "" "(CRM, invoices, sales orders, etc.), one of these three methods must be " "used:" msgstr "" +"Per ricevere e-mail nel database Odoo all'interno del chatter corrispondente" +" (CRM, fatture, ordini di vendita, ecc.), bisogna utilizzare uno di questi " +"tre metodi:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:86 msgid "" ":ref:`Redirections/forwarding `," msgstr "" +":ref:`Reindirizzamento/inoltro `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:87 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming mail servers `," msgstr "" +":ref:`Server e-mail in entrata `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`MX record ` (requires advanced " "technical knowledge)" msgstr "" +":ref:`Record MX ` (richiede conoscenze " +"tecniche avanzate)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4329,16 +4858,22 @@ msgid "" "outbound-custom-domain-smtp-server-local-part>` might be used by Odoo to " "send emails." msgstr "" +"L'utilizzo di un dominio personalizzato implica l'utilizzo di :ref:`parti " +"locali ` specifiche da " +"parte di Odoo per inviare e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:96 msgid "Sending emails with an external SMTP server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inviare e-mail con un server SMTP esterno" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:99 msgid "" "If utilizing your own outgoing mail server, it must be paired with your own " "domain, as updating the DNS of an Odoo subdomain is not feasible." msgstr "" +"Se utilizzi il tuo server e-mail in uscita, quest'ultimo deve essere " +"abbinato al tuo dominio in quanto non è possibile aggiornare il DNS di un " +"sottodominio Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -4347,6 +4882,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emails` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the " "page to save the changes." msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere un server SMTP esterno in Odoo, apri le " +":guilabel:`Impostazioni` e attiva l'opzione :guilabel:`Usa server e-mail " +"personalizzati` che si trova nella sezione :guilabel:`E-mail`. In seguito, " +"fai clic su :guilabel:`Salva` nella parte alta della pagina per salvare le " +"modifiche." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4355,6 +4895,11 @@ msgid "" "are the common parameters used to set up a connection to an SMTP server; use" " the values provided by your email provider." msgstr "" +"Tornando alla sezione :guilabel:`E-mail`, fai clic su :guilabel:`Server " +"e-mail in uscita`, in seguito `Nuovo` per creare un record per il server " +"stesso. La maggior parte dei campi sono i parametri comuni utilizzati per " +"configurare una connessione a un server SMTP. Utilizza i valori forniti dal " +"fornitore di posta." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4363,60 +4908,73 @@ msgid "" "restriction might remain on the provider side, thus, it is recommended to " "consult your provider’s documentation." msgstr "" +"Una volta completata la procedura, fai clic su :guilabel:`Prova " +"connessione`. Nota che una connessione di prova funzionante non conferma il " +"fatto che l'e-mail verrà inviata in quanto potrebbero essere presenti alcune" +" restrizioni lato fornitore quindi consigliamo di consultarne la " +"documentazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:117 msgid "Local-part values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valori della parte locale" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:119 msgid "" "Below are presented the different local-part values that can be used by Odoo" " to send emails. It might be required to whitelist them in your mail server:" msgstr "" +"Di seguito vengono elencati i vari valori della parte locale che possono " +"essere utilizzati da Odoo per inviare e-mail. Potrebbe essere necessario " +"inserirli nella whitelist del tuo server e-mail:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:122 msgid "The Alias Domain Bounce Alias (default value = `bounce`)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "l'alias di rimbalzo del dominio alias (valore predefinito = `bounce`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:123 msgid "The Alias Domain Default From (default value = `notifications`)," msgstr "" +"il dominio alias Predefinito da ( valore predefinito = `notifications`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:124 msgid "" "The default admin address `admin@company-name.odoo.com` or, if changed, the " "new value)," msgstr "" +"l'indirizzo admin predefinito `admin@company-name.odoo.com` (o il nuovo " +"valore se modificato)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:125 msgid "" "The default Odoobot address `odoobot@company-name.odoo.com` or, if changed, " "the new value)," msgstr "" +"l'indirizzo Odoobot predefinito `odoobot@company-name.odoo.com` (o il nuovo " +"valore se modificato)" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:126 msgid "The specific FROM defined on an email marketing campaign," -msgstr "" +msgstr "il FROM specifico indicato per una campagna marketing e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:127 msgid "The specific FROM that can be defined in an email template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "il FROM specifico che può essere indicato in un modello e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`google_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`azure_oauth`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`azure_oauth`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:136 msgid "Setting up different servers for transactional and mass emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare server diversi per e-mail di transazione e di massa" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:141 msgid "Personalized mail servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server e-mail personalizzati" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -4426,12 +4984,21 @@ msgid "" "emails*, including the sending of batches of invoices or quotations, will be" " managed by the Marketing Automation or Email Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail di transazione e di mass possono essere configurate utilizzando " +"server e-mail separati in Odoo. Ciò significa che le e-mail, i preventivi o " +"le fatture inviate ai clienti ogni giorno verranno gestite come *e-mail di " +"transazione*. Le *e-mail di massa*, compreso l'invio di gruppi di fatture o " +"preventivi, verranno gestite dall'app Automazione marketing o E-mail " +"marketing." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:149 msgid "" "You can use services like Gmail, Amazon SES, or Brevo for transactional " "emails, and services like Mailgun, Sendgrid, or Mailjet for mass mailings." msgstr "" +"Puoi utilizzare servizi come Gmail, Amazon SES o Brevo per le e-mail di " +"transazione e servizi come Mailgun, Sendgrid o Mailjet per le e-mail di " +"massa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -4442,10 +5009,18 @@ msgid "" "transactional server (e.g., `1`) over the mass mailings server (e.g., `2`) " "so transactional emails are given priority." msgstr "" +"Per prima cosa, attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore` e vai su " +":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: Server e-mail" +" in uscita`. In questa sezione, aggiungi due record di server e-mail in " +"uscita, uno per il server di e-mail transazionale e uno per il server e-mail" +" di massa. Inserisci un valore più basso nel campo :guilabel:`Priorità` per " +"il server transazionale (ad es., `1`) rispetto al server e-mail di massa (ad" +" es., `2`), così da dare priorità alle e-mail di transazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "Example of split between transaction and mass mailing mail servers." msgstr "" +"Esempio di divisione tra il server e-mail di transazione e quello di massa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -4454,20 +5029,28 @@ msgid "" "server. Odoo uses the server with the lowest priority value for " "transactional emails, and the server selected here for mass mailings." msgstr "" +"Apri l'app :menuselection:`Marketing e-mail --> Configurazione --> " +"Impostazioni`, attiva il :guilabel:`server dedicato` e seleziona il server " +"e-mail appropriato. Odoo usa il server con il valore di priorità più basso " +"per le e-mail di transazione e il server selezionato qui per le e-mail di " +"massa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated mail server on Email Marketing app settings." msgstr "" +"Sezione Server e-mail dedicato nelle impostazioni dell'app E-mail marketing." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:171 msgid "FROM filtering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtro mittente" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:174 msgid "" "It’s **highly recommended** to configure the FROM Filtering on the outgoing " "mail servers as per the instructions of your provider." msgstr "" +"È **fortemente consigliato** configurare il filtro mittente nei server " +"e-mail in uscita seguendo le istruzioni del fornitore." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -4477,24 +5060,35 @@ msgid "" "address** that matches the sender’s email address and is trusted on the " "outgoing mail server provider's side." msgstr "" +"Il campo :guilabel:`Filtro mittente` permette di utilizzare un server e-mail" +" in uscita specifico in base all'indirizzo e-mail del *mittente* o al " +"dominio di cui Odoo fa le veci. Il **valore deve essere un dominio o un " +"indirizzo completo** che corrisponde all'indirizzo e-mail del mittente e " +"viene considerato sicuro dal server e-mail in uscita lato fornitore." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:182 msgid "" "If FROM filtering is not used, emails will go out using the notification " "address." msgstr "" +"Se il filtro mittente non viene utilizzato, le e-mail verranno inviate " +"utilizzando l'indirizzo di notifica." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:185 msgid "" "Some outgoing mail servers require a specific configuration of the FROM " "filter." msgstr "" +"Alcuni server e-mail in uscita richiedono una configurazione specifica del " +"filtro mittente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:187 msgid "" "When an email is sent from Odoo, the following sequence is used to choose " "the outgoing email server:" msgstr "" +"Quando un'e-mail viene inviata da Odoo, la seguente sequenza viene " +"utilizzata per scegliere il server e-mail in uscita:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -4503,6 +5097,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration is ideal if all users of a company share the same domain but " "have different local-parts." msgstr "" +"In primo luogo, Odoo cerca un server che ha lo stesso valore per il filtro " +"mittente (ad es. indirizzo e-mail) indicato nell'e-mail in uscita. Questa " +"configurazione è ideale se tutti gli utenti di un'azienda condividono lo " +"stesso dominio ma hanno parti locali diverse." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -4510,6 +5108,9 @@ msgid "" "having a FROM filtering value equal to `test@example.com` or `example.com` " "can be used." msgstr "" +"Se l'indirizzo e-mail del mittente corrisponde a `test@example.com`, è " +"possibile utilizzare solo un server e-mail con il valore filtro mittente " +"uguale a `test@example.com` o `example.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -4517,12 +5118,17 @@ msgid "" "server without a FROM filtering value set. The email will be overridden with" " the notification address." msgstr "" +"Se in base al primo criterio non viene trovato nessun server, Odoo cercherà " +"il primo server senza un valore impostato per il filtro mittente. L'e-mail " +"verrà sostituita dall'indirizzo di notifica." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:200 msgid "" "If no server is found based on the second criteria, Odoo uses the first " "server, and the email will be overridden with the notification address." msgstr "" +"Se non viene trovato alcun server in base al secondo criterio, Odoo utilizza" +" il primo server e l'e-mail verrà sostituita dall'indirizzo di notifica." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -4530,16 +5136,22 @@ msgid "" "the value is, the higher the priority is). Failing to do so, the first " "server is determined by the servers' names, using alphabetical order." msgstr "" +"Per determinare quale sia il primo server, Odoo utilizza il valore priorità " +"(più basso è il valore, più alta è la priorità). In caso contrario, il primo" +" server viene determinato dai nomi dei server, utilizzando l'ordine " +"alfabetico. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:208 msgid "" "It is also possible to use Odoo's mail server for transactional emails in " "addition to mass mailings." msgstr "" +"È anche possibile utilizzare il server e-mail di Odoo per le e-mail " +"transazionali oltre che per gli invii di massa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:213 msgid "Using an external email server and Odoo’s default server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un server e-mail esterno e il server predefinito di Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -4547,12 +5159,17 @@ msgid "" "If no outgoing mail server is set, the default Odoo's SMTP server will be " "used." msgstr "" +"In Odoo Online e Odoo.sh, i database vengono avviati con il server SMTP di " +"Odoo. Se non viene impostato alcun server e-mail in uscita, verrà utilizzato" +" il server SMTP predefinito di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "" "Adding a mail server using the Odoo's mail server with the CLI " "authentication." msgstr "" +"Aggiungere un server e-mail utilizzando il server e-mail di Odoo con " +"l'autenticazione CLI." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -4562,12 +5179,19 @@ msgid "" "there is no FROM filtering, the email will go out using the notification " "address." msgstr "" +"Se si utilizza un server e-mail in uscita contemporaneamente al server " +"predefinito di Odoo (CLI), il filtro mittente del server e-mail in uscita " +"deve contenere un dominio personalizzato e il filtro mittente del CLI deve " +"contenere il sottodominio di Odoo. Se non c'è un filtro mittente, l'e-mail " +"verrà inviata utilizzando l'indirizzo di notifica." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst-1 msgid "" "Splitting of Odoo mail server for transactional emails and Mail server for " "Mass mailing." msgstr "" +"Scissione del server e-mail di Odoo per le e-mail transazionali e del server" +" e-mail per l'invio di e-mail di massa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -4575,6 +5199,9 @@ msgid "" " mail server, using the same limit as if there was no outgoing mail server " "in place." msgstr "" +"Su Odoo online, l'interfaccia della riga di comando è equivalente al server " +"e-mail predefinito di Odoo, utilizzando lo stesso limite come se non ci " +"fosse un server e-mail in uscita." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -4582,12 +5209,17 @@ msgid "" "limit. On Odoo.sh, you need to check on the monitor page the number of " "outgoing emails that were sent." msgstr "" +"Su Odoo Online, la pagina mostra anche l'utilizzo giornaliero delle e-mail e" +" il limite giornaliero. Su Odoo.sh, è necessario controllare nella pagina di" +" monitoraggio il numero di e-mail in uscita che sono state inviate." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:239 msgid "" "On Odoo.sh, to use the command-line interface, an outgoing mail server can " "be configured on the configuration file." msgstr "" +"Su Odoo.sh, per utilizzare l'interfaccia a riga di comando, è possibile " +"configurare un server e-mail in uscita nel file di configurazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -4596,10 +5228,14 @@ msgid "" "failure-messages-limit>` depends on the database type and the applications " "used." msgstr "" +"Il server e-mail di Odoo è progettato per le e-mail di transazione e " +"campagne marketing su piccola scala. Il :ref:`limite giornaliero ` dipende dal tipo di " +"database e dalle applicazioni utilizzate." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:250 msgid "Using a custom domain with an external email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un dominio personalizzato con un server e-mail esterno" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -4610,6 +5246,13 @@ msgid "" "records (SPF, DKIM, and DMARC). A list of the :ref:`most common providers is" " available `." msgstr "" +"Come nel :ref:`capitolo precedente `, è necessaria una configurazione adeguata per assicurarsi " +"che il server e-mail esterno possa inviare e-mail utilizzando il tuo dominio" +" personalizzato. Consulta la documentazione del fornitore per configurare in" +" maniera adeguata i record necessari (SPF, DKIM e DMARC). È disponibile un " +"elenco dei :ref:`fornitori più comuni `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -4620,16 +5263,24 @@ msgid "" "of Odoo when using a custom email server. Odoo does not allow the " "configuration of Odoo's subdomain." msgstr "" +"La configurazione DNS è richiesta quando usi il tuo proprio dominio. Se stai" +" utilizzando un server e-mail in uscita esterno, la configurazione dei " +"record, secondo quanto descritto nella sezione :doc:`Configurazione DNS Odoo" +" per i propri server e-mail `, **non avrà l'effetto " +"desiderato** perché dipende da Odoo quando si utilizza un server e-mail " +"personalizzato. Odoo non permette di configurare sottodomini Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:268 msgid "Port restriction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restrizione Port" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:270 msgid "" "Port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh. Try " "using port 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" +"Il Port 25 è bloccato per ragioni di sicurezza su Odoo online e Odoo.sh. " +"Prova a utilizzare i port 465, 587 o 2525." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:276 msgid "Alias domain" @@ -4641,6 +5292,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo’s subdomain (e.g., `company-name.odoo.com`), but each company may have " "its own custom email domain." msgstr "" +"Il dominio catchall è specifico dell'azienda. Per impostazione predefinita, " +"tutte le aziende condividono il sottodominio di Odoo (ad es., `company-" +"name.odoo.com`) ma ogni azienda deve avere il proprio dominio e-mail " +"personalizzato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -4648,6 +5303,9 @@ msgid "" "available by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: " "Alias Domains`." msgstr "" +"Quando attivi la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore`, le opzioni del dominio alias " +"sono disponibili andando su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni " +"tecniche --> E-mail: Domini alias`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -4655,6 +5313,10 @@ msgid "" "the aliases (bounce, catchall, default from) is changed, all previous emails" " that are not properly redirected to the new aliases will be lost." msgstr "" +"Qualsiasi modifica del dominio alias deve essere effettuata con molta " +"attenzione. Se uno degli alias (rimbalzo, catchall, predefinito da) viene " +"modificato, tutte le e-mail precedenti che non sono state correttamente " +"reindirizzate ai nuovi alias andranno perse." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -4663,10 +5325,15 @@ msgid "" "Configure it to determine the `FROM` header of your emails. If a full email " "address is used, all outgoing emails will be overwritten with this address." msgstr "" +"Il campo :guilabel:`Predefinito dall'alias` può essere completato con una " +"parte locale dell'indirizzo e-mail (`notifications` di default) o un " +"indirizzo e-mail completo. Configuralo per determinare l'intestazione " +"`mittente` delle tue e-mail. Se utilizzi un indirizzo e-mail completo, tutte" +" le e-mail in uscita verranno sostituite da questo indirizzo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:297 msgid "Notification system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistema di notifica" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -4674,6 +5341,10 @@ msgid "" "If a customer replies directly to an email, the answer is logged in the same" " chatter, thus functioning as a message thread related to the record." msgstr "" +"Quando un'e-mail viene inviata dal chatter, i clienti possono rispondere " +"direttamente. Se un cliente risponde direttamente a un'e-mail, la risposta " +"viene registrata nello stesso chatter, funzionando così come un thread di " +"messaggi relativi al record." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -4681,6 +5352,9 @@ msgid "" "the subscribed subtypes) to send them a notification by email, or in the " "Odoo inbox, depending on the user’s preferences." msgstr "" +"Una volta ricevuta la risposta, Odoo utilizza i follower registrati (in base" +" ai sottotipi) per inviare una notifica via e-mail o nella casella di posta " +"di Odoo, a seconda delle preferenze dell'utente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -4689,6 +5363,10 @@ msgid "" "default behavior is to redistribute the email's content to all other " "followers within the thread." msgstr "" +"Se un cliente con indirizzo e-mail `“Mary” ` " +"risponde direttamente a un'e-mail in arrivo dal database Odoo, il " +"comportamento predefinito di Odoo consiste nel ridistribuire il contenuto " +"delle e-mail agli altri follower nel thread." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -4699,6 +5377,13 @@ msgid "" "overridden with the value `notifications@company-name.odoo.com` instead of " "`mary@customer.example.com`." msgstr "" +"Dato che il dominio di Mary non appartiene dal dominio alias, Odoo " +"sostituisce l'indirizzo e-mail e utilizza l'indirizzo e-mail di notifica per" +" notificare i follower. La sostituzione dipende dalla configurazione " +"eseguita nel database. Per impostazione predefinita, su Odoo online e " +"Odoo.sh, l'indirizzo e-mail del `mittente` verrà sostituito con il valore " +"`notifications@company-name.odoo.com` invece di `mary@customer.example.com`." +" " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:317 msgid "" @@ -4706,10 +5391,13 @@ msgid "" "default from alias}`@`{alias domain, domain name}`, by default, " "`notifications@company-name.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"L'indirizzo viene costruito utilizzando il nome del mittente e `{dominio " +"alias, predefinito dall'alias}`@`{dominio alias, nome dominio}`, per " +"impostazione predefinita, `notifications@company-name.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:324 msgid "Using a unique email address for all outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare un unico indirizzo e-mail per e-mail in uscita" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -4718,30 +5406,42 @@ msgid "" "Email: Alias Domains`. On the :guilabel:`Default From Alias`, use the the " "local-part or a complete email address as the value." msgstr "" +"Per forzare l'indirizzo e-mail da cui vengono inviate le e-mail, attiva la " +":ref:`modalità sviluppatore` e vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> " +"Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: Domini alias`. Nel campo " +":guilabel:`Predefinito dall'alias`, utilizza la parte locale o un indirizzo " +"e-mail completo come valore." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:331 msgid "" "If a **complete address** is used as the :guilabel:`Default From Alias` " "value, **all** outgoing emails will be overwritten by this address." msgstr "" +"Se un **indirizzo completo** viene utilizzato come valore del campo " +":guilabel:`Predefinito dall'alias`, **tutte** le e-mail in uscita verranno " +"sostituite da questo indirizzo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 msgid "Common emailing issues and solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problemi e-mail comuni e soluzioni" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "This page lists the most common emailing issues and their solutions." msgstr "" +"La presente pagina elenca i problemi più comuni relativi all'invio di e-mail" +" e alcune possibili soluzioni." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:10 msgid "Odoo is not an email provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo non è un fornitore di servizi e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo does not function like a classic email inbox, such as Gmail, Outlook, " "Yahoo, etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo non funziona come una casella di posta classica ovvero Gmail, Outlook, " +"Yahoo, ecc." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4750,10 +5450,14 @@ msgid "" "server. Therefore, it might not behave in the expected way when compared to " "a traditional email inbox." msgstr "" +"Sebbene Odoo utilizzi le e-mail come mezzo per notificare e comunicare con " +"gli utenti/clienti, per sua stessa concezione non sostituisce un server " +"e-mail dedicato. Pertanto, potrebbe non comportarsi nel modo previsto " +"rispetto a una casella di posta elettronica tradizionale." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 msgid "The main differences are the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le differenze principali sono le seguenti:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4764,6 +5468,13 @@ msgid "" "content of the same email (when sent to multiple recipients) if the content " "is already present in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, una volta che un'e-mail di notifica o di " +"transazione (preventivo, fattura, messaggio diretto a un contatto) è stata " +"inviata con successo, l'oggetto e-mail viene eliminato. Il contenuto del " +"messaggio di posta elettronica rimane nella chat del record correlato. In " +"questo modo si evita di ingombrare il database con più copie del contenuto " +"della stessa e-mail (se inviata a più destinatari), se il contenuto è già " +"presente nel chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -4772,6 +5483,10 @@ msgid "" " contact is notified ` or receives a copy of " "an email." msgstr "" +"Non esiste il concetto di copia per conoscenza nascosta (CCN). Odoo utilizza" +" il concetto di *follower* aggiunti al chatter per decidere automaticamente " +"quando e come un :ref:`contatto viene notificato ` o riceve la copia di un'e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4782,14 +5497,21 @@ msgid "" "in a spam or quarantine folder. In other words, any email unrelated to an " "Odoo database is lost." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail in entrata vengono gestite controllando se l'indirizzo e-mail *A* " +"è un indirizzo e-mail valido nel database di Odoo o, in caso di e-mail di " +"risposta, se nell'intestazione dell'e-mail c'è un riferimento che " +"corrisponde a un messaggio inviato dal database di Odoo. Tutte le altre " +"e-mail saranno rimbalzate e **non** parcheggiate temporaneamente in una " +"cartella spam o di quarantena. In altre parole, qualsiasi e-mail non " +"correlata a un database Odoo viene persa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 msgid "Outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail in uscita" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Changing the email address of the admin user account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificare l'indirizzo e-mail dell'account utente amministratore" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4797,6 +5519,10 @@ msgid "" "placeholder email address. It is recommended to **replace the admin email " "address** with a valid email address to prevent outgoing email issues." msgstr "" +"Al momento della creazione di un database Odoo, all'account admin principale" +" viene assegnato un indirizzo e-mail segnaposto. È consigliato **sostituire " +"l'indirizzo e-mail admin** con un indirizzo e-mail valido per evitare " +"problemi con le e-mail in uscita." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4806,6 +5532,12 @@ msgid "" "email address or use your Odoo subdomain (e.g., `company-name.odoo.com`) and" " `admin` for the local-part (e.g., `admin@company-name.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Per farlo, nell'account admin, fai clic sull'icona utente, :guilabel:`Il mio" +" profilo` (o :guilabel:`Preferenze`) e aggiorna il campo :guilabel:`E-mail` " +"nella scheda :guilabel:`Preferenze`. Puoi utilizzare qualsiasi altro " +"indirizzo e-mail oppure il tuo sottodominio Odoo (ad es., `company-" +"name.odoo.com`) e `admin` per la parte locale (ad es., `admin@company-" +"name.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "Delivery failure" @@ -4817,10 +5549,13 @@ msgid "" " is displayed in the chatter. The icon turns red when delivery has failed " "for at least one recipient." msgstr "" +"Quando invii un messaggio, nel chatter appare l'icona :icon:`fa-envelope-o` " +":guilabel:`(lettera)`. L'icona diventa rossa quando la consegna non è " +"riuscita per almeno un destinatario. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icona busta rossa mostrata nel chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4828,16 +5563,22 @@ msgid "" "possible, the relevant :ref:`error messages `." msgstr "" +"Fai clic con il tasto destro del mouse sulla busta per visualizzare le " +"informazioni sulla consegna e, se possibile, i :ref:`messaggi di errore " +"` rilevanti." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Example of a sending failure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esempio errore invio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`See Error Details` to get extra information for the fail " "reason, **if** Odoo was able to process the original error or bounce email." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Vedi dettagli errore` per ottenere più informazioni " +"sulle ragioni del fallimento, **se** Odoo è stato in grado di elaborare " +"l'errore originale o l'e-mail di rimbalzo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4846,12 +5587,18 @@ msgid "" "column. All **toggled-off** (:icon:`fa-toggle-off`) recipients will be " "ignored." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Invia e chiudi` per provare a inviare di nuovo " +"l'e-mail a tutti i destinatari **selezionati** (:icon:`fa-toggle-on`) nella " +"colonna :guilabel:`Prova di nuovo`.Tutti i destinatari **non selezionati** " +"(:icon:`fa-toggle-off`) verranno ignorati." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Ignore all` to ignore all currently failing emails and turn" " the envelope icon from red to white." msgstr "" +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Ignora tutti` per ignorare tutte le e-mail non " +"riuscite e l'icona della busta diventerà bianca." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4859,10 +5606,13 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Emails`." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail non inviate appaiono nella lista di attesa di Odoo. Per accedervi," +" attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore ` e vai su " +":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: E-mail`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Example of the technical email queue view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esempio vista tecnica coda e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -4871,6 +5621,10 @@ msgid "" "then appear with the :guilabel:`Outgoing` status. The email will be sent " "again the next time the scheduled action for the email queue runs." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail non riuscite hanno come stato :guilabel:`Consegna non riuscita`. " +"Fai clic su :guilabel:`Riprova` per inserire di nuovo un'e-mail nella coda. " +"In seguito, lo stato diventerà :guilabel:`In uscita`. L'e-mail verrà inviata" +" di nuovo quando verrà eseguita l'azione programmata per la coda e-mail. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4878,6 +5632,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send Now`. Click :guilabel:`Cancel Email` to remove it from the " "email queue." msgstr "" +"In alternativa, le e-mail in coda possono essere inviate immediatamente " +"facendo clic su :guilabel:`Invia ora`. Fai clic su :guilabel:`Annulla " +"e-mail` per eliminarla dalla coda." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -4885,18 +5642,21 @@ msgid "" "the *Auto-Vacuum* scheduled action that cleans redundant data on your Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail inviate vengono eliminate periodicamente dalla coda. Questo viene " +"eseguito dall'azione programmata *Pulizia automatica* che elimina i dati " +"ridondanti dal database Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 msgid "Common error messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Messaggi di errore comuni" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 msgid "Daily limit reached" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limite giornaliero raggiunto" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email limit reached warning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avviso limite e-mail raggiunto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4906,43 +5666,55 @@ msgid "" " to addresses that do not exist or are no longer valid. It also applies to " "unsolicited spam emails sent through an Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Odoo limita il numero di e-mail che possono essere inviate da un database di" +" Odoo online. La maggior parte dei fornitori di servizi di posta elettronica" +" (ad esempio, Google, Yahoo, ecc.) inserisce l'IP del server di Odoo nella " +"lista nera se il server e-mail di Odoo invia troppe e-mail a indirizzi " +"inesistenti o non più validi. Questo vale anche per le e-mail di spam non " +"richieste inviate attraverso un database di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:115 msgid "" "The default daily email limit varies between **5 and 200 emails**. The exact" " limit is depends on several factors (subject to change):" msgstr "" +"Il limite di e-mail giornaliero predefinito varia da **5 a 200**. Il limite " +"esatto dipende da vari fattori (soggetti a modifiche):" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 msgid "" "Type of database subscription (one app free, trial, paying subscription)" msgstr "" +"tipo di abbonamento database (una app gratuita, prova, abbonamento a " +"pagamento);" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 msgid "Apps installed (i.e., Email Marketing, Marketing Automation)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App installate (ad es., E-mail marketing, Automazione marketing);" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:120 msgid "If a database migration is ongoing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se è in corso la migrazione di un database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:122 msgid "If the daily limit is reached, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se raggiungi il limite giornaliero, puoi:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 msgid "" "Contact :ref:`Odoo Support ` to increase your email " "quota. The following factors will be taken into account:" msgstr "" +"contattare il :ref:`supporto Odoo ` per aumentare la " +"quota di e-mail. Verranno presi in considerazione i seguenti fattori:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 msgid "Numbers of users on the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "numero di utenti del database;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 msgid "Apps installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App installate;" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -4950,12 +5722,17 @@ msgid "" "because they were returned by an email server on their way to the final " "recipient)." msgstr "" +"Tasso di rimbalzo (percentuale degli indirizzi e-mail che non hanno ricevuto" +" e-mail perché rispedite al mittente da un server e-mail nel percorso verso " +"il destinatario finale);" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:131 msgid "" "Whether your :ref:`email aliases are correctly set up and use the " "appropriate custom domains `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Alias e-mail configurati correttamente e utilizzo dei domini " +"personalizzati appropriati `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -4965,12 +5742,19 @@ msgid "" "emails on your custom domain's behalf `." msgstr "" +"Quando utilizzi un dominio personalizzato, verifica che i parametri " +":ref:`SPF `, :ref:`DKIM ` e :ref:`DMARC" +" ` siano configurati correttamente in modo da " +":ref:`permettere ai server e-mail di Odoo di inviare e-mail a nome del tuo " +"dominio personalizzato `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" ":doc:`Use an external outgoing email server <../email_communication>` to be " "independent of Odoo's email limit." msgstr "" +":doc:`Utilizza un server e-mail in uscita esterno <../email_communication>` " +"per non dipendere dal limite di e-mail di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -4979,6 +5763,10 @@ msgid "" "Technical --> Email: Emails`, and click :guilabel:`Retry` next to the unsent" " email." msgstr "" +"Aspetta fino al giorno successivo e prova a inviare di nuovo l'e-mail. Per " +"farlo, attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore `, vai su " +":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> E-mail: E-mail` e fai" +" clic su :guilabel:`Riprova` accanto all'e-mail non inviata." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -4988,10 +5776,15 @@ msgid "" "someone via email. This can be mitigated by receiving :ref:`notifications in" " Odoo ` instead of by email." msgstr "" +"Il limite giornaliero di e-mail conta ogni e-mail inviata dal tuo database " +"Odoo, manualmente o automaticamente. Per impostazione predefinita, qualsiasi" +" messaggio interno, notifica, nota, ecc. conta come e-mail se notifica " +"qualcuno via e-mail. Questo può essere mitigato ricevendo :ref:`notifiche in" +" Odoo ` e non via e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "SMTP error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Errore SMTP" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -4999,6 +5792,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ is a " "standard used to transmit emails between email servers and/or email clients." msgstr "" +"Il `Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) " +"`_ è uno " +"standard utilizzato per trasmettere e-mail tra server e-mail e/o client " +"e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -5008,10 +5805,15 @@ msgid "" " While the code numbers are not specific to Odoo, the exact content of the " "error message might vary from email server to email server." msgstr "" +"Se utilizzi :ref:`un server STMP esterno per inviare e-mail `, esiste un set standard di `codici errore SMTP " +"`_." +" Mentre i numeri dei codici non sono specifici per Odoo, il contenuto esatto" +" del messaggio di errore potrebbe variare da un server e-mail all'altro." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 msgid "A 550 SMTP permanent delivery error from sendgrid.com:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un errore di consegna permanente SMTP 550 da sendgrid.com:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -5021,22 +5823,32 @@ msgid "" "starting point to troubleshoot the issue, and verify that you whitelisted " "the email address on the side of sendgrid.com." msgstr "" +"Il messaggio di errore indica che si è tentato di inviare un'e-mail da un " +"indirizzo e-mail non verificato. Un buon punto di partenza per risolvere il " +"problema è indagare sulla configurazione del server e-mail in uscita o " +"sull'indirizzo *Da* predefinito del database e verificare che l'indirizzo " +"e-mail sia stato inserito nella whitelist di sendgrid.com." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:184 msgid "" "Usually, inputting the error message content in a Google search can yield " "information on what the root cause might be and how to correct the issue." msgstr "" +"Di solito, inserendo il contenuto del messaggio di errore in una ricerca su " +"Google si possono ottenere informazioni sulla causa principale e su come " +"correggere il problema." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:187 msgid "" "If the issue cannot be resolved and keeps occurring, contact :ref:`Odoo " "Support `." msgstr "" +"Se il problema non può essere risolto e continua a verificarsi, contatta il " +":ref:`supporto Odoo `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:193 msgid "No error populated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nessun errore popolato" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -5044,12 +5856,18 @@ msgid "" " failed. The different email providers implement their own policy on bounced" " emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it correctly." msgstr "" +"Odoo non è sempre in grado di fornire informazioni sul motivo per cui una " +"consegna non è andata a buon fine. I diversi fornitori di posta elettronica " +"implementano la propria politica sulle e-mail respinte e non sempre Odoo è " +"in grado di interpretarla correttamente." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:199 msgid "" "If there is a recurring problem with the same customer or the same domain, " "contact :ref:`Odoo Support `." msgstr "" +"Se esiste un problema ricorrente con lo stesso cliente o dominio, contatta " +"il :ref:`supporto Odoo `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -5060,10 +5878,16 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Communication in Odoo by email documentation <../email_communication>`" " for more information." msgstr "" +"Una delle ragioni più comuni dietro il mancato invio di un'e-mail senza " +"messaggi di errore è collegata alla configurazione dello :ref:`SPF ` o del :ref:`DKIM `. Inoltre, verifica che la" +" configurazione delle notifiche e-mail venga adattata ai tuoi bisogni " +"aziendali. Consulta la sezione della documentazione :doc:`Comunicare in Odoo" +" via e-mail <../email_communication>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 msgid "Execution time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tempo di esecuzione" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -5074,6 +5898,13 @@ msgid "" "marketing automation, and events). This avoids cluttering the mail servers " "and, instead, prioritizes individual communication." msgstr "" +"Il momento esatto dell'invio di un'e-mail è gestito da un'utilità di sistema" +" *cron* (azione pianificata) che può essere utilizzata per pianificare " +"attività da eseguire automaticamente a intervalli predeterminati. Odoo " +"utilizza questo approccio per l'invio di e-mail considerate “non urgenti” " +"(ad esempio, formati di newsletter come mailing di massa, automazione del " +"marketing ed eventi). In questo modo si evita di ingombrare i server e-mail " +"e si dà invece priorità alle comunicazioni individuali." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -5084,6 +5915,12 @@ msgid "" "generally not recommended, as it might create errors or break specific " "workflows." msgstr "" +"Un cron è un'azione che Odoo esegue in background per eseguire un " +"particolare codice per completare un'attività. Odoo crea anche trigger cron " +"in alcuni flussi di lavoro che possono attivare un'azione pianificata prima " +"della data prevista. L'esecuzione manuale di un'azione pianificata o la " +"modifica della sua frequenza è generalmente sconsigliata, in quanto potrebbe" +" creare errori o interrompere flussi di lavoro specifici." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -5093,6 +5930,12 @@ msgid "" "operation. If the interval is too short, not all emails may be processed, " "which may cause the cron to timeout." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, per la normale coda di e-mail, il cron " +":guilabel:`E-mail: gestore coda e-mail` viene eseguito ogni 60 minuti. " +"L'intervallo minimo di esecuzione di un cron è di 5 minuti. Odoo raccomanda " +"un intervallo di 15 minuti per garantire un funzionamento corretto. Se " +"l'intervallo è troppo breve, è possibile che non tutte le e-mail vengano " +"elaborate e che il cron vada in timeout." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -5101,11 +5944,17 @@ msgid "" "show up under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email: Emails`, " "unless their delivery fails." msgstr "" +"Le e-mail considerate urgenti (da una persona a un'altra, come ordini di " +"vendita, fatture, ordini di acquisto, ecc.) vengono inviate immediatamente. " +"Non appaiono in :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> " +"E-mail: E-mail`, a meno che la consegna fallisca." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "" "Example of sending information header when a mailing campaign is queued." msgstr "" +"Esempio di intestazione dell'invio di informazioni quando una campagna di " +"mailing è in coda." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -5113,6 +5962,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` button) or at a scheduled time (after clicking the " ":guilabel:`Schedule` button)." msgstr "" +"Le campagne e-mail vengono inviate il prima possibile (dopo aver fatto clic " +"sul pulsante :guilabel:`Invia`) o quando programmate (dopo aver fatto clic " +"sul pulsante :guilabel:`Pianifica`). " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -5123,12 +5975,21 @@ msgid "" " times is **not recommended**, as it will not accelerate the processing time" " and might create errors." msgstr "" +"Per la coda e-mail marketing, il cron :guilabel:`E-mail marketing: elabora " +"coda` viene eseguito una volta al giorno ma viene **attivato " +"automaticamente** se una campagna è programmata al di fuori della frequenza " +"predefinita. Se una mailing list contiene un gran numero di destinatari, " +"l'attivazione manuale del cron ripetuta **non è consigliata** in quanto non " +"accelererà il tempo di elaborazione e potrebbe causare errori. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:249 msgid "" "To edit crons, enable the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation: Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"Per modificare i cron, attiva la :ref:`modalità sviluppatore ` e vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Funzioni tecniche --> " +"Automazione: Azioni programmate`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -5136,16 +5997,21 @@ msgid "" " frequent technical questions " "<../../../administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions>`." msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni sui cron utilizzati in Odoo.sh, consulta la " +"sezione :doc:`Domande tecniche frequenti Odoo.sh " +"<../../../administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:259 msgid "Email Marketing campaigns stuck in the queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campagne E-mail marketing bloccate nella coda" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:261 msgid "" "If multiple Email Marketing campaigns are put in the queue, they are " "processed in chronological order based on their creation date." msgstr "" +"Se nella coda vengono messe varie campagne e-mail marketing, quest'ultime " +"vengono elaborate in ordine cronologico in base alla data di creazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -5154,10 +6020,13 @@ msgid "" "January), they are put in the queue by clicking :guilabel:`Send` on all " "three of them." msgstr "" +"Se ci sono tre campagne: Campagna_1 (creata il primo gennaio), Campagna_2 " +"(creata il 2 gennaio) e Campagna_3 (creata il 3 gennaio), tutte e tre " +"vengono inserite nella coda facendo clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Invia`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Example of three email marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esempio di tre campagne e-mail marketing." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -5165,6 +6034,9 @@ msgid "" "Campaign_3. It will not start processing Campaign_2 until it finishes " "processing Campaign_1." msgstr "" +"Il cron proverà a elaborare Campagna_1, poi Campagna_2 e infine Campagna_3. " +"Non inizierà a elaborare Campagna_2 fino a quando l'elaborazione di " +"Campagna_1 non sarà terminata." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -5174,10 +6046,16 @@ msgid "" " if the two other campaigns are sent. Then we could try to fix Campaign_1 or" " contact :ref:`Odoo Support `." msgstr "" +"Se una campagna e-mail non scompare dalla coda, significa che potrebbe " +"esserci un problema con la prima campagna della coda. Per individuare il " +"problema, potremmo eliminare Campagna_1 dalla coda facendo clic sul pulsante" +" :guilabel:`Annulla` e vedere se le due altre campagne vengono inviate. In " +"seguito, potremmo provare a sistemare la Campagna_1 o contattare il " +":ref:`supporto Odoo `. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:283 msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail in arrivo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -5186,16 +6064,23 @@ msgid "" "contact a database, that will get a bounce message (most of the time a " ":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" +"Quando c'è un problema con le e-mail in arrivo, potrebbe non esserci " +"un'indicazione, di per sé, in Odoo. È il client e-mail di invio, che cerca " +"di contattare un database, a ricevere un messaggio di rimbalzo (il più delle" +" volte un messaggio di errore :guilabel:`550: casella di posta non " +"disponibile`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:292 msgid "Email is not received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail non ricevuta" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:298 msgid "" "Contact :ref:`Odoo Support ` if there is a recurring " "issue with the same client or domain." msgstr "" +"Contatta il :ref:`supporto Odoo ` se si verifica " +"sempre lo stesso problema con lo stesso cliente o dominio." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -5207,6 +6092,14 @@ msgid "" "to send repeatedly. Logs show every action to the email servers from the " "database." msgstr "" +"È possibile utilizzare i registri del database per comprendere e risolvere i" +" problemi. I registri sono una raccolta di tutte le attività completate in " +"un database. Sono una rappresentazione di solo testo, completa di timestamp " +"di ogni azione eseguita sul database Odoo. Questo può essere utile per " +"tenere traccia delle e-mail che lasciano il database. I registri possono " +"anche mostrare i fallimenti dell'invio, quando indicano che il messaggio ha " +"tentato di essere inviato ripetutamente. I registri mostrano ogni azione " +"verso i server e-mail dal database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -5214,12 +6107,17 @@ msgid "" " line or on the Odoo.sh dashboard). Log files are created everyday at 5:00 " "AM (UTC)." msgstr "" +"I registri in tempo reale si trovano nella cartella :file:`~/logs/` " +"(accessibile dalla riga di comando o dalla dashboard Odoo.sh). I file di log" +" vengono creati ogni giorno alle 5:00 AM (UTC)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:314 msgid "" "The two most recent files, for the current day and the previous one, are " "named :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." msgstr "" +"I due file più recenti, per il giorno corrente e quello precedente, sono " +"denominati :file:`odoo.log` e :file:`odoo.log.1`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:317 msgid "" @@ -5227,28 +6125,39 @@ msgid "" "Use the commands :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the compressed " "ones) to search through the files." msgstr "" +"I file di registro per le date più vecchie vengono nominate utilizzando le " +"rispettive date e vengono compresse. Utilizza i comandi :command:`grep` e " +":command:`zgrep` (per quelle compresse) per cercare nei file." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:321 msgid "" "For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " "dashboard, refer to the :ref:`Odoo.sh logs documentation `." msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni sui registri e su come accedervi tramite la " +"dashboard Odoo.sh, consulta la documentazione :ref:`Registri Odoo.sh " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:324 msgid "" "For more information on accessing logs via the command line, refer to the " ":ref:`developer logging documentation `." msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni su come accedere ai registri tramite la riga di " +"comando, fai riferimento alla documentazione :ref:`accesso sviluppatore " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:330 msgid "Information for Odoo Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informazioni per il supporto Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:332 msgid "" "Here is a list of helpful information to include when reaching out to `Odoo " "Support `_:" msgstr "" +"Di seguito, un elenco di informazioni utili da includere se si contatta il " +"`supporto Odoo `_:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:335 msgid "" @@ -5257,12 +6166,18 @@ msgid "" "investigation. The exact process to download the file depends on your third-" "party email provider." msgstr "" +"un'esportazione dell'intera e-mail dalla casella di posta. Di solito, si " +"presentano nel formato file `.eml` o `.msg` e contengono le informazioni " +"tecniche richieste per l'analisi. Il procedimento esatto per scaricare il " +"file dipende al fornitore e-mail di terzi." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:340 msgid "" "`Gmail Help Center: Trace an email with its full header " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Gmail Help Center: tracciare un'e-mail con l'intestazione completa " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -5270,6 +6185,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Supporto Microsoft: visualizza le intestazioni dei messaggi internet in " +"Outlook `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -5278,12 +6196,19 @@ msgid "" "copies of emails as EML/MSG files. Refer to the documentation of the " "software used for more information." msgstr "" +"Quando si utilizza un software di posta elettronica locale (ad esempio, " +"Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Outlook, ecc.) per sincronizzare le e-mail, di " +"solito è possibile esportare le copie locali delle e-mail come file EML/MSG." +" Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare la documentazione del software " +"utilizzato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:349 msgid "" "If possible, the EML/MSG file should be based on the original email that was" " sent and is failing or is causing issues." msgstr "" +"Se possibile, il file EML/MSG deve essere basato sull'e-mail originale che è" +" stata inviata e che non funziona o che causa problemi." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -5292,6 +6217,10 @@ msgid "" "original email (forwarded) only contains partial information related to the " "troubleshooting." msgstr "" +"Per le **e-mail in entrata**: se possibile contattare il mittente " +"dell'e-mail originale e richiederne una copia in EML/MSG. L'invio di una " +"copia dell'e-mail originale (inoltrata) contiene solo informazioni parziali " +"relative alla risoluzione dei problemi." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:356 msgid "" @@ -5300,46 +6229,61 @@ msgid "" "name, invoice number) and the date/time when the email was sent (e.g., email" " sent on the 10th January 2024 11:45 AM Central European Time)." msgstr "" +"Per le **e-mail in uscita**: fornisci l'EML/MSG dell'e-mail o specifica il " +"record del database interessato (ad esempio, il numero dell'ordine di " +"vendita, il nome del contatto, il numero della fattura) e la data e l'ora di" +" invio dell'e-mail (ad esempio, l'e-mail è stata inviata il 10 gennaio 2024 " +"alle 11:45 ora dell'Europa centrale)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:361 msgid "" "An explanation of the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive " "those emails in Odoo. Try to answer the following questions:" msgstr "" +"Una spiegazione del flusso esatto che viene seguito per ricevere normalmente" +" queste e-mail in Odoo. Cerca di rispondere alle seguenti domande:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:364 msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" msgstr "" +"Si tratta di un messaggio di notifica da una risposta ricevuta in Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:365 msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si tratta di un messaggio inviato dal database Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:366 msgid "" "Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email being " "redirected/forwarded through a custom email server or provider?" msgstr "" +"Stai usando un server e-mail in entrata o l'e-mail viene " +"reindirizzata/inoltrata tramite un server e-mail personalizzato o un " +"fornitore?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:368 msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hai un esempio di e-mail inoltrata correttamente?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:369 msgid "" "Have you changed any email-related settings recently? Did it stop working " "after those changes?" msgstr "" +"Hai modificato le impostazioni relative alle e-mail di recente? Ha smesso di" +" funzionare dopo aver apportato le modifiche?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:371 msgid "An answer to the following questions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una risposta alle seguenti domande:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:373 msgid "" "Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use " "case, which one?" msgstr "" +"Si tratta di un problema generico o di un caso d'uso specifico? Se " +"specifico, di cosa si tratta?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5347,10 +6291,13 @@ msgid "" "email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" +"Funziona come previsto? In caso l'e-mail venga inviata utilizzando Odoo, " +"l'e-mail di rimbalzo dovrebbe raggiungere il database Odoo e mostrare la " +":ref:`busta rossa `." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Gmail to Odoo using Google OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Collegare Gmail a Odoo utilizzando Google OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5360,21 +6307,30 @@ msgid "" " Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " "address or an address created by a custom domain." msgstr "" +"Odoo è compatibile con l'OAuth di Google per Gmail. Per inviare e-mail " +"sicure da un dominio personalizzato, tutto ciò di cui hai bisogno è " +"configurare alcune impostazioni nella piattaforma *Workspace* di Google e " +"nel backend del database Odoo. La configurazione funziona sia con un " +"indirizzo e-mail personale che un indirizzo creato da un dominio " +"personalizzato. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information, visit `Google's documentation " "`_ on setting up OAuth." msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni, consulta la `documentazione Google " +"` sulla configurazione " +"dell'OAuth." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -5383,7 +6339,7 @@ msgstr "Installazione in Google" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:17 msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creare un nuovo progetto" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5393,6 +6349,11 @@ msgid "" "Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " "Odoo)." msgstr "" +"Per iniziare, apri la `Google API Console " +"`_. Accedi con il tuo account *Google" +" Workspace* se ne hai uno, altrimenti accedi con l'account Gmail personale " +"(che dovrebbe corrispondere all'indirizzo e-mail che desideri configurare in" +" Odoo)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -5401,6 +6362,11 @@ msgid "" " in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" " the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"In seguito, fai clic su :guilabel:`Crea progetto`, a destra della " +":guilabel:`schermata di consenso OAuth`. Se hai già creato un progetto con " +"lo stesso account, in alto a destra, sotto il menu a tendina " +":guilabel:`Seleziona un progetto` apparirà l'opzione :guilabel:`Nuovo " +"progetto`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5410,27 +6376,35 @@ msgid "" "using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " ":guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" +"Nella schermata :menuselection:`Nuovo progetto`, cambia il :guilabel:`Nome " +"progetto` in `Odoo` e scegliere la :guilabel:`Posizione`. Imposta la " +":guilabel:`Posizione` su *Organizzazione Google Workspace*. Se stai " +"utilizzando un account Gmail personale, la :guilabel:`Posizione` può restare" +" :guilabel:`Nessuna organizzazione`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst-1 msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome e ubicazione progetto per Google OAuth." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/general/integrations/google_translate.rst:39 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fai clic su :guilabel:`Crea` per terminare questo step." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schermata di consenso OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:47 msgid "" "If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " "click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Se la pagina non reindirizza alle opzioni per il :menuselection:`Tipo " +"utente`, fai clic su :guilabel:`schermata di consenso OAuth` nel menu a " +"sinistra." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5438,6 +6412,10 @@ msgid "" "Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." msgstr "" +"Tra le opzioni relative al :guilabel:`Tipo di utente`, seleziona il " +":guilabel:`Tipo utente` appropriato e poi fai di nuovo clic su " +":guilabel:`Crea` per accedere alla pagina :menuselection:`Modifica " +"registrazione app`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:64 @@ -5447,6 +6425,10 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"Gli account Gmail *personali* possono essere utilizzati solo con il tipo di " +"utente **esterno**, il che significa che Google potrebbe richiedere " +"l'approvazione o di aggiungere degli *Ambiti*. Tuttavia, l'uso di un account" +" *Google WorkSpace* consente di utilizzare il tipo di utente **interno**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/google.rst:68 @@ -5455,14 +6437,18 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, nota che quando la connessione API è in modalità di test *esterna*," +" non è necessaria l'approvazione di Google. Il limite di utenti in questa " +"modalità di test è impostato su 100 utenti." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificare la registrazione dell'applicazione" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:65 msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." msgstr "" +"In seguito, configureremo la registrazione dell'applicazione del progetto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5471,12 +6457,18 @@ msgid "" " the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " "field." msgstr "" +"Nella :guilabel:`schermata di consenso OAuth`, nella sezione " +":guilabel:`Informazioni app`, scrivi `Odoo` nel campo :guilabel:`Nome app`. " +"Seleziona l'indirizzo e-mail dell'organizzazione nel campo e-mail " +":guilabel:`Supporto utente`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " ":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"In seguito, accedi a :menuselection:`Dominio app --> Domini autorizzati`, " +"fai clic su :guilabel:`Aggiungi dominio` e scrivi `odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5484,6 +6476,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " "notify the organization about any changes to your project." msgstr "" +"Successivamente, nella sezione :guilabel:`Informazioni di contatto " +"sviluppatore`, inserisci l'indirizzo e-mail dell'organizzazione. Google usa " +"questo indirizzo e-mail per notificare l'organizzazione sulle modifiche " +"apportate al progetto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -5491,6 +6487,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Fai clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Salva e continua`. In seguito, salta la " +"pagina :menuselection:`Ambiti` scorrendo verso il basso e facendo clic su " +":guilabel:`Salva e continua`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5499,16 +6498,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"Se continui in modalità di prova (esterno), aggiungi gli indirizzi e-mail " +"configurati nella fase :guilabel:`Utenti test`, facendo clic su " +":guilabel:`Aggiungi utenti` e poi sul pulsante :guilabel:`Salva e continua`." +" Verrà visualizzato un riepilogo della registrazione dell'applicazione." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:85 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " "finish setting up the project." msgstr "" +"Infine, scorri fino in fondo e fai clic su :guilabel:`Torna a dashboard` per" +" terminare la configurazione del progetto." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:89 msgid "Create Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creare credenziali" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5516,22 +6521,29 @@ msgid "" "includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " ":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" +"Ora che il progetto è impostato, è necessario creare le credenziali, che " +"comprendono lo *ID client* e il *Client segreto*. Per prima cosa, fai clic " +"su :guilabel:`Credenziali` nel menu della barra laterale sinistra." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " ":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Quindi, fai clic su :guilabel:`Crea credenziali` nel menu superiore e " +"seleziona :guilabel:`ID client OAuth` dal menu a discesa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " "the dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Sotto :guilabel:`Tipo di applicazione`, seleziona :guilabel:`Applicazione " +"web` dal menu a discesa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:98 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nel campo :guilabel:`Nome` scrivi `Odoo`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -5541,6 +6553,11 @@ msgid "" " field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " "Odoo database name." msgstr "" +"Sotto l'etichetta :guilabel:`URL reindirizzamento autorizzati`, fai clic sul" +" pulsante :guilabel:`Aggiungi URL` per poi inserire " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` nel campo :guilabel:`URL " +"1`. Assicurati di sostituire la parte *nomedb* dell'URL con il nome corrente" +" del database Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5548,14 +6565,18 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" " use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"In seguito, fai clic su :guilabel:`Crea` per generare un :guilabel:`ID " +"client` e un :guilabel:`Client Segreto` OAuth. Infine, copia ogni valore " +"generato per utilizzarlo in seguito durante la configurazione in Odoo, " +"quindi apri il database di Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID client e Client segreto per Google OAuth." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserire le credenziali Google" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -5563,6 +6584,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " "Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" +"Per prima cosa, apri il database Odoo e accedi al modulo " +":guilabel:`Applicazioni`. In seguito, elimina il filtro :guilabel:`App` " +"dalla barra di ricerca e digita `Google`. Infine, installa il modulo " +"chiamato :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -5574,6 +6599,13 @@ msgid "" "into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " ":guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" +"Quindi, vai su :menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Impostazioni generali` e " +"nella sezione :guilabel:`Comunicazioni`, assicurati che la casella di " +"controllo per :guilabel:`Server e-mail personalizzati` o :guilabel:`Server " +"e-mail esterni` sia selezionata. In questo modo si popola una nuova opzione " +"per :guilabel:`Credenziali Gmail` o :guilabel:`Usa un server Gmail`. Quindi," +" copia e incolla i rispettivi valori nei campi :guilabel:`ID client` e " +":guilabel:`Client segreto` e :guilabel:`Salva` le impostazioni." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -5581,11 +6613,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" +"Per configurare l'account Gmail esterno, torna all'inizio dell'impostazione " +":guilabel:`Server e-mail personalizzati` e fai clic sul collegamento " +":guilabel:`Server e-mail in uscita`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurazione server e-mail in uscita in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5593,6 +6628,10 @@ msgid "" "server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " "email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." msgstr "" +"Successivamente, fai clic su :guilabel:`Nuovo` o :guilabel:`Crea` per creare" +" un nuovo server e-mail e compilare i campi :guilabel:`Nome`, " +":guilabel:`Descrizione` e il :guilabel:`Nome utente` dell'e-mail (se " +"richiesto). " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -5600,6 +6639,9 @@ msgid "" "(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." " Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." msgstr "" +"Poi fai clic su :guilabel:`Autenticazione OAuth Gmail` o :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"(sotto la sezione :guilabel:`Autenticazione con` o :guilabel:`Connessione`)." +" Infine, fai clic su :guilabel:`Connetti il tuo account Gmail`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -5607,6 +6649,9 @@ msgid "" "process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Si aprirà una nuova finestra :guilabel:`Google` per completare il processo " +"di autorizzazione. Seleziona l'indirizzo e-mail appropriato che stai " +"configurando in Odoo. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5614,6 +6659,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " "account to Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se l'indirizzo e-mail è un account personale, viene visualizzato un " +"passaggio in più, quindi fai clic su :guilabel:`Continua` per consentire la " +"verifica e collegare l'account Gmail a Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5623,6 +6671,11 @@ msgid "" "configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " ":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" +"In seguito, consenti a Odoo di accedere all'account Google facendo clic su " +":guilabel:`Continua` o :guilabel:`Consenti`. Dopodiché, la pagina torna al " +"server e-mail in uscita appena configurato in Odoo. La configurazione carica" +" automaticamente il token in Odoo e viene visualizzato in verde il tag " +":guilabel:`Token Gmail valido`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -5630,24 +6683,30 @@ msgid "" "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " "using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" +"Infine, :guilabel:`prova la connessione`. Dovrebbe apparire un messaggio di " +"conferma. Ora è possibile inviare e-mail sicure dal database Odoo attraverso" +" Google utilizzando l'autenticazione OAuth." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ Google OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:165 msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produzione vs test stato pubblicazione" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " "(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" +"Scegliendo :guilabel:`Produzione` come :guilabel:`Stato di pubblicazione` " +"(invece di :guilabel:`Prova`) viene visualizzato il seguente messaggio di " +"avviso:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth è limitato a 100 accessi con ambito sensibile." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5656,20 +6715,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click " ":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." msgstr "" +"Per correggere l'avviso, accedi a `Google API Platform " +"`_. Se lo " +":guilabel:`Stato di pubblicazione` è :guilabel:`In produzione`, fai clic su " +":guilabel:`Torna al test` per correggere il problema." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:179 msgid "No Test Users Added" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nessun utente di prova aggiunto" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:181 msgid "" "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " "denied error will populate." msgstr "" +"Se non vengono aggiunti utenti di prova alla schermata di consenso OAuth, " +"verrà visualizzato un errore 403 accesso negato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "403 Access Denied Error." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Errore 403 accesso negato." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -5677,21 +6742,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " "that you are configuring in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Per correggere l'errore, torna alla :guilabel:`schermata di consenso OAuth` " +"sotto :guilabel:`API e servizi` e aggiungi uno o più utenti di prova " +"all'applicazione. Aggiungi l'e-mail che stai configurando in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Gmail Module not updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modulo Gmail non aggiornato" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:194 msgid "" "If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " "version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" +"Se il modulo *Google Gmail* di Odoo non è stato aggiornato all'ultima " +"versione, viene visualizzato un messaggio di errore :guilabel:`Forbidden`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." msgstr "" +"Forbidden ovvero non si ha il permesso di accedere alla risorsa richiesta." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -5700,10 +6771,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " "upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" +"Per correggere questo errore, accedi al modulo :menuselection:`Applicazioni`" +" e cancella i termini di ricerca. Quindi, cerca `Gmail` o `Google` e " +"aggiorna il modulo :guilabel:`Google Gmail`. Infine, fai clic sui tre punti " +"in alto a destra del modulo e seleziona :guilabel:`Aggiorna`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:206 msgid "Application Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo di applicazione" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth.rst:208 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index ee5d7e779..5cfd81011 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/google`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/google_oauth`" @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 msgid "OAuth consent screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schermata di consenso OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -687,6 +687,10 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"Gli account Gmail *personali* possono essere utilizzati solo con il tipo di " +"utente **esterno**, il che significa che Google potrebbe richiedere " +"l'approvazione o di aggiungere degli *Ambiti*. Tuttavia, l'uso di un account" +" *Google WorkSpace* consente di utilizzare il tipo di utente **interno**." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -694,6 +698,9 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"Si noti inoltre che quando la connessione API è in modalità di test " +"*esterna*, non è necessaria l'approvazione di Google. Il limite di utenti in" +" questa modalità di test è impostato su 100 utenti." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -971,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:202 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ Google OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -1017,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "403 Access Denied Error." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Errore 403 accesso negato." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -1028,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:235 msgid "Application Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo di applicazione" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:237 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index db2f48f53..bc71994bc 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7765,7 +7765,7 @@ msgstr "サポート終了" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo SaaS 18.1" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 @@ -7778,7 +7778,7 @@ msgstr "N/A" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2025" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2025年1月" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index bf1ce5800..88111a2e6 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでデータをエクスポートする際に考慮すべきオプションの概要" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1765,6 +1765,8 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select " ":guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"データをインポート/入力する対象のオブジェクトのビューを開き、:icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`歯車`) " +"アイコンをクリックして、:guilabel:`レコードをインポート` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." @@ -1778,46 +1780,55 @@ msgid "" "company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the " "data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" +"ページ中央にある :icon:`fa-download`:guilabel:`顧客用にテンプレートをインポート` をクリックして " +":ref:`テンプレート ` " +"をダウンロードし、会社の固有データで入力します。 " +"このようなテンプレートは、データマッピングがすでに事前設定されているため、ワンクリックでインポートできます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ダウンロードしたテンプレートまたはご自身のファイルをアップロードするには、次の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`データファイルをアップロード` をクリックし、希望するファイルを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必要に応じて、:guilabel:`フォーマティング` オプションを調整します(CSVファイルのみ)。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the " "appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ファイル列` 内の全てのデータが、適切な :guilabel:`Odooフィールド` " +"に正しくマッピングされ、エラーがないことを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or " "upload a different one." msgstr "" +"(オプション) :guilabel:`データファイルをロード` をクリックして、同じファイルを再読み込みするか、別のファイルをアップロードします。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`テスト` をクリックして、データが検証済であることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`インポート` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the " "proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." msgstr "" +"独自形式のExcelファイル (.xlsまたは.xlsx) をインポートする際には、:guilabel:`フォーマッティング` " +"オプションは表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -2418,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr ":download:`顧客とその連絡先 ` CSV or Excel file, follow the " "next steps:" msgstr "" +":ref:`アップロード済 ` CSV または Excel " +"ファイルとともに画像ファイルをインポートするには、次の手順に従います。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "データファイル内の該当する :guilabel:`画像` 列に画像ファイル名を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`データファイルをアップロード` " +"または、:guilabel:`データファイルをロード` をクリックして再読み込みします。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`インポートするファイル` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`ファイルをアップロード` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" "Select the relevant image files. The number of files selected appears next " "to the button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "該当する画像ファイルを選択します。選択したファイルの数がボタンの隣に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`テスト` をクリックして、全てのデータが検証済であることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2461,18 +2476,22 @@ msgid "" "check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. " "If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`インポート` " +"をクリックします。インポート処理中、Odooはアップロードされた画像をインポートされたデータファイルに自動的にリンクするためにファイルチェックを実行します。一致しない場合は、データファイルは画像なしでインポートされます。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template " "has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." msgstr "" +"プロダクトテンプレートに :guilabel:`画像` 列があり、全てに値が入力されている場合、:guilabel:`インポートするファイル` " +"セクションが有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 msgid "" "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image " "files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "データファイル内の画像ファイル名は、アップロードされた画像ファイルに対応している必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2485,6 +2504,11 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"多数の画像をインポートする際には、最大バッチサイズをメガバイト単位で指定し、システムが過負荷状態にならないように遅延を設定することができます。 " +"これを行うには、:doc:`開発者モードを有効化 <../general/developer_mode>`、:guilabel:` し " +":guilabel:`インポートするファイル` セクションの :guilabel:`バッチごとの最大サイズ` および " +":guilabel:`各バッチの後の遅延` フィールドに入力します。デフォルトでは、遅延は `Odooクラウド - 利用規定 " +"`_ で定義されているRPC/APIコールの制限を満たしています。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 2daa2f542..c348718a6 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Noma Yuki, 2024 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -442,6 +442,8 @@ msgid "" "date and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your " "journal entries." msgstr "" +"データベースには、必要な数の銀行口座や現金出納帳を管理することができます。それらを正しく設定することで、全ての銀行データを最新の状態に保ち、 " +":doc:`消込 ` に備えることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -469,11 +471,11 @@ msgstr "銀行仕訳帳は会計ダッシュボードに表示され、アクシ #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 msgid "Manage bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行口座および現金口座の管理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 msgid "Connect a bank for automatic synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行を自動同期用に接続する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -482,6 +484,8 @@ msgid "" " your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " "instructions." msgstr "" +"銀行口座をデータベースに接続するには、:menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 銀行口座を追加` " +"の順に選択し、リストから銀行を選択して、:guilabel:`接続` をクリックし、指示に従います。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 @@ -507,6 +511,8 @@ msgid "" "transactions manually` (at the bottom right), fill out the bank information," " and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"銀行口座を手動で追加するには、:menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 銀行口座を追加` " +"の順にクリックし、:guilabel:`取引を手動で記録` (右下) をクリックし、銀行情報を入力し、:guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -526,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:59 msgid "Create a cash journal" -msgstr "現金仕訳帳の作成" +msgstr "現金出納帳の作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -534,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " "select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" -"新しい現金仕訳帳を作成するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 会計： 仕訳帳` で :guilabel:`作成` " +"新しい現金出納帳を作成するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 会計： 仕訳帳` で :guilabel:`作成` " "をクリックし、 :guilabel:`タイプ` フィールドで :guilabel:`現金` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:64 @@ -542,6 +548,7 @@ msgid "" "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " ":ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` section of this page." msgstr "" +"会計情報フィールドの詳細については、このページの :ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` セクションをご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -549,12 +556,12 @@ msgid "" "review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." msgstr "" -"デフォルトの現金仕訳帳が用意されており、すぐに使用することができます。これは :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 会計: 仕訳帳" +"デフォルトの現金出納帳が用意されており、すぐに使用することができます。これは :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 会計: 仕訳帳" " --> 現金` で確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:72 msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" -msgstr "既存の銀行・現金仕訳帳の編集" +msgstr "既存の銀行仕訳帳・現金出納帳の編集" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -675,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bank/transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:90 msgid "`Bank configuration `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`銀行設定 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 msgid "Suspense account" @@ -686,7 +693,7 @@ msgid "" "Bank statement transactions are posted on the suspense account until they " "are reconciled. At any moment, the suspense account's balance in the general" " ledger shows the balance of transactions that have not yet been reconciled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行取引明細書は、消込されるまで仮勘定勘定に計上されます。 総勘定元帳の仮勘定勘定の残高は、常に、未消込取引の残高を示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -697,6 +704,9 @@ msgid "" " a registered payment or the account receivable or payable if reconciling " "with an invoice or bill directly." msgstr "" +"銀行取引の消込が行われると、仕訳帳の仕訳が修正され、消込銀行仮勘定が消込された仕訳項目の勘定科目に置き換えられます。この勘定科目は通常、支払登録済みの支払勘定と消込する場合は" +" :ref:`未消込入金勘定または未消込支払勘定 `、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書と直接消込する場合は売掛金または買掛金となります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 msgid "Profit and loss accounts" @@ -718,7 +728,7 @@ msgstr "通貨" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:118 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "取引を入力する際に使用する通貨を編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:124 msgid "Account number" @@ -732,6 +742,9 @@ msgid "" "your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " "payments." msgstr "" +"銀行口座の詳細を **編集** する必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`口座番号` " +"の隣にある外部リンクの矢印をクリックします。口座ページで、:guilabel:`銀行` " +"の隣にある外部リンクの矢印をクリックし、銀行情報を更新します。これらの詳細は、支払登録時に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Edit your bank information" @@ -745,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "銀行フィード" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank transactions are registered. " "Three options are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`銀行フィード` は、銀行取引の登録方法を定義します。 3つのオプションが利用可能です: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -759,6 +772,8 @@ msgid "" "you want to import your bank statements and transactions using a different " "format." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`インポート (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, " +"QIF)`、異なるフォーマットで銀行明細書および取引をインポートしたい場合は、これを選択する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -776,24 +791,28 @@ msgid "" "easily be configured to create journal entries using **outstanding " "accounts**." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、Odooでの支払では仕訳帳のエントリは作成されませんが、**未消込勘定** " +"を使用して仕訳帳のエントリを作成するように簡単に設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:159 msgid "" "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " "until they are linked with incoming bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**未消込収益勘定** とは、入金された支払いが入金銀行取引とリンクされるまで、その支払いが記録される勘定です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:161 msgid "" "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " "until they are linked with outgoing bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**未消込支払勘定** とは、支払いが銀行の送金取引とリンクされるまで、支払いが計上される場所です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:164 msgid "" "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." msgstr "" +"これらの勘定科目は通常、 :ref:`タイプ ` :guilabel:`流動資産` および " +":guilabel:`流動負債` です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -805,10 +824,12 @@ msgid "" "the balance of registered outgoing payments that have not yet been " "reconciled." msgstr "" +"Odooに登録された支払いは、消込されるまで未消込入金および未消込勘定に計上されます。 " +"いつでも、総勘定元帳の未消込入金勘定残高には、消込が済んでいない登録済みの入金支払いの残高が表示され、総勘定元帳の未消込支払勘定残高には、消込が済んでいない登録済みの出金支払いの残高が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:174 msgid "Bank and cash journal configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行仕訳帳および現金出納帳の設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -816,6 +837,8 @@ msgid "" "for the journal's payment methods. This can be done for any journal with the" " :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" +"仕訳帳の支払方法に対して未消込勘定を設定し、支払を作成します。これは、:ref:`タイプ ` " +":guilabel:`銀行` 仕訳帳または :guilabel:`現金` 出納帳のいずれかに対して行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -826,6 +849,9 @@ msgid "" "accounts` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments accounts` for each payment " "method that you want to create journal entries." msgstr "" +"仕訳帳の支払方法の未消込勘定を設定するには、まず :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 仕訳帳` " +"に移動し、銀行仕訳帳または現金出納帳を選択します。:guilabel:`入金` および :guilabel:`出金` " +"タブで、仕訳を作成したい各支払方法に対して :guilabel:`未消込入金勘定` および :guilabel:`未消込支払勘定` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -833,13 +859,15 @@ msgid "" "account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the " "invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"仕訳帳の主要銀行口座を未消込入金勘定または未消込支払勘定として追加すると、支払登録時に、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書のステータスが直接 " +":guilabel:`支払済` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:190 msgid "" "If the outstanding receipts or outstanding payments account for a payment " "method is left blank, registering a payment with that payment method will " "not create any journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法の未消込入金勘定または未消込支払勘定が空白の場合、その支払方法で支払を登録しても、仕訳は作成されません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -859,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは世界中の26,000以上の金融機関に対応しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -1908,11 +1936,11 @@ msgstr "内部振替" msgid "" "Internal money transfers can be handled in Odoo. At least two bank or cash " "accounts are needed to make internal transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、内部振替に対応しています。内部振替を行うには、少なくとも2つの銀行口座または現金口座が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`How to add an additional bank account `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`銀行口座の追加方法 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1923,6 +1951,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Default " "Accounts` section." msgstr "" +"内部振替勘定科目は会社の :doc:`ローカリゼーション <../../fiscal_localizations>` " +"および国の法令に基づいて、データベースに自動的に作成されます。 デフォルトの :guilabel:`内部振替` " +"勘定科目を変更するには、:menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、:guilabel:`デフォルト勘定科目` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:20 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" @@ -1938,17 +1970,21 @@ msgid "" "` button. This reconciliation model button writes the" " transaction off to the :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` account." msgstr "" +"1つの銀行口座や現金口座から別の銀行口座や現金口座に資金が移動されると、その金額は対応する仕訳帳上で2つの取引として表示されます。これらの取引は、手動で作成されたものであろうと、インポートされたものであろうと、:doc:`銀行同期" +" ` によるものであろうと、同じです。取引を消込する際には、:guilabel:`内部振替` " +":doc:`消込モデル ` ボタンを選択して下さい。この消込モデルボタンは、取引を " +":guilabel:`内部振替` 勘定科目に記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "Remember to reconcile the transaction for both the outgoing transaction on " "the journal that sends the payment and the incoming transaction on the " "journal that receives the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払をする仕訳帳の送金取引と、支払いを受取る仕訳帳の入金取引の両方で、忘れずに取引を消込して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:34 msgid "Take, for example, a transfer of $1000 from Bank A to Bank B:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例えば、A銀行からB銀行への1000ドルの転送を考えてみましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:36 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" @@ -1977,7 +2013,7 @@ msgstr "**貸方**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:45 msgid "Bank A account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A銀行口座" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:63 @@ -2001,11 +2037,11 @@ msgstr "銀行仕訳帳 (銀行B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:62 msgid "Bank B account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B銀行口座" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`reconciliation` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`消込` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:3 msgid "Loans management" @@ -2852,8 +2888,9 @@ msgid "" " click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " "cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" -"取引明細書のリストにアクセスするには、 :guilabel:`会計ダッシュボード` にアクセスし、確認したい銀行または現金仕訳帳の横にある縦三点リーダ " -"(:guilabel:`⋮`) ボタンをクリックし、次に :guilabel:`取引明細書` をクリックします。" +"取引明細書のリストにアクセスするには、 :guilabel:`会計ダッシュボード` " +"にアクセスし、確認したい銀行仕訳帳または現金出納帳の横にある縦三点リーダ (:guilabel:`⋮`) ボタンをクリックし、次に " +":guilabel:`取引明細書` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:83 msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" @@ -5571,10 +5608,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Invoicing is our trusted partner for safe, efficient, and legally " "compliant e-invoicing solutions tailored to Croatia's regulatory standards." msgstr "" +"Odoo請求は、クロアチアの規制基準に合わせた安全で効率的、かつ法的に適合した電子請求書ソリューションを提供する信頼のおけるパートナーです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:11 msgid "Legal framework for e-invoicing in Croatia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クロアチアにおける電子請求書の法的枠組" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5592,10 +5630,16 @@ msgid "" "European Union. Furthermore, e-invoicing is increasingly encouraged for B2B " "transactions, promoting greater transparency and tax compliance." msgstr "" +"クロアチアでは、安全で信頼性が高く、保存可能な取引を確保するために、企業は電子請求書の規定に従う必要があります。クロアチアにおける電子請求書の主な法的枠組みは、公共調達に関する課税法とその関連要件であり、これらは公共調達における電子請求書に関する" +" `EU Directive 2014/55/EU `_ " +"に対応しています。この規制により、B2G（企業間取引）に関わる全ての企業は、クロアチアの公共部門向け電子請求書発行の公式プラットフォームであるCIS(Central" +" Invoice System) " +"を介した電子請求書の使用が義務付けられます。クロアチアはまた、欧州連合域内の標準化された国境を越えた電子請求書発行を促進するPeppolネットワークにも参加しています。さらに、電子請求書はB2B取引においてますます推奨されており、透明性の向上と税務コンプライアンスの促進につながっています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:25 msgid "Compliance with Croatian e-invoicing regulations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クロアチアの電子請求書に関する規制への準拠" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -5607,6 +5651,10 @@ msgid "" "the Peppol network, as the *Servis eRačun za državu* reached via Peppol, " "ensuring compliance with both Croatian and EU standards." msgstr "" +"**対応フォーマット**: Odooは、クロアチアの公共調達取引のための :abbr:`CIS (Central Invoice System)` " +"と完全に互換性のある、デジタル署名付きPDFやXML形式の :abbr:`UBL (Universal Business Language)` " +"フォーマットなどの標準的な電子請求書フォーマットをサポートしています。さらに、OdooはPeppolネットワークに接続されたあらゆるプラットフォームを通じて電子請求書の送信を可能にします。Peppol経由で" +" *Servis eRačun za državu* にアクセスすることで、クロアチアおよびEUの基準の両方に準拠することが保証されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5615,6 +5663,8 @@ msgid "" "invoices in a tamper-proof system, ensuring they can be easily retrieved " "during audits." msgstr "" +"**安全な保管と検索**: " +"クロアチアの規定では、顧客請求書の保管期間は最低11年と定められています。Odooは、改ざん防止システムで全ての顧客請求書を安全に保管し、監査時に簡単に検索できるようにしています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5624,6 +5674,8 @@ msgid "" "legal format for both B2B and :abbr:`B2G (business-to-government)` " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**VATの自動計算と報告**：Odooの請求書作成機能は、VATを自動的に計算して請求書に含め、各請求書がB2Bおよび :abbr:`B2G " +"(企業間および政府間)` 取引の両方の法的書式に確実に従うことで、クロアチアのVAT要件に準拠するよう企業をサポートします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5634,20 +5686,22 @@ msgid "" "Croatian e-invoicing regulations to ensure compliance tailored to your " "specific business needs." msgstr "" +"このページでは、クロアチアの電子請求書に関する法律の概要と、Odooの請求書作成機能が、電子課税法案、Peppol標準、およびその他の関連規制へのコンプライアンスをどのようにサポートするかを説明します。これは法的助言ではありません。お客様のビジネス要件に合わせた完全な準拠を確保するため、クロアチアの電子請求書に関する規制に精通した税理士または法律専門家に相談することをお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/denmark.rst:5 msgid "Odoo electronic invoicing in Denmark" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デンマークでのOdoo電子請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/denmark.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo Invoicing is your trusted partner for safe, efficient, and legally " "compliant e-invoicing solutions tailored to Denmark's regulatory standards." msgstr "" +"Odoo請求は、デンマークの規制基準に合わせた安全で効率的、かつ法的に適合した電子請求書ソリューションを提供する信頼のおけるパートナーです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/denmark.rst:11 msgid "Legal framework for e-invoicing in Denmark" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デンマークにおける電子請求書の法的枠組" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/denmark.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5707,7 +5761,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:5 msgid "Odoo electronic invoicing in Estonia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "エストニアでのOdoo電子請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5717,7 +5771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:11 msgid "Legal framework for e-invoicing in Estonia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "エストニアにおける電子請求書の法的枠組" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5739,7 +5793,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:24 msgid "Compliance with Estonian e-invoicing regulations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "エストニアの電子請求書に関する規制への準拠" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5779,7 +5833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/finland.rst:5 msgid "Odoo electronic invoicing in Finland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フィンランドでのOdoo電子請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/finland.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5789,7 +5843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/finland.rst:11 msgid "Legal framework for e-invoicing in Finland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フィンランドにおける電子請求書の法的枠組" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/finland.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12894,7 +12948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Position`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ポジション`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Average debtors days`:" @@ -24422,7 +24476,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:907 msgid "Automatic invoice" -msgstr "自動請求書" +msgstr "自動請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:909 msgid "" @@ -24446,8 +24500,8 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` feature to generate the document, a :doc:`payment provider " "<../payment_providers>` **must** be configured for the related website." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`自動顧客請求` 機能がドキュメントを生成するためにはオンライン決済が確認される必要があるため、関連するウェブサイトに " -":doc:`決済プロバイダー <../payment_providers>` を設定する**必要があります**。" +":guilabel:`自動請求` 機能がドキュメントを生成するためにはオンライン決済が確認される必要があるため、関連するウェブサイトに " +":doc:`決済プロバイダー <../payment_providers>` を設定する **必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 @@ -32930,7 +32984,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 msgid "Invoice Policy and Automatic Invoice configurations." -msgstr "顧客請求書ポリシーと自動請求書の設定。" +msgstr "顧客請求ポリシーと自動請求の設定。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1023 msgid "" @@ -32938,8 +32992,7 @@ msgid "" "feature to generate the document, a payment provider must be configured for " "the related website." msgstr "" -"*自動顧客請求* " -"機能でドキュメントを作成するにはオンライン決済を確認する必要があるため、関連するウェブサイトに決済プロバイダーを設定する必要があります。" +"*自動請求* 機能でドキュメントを作成するにはオンライン決済を確認する必要があるため、関連するウェブサイトに決済プロバイダーを設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1027 msgid "" @@ -35507,7 +35560,7 @@ msgid "" "The invoice's email template can be modified from the :guilabel:`Invoice " "Email Template` field under the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` option." msgstr "" -"請求書のEメールテンプレートは :guilabel:`自動請求書` オプションの :guilabel:`請求書Eメールテンプレート` " +"請求書のEメールテンプレートは :guilabel:`自動請求` オプションの :guilabel:`請求書Eメールテンプレート` " "フィールドから変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:599 @@ -40329,7 +40382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:200 msgid "-100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:200 msgid "-118" @@ -52439,7 +52492,7 @@ msgid "" "versus *Bank* or *Cash* journal entries, while excluding |AR| and |AP| " "activity." msgstr "" -" また、*Expenses*勘定科目も含まれており、 |AR|と|AP| の活動を除外しつつ*銀行*または*現金*仕訳帳と比較した取引を表示します。" +"また、*経費* 勘定科目も含まれており、 |AR|と|AP| の活動を除外しつつ *銀行* 仕訳帳または *現金* 出納帳と比較した取引を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:387 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 256fde68b..07eb5307d 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4247,6 +4247,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emails` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the " "page to save the changes." msgstr "" +"Odooに外部SMTPサーバを追加するには、:guilabel:`管理設定` を開き、:guilabel:`Eメール` セクションにある " +":guilabel:`カスタムEメールサーバを使用する` オプションを有効にします。次に、ページ上部の :guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4255,6 +4258,8 @@ msgid "" "are the common parameters used to set up a connection to an SMTP server; use" " the values provided by your email provider." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eメール` セクションに戻り、:guilabel:`送信メールサーバ` をクリックし、次に `新規` " +"をクリックして送信メールサーバのレコードを作成します。ほとんどのフィールドは、SMTPサーバへの接続を設定する際に使用する一般的なパラメータです。メールプロバイダから提供された値を使用して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:110 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 5aaa885b8..5fd906945 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Tim Siu Lai , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2024 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-12-31 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -7657,7 +7657,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:61 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -11031,7 +11031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:800 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "説明タブ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2b56d48d9..89e0735fa 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Noma Yuki, 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5211,7 +5211,7 @@ msgid "" " Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`在庫追跡` にチェックを入れると、ドロップダウンメニューが表示され、在庫を追跡する方法として次の3つのうちいずれかを選択できます:" -" :guilabel:`シリアル番号`、:guilabel:`ロット` または:guilabel:`数量`" +" :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号`、:guilabel:`ロット` または:guilabel:`数量`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1 msgid "Configure a tracked good." @@ -5582,18 +5582,20 @@ msgid "" " Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at " "`WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" +"**在庫** アプリで追跡対象のプロダクトの転送を作成すると、転送により各ロケーションの手持数量が変更されます。例えば、内部ロケーション `WH/在庫`" +" から `WH/梱包ゾーン` に5ユニットを転送すると、`WH/在庫` の記録数量が減少し、`WH/梱包ゾーン` の数量が増加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297 msgid "" "For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at " "each storage location are not tracked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "追跡されていないプロダクトについては、転送を作成することはできますが、各保管場所の正確な数量は追跡されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305 msgid "" "Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in " ":doc:`packages `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "追跡対象および追跡対象外(非在庫)のプロダクトは、:doc:`梱包 ` に入れることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -5602,6 +5604,8 @@ msgid "" "accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`, and selecting the desired package)." msgstr "" +"ただし、在庫製品以外の場合は数量が追跡されず、そのプロダクトはパッケージの :guilabel:`内容` (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ " +"--> プロダクト --> 梱包` にアクセスし、希望のパッケージを選択することで表示可能) にも記載されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." @@ -5611,7 +5615,7 @@ msgstr "梱包内容リストを含む梱包ページを表示します。" msgid "" "An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section " "does not list it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未追跡のプロダクトが梱包内に置かれましたが、**内容** セクションには記載されません。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -5622,20 +5626,26 @@ msgid "" "select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"さらに、*梱包全体を移動* " +"機能が有効になっている場合、梱包を移動すると、その梱包に含まれる追跡対象のプロダクトの場所は更新されますが、含まれている未追跡のプロダクトの場所は更新されません。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ" +" --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` に移動し、任意のオペレーションを選択して、:guilabel:`梱包全体を移動` " +"チェックボックスをオンにします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324 msgid "Inventory reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326 msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "追跡されたプロダクト **のみ** が、以下のレポートに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329 msgid "" "These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" +"これらのレポートは、:doc:`管理者アクセス権限 <../../../../general/users/access_rights>` " +"を持つユーザのみが利用できます。 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -5644,6 +5654,9 @@ msgid "" "outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" +":doc:`在庫レポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: " +"このレポートは、全ての手持在庫、未引当在庫、入庫、出庫の追跡在庫の包括的なリストを提供します。レポートにアクセスするには " +":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 在庫` に移動して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335 msgid "" @@ -5654,6 +5667,10 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" +":doc:`ロケーションレポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: " +"このレポートでは、追跡されたプロダクトが各ロケーション(内部、外部、またはバーチャル)でどのように保管されているかが示されます。このレポートは、*保管ロケーション*" +" 機能が有効化 (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`) " +"されている場合のみ利用できます。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> ロケーション` からアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -5665,18 +5682,24 @@ msgid "" "button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific " "moves history." msgstr "" +":doc:`移動履歴レポート <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: " +"このレポートは、このプロダクトの在庫の入出庫をいつどこで記録したかをまとめたものです。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート " +"--> 移動履歴` からアクセスできます。または、プロダクトフォーム上の :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`入庫/出庫` " +"スマートボタンをクリックして、そのプロダクトの特定の移動履歴に関するレポートをフィルタリングします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of " "inventory transfers by operation type." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`移動分析`: このレポートは、オペレーションタイプ別の在庫転送のピボットテーブルを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347 msgid "" ":ref:`Stock Valuation report `: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory." msgstr "" +":ref:`在庫評価レポート `: " +"追跡されている在庫の全てについて、金銭的価値の詳細な記録。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" @@ -7091,6 +7114,10 @@ msgid "" "` or :doc:`automatic " "`." msgstr "" +"仕入先請求書に仕入諸掛を適用するには、元の購買オーダのプロダクトは、*原価計算方法* が移動平均原価 |AVCO| または先入先出 |FIFO| " +"のいずれかである *プロダクトカテゴリ* に属している必要があります。また、評価方法は、:doc:`手動 " +"` または:doc:`自動 ` " +"にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 @@ -7706,8 +7733,8 @@ msgid "" "Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "次に、ロットまたはシリアル番号で追跡するプロダクトを有効化するには、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` " -"チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。次に、表示される隣接するフィールドをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット別` " -"または :guilabel:`シリアル番号` を選択します。" +"チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。次に、表示される隣接するフィールドをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット` または" +" :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -7879,6 +7906,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"表示される新しい在庫調整明細で、:guilabel:`プロダクト`を設定し、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`を作成し、:guilabel:`棚卸数量`" +" を設定し、:icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -7886,32 +7915,34 @@ msgid "" "Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the " "*Cost* on the product form." msgstr "" +"評価レイヤーを表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動します。 単位当たりの " +":guilabel:`合計金額` は、プロダクトフォームの *原価* と一致します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, " "the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上記の表の例を続けると、プロダクトの原価が` $15` の場合、新しく作成された` LOT3` の評価額も `$15` となります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整評価を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134 msgid "Existing lot/serial number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "既存のロット/シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136 msgid "" "When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is " "based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "既存のロット/シリアル番号の数量を調整する場合、その値は、その特定のロット/シリアル番号の最新の評価レイヤーに基づきます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上記の表の例を続けると、`ロット1` の値は `$10` です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -7919,20 +7950,21 @@ msgid "" "quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for " "`LOT 1`." msgstr "" +"そのため、数量が `1.00` から `2.00`に更新されると、追加の数量も `$10` と評価され、`ロット1` の最新の評価層が反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロット1の評価額が更新されています。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148 msgid "" "The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom " "line)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫調整(上段)はロット1(下段)と同じ価値です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153 msgid "View valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "評価を見る" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -7940,6 +7972,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and " "select the desired record." msgstr "" +"特定のロット/シリアル番号の平均原価を調べるには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` " +"に移動し、希望のレコードを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -7947,22 +7981,25 @@ msgid "" "average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value " "for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`原価` と:guilabel:`平均原価` " +"のフィールドは、いずれも単位あたりの平均原価を示します。:guilabel:`合計金額` は、ロット/シリアル番号ごとの手持在庫の合計金額を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162 msgid "" "Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average " "Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page." msgstr "" +"このページに原価を表示するには、原価計算法が *先入先出法(FIFO)* または *平均原価法(AVCO)* に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の原価を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "" "Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in " "the top-right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロットフォーム、**原価** フィールドを表示。**評価** スマートボタンは右上にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -7972,16 +8009,20 @@ msgid "" "These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory " "move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation." msgstr "" +"ロット番号/シリアル番号の評価明細は、:ref:`評価レポート ` から、またはロット番号/シリアル番号の :guilabel:`評価` " +"スマートボタンをクリックして表示できます。これらの詳細な明細記録は、特定のロット番号/シリアル番号の各在庫移動が評価にどのように影響するかを判断するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178 msgid "Valuation report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "評価レポート" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180 msgid "" "Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" +"データベース内のロットとシリアル番号の評価を表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -7989,6 +8030,8 @@ msgid "" "and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting " "drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`." msgstr "" +"表示された :guilabel:`在庫評価` レポートで検索バーをクリックし、表示されたドロップダウンメニューの :icon:`oi-group` " +":guilabel:`グループ化` セクションで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -7996,6 +8039,9 @@ msgid "" "collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost " "`." msgstr "" +"明細が折りたたまれているロット番号行の右側にある :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(プラス)` " +"アイコンをクリックして、:ref:`原価を手動で調整 `" +" します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -8003,14 +8049,15 @@ msgid "" "bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical " "upon reception." msgstr "" +"これは、購買オーダや仕入先請求書に複数のロット/シリアル番号が含まれる場合に、個々のロット価格を調整するのに便利です。入荷時の初期価格は同一です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst-1 msgid "Show valuation report, by lots." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロットごとに評価レポートを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198 msgid "Valuation smart button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "評価スマートボタン" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -8018,20 +8065,22 @@ msgid "" " or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item." msgstr "" +"特定のロットまたはシリアル番号に関連する *在庫評価* レポートの特定部分にアクセスするには、、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> " +"プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に移動し、必要な項目を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` " "smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ページで、:guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`." -msgstr "" +msgstr " `ロット1` に関連する全ての在庫移動。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`." -msgstr "" +msgstr " `ロット1` の評価に影響する全ての在庫移動。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6 msgid "Product tracking" @@ -8338,7 +8387,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" "次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンします。ここから、 " -":guilabel:`シリアル番号` または :guilabel:`ロット` のいずれかにチェックが入っていることを確認します。" +":guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` または :guilabel:`ロット` のいずれかにチェックが入っていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -8437,8 +8486,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -"**入荷** 商品の有効期限は購買オーダから直接作成することができます。購買オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買` " -"アプリに行き、 :guilabel:作成` をクリックして新しい見積依頼書(RFQ)を作成します。" +"**入荷** 品の有効期限は購買オーダから直接作成することができます。購買オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買` アプリに行き、" +" :guilabel:作成` をクリックして新しい見積依頼書(RFQ)を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8900,8 +8949,8 @@ msgid "" "delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order " "form." msgstr "" -"入荷フォームで :ref:`入荷商品 ` " -"に新しいロット番号を割当てます。:ref:`出荷商品 ` " +"に新しいロット番号を割当てます。:ref:`出荷品 ` を出荷する場合は、配送オーダフォームで特定のロット番号のプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 @@ -8912,7 +8961,7 @@ msgstr "入荷時" msgid "" "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly" " on receipts." -msgstr "入荷商品への新規または既存のロット番号の割当ては、直接、入荷時に行うことができます。" +msgstr "入荷品への新規または既存のロット番号の割当ては、入荷時に直接行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8921,7 +8970,7 @@ msgid "" "by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that " "appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" -"まず、 :menuselection:`購買` アプリにアクセスして、ロット番号で追跡されるプロダクトの |PO|を `作成し確認 " +":menuselection:`購買` アプリにアクセスして、ロット番号で追跡されるプロダクトの |PO|を `作成し確認 " "`_ します。次に、ページ上部に表示される " ":guilabel:`入荷` スマートボタンをクリックし、倉庫の入荷フォームに移動します。" @@ -9423,7 +9472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送伝票にロット番号を表示する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -9432,6 +9481,7 @@ msgid "" "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"ロット番号で追跡されたプロダクトを販売する際には、顧客に送付する配送伝票にロット番号を記載することができます。これは、RMA(返品商品認証)や修理依頼、または製品登録など、ロット番号が必要な場合に顧客にとって役立つ場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -9441,6 +9491,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"配送伝票にロット番号を含めるには、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリを開き、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動します。 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を配送伝票に表示`" +" チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -9448,6 +9501,8 @@ msgid "" "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`配送伝票にロット/シリアル番号を表示` " +"設定を有効にすると、配送オーダが検証済の場合、ロットで追跡されるプロダクトの配送伝票にロット番号が記載されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -9455,6 +9510,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" +"配送オーダおよび配送伝票のロット番号を表示するには、:menuselection:`在庫` アプリに移動し、:guilabel:`配送オーダ` " +"をクリックし、ロットで追跡されているプロダクトを含むオーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -9465,13 +9522,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"オーダに含まれるプロダクトのロット番号を表示するには、:guilabel:`オペレーション` タブが選択されていることを確認し、タブの右側にある " +":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(調整)` ボタンをクリックします。:guilabel:`シリアル番号` " +"チェックボックスにチェックマークが付いていることを確認してください。これにより、 :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " +"列が表示されます。オーダに含まれる各プロダクトのロット番号がこの列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダが処理可能な状態になったら、:guilabel:`検証` をクリックして配送を確認し、配送伝票にプロダクト情報を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -9481,13 +9542,16 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"オーダフォームの上部にある :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(アクション)` ボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`印刷 -->" +" 配送伝票` を選択すると、配送伝票がダウンロードされます。 デバイスのブラウザまたはファイルマネジャーを使用して配送伝票を開きます。 " +"ロット番号は、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列のそれぞれのプロダクトの隣にリスト表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトとシリアル番号が表示されている、配送伝票のオーダ明細セクション。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -9645,8 +9709,8 @@ msgid "" "Serial Number`." msgstr "" "プロダクトフォーム (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト`) に戻り、:guilabel:`在庫` " -"タブに切り替えます。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションで、 :guilabel:`トラッキング`オプションを " -":guilabel:`トラッキングなし` から :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`シリアル番号` に変更します。" +"タブに切り替えます。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションで、 :guilabel:`追跡` オプションを " +":guilabel:`追跡なし` から :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1 @@ -9730,6 +9794,8 @@ msgid "" "numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these " "character types." msgstr "" +"*シリアル番号* は、Odooでプロダクトを識別し追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。他の1つは :doc:`ロット ` " +"です。シリアル番号は、シリーズ内の他のプロダクトと区別するためにプロダクトに割当てられる一意の識別子です。シリアル番号は、いくつかの文字タイプで構成されます。数字、文字、その他のタイポグラフィ文字、またはこれらの文字タイプの任意の組み合わせを含めることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9739,6 +9805,8 @@ msgid "" "manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the " "event of a recall." msgstr "" +"シリアル番号を割当てる目的は、個々のプロダクトとその :doc:`使用期限 " +"`、およびサプライチェーン全体における所在地を追跡するためです。例えば、シリアル番号は、メーカーが販売後のサービスやリコールの際、プロダクトを特定するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9754,10 +9822,14 @@ msgid "" "number usage by operation type `." msgstr "" +"シリアル番号を使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、次の2つの設定を有効にして下さい。:ref:`ロット/シリアル番号のトレーサビリティ設定 " +"`、および " +":ref:`オペレーションタイプ別のシリアル番号の使用 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "Traceability setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "トレーサビリティ設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9767,14 +9839,18 @@ msgid "" "section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember " "to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" +"プロダクトを追跡するには、まずロット番号とシリアル番号のトレーサビリティ機能を有効にする必要があります。 " +"これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 設定`に移動し、:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。 :guilabel:`保存` " +"ボタンをクリックして変更を保存して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の設定が有効になりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 msgid "By operation type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オペレーションタイプ別" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9783,6 +9859,8 @@ msgid "" " or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number " "tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders." msgstr "" +"次に、特定のオペレーションタイプ(商品の出荷や入荷など) " +"に対して、新規作成または既存のシリアル番号を使用する機能を有効にするかどうかを指定します。この設定により、倉庫入荷伝票や配送オーダでのシリアル番号の追跡が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -9791,12 +9869,16 @@ msgid "" " disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that" " do not exist in inventory." msgstr "" +"入荷に対して *新規作成* " +"オプションを有効にすると、入荷品に対して新しいシリアル番号を割当てることができます。しかし、配送オーダに対しては、在庫に存在しないシリアル番号を誤って割当てないよう、このオプションを無効にすることが多いでしょう。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55 msgid "" "To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" +"オペレーションで新しいシリアル番号を作成できるようにするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ` " +"に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9816,7 +9898,7 @@ msgstr "入荷時のオペレーションタイプで \"新規作成\" オプシ #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "個々のプロダクトでシリアル番号の追跡を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -9826,6 +9908,9 @@ msgid "" "product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and" " select the desired product." msgstr "" +":ref:`ロット/シリアル番号の設定 ` " +"が有効化されると、シリアル番号を使用して個々のプロダクトを追跡できるようになります。 " +"プロダクトを追跡するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に移動し、目的のプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -9835,6 +9920,10 @@ msgid "" "changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" +"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブで、:guilabel:`在庫追跡` " +"の隣にあるボックスにチェックマークが入っていることを確認します。次に、:guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` を選択し、:guilabel:`保存`" +" " +"をクリックして変更を保存します。これで、既存または新規のシリアル番号を選択し、このプロダクトの新規入荷バッチまたは製造バッチに割当てることができるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." @@ -9846,25 +9935,28 @@ msgstr "シリアル番号を割当てる" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88 msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、シリアル番号は複数のタイミングと場所で割当てることができます:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90 msgid "" "When a product is :ref:`already in stock " "`" msgstr "" +"プロダクトが :ref:`すでに在庫にある時 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Moves smart button ` on a receipt" msgstr "" +"入荷時に :ref:`移動スマートボタン ` から行う" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92 msgid "" "Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" msgstr "" +"入荷時に :ref:`開く: 在庫移動ウィンドウ ` から行う" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -9872,12 +9964,16 @@ msgid "" "<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a " "product tracked by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" +"ロット番/シリアル番号で追跡される :doc:`プロダクトの製造オーダ中 " +"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96 msgid "" "When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`在庫調整を行う<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" +" 時" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" @@ -9891,6 +9987,10 @@ msgid "" "reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" +"シリアル番号が割当てられていない在庫プロダクトに対して、新しいシリアル番号を作成することができます。 " +"これを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` " +"をクリックします。 そうすると、空のロット/シリアル番号フォームが表示されます。 このフォーム上で、新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`" +" が自動的に生成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -9920,6 +10020,10 @@ msgid "" "detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in" " the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" +"このフォームでは、:guilabel:`手持数量` の調整、固有の :guilabel:`内部参照` " +"番号の割当て(追加トレーサビリティ用)、:guilabel:`会社` " +"フィールドでこの特定のロット/シリアル番号設定を特定の会社に割当てるオプションもあります。この特定のロット/シリアル番号の詳細説明は、下の " +":guilabel:`説明` タブにも追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -9927,6 +10031,8 @@ msgid "" " to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For " "instance, SKU values may be used here." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`内部参照` " +"番号フィールドには、メーカーが追跡を容易にするために追加の固有の番号を入力することができます。例えば、SKU値をここに記入する場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -9945,6 +10051,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" +"新しいシリアル番号を作成して、希望のプロダクトに割当て保存したら、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、この新しく作成されたシリアル番号を割当てたプロダクトを選択して、プロダクトフォームに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -9955,7 +10063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷または出荷するプロダクトのシリアル番号を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -9963,6 +10071,7 @@ msgid "" "receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below " "can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form." msgstr "" +"シリアル番号は、入荷品と出荷品の両方に割り当てることができます。入荷オーダフォームと出荷オーダフォームは、互いに対応関係にあります。以下の手順に従って、いずれかのフォームにシリアル番号を割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -9970,6 +10079,8 @@ msgid "" "Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" +"**入荷品:** **入荷** 時にシリアル番号を直接割当てます。入荷は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> " +"入荷` からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -9977,6 +10088,8 @@ msgid "" "order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" +"**出荷品:** **配送オーダ** にシリアル番号を直接割当てます。入荷は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション -->" +" 配送` にアクセスして確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -9984,20 +10097,23 @@ msgid "" " the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type " "` is enabled." msgstr "" +"入荷オーダや配送オーダにシリアル番号を割当てる前に、 :ref:`オペレーションタイプごとに新規シリアル番号を作成 " +"` " +"機能が有効になっていることを確認してください。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161 msgid "Lots/serial number field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` " "field on a receipt or delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号は、入荷または配送オーダの :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フィールドに直接入力できます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷時にシリアル番号欄の値を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -10006,14 +10122,17 @@ msgid "" "Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial " "Numbers` checkbox." msgstr "" +"入荷または配送オーダに :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フィールドを表示するには、:icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(調整設定)` アイコンをクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューで :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " +"チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号フィールドを、入荷または配送オーダに表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177 msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例: 配送オーダの **シリアル番号** フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" @@ -10025,6 +10144,8 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a " "receipt." msgstr "" +"シリアル番号を個別または一括で割当てるさまざまな方法については、入荷のプロダクト明細にある :icon:`fa-list` " +":guilabel:`(list)`アイコンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 msgid "Add a line" @@ -10036,10 +10157,12 @@ msgid "" "numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best " "reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`開く: 在庫移動` ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` " +"列にシリアル番号を手動で入力します。この方法は、シリアル番号を1つまたは数個だけ追加する場合に最適です。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫移動ポップアップで、明細を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" @@ -10055,13 +10178,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号生成のポップアップを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "" "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which " "contains a few fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しいポップアップが開き、:guilabel:`シリアル番号を生成する` というフィールドがいくつか表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -10069,12 +10192,14 @@ msgid "" "sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be " "followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`最初のシリアル番号`: " +"シーケンスを開始する最初のシリアル番号を入力します。そこから、Odooが自動的に、さらにシリアル番号を生成するためにどのようなパターンに従うべきかを検出します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to " "generate." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`シリアル番号の数`: 生成するシリアル番号の希望する数を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -10084,11 +10209,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered" " or received." msgstr "" +"生成されたシリアル番号の数は、入荷または配送オーダの :guilabel:`数量` フィールドに反映されます。生成されたシリアル番号の数が " +":guilabel:`需要` の値を超える場合でも、Odoo は(シリアル番号に基づく)数量の配送または入荷を許可します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "シリアル番号の数量が配送オーダの数量にどのように影響するかを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -14971,7 +15098,7 @@ msgstr "最少梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" -msgstr "ロット&シリアル番号" +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" @@ -15334,7 +15461,7 @@ msgid "" "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" "この日数は、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動してユーザが設定します。:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` " -"セクションで、:guilabel:`追跡` フィールドが :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`シリアル番号` " +"セクションで、:guilabel:`追跡` フィールドが :guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` " "に設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 @@ -19937,7 +20064,7 @@ msgstr "プロダクトラベルは :guilabel:`ラベルを印刷` ボタンを #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:131 msgid "Lot/SN Labels" -msgstr "ロット/SNラベル" +msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号ラベル" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -28494,7 +28621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`シリアル番号`: 機器の固有のシリアル番号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 11ec2100c..2f0853c64 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5664,7 +5664,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:198 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "説明タブ" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_tracks.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -12422,7 +12422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:207 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブ" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:110 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 2cc0f8c6c..4bac6d62e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:221 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブ" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:223 msgid "The :guilabel:`Options` tab provides additional configurations:" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e112d1859..5b3f29c5e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Noma Yuki, 2024 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -13998,7 +13998,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" "トレーサビリティを有効にするには、 :menuselection:`POS --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " -"に進みます。次に、プロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`シリアル番号で追跡` または " +"に進みます。次に、プロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号で追跡` または " ":guilabel:`ロットで追跡` ボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 3e8220b01..2f7deddff 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1992,6 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:257 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" @@ -2566,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:315 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: eラーニング `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:318 msgid "Publish an eLearning course" @@ -3075,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:130 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブ" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:132 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index dc906dc77..b622753ac 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Junko Augias, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Junko Augias, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: eコマース " "Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." msgstr "" +"顧客に :guilabel:`追加情報` を要求するには、:guilabel:`住所` と :guilabel:`オーダ確認` のステップの間に " +":guilabel:`追加情報` ステップを追加します。 これを行うには、任意のチェックアウトページから :menuselection:`編集 --> " +"カスタマイズ` に進み、:guilabel:`追加ステップオプション` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -681,6 +684,9 @@ msgid "" "found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " "the **Sales** app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`追加情報` " +"ステップは、顧客の見積書または販売オーダにリンクされたオンラインフォームです。このステップで追加された情報は、バックエンドの **販売** " +"アプリから顧客の見積書または販売オーダ上で確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -690,6 +696,10 @@ msgid "" "Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." msgstr "" +"有効化すると、右上隅にある :guilabel:`編集` " +"をクリックし、フォームのフィールドのいずれかをクリックすることで、フォームのフィールドを削除、追加、変更することができます。 " +"全てのカスタマイズオプション、および新しいフィールドを追加するための :guilabel:`+ フィールド` " +"ボタンは、:guilabel:`カスタマイズ` メニューの :guilabel:`フィールド` セクションの下部にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Online form customization" @@ -697,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "オンラインフォームカスタマイズ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ確認: 利用規約" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -705,6 +715,8 @@ msgid "" "order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " "Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." msgstr "" +"顧客に :guilabel:`利用規約` に同意してもらうことで、オーダ確認ができます。そのために、チェックアウトページの " +":menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ` で :guilabel:`利用規約に同意する` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Terms and conditions" @@ -724,12 +736,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " "going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." msgstr "" +"プロダクトページで :guilabel:`今すぐ購入` ボタンを有効にすると、顧客はカートに追加することなく、すぐに :guilabel:`オーダ確認`" +" チェックアウトページに移動します。これを行うには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 設定 --> ショップ - " +"チェックアウトプロセスセクション` に移動し、:guilabel:`今すぐ購入` にチェックを入れます。あるいは、:guilabel:`今すぐ購入` " +"ボタンは、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ` で、:guilabel:`カート` " +"セクションから、任意のプロダクトページで有効にすることもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 msgid "" "The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " "product's page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このボタンは、プロダクトページの :guilabel:`カートに追加` ボタンの隣にあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" @@ -737,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "今すぐ購入 (エクスプレスチェックアウト) ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:95 msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ゲストおよびログインしてのチェックアウト" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -746,6 +763,9 @@ msgid "" "also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " "their order, if enabled." msgstr "" +"顧客がゲストとして、または **サインインしたユーザのみ** としてチェックアウトできる **チェックアウトポリシー** " +"を導入することが可能です。顧客はゲストとしてチェックアウトすることもでき、また、オーダの追跡が可能になっている場合は、**任意で後から登録** " +"することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -770,20 +790,20 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`無効化 (ゲストとして購入)`: 顧客はゲストと msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " "they have signed-in." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`必須 (ゲストチェックアウトなし)` :顧客はサインインした場合のみチェックアウトできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 msgid "B2B access restriction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B2Bアクセス制限" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -793,6 +813,10 @@ msgid "" " to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " ":guilabel:`Grant Access`." msgstr "" +"**選択したB2B顧客** のみにチェックアウトを制限したい場合は、:guilabel:`必須(ゲストチェックアウト不可)` " +"を有効にして、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> 顧客` に移動します。**アクセスを許可** " +"する顧客を選択し、:menuselection:`アクション --> ポータルへのアクセスを許可` をクリックし、:guilabel:`アクセスを許可`" +" をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -800,12 +824,16 @@ msgid "" "allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " "sign-in**." msgstr "" +"設定は **ウェブサイト固有** であり、**ゲスト** によるチェックアウトを許可するB2C向けウェブサイトと、**サインイン必須** " +"のB2B顧客向けのウェブサイトをそれぞれ設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:126 msgid "" "Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " "granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." msgstr "" +"ユーザは、1つの **Eメール** アドレスにつき、1つのポータルサイトにしかアクセスできません。同じ **Eメール** " +"アドレスで2つの異なるポータルサイトへのアクセス権を付与することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:130 msgid "Shared customer accounts" @@ -895,6 +923,8 @@ msgid "" "Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " "during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." msgstr "" +"有効化されると、顧客は **チェックアウトプロセス** の :guilabel:`オーダ確認` " +"ステップで、希望の決済プロバイダーを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" @@ -940,6 +970,13 @@ msgid "" " or :ref:`Based on Rules `, and :ref:`in-store " "pickup `." msgstr "" +"Odoo eコマースでは、さまざまな配送方法を設定でき、顧客は :doc:`チェックアウト ` " +"で優先オプションを選択できます。これらの方法には、定額または無料配送などの :ref:`外部プロバイダー " +"`、:ref:`カスタムオプション " +"`、:doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`" +" 経由のローカル運送会社、:ref:`規則に基づく ` または :ref:`店頭受取 " +"` が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:16 msgid "External provider integration" @@ -979,6 +1016,8 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, " "select the desired delivery provider(s), and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"サードパーティの配送プロバイダーを有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`配送` セクションまでスクロールして、希望する配送プロバイダーを選択し、:guilabel:`保存` します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -986,6 +1025,8 @@ msgid "" "select the delivery method in the list to :ref:`configure it " "`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 配送方法` に進み、リストから配送方法を選択して :ref:`設定 " +"` します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1003,6 +1044,9 @@ msgid "" "If the field is left empty, the delivery price cannot be calculated, and an " "error message prompts the customer to select an alternative delivery method." msgstr "" +"追加料金を定義するフィールドは、顧客に追加料金を請求する予定がない場合でも、**あなたのサードパーティの配送プロバイダーのアカウントで** 入力する " +"**必要があります**。料金を適用しない場合は、`0` " +"を入力してください。フィールドが空白のままの場合、配送料金を計算できず、エラーメッセージが表示され、顧客に別の配送方法を選択するよう促されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:45 msgid "Margin on delivery rate" @@ -1041,17 +1085,19 @@ msgstr "サードパーティの運送業者アカウントでは、追加料金 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 msgid "Custom delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客配送方法" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:67 msgid "Custom delivery methods must be created, for example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カスタム配送方法を作成する必要があります。例えば:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:69 msgid "" "to integrate delivery carriers through :doc:`Sendcloud " "<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`;" msgstr "" +"配送運送会社を統合する :doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`;" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1073,6 +1119,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Delivery Methods`, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the " ":ref:`fields `." msgstr "" +"カスタム配送方法を作成するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 配送方法` に進み、:guilabel:`新規作成`" +" をクリックし、:ref:`フィールド `" +" に入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1081,12 +1130,17 @@ msgid "" "or :ref:`Pickup in store ` if the shipping method" " does not involve any specific provider." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドでは、特定の配送業者を必要としない配送方法の場合は、:ref:`規則に基づく " +"`、:ref:`固定価格 `、または " +":ref:`店舗受取 ` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:85 msgid "" "Upon :ref:`configuring ` a delivery method, you can:" msgstr "" +"配送方法を :ref:`設定 ` " +"すると、以下を行うことができます: " #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1094,6 +1148,8 @@ msgid "" "<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` by selecting it in the " ":guilabel:`Website` field;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ウェブサイト` フィールドで選択して、:doc:`特定のウェブサイト " +"<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` に制限できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1102,6 +1158,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publish` the delivery method and make it available to website " "visitors;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`テスト環境` スマートボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`本番環境` に切り替えます。 " +"次に、:guilabel:`未公開` をクリックして配送方法を :guilabel:`公開` し、ウェブサイト訪問者が利用できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1109,6 +1167,8 @@ msgid "" "` for the delivery method based " "on the order’s content or destination." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`利用可能` タブを使用して、オーダの内容や配送先に基づく配送方法の :ref:`条件 " +"` を定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:100 msgid "Click & Collect" @@ -1118,20 +1178,22 @@ msgstr "クリックして集荷" msgid "" "To allow customers to reserve products online and pay for/collect them in-" "store, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客がオンラインでプロダクトを予約し、支払/受取を店頭で行えるようにするには、以下の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行きます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, enable :guilabel:`Click & " "Collect`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`配送` セクションまでスクロールし、:guilabel:`クリック＆コレクト` を有効にして、:guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1140,12 +1202,15 @@ msgid "" "the delivery method and ensure the :guilabel:`Provider` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Pick up in store`." msgstr "" +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`集荷場所を設定` をクリックして、:ref:`設定 " +"` " +"から配送方法を設定し、:guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドが :guilabel:`店頭受取` に設定されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Stores` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and select the " "warehouse(s) where customers can collect their orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`店舗` タブで、:guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、顧客がオーダを受取ることができる倉庫を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1153,6 +1218,8 @@ msgid "" "change the status to :guilabel:`Publish` and make the delivery method " "available to customers." msgstr "" +"設定が完了したら、:guilabel:`非公開` ボタンをクリックしてステータスを :guilabel:`公開` " +"に変更し、顧客が配送方法を利用できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1162,6 +1229,10 @@ msgid "" "location. The :ref:`Continue selling ` " "option for out-of-stock products is not supported." msgstr "" +"プロダクトの在庫がある場合、ロケーションセレクタが :doc:`プロダクト <../products>` および :doc:`チェックアウト " +"` ページに表示されます。 顧客はそのロケーションでプロダクトの在庫がない場合、受取ロケーションを選択できません。 " +"在庫切れのプロダクトに対する :ref:`販売を継続する ` " +"オプションはサポートされていません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1169,17 +1240,19 @@ msgid "" "option is enabled for a product, customers can view the stock quantity " "available for each warehouse in the location selector on the product page." msgstr "" +"プロダクトに対して:ref:`入手可能数量を表示 ` " +"オプションが有効になっている場合、顧客はプロダクトページのロケーションセレクターで、各倉庫の入手可能数量を確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:123 msgid "" "Each warehouse must have a **complete address** to ensure its location is " "accurately displayed to customers. Incomplete addresses prevent the " "warehouse from being shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各倉庫には、顧客に正確な所在地を表示するために、**完全な住所** が必要です。不完全な住所では、倉庫が表示されないことがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:125 msgid "The Click & Collect option is not available for services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "クリック＆コレクトはサービスには使用できません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce management" @@ -1213,6 +1286,8 @@ msgid "" "Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " "` option allows for accounts creation." msgstr "" +"顧客がアカウントを作成できるのは、チェックアウト時にアカウント作成を許可するオプション :ref:`チェックアウト時にサインイン・サインアップ " +"` が可能な場合のみです。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1220,6 +1295,8 @@ msgid "" "customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " "builder**." msgstr "" +"ウェブサイトの他の部分と同様に、顧客アカウントページは、**ウェブサイトビルダ** を通じて **コンテンツブロック** " +"やその他の機能でカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 msgid "Access restriction" @@ -1358,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォームを送信するとタスクが作成されるアクションフィールド" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 msgid "Contact us" @@ -1368,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "お問い合わせ" msgid "" "A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " "your company and get in touch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'お問合せ' ページがあると、顧客や見込み客が会社に連絡しやすく接点を持ちやすくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1378,6 +1455,9 @@ msgid "" "define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " "field." msgstr "" +"'お問合せ' ページを作成するには、必要に応じて新規にページを作成(:menuselection:`+ 新規 --> " +"ページ`)し、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ` をクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`フォーム` " +"ブロックをページにドラッグ＆ドロップします。フォームを選択し、:guilabel:`アクション` フィールドで送信時に実行するアクションを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1386,14 +1466,17 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " "services they are interested in, for example." msgstr "" +"フィールドをクリックしたり、新しいフィールドを追加 (:guilabel:`+ フィールド`) したりする際には、その :guilabel:`タイプ` " +"を選択することができます。これにより、例えば顧客が興味のあるサービスを示すために使用できる :guilabel:`複数選択チェックボックス` " +"などの異なるオプションが有効になります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "'お問合せ' フォームで選択するタグ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "'チェックボックス' 管理設定" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 msgid "Newsletter" @@ -1406,17 +1489,20 @@ msgid "" "to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " "choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." msgstr "" +"顧客はニュースレターを購読することで、eコマース活動に関する最新情報を入手できます。ニュースレターを購読する訪問者は、**Eメールマーケティング** " +"アプリケーションのメーリングリストに自動的に追加されます。ニュースレターの **ブロック**、ニュースレターの " +"**ポップアップ**、またはその両方を選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 msgid "" "**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ポップアップ**: 訪問者がページを下にスクロールすると、ニュースレターの入力ボックスが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 msgid "" "**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " "entering their email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ブロック**: 顧客がEメールを入力して登録できるフィールドをページに表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1426,6 +1512,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " "available:" msgstr "" +"ニュースレター **ブロック** は、異なる :guilabel:`テンプレート` に従って設定することができます。 " +"設定するには、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ` 画面で **ブロック** " +"をクリックし、:guilabel:`ニュースレターブロック` セクションで :guilabel:`テンプレート` を選択します。 " +"利用可能なテンプレートは **3つ** あります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1433,22 +1523,28 @@ msgid "" "newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eメールサブスクリプション`: " +"顧客はニュースレターにEメールで登録できますが、コンテンツを選択することはできません。コンテンツは、:menuselection:`編集 --> " +"カスタマイズ` の:guilabel:`ニュースレター` フィールドで定義されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," " but by SMS;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMSサブスクリプション`: :guilabel:`Eメールサブスクリプション`　と同様ですが、SMSによるものです。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " "checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`フォームサブスクリプション`: 複数のフィールドを追加でき、また、ウェブサイトの **GDPRポリシー** " +"に同意するチェックボックスを訪問者に表示できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォームサブスクリプション設定・管理設定" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1457,28 +1553,31 @@ msgid "" "allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " "stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." msgstr "" +"あるいは、:ref:`問い合わせフォーム` を作成する際に、:guilabel:`アクション` " +"として:guilabel:`ニュースレター購読` " +"を選択することもできます。これにより、同レベルのカスタマイズが可能になります。訪問者がメーリングリストへの追加に同意するチェックボックスを必ず追加して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 msgid "Order handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダ処理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 msgid "" "When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " "required to be handle in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客がeコマースでオーダを行う場合、Odooで処理する必要があるレコードタイプは **3つ** あります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 msgid ":ref:`Sales orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`販売オーダ `" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`配送オーダ `" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`顧客請求書 & 法的要件 `" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 msgid "Sales orders" @@ -1486,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "販売オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 msgid "Order and payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オーダおよび支払ステータス" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1498,42 +1597,48 @@ msgid "" "Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." msgstr "" +"顧客がプロダクトをカートに追加した際の最初のステップは、見積の作成です。オーダは、ウェブサイトまたは :doc:`販売 " +"` アプリから管理できます。eコマースのオーダは、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト " +"--> 設定 --> 管理設定` にアクセスすることで、特定の販売チームに自動的に割当てることができます。**ショップ - チェックアウトプロセス** " +"セクションで、eコマースのオーダを処理する :guilabel:`販売チーム` または :guilabel:`販売担当者` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オンラインオーダの販売チームまたは販売担当者の割当" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 msgid "" "Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " "Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" msgstr "" +"オーダは、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> オーダ/未払いオーダ` " +"から確認できます。各オーダは、異なるステータスで処理されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 msgid "" "**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " "*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**見積もり**: カートに新しいプロダクトが追加されましたが、顧客はまだチェックアウトプロセスを完了していません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 msgid "" "**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " "confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**見積送信済**: 顧客はチェックアウトプロセスを完了し、オーダを確認しましたが、支払いはまだ確認されていません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 msgid "" "**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" " order, and the payment is received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**オーダ**: 顧客がチェックアウトプロセスを完了し、オーダを確認し、支払いが受理された状態です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eコマースオーダのステータス" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 msgid "Abandoned cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カゴ落ち" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1546,6 +1651,11 @@ msgid "" "can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " "**email template** used." msgstr "" +"**カゴ落ち** とは、顧客がチェックアウト確認プロセスを **完了しなかった**オーダを指します。これらのオーダについては、顧客に " +"**Eメールによるリマインダー** を自動的に送信することができます。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> " +"設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、:guilabel:`Eメール&マーケティング` " +"セクションで、:guilabel:`チェックアウト放棄時のEメールを自動送信` を有効にします。有効にすると、Eメールが送信されるまでの " +"**時間間隔** を設定し、使用する **Eメールテンプレート** をカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1553,20 +1663,21 @@ msgid "" "contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" " the product to their cart." msgstr "" +"カゴ落ちに関するEメールを受け取るには、顧客はチェックアウトプロセス中に連絡先を入力しているか、またはカートにプロダクトを追加する際にログインしている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 msgid "Delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送オーダ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 msgid "Delivery flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送フロー" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 msgid "" "Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " "created. The next step is to process this delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積が確定すると、配送オーダが自動的に作成されます。次のステップは、この配送を処理することです。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1575,6 +1686,8 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " "be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." msgstr "" +"eコマースのオーダを梱包するには、通常、プロダクトのピッキング、梱包の準備、出荷ラベルの印刷、顧客への出荷が必要です。 " +"オーダ数、出庫方針、リソースに応じて、これらのステップはOdooでは1つまたは複数のアクションとして考えられます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1582,6 +1695,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " ":doc:`Inventory ` app." msgstr "" +"Odooの転送ステータスが “完了” になった際に、顧客に自動Eメールを送信することができます。これを行うには、:doc:`在庫 " +"` アプリの設定でこの機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1590,21 +1705,25 @@ msgid "" "**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " "in stock." msgstr "" +"顧客が店舗で注文品を受け取る際に支払う場合、または振込による支払いが許可されている場合、見積は確定されず、在庫も引当てされません。在庫プロダクトを引当てするには、オーダを手動で確認する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 msgid "Returns and refunds" @@ -1615,21 +1734,22 @@ msgid "" "Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " "possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客はオンラインフォームを通じてのみオーダを返品することができます。返品方針やプロダクトのタイプによっては、返品できない場合もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 msgid "" "Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " "interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." msgstr "" +"全額払戻しについては、オーダインターフェースから直接顧客に送金することができます。まず、払戻しに対応した決済プロバイダーを有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" @@ -1637,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書と法的要件" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1647,6 +1767,9 @@ msgid "" "(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " ":ref:`confirmed `." msgstr "" +"eコマースオーダの最終ステップは、顧客請求書の作成と顧客への送信です。 " +"ビジネス形態(B2BまたはB2C)に応じて、顧客請求書は自動的に作成される場合(B2B)と顧客の要求に応じて作成される場合(B2C)があります。 " +"このプロセスは、オンライン支払いが :ref:`確認された ` 場合(およびその時点で)自動化することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1654,20 +1777,22 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " ":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." msgstr "" +"請求書の自動発行を有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、:guilabel:`請求書`" +" セクションで:guilabel:`自動請求` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 msgid "Performance monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "パフォーマンスモニタリング" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" " your eCommerce website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは、お客様のeコマースウェブサイトのパフォーマンスを分析し、改善するためのさまざまなツールを統合しています。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 msgid "Data monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "データモニタリング" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1676,32 +1801,35 @@ msgid "" "--> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything " "related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." msgstr "" +"**ウェブサイト** では、お客様のeコマースの販売実績のモニタリングと分析が可能です。**レポートビュー** " +"にアクセスするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> レポート --> eコマース` " +"と進みます。このダッシュボードでは、プロダクト、カテゴリ、日ごとの販売実績など、販売に関するあらゆる項目をモニタリングできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eコマースのパフォーマンスレポーティング" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:19 msgid "" "By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " "used, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`分析対象` をクリックすると、使用する測定の種類を選択できます。例えば: " #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`マージン`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`請求済数量`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:23 msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`税抜合計`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`容量`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 msgid "..." @@ -1712,6 +1840,8 @@ msgid "" "Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " "periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." msgstr "" +"その他のオプションには、期間または年ごとの **複数のビュー(ピボットなど)、比較**、直接 :guilabel`スプレッドシートへ挿入` " +"などが含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:147 @@ -1723,6 +1853,8 @@ msgid "" "It is possible to link your Odoo website with :ref:`analytics/plausible` and" " :ref:`analytics/google-analytics`." msgstr "" +"Odooのウェブサイトを :ref:`analytics/plausible` および :ref:`analytics/google-" +"analytics` とリンクさせることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks/dynamic_content.rst:76 @@ -1740,14 +1872,21 @@ msgid "" "stock `, and enabling :ref:`product " "comparisons `." msgstr "" +"**Odoo eコマース** では、ウェブサイトアプリから直接 :ref:`プロダクトの追加 ` や :ref:`プロダクトページの管理 ` " +"を行うことができます。また、:ref:`プロダクトバリエーション ` や " +":ref:`デジタルファイル ` " +"の追加、:ref:`プロダクトページコンテンツの翻訳 `、:ref:`在庫管理 " +"`、:ref:`プロダクト比較 " +"` を追加することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:18 msgid "Add products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの追加" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの作成" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1759,6 +1898,11 @@ msgid "" "` the product page. When you " ":guilabel:`Save`, the product page is automatically published." msgstr "" +"フロントエンドからプロダクトを作成するには、右上隅にある :guilabel:`+ 新規` をクリックし、次に :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"をクリックします。プロダクト名、販売価格、現地での取引のデフォルトの顧客税を入力し、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。 " +"その後、プロダクトの詳細を更新し、画像を追加し、プロダクトページを :ref:`カスタマイズ " +"` することができます。 :guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックすると、プロダクトページは自動的に公開されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1766,6 +1910,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"また、バックエンドからプロダクトを作成することもできます。:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1775,6 +1921,9 @@ msgid "" "access the product page, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished`" " to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" +"フロントエンドから作成されたプロダクトは自動的に :ref:`公開 ` " +"されますが、バックエンドから作成されたプロダクトは公開されません。プロダクトを公開するには、:guilabel:`ウェブサイトへ移動` " +"スマートボタンをクリックしてプロダクトページにアクセスし、:guilabel:`非公開` から:guilabel:`公開` に切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:42 msgid "Import products" @@ -1786,46 +1935,51 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, click the :icon:`fa-" "cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon, then :ref:`Import records `." msgstr "" +"XLSXまたはCSVファイルを使用して:ref:`プロダクトデータをインポート ` " +"するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト`に移動し、:icon:`fa-cog` " +"(:guilabel:`gear`) アイコンをクリックし、:ref:`レコードをインポート ` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:49 msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**大量バッチ** のプロダクトを公開するには、以下の手順に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:51 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` に行きます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:52 msgid "" "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` " "view." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公開済` フィルタを削除し、:guilabel:`リスト` ビューに切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:53 msgid "" "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon and enable " ":guilabel:`Is published`." msgstr "" +":icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`ドロップダウントグル`) アイコンをクリックし、:guilabel:`公開済` " +"を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by **published** or" " **unpublished** products." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公開済` 列をクリックすると、公開済または未公開のプロダクトで再オーダできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:57 msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "公開したいプロダクトのボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected" " products, then :guilabel:`Confirm` to publish them." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公開済`列で、選択したプロダクトのボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックして公開します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:64 msgid "Shop page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ショップページ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1835,21 +1989,27 @@ msgid "" "or to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to change the page layout or add " "features:" msgstr "" +"メインの :guilabel:`ショップ` ページのレイアウトをカスタマイズしたり、その内容を変更するには、:guilabel:`編集` " +"をクリックします。:doc:`ビルディングブロック " +"<../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` を追加するには " +":guilabel:`ブロック` タブに移動し、ページレイアウトを変更したり機能を追加するには :guilabel:`カスタマイズ` タブに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Select :guilabel:`Grid` or :guilabel:`List`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`レイアウト`: :guilabel:`グリッド` または :guilabel:`リスト` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: Set the number of products displayed per page and line." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`サイズ`: ページと行ごとに表示するプロダクトの数を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Style`: Select :guilabel:`Default`, :guilabel:`Cards`, " ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`, or :guilabel:`Grid`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`スタイル`: :guilabel:`デフォルト`、:guilabel:`カード`、:guilabel:`サムネイル`、または " +":guilabel:`グリッド` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1858,22 +2018,25 @@ msgid "" "(4/5)`, or :guilabel:`Vertical (2/3)`. You can also adjust the display by " "changing the :guilabel:`Fill` options to best fit your design preferences." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`画像サイズ`: プロダクト画像のアスペクト比を選択します。 :guilabel:`横長 (4/3)`, " +":guilabel:`デフォルト (1/1)`, :guilabel:`縦長 (4/5)`, または :guilabel:`縦長 (2/3)`。 " +"また、:guilabel:`塗りつぶし` オプションを変更して、好みのデザインに最適な表示に調整することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search Bar`: Toggle the switch to display a search bar at the top" " of the products" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`検索バー`: スイッチを切り替えると、プロダクトの上部に検索バーが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 msgid "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ページ。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Prod. Desc.`: Toggle the switch to display the product " "description below the product's name." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト説明`: スイッチを切り替えると、プロダクトの説明がプロダクトの名前の下に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1882,6 +2045,9 @@ msgid "" "enable :guilabel:`Collapse Categories` to make the category menu " "collapsible." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`カテゴリ`: プロダクトカテゴリを :guilabel:`Left`、:guilabel:`Top`、またはその両方に表示します。" +" :guilabel:`左` が選択された場合、:guilabel:`カテゴリを折りたたむ` " +"を有効にしてカテゴリメニューを折りたたみ可能にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1890,6 +2056,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Rental app <../../sales/rental>` must be installed to use this " "feature." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`日付表示`: " +"スイッチを切り替えると、特定の期間におけるレンタルプロダクトの可用性を確認するための日付範囲カレンダが表示されます。この機能を使用するには、:doc:`レンタルアプリ" +" <../../sales/rental>` がインストールされている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1898,6 +2067,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Top` allowing customers to filter products based on their " "attributes." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`属性`: :guilabel:`左` にプロダクトの属性を表示し、必要に応じて :icon:`fa-sliders` " +"(:guilabel:`ドロップダウントグル`) アイコンを :guilabel:`トップ` " +"に表示することで、顧客が属性に基づいてプロダクトをフィルタリングできるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -1905,6 +2077,8 @@ msgid "" "Range` bar, which allows customers to filter products according to a " "specific price range by dragging adjustable handles." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`価格フィルタ`: スイッチを切り替えると、:guilabel:`価格範囲` " +"バーが表示され、顧客は調整可能なレバーをドラッグすることで、特定の価格帯でプロダクトをフィルタリングすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1913,6 +2087,8 @@ msgid "" " filter products using those tags by going to the :guilabel:`Tags` section " "in the left column." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロダクトタグ`: スイッチを切り替えると、プロダクトページに :guilabel:`プロダクトテンプレートタグ` " +"が表示され、顧客は左列の :guilabel:`タグ` セクションに移動して、それらのタグを使用してプロダクトをフィルタリングできるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1920,6 +2096,9 @@ msgid "" "in the top bar for sorting products and/or :guilabel:`Layout` to allow " "customers to switch to the grid or list view using the related icons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`トップバー`: プロダクトのソートを行うドロップダウンリストを表示するには、:guilabel:`ソート` " +"を選択します。また、顧客が関連アイコンを使用してグリッド表示またはリスト表示に切り替えられるようにするには、:guilabel:`レイアウト` " +"を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -1927,10 +2106,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Featured`, :guilabel:`Newest Arrivals`, :guilabel:`Name (A-Z)`, " ":guilabel:`Price - Low to High`, or :guilabel:`Price - High to Low`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`デフォルトソート`: プロダクトのデフォルトのソート順を選択します。:guilabel:`おすすめ`, " +":guilabel:`最新入荷`, :guilabel:`名前 (A-Z)`, :guilabel:`価格 - 昇順`, または " +":guilabel:`価格 - 降順`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Buttons`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ボタン`:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1938,6 +2120,9 @@ msgid "" "display an :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to cart`) icon on each " "product's image, which takes the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" +"各プロダクトの画像に :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`ショッピングカート`) " +"アイコンを表示するには、:icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`カートに追加`) " +"オプションを選択します。顧客はここからチェックアウトページに移動することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1945,6 +2130,9 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to wishlist`) icon on each " "product's image allowing logged-in customers to save products to a wishlist." msgstr "" +":icon:`fa-heart-o` (:guilabel:`ウィッシュリスト`) オプションを選択すると、各プロダクトの画像に :icon:`fa-" +"shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`ウィッシュリストに追加`) " +"アイコンが表示され、ログインした顧客がプロダクトをウィッシュリストに保存できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1953,6 +2141,9 @@ msgid "" "allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" +"各プロダクトの画像に :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`比較`) アイコンを表示するには、:icon:`fa-" +"exchange` (:guilabel:`比較`) オプションを選択します。これにより、顧客はプロダクト属性に基づいた:ref:`プロダクトの比較 " +"` を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -1960,10 +2151,12 @@ msgid "" "` and click the :icon:`fa-star-o` " "(:guilabel:`Favorite`) icon next to the product's name." msgstr "" +"プロダクトをおすすめするには、:ref:`プロダクトフォーム ` " +"に移動し、プロダクト名の隣にある :icon:`fa-star-o` (:guilabel:`お気に入り`) アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:135 msgid "Product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -1972,6 +2165,9 @@ msgid "" "` the page or :ref:`edit its images " "`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのページにアクセスするには、:guilabel:`ショップ`に移動し、プロダクトをクリックします。:guilabel:`編集`をクリックして、ページを" +" :ref:`カスタマイズ ` または :ref:`画像を編集 " +"` します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -1983,17 +2179,23 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`digital documents `, or " ":ref:`translating ` content." msgstr "" +"バックエンドの **プロダクトフォーム** にアクセスするには、プロダクトページの右上にある :icon:`fa-cog` " +":guilabel:`プロダクト` ボタンをクリックします。または、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> " +"プロダクト` に移動し、プロダクトを選択します。フォームからプロダクトページを設定するには、:ref:`バリアント " +"`、:ref:`デジタルドキュメント " +"`、または :ref:`翻訳 " +"` コンテンツを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:150 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to return to the frontend " "product's page." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ウェブサイトへ移動` スマートボタンをクリックして、フロントエンドのプロダクトページに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27 msgid "Customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カスタマイズ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -2001,25 +2203,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blocks` tab to add :doc:`building blocks " "<../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトページをカスタマイズするには、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。:doc:`ビルディングブロック " +"<../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` " +"を追加するには、:guilabel:`ブロック` タブに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:161 msgid "" "When dragging and dropping a building block on the product page, placing it " "above or below the top or bottom blue lines makes it visible on all product " "pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページ上でビルディングブロックをドラッグ＆ドロップする際、青い線の上または下に配置すると、全てのプロダクトページに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:163 msgid "" "You can edit any text on your website simply by clicking on it while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`編集` モード中にウェブサイト上のテキストをクリックするだけで、そのテキストを編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:165 msgid "" "Go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to modify the page layout or add " "features:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ページレイアウトを変更したり、機能を追加するには、:guilabel:`カスタマイズ` タブに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -2028,10 +2233,12 @@ msgid "" "<../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` on the " "product page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`利用規約`: スイッチを切り替えると、プロダクトページに :doc:`利用規約 " +"<../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` へのリンクが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Customers`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`顧客`:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -2043,24 +2250,32 @@ msgid "" "form's chatter. To restrict visibility to internal employees, toggle the " ":guilabel:`Public` switch next to the review comment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`評価`: ログインしたポータルユーザが、プロダクト名の下の星をクリックして、下部の :guilabel:`顧客レビュー` " +"セクションでカスタマー体験を共有し、プロダクトレビューを投稿することができます。 レビューは、プロダクトページから :guilabel:`顧客レビュー`" +" 見出しの横にある :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`プラス`) " +"アイコン、またはプロダクトフォームのチャターから表示できます。社内従業員のみに表示を制限するには、レビューコメントの横にある " +":guilabel:`公開` スイッチを切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:179 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Share`: Add social media and email icon buttons allowing " "customers to share the product through those channels." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`共有`: ソーシャルメディアとEメールのアイコンボタンを追加して、顧客がプロダクトをそれらのチャネルで共有できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: Toggle the switch to allow customers to select " "the product quantity they want to purchase." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`数量を選択`: スイッチを切り替えて顧客が購入したいプロダクトの数量を選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax indication`: Toggle the switch to indicate if the price is " ":ref:`VAT included or excluded `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`税表示`: 価格の :ref:`税込または税抜 `" +" 表示を切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -2069,6 +2284,9 @@ msgid "" "List` or horizontally as selectable :guilabel:`Options` to compose the " "variant yourself." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`バリアント`: プロダクトの全ての可能性を表示します。 :ref:`バリアント " +"` を縦に並べると :guilabel:`プロダクトリスト` " +"となり、横に並べると選択可能な :guilabel:`オプション` となり、バリエーションを自分で構成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -2076,22 +2294,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to" " filter products using those tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロダクトタグ`: スイッチを切り替えると、プロダクトページに :guilabel:`プロダクトテンプレートタグ` " +"が表示され、顧客がこれらのタグを使用してプロダクトをフィルタリングできるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`カート`:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy Now`: Add a :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` option to " "take the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`今すぐ購入`: 顧客を決済ページに移動させるには、:icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`今すぐ購入` " +"オプションを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wishlist`: Add an :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Add to wishlist` " "option allowing logged-in customers to save products in a wishlist." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ウィッシュリスト`: ログインした顧客がプロダクトをウィッシュリストに保存できる :icon:`fa-heart-o` " +":guilabel:`ウィッシュリストに追加` オプションを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -2099,6 +2323,8 @@ msgid "" "allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`比較`: :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`比較` オプションを追加し、顧客が " +":ref:`プロダクトを比較 ` を属性に基づいて行えるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -2109,6 +2335,11 @@ msgid "" "` is enabled in the Website " ":guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`仕様設計`: :guilabel:`ページの下` " +"を選択すると、プロダクトで利用可能な属性とその値の詳細なリストが表示されます。このオプションは、ウェブサイトの :guilabel:`管理設定` で " +":ref:`プロダクト比較ツール ` " +"が有効になっている場合にのみ、:ref:`バリアント ` " +"を持つプロダクトに対して機能します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -2117,32 +2348,35 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " ":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`バリアント`、:icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`ウィッシュリスト`、および :icon:`fa-" +"exchange` :guilabel:`比較` オプションは、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト` セクションで有効にする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:215 msgid "Enabled functions apply to all product pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有効化された機能は、すべてのプロダクトページに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:216 msgid "" "Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants " "but are still displayed in the :guilabel:`Product Specifications`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの属性が単一の値のみを持つ場合、バリアントは生成されませんが、:guilabel:`プロダクト仕様設計` には表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:222 msgid "Image customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "画像カスタマイズ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:224 msgid "" "To customize the images available on the product page, go to the " ":guilabel:`Customize` tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページで利用可能な画像をカスタマイズするには、:guilabel:`カスタマイズ` タブに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Images Width`: Changes the width of the product images displayed " "on the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`画像幅`: ページに表示されるプロダクト画像の幅を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -2152,6 +2386,10 @@ msgid "" "arrow`); whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square " "layout." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`レイアウト`: :guilabel:`カルーセル` レイアウトでは、顧客は :icon:`fa-angle-left` " +"(:guilabel:`左矢印`) または :icon:`fa-angle-right` (:guilabel:`右矢印`) " +"を使用して、1つの画像から次の画像へと移動することができます。一方、:guilabel:`グリッド` " +"では、4つの画像が正方形のレイアウトで表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -2159,34 +2397,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Magnifier on hover` :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, " ":guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`画像ズーム`: プロダクト画像のズーム効果を選択します。:guilabel:`マウスオーバで拡大` " +":guilabel:`クリックでポップアップ`, :guilabel:`両方` または :guilabel:`なし` から選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: Align thumbnails on the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-left` " "(:guilabel:`Left`) or" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`サムネイル`: サムネイルを :icon:`fa-long-arrow-left` (:guilabel:`左`) または" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:233 msgid "at the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-down` (:guilabel:`Bottom`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":icon:`fa-long-arrow-down` (:guilabel:`下`) で。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Main Image`: Click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " "main image." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`メインイメージ`: :guilabel:`置換` をクリックしてプロダクトのメインイメージを変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: :guilabel:`Add` extra images or videos (including " "via URL) or :guilabel:`Remove all` product images." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`追加画像`: 追加画像または動画(URL経由を含む) :guilabel:`追加` またはプロダクト画像を " +":guilabel:`全て削除` します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:239 msgid "" "Images must be in PNG or JPG format and with a minimum size of 1024x1024 to " "trigger the zoom." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ズームをトリガするには、画像はPNGまたはJPG形式で、1024x1024以上のサイズが必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:244 msgid "Product variants" @@ -2199,16 +2442,20 @@ msgid "" "versions of the same product, such as various colors or materials, with " "potential differences in price and availability." msgstr "" +":doc:`プロダクトバリアント <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` " +"同じプロダクトの異なるバージョン、例えば、さまざまな色や素材など、価格や入手可能性に違いがある可能性があるものです。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:250 msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトのバリアントを設定するには: " #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:253 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." msgstr "" +"スクロールダウンして、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト` セクションで、:guilabel:`プロダクトバリエーション` " +"機能を有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -2218,6 +2465,9 @@ msgid "" "product page. For multiple attributes, you can combine them to create " "specific variants." msgstr "" +":ref:`プロダクトフォーム ` " +"にアクセスし、:guilabel:`属性とバリエーション` " +"タブを開きます。ここで属性と値を追加し、顧客がプロダクトページでプロダクトのバリエーションを設定および選択できるようにします。複数の属性がある場合は、それらを組み合わせて特定のバリエーションを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -2226,6 +2476,10 @@ msgid "" "Attributes`, click on the attribute, and select :guilabel:`Visible` or " ":guilabel:`Hidden` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ショップ` " +"ページで属性の表示/非表示を切り替え、訪問者にフィルタリングを許可するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> " +"属性` に移動し、属性をクリックして、:guilabel:`eコマースフィルタの表示`フィールドで :guilabel:`表示` " +"または:guilabel:`非表示` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -2233,6 +2487,8 @@ msgid "" "`, set the :guilabel:`Attributes` feature to " ":guilabel:`Left` using the website editor." msgstr "" +"プロダクト属性を :ref:`メインのショップページ ` " +"に表示するには、ウェブサイトエディタを使用して、:guilabel:`属性` 機能を :guilabel:`左` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -2241,20 +2497,25 @@ msgid "" "Category` field and either select an :doc:`existing category or create a new" " one <../../websites/ecommerce/products>`." msgstr "" +":ref:`プロダクトを比較する ` " +"際に、同じセクションに属性をグループ化する`場合は、:guilabel:`eコマースカテゴリ` " +"フィールドに移動し、:doc:`既存のカテゴリまたは新しいカテゴリ <../../websites/ecommerce/products>` " +"を作成します。 " #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:273 msgid "Two attribute values are needed to make the filter visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "フィルタを表示するには、2つの属性値が必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:276 msgid "" ":doc:`Product variants " "<../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`プロダクトバリアント <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:281 msgid "Digital files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デジタルファイル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -2264,6 +2525,10 @@ msgid "" "customer portal :ref:`after checkout `." msgstr "" +"証明書、電子書籍、ユーザーマニュアルなどのデジタルファイルをプロダクトにリンクすることができます。これらのドキュメントは、ref:`支払前 " +"` にプロダクトページで、または " +":ref:`チェックアウト後 ` " +"に顧客ポータルから見ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -2273,6 +2538,10 @@ msgid "" "additional options, click :guilabel:`New`, then :guilabel:`Upload your " "file`." msgstr "" +"デジタルファイルをプロダクトにリンクするには、:ref:`プロダクトフォーム ` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ドキュメント` スマートボタンをクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`アップロード` " +"をクリックしてファイルを直接アップロードするか、その他のオプションを使用する場合は、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、次に " +":guilabel:`ファイルをアップロード` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -2280,6 +2549,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`, go to the :guilabel:`Type` field, and select " ":guilabel:`URL`." msgstr "" +"デジタルファイルではなく、URLをリンクさせることもできます。その場合は、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックし、:guilabel:`タイプ`" +" フィールドで :guilabel:`URL` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -2287,10 +2558,12 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card and" " click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"既存のファイルを編集するには、ドキュメントカードの右上にある :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` " +"(:guilabel:`ドロップダウンメニュー`) をクリックし、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:300 msgid "Digital files available before payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払前に利用可能なデジタルファイル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -2298,14 +2571,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visibility` field blank and toggle the :guilabel:`Show on product" " page` switch." msgstr "" +"プロダクトページでファイルを利用可能にするには(支払前)、:guilabel:`表示` " +"フィールドを空白のままにし、:guilabel:`プロダクトページ` スイッチを切り替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst-1 msgid "digital file available before payment on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページで支払前に利用可能なデジタルファイル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:311 msgid "Digital files available after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払後に利用可能なデジタルファイル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -2313,10 +2588,12 @@ msgid "" "field to :guilabel:`Confirmed order` and turn off the :guilabel:`Show on " "product page` switch." msgstr "" +"(支払後)ファイルを公開するには、:guilabel:`可視性` フィールドを:guilabel:`確認済オーダ` " +"に設定し、:guilabel:`プロダクトページに表示` スイッチをオフにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:319 msgid "Translation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "翻訳" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -2326,22 +2603,25 @@ msgid "" "are identifiable by their abbreviation language (e.g., EN) next to their " "field." msgstr "" +"ウェブサイトに複数の言語が利用可能な場合、プロダクトの情報を :ref:`プロダクトフォーム ` 上で直接翻訳することができます。 複数の言語をサポートするフィールドは、フィールド名の隣に言語の略語 (例: EN) " +"が表示されていることで識別できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:325 msgid "The eCommerce-related fields to translate are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "翻訳が必要なeコマース関連のフィールドは以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト名`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫切れメッセージ` (:guilabel:`販売` タブ下)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`販売説明` (:guilabel:`販売` タブ)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -2350,16 +2630,21 @@ msgid "" "the :doc:`Translate <../website/configuration/translate>` feature to " "translate the page's content." msgstr "" +"ウェブページに翻訳されていないコンテンツがあると、ユーザエクスペリエンスや :doc:`SEO " +"<../../websites/website/pages/seo>` に悪影響を及ぼす可能性があります。 :doc:`翻訳 " +"<../website/configuration/translate>` 機能を使用して、ページのコンテンツを翻訳することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:335 msgid "" "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and go to the :guilabel:`Website Info` section." msgstr "" +"ウェブサイトの言語を確認するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ウェブサイト情報` セクションを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:341 msgid "Website availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブサイトの利用可能性" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -2369,16 +2654,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" " blank to make the product available on *all* websites." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのウェブサイトでの利用可能性を設定するには、:ref:`product form ` に移動し、:guilabel:`販売` タブを開き、:guilabel:`eコマースショップ` セクションで、プロダクトが利用可能となる " +":guilabel:`ウェブサイト` を選択します。 フィールドを空白のままにすると、プロダクトが *全て* のウェブサイトで利用可能となります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:349 msgid "" "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, " "but selecting only *some* websites is not possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトを公開するウェブサイトは、1つでも全てのウェブサイトでも選択できますが、一部のウェブサイトのみを選択することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:355 msgid "Stock management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫管理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -2387,12 +2675,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` " "sub-section." msgstr "" +"在庫管理オプションを有効にして設定するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト` セクションと :guilabel:`在庫デフォルト` " +"サブセクションまでスクロールダウンします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:362 msgid "" "The **Inventory** app must be installed to see the inventory management " "options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫管理オプションを表示するには、**在庫** アプリをインストールする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -2400,6 +2691,8 @@ msgid "" " field must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` in the :ref:`product form " "`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトページに在庫レベルを表示するには、:ref:`プロダクトフォーム ` 内の " +":guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` フィールドを :guilabel:`在庫可能品` に設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:367 msgid "Inventory" @@ -2408,13 +2701,15 @@ msgstr "在庫" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:369 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, fill in those fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫デフォルト` サブセクションで、これらのフィールドに入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:371 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." msgstr "" +":doc:`倉庫 " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -2422,6 +2717,8 @@ msgid "" "customers to place orders even when the product is **out of stock**. Leave " "the box unchecked to **prevent orders**." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`在庫切れ`: :guilabel:`販売を続ける` を有効にすると、プロダクトが **在庫切れ** " +"の場合でも顧客は注文することができます。 **オーダを受け付けない** ようにするには、ボックスのチェックを外したままにしておきます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -2430,10 +2727,13 @@ msgid "" "calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity " "already reserved for outgoing transfers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`利用可能数量を表示`: " +"プロダクトページで指定された閾値以下の残りの利用可能数量を表示します。利用可能数量は、:guilabel:`手持在庫` " +"数量から転送のためにすでに引当済の数量を差し引いた数量に基づいて計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:381 msgid "Product comparison" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト比較" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -2442,6 +2742,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section, and enable :guilabel:`Product " "Comparison Tool`." msgstr "" +"ウェブサイト訪問者がプロダクトをその属性に基づいて比較できるようにするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト`セクションまでスクロールダウンして、:guilabel:`プロダクト比較ツール` " +"を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:387 msgid "" @@ -2452,22 +2755,28 @@ msgid "" "click :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` in the pop-up window at the " "bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." msgstr "" +"メインのショップページの各プロダクトカード上で、顧客がマウスを :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`比較`) " +"アイコンに合わせると、そのアイコンが表示されるようになりました。プロダクトを比較するには、顧客は比較したいプロダクトの :icon:`fa-" +"exchange` (:guilabel:`比較`) オプションをクリックし、ページ下部に表示されるポップアップウィンドウ内の :icon:`fa-" +"exchange` :guilabel:`比較` をクリックして比較サマリーを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst-1 msgid "Product comparison window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト比較ウィンドウ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:397 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` is only available for products with " ":ref:`attributes `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロダクト比較ツール`は、:ref:`属性 ` " +"を持つプロダクトのみで利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:399 msgid "" "Selecting the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option from a " "product page is also possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページから :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`比較`) オプションを選択することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:3 msgid "Catalog" @@ -2479,10 +2788,11 @@ msgid "" "allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " "options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." msgstr "" +"eコマースのカタログは、実店舗の棚に相当するもので、顧客は提供されている商品を見ることができます。わかりやすいカテゴリ、利用可能なオプション、ソート、ナビゲーションスレッドにより、効率的に構成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:10 msgid "Categorize the product catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトカタログをカテゴリー分けする" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2491,6 +2801,8 @@ msgid "" "on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " "the category they select." msgstr "" +"Odooには、eコマース専用の **特定のカテゴリモデル** " +"があります。eコマースカテゴリをプロダクトに使用すると、eコマースページにナビゲーションメニューを追加することができます。これにより、訪問者は、選択したカテゴリの下にある全てのプロダクトを閲覧することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2498,14 +2810,17 @@ msgid "" "the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " "select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、変更したいプロダクトを選択して、:guilabel:`販売` タブをクリックし、:guilabel:`eコマースショップ` の下から必要な " +":guilabel:`カテゴリ` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"販売\" タブのeコマースカテゴリ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:25 msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1つのプロダクトが複数のeコマースカテゴリに表示されることがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2517,18 +2832,23 @@ msgid "" "Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " "collapsable." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのカテゴリーが設定されたら、**メインショップページ** に移動し、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズタブ` " +"をクリックします。:guilabel:`カテゴリ` " +"オプションで、:guilabel:`左`、:guilabel:`上`、またはその両方にメニューを有効にすることができます。:guilabel:`左` " +"カテゴリを選択すると、:guilabel:`カテゴリ再帰を折り畳む` というオプションが表示され、:guilabel:`左` " +"カテゴリメニューを折畳み可能にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eコマースウェブサイト用のカタログオプション" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../products`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:43 msgid "Browsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ブラウジング" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -2537,6 +2857,8 @@ msgid "" "catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " "search." msgstr "" +"eコマースカテゴリは、プロダクトを整理し、分割するための最初のツールです。しかし、カタログにさらに細かいカテゴリ分けが必要な場合は、属性やソート検索などの様々な" +" **フィルタ** を有効化することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:50 msgid "Attributes" @@ -2550,14 +2872,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " "and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"属性とは、**色** や **素材** など、プロダクトの **特徴** を指します。一方、バリアントとは、属性の異なる組み合わせを指します。 " +":guilabel:`属性とバリアント` は、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"の下にあります。プロダクトを選択し、:guilabel:`属性とバリアント` タブを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:58 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトの属性とバリエーション" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2566,12 +2891,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" " Filtering` to enable price filters." msgstr "" +"**属性フィルタリング** を有効にするには、**メインショップページ** に移動し、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズタブ` " +"をクリックして、:guilabel:`左`、:guilabel:`上`、またはその両方を選択します。さらに、:guilabel:`価格フィルタリング` " +"を有効にして、価格フィルタリングを有効にすることもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " "therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`価格フィルタ` は **属性** とは独立して動作するため、必要に応じて単独で有効にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2580,10 +2908,12 @@ msgid "" " *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " "is possible." msgstr "" +"プロダクトのバリアントを扱わない場合でも、**属性フィルタ** " +"を使用することができます。プロダクトに属性を追加する際は、属性ごとに1つの値のみを指定するようにしてください。組み合わせが不可能な場合、Odooはバリアントを作成しません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:78 msgid "Sort-by search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ソート検索" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -2594,10 +2924,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" " applies to *all* categories." msgstr "" +"検索バーを使用して、ユーザが手動で **カタログを並べ替え** できるようにすることができます。**メインショップページ** " +"で、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ` タブをクリックします。:guilabel:`並べ替え` オプションおよび " +":guilabel:`レイアウト` ボタンの有効化または無効化が可能です。:guilabel:`並べ替え` " +"ボタンの:guilabel:`デフォルト並べ替え` を選択することもできます。デフォルト並べ替えは、*全て* のカテゴリに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:86 msgid "The **sorting** options are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下が **並べ替え** オプションです:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:88 msgid "Featured" @@ -2630,29 +2964,34 @@ msgid "" "products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" "and-dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" +"さらに、**メインショップページ** に移動してプロダクトをクリックすることで、カタログのプロダクトのオーダを **手動で編集** することができます。" +" :guilabel:`カスタマイズ` セクションの :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"セクションで、矢印をクリックしてオーダを並べ替えることができます。`<<` `>>` はプロダクトを **一番** 右または左に移動し、`<` `>` " +"はプロダクトを右または左に **1** の列分移動します。 :menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"で、リスト内のプロダクトをドラッグ&ドロップして、カタログ内のプロダクトの順序を変更することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カタログでのプロダクト並べ替え" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:107 msgid "Page design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ページデザイン" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:110 msgid "Category page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カテゴリページ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:112 msgid "" "You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブサイトビルダを使用して、カテゴリページのレイアウトをカスタマイズすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:115 msgid "" "Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " "layout affects *all* category pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "カテゴリページのレイアウトの編集はグローバルです。1つのカテゴリのレイアウトを編集すると、*全て* のカテゴリページに影響します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2662,16 +3001,20 @@ msgid "" "the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " "product picture." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、:menuselection:`カテゴリページ --> 編集 --> カスタマイズ` " +"に進みます。ここで、レイアウトやプロダクトを表示する列の数などを選択できます。:guilabel:`プロダクト説明` " +"ボタンをクリックすると、カテゴリページからプロダクト画像の下にプロダクトの説明が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Layout options of the category pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "カテゴリページのレイアウトオプション。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:127 msgid "" "You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " "products may affect performance and page loading speed." msgstr "" +"グリッドのサイズは選択できますが、プロダクトを大量に表示するとパフォーマンスやページの読み込み速度に影響が出る可能性があることにご注意下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:131 msgid "Product highlight" @@ -2686,22 +3029,26 @@ msgid "" "grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " "a banner across the product's image, such as:" msgstr "" +"カテゴリページや商品ページでプロダクトを目立たせるために、ハイライトすることができます。希望のページで、:menuselection:`編集 --> " +"カスタマイズ` と進み、ハイライトするプロダクトをクリックします。 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"セクションで、グリッドをクリックしてプロダクト画像のサイズを選択し、リボンや :guilabel:`バッジ` を追加することもできます。 " +"これにより、プロダクトの画像全体にバナーが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:139 msgid "Sale;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:140 msgid "Sold out;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "完売" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:141 msgid "Out of stock;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫切れ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:142 msgid "New." -msgstr "" +msgstr "New" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -2710,6 +3057,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " ":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." msgstr "" +"あるいは、**プロダクトテンプレート**上で :doc:`開発者モード <../../../general/developer_mode>` " +"を有効化し、:guilabel:`販売` タブの下にある :guilabel:`リボン` フィールドからリボンを変更または作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -2717,10 +3066,12 @@ msgid "" " for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " "**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." msgstr "" +":doc:`開発者モード <../../../general/developer_mode>` " +"は、高度なツールへのアクセスを希望する精通したユーザのみを対象としています。通常のユーザには、**開発者モード** の使用は推奨されません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Ribbon highlight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リボンハイライト" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:158 msgid "Additional features" @@ -2734,35 +3085,40 @@ msgid "" " on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " "hovering the mouse over a product's image." msgstr "" +"**カートに追加**、**比較リスト**、または **ウィッシュリスト** などの追加機能ボタンにアクセスして有効にすることができます。 " +"これを行うには、**メインショップページ** に移動し、:guilabel:`プロダクトページ` " +"カテゴリの最後に、使用したい機能ボタンをクリックします。 3つのボタン全ては、プロダクト画像の上にマウスを置くと表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " "<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`カートに追加`: :doc:`プロダクトをカートに追加する<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`" +" ボタンを追加します" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " "their price, variant, etc.;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`比較リスト`: 価格やバリアントに基づいてプロダクトを **比較** するボタンを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:169 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ウィッシュリストボタン`: プロダクトを **ウィッシュリスト** に追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カートに追加、比較リスト、ウィッシュリスト用の機能ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "マウスオーバー時のボタンの表示" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 msgid "Add content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンテンツ追加" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2771,22 +3127,25 @@ msgid "" "Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " "highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." msgstr "" +"カテゴリページにコンテンツを追加するには、**ビルディングブロック** を使用します。ブロックには、:guilabel:`構成` " +"から:guilabel:`動的コンテンツ`まで、さまざまな種類があります。ブロックを使用する特定のエリアは定義されており、ブロックを " +"**ドラッグ＆ドロップ** すると、ページ上でブロックの定義とハイライトが行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Building blocks areas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ビルディングブロックエリア" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:190 msgid "" "If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " "new category header specific to *that* category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトリストの **一番上** にビルディングブロックをドロップすると、そのカテゴリ専用の新しいカテゴリヘッダーが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:192 msgid "" "If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " "visible on *all* category pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ページの **一番上** または **一番下** にビルディングブロックを配置すると、全てのカテゴリページに表示されるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -2795,10 +3154,13 @@ msgid "" " categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " "own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." msgstr "" +"eコマースのカテゴリページにコンテンツを追加することは、**SEO** 戦略の観点からも有益です。プロダクトやeコマースのカテゴリに関連する " +"**キーワード** " +"の使用は、自然検索トラフィックを向上させます。さらに、各カテゴリには固有のURLがあり、これにより検索エンジンにインデックスされます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:3 msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クロスセルとアップセル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2807,10 +3169,13 @@ msgid "" "encourage customers to purchase additional or higher-priced products and " "services from your :doc:`catalog`." msgstr "" +":ref:`クロスセル ` および :ref:`アップセル " +"` は、顧客に :doc:`カタログ` " +"から追加で、またはより高額なプロダクトやサービスの購買を促すことを目的とした販売テクニックです。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:12 msgid "Cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クロスセル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2819,6 +3184,9 @@ msgid "" " recommending :ref:`accessory products " "` on the checkout page." msgstr "" +"クロスセルは、アイテムがカートに追加された際に :ref:`オプションプロダクト " +"` を提案したり、チェックアウトページで :ref:`アクセサリプロダクト " +"` をおすすめすることで実現できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:21 msgid "Optional products" @@ -2828,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "オプションプロダクト" msgid "" "**Optional products** are suggested when the customer selects a product and " "clicks :guilabel:`Add to cart`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客がプロダクトを選択し、:guilabel:`カートに追加` をクリックすると、**オプションプロダクト** が提案されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2837,14 +3205,17 @@ msgid "" " the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` " "field." msgstr "" +"**オプションプロダクト** を有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、プロダクトを選択して、:guilabel:`販売` タブに移動し、:guilabel:`オプションプロダクト` " +"フィールドに表示したいプロダクトを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst-1 msgid "Optional products cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションプロダクト クロスセル" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:36 msgid "Accessory products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アクセサリプロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2852,6 +3223,8 @@ msgid "" "Accessories` section during the :guilabel:`Review Order` step, just before " "proceeding to checkout." msgstr "" +"**アクセサリープロダクト** は、チェックアウトに進む直前の :guilabel:`オーダ確認` " +"ステップで、:guilabel:`おすすめアクセサリ` セクションに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2860,10 +3233,13 @@ msgid "" "and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " "Products` field." msgstr "" +"**アクセサリプロダクト** を有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、プロダクトを選択して、:guilabel:`販売` タブに移動し、:guilabel:`アクセサリプロダクト` " +"フィールドに表示したいプロダクトを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst-1 msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カート確認中のチェックアウト時におすすめされるアクセサリ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:51 msgid "Upselling" @@ -2876,10 +3252,12 @@ msgid "" "expensive variant or product than their initial choice by presenting " "appealing alternatives." msgstr "" +"顧客に魅力的な代替品を提示することで、顧客が最初に選択したものよりも高価なバリエーションやプロダクトを検討するように促す、アップセルのテクニックとして、**代替プロダクト**" +" をプロダクトページの下部に表示することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst-1 msgid "Alternative products on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページでの代替プロダクト" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2888,12 +3266,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales` tab. In the :guilabel:`Alternative Products` field, add " "the products you want to feature." msgstr "" +"代替プロダクトを有効にするには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト` " +"に移動し、希望するプロダクトを選択して、:guilabel:`販売` タブに移動します。:guilabel:`代替プロダクト` " +"フィールドに、紹介したいプロダクトを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:64 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Go to Website` to view the alternative products displayed " "at the bottom of the product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページの下部に表示されている代替プロダクトを表示するには、:guilabel:`ウェブサイトへ移動` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/cross_upselling.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2903,16 +3284,20 @@ msgid "" "section and modify the settings as needed to tailor the display to your " "preferences." msgstr "" +"設定を調整するには、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、関連する :doc:`ビルディングブロック " +"<../../website/web_design/building_blocks>` を選択します。 :guilabel:`カスタマイズ` " +"タブで、:guilabel:`代替プロダクト` セクションまでスクロールし、必要に応じて設定を変更して、表示を優先順に変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:3 msgid "Price management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格管理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " "as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." msgstr "" +"Odooは、複数のオプションにより、ウェブサイトに表示する価格を選択できます。また、設定された基準に基づく条件別の価格も使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:9 msgid "Taxes" @@ -2920,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "税金" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:12 msgid "Tax configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税設定" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2929,22 +3314,24 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`fiscal positions " "`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトに税を追加するには、**プロダクトテンプレート** の :guilabel:`顧客税` フィールドで税を設定するか、:doc:`会計ポジション" +" ` を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:26 msgid "Tax display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税表示" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2954,18 +3341,21 @@ msgid "" "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." msgstr "" +"表示価格に税金を加算するかは、通常、その国の規制や顧客の種類 **(B2BとB2C)** によって異なります。 " +"表示価格の種類を選択するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、:guilabel:`ショップ " +"- プロダクト` カテゴリまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`税抜` または:guilabel:`税込` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" "excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`税抜`: ウェブサイトに表示される価格は **税抜き** で、税額はカート確認段階で計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" "included**." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`税込`: ウェブサイトに表示されている価格は **税込み** です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2975,6 +3365,8 @@ msgid "" "consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " "aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." msgstr "" +"これは **全体** " +"設定であり、税の表示タイプはお客様の(全ての)ウェブサイトで同じです。したがって、各ウェブサイトに異なる税表示を選択することはできません。異なる顧客層(B2BとB2Cなど)を対象とした複数のeコマースウェブサイトでデータベースを導入する際に、これを考慮することが重要です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2983,18 +3375,21 @@ msgid "" "a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " ":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." msgstr "" +"プロダクト価格の隣に価格のタイプを表示するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> サイト --> ホームページ --> ショップ` " +"に移動し、プロダクトを選択し、:menuselection:`編集 --> カスタマイズ タブ` を選択し、:guilabel:`税表示` " +"を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページに表示された税タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:52 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:55 msgid "Price per unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "単価" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3006,35 +3401,42 @@ msgid "" "amount is set in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product " "template**, and in the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトページに :doc:`単価 " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom>` " +"を表示することができます。これを行うには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト` セクションの :guilabel:`プロダクト参考価格` を有効にします。 " +"有効にした場合、**プロダクトテンプレート**の :guilabel:`基本単位数` フィールドと :guilabel:`販売価格` " +"に金額が設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトテンプレートの原価単価設定" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:68 msgid "" "The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" " button on the product page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページの :guilabel:`カートに追加` ボタンの上に、1単位あたりの価格が表示されています。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトページの原価単価設定" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:76 msgid "" "Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " "countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "国によっては、単価の提示が **義務付けられている** 場合があるので注意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:79 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:84 msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格設定: 価格表" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -3046,11 +3448,15 @@ msgid "" "configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " "the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." msgstr "" +"価格リストは、eコマースの価格管理に不可欠なツールです。 " +"これを使用すると、**国グループ**、**通貨**、**最小数量**、**期間**、または**バリアント** " +"を基に、プロダクトテンプレートの価格とは異なるウェブサイト固有の価格を定義することができます。必要な数だけ価格リストを作成できますが、ウェブサイトごとに少なくとも1つの価格リストを設定しておくことが必須です。カスタム価格リストが追加されていない場合、Odooは全てのウェブサイトに対してデフォルトで" +" **公開価格リスト** を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -3059,14 +3465,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " "the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" msgstr "" +"価格表は、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> 価格表` " +"から利用できますが、まず有効化する必要があります。そのためには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`ショップ - プロダクト` セクションまでスクロールダウンします。2つのオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:102 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトごとに複数単価`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`高度な価格規則 (割引、数式)`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3075,10 +3484,13 @@ msgid "" "etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " "**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." msgstr "" +"**最初** のオプションでは、顧客 **セグメント** " +"ごとに異なる価格を設定できます。顧客セグメントとは、登録顧客、ゴールド顧客、一般顧客などを指します。**2番目** " +"のオプションでは、**割引**、**マージン**、**四捨五入** などの価格変更規則を設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:110 msgid "Foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外国通貨" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3087,10 +3499,12 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " "bar**." msgstr "" +"複数の通貨で販売しており、外国通貨の価格表がある場合は、顧客は :guilabel:`ショップ` ページのどこからでも、**検索バー** " +"の横にあるドロップダウンメニューから該当する価格表を選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Pricelists selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表の選択" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" @@ -3098,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:125 msgid "Permanent discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "恒久的な割引" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -3107,10 +3521,12 @@ msgid "" "in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " "price** next to it." msgstr "" +"プロダクトの価格を恒久的に値下げした場合、顧客の興味を引く一般的な手段として、**取り消し線** " +"戦略が挙げられます。この戦略では、以前の価格を取り消し線で消し、その隣に**新しい割引価格** を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Price strikethrough" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格取り消し線" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3120,6 +3536,10 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " ":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." msgstr "" +"'取り消し線' つきの割引価格を表示するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> ショップ - " +"プロダクトカテゴリ` の下にある :guilabel:`比較価格` オプションを有効にします。次に、プロダクトのテンプレート " +"(:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> eコマース --> プロダクト`) に移動し、:guilabel:`比較価格` フィールドに " +"**新しい** 価格を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 msgid "eLearning" @@ -3132,6 +3552,8 @@ msgid "" "rewards. Engaging participants in a meaningful learning experience enhances " "their attentiveness and fosters heightened productivity." msgstr "" +"**eラーニング** " +"アプリで、コンテンツのアップロードから学習目標の設定、出席者の管理、受講者の進捗状況の評価、さらには報酬の設定まで、簡単に行えます。参加者に優れた学習体験を提供することで、彼らの集中力が高まり、より効率的に学ぶことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3141,11 +3563,14 @@ msgid "" "collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create " "your content." msgstr "" +"eラーニングコンテンツは、**フロントエンド** または **バックエンド** で管理できます。**フロントエンド** " +"では、ウェブサイトから素早くコンテンツを作成できます。一方、**バックエンド** " +"では、追加のオプションが提供され、共同作業が可能です。このドキュメントでは、コンテンツを作成するためのバックエンドの使用に焦点を当てています。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: eラーニング `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:19 msgid "Courses" @@ -3155,17 +3580,19 @@ msgstr "コース" msgid "" "By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get " "an overview of all your courses." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`eラーニング --> コース --> コース` にアクセスすると、全てのコースの概要を確認できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on " ":guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." msgstr "" +"コース名をクリックすると、バックエンドでコースを編集できます。:guilabel:`コースを表示` " +"をクリックすると、フロントエンドでコースにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 msgid "Course creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コース作成" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3177,14 +3604,19 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Description `, " ":ref:`Options `, and :ref:`Karma `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新しいコースを作成します。 ページがポップアップしたら、コースの説明として :guilabel:`コース名`" +" と1つ以上の :guilabel:`タグ` を追加できます。 " +"コースを説明する画像を追加するには、カメラのプレースホルダー画像の上にマウスを移動し、編集アイコンをクリックします。4つのタブにより、コースをさらに編集することができます。:ref:`コンテンツ" +" `、:ref:`説明 `、:ref:`オプション " +"`、:ref:`カルマ `です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Create your elearning course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "eラーニングコースを作成" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 msgid "Content tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンテンツタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -3196,11 +3628,16 @@ msgid "" "**Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys " "<../marketing/surveys/create>` app." msgstr "" +"このタブではコースのコンテンツを管理できます。 :guilabel:`セクション追加` をクリックしてコースを複数のセクションに分割します。 " +":guilabel:`コンテンツ追加` をクリックして :ref:`コンテンツ ` を作成します。 " +":guilabel:`検定追加` " +"をクリックして受講者の理解度を評価し、スキルを認定し、受講者のモチベーションを高めます。**検定**は、:doc:`アンケート " +"<../marketing/surveys/create>` アプリの一部です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "説明タブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3208,15 +3645,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your " "website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`説明` タブに、コースに関する簡単な説明や情報を追加することができます。これは、ウェブサイト上のコースタイトルの下に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Add a description to your course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コースに説明を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:94 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3225,10 +3663,13 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Access rights `, " "and :ref:`Display `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`オプション` タブでは、さまざまな設定が可能です。:ref:`コース " +"`、:ref:`コミュニケーション `、:ref:`アクセス権 " +"`、:ref:`表示 `" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オプションタブの概要" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:80 msgid "Course" @@ -3240,6 +3681,8 @@ msgid "" "websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on " "the selected website." msgstr "" +"コースに :guilabel:`担当` ユーザを割当てます。複数のウェブサイトをお持ちの場合は、:guilabel:`ウェブサイト` " +"フィールドを使用して、選択したウェブサイトにコースのみを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 msgid "Communication" @@ -3250,12 +3693,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and " "comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`リビューを許可`: " +"出席者がコンテンツに「いいね」をしたりコメントを投稿したり、コースにレビューを投稿できるようにするには、このボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the " "**Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`フォーラム`: コースに専用のフォーラムを追加します(アプリの設定で **フォーラム** " +"機能が有効になっている場合のみ表示されます)。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3263,6 +3710,9 @@ msgid "" "attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button " "(:guilabel:`➜`) to have access to the email template editor;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`新規コンテンツ通知`: " +"新しいコンテンツをアップロードした際に、出席者に送信されるEメールテンプレートを選択します。内部リンクボタン (:guilabel:`➜`) " +"をクリックすると、Eメールテンプレートのエディタにアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -3270,6 +3720,8 @@ msgid "" "attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link" " button (:guilabel:`➜`) to access the email template editor;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`完了通知`: " +"コースの終了時に受講者に送信されるEメールテンプレートを選択します。内部リンクボタン（:guilabel:`➜`）をクリックして、Eメールテンプレートのエディタにアクセスします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 msgid "Access rights" @@ -3279,11 +3731,11 @@ msgstr "アクセス権" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Prerequisites`: set one or more courses that users are advised to" " complete before" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`前提条件`: ユーザが修了しておくことが推奨されるコースを1tつ以上設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:107 msgid "accessing your course;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コースにアクセス" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -3291,15 +3743,18 @@ msgid "" "content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or " ":guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`コース表示先`: " +"コースにアクセスできるユーザーと、そのコンテンツを、:guilabel:`全員`、:guilabel:`サインイン済`、または " +":guilabel:`コース参加者` のどれにするかを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`登録ポリシー`: 参加者がコースに登録する方法を定義します。選択:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`オープン`: コースを誰でも受講できるようにしたい場合。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -3308,6 +3763,8 @@ msgid "" "explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your " "website under the course title;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`招待制`: 招待を受け取った人だけがコースに登録できる場合。選択した場合は、コースの登録プロセスを説明する " +":guilabel:`登録メッセージ` を記入します。このメッセージは、コース名の下にウェブサイトに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3316,12 +3773,15 @@ msgid "" " you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for " "your course." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`有料`: コースを購入した人だけが参加できる場合。このオプションを利用するには、:guilabel:`有料コース` " +"機能を有効にする必要があります。:guilabel:`有料` を選択した場合は、コース用の :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"を追加する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:121 msgid "" "Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product " "Type` are displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`コース` を :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` として設定したプロダクトのみが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 msgid "Display" @@ -3331,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr "表示" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and " "the courses must be taken in the proposed order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`トレーニング`: コース内容はトレーニングプログラムとして表示され、コースは提案された順序で受講する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -3339,14 +3799,16 @@ msgid "" "choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the " "course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ドキュメンテーション`: コンテンツは任意の順序で利用可能です。このオプションを選択した場合、:guilabel:`注目コンテンツ" +" `フィールドを使用して、コースホームページでプロモーションするページを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 msgid "Karma tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カルマタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このタブでは、eラーニングを楽しくインタラクティブにするためのゲーミフィケーションについて説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -3354,6 +3816,8 @@ msgid "" " grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a " "course." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`リワード` セクションで、生徒がコースを :guilabel:`リビュー` または :guilabel:`完了` " +"した際に付与するカルマポイントの数を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -3361,22 +3825,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the " "course." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`アクセス権` セクションで、コースに :guilabel:`レビューを追加`、:guilabel:`コメントを追加`、または " +":guilabel:`投票` するために必要なカルマを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:149 msgid "" "From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach " "people who are enrolled in the course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コースから、:guilabel:`参加者へ連絡` ボタンをクリックして、コースの登録者に連絡します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 msgid "Course groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コースグループ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:157 msgid "" "Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the " "courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." msgstr "" +"**コースグループ** を使用して、ユーザに通知し、:guilabel:`全てのコース` ダッシュボードからコースをフィルタリングできるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -3387,6 +3854,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding " "color." msgstr "" +"それらを管理するには、:menuselection:`設定 --> コースグループ` にアクセスします。 :guilabel:`新規` " +"をクリックして、新しいコースグループを作成します。 :guilabel:`コースグループ名` を追加し、:guilabel:`メニュー項目` " +"ボックスにチェックを入れると、ウェブサイト上でユーザがコースグループで検索できるようになります。また、:guilabel:`タグ名` " +"列にタグを追加します。各タグには、対応する色を選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:166 msgid "Settings" @@ -3397,29 +3868,31 @@ msgid "" "You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to " ":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`eラーニング --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"から、コースをカスタマイズするためのさまざまな機能を有効にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 msgid "" "**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify " "their skills;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**検定**: 参加者の知識を評価し、スキルを認定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 msgid "" "**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track " "revenues;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**有料コース**: ウェブサイト上でコースへのアクセスを販売し、売上を追跡します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:173 msgid "" "**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**メール**: メール一括配信で、全ての参加者に対しての新しい情報一度に共有します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:174 msgid "" "**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's " "questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**フォーラム**: コミュニティを作成し、参加者が互いの質問に回答できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 msgid "Content" @@ -3432,83 +3905,91 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags `, " "then fill in the related information among the different tabs." msgstr "" +"コンテンツのマネジャーは、:menuselection:`eラーニング --> コース --> コンテンツ` " +"からアクセスできます。コンテンツを作成するには、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックします。:guilabel:`コンテンツタイトル` " +"を追加し、必要に応じて :ref:`タグ ` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Create your content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンテンツを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 msgid "Document tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドキュメントタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`コース`: コンテンツが属するコースを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`コンテンツタイプ`: コンテンツの種類を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`担当者`: コンテンツの責任者を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`期間`: コースを修了するのに必要な時間を示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the " "slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ダウンロードを許可`: " +"スライドの内容をユーザにダウンロードを許可します。このオプションは、コンテンツがドキュメントの場合のみ表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プレビューを許可`: コースは誰でもアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:199 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-" "enrolled participants;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`# 公開ビュー数`: 登録していない参加者の閲覧数を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled " "and enrolled participants)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`# 合計ビュー数`: 総閲覧数 (登録参加者と未登録参加者の合計) を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:206 msgid "" "You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the " ":guilabel:`About` section of your course content." msgstr "" +"コースコンテンツの :guilabel:`当社について` セクションに、フロントエンドに表示されるコンテンツの説明を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 msgid "Additional Resources tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "追加リソースタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:212 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your " "participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`明細追加` " +"をクリックして、参加者の学習をサポートするリンクやファイルを追加します。ウェブサイト上のコースコンテンツに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Additional ressources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "追加リソース" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 msgid "Quiz tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クイズタブ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 msgid "" "From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of " "the course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このタブから、コース終了時に学生を評価するための小テストを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -3522,6 +4003,12 @@ msgid "" "field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " "participant." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ポイントリワード` " +"セクションでは、質問に正しく回答するまでに何回試行したかに応じて、特定の数のカルマポイントを与えることができます。次に、:guilabel:`明細追加`" +" をクリックして、質問と回答を作成します。新しいウィンドウが開きますので、質問を追加するには :guilabel:`質問名` " +"を記入し、複数の回答を追加するには :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックします。 :guilabel:`正解` " +"にチェックを入れると、1つまたは複数の回答を正解としてマークできます。 :guilabel:`コメント` " +"フィールドに記入すると、参加者が回答を選択した際に追加情報が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 msgid "Content Tags" @@ -3531,17 +4018,19 @@ msgstr "コンテンツタグ" msgid "" "The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the " ":guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**コンテンツタグ** は、:guilabel:`コンテンツ` ダッシュボードからユーザがコンテンツを分類するのに役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:241 msgid "" "You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration " "--> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`eラーニング --> 設定 --> コンテンツタグ` " +"にアクセスすると、それらを管理できます。新しいタグを作成するには、:guilabel:`新規`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:245 msgid "Publish your content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンテンツを公開" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -3549,6 +4038,7 @@ msgid "" " Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to " "be published to be available to your audience." msgstr "" +"バックエンドで作成されたものはすべて、フロントエンドから公開する必要があります。未公開のコンテンツはあなたのウェブサイト上で常に表示されますが、公開しなければ訪問者に表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -3556,10 +4046,12 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the " ":guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." msgstr "" +"コンテンツを公開するには、ウェブサイトのフロントエンドにアクセスする必要があります。公開するには、:guilabel:`ウェブサイトに移動` " +"スマートボタンをクリックし、右隅にある :guilabel:`公開` オプションにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Publish your content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コンテンツを公開します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:3 msgid "Forum" @@ -3571,10 +4063,11 @@ msgid "" "customer support in mind. Adding a forum to a website enables you to build a" " community, encourage engagement, and share knowledge." msgstr "" +"**Odooフォーラム**は、顧客サポートを念頭に置いて設計された質問と回答のフォーラムです。ウェブサイトにフォーラムを追加することで、コミュニティを構築し、関与を促し、知識を共有することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:12 msgid "Create a forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォーラムを作成" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3582,10 +4075,12 @@ msgid "" "--> Forum: Forums`. Click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing forum and " "configure the following elements." msgstr "" +"フォーラムの作成と編集は、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> フォーラム: フォーラム` から行います。 " +":guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックするか、既存のフォーラムを選択し、以下の要素を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Forum Name`: add the name of the forum." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`フォーラム名`: フォーラムの名前を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3593,45 +4088,48 @@ msgid "" "as best, meaning questions then appear as *solved*, or " ":guilabel:`Discussions` if the feature is not needed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`モード`: 回答をベストとしてマークできるようにするには、質問を選択します。そうすると、質問が *解決済* " +"として表示されます。または、この機能が必要ない場合は、:guilabel:`ディスカッション` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:23 msgid "" "Regardless of the selected mode, only **one answer** per user is allowed on " "a single post. Commenting multiple times is allowed, however." msgstr "" +"選択したモードに関わらず、1つの投稿に対して1ユーザにつき **1つの回答** のみが許可されます。ただし、複数回のコメントは許可されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: choose how questions are sorted by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`デフォルトソート`: 質問がデフォルトでソートされる方法を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Newest`: by latest question posting date" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最新`: 質問投稿日時が新しい順" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last Updated`: by latest posting activity date (answers and " "comments included)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最終更新日時`: 最新の投稿活動日 (回答とコメントを含む)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Most Voted`: by highest vote tally" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最多投票`: 最多の投票数" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Relevance`: by post relevancy (determined by a formula)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`関連性`: 投稿関連性(数式によって決定)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Answered`: by likelihood to be answered (determined by a formula)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答済`: 回答される可能性が高い(数式によって決定) " #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:35 msgid "" "Users have several sorting options (total replies, total views, last " "activity) on the forum front end." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ユーザはフォーラムのフロントエンドで、ソートオプション(返信の合計、閲覧の合計、最後の活動)を利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3640,16 +4138,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Some users` to make it visible only for a specific user access " "group by selecting one :guilabel:`Authorized Group`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プライバシー`: :guilabel:`公開` を選択すると、誰でもフォーラムを閲覧できるようになります。 " +":guilabel:`サインイン済` を選択すると、サインインしたユーザのみに表示されます。 :guilabel:`一部ユーザ` " +"を選択すると、特定のユーザアクセスグループのみに表示されます。 :guilabel:`許可されたグループ` を選択して、1つを指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, configure the :ref:`karma gains ` and the " ":ref:`karma-related rights `." msgstr "" +"次に、:ref:`カルマ獲得 ` と :ref:`カルマ関連の権利 ` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:48 msgid "Karma points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カルマポイント" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3658,12 +4161,14 @@ msgid "" "from being able to vote on posts to having moderator rights. They are also " "used to set user :ref:`ranks `." msgstr "" +"様々なフォーラムでのやりとりを基に、ユーザにカルマポイントが付与されます。このポイントは、投稿への投票からモデレータ権限まで、ユーザがアクセスできるフォーラムの機能性を決定するために使用されます。また、ユーザの" +" :ref:`ランク ` を設定するためにも使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:55 msgid "" "A user's karma points are shared across all forums, courses, etc., of a " "single Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ユーザのカルマポイントは、Odooの単一ウェブサイト上の全てのフォーラム、コースなど全てに共有されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3671,18 +4176,20 @@ msgid "" "interactions ` and by :ref:`completing quizzes " "`." msgstr "" +"eラーニングのユーザは、さまざまな :ref:`コースでのやりとり ` や :ref:`クイズの完了 " +"` を通じてカルマポイントを獲得できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:62 msgid "Karma gains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カルマ獲得" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:64 msgid "Several forum interactions can give or remove karma points." -msgstr "" +msgstr "いくつかのフォーラムでのやりとりによって、カルマポイントが加算されたり、減点されたりします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:70 msgid "Interaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "インタラクション" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:129 @@ -3691,15 +4198,15 @@ msgstr "説明" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:72 msgid "Default karma gain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトカルマ獲得" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Asking a question`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問をする`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:74 msgid "You post a question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問を投稿した" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 @@ -3708,11 +4215,11 @@ msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問が賛成票を得る`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:77 msgid "Another user votes for a question you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "別のユーザがあなたが投稿した質問に賛成票を入れた" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:139 @@ -3721,24 +4228,24 @@ msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Question downvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問が反対票を得る`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:80 msgid "Another user votes against a question you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "別のユーザがあなたが投稿した質問に反対票を入れた" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:87 msgid "-2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer upvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答が賛成票を得る`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:83 msgid "Another user votes for an answer you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "あなたが投稿した回答に別のユーザーが賛成票を投じた" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:84 msgid "10" @@ -3746,27 +4253,27 @@ msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer downvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答が反対票を得る`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:86 msgid "Another user votes against an answer you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "あなたが投稿した回答に別のユーザーが反対票を投じた" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Accepting an answer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答を受け入れる`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:89 msgid "You mark an answer posted by another user as best." -msgstr "" +msgstr "他の人が投稿した回答をベストと評価した" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer accepted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答が承認される`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:92 msgid "Another user marks an answer you posted as best." -msgstr "" +msgstr "別のユーザがあなたが投稿した回答をベストとした" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:93 msgid "15" @@ -3774,22 +4281,22 @@ msgstr "15" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer flagged`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`フラグ付き回答`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:95 msgid "" "A question or an answer you posted is :ref:`marked as offensive " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "あなたが投稿した質問または回答が、:ref:`不快な内容としてマークされた `" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:96 msgid "-100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-100" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:99 msgid "" "New users receive **three points** upon validating their email address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規ユーザは、Eメールアドレスが確認されると、**3ポイント** を受け取ります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3797,6 +4304,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the " ":guilabel:`Karma Gains` tab. Select a value to edit it." msgstr "" +"デフォルト値を変更するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> " +"フォーラム:フォーラム`に進み、フォーラムを選択して、:guilabel:`カルマ獲得` タブを開きます。値を選択して編集します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -3805,10 +4314,12 @@ msgid "" "Conversely, if the value is negative (e.g., `-5`), the number of points will" " be deducted. Use `0` if an interaction should not impact a user's tally." msgstr "" +"値が正の場合(例：`5`)、選択したフォーラムでインタラクションが発生するたびに、ポイント数がユーザの集計に追加されます。逆に、値が負の場合 " +"(例：`-5`)、ポイント数が差し引かれます。インタラクションがユーザの集計に影響を与えない場合は、`0` を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:112 msgid "Karma-related rights" -msgstr "" +msgstr "カルマ関連の権利" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -3817,6 +4328,8 @@ msgid "" "Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the :guilabel:`Karma Related " "Rights` tab. Select a value to edit it." msgstr "" +"異なるフォーラム機能にアクセスするために必要なカルマポイント数を設定するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> " +"フォーラム：フォーラム`に移動し、フォーラムを選択して、:guilabel:`カルマ関連の権利` タブに移動します。値を選択して編集します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3826,22 +4339,25 @@ msgid "" "understand the consequences of giving *any* user reaching the set karma " "requirements access to such functionalities." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`全ての投稿の編集`、:guilabel:`全ての投稿をクローズ`、:guilabel:`全ての投稿の削除`、:guilabel:投稿をモデレート`、:guilabel:`全てのコメントのリンク解除`" +" などの機能は、かなり注意を要するものです。 カルマの条件を満たした *あらゆる* " +"ユーザに対しても、これらの機能へのアクセス権を与えることの影響を十分に理解して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:128 msgid "Functionality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "機能" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:130 msgid "Default karma requirement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトカルマ要件" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問をする`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:132 msgid "Post questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問を投稿します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:136 @@ -3850,27 +4366,27 @@ msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問に答える`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:135 msgid "Post answers to questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問に対する答えを投稿します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Upvote`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`賛成票を入れる`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:138 msgid "Vote for questions or answers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問または回答に対して賛成票を入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Downvote`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`反対票を入れる`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:141 msgid "Vote against questions or answers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問または回答に対して反対票を入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:182 @@ -3880,11 +4396,11 @@ msgstr "50" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の投稿を編集`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:144 msgid "Edit questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分が投稿した質問や回答を編集できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 @@ -3894,11 +4410,11 @@ msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての投稿を編集`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:147 msgid "Edit any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "すべての質問または回答を編集できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 msgid "300" @@ -3906,11 +4422,11 @@ msgstr "300" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の投稿をクローズ`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:150 msgid "Close questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分が投稿した質問や回答をクローズできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 @@ -3919,11 +4435,11 @@ msgstr "100" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての投稿をクローズ`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:153 msgid "Close any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どの質問または回答もクローズできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:157 @@ -3933,23 +4449,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:197 msgid "500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "500" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:155 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の投稿を削除`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:156 msgid "Delete questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分が投稿した質問や回答を削除できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:158 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての投稿を削除`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:159 msgid "Delete any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どの質問または回答も削除できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:200 @@ -3958,21 +4474,21 @@ msgstr "1,000" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Nofollow links`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nofollowリンク`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:162 msgid "" "If you are under the karma threshold, a *nofollow* attribute tells search " "engines to ignore links you post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "もしあなたがカルマの閾値を下回っている場合、*nofollow* 属性は検索エンジンにあなたが投稿したリンクを無視するよう指示します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:165 msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer on own questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の質問への回答を承認する`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:166 msgid "Mark an answer as best on questions you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分が投稿した質問にベストアンサーをマークできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:167 msgid "20" @@ -3980,19 +4496,19 @@ msgstr "20" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer to all questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての質問への回答を承認する`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:169 msgid "Mark an answer as best on any question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どの質問にもベストアンサーをマークできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Editor Features: image and links`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`エディタ機能: 画像およびリンク`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:172 msgid "Add links and images to your posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "投稿にリンクと画像を添付できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:206 @@ -4001,103 +4517,103 @@ msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:174 msgid ":guilabel:`Comment own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の投稿にコメント`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:175 msgid "Post comments under questions or answers you created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分が作成した質問や回答の下にコメントを投稿できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Comment all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての投稿にコメント`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:178 msgid "Post comments under any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どの質問または回答の下にもコメントを投稿できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Convert own answers to comments and vice versa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分の回答をコメントに変換もしくはその逆`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:181 msgid "Convert comments you posted as answers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自分の投稿したコメントを回答に変換できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Convert all answers to comments and vice versa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全ての回答をコメントに変換もしくはその逆`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:184 msgid "Convert any comment as answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どのコメントも回答として変換できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink own comments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`自分のコメントを削除`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:187 msgid "Delete comments you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "あなたが投稿したコメントを削除できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全てのコメントを削除`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:190 msgid "Delete any comment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どのコメントも削除できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:192 msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions without validation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`承認なしで質問する`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:193 msgid "" "Questions you post do not require to be :ref:`validated ` " "first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問を投稿する前に :ref:`承認を受ける ` 必要がありません。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Flag a post as offensive`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`投稿を攻撃的とフラグ`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:196 msgid "Flag a question or answer as offensive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "攻撃的な質問または回答にフラグを立てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`Moderate posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`投稿をモデレート`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:199 msgid "Access all :ref:`moderation tools `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての :ref:`モデレーションツール ` にアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:201 msgid ":guilabel:`Change question tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問タグの変更`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:202 msgid "" "Change posted questions' :ref:`tags ` (if you have the right to " "edit them)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問の :ref:`タグ ` を編集することができます(それらの編集権がある場合)。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:203 msgid "75" -msgstr "" +msgstr "75" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Create new tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`新規タグの作成`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:205 msgid "Create new :ref:`tags ` when posting questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "投稿する際には新しい :ref:`タグ ` を作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:207 msgid ":guilabel:`Display detailed user biography`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`詳細なユーザーの経歴を表示する`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -4105,10 +4621,12 @@ msgid "" "showcases your karma points, biography, and number of :ref:`badges " "` per level." msgstr "" +"ユーザがあなたのアバターやユーザ名にマウスカーソルを置くと、ポップオーバーボックスにあなたのカルマポイント、経歴、レベルごとの :ref:`バッジ " +"`の数が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:210 msgid "750" -msgstr "" +msgstr "750" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4116,6 +4634,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`enabling developer mode ` and going to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Karma Tracking`." msgstr "" +"カルマに関連する全ての活動を追跡し、カルマを手動で追加または削除するには、:ref:`開発者モード ` " +"を有効化し、:menuselection:`設定 --> ゲーミフィケーションツール --> カルマ追跡` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:220 msgid "Gamification" @@ -4127,6 +4647,8 @@ msgid "" "the total :ref:`karma points `, while badges can be granted " "manually or automatically by completing challenges." msgstr "" +"ランクやバッジは参加を促すために使用できます。ランクは合計 :ref:`カルマポイント` " +"に基づいて決定されます。一方、バッジは手動または課題を完了することで自動的に付与されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:229 msgid "Ranks" @@ -4138,6 +4660,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Ranks` and click " ":guilabel:`New` or select an existing rank." msgstr "" +"新しいランクを作成したり、デフォルトのものを変更するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> フォーラム: ランク` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックするか、既存のランクを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -4145,10 +4669,12 @@ msgid "" "reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to" " encourage users to reach it, and an image." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ランク名`、到達に必要な :guilabel:`必要なカルマ` ポイント、:guilabel:`説明`、ユーザに到達を促す " +":guilabel:`モチベーション向上` メッセージ、そして画像を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 msgid "Default forum ranks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトフォーラムランク" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:244 msgid "Badges" @@ -4160,38 +4686,40 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Badges` and click " ":guilabel:`New` or select an existing badge." msgstr "" +"新しいバッジを作成したり、デフォルトのバッジを変更するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> フォーラム:バッジ` " +"に移動し、:guilabel:`新規作成` をクリックするか、既存のバッジを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:249 msgid "Enter the badge name and description, add an image, and configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッジ名と説明を入力し、画像を追加して設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:252 msgid "Assign manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動で割当" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:254 msgid "" "If the badge should be granted manually, select which users can grant them " "by selecting one of the following :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッジを手動で付与する必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`付与の許可` オプションを選択して、付与できるユーザを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:257 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Everyone`: all non-portal users (since badges are granted from " "the backend)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全員`: 全ての非ポータルユーザ(バッジはバックエンドから付与されるため)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: users selected under " ":guilabel:`Authorized Users`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`選択されたユーザリスト`: :guilabel:`許可されたユーザ` で選択されたユーザの一覧です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:259 msgid "" ":guilabel:`People having some badges`: users who have been granted the " "badges selected under :guilabel:`Required Badges`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`バッジを持っている人`: :guilabel:`必要なバッジ` 　で選択されたバッジを付与されているユーザ。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -4199,10 +4727,12 @@ msgid "" "badge by enabling :guilabel:`Monthly Limited Sending` and entering a " ":guilabel:`Limitation Number`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`月次送信制限` を有効にし、:guilabel:`制限数` " +"を入力することで、各ユーザがバッジを付与できる回数を月ごとに制限することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:266 msgid "Assign automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自動で割当" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -4210,6 +4740,8 @@ msgid "" " met, select :guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges` under " ":guilabel:`Allowance to Grant`." msgstr "" +"特定の条件を満たした場合にバッジが **自動的に** 付与される必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`付与の許可` の下にある " +":guilabel:`チャレンジでの割当なし` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -4217,6 +4749,8 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Rewards for challenges` section. Select a challenge to " "add it or create one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"次に、バッジを付与する方法を決定します。:guilabel:`チャレンジに対するリワード` セクションの下にある:guilabel:`追加` " +"をクリックします。追加するチャレンジを選択するか、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックして新しいチャレンジを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -4224,10 +4758,12 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Bronze`, :guilabel:`Silver`, :guilabel:`Gold`) to give it more " "or less importance." msgstr "" +"バッジに :guilabel:`フォーラムバッジレベル` (:guilabel:`ブロンズ`, :guilabel:`シルバー`, " +":guilabel:`ゴールド`) を与えることで、その重要性を増減させることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 msgid "Default forum badges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトフォーラムバッジ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:285 msgid "Tags" @@ -4235,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "タグ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:287 msgid "Users can use tags to filter forum posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ユーザはタグを使用してフォーラム投稿をフィルタリングすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -4243,6 +4779,8 @@ msgid "" "Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a tag and select the related " ":guilabel:`Forum`." msgstr "" +"タグを管理するには、:menuselection:`ウェブサイト --> 設定 --> フォーラム: タグ` " +"にアクセスします。タグを作成するには、:guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、関連する :guilabel:`フォーラム` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -4250,73 +4788,83 @@ msgid "" "questions assigned to the selected tag. Click :guilabel:`View all` to " "display all tags." msgstr "" +"フォーラムのサイドバーにある :guilabel:`タグ` セクションを使用して、選択したタグに割当てられた質問をフィルタリングします。 " +":guilabel:`全て表示` をクリックすると、全てのタグが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:295 msgid "" "New tags can be created when posting a new message, provided the user has " "enough :ref:`karma points `." msgstr "" +"新しいメッセージを投稿する際に、ユーザが十分な :ref:`カルマポイント ` " +"を持っている場合、新しいタグを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:301 msgid "Use a forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォーラムを使用する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:304 msgid "" "Access to many functionalities depends on a user's :ref:`karma points " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多くの機能のアクセス権は、ユーザの:ref:`カルマポイント ` によります。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:310 msgid "Post questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問を投稿する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:312 msgid "" "To create a new post, access the forum's front end, click :guilabel:`New " "Post`, and fill in the following:" msgstr "" +"新しい投稿を作成するには、フォーラムのフロントエンドにアクセスし、:guilabel:`新しい投稿` をクリックし、以下の項目を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: add the question or the topic of the post." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`タイトル`: 投稿の質問またはトピックを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:316 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add a description for the question." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`説明`: 質問用に説明を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:317 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: add up to five :ref:`tags `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`タグ`: 5つまで :ref:`タグ ` を追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:319 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Post Your Question`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`質問を投稿する` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:324 msgid "Interact with posts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "投稿で交流する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:326 msgid "Different actions are possible on a post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "投稿で様々なアクションが可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:328 msgid "" "Mark a question as **favorite** by clicking the star button (:guilabel:`☆`)." msgstr "" +"Mark a question as **favorite** by clicking 星ボタン (:guilabel:`☆`) をクリックして、質問を" +" **お気に入り** としてマークすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:329 msgid "" "Follow a post and get **notifications** (by email or within Odoo) when it is" " answered by clicking the bell button (:guilabel:`🔔`)." msgstr "" +"投稿をフォローし、ベルのボタン（:guilabel:`🔔`）をクリックして回答すると、**通知** (EメールまたはOdoo内) " +"を受け取ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:331 msgid "" "**Vote** *for* (up arrow :guilabel:`▲`) or *against* (down arrow " ":guilabel:`▼`) a question or answer." msgstr "" +"質問または回答に *賛成* (上向き矢印 :guilabel:`▲`) または *反対* (下向き矢印 :guilabel:`▼`) の投票を行います。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -4324,48 +4872,51 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`✔`). This option is only available if the :guilabel:`Forum Mode`" " is set to :guilabel:`Questions`." msgstr "" +"チェックマークボタン (:guilabel:`✔`) をクリックして、回答を **ベスト** " +"アンサーとしてマークします。このオプションは、:guilabel:`フォーラムモード` が :guilabel:`質問` " +"に設定されている場合のみ利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:335 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer` a question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問に :guilabel:`回答` します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:336 msgid "" "**Comment** on a question or answer by clicking the speech bubble button " "(:guilabel:`💬`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "吹き出しボタン (:guilabel:`💬`) をクリックして質問または回答に **コメント** します。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:337 msgid "" "**Share** a question on Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn by clicking the " "*share nodes* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*共有ノード* ボタンをクリックして、Facebook、Twitter、LinkedInで質問を **シェア** できます。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:339 msgid "Click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`) to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "省略記号ボタン( :guilabel:`...`) をクリックすると、次の操作が可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:341 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit` a question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問または回答を :guilabel:`編集` する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:342 msgid ":guilabel:`Close` a question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問を :guilabel:`クローズ` する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:343 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delete` a question, answer, or comment. It is possible to " ":guilabel:`Undelete` questions afterward." -msgstr "" +msgstr "質問、回答、コメントを :guilabel:`削除` する。その後、質問を :guilabel:`復活` させることも可能" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`Flag` a question or answer as offensive." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`フラグ` を立てて、質問または回答を不快なものとして報告する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:346 msgid ":guilabel:`Convert` a comment into an answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "コメントを回答に :guilabel:`変換` する" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:347 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 7eff1ce11..d28303233 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -531,9 +531,9 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" -"중립화된 데이터베이스는 여러 매개변수가 비활성화되어 있는 비프로덕션 데이터베이스입니다. 이를 통해 프로덕션 데이터에 영향을 미칠 수 있는" -" 특정 자동화 프로세스 (예: 고객에게 이메일 보내기)가 실행될 위험 없이 테스트를 수행할 수 있습니다. 실시간 액세스가 되지 않으며 " -"테스트 환경으로 전환됩니다." +"중립화된 데이터베이스는 여러 개의 매개변수가 비활성화되어 있는 프로덕션 외의 데이터베이스를 의미합니다. 중립화를 통해 프로덕션 데이터에 " +"영향을 미칠 수 있는 자동화 프로세스 (예: 고객에게 이메일 보내기)가 실행될 염려 없이 테스트를 수행할 수 있습니다. 실시간 액세스 " +"기능이 제거되고 테스트 환경으로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" @@ -1451,9 +1451,9 @@ msgid "" "address included as a query string parameter (`new`), along with the " "previous IP address as an additional parameter (`old`)." msgstr "" -"**Odoo.sh에서 프로젝트 관리자에게 IP 주소가 변경되었다는 사실을 알립니다.** 또한 프로덕션 인스턴스의 IP 주소가 변경되면 " -"HTTP `GET` 요청이 `/_odoo.sh/ip-change` 경로에서 수행되며, 여기에는 쿼리 문자열 매개변수 (`new`)로 " -"되어있는 새로운 IP 주소와 추가 매개변수 (`old`)로 제공되는 이전 IP 주소가 포함되어 있습니다." +"**Odoo.sh에서 IP 주소가 변경되었다는 사실을 프로젝트 관리자에게 알립니다.** 또한 프로덕션 인스턴스의 IP 주소가 변경되면 " +"HTTP `GET` 요청이 `/_odoo.sh/ip-change` 경로에서 실행되어 새로운 IP 주소가 쿼리 문자열 매개변수 " +"(`new`)가 표시되며 이전 IP 주소가 추가 매개변수 (`old`)와 같이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1511,8 +1511,8 @@ msgid "" "whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " "want to update to a newer revision." msgstr "" -"또한 하위 모듈로 추가된 저장소의 브랜치를 선택할 수 있으며 원하는 버전을 제어할 수 있습니다. 하위 모듈을 특정 버전에 고정할지 여부 " -"및 최신 버전으로 업데이트하는 시기는 사용자가 정할 수 있습니다." +"또한 하위 모듈로 추가된 저장소에 대한 브랜치를 선택할 수 있으며 원하는 버전을 제어할 수 있습니다. 하위 모듈을 특정 버전에 고정할지 " +"여부 및 최신 버전으로 업데이트하는 시기는 사용자가 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1657,8 +1657,8 @@ msgstr "" "Git 하위 모듈에 대한 자세한 내용은 `git-scm.com 문서 `_ 를 참조하세요. 예를 들어, 하위 모듈을 최신 버전으로 업데이트하려면 '업스트림 변경 사항 가져오기 " "`_ 에 있는 " -"내용으로 진행합니다." +"Submodules#_pulling_in_upstream_changes_from_the_submodule_remote>`_ 에 안내된 " +"내용에 따라 진행합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 msgid "Ignore modules" @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "이 브랜치는 프로덕션 데이터베이스가 실행되는 코드 msgid "" "When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" " with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." -msgstr "이 브랜치에 새 커밋을 푸시할 경우, 프로덕션 서버에 있는 코드가 새로운 버전으로 업데이트된 다음 다시 시작됩니다." +msgstr "이 브랜치에 새 커밋을 푸시하면 프로덕션 서버에 있는 새로 변경된 코드로 업데이트된 후 다시 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1845,9 +1845,9 @@ msgid "" " Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " "then consider running the tests on staging databases." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 단위 테스트는, 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스에 로드가 되지 않은 데모 데이터에 의존하기 때문에 실행되지 않습니다. 앞으로 " -"Odoo가 데모 데이터 없이 단위 테스트가 실행되도록 지원한다면 Odoo.sh는 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 테스트를 실행하는 것을 " -"고려하겠습니다." +"Odoo에서 단위 테스트는 실행되지 않으며, 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스에 로드되지 않은 데모 데이터에서 실행되기 때문입니다. 향후 " +"Odoo에서 데모 데이터 없이 단위 테스트 실행을 지원하게 되면 Odoo.sh 스테이징 데이터베이스에서 테스트를 실행하는 것을 고려하도록" +" 하겠습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 @@ -1957,8 +1957,8 @@ msgid "" "to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" -"물론 워크스테이션에서 직접 :code:`git merge`를 사용하여 브랜치를 병합할 수도 있습니다. 브랜치에 새로운 개정 사항이 " -"푸시되면 Odoo.sh에서 알림을 받게 됩니다." +"물론 워크스테이션에서 직접 :code:`git 병합` 으로 브랜치를 병합할 수도 있습니다. 브랜치에 새로운 변경 사항이 푸시되면 " +"Odoo.sh에서 알림이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -2240,10 +2240,11 @@ msgid "" "wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " "abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." msgstr "" -"앞서 언급한 수정 없이 코드만 변경하는 커밋을 병합하는 경우, Odoo.sh는 백업을 수행하지 않습니다. 이는 컨테이너나 데이터베이스가 " -"수정되지 않아 플랫폼이 충분히 안전하다고 판단하기 때문입니다. 추가적인 예방 조치로, 예상치 못한 문제가 발생할 경우를 대비하여 프로덕션" -" 소스에 중요한 변경 사항을 적용하기 전에 수동으로 백업을 생성할 수 있습니다. (이러한 수동 백업은 약 1주일 동안 액세스할 수 있음)" -" 오용을 방지하기 위해 수동 백업은 하루에 5개로 제한합니다." +"위에서 언급한 내용을 수정하지 않고 커밋에 있는 일부 코드만 변경하여 병합할 경우에는 Odoo.sh에서는 백업이 진행되지 않습니다. " +"컨테이너나 데이터베이스에 수정된 내용이 없으므로 플랫폼이 충분히 안전하다고 간주하기 때문입니다. 물론 추가적인 예방 조치로 프로덕션 " +"소스에 중요한 변경 사항을 적용하기 전에 백업을 수동으로 생성할 수 있으며, 이를 통해 예상치 못한 문제가 발생할 경우를 대비할 수 " +"있습니다(이와 같은 수동 백업은 약 1주일 동안 액세스 가능). 잘못된 방식으로 사용되는 것을 방지하기 위해 수동 백업은 일 5회로 " +"제한됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -2315,8 +2316,8 @@ msgstr "" "개발 브랜치 및 스테이징 브랜치의 경우, 새로운 커밋이 들어오면 브랜치의 동작을 변경할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로, 개발 브랜치에서는 새 " "빌드를 생성하고 스테이징 브랜치는 이전 빌드를 업데이트합니다(:ref:`프로덕션 단계 ` 참조). 이 " "기능은 작업 중인 기능에 설정이나 환경설정을 해야 하는 경우에 유용하게 쓰일 수 있으며, 커밋할 때마다 직접 수동으로 다시 메뉴를 설정할" -" 필요가 없습니다. 스테이징 브랜치에 새 빌드를 선택하면 커밋이 푸시될 때마다 프로덕션 빌드에서 새로 복사본이 생성됩니다. 스테이징에서 " -"개발로 되돌아간 브랜치는 자동으로 '아무 것도 하지 않음' 으로 설정됩니다." +" 필요가 없습니다. 스테이징 브랜치에 새 빌드를 선택하면 커밋이 푸시될 때마다 프로덕션 빌드에서 새로 복사본이 생성됩니다. 브랜치가 " +"스테이징에서 개발로 되돌아가면 자동으로 '아무 것도 하지 않음' 으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" @@ -2829,9 +2830,9 @@ msgid "" "database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " "and otherwise failed." msgstr "" -"빌드에서 항상 기초부터 데이터베이스가 생성되는 것은 아닙니다. 예를 들어, 프로덕션 브랜치에 변경 사항을 적용할 때 생성된 빌드로는 " -"새로운 개정판으로 서버가 시작되고 여기에 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 로드하려고 시도합니다. 오류가 발생하지 않으면 빌드가 성공한 것으로" -" 간주되고 그렇지 않으면 실패한 것으로 간주됩니다." +"빌드에서 데이터베이스가 생성될 때 항상 처음부터 생성되는 것은 아닙니다. 예를 들어, 프로덕션 브랜치의 변경 사항을 푸시하는 경우에는 " +"빌드가 새로운 개정 버전으로 서버를 시작하고 여기에 현재 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 로드하기 위한 목적으로 생성됩니다. 오류가 발생하지 " +"않으면 빌드가 성공한 것으로 간주되고 그렇지 않으면 실패한 것으로 간주됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2846,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " "attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." -msgstr "그런 다음 프로덕션 브랜치를 적용하면 새 개정판으로 실행되는 서버에서 데이터베이스를 로드하는 새로운 빌드가 생성됩니다." +msgstr "이후에 프로덕션 브랜치에서 푸시하면 새로 변경된 실행 서버에서 데이터베이스를 로드하는 새로운 빌드가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -2854,7 +2855,8 @@ msgid "" "database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" " this build." msgstr "" -"빌드가 성공했거나, 경고는 있으나 오류가 없는 경우 프로덕션 데이터베이스는 이제 해당 빌드에 연결된 개정판과 함께 이 빌드로 실행됩니다." +"빌드가 성공한 경우 혹은 경고는 있으나 오류가 없는 경우에는, 이제 프로덕션 데이터베이스가 해당 빌드에 연결된 변경 사항과 함께 이 " +"빌드로 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2862,8 +2864,8 @@ msgid "" "successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" " will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." msgstr "" -"빌드에서 데이터베이스를 로드하거나 업데이트하는 데 실패하면 이전에 성공한 빌드로 다시 데이터베이스를 로드하므로 데이터베이스는 이전에 " -"성공한 개정판으로 실행되는 서버에서 실행됩니다." +"빌드에서 데이터베이스 로드 혹은 업데이트에 실패하면 이전에 실행에 성공한 빌드로 다시 데이터베이스가 로드되므로, 데이터베이스는 이전에 " +"성공한 변경 버전이 실행되는 서버에서 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2878,7 +2880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " "duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." -msgstr "스테이징 브랜치는 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 복제하고 해당 복제본을 스테이징 브랜치의 개정판과 함께 로드하게 됩니다." +msgstr "스테이징 빌드로 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 복제하고 해당 복제본을 스테이징 브랜치의 변경 사항과 함께 로드합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2886,8 +2888,8 @@ msgid "" "uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " "between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" msgstr "" -"스테이징 브랜치에 새 개정판을 적용할 때마다 생성된 빌드는 프로덕션 데이터베이스의 새 복사본을 사용합니다. 데이터베이스는 동일한 브랜치에" -" 있는 빌드 사이에는 재사용되지 않습니다. 이를 통해 다음과 같은 내용이 보장됩니다." +"스테이징 브랜치에 새 변경 사항이 적용될 때마다 빌드 생성 시 새로운 프로덕션 데이터베이스복사본을 사용합니다. 데이터베이스는 같은 브랜치" +" 빌드 간에는 재사용되지 않습니다. 이렇게 하면:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -2963,9 +2965,9 @@ msgid "" "link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " "branch." msgstr "" -"각 브랜치에 대해 *연결* 링크를 사용하여 데이터베이스에 있는 마지막 빌드에 액세스하고 *Github* 링크를 사용하여 브랜치 코드로 " -"이동할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 브랜치가 아닌 다른 브랜치의 경우 *다시 빌드* 링크를 사용하여 브랜치의 최신 버전이 적용된 새 빌드를 " -"생성할 수 있습니다. 브랜치에 대해 이미 빌드가 진행 중인 경우에는 마지막 링크는 사용할 수 없습니다." +"각 브랜치에 *연결* 링크를 사용하여 마지막 빌드에 있는 데이터베이스에 액세스한 후 *Github* 링크를 사용하여 브랜치 코드로 즉시 " +"이동할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 브랜치가 아닌 다른 브랜치의 경우에는 *재빌드* 링크를 사용하여 브랜치의 최신 버전을 적용하여 새 빌드를 " +"생성할 수 있습니다. 브랜치에 대해 이미 빌드가 진행 중인 경우에는 이와 같은 마지막 링크는 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3315,9 +3317,9 @@ msgid "" "actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"데이터베이스를 가져와서 프로덕션으로 만들 계획이라면 예약된 작업 중에서 필요한 작업을 활성화합니다. 원본 데이터베이스에 활성화되어 있는 " -"내용을 확인한 후 가져온 데이터베이스에서도 동일한 작업을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 예약된 작업은 :menuselection:`설정 --> " -"기술 --> 자동화 --> 예약된 작업` 아래에 위치해 있습니다." +"가져온 데이터베이스를 프로덕션으로 만드려면 예약 작업 중에서 필요한 작업을 활성화합니다. 원본 데이터베이스에서 활성화된 작업을 확인한 후" +" 가져온 데이터베이스에서도 동일한 작업을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 예약 작업은 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 자동화" +" --> 예약된 작업` 아래에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" @@ -3714,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid "" " on demand." msgstr "" "모듈은 자동으로 설치되지 않으며 앱 메뉴를 통해 직접 설치해야 합니다. 실제로 스테이징 빌드의 목적은 변경 사항이 프로덕션에서 작동하는지" -" 테스트하는 것이므로, 프로덕션에서 모듈이 자동으로 설치되지 않고 요청에 따라 설치되는 것이 더 바람직할 것입니다." +" 테스트하는 것이므로, 프로덕션에서 모듈이 자동 설치되지 않고 요청에 따라 설치되는 것이 더 바람직합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -3868,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "조회" msgid "" "The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" " module upon the new revision deployment." -msgstr "플랫폼에서 버전이 변경된 것을 인식하고 새로운 버전을 배포할 때 모듈 업데이트가 진행되도록 합니다." +msgstr "플랫폼에서 버전이 변경된 것을 인식하고 새로 변경된 내용을 배포할 때 모듈 업데이트가 진행되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 msgid "Browse to your Git folder." @@ -3903,9 +3905,9 @@ msgid "" "field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " "module within the apps list." msgstr "" -"변경 사항을 테스트한 후에는 브랜치를 Odoo.sh 인터페이스의 프로덕션 브랜치로 끌어서 놓아 프로덕션 브랜치의 변경 사항을 병합할 수 " -"있습니다. 매니페스트에서 모듈 버전을 늘리면 플랫폼이 자동으로 모듈 업데이트를 하여 새 필드를 직접 사용할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 " -"앱 목록 내에서 모듈을 수동으로 업데이트할 수 있습니다." +"변경 사항에 대한 테스트가 완료되면, Odoo.sh 인터페이스에 있는 프로덕션 브랜치에서 끌어다 놓는 방법으로 프로덕션 브랜치의 변경 " +"사항을 병합할 수 있습니다. 매니페스트에서 모듈 버전을 늘리면 플랫폼에서 자동으로 모듈 업데이트가 진행되어 새로운 필드를 즉시 사용할 수" +" 있습니다. 또는 앱 목록에서 모듈을 수동으로 업데이트하는 것도 가능합니다.." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 msgid "Use an external Python library" @@ -4182,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," -msgstr "HEAD는 커밋한 최신 개정 버전의 참조입니다." +msgstr "HEAD는 커밋한 최신 변경 버전의 참조 항목입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4222,8 +4224,8 @@ msgid "" "rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " "builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." msgstr "" -"Git 소스 폴더 *~/src/user* 는 브랜치가 아니라 분리된 리비전에서 체크아웃됩니다. 이는 빌드가 브랜치가 아닌 특정 리비전에서" -" 작동하기 때문입니다. 즉, 여러 개의 빌드가 동일한 브랜치에 있으나 서로 다른 리비전에 있을 수 있다는 의미입니다." +"Git 소스 폴더 *~/src/user* 는 브랜치가 아닌 별도의 변경 항목에서 체크아웃됩니다. 이는 브랜치가 아닌 특정 변경 항목에서 " +"빌드가 작동하기 때문입니다. 즉, 동일한 브랜치에서 여러 개의 빌드를 서로 다른 버전으로 만들 수 있다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4282,9 +4284,9 @@ msgid "" "in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " "on production databases." msgstr "" -"Odoo 콘솔에서는 트랜잭션이 자동으로 커밋됩니다. 이를 통해 예를 들어 레코드의 변경 사항이 데이터베이스에 효과적으로 적용된다는 것을 " -"알 수 있습니다. 사용자 이름을 변경하면 데이터베이스에서도 사용자 이름이 변경됩니다. 따라서 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 Odoo 콘솔을 " -"주의해서 사용해야 합니다." +"Odoo 콘솔에서는 트랜잭션이 자동으로 커밋됩니다. 예를 들어 레코드 변경 사항이 데이터베이스에 제대로 적용되었는지 여부를 여기에서 " +"파악할 수 있습니다. 사용자 이름을 변경하면 데이터베이스에서도 사용자 이름이 변경됩니다. 따라서 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 Odoo " +"콘솔을 사용할 때 각별히 주의해야 합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4588,8 +4590,8 @@ msgid "" "for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " "revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" -"비공개 저장소의 경우에는 해당 브랜치 및 개정판을 다운로드를 공개하지 않습니다. 따라서 원격 Git 서버를 통해 플랫폼이 비공개 저장소 " -"개정판을 다운로드할 수 있도록 Odoo.sh에 대한 배포 키를 설정해야 합니다." +"비공개 저장소의 경우에는 브랜치 및 변경 버전 다운로드를 일반에 허용하지 않습니다. 따라서 Odoo.sh에 대한 배포 키를 설정해야 원격" +" Git 서버를 통해 플랫폼에서 비공개 저장소 개정판을 다운로드할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -4782,9 +4784,9 @@ msgid "" " by checking the neutralize box when prompted, which executes all " ":file:`neutralize.sql` scripts for every installed module." msgstr "" -"서버의 데이터베이스 관리자 (`/web/database/manager`)에 액세스하여 데이터베이스를 복사합니다. " -"일반적으로 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 중립화된 테스트 데이터베이스에 복사하게 됩니다. 메시지가 표시되면 중립화 상자를 선택하면 되고, 설치된" -" 모든 모듈에 대해 모든 :file:`neutralize.sql` 스크립트가 실행됩니다." +"서버의 데이터베이스 관리자 (`/web/database/manager`)로 액세스하여 데이터베이스를 복사합니다. " +"일반적으로 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 중립화된 테스트 데이터베이스에 복제하는 작업을 진행합니다. 복제하려면 메시지가 표시된 후 중립화 상자를" +" 선택하고, 모든 설치 모듈에 대해 모든 :file:`neutralize.sql` 스크립트가 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages and solutions" @@ -5432,10 +5434,11 @@ msgid "" "spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " "kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" -"**멀티프로세싱** 서버는 주로 프로덕션에 사용되는 전면적인 서버입니다. 이 서버는 리소스 사용에 대한 동일한 파이썬 제한 (GIL)의 " -"적용을 받지 않으므로 하드웨어를 최대한 활용할 수 있습니다. 서버가 시작되면 작업자 풀이 생성됩니다. 새로운 HTTP 요청은 작업자가 " -"처리할 준비가 될 때까지 OS에서 대기열에 대기합니다. 라이브 채팅용으로 추가 이벤트 기반 HTTP 작업자가 대체 포트에 스폰됩니다. " -"추가로 크론 워커도 스폰됩니다. 구성할 수 있는 프로세스 리퍼는 리소스 사용량을 모니터링하고 실패한 워커를 종료/재시작할 수 있습니다." +"**멀티 프로세싱** 서버는 주로 프로덕션에서 집중적으로 사용되는 서버입니다. 이 서버는 리소스 사용에 있어서 파이썬 제한(GIL)이 " +"동일하게 적용되지 않으므로 하드웨어를 최대한 활용할 수 있습니다. 서버가 시작되면 작업자 풀이 생성됩니다. 새 HTTP 요청은 작업자가 " +"처리할 준비가 될 때까지 OS에 있는 대기열에 대기합니다. 실시간 채팅용으로 추가 이벤트 기반의 HTTP 작업자가 대체 포트에 " +"생성됩니다. 추가로 크론 워커 역시 생성됩니다. 프로세스 리퍼를 설정하여 리소스 사용량을 모니터링하고 작업자가 실패할 경우 종료/재시작할" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -6191,9 +6194,10 @@ msgid "" "production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " "not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" -"인터넷을 사용하는 전체 시스템에서 데이터베이스 관리자 비활성화를 실행할 것을 강력히 권장합니다! 데이터베이스 관리자는 데이터베이스를 쉽게" -" 생성하고 관리할 수 있는 개발/데모 도구입니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 사용하도록 설계되지 않았으며, 공격자에게 위험한 기능을 노출시킬 수도" -" 있습니다. 또한 대용량 데이터베이스를 처리하도록 설계되지 않았으며 메모리 제한을 유발할 수 있습니다." +"시스템에 인터넷이 연결되어 있는 경우에는 전체 시스템에서 데이터베이스 관리자를 비활성화하는 것을 강력 권장합니다! 데이터베이스 관리자는 " +"일종의 개발/데모 도구로 데이터베이스를 쉽게 생성하고 관리할 수 있도록 제작되었습니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 실행하도록 설계되지 않았으며, " +"공격받을 경우 위험한 기능이 노출될 수도 있습니다. 또한 대량의 데이터베이스를 처리하도록 설계되지 않은 관계로 메모리에 제한을 받게 될 " +"수 있습니다.." #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/deploy.rst:721 msgid "" @@ -7905,7 +7909,7 @@ msgstr "지원 종료일" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo SaaS 18.1" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 @@ -7918,7 +7922,7 @@ msgstr "N/A" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2025" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2025년 1월" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" @@ -8486,9 +8490,9 @@ msgid "" "etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -"`파일 저장소' 폴더에는 데이터베이스 내부 레코드에서 첨부 파일로 추출된 파일 (있는 경우)과 대상 Odoo 버전의 새로운 표준 Odoo" -" 파일 (예: 새 이미지, 아이콘, 결제대행업체 로고 등)을 보관합니다. 파일 저장소를 완전히 업그레이드하려면 프로덕션 파일 저장소와 " -"폴더를 병합해야 합니다." +"`filestore' 폴더에는 데이터베이스 내 레코드에서 첨부 파일로 추출된 파일 (있는 경우) 및 대상으로 하는 Odoo 버전의 새로운" +" Odoo 표준 파일 (예: 새 이미지, 아이콘, 결제대행업체 로고 등)을 보관되어 있습니다. 프로덕션 파일스토어와 병합해야 파일스토어를" +" 완전히 업그레이드할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -8687,10 +8691,9 @@ msgid "" "to report any problem encountered during the testing to fix it before " "upgrading your production database." msgstr "" -"업그레이드된 테스트 데이터베이스를 테스트하는 동안 문제가 발생하면 `지원 페이지에서 \"향후 업그레이드와 관련된 문제 (업그레이드를 " -"테스트하고 있습니다)\" `_ 를 선택하여 Odoo에 지원 " -"요청을 할 수 있습니다. 어떤 경우든 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기 전에 테스트를 하는 동안 발생한 문제를 보고하여 해결하는 것이" -" 중요합니다." +"업그레이드 버전으로 테스트 데이터베이스를 테스트하는 동안 문제가 발생할 경우, `고객 지원 페이지에서 \"향후 업그레이드와 관련된 문제 " +"(업그레이드 테스트 중)\" 선택 `_ 하여 Odoo로 지원" +" 요청을 할 수 있습니다. 언제든 테스트 중 발생한 문제를 보고하여 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기 전에 해결할 수 있도록 하세요." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -8762,9 +8765,9 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -"표준 업그레이드 스크립트 및 데이터베이스가 계속하여 발전하고 있으므로 업그레이드 프로세스가 성공적으로 완료될 수 있도록, 특히 완료하는 " -"데 시간이 오래 걸리는 경우에는 업그레이드된 테스트 데이터베이스를 자주 요청하는 것이 좋습니다. **프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기" -" 전날 업그레이드 프로세스를 충분히 테스트해보는 것도 좋습니다.**" +"표준 업그레이드 스크립트와 데이터베이스는 지속적으로 발전하고 있으므로, 업그레이드 프로세스가 성공적으로 완료될 수 있도록 업그레이드 " +"버전의 테스트 데이터베이스를 자주 요청하는 것을 권장하며 특히 완료할 때까지 시간이 오래 걸리는 경우는 더욱 그렇습니다. **프로덕션 " +"데이터베이스 업그레이드 실행 전날에 업그레이드 프로세스를 충분히 테스트해보는 것 역시 권장 사항입니다.**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" @@ -8849,9 +8852,9 @@ msgid "" "how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"전체 업그레이드 프로세스를 완료하려면 커스텀 모듈의 업데이트가 성공해야 합니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 시도하기 전에 스테이지 업그레이드의 " -"상태가 :guilabel:`성공`인지 확인하세요. 사용자 정의 모델을 업그레이드하는 자세한 방법은 " -":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`에서 확인하실 수 있습니다." +"전체 업그레이드 프로세스를 완료하려면 반드시 사용자 지정 모듈이 성공적으로 업데이트되어야 합니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 실행하기 전에 " +"스테이징 업그레이드의 상태가 :guilabel:`성공` 으로 되어 있는지 확인하세요. 사용자 지정 모델을 업그레이드하는 방법은 " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` 에서 자세히 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:373 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 25292bd50..1ec4b8f2e 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 데이터 내보내기를 할 때 전반적으로 고려해야 할 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1783,16 +1783,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다운로드한 템플릿 혹은 가지고 있는 파일을 업로드하려면 다음 단계에 따라 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`데이터 파일 업로드` 를 클릭한 후 파일을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요한 경우 :guilabel:`포맷` 옵션을 조정합니다(CSV 파일에만 해당)." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1808,11 +1808,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`테스트` 를 클릭한 후 데이터가 유효한지 확인합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`가져오기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:403 msgid "Import image files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이미지 파일 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -2442,19 +2442,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터 파일에 있는 :guilabel:`이미지` 열에 이미지 파일 이름을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`데이터 파일 업로드` 를 하거나 " +":guilabel:`데이터 파일 로드` 를 클릭하여 다시 로드합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`파일 가져오기` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`파일 업로드` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" @@ -2464,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`테스트` 를 클릭한 후 데이터가 유효한지 확인합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2496,6 +2498,11 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"대량으로 이미지 가져오기를 할 때, 최대 일괄 처리 크기를 메가바이트 단위로 지정하고 지연 시간을 설정하면 시스템에 과부하가 걸리지 " +"않도록 방지할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :doc:`개발자 모드 <../general/developer_mode>` 를 활성화하고 " +":guilabel:`가져올 파일` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`배치당 최대 크기` 및 :guilabel:`각 배치 후 지연` 필드를 " +"입력합니다. 기본적으로 지연 항목의 경우에는 `Odoo 클라우드 - 사용 제한 정책 " +"`_ 에 정의된 RPC/API 호출 제한을 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 271cff952..671a400bb 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Sarah Park, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -489,11 +489,11 @@ msgstr "은행 전표는 계정 현황판에 표시되며 활동 버튼이 포 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 msgid "Manage bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "은행 및 현금 계정 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 msgid "Connect a bank for automatic synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "은행에 연결하여 자동으로 동기화하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bank/transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:90 msgid "`Bank configuration `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`은행 환경설정 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 msgid "Suspense account" @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "통화" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:118 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "적용될 통화를 거래를 입력할 때 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:124 msgid "Account number" @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "은행 피드" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank transactions are registered. " "Three options are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`은행 피드` 에서 은행 거래를 등록되는 방법을 지정합니다. 세 가지 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -817,6 +817,8 @@ msgid "" "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." msgstr "" +"보통 이와 같은 계정의 경우 계정 :ref:`유형 ` 이 :guilabel:`유동자산` 및 " +":guilabel:`유동부채` 로 지정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -831,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:174 msgid "Bank and cash journal configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "은행 및 현금 전표 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -882,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 전 세계 26,000개 이상의 기관을 지원하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -1949,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`How to add an additional bank account `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`별도로 은행 계좌를 추가하는 방법 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1985,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:34 msgid "Take, for example, a transfer of $1000 from Bank A to Bank B:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "예를 들어, 은행 A에서 은행 B로 $1000를 이체한다고 가정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:36 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" @@ -2014,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "**대변**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:45 msgid "Bank A account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A 은행 계좌" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:63 @@ -2038,11 +2040,11 @@ msgstr "은행 전표 (은행 B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:62 msgid "Bank B account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B 은행 계좌" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`reconciliation` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`조정` :doc:`조정 모델`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:3 msgid "Loans management" @@ -4205,9 +4207,9 @@ msgid "" "recognize it on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $100 " "will be recognized as revenue." msgstr "" -"예를 들어 어떤 회사에서 1년 동안 $1200의 소프트웨어 라이선스를 판매한다고 가정해 봅니다. 고객에게 청구서가 즉시 발행되기는 하지만" -" 향후 몇 달에 해당하는 라이선스는 아직 제공되지 않았기 때문에 아직까지 수익이 발생한 것으로는 볼 수 없습니다. 따라서 이 새로운 " -"수익을 이연 수익 계정에 발행하고 매월 인식하게 됩니다. 이에 따라 향후 12개월 동안 매월 $100을 수익으로 인식합니다." +"예를 들어 어떤 회사에서 1년 동안 $1200의 소프트웨어 라이선스를 판매한다고 가정합니다. 고객에게 청구서가 즉시 발행되기는 하지만 " +"향후 몇개월에 해당하는 라이선스는 아직 제공되지 않았기 때문에 아직까지 수익이 발생한 것으로 볼 수 없습니다. 따라서 이 새로운 수익을 " +"이연 수익 계정으로 게시하고 매월 인식하게 됩니다. 이에 따라 향후 12개월 동안 매월 $100을 수익으로 인식합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -11339,7 +11341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`내부 이체 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -11364,6 +11366,10 @@ msgid "" "with a bank transaction line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the " ":guilabel:`Paid` status." msgstr "" +"고객 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서에서 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭하면 새로운 전표가 생성되고 결제 금액에 따라 지급해야 하는" +" 금액이 변경됩니다. 거래 상대는 :ref:`미납 ` **수금** " +"또는 **지급** 계정에 반영됩니다. 이 때 고객 청구서나 공급업체 청구서는 :guilabel:`결제 중` 으로 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 " +"미납 계정이 은행 거래 내역과 조정되면 청구서나 공급업체 청구서는 :guilabel:`결제 완료` 상태로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -12060,7 +12066,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`미납 계정 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" @@ -12755,10 +12761,10 @@ msgid "" "integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " "in your particular setup." msgstr "" -"새 모듈을 복제하지 않았거나 스테이지 환경에서 먼저 테스트하지 않고는 절대 프로덕션 데이터베이스에 설치해서는 안 됩니다. Odoo.com" -" 고객은 데이터베이스 관리 페이지에서 데이터베이스를 복제하여 생성할 수 있습니다. Odoo.sh 사용자의 경우, 스테이지 또는 복제 " -"데이터베이스를 사용해야 합니다. 온프레미스 사용자의 경우, 스테이지 환경에서 사용해야 합니다. 특정한 설정 하에서 새 모듈을 테스트하는 " -"방법에 대해 자세한 내용은 통합 파트너에게 문의하세요." +"프로덕션 데이터베이스에 새 모듈을 설치하기 전에는 반드시 복제 혹은 스테이징 환경에서 모듈을 테스트해야 합니다. Odoo.com 사용 " +"고객의 경우에는, 데이터베이스 관리 페이지에서 복제 데이터베이스를 생성할 수 있습니다. Odoo.sh 사용자의 경우에는, 스테이징 또는 " +"복제 데이터베이스를 사용해야 합니다. 온프레미스 사용자의 경우에는, 스테이징 환경이어야 합니다. 특정 설정 상황에서 새로운 모듈을 " +"테스트하려면 통합 관련 파트너와 자세한 내용을 상담해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -13081,7 +13087,7 @@ msgid "" "Method`." msgstr "" "공급업체에서 SEPA로 결제한 내역을 모두 등록할 수 있습니다. 등록하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> " -"결제` 로 이동합니다. 결제 생성 시 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 :guilabel:`SEPA 계좌 이체` 를 선택합니다." +"결제` 로 이동합니다. 결제를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 :guilabel:`SEPA 계좌 이체` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -13722,9 +13728,9 @@ msgid "" "to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs " "between the accounts by modifying the percentage." msgstr "" -"청구서나 업체 청구서를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`분석` 열에 계획을 추가합니다. 이전에 분석 계획을 하나 이상의 분석 계정에 연결한" -" 경우에만 필수 항목으로 이 필드를 입력합니다. 계획을 추가하면 **위젯**이 열려서 다양한 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다. **태그**를 " -"추가하여 관련 분석 계정을 반영하고 백분율을 수정하여 계정 간에 비용을 배분하는 방법을 결정할 수 있습니다." +"청구서나 업체 청구서를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`분석` 열에 해당 항목을 추가합니다. 이 항목은 이전에 하나 이상의 분석 계정에 " +"분석 계획을 연결한 경우에만 필수적으로 입력하게 되어 있습니다. 계획을 추가하면 **위젯** 이 열리고 다양한 정보를 입력할 수 " +"있습니다. **태그** 를 추가하여 관련 분석 계정을 반영하고 백분율을 수정하여 계정 간에 비용을 배분하는 방법을 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 msgid "create a distribution template" @@ -15747,7 +15753,7 @@ msgstr "세무 주기 종료하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:72 msgid "Tax lock date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 잠금 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -15787,6 +15793,10 @@ msgid "" "journal entry. Odoo automatically proposes the details of the journal entry." " Make any necessary changes and click :guilabel:`Post`." msgstr "" +"신고 기간에 해당하는 세금 관련 거래를 모두 게시한 후에는 :menuselection:`회계 --> 보고 --> 세무 신고` 로 이동하여" +" :guilabel:`세무 신고` 보고서를 엽니다. 신고하려는 기간을 날짜 필터를 사용하여 선택하면 세무 신고서의 전체 내용을 확인할 수" +" 있습니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결산 항목` 을 클릭하여 세금 결산 전표를 생성합니다. Odoo에서 자동으로 전표의 세부 " +"정보가 제안됩니다. 필요한 내용을 변경한 후 :guilabel:`게시` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -15933,7 +15943,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`수금 결제 <../payments>`가 모두 정확하게 인코딩되 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 :ref:`가계정 ` 을 마감합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -19046,8 +19056,8 @@ msgid "" "expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " "some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" -"현금 기준 세금은 청구서가 확정되었을 때 납부해야 하는 표준 세금과는 달리 결제할 때 납부해야 하는 세금입니다. 일부 국가에서는 특정 " -"조건에서 현금 기준 방식에 따라 정부에 수입과 지출을 보고하는 것이 의무 사항입니다." +"현금 기준 방식의 세금은 청구서가 확정되었을 때 납부해야 하는 표준 세금과는 달리, 결제 시 납부해야 하는 세금입니다. 일부 국가에서는 " +"특정 조건에 부합할 경우 현금 기준 방식에 따라 정부에 수입과 지출을 의무적으로 신고해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -19055,7 +19065,7 @@ msgid "" "is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " "must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" -"회계연도 중 1분기에 제품을 판매하고 2분기에 대금을 수령하는 경우입니다. 현금 기준 방식에 따라서는, 반드시 2분기에 대한 세금을 " +"회계연도 중 1분기에 품목이 판매되고 2분기에 대금을 수령하는 경우입니다. 현금 기준 방식에 따라서는 반드시 2분기에 대한 세금을 " "납부해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 @@ -19873,9 +19883,9 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill), the :guilabel:`Payment Difference` field displays the " "outstanding balance. You have two options:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`전표`, :guilabel:`지급 수단`, 결제 :guilabel:`금액` (전액 또는 부분 결제) 및 " -":guilabel:`통화` 를 선택합니다. 부분 결제의 경우 (결제 :guilabel:`금액` 이 공급업체 청구서의 총 잔액보다 적은 " -"경우) :guilabel:`결제 차액` 항목에 미지급 잔액이 표시됩니다. 두 가지 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`전표`, :guilabel:`지급 수단`, 결제 :guilabel:`금액` (전액 또는 일부 결제) 및 " +":guilabel:`통화` 를 선택합니다. 일부 결제의 경우 (결제 :guilabel:`금액` 이 공급업체 청구서의 총 잔액보다 적은 " +"경우) :guilabel:`결제 차액` 항목에 미지급 잔액이 표시됩니다. 다음의 두 가지 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -22247,9 +22257,9 @@ msgid "" "Leaving this field blank allows for **all** available payment options to be " "used." msgstr "" -"다음으로 :guilabel:`회계` 섹션에서 결제 수단을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`결제 수단` 에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 " -"원하는 결제 방법을 선택합니다. 기본값으로는 :guilabel:`수동 (현금)`, :guilabel:`수표 (은행)`, " -":guilabel:`NACHA (은행)` 등이 있습니다. 이 항목을 비워두면 **모든** 결제 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다." +"다음으로 :guilabel:`회계` 섹션에서 결제 수단을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`결제 수단` 에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 결제" +" 수단 중에서 원하는 방식을 선택합니다. 기본값으로는 :guilabel:`수동 (현금)`, :guilabel:`수표 (은행)`, " +":guilabel:`NACHA (은행)` 등이 있습니다. 이 필드를 비워두면 **모든** 결제 방식을 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/reimburse.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -23518,8 +23528,8 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -"회사가 **프로덕션** 환경으로 이동할 준비가 될 때까지 데이터베이스를 테스트할 수 있도록 제공합니다. 두 환경은 서로 완전히 분리되어 " -"있으므로 한 쪽 인스턴스의 디지털 인증서는 다른 인스턴스에서 유효하지 않습니다." +"테스트 기능을 제공하여 **프로덕션** 환경으로 이동할 준비가 될 때까지 회사에서 데이터베이스를 테스트할 수 있습니다. 이러한 두 가지 " +"환경은 서로 완전히 분리되어 있기 때문에 한 쪽에서 사용하는 인스턴스의 디지털 인증서는 다른 인스턴스에서 유효하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -24725,8 +24735,8 @@ msgid "" "not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" " Method` to add them" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`수표`는 :guilabel:`결제 방법`으로 사용할 수 있어야 합니다. 사용할 수 없게 되어 있는 경우, " -":guilabel:`줄 추가`을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`결제 방법` 아래에 `수표`를 입력하여 추가합니다." +":guilabel:`수표` 를 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 선택할 수 있습니다. 선택할 수 없는 경우에는, " +":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 아래에 `수표` 를 입력하여 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:710 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." @@ -24897,8 +24907,8 @@ msgid "" " tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " "method is used to create *new* third party checks." msgstr "" -"새로 입금된 제3자 수표의 경우, :menuselection:`입금 결제 탭 --> 줄 추가`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`새로운 " -"제3자 수표`를 선택합니다. 이 방법은 *새로운* 제3자 수표를 생성할 때 사용됩니다." +"외부로부터 새로 수표가 입금된 경우에는, :menuselection:`입금 결제 탭 --> 줄 추가` 로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`신규 외부 수표` 를 선택합니다. 이 방법으로 외부 수표 항목을 *새로* 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:800 msgid "" @@ -24909,19 +24919,19 @@ msgid "" " vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " "transfers." msgstr "" -"기존의 제3자 수표가 입금 및 출금되는 경우 :menuselection:`입금 결제 탭 --> 줄 추가`로 이동하여 " -":guilabel:`기존 제3자 수표`를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`출금 결제` 탭에 대해서도 동일한 단계를 반복합니다. 이 방법은" -" 내부 이체뿐만 아니라 *기존* 수표를 사용하여 공급업체 청구서를 입금받거나 지급하는 데 사용됩니다." +"기존의 외부 수표를 입금 및 출금하는 경우 :menuselection:`입금 결제 탭 --> 줄 추가` 로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`기존 외부 수표` 를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`출금 결제` 탭에 대해서도 동일한 단계를 반복합니다. 이 방법은" +" 내부 이송을 하는 경우 외에도 *기존* 수표를 사용하여 공급업체 청구서 정산을 받거나 결제를 하는 경우에 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:806 msgid "" "You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " "configuring the third party checks journals." -msgstr "제3자 수표에 대한 전표를 설정할 때 기본 표시되는 기존 결제 방법을 삭제할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "기본값으로 외부 수표에 대해 전표를 환경설정할 때 표시되는 기존 결제 수단을 삭제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment methods automatically created." -msgstr "자동으로 결제 방법이 생성됩니다." +msgstr "결제 수단이 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 msgid "" @@ -24954,7 +24964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:826 msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." -msgstr "*제3자 수표* 전표과 동일한 결제 방법을 사용하세요." +msgstr "*외부 수표* 전표에 있는 결제 수단과 동일한 방식을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:829 msgid "New third party checks" @@ -24977,9 +24987,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " "customer's VAT number related to the invoice." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`새로운 제3자 수표`를 :guilabel:`결제 방법`으로 선택한 후, :guilabel:`수표 번호`, " -":guilabel:`결제일`, 및 :guilabel:`수표 은행`을 입력합니다. 선택 사항으로, :guilabel:`수표 발행인 부가세 " -"번호`를 직접 추가할 수 있으나 청구서에 있는 고객의 부가세 번호가 자동으로 입력됩니다." +":guilabel:`새 외부 수표` 를 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 선택한 후, :guilabel:`수표 번호`, " +":guilabel:`결제일`, 및 :guilabel:`수표 은행` 을 입력합니다. 선택 사항으로, :guilabel:`수표 발행인 부가세" +" 번호` 를 직접 추가할 수 있으며 자동 입력되어 있는 내용은 청구서에 있는 고객의 부가세 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." @@ -25005,8 +25015,8 @@ msgid "" "shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " "bills." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`기존 제3자 수표` 를 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 선택하고, :guilabel:`수표` 필드에서 수표를 " -"선택합니다. 이 필드에는 공급업체 청구서에 대해 결제를 할 때 **선택할 수 있는 기존 수표**가 모두 표시됩니다." +":guilabel:`기존 외부 수표` 를 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 으로 선택한 후, :guilabel:`수표` 필드에서 수표를 " +"선택합니다. 이 필드에는 공급업체 청구서를 결제를 할 때 **선택할 수 있는 기존 수표** 가 모두 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." @@ -26360,6 +26370,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `AsiaPay " "`_." msgstr "" +"*지금 구매하고 나중에 결제하기* 솔루션은 호주 온라인 쇼핑몰에서 많이 사용하는 결제 방식입니다. 이러한 솔루션에서 결제대행업체로 " +"`Stripe `_ 및 `AsiaPay " +"`_ 도 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:499 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:513 @@ -28198,6 +28211,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Austria " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/austria>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`오스트리아의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoices/austria>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:34 msgid "The following localized reports are available:" @@ -28472,6 +28487,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Belgium " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/belgium>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`벨기에의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/belgium>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -30026,9 +30043,9 @@ msgid "" "address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the " "certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -"샌드박스나 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서 :guilabel:`AvaTax 포털 이메일` 통합을 **테스트** 하거나 **프로덕션 생성** 하는" -" 경우에는 Avalara 포털에 로그인하여 인증서를 설정하기 위해 필요하므로 실제 이메일 주소를 사용해야 하며, 테스트용 혹은 프로덕션 " -"사용 목적 모두에 해당합니다." +"샌드박스나 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서 :guilabel:`AvaTax 포털 이메일` 통합과 관련된 **테스트** 를 하거나 **프로덕션 " +"생성** 을 하는 경우에는 실제 이메일 주소를 사용해야 합니다. 이메일 주소는 Avalara 포털에 로그인하여 인증서를 설정하기 위해 " +"필요하며, 테스트용 혹은 프로덕션 용 모두 동일합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -30626,7 +30643,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`고객`, 모든 고객 정보가 포함되어 있음" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:590 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" -msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 수단: 브라질`: 청구서를 결제하는 방법" +msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 수단: 브라질`: 청구서 결제 방식" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:458 msgid "" @@ -31632,8 +31649,8 @@ msgid "" " account on a recurring basis. This functionality is commonly used for " "subscriptions, recurring invoices, and other regular payments." msgstr "" -"사전 승인 직불 방식은 고객으로부터 결제를 받는 방법 중 한 가지로, 사업체가 정기적으로 고객의 은행 계좌에서 자금을 인출하도록 고객이 " -"승인하는 것입니다. 이 기능은 보통 구독, 정기 납부 청구서 및 기타 정기 결제에 사용됩니다." +"사전 승인 직불 방식으로 고객에게서 결제를 받을 수 있으며, 이 방식은 고객 사업체 측에서 정기적으로 고객의 은행 계좌에서 자금을 " +"인출하도록 승인하는 것입니다. 보통 구독, 정기 납부 청구서 및 기타 정기 결제에 이와 같은 방식을 사용하여 결제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -31945,10 +31962,10 @@ msgid "" "will not appear in this mode. Every internal validation can be tested in " "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SII - 데모 모드`: 데모 모드에서는 파일이 자동으로 생성 및 승인되지만 :abbr:`SII (Servicio " -"de Impuestos Internos)`로 전송되지는 **않습니다**. 이러한 이유로 이 모드에서는 거부 오류 또는 **이의 사항과 " -"함께 승인* 항목이 표시되지 않습니다. 내부 검증은 모두 데모 모드에서 테스트할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 이 옵션을 " -"선택하지 마세요." +":guilabel:`SII - 데모 모드`: 데모 모드에서는 자동으로 파일이 생성 후 승인되지만 :abbr:`SII (Servicio " +"de Impuestos Internos)` 로 전송되지는 **않습니다**. 따라서 이 모드에서는 거부 오류 또는 **이의 제기 시 수락*" +" 항목이 표시되지 않습니다. 데모 모드에서 내부 승인 항목을 테스트할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 이 옵션을 선택하지 " +"마세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:129 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" @@ -32046,11 +32063,11 @@ msgid "" "Impuestos Internos)` site in the section: *ACTUALIZACION DE DATOS DEL " "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`DTE 서버`: 이 옵션을 활성화합니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면 해당 이메일 계정을 공급업체로부터 전자 청구서 수신에 " -"사용하고, 발행된 전자 청구서과 관련하여 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`로부터 연락을 " -"받기 위해 사용합니다. 이 경우 이 이메일은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 사이트의 " +":guilabel:`DTE 서버`: 해당 항목을 활성화합니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면 해당 이메일 계정을 통해 공급업체로부터 전자 청구서를 " +"수신하고, 전자 청구서 발행과 관련하여 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 에서 연락을 받을" +" 수 있습니다. 이 경우 이 이메일은 :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` 사이트의 " "*ACTUALIZACION DE DATOS DEL CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* 및 *Mail " -"Contacto Empresas* 섹션에 신고한 이메일 두 개와 모두 일치해야 합니다." +"Contacto Empresas* 섹션에 신고한 두 개의 이메일 주소와 일치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" @@ -33457,10 +33474,10 @@ msgid "" "correctly generated, Odoo takes the next available number in the :abbr:`CAF " "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -"이 경고 메시지는 Odoo에서 배송 가이드를 생성할 다음 연번을 사용자가 지정해야 한다는 내용이며 (예: 다음 순서로 사용할 수 있는 " -":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` 번호) 배송 가이드를 처음으로 생성한 경우에만 안내하는 " -"메시지입니다. 첫 번째 문서가 정확히 생성되었다면, Odoo는 :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` " -"파일에서 다음 순서로 사용할 수 있는 배송 가이드 번호를 가져옵니다." +"이 경고 메시지는 배송 가이드를 생성할 다음 연번을 Odoo에 지정을 해야 한다는 내용이며(예: 선택할 수 있는 :abbr:`CAF " +"(Folio Authorization Code)` 다음 연번), Odoo에서 처음으로 배송 가이드를 생성하는 경우에만 메시지가 " +"표시됩니다. 첫 번째 문서가 알맞게 생성되면, Odoo에서는 다음 순서로 사용할 수 있는 배송 가이드 번호를 :abbr:`CAF " +"(Folio Authorization Code)` 파일에서 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:857 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" @@ -35964,7 +35981,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`문서 유형`: `(01) 청구서` 형식으로 문서 유형 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " "paid." -msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 방법 (SRI)`: 청구서 결제 방법을 선택합니다." +msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 수단 (SRI)`: 청구서에 대한 결제 수단을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 @@ -36401,7 +36418,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`ATS 보고서 모듈 ` 을 통해 다음 작업이 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 msgid "Choose the SRI Payment Method in each payment method's configuration." -msgstr "각 결제 수단에 대한 설정 메뉴에서 SRI 결제 수단을 선택합니다." +msgstr "각각의 결제 수단 환경설정에서 SRI 결제 수단을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" @@ -36466,7 +36483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:612 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:222 msgid "Payment methods" -msgstr "지급 방법" +msgstr "결제 수단" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:614 msgid "" @@ -36474,8 +36491,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`→ Enable Payment Methods` within the :guilabel:`Configuration` " "tab of each provider." msgstr "" -"결제대행업체에 하나 이상의 결제 수단을 활성화하려면 각 대행업체의 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭에서 :guilabel:`→ 결제 " -"수단 사용` 을 클릭합니다." +"결제대행업체에 결제 수단을 하나 이상 활성화하려면 각 업체의 :guilabel:`환경설정` 탭에서 :guilabel:`→ 결제 수단 " +"사용` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:617 msgid "" @@ -36483,8 +36500,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SRI Payment Method` for each method. This field appears after you" " create and save the payment method for the first time." msgstr "" -"결제 수단을 환경 설정할 때, :guilabel:`SRI 결제 방법` 을 **필수적으로** 결제 수단별로 설정해야 합니다. 이 항목은 " -"최초로 결제 수단을 생성 및 저장한 후에 표시됩니다." +"결제 수단에 대한 환경설정을 할 때, **반드시** :guilabel:`SRI 결제 수단` 을 결제 수단별로 설정해야 합니다. 처음으로 " +"결제 수단을 생성한 후 저장하는 경우에 이 필드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:622 msgid "" @@ -36492,8 +36509,8 @@ msgid "" " the electronic invoice from an eCommerce sale. Select a **payment method** " "to access its configuration menu and the field." msgstr "" -"전자 상거래 판매에서 전자 청구서을 올바르게 생성하려면 :guilabel:`SRI 결제 수단` 을 추가해야 합니다. **결제 수단** 을" -" 선택하여 환경 설정 메뉴와 해당 항목에 액세스합니다." +"이커머스 판매에서 전자 청구서를 알맞게 생성하려면 :guilabel:`SRI 결제 수단` 을 추가해야 합니다. **결제 수단** 을 " +"선택하여 환경설정 메뉴 및 해당 항목에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:627 msgid ":doc:`Payment provider <../payment_providers>`" @@ -36552,7 +36569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:660 msgid "Choose the SRI payment method in each payment method configuration." -msgstr "SRI 결제 수단을 환경설정 메뉴의 결제 수단에서 선택합니다." +msgstr "각각의 결제 수단 환경설정 메뉴에서 SRI 결제 수단을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:661 msgid "" @@ -36571,8 +36588,8 @@ msgid "" " Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`. Then, set the :guilabel:`SRI " "Payment Method` in the payment method form." msgstr "" -":doc:`POS용 결제 수단 생성 <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>` 을 하려면, " -":menuselection:`POS --> 환경 설정 --> 결제 수단` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 결제 수단 양식에서 " +":doc:`POS용 결제 수단을 생성 <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>` 하려면, " +":menuselection:`POS --> 환경설정 --> 결제 수단` 으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 결제 수단 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`SRI 결제 수단` 을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:678 @@ -36777,8 +36794,8 @@ msgid "" "the *Authorization Number* and the *SRI Payment Method* on documents, when " "needed." msgstr "" -":abbr:`ATS (Anexo Transacciional Simplificado)` 파일을 다운로드하기 전에 모든 필수 정보를 문서에 " -"추가해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 필요한 경우 문서에 *승인 번호*와 *SRI 결제 수단* 을 추가합니다." +":abbr:`ATS (Anexo Transacciional Simplificado)` 파일을 다운로드하려면 사전에 모든 필수 정보를 " +"문서에 추가해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 문서에 필요한 *승인 번호*와 *SRI 결제 수단* 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:787 msgid "XML generation" @@ -37245,11 +37262,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:208 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` as the type of install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설치 유형으로 :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` 를 선택합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 msgid "Selection of \"Odoo IoT\" during the installation of Odoo Community." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 커뮤니티를 설치할 때 \"Odoo IoT\" 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -37459,6 +37476,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in France " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/france>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`프랑스의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/france>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" @@ -38964,6 +38983,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing's legality and compliance in Germany " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/germany>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`독일의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/germany>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -38988,7 +39009,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "The following German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음과 같은 독일 전용 보고서를 Odoo 앤터프라이즈에서 사용할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:33 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -39000,7 +39021,7 @@ msgstr "EC 판매 목록" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:38 msgid "Exporting entries from Odoo to DATEV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 DATEV로 항목 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -39024,7 +39045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:52 msgid "1. DATEV ATCH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1. DATEV ATCH" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -39035,7 +39056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 msgid "General ledger's actions menu with DATEV exports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "총계정원장의 작업 메뉴에 DATEV 내보내기 넣기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -39044,6 +39065,10 @@ msgid "" "bereitstellung/download-bereich/betriebliches-" "rechnungswesen/belegtransfer>`_." msgstr "" +"다운로드한 ZIP 파일을 `DATEV Belegtransfer 소프트웨어 " +"`_ 를 통해 업로드합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -39063,11 +39088,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:93 msgid "DATEV ATCH ZIP file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DATEV ATCH ZIP 파일" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:73 msgid "The ZIP file contains two types of files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ZIP 파일에 두 가지 유형의 CSV 파일이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -39079,7 +39104,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "a :file:`document.xml` file used to generate a unique ID (GUID) for each " "file." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`document.xml` 파일을 이용하여 각 파일에 대한 고유 ID(GUID)를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -39090,7 +39115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:83 msgid "2. DATEV DATA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2. DATEV DATA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -39107,23 +39132,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:91 msgid "Check with your tax advisor how often they need these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세무 전문가와 상담을 통해 이 파일이 자주 사용되는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:95 msgid "The ZIP file contains three CSV files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ZIP 파일에 세 개의 CSV 파일이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:97 msgid "" "the :file:`EXTF_customer_accounts.csv` file containing all information " "related to your customers," -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객과 관련된 모든 정보가 들어있는 :file:`EXTF_customer_accounts.csv` 파일," #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:99 msgid "" "the :file:`EXTF_vendor_accounts.csv` file containing all information related" " to your vendors, and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체와 관련된 모든 정보가 들어있는 :file:`EXTF_vendor_accounts.csv` 파일 및" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -39135,7 +39160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:108 msgid "GoBD compliance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GoBD 준수" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -39159,11 +39184,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:123 msgid "Odoo is certified **GoBD-compliant**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 **GoBD 규정 준수** 인증을 완료했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:126 msgid "Understanding GoBD in relation to accounting software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 소프트웨어와 관련된 GoBD 알아보기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -39182,29 +39207,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:136 msgid "access rights control;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "액세스 권한 제어;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:137 msgid "segregation of duties, functional separating;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "업무 분리, 기능 분리;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 msgid "entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "입력 제어 (오류 알림, 타당성 검사)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:139 msgid "reconciliation checks at data entry;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터 입력 시 조정 확인;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:140 msgid "processing controls; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로세스 제어; 및" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:141 msgid "" "measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " "data, or documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "소프트웨어, 데이터 또는 문서에 대한 의도적 또는 의도하지 않은 조작을 방지하는 조치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -39218,7 +39243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:149 msgid "Data security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터 보안" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -39279,7 +39304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 msgid "Ensuring compliance through Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo를 통한 규정 준수 보장" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -39373,7 +39398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:217 msgid "GoBD export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GoBD 내보내기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -39394,10 +39419,15 @@ msgid "" " in a specific XML-based GoBD format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur " "Datenträgerüberlassung\" §3), but it is not binding." msgstr "" +"재무 데이터를 저장 장치로 이동하는 경우 GoBD에서 규정하는 필수 형식은 **없습니다.** 예를 들어 XLS, CSV, XML, " +"Lotus 123, SAP 형식, AS/400 형식 또는 기타 형식을 선택할 수 있습니다. Odoo는 재무 데이터에 대해 CSV 및 " +"XLS 내보내기를 기본값으로 지원합니다. GoBD는 특정한 XML 기반 GoBD 형식으로 내보내는 것을 **권장** 하고 " +"있으나(\"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenträgerüberlassung\" §3 참조) 법적인 구속력은 " +"없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:230 msgid "Non-compliance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "규정 미준수" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -39411,7 +39441,7 @@ msgstr "POS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 msgid "Technical security system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기술 보안 시스템" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -39460,7 +39490,7 @@ msgstr "모듈이 목록에 없는 경우, :ref:`앱 목록 업데이트 Payslips --> Batches`." msgstr "" -"이와 같은 급여명세서 생성 방법은 여러 건의 직원 급여명세서를 한 번에 관리할 수 있으므로 반복 지급하는 경우에 사용됩니다. " -":menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 급여명세서 --> 일괄` 로 이동합니다." +"이와 같은 방법으로 급여명세서를 생성하면 여러 건의 직원 급여명세서를 한 번에 관리할 수 있으므로 반복적으로 지급하는 경우에 적용할 수 " +"있습니다. :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 급여명세서 --> 일괄` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:249 @@ -40176,8 +40206,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`CAP57: Long Service Payment` or :guilabel:`CAP57: Severance " "Payment`)." msgstr "" -"이와 같은 급여명세서 생성 방법을 통해 일반적으로 비정기적인 지급 (예: :guilabel:`CAP57: 지급으로 통지를 갈음`, " -":guilabel:`CAP57: 장기 근속 지급` 또는 :guilabel:`CAP57: 퇴직금 지급`) 처리를 할 수 있습니다." +"이와 같은 급여명세서 생성 방법은 일반적으로 반복 지급을 하지 않는 경우(예: :guilabel:`CAP57: 해고 예고 수당`, " +":guilabel:`CAP57: 장기 근속 수당` 또는 :guilabel:`CAP57: 퇴직금`)에 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -40372,8 +40402,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the draft journal entries have been posted, the company can now pay the" " employees. The user can choose between **two** different *payment methods*:" msgstr "" -"미결 전표가 게시되면 이제 회사에서 직원 급여를 지급할 수 있습니다. 사용자는 **두 가지** 다른 *지급 방법* 중에서 선택할 수 " -"있습니다." +"미결 전표 게시가 완료되면, 이제 회사에서는 직원 급여를 지급할 수 있습니다. *지급 방법* 으로 **두 가지** 방법 중에서 선택할 수" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -40384,9 +40414,9 @@ msgid "" "payment method, then later reconcile the payment with the corresponding bank" " statement." msgstr "" -"직원의 급여명세서 (:menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 급여명세서 --> 모든 급여명세서`)에서 급여명세서 전표가 발행되면 " -":guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭합니다. 프로세스는 :doc:`공급업체 청구서 결제 <../accounting/paids>` 와 " -"동일한 프로세스입니다. 원하는 은행 전표와 결제 방법을 선택한 다음 나중에 해당 은행 명세서로 결제를 조정합니다." +"직원 급여명세서 (:menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 급여명세서 --> 모든 급여명세서`)에서, 급여명세서 전표가 발행되면 " +":guilabel:`결제 등록` 을 클릭합니다. 진행 방식은 :doc:`공급업체 청구서 결제 <../accounting/paids>` 와" +" 동일합니다. 은행 전표와 결제 수단을 선택한 다음, 해당하는 은행명세서와 결제를 추후 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -40872,8 +40902,8 @@ msgid "" "If *HSBC Autopay* is selected as the batch payment method, click on " ":guilabel:`Create HSBC Autopay Report`, and fill in the mandatory fields:" msgstr "" -"일괄 결제 방법으로 *HSBC 자동 결제* 를 선택한 경우 :guilabel:`HSBC 자동 결제 보고서 만들기` 를 클릭한 후 필수 " -"항목을 입력합니다." +"일괄 결제 수단으로 *HSBC 자동 결제* 방식을 선택한 경우에는, :guilabel:`HSBC 자동 결제 보고서 만들기` 를 클릭한 후" +" 필수 항목을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst-1 msgid "Hong Kong HSBC Autopay wizard." @@ -42367,6 +42397,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Italy " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`이탈리아의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -42650,8 +42682,8 @@ msgid "" "elettroniche`, insert Odoo's :guilabel:`Destination Code` `K95IV18`, and " "confirm." msgstr "" -":menuselection::`사용 가능한 서비스 --> 전자 세금계산서 --> 전체 전자 세금계산서를 저장할 텔레마티코 주소 등록` " -"에서 Odoo의 :guilabel:`대상 코드` 로 `K95IV18`을 입력한 후 확인합니다." +":menuselection::`사용 가능한 서비스 --> 전자 청구서 --> 모든 전자 청구서를 수신할 전자 청구서 주소 등록하기` 에서" +" Odoo :guilabel:`대상 코드` 에 `K95IV18` 을 입력한 후 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:175 msgid "EDI Mode and authorization" @@ -42737,10 +42769,10 @@ msgid "" "`X9XX79Z`. Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your " "customers will not be recognized as valid by the test service." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`테스트 (시험용)` 모드에서는, 청구서를 전송할 때 파트너는 :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle " -"Entrate)`에서 제공하는 다음의 가상 :guilabel:`대상 코드` 중 하나를 *반드시* 사용해야 합니다: `0803HR0` - " -"`N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. 고객의 실제 프로덕션 :guilabel:`대상 코드`는 테스트 서비스에서 유효한 것으로 인식되지" -" 않습니다." +":guilabel:`테스트 (실험용)` 모드에서는, *반드시* 청구서를 :abbr:`AdE (Agenzia Delle " +"Entrate)`에서 제공하는 다음의 가상 :guilabel:`대상 코드` 중 하나가 적용되는 파트너에게 전송해야 합니다: " +"`0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. 고객의 실제 프로덕션 :guilabel:`대상 코드` 는 테스트 서비스에서" +" 유효하게 인식되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 msgid "Electronic document invoicing settings" @@ -43750,7 +43782,7 @@ msgstr "`3333` 을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:658 msgid "" "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chiave` 를 누릅니다. 화면에 :guilabel:`Scleta Funzione` 가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:659 msgid "Type `14`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Apprendimento`." @@ -44770,6 +44802,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Luxembourg " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`룩셈부르크의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:40 msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" @@ -45040,9 +45074,9 @@ msgid "" "**production** (:dfn:`actual environment to submit e-invoices with accurate " "information`) environments are supported." msgstr "" -"MyInvois 포털에 처음 로그인하는 경우에는, MyTax_ 에 있는 :guilabel:`사용자 매뉴얼` 을 클릭하여 등록 프로세스에 " -"대해 자세히 알아보세요. **사전 프로덕션** (:dfn:`실제 (프로덕션) 환경을 사용하기 전에 기능을 시도하는 테스트 환경`) 및 " -"**프로덕션** (:dfn:`정확한 정보로 전자 청구서를 제출하는 실제 환경`) 환경이 모두 지원됩니다." +"MyInvois 포털에 처음 로그인하는 경우, MyTax_ :guilabel:`사용자 매뉴얼` 을 클릭하면 등록 프로세스에 대해 자세히 " +"알아볼 수 있습니다. **사전 프로덕션** (:dfn:`실제 (프로덕션) 환경을 사용하기 전에 기능을 확인해 보는 테스트 환경`) 및 " +"**프로덕션** (:dfn:`정확한 내용으로 전자 청구서를 제출하는 실제 환경`) 환경이 모두 지원됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -45083,15 +45117,15 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`BRN`: `BE0477472701`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`Production`: `ODOO S.A.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`생산`: `ODOO S.A.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Pre-production`: `OXXX_XXXXO S.A.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`사전 생산`: `OXXX_XXXXO S.A.`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -47610,6 +47644,8 @@ msgid "" "Netherlands " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/netherlands>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`네덜란드의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 " +"문서<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/netherlands>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:10 msgid "XAF Export" @@ -47775,11 +47811,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Stock Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`페루 - 재고 보고서`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:62 msgid "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -49483,9 +49519,9 @@ msgid "" "Price`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Fixed Price` amount greater than `0.00` (not " "zero), as the shipping method price is added to the invoice line." msgstr "" -":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping`: 각 배송 방법을" -" :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 :guilabel:`고정 가격` 으로 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`고정 가격` " -"금액을 `0.00`보다 크게 설정하며 (0 불가), 배송 방법에 대한 요금을 청구서 줄에 추가하게 됩니다. " +":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping`: 배송 방법에 " +"대해 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드에 :guilabel:`고정 가격` 을 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`고정 가격` " +"금액을 `0.00`보다 크게 설정하여 (0 불가), 배송 방법에 대한 요금을 청구서 줄에 추가합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:934 msgid "" @@ -49493,6 +49529,8 @@ msgid "" " supported in Odoo that covers several countries, currencies, and payment " "methods in Latin America." msgstr "" +"`Mercado Pago `_ 는 Odoo에서 지원되는 온라인 결제대행업체로 라틴 " +"아메리카의 여러 국가와 통화 및 결제 수단을 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:936 msgid "" @@ -49545,7 +49583,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:965 msgid "Permanent inventory reports: |PLE| 12.1 and |PLE| 13.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영구 재고 보고서: |PLE| 12.1 및 |PLE| 13.1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:967 msgid "" @@ -49584,21 +49622,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:987 msgid ":ref:`Products `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`품목 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:988 msgid ":ref:`Warehouses `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`창고 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:989 msgid ":ref:`Inventory transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`재고 이전 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:996 msgid "" "Several configurations related to the product or product category are " "necessary for |PLE| reporting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|PLE| 보고 기능을 활용하려면 품목이나 품목 카테고리와 관련된 환경설정을 해야 합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:998 msgid "" @@ -49640,7 +49678,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1026 msgid "Inventory transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 이전" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1028 msgid "" @@ -49659,7 +49697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1037 msgid "Generate a .txt file for permanent inventory Kardex reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영구 재고 Kardex 보고서용 .txt 파일 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1039 msgid "" @@ -49679,7 +49717,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Export Buttons selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "내보내기 버튼 선택" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1051 msgid "" @@ -50094,6 +50132,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Romania " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`루마니아의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:32 msgid "D.406 declaration" @@ -50787,6 +50827,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing’s legality and compliance in Spain " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`스페인의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -50794,6 +50836,8 @@ msgid "" "Country " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`바스크 지방의 전자 청구서에 대한 적법성 및 규정 준수에 관한 문서 " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -51080,15 +51124,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:158 msgid "To configure FACe, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FACe를 설정하려면 다음 단계에 따라 진행하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:160 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Certificates`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경설정 --> 자격` 으로 이동한 후," #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:161 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭하면 새로운 자격증이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -52641,8 +52685,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs," " make sure the :guilabel:`BACS Direct Debit` payment method is enabled." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`입금` 및 :guilabel:`출금` 탭에 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 결제 방법이 활성화되어 있는지 " -"확인합니다." +":guilabel:`입금` 및 :guilabel:`출금` 탭의 결제 수단으로 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 방식이 활성화되어 " +"있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -52664,9 +52708,8 @@ msgid "" " to :guilabel:`BACS Direct Debit` when :ref:`registering vendor payments " "`." msgstr "" -"공급업체 청구서를 납부할 수 있도록 Bacs 파일을 생성하려면 :ref:`공급업체 결제 등록 ` 시 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 로 " -"설정합니다." +"Bacs 파일을 공급업체 청구서 납부용으로 생성하려면, :ref:`공급업체 결제 등록 ` 시 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:184 msgid "Then, create a vendor batch payment:" @@ -52686,8 +52729,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method` to :guilabel:`BACS Direct Credit`, and select a " ":guilabel:`BACS Processing Date`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:` 은행` 항목에서 은행 전표를 선택하고 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` " -"로 설정한 후 :guilabel:`BACS 처리 날짜` 를 선택합니다." +":guilabel:`은행` 필드에서 은행 전표를 선택하고 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 로" +" 설정한 후 :guilabel:`BACS 처리 날짜` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:231 @@ -52751,8 +52794,8 @@ msgid "" "Method` to :guilabel:`BACS Direct Debit` when :ref:`registering invoice " "payments `." msgstr "" -"청구서 납부용으로 Bacs 파일을 생성하려면 :ref:`청구서 결제 등록 `" -" 을 할 때 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 로 설정합니다." +"청구서 결제용 Bacs 파일을 생성하려면 :ref:`청구서 결제 등록 ` 을" +" 할 때 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 을 :guilabel:`BACS 자동 이체` 로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -53661,8 +53704,8 @@ msgid "" "operations, such as when cash is received from customers or when cash " "payments are made to suppliers." msgstr "" -"Odoo는 *직접* 현금흐름법을 사용하여 현금흐름표를 작성합니다. 이 현금흐름표는 고객으로부터 현금을 받거나 공급업체에 현금을 지급하는 " -"경우와 같이 회사 운영으로 인한 실제 현금 유입 및 유출을 측정합니다." +"Odoo에서는 *직접* 현금흐름법을 사용하여 현금흐름표가 작성됩니다. 이와 같은 현금흐름표를 통해 고객으로부터 현금을 받거나 공급업체에 " +"현금을 지급하는 경우와 같이 회사 운영 과정에서 발생하는 실제 현금 유입 및 유출을 측정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:371 msgid "" @@ -54420,7 +54463,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:741 msgid "" "All payments in the batch **must** share the same |NACHA| payment method." -msgstr "일괄 결제 시 모든 결제 항목에는 **반드시** 동일한 |NACHA| 결제 방법을 적용해야 합니다." +msgstr "일괄 결제 시 모든 결제 항목에는 결제 수단으로 **반드시** |NACHA| 방식이 동일하게 적용되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:743 msgid "" @@ -54664,27 +54707,29 @@ msgstr "Uruware 계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:108 msgid "To set up a Uruware account, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uruware 계정을 설정하려면 다음 단계에 따라 진행하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:110 msgid "Verify that you have a valid Odoo subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유효한 Odoo 구독이 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:111 msgid "" "Locate the Uruware credentials settings by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 Uruware 자격 증명 설정을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:113 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Uruguayan Localization` section and select the" " environment (:guilabel:`Production` or :guilabel:`Testing`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`우루과이 현지화` 섹션으로 스크롤을 내려서 환경(:guilabel:`프로덕션` 또는 :guilabel:`테스트`)을 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:115 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Uruware Account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Uruware 계정 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -54729,7 +54774,7 @@ msgstr "회사 RUT" msgid "" "Username (the Odoo subscription email or `RUT`.odoo. For example: " "`213344556677.odoo`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 이름(Odoo 구독 이메일 또는 `RUT`.odoo. 예: `213344556677.odoo`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:133 msgid "Odoo database link" @@ -54764,11 +54809,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:147 msgid "Complete and correct the company's information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 정보를 입력 및 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:148 msgid "Add your digital certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "디지털 인증서 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -54779,7 +54824,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:151 msgid "" "Configure the format of the PDF to be printed and sent to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객에게 인쇄 후 전송할 PDF 형식을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -54793,12 +54838,15 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Uruguay Localization `_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 튜토리얼: 우루과이 현지화 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:161 msgid "" "`Odoo Help Forum: Uruguay " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 도움말 포럼: 우루과이 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -54834,13 +54882,13 @@ msgid "" "not appear in this mode. Every internal validation can be tested in demo " "mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`데모`: 데모 모드에서는 파일이 자동으로 생성 후 수락되지만 |DGI| 로 전송되지는 **않습니다**. 이러한 이유로" -" 이 모드에서는 거부 오류가 표시되지 않습니다. 내부 검증은 모두 데모 모드에서 테스트할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 이 " -"항목을 선택하지 마세요." +":guilabel:`데모`: 데모 모드에서는 파일이 자동으로 생성 후 승인되지만 |DGI| 로 전송되지는 **않습니다**. 따라서 이 " +"모드에서는 거부 오류가 표시되지 않습니다. 데모 모드에서 내부 승인 항목을 테스트할 수 있습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스에서는 이 옵션을 " +"선택하지 마세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:182 msgid "Using :guilabel:`Demo` mode does not require a Uruware account." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`데모` 모드는 Uruware 계정이 없어도 실행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:184 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Uruware Data`:" @@ -54876,13 +54924,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To get the :guilabel:`Commerce Code`, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Branches`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`상거래 코드` 를 받으려면 :menuselection:`환경설정--> 지사` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:203 msgid "" "To get the :guilabel:`Terminal Code`, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Issuing Points`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단말기 코드` 를 받으려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 발급 지점` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -55586,8 +55634,8 @@ msgid "" "provider, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods`, then click the toggle " "button of the related method." msgstr "" -"각 결제대행업체는 지원되는 결제 방법 목록과 관련되어 있으며, 결제대행업체 양식의 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭에 있는 " -":guilabel:`결제 수단` 에 있는 방법이 활성화되어 있습니다. 공급자의 결제 수단을 활성화 혹은 비활성화하려면 " +"각 결제대행업체는 지원되는 결제 수단 목록에서 확인할 수 있으며, 결제대행업체 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭의 " +":guilabel:`결제 수단` 에 있는 항목이 현재 활성화되어 있는 방식입니다. 공급업체의 결제 수단을 활성화 혹은 비활성화하려면 " ":guilabel:`결제 수단 활성화` 를 클릭한 다음 관련된 결제 수단의 토글 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 @@ -55654,10 +55702,10 @@ msgid "" "activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Click the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab to adapt the features." msgstr "" -"결제 방법을 추가로 설정하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 결제 수단`, " -":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 환경 설정 --> 결제 수단` 또는 :menuselection:`판매 --> 환경 설정 " -"--> 결제 수단` 으로 이동합니다. 결제 수단을 클릭한 다음 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화합니다. " -":guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭을 클릭하여 기능을 조정합니다." +"추가 결제 수단을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경설정 --> 결제 수단`, :menuselection:`웹사이트" +" --> 환경설정 --> 결제 수단` 또는 :menuselection:`판매 --> 환경설정 --> 결제 수단` 으로 이동합니다. 결제 " +"수단을 클릭한 다음 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`환경설정` 탭을 클릭하여" +" 기능을 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -55695,9 +55743,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" -":ref:`결제대행업체가 이 기능을 지원하는 경우 ` 고객은 나중에 결제" -" 수단 세부 정보를 저장할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 선택한 결제대행업체의 :guilabel:`환경 설정` 탭으로 이동하여 " -":guilabel:`결제 방법 저장 허용` 을 활성화합니다." +":ref:`결제대행업체에서 기능이 지원되는 경우 ` 나중에 사용할 수 " +"있도록 고객의 결제 수단 정보를 저장할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 선택한 결제대행업체의 :guilabel:`환경설정` 탭으로 " +"이동하여 :guilabel:`결제 수단 저장 허용` 을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -55916,10 +55964,10 @@ msgid "" "not being available, if applicable, and a list of supported providers for " "each payment method." msgstr "" -"결제대행업체 및 결제 수단에 대한 가용성 보고서를 표시하고 결제 양식에서 가용성과 관련하여 발생할 수 있는 문제를 진단하는 데 도움이 " -"되도록 :ref:`개발자 모드`를 활성화한 다음 결제 양식에서 :guilabel:`결제 수단 선택` 제목 옆에 있는 :icon:`fa-" -"bug` (:guilabel:`버그`) 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 보고서에는 활성화되어 있는 결제대행업체 및 결제 수단 목록, 결제대행업체나 " -"방법을 사용할 수 없는 사유 (해당되는 경우) 및 각 결제 수단별로 지원되는 업체 목록이 포함되어 있습니다." +"가용성 보고서를 표시하여 결제대행업체 및 결제 수단을 확인하는 한편, 결제 양식에서 가용성과 관련하여 발생할 수 있는 문제를 진단할 수 " +"있도록 :ref:`개발자 모드`를 활성화합니다. 그 다음, 결제 양식의 :guilabel:`결제 수단 선택` 제목 옆에 있는 " +":icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`버그`) 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 보고서에는 활성화 상태인 결제대행업체 및 결제 수단 목록," +" 결제대행업체 또는 결제 수단을 사용할 수 없는 사유 (해당되는 경우) 및 각 결제 수단별로 지원되는 업체 목록이 기재되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:388 msgid "Currencies and countries" @@ -55935,10 +55983,10 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" -"모든 결제대행업체는 사용할 수 있는 통화 및 국가 목록이 모두 다릅니다. 이는 결제 작업에 있어서 첫 번째 필터 역할을 하게 되며, " -"지원되는 목록에 고객의 통화나 국가가 없는 경우에는 결제대행업체에 연결된 결제 방법을 선택할 수 없습니다. 사용 할 수 있는 통화 및 " -"국가 목록에 오류가 있거나 업데이트 및 알 수 없는 사항이 있을 수가 있으므로, 결제대행업체가 지원하는 통화나 국가는 추가하거나 삭제할 " -"수 있습니다." +"사용할 수 있는 통화 및 국가 목록은 결제대행업체마다 모두 다릅니다. 이는 결제 작업에 있어서 첫 번째 필터 역할을 하게 되며, 예를 " +"들어 지원되는 목록에서 고객의 통화나 국가를 찾을 수 경우에는 결제대행업체에 연결된 결제 수단은 선택할 수 없습니다. 목록에 있는 통화 " +"및 국가 항목에 오류가 있거나 업데이트를 해야 하는 경우 혹은 알 수 없는 항목이 있는 경우에는, 결제대행업체가 지원하는 통화나 국가를 " +"추가하거나 삭제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -55946,8 +55994,8 @@ msgid "" "own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter" " during payment operations." msgstr "" -":ref:`결제 방법 ` 에도 결제 작업에 있어서 사용할 수 있는 통화 및" -" 국가 목록이 있으며 이는 또 다른 필터 역할을 하게 됩니다." +"또한 :ref:`결제 수단 ` 에는 결제 작업 중에 다른 필터 역할을 하는" +" 자체적인 통화 및 국가 목록이 준비되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -55980,9 +56028,10 @@ msgid "" "**Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods " "<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" -"이 기능은 고객이 결제 금액을 변경할 수 있도록 하는 페이지에서는 작동하지 않습니다. 예를 들어 **기부** 스니펫 및 결제를 할 때 " -":doc:`배송 방법 <../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` 이 " -"활성화되어 있는 **결제** 페이지에서는 작동하지 않습니다.." +"이 기능은 고객 측에서 결제 금액을 변경할 수 있는 페이지에서는 작동하지 않습니다. 예를 들어 **기부** 스니펫 및 **결제** " +"페이지에서 결제 시 :doc:`배송 방법 " +"<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` 을 지정하게 설정되어 있는 " +"경우에는 작동하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:419 msgid "Payment journal" @@ -56029,10 +56078,11 @@ msgid "" "to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your " "accountant for advice." msgstr "" -"회계의 관점에서 볼 때 온라인 결제 작업 흐름에는 두 가지 종류가 있습니다. 은행 계좌에 직접 입금되어 일반적인 :doc:`조정 " -"` 작업 흐름을 따르는 결제와 함께 제3자 :ref:`결제대행업체 " -"` 를 통해 발생되어 다른 회계 작업 흐름을 따라야 하는 결제가 " -"있습니다. 이러한 결제의 경우 결제 항목에 대한 전표 처리를 어떻게 해야 할지 검토해야 합니다. 회계 담당자에게 문의하는 것이 좋습니다." +"회계적인 관점에서 볼 때 온라인 결제 작업 흐름에는 두 가지 유형이 있습니다. 은행 계좌에 직접 입금되어 일반적인 :doc:`조정 " +"` 작업 흐름을 따르는 결제 및 외부 :ref:`결제대행업체 " +"` 를 통해 발생하여 다른 회계 작업 흐름을 따라 진행되는 결제 " +"방식입니다. 이러한 결제 방식의 경우에는 결제 항목에 대한 전표 처리 방식에 대한 검토가 필요합니다. 회계 담당자에게 문의하는 것이 " +"좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -58011,7 +58061,7 @@ msgid "" "**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " "are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." msgstr "" -"**온라인 이체** 는 수표와 같이 수동으로 처리되는 다른 결제 방법에서 템플릿으로 사용할 수 있으며, 이름을 변경하거나 복제하여 " +"**온라인 이체** 방식은 수표와 같이 수동으로 처리되는 다른 결제 수단용 템플릿으로 사용할 수 있으며, 이름을 변경하거나 복제하여 " "사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index d50bcfe2f..b5a202ceb 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -2984,8 +2984,8 @@ msgid "" " Mode ` **must** be available in order to use these " "two methods." msgstr "" -"직원이 :ref:`체크인 및 체크아웃 ` 을 할 때 사원증이나 RFID를 사용할 수" -" 있게 하려면, :ref:`키오스크 모드 ` 에 있는 :doc:`접근 가능한 장치 " +"직원 :ref:`체크인 및 체크아웃 ` 을 사원증이나 RFID으로 할 수 있게 " +"하려면, :ref:`키오스크 모드 ` 에 있는 :doc:`접근 가능한 장치 " "` 가 **반드시** 사용 가능으로 되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/kiosks.rst:24 @@ -14219,9 +14219,9 @@ msgid "" "under the work entry type `generic time off`, for a total of forty (40) " "hours worth of work entries." msgstr "" -"풀타임 근무 시간이 주 40시간이고, 이 직원은 20시간을 근무할 경우 :guilabel:`% (백분율)` 필드에 `50`을 입력합니다 " -"(40시간의 50% = 20시간). 이 직원의 근무 항목 유형을 `파트타임`으로 20시간의 근무 항목을 생성하고, 근무 항목 유형으로 " -"`일반 휴가`를 20시간으로 근무 항목을 생성하면 총 40시간의 근무 항목이 생성됩니다." +"전일제 직원의 근무 시간이 주 40시간일 때, 이 직원이 20시간을 근무할 경우 :guilabel:`% (백분율)` 필드에 `50`을 " +"입력합니다 (40시간의 50% = 20시간). 이 직원에 대해 근무 항목 유형을 `시간제` 로 하여 근무 항목을 20시간으로 생성하고, " +"근무 항목 유형 중에서 `일반 휴가` 를 20시간으로 생성하면 총 40시간의 근무 항목이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:207 msgid "Notes section" @@ -16125,9 +16125,9 @@ msgid "" "deduction, and further grouped by individual payslip." msgstr "" "본 보고서를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`급여 앱 --> 보고 --> 급여 공제 보고서` 로 이동합니다. " -":guilabel:`급여 공제 보고서` 에서는 직원별 모든 공제 혹은 차감 항목이 나타나 있으며, 기본 피벗 테이블로 급여 명세서를 " -"기준으로 정리되어 있습니다. 기본 필터는 현재 연도 말일 (:guilabel:`급여 명세서 종료일: (연도)`)입니다. 행에는 직원이 " -"입력되어 있으며 열에는 여러 가지 공제 항목이 있으며, 공제 유형별로 구분 후 다시 개별 급여 명세서별 그룹으로 나누어져 있습니다." +":guilabel:`급여 공제 보고서` 에는 모든 공제 혹은 차감 항목이 직원별로 나타나 있으며, 급여명세서를 기준으로 기본 피벗 " +"테이블이 정리되어 있습니다. 기본 필터는 현재 연도 말일 (:guilabel:`급여명세서 종료일: (연도)`)입니다. 행에는 직원이, " +"열에는 여러 가지 공제 항목이 입력되어 있으며, 공제 유형별로 구분한 후 다시 개별 급여명세서별 그룹으로 나누어져 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -20916,8 +20916,8 @@ msgid "" "available. If the applicant does not wish to chose an interviewer, they can " "just click :guilabel:`See all availabilities` :icon:`fa-arrow-right`." msgstr "" -"먼저, 면접관 선택 항목이 있는 경우에는 아이콘과 이름을 클릭하여 만나게 될 면접관을 선택합니다. 지원자에 대해서 면접관이 한 명 뿐인 " -"경우에는 이 단계는 사용할 수 없습니다. 지원자가 면접관을 선택하지 않으려는 경우에는 :guilabel:`가능한 사람 전체 보기` " +"먼저, 면접관 선택 항목이 있는 경우에는 아이콘과 이름을 클릭하여 대면 면접을 진행할 면접관을 선택합니다. 지원자에 대한 면접관이 한 명" +" 뿐인 경우에는 이 단계는 선택할 수 없습니다. 지원자가 면접관을 선택하지 않고 진행하려면 :guilabel:`해당 사항 모두 보기` " ":icon:`fa-arrow-right` 를 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b19cf8cdb..7f905bc1f 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # JH CHOI , 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2025 -# Sarah Park, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1137,13 +1137,13 @@ msgid "" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" -"모든 바코드는 처음에 2자리에서 4자리 수의 `애플리케이션 식별자 " +"모든 바코드는 2자리에서 4자리 `애플리케이션 식별자 " "`_ (A.I.)로 " -"시작되며, 이 숫자는 바코드에 저장된 데이터 유형을 일반화하여 나타내는 필수 접두사 역할을 합니다. Odoo는 정보 인식과 관련하여 " -"GS1 가이드라인을 준수하고 있으며, 자세한 내용은 :ref:`기본 GS1 규칙 목록 ` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 목록에 있는 관련 |AI| 가 포함되어 있으면 Odoo에서 " -"GS1 바코드를 정확하게 인식할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 바코드 패턴은 길이가 고정되어 있지만 특정한 바코드 패턴의 경우에는 길이 옵션을 " -"다양하게 선택할 수 있습니다." +"시작합니다. 이 식별자는 바코드에 저장된 데이터 유형을 일반화하여 나타내는 필수 접두사 역할을 합니다. Odoo는 정보 식별과 관련하여 " +"GS1 가이드라인을 준수하고 있으며, 자세한 내용은 :ref:`기본 GS1 분류법 목록 " +"` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 이 목록에 있는 " +"관련 |AI| 가 포함되어 있을 경우 Odoo에서 GS1 바코드를 정확하게 인식할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 바코드 패턴은 길이가 정해져 " +"있으나 특정한 바코드 패턴의 경우에는 길이 옵션을 다양하게 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2118,10 +2118,10 @@ msgid "" "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에서 항목은 기본적으로 제품별로 그룹화됩니다. 입고 수량을 확인하려면 품목 라인을 클릭하여 접을 수" -" 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 펼칩니다. 이 메뉴에는 특정 제품에 대한 *재고 이동 라인* 목록이 표시됩니다. 최근 재고 이동은 창고 입고 참조" -" 번호(예: `WH/IN/00013`) 및 바코드 스캔에서 처리된 수량과 일치하여 *바코드* 앱에서 처리된 기록이 *재고 관리*에 " -"올바르게 저장되었는지 확인할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에 있는 항목은 기본값으로 품목별 그룹으로 되어 있습니다. 입고 수량을 확인하려면 품목 줄을 " +"클릭하여 축소되어 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 펼치며, 그러면 특정 품목에 대한 *재고 이동 내역* 목록이 표시됩니다. 최근의 재고 이동 상황이" +" 창고 입고 참조 번호(예: `WH/IN/00013`) 및 바코드 스캔에서 처리된 수량과 매칭되어, 이를 통해 *바코드* 앱에서 처리된 " +"기록이 *재고 관리* 에 정확히 저장되어 있는지 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." @@ -4093,9 +4093,9 @@ msgid "" "number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when " "the pallet is received." msgstr "" -"비누 선적물이 정리된 물리적인 팔레트가 창고에 입고되며, 여기에는 각각 96개의 비누가 들어 있습니다. 이 팔레트는 내부 이송을 할 때 " -"사용되며 독립적인 단위로도 판매됩니다. 물류 목적으로 배송 시 팔레트의 중량은 총 배송 중량에 포함되어야 합니다. 또한 팔레트에는 " -"용이하게 추적할 수 있도록 바코드가 있어야 하며 팔레트를 수령할 때 개별 비누 개수를 재고 수에 포함시켜야 합니다." +"창고로 들어오는 실제 팔레트에 정리되어 담긴 비누 선적물이 입고되며, 여기에는 각각 96개의 비누가 들어 있습니다. 이 팔레트는 내부 " +"이송을 할 때 사용되며 별도 단위로도 판매됩니다. 물류 목적으로 배송 시 팔레트의 중량은 총 배송 중량에 포함되어야 합니다. 또한 " +"팔레트를 용이하게 추적할 수 있도록 바코드가 있어야 하며 팔레트를 수령할 때 개별 비누 개수를 재고 수에 포함시켜야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -9409,7 +9409,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 전표에 로트 표시하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -9984,7 +9984,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "입고 또는 출고 품목에 일련번호 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -10258,7 +10258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 전표에 일련번호 표시하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -10437,9 +10437,9 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" -"창고에서 품목을 수령(입고)하고 배송(출고)하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다. 다양한 요인으로는 재고 품목이나 판매되는 품목 유형, " -"창고 크기, 일일 입고 및 배송 확정 주문량 등이 있으며, 이와 같은 요인에 따라 품목을 창고에서 입고 및 배송 처리하는 방식이 크게 " -"달라질 수 있습니다. 입고 및 배송에 대해 다르게 환경설정할 수 있으며, 반드시 단계 수가 같지 않아도 됩니다." +"창고에서 품목을 수령(입고)하고 배송(출고)하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다. 재고 품목이나 판매되는 품목 유형, 창고 크기, 일일 " +"입고 및 배송 확정 주문량 등 여러 가지 요인에 따라서 창고에서 품목을 입고 및 배송 처리하는 방식이 크게 달라질 수 있습니다. 입고 및" +" 배송에 대한 환경설정은 각기 다르게 설정할 수 있으며, 반드시 단계 수가 같지 않아도 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -10989,9 +10989,10 @@ msgid "" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" -"생산자 직송은 판매자가 공급업체에서 고객에게 직접 품목을 배송하도록 준비하는 주문 처리 방식입니다. 일반적으로 판매자는 공급업체로부터 " -"제품을 구매하여 재고에 보관하고 있다가 주문이 접수되면 고객에게 제품을 보냅니다. 이와는 다르게 생산자 직송은 공급업체가 품목의 보관 및" -" 배송을 관리합니다. 이 방식은 판매자에게 재고 비용 절감, 창고 운영 비용 절감 등의 이점을 제공합니다." +"직배송 방식은 판매자 품목에 대해 공급업체에서 고객에게 직접 품목을 배송하도록 하는 주문 처리 방식입니다. 일반적으로 판매자는 " +"공급업체로부터 품목을 구매하여 재고로 보관하고 있다가 주문이 접수되면 고객에게 품목을 보내게 됩니다. 이와는 다르게 직배송 방식의 " +"경우에는 공급업체 측에서 품목의 보관 및 배송 책임을 지게 됩니다. 이 방식으로 판매자가 창고 운영비과 같은 재고 비용을 절감할 수 " +"있다는 장점이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" @@ -13253,9 +13254,9 @@ msgid "" "boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be " "delivered to customers." msgstr "" -"다음은 주문 처리 경로의 예입니다. 오전에는 당일 주문에 필요한 모든 품목에 대한 피킹을 진행합니다. 해당 품목을 보관 장소에서 피킹한 " -"후 주문을 포장하는 장소와 가까운 피킹 구역으로 운반합니다. 그런 다음 주문이 지정된 박스에 포장되고 컨베이어를 통해 배송 부두로 " -"이동되면 고객에게 배송할 준비가 완료됩니다." +"다음은 주문 처리 경로의 예시입니다. 오전에는 당일에 준비해야 하는 모든 주문서 품목에 대한 피킹을 진행합니다. 해당 품목을 보관 " +"위치에서 피킹한 후 주문을 포장하는 장소와 가까운 피킹 구역으로 운반합니다. 그런 다음 주문이 지정된 박스에 포장되고 컨베이어를 통해 " +"배송 도크로 이동되면 고객에게 배송할 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." @@ -13442,10 +13443,10 @@ msgid "" "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`경로` 페이지로 이동하여 경로를 클릭하고 해당 양식에 액세스합니다. 경로 양식에서 경로가 :guilabel:`적용 " -"가능`인 위치를 관찰할 수 있습니다. 또한 특정 :guilabel:`회사`에만 적용되도록 경로를 제한하는 옵션도 있습니다. 이 기능은 " -"여러 회사를 설정할 때 유용하며, 한 회사와 창고를 A 국가에 두고 다른 회사와 창고를 B 국가에 두는 등 여러 회사 또는 창고에 대해 " -"각각 다른 구성을 할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`경로` 페이지로 이동하여 경로를 클릭하면 경로 양식이 열립니다. 경로 양식에서 :guilabel:`적용 가능` 인 " +"경로 위치를 확인할 수 있습니다. 또한 경로를 설정하여 특정 :guilabel:`회사` 에만 적용되도록 제한하는 것도 가능합니다. 이 " +"기능은 다중 회사를 설정할 때 유용하며, A 국가에 회사와 창고를 두고 B 국가에눈 다른 회사와 창고를 두는 것과 같이 다양하게 활용할 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -13646,9 +13647,9 @@ msgid "" "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`풀 앤 푸시`: 이 규칙으로 위에서 설명한 두 가지 상황에서 피킹을 생성할 수 있습니다. 즉, 특정 위치에 필요한 " -"품목이 있는 경우, 요구에 맞추어 이전 위치에서 이송을 생성합니다. 이 작업을 통해 이전 위치에서 요구 사항이 만들어지고 이를 충족하는 " -"규칙을 작동시키게 됩니다. 두 번째 요건이 충족되면 품목이 대상 위치로 푸시되어 모든 요구 사항이 충족됩니다." +":guilabel:`풀 앤 푸시`: 이 규칙으로 위에서 설명한 두 가지 상황에서 피킹을 생성할 수 있습니다. 즉, 특정 위치에서 품목이 " +"필요한 경우, 요구에 맞게 이전 위치에서 이송을 생성합니다. 이렇게 하면 이전 위치에서 요구 사항이 생성되고 이를 충족하는 규칙을 " +"작동시키게 됩니다. 두 번째 요건이 충족되면 품목이 대상 위치로 푸시되어 모든 요구 사항에 맞출 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -13706,8 +13707,8 @@ msgid "" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기, 재고가 없는 경우 다른 규칙 트리거`: 원 위치의 사용 가능한 재고에서 제품을 가져옵니다. 사용 " -"가능한 재고가 없는 경우 시스템은 제품을 소스 위치로 가져오는 규칙을 찾으려고 시도합니다." +":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기, 재고가 없는 경우 다른 규칙 작동`: 원래 위치에 있는 가능한 재고에서 품목을 가져옵니다. 사용 " +"가능한 재고가 없는 경우에는 품목을 원래 위치로 가져오는 규칙을 시스템에서 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" @@ -13926,7 +13927,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 관리 현황판에서 배치 준비 옵션이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:231 @@ -14071,7 +14072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 @@ -14099,7 +14100,7 @@ msgstr "일괄 전송을 생성하려면 *일괄 추가* 창을 표시합니다. #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 배치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -14127,33 +14128,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "" "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 기준에 따라 자동으로 배치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`대상 국가`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`출발지 위치`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`목적지 위치`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1 msgid "" "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping " "criteria visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일괄 및 웨이브 전송 설정 페이지에 자동 일괄 그룹 기준이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" @@ -14258,7 +14259,7 @@ msgstr "이 팝업 창에는 다음과 같은 옵션이 표시됩니다: :guilab msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`백오더 생성` 버튼을 클릭하면 자동으로 새 일괄 전송이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -14509,7 +14510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음, 이 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -14539,7 +14540,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 선택하려는 제품이 위치별로 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that " "particular order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`대상 패키지` 를 해당 주문 전용 패키지로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -14598,15 +14599,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 1에는 사과 1개와 오렌지 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 2는 사과 1개와 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|SO| 3건에 사과 1개, 오렌지 1개, 바나나 2개 필요" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14623,11 +14624,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선반 B: 오렌지 2개를 선택합니다. 같은 장바구니에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선반 C: 바나나 세 개를 선택합니다. 장바구니에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -14657,11 +14658,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 저장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨이브 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14679,7 +14680,7 @@ msgstr "작업 유형의 작업 목록을 가져오는 방법." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 웨이브 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -14700,7 +14701,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기존 웨이브에 품목 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -14717,7 +14718,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨이브 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -14755,17 +14756,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요 시 배치에 대한 :guilabel:`설명` 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for " ":ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`설명` 필드가 :ref:`자동 웨이브 ` 에" +" 대해 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 웨이브" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -14793,13 +14796,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 웨이브는 다음 기준에 따라 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that " "have the same product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 품목별로 나누어 이송한 다음, 동일한 품목이 있는 이송 건을 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14811,7 +14814,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product " "category selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 일괄 기능이 선택한 품목 카테고리에 대한 웨이브 그룹화 옵션에 선택되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" @@ -15295,8 +15298,7 @@ msgstr "각 위치에는 15개, 5개, 30개의 단위가 재고로 준비되어 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." -msgstr "" -"각 보관 위치에서 사용 가능한 재고를 확인하려면 제품 양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." +msgstr "각 보관 위치에 있는 보유 재고를 확인하려면 품목 양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." @@ -16326,8 +16328,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals " "the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" -"주문에 대해 예약된 단위 수량이 표시되는 대신, :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부` 도구 설명에 :guilabel:`사용 가능` 이라는" -" 표시가 나타나고 사용 가능한 단위 수량(예: `0 개`)이 나타납니다." +"주문에 대해 예약한 수량이 표시되는 대신, :guilabel:`사용 가능 여부` 도구 설명에 :guilabel:`사용 가능` 이라는 " +"표시가 나타나고 사용할 수 있는 수량(예: `0 개`)이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 @@ -17048,7 +17050,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`: 해당 수단을 사용할 국가를 하나 이상 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -17276,10 +17278,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" -"픽업 위치까지의 배송비를 고객에게 청구하려면 ':guilabel:`요금 받기 및 배송 생성`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`통합 " -"수준`' 옵션을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 ':guilabel:`청구서 정책`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`추정 비용`' 또는 " -"':guilabel:`실제 비용`' 라디오 버튼 중 하나를 선택합니다. 이 선택에 따라 판매 주문의 추가 배송료가 배송업체의 정확한 " -"비용을 반영할지 여부가 결정됩니다." +"고객에게 픽업 위치까지의 배송비를 청구하려면 ':guilabel:`요금 받기 및 배송 생성`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`통합 " +"수준`' 옵션을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 ':guilabel:`청구서 정책`' 필드의 옵션 버튼으로 ':guilabel:`추정 비용`' " +"또는 ':guilabel:`실제 비용`' 중 하나를 선택하여, 배송업체 비용을 정확하게 판매주문서 배송비로 추가할 지 여부를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping `" @@ -17467,12 +17468,13 @@ msgid "" "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" +":ref:`계정 ID 및 암호 ` 를 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Odoo에서 배송 방법 설정하기 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -17505,7 +17507,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -17530,6 +17532,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost " "`_ accounts." msgstr "" +"Odoo는 `업무용이 아닌 Bpost `_ 계정과는 **통합할 수 없습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -17552,7 +17555,7 @@ msgstr "*관리자* 탭에서 계정 ID와 암호를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 방법 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -17605,6 +17608,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase " "` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`암호 문구`(필수 필드): Bpost 웹사이트에서 받은 :ref:`암호 " +"문구` 를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -18072,8 +18077,8 @@ msgid "" "services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services " "depend on the contract negotiated with DHL." msgstr "" -"배송 방법에 대한 서비스 옵션을 선택하기 전에 해당 서비스를 실제로 DHL 계정에서 사용할 수 있는지 확인하세요. 사용 가능한 서비스는 " -"DHL과 계약된 내용에 따라 달라집니다." +"배송 방법에 대한 서비스 옵션을 선택하기 전에 해당 서비스가 실제 DHL 계정에 적용될 수 있는 서비스인지 확인하세요. 사용 가능한 " +"서비스는 DHL와 체결한 계약 내용에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125 msgid "Options" @@ -19220,8 +19225,8 @@ msgid "" "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`라벨 유형`에서 사용 가능한 라벨 유형 중 하나를 선택합니다. 사용 가능 여부는 이동" -" 통신사에 따라 다를 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`환경설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`라벨 유형` 에 있는 라벨 유형 중에서 하나를 선택합니다. 사용 가능 여부는 " +"배송업체에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." @@ -20765,9 +20770,9 @@ msgid "" "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" -"Odoo에는 테스트 환경에서 작동할 때 실수로 요금이 청구되는 것을 방지하는 보호 기능이 탑재되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경에서 배송 방법을" -" 사용하여 라벨을 생성하는 경우 라벨은 생성한 후 즉시 취소되며 이 과정은 자동으로 진행됩니다. 테스트 및 프로덕션 환경 설정은 각각의 " -"스마트 버튼을 통해 서로 전환될 수 있습니다." +"Odoo에는 테스트 환경에서 실행할 때 실수로 요금이 청구되는 것을 방지하는 보호 기능이 탑재되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경에서 배송 방법을" +" 지정하여 라벨을 생성하면 라벨은 생성 즉시 취소되며, 이와 같은 과정은 모두 자동으로 진행됩니다. 테스트 및 프로덕션 환경에 대한 " +"설정은 각각의 스마트 버튼을 이용하여 서로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" @@ -21538,7 +21543,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" -msgstr "다음은 Odoo에서 사용 가능한 배송 커넥터 목록입니다." +msgstr "다음은 Odoo에서 선택할 수 있는 배송 커넥터 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" @@ -21584,7 +21589,7 @@ msgstr "유럽 국가 일부(아래의 세부 정보 참조)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Bpost `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" @@ -21868,9 +21873,9 @@ msgid "" "for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the " "delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" -"배송 방법을 :guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 설정하면 **실제** 배송 라벨이 생성되며, 사용자가 고객에게 요금을 청구하기 " -"**전에** 운송업체 계정 (예: UPS, FedEx 등)을 통해 배송비가 청구될 가능성이 있습니다. 배송 방법을 " -":guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 시작하기 전에 환경 설정이 모두 정확한지 확인하세요." +"배송 방법을 :guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 설정할 경우 **실제** 배송 라벨이 생성되며, 고객에게 요금 청구가 되기 **전에** " +"사용자의 배송업체 계정 (예: UPS, FedEx 등)으로 배송비가 먼저 청구될 위험이 있습니다. 배송 방법을 " +":guilabel:`프로덕션` 으로 시작하기 전에 환경설정이 모두 정확히 되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." @@ -23293,8 +23298,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`사용 가능한 수량`: 미결/미완료 판매 주문, 구매 주문 또는 제조 주문을 고려하여 현재 액세스 가능한 특정 제품의 " -"수량을 나타냅니다. 이 수량은 이러한 주문이 처리되면 변경될 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`사용 가능한 수량`: 특정한 품목의 수량 중 현재 액세스를 할 수 있는 수량이며, 미결/미완료된 판매주문서, " +"구매발주서 또는 제조지시서를 기준으로 주문이 진행되면 수량이 변경될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -23422,7 +23427,7 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" -"새로운 재고 조정을 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째는 페이지 맨 오른쪽 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 " +"재고 조정을 새로 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째는 페이지 맨 오른쪽 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 " "클릭하는 방법입니다. 다른 방법으로는 줄 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다. 선택하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 " "비롯한 추가 버튼 옵션이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`재고 조정 참조/이유` 팝업창이 나타납니다." @@ -24129,8 +24134,8 @@ msgid "" " confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually " "available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise." msgstr "" -"품목은 품목 카탈로그에 표시되고 주문서에 추가할 수 있으며 보유 중인 품목 수량이 0개라도 가능합니다. 따라서 주문서에 추가되는 품목의 " -"수량이 실제로 사용이 가능한 것인지 확인하는 것이 중요하며, 그렇지 않으면 재고 불일치가 발생할 수 있습니다." +"품목은 품목 카탈로그에 표시되며 보유 중인 품목 수량이 0개라도 주문서에 추가할 수 있습니다. 따라서 주문서에 추가되는 품목의 수량이 " +"실제로 가능한 수량인지 확인하는 것이 중요하며, 그렇지 않은 경우 재고가 맞지 않는 사태가 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" @@ -24926,9 +24931,9 @@ msgid "" "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" -"새로 재주문 규칙을 만들기 전에 해당 품목에 지정된 *공급업체* 가 있거나 품목 양식에 *자재명세서* 가 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요. " -"이를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택한 후 해당 품목 양식을 " -"엽니다. 설정된 공급업체가 있을 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 탭 아래에 표시되며, 자재명세서는 설정되어 있는 경우 양식 상단에 있는 " +"새로 재주문 규칙을 만들기 전에 품목 양식에서 품목에 지정된 *공급업체* 가 있거나 *자재명세서* 가 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요. " +"확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 으로 이동하여 품목을 선택한 후 해당 품목 양식을 " +"엽니다. 설정된 공급업체가 있을 경우 :guilabel:`매입` 탭 아래에 표시되며, 자재명세서가 설정되어 있는 경우 양식 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 @@ -25001,7 +25006,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`창고: 품목이 저장된 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." -msgstr ":guilabel:`보유 중`: 현재 사용 가능한 제품의 수량입니다." +msgstr ":guilabel:`보유 중`: 현재 사용이 가능한 품목 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -26468,7 +26473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`최대`: 재고가 보충되는 최대 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -27359,7 +27364,7 @@ msgstr "창고에서 매장으로의 배송을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 평가 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -27382,12 +27387,15 @@ msgid "" "<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` " "typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" +":doc:`재고 가치 평가 " +"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` 에는" +" 일반적으로 두 가지 회계 시스템 중에서 하나가 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "" "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and " "the value is constantly changing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**영구**: 재고는 지속적으로(영구적으로) 업데이트되고 값은 계속 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -27407,10 +27415,16 @@ msgid "" "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 :ref:`추적 재고 ` 항목을 " +"사용하려면, *영구* 재고 회계 시스템이 필요하며, 이러한 시스템을 통해 재고가 언제 어디에 있는지, 얼마나 사용 혹은 예측 가능한지를 " +"알 수 있어야 하기 때문입니다. Odoo에서 사용되는 일반적인 :ref:`재고 평가 방법 " +"` 으로는 *표준 가격*, *평균 비용* (AVCO)," +" *선입선출* (FIFO) 회계 방식이 있습니다. 선택한 평가 방법은 품목에 대하여 재고 평가 보고서의 여러 필드 계산에 영향을 미친다는" +" 것을 인지하는 것이 중요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현황판 열기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -27426,6 +27440,8 @@ msgid "" "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to " "users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" +"**재고 관리** 에 있는 :menuselection:`보고` 메뉴는 :doc:`관리자 액세스 " +"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 권한이 있는 경우에만 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -27448,7 +27464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록 보기: 재고 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -27464,7 +27480,7 @@ msgstr "설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본값으로 다음 열이 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -27484,7 +27500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 이동 및 평가 중인 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -27516,7 +27532,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number" " for this product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: 해당 품목에 고유한 식별용 로트 또는 일련번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -27569,11 +27585,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 평가 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 평가 레이어(SVL)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -27586,6 +27602,11 @@ msgid "" "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고 평가` 보고서의 각 줄에 있는 항목은 Odoo 시스템에서 *재고 평가 계층(SVL)* 이라고 하는 레코드입니다." +" :abbr:`SVL(재고 평가 계층)` 은 품목이 재고 평가에 영향을 미치는 방식으로 재고가 이동할 때 생성됩니다. 좀 더 구체적으로 " +"보면 재고 이동 중에서 :abbr:`SVL(재고 평가 계층)` 을 생성하는 항목에는 창고 입고, 배송, 직배송 주문 및 반품이 있습니다." +" 이러한 재고 이동의 경우 반드시 먼저 승인을 해야(:guilabel:`승인` 버튼 클릭) :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 을 " +"생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -27600,6 +27621,11 @@ msgid "" "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" +"품목 양식에서 품목의 재고 평가 방법이 변경되면 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 보고서에 새로운 항목 줄이 생성되어 그 결과로 " +":abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 이 반영됩니다. 예를 들어 평가 방법이 *표준 가격* 에서 :abbr:`AVCO(평균 비용)` " +"또는 :abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)` 회계로 변경될 경우에는 재고에 남아 있는 품목의 가격 변경을 반영하기 위해 *재평가 항목* 이 " +"자동으로 게시됩니다. 한 항목은 음수로 입력되어 이전 가격을 \"제거\" 하고, 두 번째 항목은 양수로 입력되어 새 가격을 기록합니다. " +"이러한 항목은 Odoo의 **회계** 앱에의 전표 항목으로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -27610,7 +27636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "표준 가격 회계에 있는 재고 평가표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -27623,7 +27649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO " "accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "표준 원가에서 FIFO 회계 방식으로 전환된 재고 평가표입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -27664,11 +27690,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move" " layers)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "잔존 가치 및 수량은 :abbr:`SVL(재고 이동 계층)` 을 기준으로 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "평가일 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -27698,7 +27724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "피벗 보기: 재고 연령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -27730,7 +27756,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 연령 보고서에서 품목의 행 항목과 날짜 열이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 @@ -27753,7 +27779,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Odoo 보고 필수 정보 <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" @@ -28478,7 +28504,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point " "of Sale* app." -msgstr ":guilabel:`POS에서 사용 가능`: *POS* 앱을 통해 사용 가능한 품목을 표시합니다." +msgstr ":guilabel:`POS에서 사용 가능`: *POS* 앱에서 사용할 수 있는 품목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -28638,9 +28664,9 @@ msgid "" "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 *장비* 는 제품을 제조하는 것과 같이 일상적인 업무에 사용되는 모든 품목을 의미합니다. 여기에는 생산 라인에 있는 기기류," -" 다양한 위치에서 사용되는 도구 또는 사무실 공간의 컴퓨터 등이 있습니다. Odoo에 등록된 장비는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용하는 " -"회사가 소유하며, 장비를 대여한 경우 공급업체와 같이 외부업체가 소유자가 될 수 있습니다." +"Odoo에서 *장비* 는 제품 제조와 같이 일상적인 업무에 사용되는 모든 물품을 나타냅니다. 여기에는 생산 라인에 있는 기기류, 다양한 " +"위치에서 사용되는 도구 또는 사무실 공간의 컴퓨터 등이 있습니다. Odoo에 등록된 장비는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용 중인 회사의 " +"소유이며, 장비를 대여한 경우 공급업체와 같이 외부업체가 소유자가 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -29000,8 +29026,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button " "options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`유지 관리 유형` 필드에서는 두 가지 라디오 버튼인 :guilabel:`시정` 및 :guilabel:`예방` 중에서 " -"선택할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`유지 관리 유형` 필드에 두 가지 옵션 버튼으로 나타나 있는 :guilabel:`시정` 및 :guilabel:`예방`" +" 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -29356,9 +29382,9 @@ msgid "" "duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work " "center is unavailable." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`요청 확인`: 확인란에 표시하지 않은 상태에서 유지관리 요청 유형이 *작업장* 으로 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 유지관리" -" 요청이 생성되면 해당 작업장에 휴가가 생성되지 않습니다. 이 확인란에 *표시되어 있으면* 지정된 지정된 날짜 또는 작업장 이용이 " -"불가능한 경우에는 가장 빠른 날짜에 해당하는 기간 동안 작업장을 자동으로 사용 불가로 표시합니다." +":guilabel:`요청 확인`: 이 확인란에 표시를 하지 않고 유지관리 요청 유형은 *작업장* 으로 설정한 경우에는, 유지관리 요청이 " +"생성될 때 해당 작업장에 휴무일이 생성되지 않습니다. 이 확인란에 *표시가 되어 있으면* 지정된 날짜에 혹은 작업장을 이용할 수 없는 " +"경우 가장 가까운 날짜에 해당하는 기간 동안 자동으로 작업장을 사용 불가로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -30230,7 +30256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." -msgstr "품목 정보 탭에서 아래에 사용 가능한 필드가 있는 모습입니다." +msgstr "품목 정보 탭에서 아래에 선택할 수 있는 필드가 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -30441,7 +30467,7 @@ msgstr "키트를 제품으로 생성" msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." -msgstr "키트를 판매 가능한 제품으로 사용하거나 단순히 부품을 정리하는 도구로 사용하려면 먼저 키트를 상품으로 생성해야 합니다." +msgstr "키트를 판매용 품목으로 사용하거나 단순히 부품을 정리하는 도구로 쓰려면, 먼저 키트를 품목으로 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -30542,8 +30568,8 @@ msgid "" "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" -"키트를 판매 가능한 품목으로만 사용하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에 부품만 포함해야 하며 제조 작업을 구성할 필요가 " -"없습니다." +"키트를 판매용 품목으로만 사용하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`구성품` 탭에 구성품만 추가하면 되며 제조 작업에 대한 환경설정은 하지 " +"않아도 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -30958,8 +30984,8 @@ msgid "" "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" -"모든 사양을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 팝업이 두 번째 :guilabel:`설정` 팝업으로 전환되어 " -"이전에 생성한 경우 사용 가능한 모든 옵션 제품을 표시합니다." +"사양을 모두 선택한 후 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 팝업창이 두 번째 :guilabel:`환경설정` 팝업으로 전환되며" +" 이전에 생성한 옵션 품목이 있는 경우에는 사용할 수 있는 모든 옵션 품목이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." @@ -31063,9 +31089,9 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" -"*반제품*은 *하위 부품*이라고도 하며, 다른 제품의 자재명세서 (BoM)에서 구성품으로 사용되는 제조 제품입니다. 반제품은 복잡한 " -":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)`을 단순화하거나 제조 공정을 더 잘 표현하기 위해 사용됩니다. 반제품이 포함된 :abbr:`BoM " -"(자재명세서)`을 *다중 단계 BoM*이라고 하며, 여기서 주요 *최상위 제품*과 그 하위 부품이 구분됩니다." +"*반제품*은 *하위 부품* 이라고도 하며, 다른 제품의 자재명세서 (BoM)에서 구성품으로 사용되는 제조 제품입니다. 반제품은 복잡한 " +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 을 단순화하거나 제조 흐름을 보다 정확하게 기술하는 데 사용됩니다. 반제품이 포함된 " +":abbr:`BoM (자재명세서)` 을 *다단계 BoM* 이라고 하며, 여기서 주요 *최상위 제품* 과 그 하위 부품이 구분됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" @@ -31139,8 +31165,8 @@ msgid "" "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" -"반제품은 특히 다중 단계 BoM으로 제조 가능한 제품을 처리하는 데 사용됩니다. 단순히 부품을 정리하거나 판매 가능한 제품을 번들로 묶기" -" 위해 BoM을 만드는 경우에는 :doc:`키트 `을 활용하는 것이 더 적합합니다." +"반제품은 특히 다단계 BoM을 통해 생산되는 제품을 관리할 때 사용합니다. BoM를 단순히 구성품을 정리하거나 판매용 제품을 번들로 묶기" +" 위해 생성한 경우에는, 이보다는 :doc:`키트 ` 를 활용하는 것이 더 낫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -31447,7 +31473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." -msgstr "계획 버튼을 클릭하면 사용 가능한 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." +msgstr "계획 버튼을 클릭하면 가능한 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -33196,9 +33222,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" -"작업지시서 카드에 있는 마지막 단계는 *프로덕션 등록* 이라는 제목으로 되어 있습니다. 이 단계는 생산된 품목 단위 수를 등록하는 데 " -"사용합니다. 생성된 숫자가 |MO| 에서 생성된 숫자와 동일한 경우 해당 줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`단위 수` 버튼을 클릭하면" -" 해당 숫자가 생산 수량으로 자동 등록됩니다." +"작업지시서 카드에 있는 마지막 단계의 제목은 *프로덕션 등록* 입니다. 이 단계에서는 생산된 품목의 개수를 등록합니다. 생성한 개수가 " +"|MO| 에서 생성된 개수와 동일한 경우 줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`단위 수` 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 숫자가 생산 수량으로 자동" +" 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 @@ -34616,9 +34642,9 @@ msgid "" "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" -"|MO| 카드의 메인 섹션에는 완료된 각 작업 주문에 대한 항목이 표시되고, 아직 완료되지 않은 현재 작업 주문이 그 뒤에 표시됩니다. " -"완료된 작업 주문은 작업 주문 제목 오른쪽에 녹색 확인 표시가 되어 있습니다. 현재 작업 주문은 사용자가 할당된 작업장의 페이지를 열 수" -" 있는 버튼으로 표시됩니다." +"|MO| 카드의 기본 섹션에는 각 작업주문서에서 완료된 항목이 표시되어 있으며, 그 뒤에는 현재 아직 완료되지 않은 작업 주문은 나타나 " +"있습니다. 완료된 작업 주문은 작업 주문 제목 오른쪽에 초록색으로 확인 표시가 되어 있습니다. 현재 작업 주문은 주문이 할당된 작업장의 " +"페이지 열기 버튼으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -34749,9 +34775,9 @@ msgid "" "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" -"작업지시서 카드의 헤더에는 작업지시서에 연결된 |MO| 의 참조 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 지시 상태가 표시됩니다. " -"작업지시서에 대한 작업이 시작되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`할 일` 로 표시됩니다. 작업이 시작되면 작업지시서에 진행 중인 " -"총 시간을 반영하는 타이머가 표시되도록 상태가 업데이트됩니다." +"작업지시서 카드의 머리글에는 작업지시서에 연결된 |MO| 의 참조 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 지시 상태가 표시됩니다. " +"작업지시서에 대한 작업이 아직 시작되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`할 일` 로 표시됩니다. 작업이 시작되면 상태가 업데이트되어" +" 작업지시서에 진행 중인 총 시간을 반영하는 타이머가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -37903,9 +37929,9 @@ msgid "" " of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket." msgstr "" "문제가 발견될 경우 직원은 :doc:`품질 경고 " -"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` 를 생성하여 품질 팀에 알릴 수 있습니다. " -"직원이 문제를 확인하라는 메시지를 받지 않은 상태에서 문제를 발견한 경우 |QCP| 와 별개로 품질 경고를 생성할 수도 있습니다. 이 " -"방법은 고객 지원을 담당하는 직원이 고객 티켓을 통해 알게 된 문제를 품질 팀에 알릴 수 있는 좋은 방법입니다." +"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` 를 생성하여 품질 팀에 알리게 됩니다. 문제를" +" 확인하라는 메시지를 받지 않은 상태에서 직원측에서 문제를 발견한 경우 |QCP| 와 별개로 품질 경고를 생성할 수도 있습니다. 이 " +"방법의 경우에는 고객 지원을 담당하는 직원이 고객 티켓을 통해 파악한 문제를 품질 팀에 알릴 수 있는 좋은 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86 msgid "Suggest improvements" @@ -38192,8 +38218,8 @@ msgid "" "smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was " "created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved." msgstr "" -"길동 씨는 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 옷걸이에 대한 두 번째 " -"|BoM| 버전을 엽니다. 해당 |BoM| 는 |ECO| 와 함께 생성되었으며 승인될 때까지 보관 처리됩니다." +"Joe는 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 옷걸이에 대한 두 번째 " +"|BoM| 버전을 엽니다. 해당 |BoM| 는 |ECO| 와 함께 생성되었으며 승인될 때까지 보관 처리 상태로 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -38205,8 +38231,8 @@ msgid "" "chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for " "review." msgstr "" -"몇 가지 테스트를 거친 후, 담당자는 옷걸이에 금속 *지지대* 를 추가하면 옷걸이에 지지력이 강화되어 넘어지지 않고 코트를 여섯 개 이상" -" 걸 수 있게 된다는 것을 알게 되었습니다. 구성품에 지지대가 포함되도록 |BoM| 을 업데이트하고, 제조 과정에서 지지대가 설치될 수 " +"몇 가지 테스트를 거친 결과, 담당자는 옷걸이에 금속 *지지대* 를 추가하면 옷걸이에 지지력이 강화되어 코트를 여섯 개 이상 걸어도 " +"넘어지지 않게 된다는 것을 확인하였습니다. 구성품으로 지지대가 추가되도록 |BoM| 을 업데이트하고, 제조 과정에서 지지대가 설치될 수 " "있도록 별도 작업을 추가합니다. 마지막으로 |ECO| 의 메시지창에 메시지를 남겨서 관리자에게 검토할 준비가 되었음을 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 @@ -38814,8 +38840,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:'분할' 을 선택하면 :guilabel:'생산 분할' 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`분할 수` 필드에 원래 " "주문을 분할할 제조지시서 숫자를 입력한 후, 필드 바깥쪽을 클릭합니다. 아래에 표가 나타나고, 이 표의 각 줄에는 새로운 제조지시서가 " -"분할을 통해 생성되어 있습니다. :guilabel:`생산할 수량` 열에 각 새 제조지시서에 지정할 단위 수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " -":guilabel:`분할` 을 클릭하여 제조지시서를 분할합니다." +"분할 생성되어 있습니다. :guilabel:`생산할 수량` 열에 각 새 제조지시서에 지정할 단위 수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " +":guilabel:`분할` 을 클릭하면 제조지시서가 분할됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." @@ -39090,10 +39116,10 @@ msgid "" "should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order " "<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" -"경우에 따라서는 분해 프로세스가 완료된 후 구성품을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다. 보유 중인 사용 가능한 구성품의 수량을 재고 수량에 " -"정확히 반영되게 하려면 더 이상 사용할 수 없는 모든 구성품은 :doc:`폐기 " -"주문서<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`" -" 를 사용하여 재고에서 없애도록 합니다." +"경우에 따라서는 분해 프로세스가 완료된 후 구성품을 사용하지 못하게 될 수도 있습니다. 보유 중인 구성품 수량이 재고 수량에 정확히 " +"반영되게 하려면 더 이상 사용이 불가한 모든 구성품은 " +":doc:`폐기주문서<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`" +" 를 통해 재고에서 제거하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Master production schedule" @@ -39740,9 +39766,9 @@ msgid "" "work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its " "queue." msgstr "" -"마지막 단계로 작업장을 알맞게 설정합니다. 이 워크플로우에서는 사용 불가로 설정한 작업장과 다른 작업장에서 수락할 수 없는 작업 주문을 " -"수신하는 두 번째 작업장까지 최소한 두 개가 있어야 합니다. 두 번째 작업장이 구성되어 있지 않으면 Odoo는 사용 불가능한 작업장에서 " -"작업 주문을 라우팅할 수 없게 되어 해당 작업장의 대기열에 작업 주문이 쌓이게 됩니다." +"마지막 단계로 작업장을 알맞게 설정합니다. 이 워크플로우 단계에서는 최소한 두 개의 작업장이 있어야 하며, 하나는 사용 불가로 설정한 " +"작업장이며 두 번째는 다른 작업장에서 받지 못한 작업 주문을 받을 작업장입니다. 두 번째 작업장이 설정되어 있지 않으면 Odoo는 사용 " +"불가 작업장의 작업 주문을 라우팅할 수 없으므로 작업장 대기열에 작업 주문이 쌓이게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -40322,8 +40348,9 @@ msgid "" "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`유효`는 |ECO|가 적용되는 시점을 결정합니다. :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택하면 권한이 부여된 " -"사용자가 :ref:` 변경 사항 `를 적용하면 즉시 생산 |BOM|에 |ECO|가 적용됩니다." +":guilabel:`유효` 항목을 통해 |ECO| 실행 시기를 지정합니다. :guilabel:`최대한 빨리` 를 선택하면 권한이 있는 " +"사용자가 :ref:`변경 사항 ` 을 적용하는 즉시 |ECO|가 프로덕션 |BOM| 에 " +"적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -40347,7 +40374,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." -msgstr "|ECO| 양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 적용이 시작됩니다." +msgstr "|ECO| 양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" @@ -40366,8 +40393,8 @@ msgid "" "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" -"이제 생산 |BOM|의 사본이 모든 |BOM| 버전을 추적할 수 있도록 새로 표시된 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에" -" 저장되며, 사용 가능한 다음 버전 번호(예: `V2`, `V3`, ...)가 함께 지정됩니다." +"프로덕션 |BOM| 사본은 |ECO| 에 새로 표시되는 :guilabel:`수정 버전` 스마트 버튼에 저장됩니다. 사용이 가능한 다음 " +"버전 번호(예: `V2`, `V3`, ...)도 같이 지정되어 |BOM| 에 대한 모든 버전을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -40382,14 +40409,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼은 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 라디오 버튼이 :guilabel:`적용` 필드에서 선택되어 있고" -" :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 누른 **경우에만** 사용할 수 있습니다." +":guilabel:`개정` 스마트 버튼을 사용하려면 **반드시** :guilabel:`자재명세서` 에 있는 옵션 버튼에서 " +":guilabel:`적용` 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 눌러야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." -msgstr "오른쪽 상단 모서리에 단계가 표시되고 *수정* 스마트 버튼이 있는 ECO." +msgstr "ECO의 오른쪽 상단에 단계와 *변경* 스마트 버튼이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" @@ -40402,9 +40429,9 @@ msgid "" "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" -"|BOM|의 구성품을 조정하려면 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 업데이트된 버전의 |BOM|으로 " -"이동합니다. Odoo는 눈에 잘 띄는 :guilabel:`아카이브됨` 태그로 테스트 |BOM을 표시하여 비프로덕션 버전의 |BOM|과 " -"현재 버전을 명확하게 구분합니다." +"|BOM| 구성품을 조정하려면 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 새 |BOM| 버전으로 이동합니다. " +"Odoo에서는 눈에 잘 띄는 :guilabel:`아카이브됨` 태그로 테스트 |BOM| 이 표시되어 프로덕션이 아닌 버전의 |BOM| 과 " +"현재 버전을 명확하게 구분할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -40413,8 +40440,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" -"제품 `[D_0045 스툴]`과 관련된 |ECO|에 대한 :guilabel:`수정 시작` 버튼을 클릭한 후에는 :guilabel:`수정`" -" 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 제품의 |BOM|을 조정합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 보관된 |BOM|이 열리며, 눈에 잘 띄는 빨간색 " +"`[D_0045 스툴]` 제품의 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경 시작` 버튼을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 " +"버튼을 선택하여 제품 |BOM| 을 수정합니다. 이렇게 하면 보관된 |BOM| 이 열리며, 눈에 잘 띄는 빨간색으로 " ":guilabel:`보관됨` 플래그가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 @@ -40442,7 +40469,7 @@ msgstr "키보드용 |BOM|의 두 번째 버전에서는 부품의 수량이 감 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." -msgstr "*수정* 스마트 버튼으로 새 BoM으로 이동하여 부품을 변경할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "*변경* 스마트 버튼을 이용하여 새 BoM으로 이동한 후 구성품을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 @@ -40496,7 +40523,7 @@ msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" -"|BOM|의 작업을 조정하려면 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 선택하여 보관된 새 버전의 |BOM|에 " +"|BOM| 작업을 조정하려면 |ECO| 에 있는 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 보관된 새 |BOM| 변경 버전에 " "액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 @@ -40708,8 +40735,8 @@ msgid "" "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" -"변경 사항이 적용되었는지 확인하려면 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭한 |ECO|에서 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 " -"버튼을 클릭하여 수정된 |BOM|으로 돌아갑니다." +"변경 사항이 적용되었는지 확인하려면 방금 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭한 |ECO| 에서 :guilabel:`변경` " +"스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 변경이 적용된 |BOM| 으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -40733,8 +40760,8 @@ msgid "" "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" -"그런 다음 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 목록에서 |BOM|을 선택합니다. |BOM|의 " -":guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 최신 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 버전과 일치하도록 " +"그런 다음 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭한 후 목록에서 |BOM| 을 선택합니다. |BOM| 에 있는" +" :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 최신 |ECO| 의 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 버전과 일치하도록 " "guilabel:`버전` 필드가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 @@ -40745,9 +40772,9 @@ msgid "" "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" -":ref:`키보드 `에 대한 |ECO|의 변경 사항을 적용한 후, 현재 키보드 |ECO| " -"버전을 :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 확인합니다. 여기서 :guilabel:`버전` 번호가 `2`로 수정된 것을 확인할 수 있으며, " -"이는 `ECO`의 :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 `V2`와 일치합니다." +":ref:`키보드 ` 에 |ECO| 변경 사항을 적용한 후, 현재 키보드 |ECO| 버전을" +" :guilabel:`기타` 탭에서 확인합니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`버전` 번호가 `2`로 수정된 것을 확인할 수 있으며, 이는" +" `ECO`의 :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 버튼에 표시된 `V2` 와 일치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." @@ -40896,8 +40923,8 @@ msgid "" "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" -"|ECO|의 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭에서 제안된 수정 사항의 요약을 검토합니다. :guilabel:`수정` 스마트 버튼을 " -"클릭하여 업데이트된 |BOM|으로 이동하고 제안된 변경 사항을 더 자세히 살펴봅니다." +"|ECO| 의 :guilabel:`작업 변경` 탭에서 변경 제안 에 대해 요약된 내용을 검토합니다. :guilabel:`변경` 스마트 " +"버튼을 클릭하면 변경된 |BOM| 으로 이동한 후 제안된 변경 사항을 자세히 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -41124,8 +41151,8 @@ msgid "" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" -"다음으로 :guilabel:`완료` |ECO|로 필터링하여 |BOM|의 수정 내역, 변경 사항을 적용한 :guilabel:`담당자` " -"사용자, |BOM|의 :guilabel:`적용 날짜`를 확인합니다." +"다음으로 필터를 |ECO| :guilabel:`완료` 로 하여 |BOM| 변경 이력, 변경 사항이 적용된 :guilabel:`담당자` " +"유저, |BOM| :guilabel:`적용 날짜` 를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -41143,8 +41170,8 @@ msgid "" "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`유효 날짜` 필드가 비어 있으면 |ECO|의 :guilabel:`유효` 날짜가 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`로" -" 설정되어 있으며 |BOM|의 수정 내역에 특정 날짜가 기록되지 않았음을 의미합니다." +":guilabel:`유효 날짜` 필드가 비어 있는 경우, |ECO| :guilabel:`유효` 날짜는 :guilabel:`최대한 빨리` " +"로 설정되며 |BOM| 변경 내역에 별도로 날짜가 기록되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." @@ -42992,7 +43019,7 @@ msgstr "원하는 수만큼 품목을 추가한 후 :guilabel:`이메일로 보 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." -msgstr "이동 경로에 사용 가능한 옵션이 있는 빈 대체 견적서" +msgstr "비어있는 대체 견적서로 이동 경로를 통해 대신 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -44518,9 +44545,9 @@ msgid "" " the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click " "the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field." msgstr "" -"이후 팝업 창이 나타나면, :guilabel:`내보내기할 필드` 섹션에 있는 항목이 내보내기 파일에 포함되어 있는 것을 확인할 수 " -"있습니다. 항목을 더 추가하려면 :guilabel:`사용 가능한 필드` 섹션에서 원하는 항목을 찾아서 필드 오른쪽에 있는 " -":icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." +"팝업창이 나타나면, :guilabel:`내보내기할 필드` 섹션 항목이 내보내기 파일에 나타나 있습니다. 항목을 더 추가하려면 " +":guilabel:`사용 가능한 필드` 섹션에서 선택할 항목을 찾아서 필드 오른쪽에 있는 :icon:`fa-plus` " +":guilabel:`(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -46147,10 +46174,10 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" -"하지만 입력한 값이 지정 범위를 벗어날 경우 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 라는 제목으로 새 팝업창이 나타납니다. 팝업 본문에는 " -":guilabel:`측정한 개수는 # 개이며 # 개부터 # 개 사이에 있어야 합니다.` 라는 경고 메시지가 나타나며 |QCP| 의 " -":guilabel:`실패 시 메시지` 탭에 입력되어 있는 지침도 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업의 하단에는 :guilabel:`측정값 수정` 및 " -":guilabel:`측정값 확정` 두 개의 버튼이 나타납니다." +"그러나 입력 값이 지정된 범위를 벗어날 경우에는 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패` 라는 제목으로 새 팝업창이 나타납니다. 팝업창 " +"본문에는 :guilabel:`측정한 개수는 # 개이며 # 개부터 # 개 사이에 있어야 합니다.` 라는 경고 메시지가 나타나며 |QCP| " +"의 :guilabel:`실패 시 메시지` 탭에 입력되어 있는 지침이 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업창 하단에는 :guilabel:`측정값 수정` " +"및 :guilabel:`측정값 확정` 두 개의 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." @@ -46472,10 +46499,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" -"주문에 대해 *합격-불합격* 품질 검사를 수행하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. " -":menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 주문을 선택하면 제조 주문에 액세스할 수 " -"있습니다. 재고 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 " -"클릭한 다음 해당 주문을 선택합니다." +"주문에 대하여 *합격 - 불합격* 방식으로 품질 검사를 진행하려면, 검사를 할 제조지시서 또는 재고주문서(입고, 배송, 반품 등)를 " +"선택합니다. 제조지시서는 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문` 으로 이동한 후 주문서를 클릭하면 선택할" +" 수 있습니다. 재고주문서는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 로 이동하여 작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 작업 수`" +" 버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 주문서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -46721,10 +46748,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" -"주문에 대한 *사진 촬영* 품질 검사를 처리하려면 확인이 필요한 제조 주문 또는 재고 주문(입고, 배송, 반품 등)을 선택합니다. 제조 " -"주문은 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문'`으로 이동한 후 주문을 클릭하여 선택할 수 있습니다. 재고" -" 주문의 경우 :menuselection:`재고 관리`로 이동하여 작업 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 " -"해당 주문을 선택합니다." +"주문에 대하여 *사진 촬영* 방식의 품질 검사를 진행하려면, 검사를 할 제조지시서 또는 재고주문서(입고, 배송, 반품 등)를 선택합니다." +" 제조지시서는 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문` 으로 이동한 후 주문서를 클릭하면 선택할 수 " +"있습니다. 재고주문서는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 로 이동하여 작업 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`처리할 작업 수` " +"버튼을 클릭한 다음 해당 주문서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 67d0e97f9..ebca660bb 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -322,9 +322,9 @@ msgid "" "members' availability. Tick (or untick) the checkbox next to listed users to" " show (or hide) individual calendars." msgstr "" -"다수의 참가자를 대상으로 하는 행사를 예약하려는 경우, **캘린더** 앱 현황판의 :guilabel:`참석자` 옆 확인란에 표시하면 " -"팀원이 참석 가능한지 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다. 기재된 사용자 옆의 확인란을 선택 (또는 선택 해제)하여 개별 캘린더를 표시 (또는 " -"숨김)합니다." +"다수의 참가자를 대상으로 하는 행사를 예약하려는 경우, **캘린더** 앱 현황판에 있는 :guilabel:`참석자` 옆 확인란에 표시하면" +" 팀원이 참석 가능한지 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다. 여기에 있는 사용자 옆의 확인란에 선택 (또는 선택 해제)히면 개별 캘린더가 표시 " +"(또는 숨김) 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst-1 msgid "View of Attendees section on Calendar app." @@ -4621,11 +4621,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Request`. A placeholder for the missing document is created in " "the workspace." msgstr "" -"파일을 저장할 작업 공간을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :icon:`fa-paper-plane-o` " -":guilabel:`요청`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`문서 이름` 을 추가하고 :guilabel:`요청 대상` 필드에서 문서를 " +"파일을 저장할 작업 공간을 선택하고 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :icon:`fa-paper-plane-o` " +":guilabel:`요청` 을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`문서 이름` 을 추가하고 :guilabel:`요청 대상` 필드에서 문서를 " "사용할 사람을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`마감일` 을 입력하고 문서가 속할 :guilabel:`작업 공간` 을 확인한 후 " -":guilabel:`태그` 와 :guilabel:`메시지` 를 추가할 수도 있습니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`요청` 을 " -"클릭합니다. 누락된 문서에 대한 자리 표시자가 작업 공간에 생성됩니다." +":guilabel:`태그` 나 :guilabel:`메시지` 를 추가하는 것도 가능합니다. 그 다음 :guilabel:`요청` 을 " +"클릭합니다. 누락된 문서가 있는 경우 자리표시자가 작업 공간에 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:181 msgid "When your document is available, click the placeholder to upload it." @@ -5066,7 +5066,7 @@ msgstr "작업과 관련된 활동을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`활동` 섹션 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" " done;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**활동 - 모두 완료로 표시**: 파일에 연결된 모든 활동을 완료된 것으로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -5325,13 +5325,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " "panel hierarchic tree." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이모티콘은 사이드 패널 구조 트리에 있는 관련 문서 앞에도 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93 msgid "" "Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " "article." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사이드 패널에 있는 이모티콘을 클릭하면 관련 기사를 열지 않고도 해당 이모티콘을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:98 msgid "Commands" @@ -6823,7 +6823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To apply a tag to a document, use the dropdown list available in your " "document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서에 태그를 적용하려면 문서에 있는 드롭다운 목록을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -7078,7 +7078,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Legal recognition**: electronic signatures are legally equivalent to " "handwritten signatures if they meet certain criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**법적 인정**: 전자 서명은 기준을 충족하는 경우 자필 서명과 법적으로 동일한 효력을 가집니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/algeria.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/angola.rst:19 @@ -7144,7 +7144,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Qualified electronic signature**: digital signature generated using a " "digital certificate supplied by a qualified provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**적격 전자 서명**: 디지털 서명은 적격 업체에서 제공한 디지털 인증서를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/algeria.rst:26 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Algerian regulations" @@ -8357,7 +8357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Digital signature certificate**: digital signature generated using a " "digital certificate supplied by a qualified provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**디지털 서명 인증서**: 디지털 서명은 적격 업체에서 제공한 디지털 인증서를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/azerbaijan.rst:26 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Azerbaijani regulations" @@ -8638,7 +8638,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Certified electronic signatures**: special electronic signature that " "incorporates certificates issued by a recognized certification authority." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**공인 전자 서명**: 공인 인증 기관에서 발급한 인증서를 통합한 특수 전자 서명입니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/chile.rst:29 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Chilean regulations" @@ -8836,7 +8836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Certified electronic signature**: digital signature generated using a " "digital certificate supplied by a qualified provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**공인 전자 서명**: 디지털 서명은 적격 업체에서 제공한 디지털 인증서를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/dominican_republic.rst:26 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Dominican regulations" @@ -9021,7 +9021,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Certificate electronic signature**: digital signature generated using a " "digital certificate supplied by a qualified provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**공인 전자 서명**: 디지털 서명은 적격 업체에서 제공한 디지털 인증서를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:25 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Ethiopian regulations" @@ -9150,7 +9150,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Certification service providers**: digital signature generated using a " "digital certificate supplied by a qualified provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**인증 서비스 제공업체**: 디지털 서명은 적격 업체에서 제공한 디지털 인증서를 사용하여 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:25 msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with Guatemalan regulations" @@ -11601,7 +11601,7 @@ msgstr "ARRAY.CONSTRAIN(input_range, rows, columns)" msgid "" "Returns a result array constrained to a specific width and height (not " "compatible with Excel)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정 너비와 높이로 제한된 결과 배열 반환(Excel과 호환되지 않음)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions.rst:41 msgid "CHOOSECOLS(array, col_num, [col_num2, ...])" @@ -15465,7 +15465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Period offset`: (optionally) select an offset that shifts the " "time range by a relative period." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`기간 오프셋`: (선택 사항) 해당하는 기간만큼 시간 범위를 이동시키도록 오프셋을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -15561,7 +15561,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select a field from the data source model from which to apply the relation " "filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터 소스 모델에서 관계 필터를 적용할 필드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:166 @@ -15625,7 +15625,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Select a field from the data source model from which to apply the text " "filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터 소스 모델에서 텍스트 필터를 적용할 필드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -15735,7 +15735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To insert pivots and graphs, click :guilabel:`Insert in spreadsheet` from " "any pivot or graph view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "피벗이나 그래프를 삽입하려면 피벗 또는 그래프 보기에 있는 :guilabel:`스프레드시트에 삽입` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15747,7 +15747,7 @@ msgstr "목록을 삽입하려면 목록 보기에서 :menuselection:`즐겨찾 msgid "" "To insert links to menus, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Link menu in " "spreadsheet` from any view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메뉴에 링크를 삽입하려면, 보기에서 :menuselection:`즐겨찾기 --> 스프레드시트에 메뉴 링크` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -15968,6 +15968,7 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " "leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 :guilabel:`예측` 열에는 영업제안의 월별 수익에 :guilabel:`확률` 백분율을 곱한 값이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" @@ -15977,7 +15978,7 @@ msgstr "실제 및 예측:" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " "to a month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영업제안에 있는 :guilabel:`예상 마감` 날짜는 영업제안을 해당 월에 지정할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -16017,13 +16018,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " "grouped by salesperson and month." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`청구 완료` 열에는 비과세 청구서에 있는 총 금액이 영업 담당자 및 월별로 그룹화되어 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 msgid "" "Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" " amount with the rate percentage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`커뮤니케이션` 열은 청구 금액에 금액에 대한 백분율을 곱하여 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" @@ -16167,6 +16168,8 @@ msgid "" "Click the gear button (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to a stage to :guilabel:`Fold`, " ":guilabel:`Edit`, or :guilabel:`Delete` it." msgstr "" +"스테이지 옆에 있는 톱니바퀴 버튼(:guilabel:`⚙`)을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`접기`, :guilabel:`편집` 또는 " +":guilabel:`삭제` 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/to_do.rst:0 msgid "Stage settings button" @@ -16734,7 +16737,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n" "highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "통화 대기열에서 연결된 상담원 열이 강조 표시되서 상담원 연결 및 보고서 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -16789,7 +16792,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Event type` field is clicked, a drop-down menu appears " "with the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`행사 유형` 필드를 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴로 다음 선택 항목이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller quit`" @@ -16864,7 +16867,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option " "in the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "개별 :guilabel:`행사 유형` 을 선택하려면 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 옵션을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted." @@ -16976,7 +16979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문서에서는 Odoo *VoIP* 에서 Axivox 화상 회의를 할 수 있도록 환경설정하는 방법에 대해 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" @@ -16994,6 +16997,7 @@ msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`컨퍼런스 추가` 라고 표시된 초록색 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`새 컨퍼런스` 양식이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 @@ -17260,7 +17264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element" " highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "추가 및 디스패처 요소가 강조 표시되어 있는 Axivox 다이얼 플랜을 위한 시각적 편집기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99 @@ -17296,7 +17300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller " "ID downstream, after routing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`발신자 ID` 요소를 사용하면 라우팅 후 다운스트림 발신자 ID를 교체할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -17411,7 +17415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timeout` can be set in `5` second increments, from `5` " "seconds to `60` seconds." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`시간 초과` 는 `5`초에서 `60`초까지 `5`초 단위로 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -17522,6 +17526,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Condition`: create time conditions to route incoming traffic" " around holidays, or other sensitive time-frames." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`시간 조건`: 휴일이나 기타 민감한 시간대를 중심으로 하여 인바운드 트래픽을 라우팅하기 위한 시간 조건을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -18400,7 +18405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` next to the number to which the dial plan " "should be attached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음으로, 다이얼 플랜을 연결하려는 번호 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -18798,7 +18803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` " "drop-down menu are as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`음성 통화에 대한 대상 유형` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 사용할 수 있는 옵션은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`" @@ -18983,7 +18988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`General` tab, there are two separate options" " with selection boxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`일반` 탭 하단에는 두 개의 별도 옵션으로 선택란이 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -19198,7 +19203,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`전환`: 이 작업을 실행하면 데스크폰에서 통화 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pickup`: this action allows the user to pick up an incoming call " "from a desk-phone." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`전화 받기`: 이 작업을 통해 데스크폰에서 걸려온 전화를 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -19316,7 +19321,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Beneath those fields, the following permissions can be granted to Axivox " "users for portal access:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "해당 필드 아래에서 Axivox 사용자가 포털애 액세스할 수 있도록 다음과 같이 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:279 msgid ":guilabel:`User portal access`" @@ -19576,6 +19581,8 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, :guilabel:`Save` the change, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in" " the upper-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 :guilabel:`변경 사항 저장` 을 클릭한 다음 화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용` 을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:49 msgid "Voicemail" @@ -19891,7 +19898,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Record the new audio message after pressing `1`, then press `#` to end the " "recording." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`1` 을 누른 후 새 오디오 메시지를 녹음한 다음 `#` 을 누르고 녹음을 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -20059,7 +20066,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This document covers the process of setting up Odoo *VoIP* across different " "devices and integrations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문서에서는 다양한 장치 및 통합 상황에서 Odoo *VoIP* 를 설정하는 과정에 대해 다룹니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/devices_integrations.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -20831,7 +20838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Incoming call on the VoIP widget, with the call answer and call reject " "buttons highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP 위젯에서 수신 통화, 통화 응답 및 통화 거부 버튼이 강조 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/transfer_forward.rst:61 msgid "Add to call queue" @@ -21170,6 +21177,7 @@ msgid "" "Some other icons appear in the *VoIP* widget, categorized by two sections: " ":guilabel:`Document` and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" +"*VoIP* 위젯에 다른 아이콘이 나타나며, :guilabel:`문서` 및 :guilabel:`활동` 두 가지 섹션으로 분류됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/voip_widget.rst:88 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Document` section, from right to left:" @@ -21539,7 +21547,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:145 msgid "" "The app name can be changed at a later time in the settings, if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요한 경우 나중에 설정 메뉴에서 앱 이름을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -21554,7 +21562,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next, enter the developer email address in the field under the " ":guilabel:`App contact email` label." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음으로, :guilabel:`앱 이메일 연락처 ` 라벨 아래에 있는 필드에 개발자 이메일 주소를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -22077,7 +22085,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The following page contains information for the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Business" " profile`. Complete the following sections, accordingly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 페이지는 :guilabel:`WhatsApp 비즈니스 프로필` 에 대한 내용입니다. 다음 섹션을 알맞게 완료하세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:391 msgid ":guilabel:`WhatsApp Business Profile Display Name`" @@ -22142,10 +22150,11 @@ msgid "" " This is part of Meta's fraud detection system, in order to ensure that the " "account/company are real a payment method is required to proceed." msgstr "" -"결제 방법을 추가하지 않은 경우, 이는 진행에 필수 사항입니다. `Meta 비즈니스 관리자로 결제 방법을 추가하는 방법에 대한 Meta " -"문서를 확인해 보세요 " +"아직 결제 수단을 추가하지 않은 경우, 진행하려면 반드시 추가해야 합니다. `Meta 문서에서 Meta 비즈니스 관리자로 결제 수단을 " +"추가하는 방법을 확인해 보세요 " "`_." -" 이는 Meta의 사기 탐지 시스템의 일부로, 계정이나 회사가 진짜인지 확인하기 위해 결제 방법이 진행을 위해 필수입니다." +" 결제 수단은 Meta의 사기 탐지 시스템에서도 사용되며, 계정이나 회사의 진위 여부를 확인하기 위해서는 결제 수단을 필수적으로 입력해야" +" 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -22471,7 +22480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Specifying an incorrect category can cause a flag/rejected status from Meta " "during the approval process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "카테고리를 잘못 지정할 경우 승인 프로세스 중에 Meta에서 플래그/거부 상태가 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:579 msgid "" @@ -22928,9 +22937,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buttons` are configured. To the right of the template is a " "preview of what the template will look like in production." msgstr "" -"알맞게 선택한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`계속`을 클릭합니다. 페이지가 :guilabel:`서식 편집` 페이지로 " +"알맞게 선택한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`계속` 을 클릭합니다. 페이지가 :guilabel:`템플릿 편집` 페이지로 " "리디렉션됩니다. 여기서 :guilabel:`제목`, :guilabel:`본문`, :guilabel:`바닥글` 및 " -":guilabel:`버튼`을 설정합니다. 서식 우측에는 프로덕션에서 서식이 어떻게 보이는지 확인할 수 있도록 미리보기가 있습니다." +":guilabel:`버튼` 을 설정합니다. 템플릿 오른쪽에 있는 미리보기를 통해 프로덕션에서 템플릿이 어떻게 보이는지 확인할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst-1 msgid "Edit the template using a header, body, footer and buttons." @@ -23122,6 +23132,8 @@ msgid "" "To correct this error, create an :guilabel:`Admin` system user, following " "the process outlined here: :ref:`productivity/whatsapp/token`." msgstr "" +"이와 같은 오류를 수정하려면 :guilabel:`관리자` 로 시스템 사용자로 생성합니다. 생성하는 방법은 " +":ref:`productivity/whatsapp/token` 에 설명되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst-1 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d1fc75907..576285658 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # JH CHOI , 2024 # Linkup , 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Sarah Park, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -614,6 +614,8 @@ msgid "" "When targeting |CC|, additional options are available to filter contacts " "based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" +"타겟팅 대상이 |CC| 인 경우, 추가 옵션을 통해 :guilabel:`역할` 또는 :guilabel:`직급` 을 기준으로 연락처를 " +"필터링할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "Additional filtering options include the following:" @@ -629,7 +631,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`: 영업제안이 위치해 있는 국가(또는 여 msgid "" ":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state in which they " "are located, if applicable." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`시/도`: 해당되는 경우 영업제안이 위치한 지역을 기준으로 영업제안에 대해 추가적으로 필터링을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -724,6 +726,8 @@ msgid "" "Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature, and each generated lead costs " "one :ref:`credit `." msgstr "" +"영업제안 발굴은 *인앱 구매* 로 제공되는 기능이며, 영업제안이 생성될 때마다 :ref:`크레딧 " +"` 이 하나씩 소진됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -858,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Labels Width`: use this field to alter the pixel width of the " "labels, if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`라벨 너비`: 이 필드를 사용하여 라벨의 픽셀 너비를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -886,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visibility`: use the drop-down menu to add any visibility " "conditions for this field, if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`공개 범위`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 통해 이 필드에 대한 공개 여부 조건을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1362,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst-1 msgid "" "The purple add and subtract buttons are used to set the quantity of an item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보라색 더하기 및 빼기 버튼은 항목의 수량을 설정할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -1694,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` field determines when a badge can be " "granted, and by whom:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`부여 조건` 필드에 배지가 부여되는 시기 및 부여할 수 있는 사람을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Everyone`: this badge can be manually granted by any user." @@ -1765,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "배정 규칙 만들기" msgid "" "To assign the challenge to specific users, one or more assignment rules must" " be utilized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정한 사용자에게 챌린지를 지정하려면 하나 이상 할당 규칙을 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2008,10 +2012,10 @@ msgid "" "necessary adjustments. In the :guilabel:`Execute Every` field, enter a value" " greater than, or equal to, five minutes." msgstr "" -"자동 영업제안 강화용으로 실행되는 크론에 액세스하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화한 후 " +"자동 영업제안 강화를 위해 실행되는 크론에 액세스하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 ` 를 활성화한 후 " ":menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 자동화 섹션 --> 예약된 작업` 으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에 `CRM` 을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`CRM: 영업제안 강화 (IAP)` 라고 표시된 " -"결과를 클릭하여 필요한 사항을 조정합니다. :guilabel:`정기 실행` 필드에 5분 이상의 값을 입력합니다." +"결과를 클릭하여 필요한 대로 항목을 조정합니다. :guilabel:`정기 실행` 필드에 값을 5분 이상으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2069,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" "확인란에 표시합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`⚙️ 활동` 아이콘을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나면 :guilabel:`강화` 를" " 선택합니다. 이 작업은 *내 파이프라인* 페이지에서도 진행할 수 있습니다. *CRM* 앱을 열거나 :menuselection:`CRM " "앱 --> 판매 --> 내 파이프라인` 으로 이동하면 됩니다. 어떤 방법으로 진행하든 :guilabel:`파이프라인` 페이지에 영업제안 " -"및 영업기회가 표시됩니다." +"및 영업기회를 표시할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -2306,13 +2310,13 @@ msgstr "*CRM* 앱에 미리 설정되어 있는 활동 유형은 다음과 같 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: adds a reminder to the chatter that prompts the " "salesperson to send an email." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 메시지창을 통해 영업 담당자에게 이메일을 전송하라는 리마인더가 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call`: opens a calendar link where the salesperson can schedule " "time to call the contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`통화`: 영업 담당자가 연락처로 전화할 시간을 예약하는 캘린더 링크가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2708,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At the top-right of the chatter, click :guilabel:`Activities` to open the " ":guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메시지창 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`활동` 을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`활동 예약` 팝업창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/utilize_activities.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -2884,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon to the right of the rule to " "duplicate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 규칙 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`➕(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 규칙이 복제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/expected_revenue_report.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -5060,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr "실패한 영업기회에 실패 배너가 추가되어 있는 모습" msgid "" "To mark an *inactive* (archived) opportunity as lost, set the " ":guilabel:`Probability` field to `0` percent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*비활성*(보관됨) 영업기회를 실패한 것으로 표시하려면 :guilabel:`확률` 필드를 `0`%로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:55 msgid "Create/edit lost reasons" @@ -5373,7 +5377,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then, click on the desired lost lead to restore, which opens that lead's " "detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 복원 대상인 실패한 영업제안을 클릭하면 해당 영업제안의 세부 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -6737,7 +6741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Both dashboards contain the necessary *Filters* and *Group By* criteria to " "run an attribution report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "두 가지 현황판 모두 결과 보고서를 실행할 때 필수적인 *필터* 및 *그룹화 기준* 에 대한 요건이 나타나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`Convert leads into opportunities <../acquire_leads/convert>`" @@ -7011,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Set the name, number of records, and location of the export in the option " "menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "옵션 메뉴에서 내보내기할 이름, 레코드 수 및 위치를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/marketing_attribution.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -7187,7 +7191,7 @@ msgstr "모든 규칙이 설정되어 있는 사용자 지정 필터 팝업창 msgid "" "An example of the *Custom Filter* pop-up window with all of the default " "rules configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*사용자 지정 필터* 팝업창의 예시로 모든 기본 규칙이 설정되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/quality_leads_report.rst:79 msgid "Add a starting date filter" @@ -7961,7 +7965,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "An example of the **Add Custom Filter** pop-up window with all of the rules " "configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**사용자 지정 필터 추가** 팝업창의 예시로 모든 규칙이 구성되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -7990,6 +7994,7 @@ msgid "" "The option to group by :guilabel:`Sales Team` is also available under the " ":guilabel:`Group By` heading." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`영업팀` 으로 그룹화하는 옵션 역시 :guilabel:`그룹화 기준` 제목 아래쪽에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/unattended_leads_report.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -8271,7 +8276,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`현재 멤버십 상태`: 멤버십의 상태입니다." msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the membership is purchased through. This " "option only appears in multi-company databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 멤버십을 구매한 회사입니다. 이 옵션은 다중 회사 데이터베이스에 있는 경우에만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/members/members_analysis.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Month`: the month the membership began." @@ -8373,8 +8378,8 @@ msgid "" "amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " "on to the next customer." msgstr "" -"주문이 완료되면 :guilabel:`결제`를 클릭하여 결제를 진행합니다. **결제 방법**을 선택하여 받은 금액을 입력한 후 " -":guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. 다음 고객으로 이동하려면 :guilabel:`새 주문`을 클릭합니다." +"주문이 완료되면 :guilabel:`결제` 를 클릭하여 결제를 진행합니다. **결제 수단** 을 선택하여 결제된 금액을 입력한 후 " +":guilabel:`승인` 을 클릭합니다. 다음 고객으로 이동하려면 :guilabel:`새 주문` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 msgid "POS session interface." @@ -8599,7 +8604,7 @@ msgstr "세션 중에 발생한 총 주문 수와 전체 주문 금액입니다; #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:151 msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." -msgstr "결제 방법별로 그룹화된 예상 금액입니다." +msgstr "예상 금액을 결제 수단별로 그룹화한 항목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -8791,6 +8796,8 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Administration` set as " ":guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +"이러한 설정은 :doc:`액세스 권한 ` :guilabel:`관리` 가 " +":guilabel:`설정` 으로 설정되어 있는 경우에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8964,6 +8971,8 @@ msgid "" "The following ePOS printers are directly compatible with Odoo without " "needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." msgstr "" +"다음의 ePOS 프린터는 :doc:`IoT 박스 ` 가 " +"없어도 Odoo와 직접 호환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:30 msgid "Epson TM-m30 i/ii/iii (Wi-Fi/Ethernet models only; Recommended)" @@ -9705,9 +9714,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " "category." msgstr "" -"또한 직원이 다른 사람 이름으로 로그인하는 것을 막기 위해 POS에 로그인할 때마다 비밀번호를 입력하도록 설정할 수도 있습니다. " +"또한 다른 직원 이름으로 로그인하는 것을 방지하기 위해 POS에 로그인할 때마다 비밀번호를 입력하도록 설정하는 것도 가능합니다. " "비밀번호를 지정하려면 **임직원 관리** 앱으로 이동하여 직원 양식을 열고 :guilabel:`HR 설정` 탭을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " -":guilabel:`근태/POS` 카테고리의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 필드에 원하는 비밀번호를 입력합니다." +":guilabel:`근태/POS` 카테고리의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 필드에 지정할 비밀번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." @@ -9768,7 +9777,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Online food delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "온라인 음식 배달" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9783,111 +9792,111 @@ msgstr "지원되는 공급업체:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:11 msgid "`Careem `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Careem `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:12 msgid "`Cari `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Cari `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:13 msgid "`ChowNow `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ChowNow `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:14 msgid "`Deliveroo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Deliveroo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:15 msgid "`DoorDash `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DoorDash `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:16 msgid "`EatEasy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EatEasy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:17 msgid "`Glovo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Glovo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:18 msgid "`Grubhub `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Grubhub `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:19 msgid "`HungryPanda `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungryPanda `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:20 msgid "`HungerStation `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungerStation `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:21 msgid "`Jahez `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Jahez `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:22 msgid "`Just Eat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Just Eat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:23 msgid "`Mrsool `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Mrsool `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:24 msgid "`Ninja `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ninja `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:25 msgid "`NoonFood `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`NoonFood `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:26 msgid "`Postmates `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postmates `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:27 msgid "`Rafeeq `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Rafeeq `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:28 msgid "`SkipTheDishes `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SkipTheDishes `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:29 msgid "`Swiggy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Swiggy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:30 msgid "`Talabat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Talabat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:31 msgid "`UberEats `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`UberEats `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:32 msgid "`Zomato `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Zomato `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:40 msgid "UrbanPiper credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UrbanPiper 자격 증명" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:42 msgid "Get your Atlas credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atlas 자격 증명 가져오기:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:16 msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`POS 설정 ` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:59 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`음식 배달 커넥터` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9904,25 +9913,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Atlas API access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atlas API 액세스" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:56 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Urban Piper` 설정을 활성화합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:60 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Urban Piper` 설정을 확인합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:62 msgid "Set up UrbanPiper:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UrbanPiper 설정:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Api Key` fields with your " ":ref:`UrbanPiper credentials `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용자 이름` 및 :guilabel:`API 키` 필드에 :ref:`UrbanPiper 자격 증명 " +"` 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9933,7 +9944,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:68 msgid "Save the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9945,11 +9956,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Pricelist` and :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` fields are " "automatically selected after saving." -msgstr "" +msgstr "저장하면 :guilabel:`가격표` 및 :guilabel:`재정 위치` 필드가 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:75 msgid "A successful store creation triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스토어 생성에 성공하면 알림이 작동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9959,11 +9970,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:78 msgid "The store is automatically named after your point of sale name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "매장명은 자동으로 POS 이름으로 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Food delivery connector settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "음식 배달 커넥터 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:84 msgid "Products" @@ -9971,24 +9982,24 @@ msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:86 msgid "To make products available individually," -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목을 개별적으로 사용할 수 있게 하려면, " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:89 msgid "Select any product to open its product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목을 선택하면 품목 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:90 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`POS` 탭으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:91 msgid "Complete the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` section:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Urban Piper` 섹션을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:93 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` with the desired POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "지정하려는 POS에 :guilabel:`음식 배달 가능` 항목을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -9998,28 +10009,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "where to make a single product available for delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "단일 품목을 배송할 수 있는 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:100 msgid "To make multiple products available for food delivery at once," -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 번에 여러 개 제품을 음식 배달에 사용하려면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Click the list icon (:icon:`oi-view-list`) to switch to the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록 아이콘(:icon:`oi-view-list`)을 클릭하면 목록 보기로 전환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:104 msgid "Select the products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Enter the desired POS in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "지정하려는 POS를 :guilabel:`음식 배달 가능` 열에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Product list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 목록" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:111 msgid "Synchronization" @@ -10029,25 +10040,27 @@ msgstr "동기화" msgid "" "To make products available on food delivery platforms, synchronize with your" " UrbanPiper account:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "음식 배달 플랫폼에서 품목을 사용할 수 있게 설정하려면 UrbanPiper 계정과 동기화하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:116 msgid "Scroll down the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`음식 배달 커넥터` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:117 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Sync Menu` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`메뉴 동기화` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:119 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Sync on` timestamp below the :guilabel:`Create Store` " "and :guilabel:`Sync Menu` buttons updates." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`매장 만들기` 및 :guilabel:`메뉴 동기화` 버튼 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`마지막 동기화` 타임스탬프가" +" 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:123 msgid "A successful synchronization triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "동기화에 성공하면 알림이 작동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -10057,31 +10070,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:128 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "출시" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "`Go to the Locations tab `_ of your " "Atlas account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atlas 계정의 `위치 탭 `_ 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:131 msgid "" "Select the location to activate, then click :guilabel:`Request to go Live`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "활성화할 위치를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`실행 요청` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Request to go live button in the locations tab of the Atlas account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atlas 계정의 위치 탭에 있는 실행 요청 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:136 msgid "In the popup window:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "팝업 창:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:138 msgid "Select the platform(s) to activate and click :guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "활성화할 플랫폼을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`다음` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -10092,28 +10105,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:141 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request to Go Live` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`실행 요청` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Go live parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "출시 매개변수" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:147 msgid "" "To find the location's :guilabel:`Platform ID` and :guilabel:`Platform URL`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치에 대한 :guilabel:`플랫폼 ID` 및 :guilabel:`플랫폼 URL` 을 확인하려면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:149 msgid "Click the location to open its setup form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치를 클릭하면 해당 설정 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:150 msgid "The location's parameters are available in the :guilabel:`HUB` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치에 대한 매개 변수는 :guilabel:`HUB` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:151 msgid "Verify that your location is live:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 위치가 실시간 상태인지 확인합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -10123,7 +10136,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:158 msgid "Order flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -10133,15 +10146,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Review Orders` on the notification popup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "알림 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`주문 검토` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:164 msgid "Clicking the bag-shaped icon for online orders and :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "온라인 주문에서 가방 모양 아이콘 및 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Cart button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "장바구니 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -10158,16 +10171,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Then," -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:196 msgid "Select the desired order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:178 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Accept` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`수락` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -10178,15 +10191,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:182 msgid "When the order is ready," -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문이 준비되면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:184 msgid "Open the orders' list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 목록 보기를 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:185 msgid "Select the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -10197,7 +10210,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:191 msgid "Order rejection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 실패" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -10207,15 +10220,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:197 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Reject` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`거부` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:198 msgid "Select one of the reasons from the popup window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "팝업창에 있는 사유 중에서 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Reject order pop-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 실패 팝업" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -10237,9 +10250,9 @@ msgid "" "New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " "payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." msgstr "" -"결제 방법을 추가하기 전에 먼저 결제 방법을 생성해야 합니다. :menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 결제 방법 --> " -"신규`로 이동하여 이름을 지정합니다. 이 결제 수단을 *등록된 고객으로만* 제한하려면 :guilabel:`고객 식별` 확인란을 " -"선택합니다." +"결제 수단을 추가하려면 먼저 해당 수단을 생성해야 합니다. :menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 결제 수단 --> 새로" +" 만들기` 로 이동하여 이름을 지정합니다. 이 결제 수단을 등록 고객 *전용* 으로 설정하려면 :guilabel:`고객 식별` 확인란에 " +"표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -10252,7 +10265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." -msgstr "POS에 대한 새 결제 방법 생성." +msgstr "POS에 새로운 결제 수단을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -10277,8 +10290,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " "section." msgstr "" -"결제 방법이 설정되면 POS 설정 내에서 지정할 수 있습니다. ref:`POS' 설정 `에 " -"액세스하여 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`결제` 섹션에서 결제 방법을 추가합니다." +"결제 수단이 생성되면, POS 설정에서 선택할 수 있습니다. ref:`POS' 설정 ` 으로 " +"가서 :guilabel:`편집` 을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`결제` 섹션에서 결제 수단을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:3 msgid "QR code payments" @@ -10546,7 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst-1 msgid "Enable QR code payment method" -msgstr "QR 코드 결제 방법 활성화하기" +msgstr "QR 코드를 결제 수단으로 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:90 msgid "Register payments using QR codes" @@ -10558,8 +10571,8 @@ msgid "" " QR code is generated and displayed on the screen for the customer to scan " "and pay with their mobile banking app." msgstr "" -"결제 처리 작업을 하려면 QR 코드 결제에 대한 결제 방법을 선택하세요. QR 코드가 생성되어 화면에 표시되므로 고객이 모바일 뱅킹 " -"앱으로 스캔하여 결제할 수 있습니다." +"결제 처리 작업을 하려면 QR 코드 결제를 결제 수단으로 선택하세요. QR 코드가 생성되어 화면에 표시되며 고객이 모바일 뱅킹 앱으로 " +"스캔하여 결제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst-1 msgid "QR code payment example" @@ -10640,7 +10653,8 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Worldline 설정 `" msgid "" "Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " "payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." -msgstr "단말기가 구성되면 :doc:`해당 결제 방법을 생성하고 POS에 추가 <../payment_methods>`할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "" +"단말기 설정이 완료되면 :doc:`결제 수단을 생성하고 POS에 추가 <../payment_methods>` 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:36 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" @@ -10779,9 +10793,9 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" -"이 번호를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`Adyen 계정 --> POS --> 단말기`로 이동하여 해당 단말기를 선택하고 " -"일련번호를 저장한 다음 :ref:`결제 방법 생성 ` 중 Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen" -" 단말기 ID` 필드에 붙여넣기 합니다." +"이 번호를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`Adyen 계정 --> POS --> 단말기` 로 이동하여 연결할 단말기를 선택하고 " +"일련번호를 저장한 다음 Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen 단말기 ID` 필드에 있는 :ref:`결제 수단 생성 " +"` 에 붙여넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:57 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -10833,7 +10847,7 @@ msgstr " 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "결제 방법 구성" +msgstr "결제 수단 환경설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -11094,7 +11108,7 @@ msgstr "Mercado Pago 웹훅 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:74 msgid "Payment method" -msgstr "결제 방법" +msgstr "결제 수단" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -11160,8 +11174,8 @@ msgid "" "` and adding it to the payment method under the " ":guilabel:`Payment Methods` field of the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -":ref:`POS' 설정 ` 으로 이동하여 결제 수단을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`결제` " -"섹션에서 :guilabel:`결제 방법` 항목에 있는 결제 수단에 추가합니다." +":ref:`POS' 설정 ` 으로 이동하여 결제 수단을 선택한 후, 결제 수단을 " +":guilabel:`결제` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`결제 수단` 에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -11205,7 +11219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:22 msgid "" "You need the following credentials to set up the payment method in Odoo:" -msgstr "Odoo에서 결제 방법을 설정하려면 다음의 자격 증명이 있어야 합니다." +msgstr "Odoo에서 결제 수단을 설정하려면 다음과 같이 자격 증명이 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -11382,7 +11396,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" -msgstr "SIX 결제 단말기에 사용할 새 결제 방법 생성하기" +msgstr "SIX 결제 단말기에 사용할 새로운 결제 수단 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" @@ -11434,7 +11448,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "Then, create the payment method:" -msgstr "그런 다음 결제 방법을 생성합니다:" +msgstr "그런 다음 결제 수단을 생성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -11442,8 +11456,8 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " "your payment method's name;" msgstr "" -":menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 결제 방법`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭한 다음 " -":guilabel:`방법` 필드에 결제 방법의 이름을 입력합니다;" +":menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 결제 수단` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`만들기` 를 클릭한 다음 " +":guilabel:`수단` 필드에 결제 수단 이름을 입력합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -11509,11 +11523,11 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stripe 연결` 을 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 환경설정 페이지로 자동 리디렉션됩니다. Stripe 계정을 생성하고 " -"Odoo와 통합되도록 모든 필수 정보를 입력합니다. 양식을 모두 작성하면 **Stripe** 웹사이트에서 API 키 " -"(:guilabel:`게시 가능한 키` 및 :guilabel:`비밀번호 키`)를 받을 수 있습니다. 키를 가져오려면 " -":guilabel:`비밀번호 및 게시 가능한 키 가져오기` 를 클릭한 후 키를 클릭하여 복사한 다음 Odoo 필드에 붙여넣습니다. 이제 " -"POS에서 단말기를 설정할 준비가 완료되었습니다." +":guilabel:`Stripe 연결` 을 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 자동으로 환경설정 페이지로 리디렉션됩니다. Stripe 계정을 생성하고 " +"Odoo와 연동되도록 모든 필수 정보를 입력합니다. 양식을 모두 작성하면 **Stripe** 웹사이트에서 API " +"키(:guilabel:`게시 가능한 키` 및 :guilabel:`비밀번호 키`)를 받을 수 있습니다. 키를 가져오려면 " +":guilabel:`비밀번호 및 게시 가능한 키 가져오기` 를 클릭한 후 키를 클릭하여 복사한 다음의 Odoo 필드에 붙여넣습니다. 이제" +" POS에서 단말기를 설정할 준비가 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" @@ -11891,11 +11905,11 @@ msgid "" "screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " "Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -"단말기에서 :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> 중지 --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`를 선택합니다. 기술자 비밀번호" -" **\"1235789\"**를 입력하고 :menuselection:`확인 --> 4 --> 2`를 클릭합니다. 다음으로 " -":menuselection:`변경 --> CTEP (프로토콜 ECR) --> 확인`을 선택합니다. **확인** 버튼을 세 번 눌러 " -"(*CTEP 티켓 ECR*, *ECR 티켓 너비*, *문자 설정*)을 변경합니다. 마지막으로 **Stop**을 세 번 누르면 단말기가 " -"자동으로 다시 시작됩니다." +"단말기에서 :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> 중지 --> 3 --> 0 --> 9` 를 선택합니다. 테크니션용 " +"비밀번호 **\"1235789\"** 를 입력한 후 :menuselection:`확인 --> 4 --> 2` 를 클릭합니다. 다음으로 " +":menuselection:`변경 --> CTEP (프로토콜 ECR) --> 확인` 을 선택합니다. **확인** 버튼을 세 번 누르면 " +"(*CTEP 티켓 ECR*, *ECR 티켓 너비*, *문자 설정*)을 변경할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 **중지** 를 세 번 누르면 " +"단말기가 자동으로 다시 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:35 msgid "Set the IP address" @@ -12019,7 +12033,7 @@ msgstr "연결이 끊어지지 않도록 IoT Box의 라우터에 고정 IP를 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:3 msgid "Marketing features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마케팅 기능" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12029,13 +12043,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:9 msgid "Storing contact details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처 세부 정보 저장" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:11 msgid "" "This feature requires your customer's contact details, either their email " "address or phone number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 기능을 활용하려면 고객의 연락처 정보로 이메일 주소 또는 전화번호가 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -12047,23 +12061,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Phone numbers**: to store phone numbers when sending receipts on WhatsApp " "or by SMS," -msgstr "" +msgstr "**전화번호**: WhatsApp 또는 SMS로 영수증을 보낼 때 전화번호를 저장하려면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section;" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정` 으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`청구서 및 영수증` 섹션까지 스크롤하여 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:19 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` or :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` " "option(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`WhatsApp 활성화` 또는 :guilabel:`SMS 활성화` 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "setting to enable to store phone numbers when sending receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증을 전송할 때 전화번호 저장 기능을 활성화하도록 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -12080,7 +12095,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:0 msgid "pos orders form's standalone marketing message option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 주문 양식에 있는 독립형 마케팅 메시지 옵션" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:36 msgid "Email marketing" @@ -12088,32 +12103,32 @@ msgstr "이메일 마케팅" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:38 msgid "To send marketing emails to your customers from POS orders," -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 주문에서 고객에게 마케팅 이메일을 보내려면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:101 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`POS --> 주문서 --> 주문서` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:102 msgid "Select the orders;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 선택;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:42 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Send Email` from the dropdown " "menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`활동` 을 클릭한 후, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`이메일 보내기` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:44 msgid "" "Doing so opens an email composing form. Fill it in and hit :guilabel:`Send`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그러면 이메일 작성 양식이 열립니다. 양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`보내기` 를 누릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "mail composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "메일 작성창 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12145,11 +12160,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`Use the email marketing app for more advanced marketing features " "<../../marketing/email_marketing>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`이메일 마케팅 앱으로 고급 마케팅 기능 활용하기 <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:67 msgid "Whatsapp marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Whatsapp 마케팅" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12160,33 +12175,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:77 msgid "Go to the WhatsApp application;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WhatsApp 애플리케이션으로 이동합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:78 msgid "Create a new :ref:`WhatsApp template `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 :ref:`WhatsApp 템플릿 ` 을 만듭니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:79 msgid "Configure the fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필드 환경설정:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Applies to` field set to :guilabel:`Point of Sale Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`적용 대상` 필드를 :guilabel:`POS 주문서` 로 설정합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Category` field to :guilabel:`Marketing`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`카테고리` 필드를 :guilabel:`마케팅` 으로 변경합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone Field` to either :guilabel:`Mobile` or :guilabel:`Customer " "> Phone`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`전화 필드` 를 :guilabel:`모바일` 또는 :guilabel:`고객 > 전화` 로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:84 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit for Approval`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:``승인용 제출` 을 클릭합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -12196,7 +12211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "approved and configured for marketing uses whatsapp template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마케팅용으로 승인 및 환경설정이 완료된 왓츠앱 템플릿" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -12206,17 +12221,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`WhatsApp configuration <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`WhatsApp 환경설정 <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:99 msgid "Send WhatsApp marketing messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WhatsApp 마케팅 메시지 보내기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:103 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`WhatsApp Message` from the " "dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`활동` 을 클릭한 후, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`WhatsApp 메시지` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -12227,7 +12242,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "whatsapp composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "whatsapp 작성창 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -12245,7 +12260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:3 msgid "Preparation display" @@ -12255,7 +12270,7 @@ msgstr "준비 화면" msgid "" "The preparation display feature allows you to handle POS orders requiring " "preparation. Concretely," -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 표시 기능을 활용하면 준비가 필요한 POS 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다. 구체적으로는," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -12267,32 +12282,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**For restaurants**: POS orders inform the kitchen of the meals to be " "prepared." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**레스토랑의 경우**: POS 주문이 들어오면 키친에 식사 주문을 준비하도록 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:14 msgid "To enable the preparation display feature," -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면 기능을 활성화하려면," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:17 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`준비` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:18 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Preparation Display` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`준비 화면` 옵션을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Setting to enable the preparation display feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면 기능을 활성화 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:24 msgid "To create and set up a preparation display," -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면을 생성한 후 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`POS --> 주문서 --> 준비 화면` 으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -12302,45 +12317,45 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`새로 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." msgid "" "Give the display a descriptive :guilabel:`Name` (e.g., `Main Kitchen`, " "`Bar`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "화면에 :guilabel:`이름`(예: `메인 키친`, `바`)을 설명하여 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:29 msgid "Set it up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the POS that sends orders to this display." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`POS`: 이 화면으로 주문을 전송할 POS를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product categories`: Specify the POS :guilabel:`Product " "categories` sent to this display." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 카테고리`: 이 화면으로 전송된 POS :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stages`: Define the steps required for the orders to be ready." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단계`: 주문 준비에 필요한 단계를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:36 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭하면 단계가 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:37 msgid "Assign specific colors to each stage for clarity (optional)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "명확하게 구분되도록 각 단계마다 색상을 지정합니다(선택 사항)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:38 msgid "" "Define an :guilabel:`Alert timer (min)` for each stage to indicate the " "expected processing time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 단계별로 :guilabel:`알림 타이머(분)` 를 지정하여 예상 처리 시간을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "preparation display set-up form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면 설정 양식" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -12357,40 +12372,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Kanban view of the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면의 칸반 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:59 msgid "The display card shows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "화면 카드 표시:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:61 msgid "The configured stages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "환경설정이 되어 있는 단계입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:62 msgid "The number of orders currently :guilabel:`In progress`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 :guilabel:`진행 중` 인 주문 수 " #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Average time` employees usually take to complete an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반적으로 직원이 주문을 완료하기까지 걸리는 :guilabel:`평균 시간` 입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Kitchen Display` app icon on your Odoo Dashboard for " "quicker access." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 현황판에 있는 :guilabel:`주방 화면` 앱 아이콘을 클릭하면 더욱 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:69 msgid "Using the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비 화면 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:71 msgid "" "To access the preparation display, click :guilabel:`Preparation Screen`. " "This interface, designed for employees, shows:" msgstr "" +"준비 화면에 액세스하려면 :guilabel:`준비 화면` 을 클릭합니다. 이 인터페이스는 직원용으로 설계되었으며 다음 내용이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12407,47 +12423,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:78 msgid "**Order cards**: Summarizes individual orders, including:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**주문 카드**: 다음과 같은 개별 주문이 요약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:80 msgid "Associated tables and order numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "관련된 테이블 및 주문 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:81 msgid "Status, such as `Ready`, highlighted with the defined colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "상태에는 '준비' 상태 등이 있으며, 지정한 색상으로 강조 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:82 msgid "Waiting time, with visual indicators." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대기 시간이 시각적인 표시로 나타난 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:85 msgid "" "The duration indicator turns red if the elapsed time exceeds the predefined " "alert time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "미리 지정된 알림 시간을 경과할 경우 소요 시간 표시기가 빨간색으로 바뀝니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "the preparation display interface with orders to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "처리할 주문이 나타나 있는 준비 화면 인터페이스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:91 msgid "To update order progress:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 진행 상황을 업데이트합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:93 msgid "Click items on the order card to cross them off individually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 카드에서 개별적으로 항목을 클릭하여 삭제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:94 msgid "Click the order card itself to mark all items at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 카드 자체를 클릭하면 모든 항목이 한 번에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:95 msgid "" "The card automatically moves to the next stage once every item is crossed " "off." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 항목에 확인 표시가 되면 카드는 자동으로 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -12469,15 +12485,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Ready` for pickup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "픽업 :guilabel:`준비` 가 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Almost there`, indicating they are taken care of." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`거의 완료`, 처리 중임을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:109 msgid "The order number can be found at the top of the customer's receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 번호는 고객 영수증 상단에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" @@ -12837,7 +12853,7 @@ msgstr "`price`: 품목의 판매가로, 해당되는 세금이 포함되어 있 msgid "" "`presentation`: the template name used in Pricer for displaying the product " "information on the label" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`presentation`: Pricer에서 사용되는 템플릿 이름으로 라벨에 제품 정보를 표시할 때 사용" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:33 msgid "`currency`: the currency of your company (e.g., USD, EUR)" @@ -12939,7 +12955,7 @@ msgstr "Pricer 매장 환경설정" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Pricer Tags` column is updated automatically when a label is " "linked to a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "라벨이 제품에 연결되면 :guilabel:`Pricer 태그` 열이 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -14092,10 +14108,10 @@ msgid "" " duplicate an existing table, select it and click :guilabel:`COPY`. You can " "also remove the table by clicking :guilabel:`DELETE`." msgstr "" -"플로어를 생성한 후 :guilabel:`+ 테이블`을 클릭하면 테이블을 추가할 수 있습니다. 테이블 위치를 변경하려면 클릭한 후 끌어다 " -"놓으면 됩니다. :guilabel:`좌석` 을 클릭하면 좌석 수를 조정할 수 있고, :guilabel:`모양` 으로 테이블 모양을 변경할" -" 수도 있으며 :guilabel:`채우기` 로 색상을 변경하거나 :guilabel:`이름 바꾸기` 를 선택하여 이름을 수정하는 것도 " -"가능합니다. 기존에 있는 테이블을 복사하려면 해당 테이블을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`복사` 를 클릭합니다. 테이블을 제거하려면 " +"플로어를 생성한 후 :guilabel:`+ 테이블` 을 클릭하면 테이블을 추가할 수 있습니다. 테이블 위치를 변경하려면 클릭한 후 끌어다" +" 놓으면 됩니다. :guilabel:`좌석` 을 클릭하면 좌석 수를 조정할 수 있고, :guilabel:`모양` 으로 테이블 모양을 " +"변경할 수도 있으며 :guilabel:`채우기` 로 색상을 변경하거나 :guilabel:`이름 바꾸기` 를 선택하여 이름을 수정하는 것도" +" 가능합니다. 기존 테이블을 복사하려면 해당 테이블을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`복사` 를 클릭합니다. 테이블을 제거하려면 " ":guilabel:`삭제` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:68 @@ -14277,8 +14293,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "POS에서 팁 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 환경설정 --> 설정` 에서 :guilabel:`팁` 기능을 " "활성화합니다. 페이지 상단에 있는 **팁** 기능을 사용할 POS를 선택하고 :guilabel:`결제` 섹션으로 스크롤을 이동하여 " -":guilabel:`팁` 항목에 표시합니다. 활성화 후에는 해당 필드에 :guilabel:`팁 품목` 을 추가한 후 저장합니다. 지정된 " -"해당 품목은 고객 영수증에 참조 항목으로 표시됩니다." +":guilabel:`팁` 항목에 표시합니다. 활성화한 후에는 해당 필드에 :guilabel:`팁 품목` 을 추가한 후 저장합니다. 품목이" +" 지정되면 고객 영수증에 참조 항목으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "enable tips in a POS" @@ -14689,7 +14705,7 @@ msgstr "판매 주문 및 견적 목록 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "사용 가능한 옵션:" +msgstr "다음 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -15701,8 +15717,8 @@ msgid "" "information is not transmitted to the seller any longer, after a :abbr:`FBA " "(Fulfilled by Amazon)` order." msgstr "" -"2024년 2월 19일 현재, 북미 마켓플레이스에서 *Amazon 커넥터* 를 사용하여 생성된 :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled " -"by Amazon)` 주문을 통해서는 고객명이 Odoo의 판매/배송 주문서로 전달되지 않습니다. 이제 Amazon이 판매자를 대신하여 " +"2024년 2월 19일부터는, 북미 마켓플레이스에서 *Amazon 커넥터* 를 사용하여 생성된 :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled " +"by Amazon)` 주문에서는 고객명이 Odoo의 판매/배송 주문서로 전달되지 않습니다. 이제 Amazon에서 판매자를 대신하여 " "판매세를 계산하고 납부하기 때문입니다. 즉, :abbr:`FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon)` 주문 후에는 더 이상 고객의 " "개인 식별 정보가 판매자에게 전송되지 않습니다." @@ -16018,11 +16034,11 @@ msgid "" "synchronize these orders, or click on :guilabel:`Recover Order` and enter " "the relevant Amazon Order Reference." msgstr "" -"아마존으로부터 일부 배송 정보가 처리되지 않았다는 알림을 Odoo에서 받게 될 수 있으며, 어느 배송 항목에 대한 것인지는 특정이 되지 " -"않는 경우가 생깁니다. 이런 경우에는, 배송 항목 중에서 배송 상태 확인이 되지 않는 건은 모두 동기화 실패로 처리됩니다. 아마존에서 " -"배송이 진행 중이라는 안내를 Odoo로 받으면, :guilabel:`아마존과 동기화됨` 으로 태그가 변경됩니다. 이 과정을 신속하게 " -"처리하기 위해서는 아마존 계정에서 :guilabel:`주문 동기화` 를 클릭한 후 주문을 수동으로 동기화하거나 :guilabel:`주문 " -"복구` 를 클릭한 후 관련된 아마존 주문 참조 내역을 입력합니다." +"아마존으로부터 일부 배송 정보가 처리되지 않았다는 알림을 Odoo 에서 받게 될 수 있으며, 어느 배송 항목에 대한 것인지는 특정이 되지" +" 않는 경우가 생깁니다. 이런 경우에는, 배송 항목 중에서 상태 확인이 되지 않는 건은 모두 동기화 실패로 처리됩니다. 아마존에서 배송이" +" 진행 중이라는 안내를 Odoo로 받으면, :guilabel:`아마존과 동기화됨` 으로 태그가 변경됩니다. 이 과정을 신속하게 처리하기 " +"위해서는 아마존 계정에서 :guilabel:`주문 동기화` 를 클릭한 후 주문을 수동으로 동기화하거나 :guilabel:`주문 복구` 를" +" 클릭한 후 관련된 아마존 주문 참조 내역을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:106 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" @@ -17312,7 +17328,7 @@ msgstr "경비 양식에 :guilabel:`설명` 을 추가해 두면 경비 내용 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, select one of the following options" " from the drop-down menu:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`카테고리` 필드에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다음 옵션 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -17847,7 +17863,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " "aforementioned sales flow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음에서는 세부적으로 청구서 발행 정책 규칙이 앞에서 언급한 판매 흐름에 미치는 영향에 대해 살펴봅니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -17914,6 +17930,8 @@ msgid "" "Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " "learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgstr "" +"자세한 내용은 선급금에 대해 설명되어 있는 " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment` 문서를 확인하세요. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" @@ -18043,7 +18061,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Project field appears when the Task option is selected in Create on " "Order field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트 필드는 주문 시 생성 필드에서 작업 옵션을 선택할 경우 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -18090,7 +18108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Or, directly edit/modify the :guilabel:`Description` field on the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또는 판매주문서 :guilabel:`주문 줄` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`설명` 필드를 직접 편집/수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:90 msgid "This is *not* a requirement." @@ -18111,7 +18129,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Product with Service \"Product Type\" and \"Task\" in the Create on Order " "field on form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 \"품목 유형\" 및 \"작업\" 에 대한 품목이 양식에 주문 생성 필드에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -18190,7 +18208,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Sample tasks page accessed via the smart button from a sales order with " "milestone products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마일스톤 품목이 있는 판매주문서에서 스마트 버튼을 통해 액세스하는 예시용 작업 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -18206,7 +18224,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The milestone field on the task form when dealing with milestone products in" " Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 양식의 마일스톤 필드가 Odoo 판매에서 마일스톤 품목을 처리할 때 나타나는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:147 msgid "Repeat this process for all milestone tasks." @@ -18244,7 +18262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "What it looks like to mark a milestone as reached via the milestone smart " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마일스톤 스마트 버튼을 통해 마일스톤을 도달한 것으로 표시하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -18265,13 +18283,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A milestone product that's been reached marked as delivered on the sales " "order in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마일스톤 품목이 달성될 경우 Odoo 판매주문서에 배송 완료로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:177 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals " "a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`청구서 생성` 을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`청구서 생성` 팝업창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -18322,7 +18341,7 @@ msgstr "결제 등록을 클릭하면 표시되는 결제 등록 팝업창입니 msgid "" "On this pop-up window, confirm the accuracy of the auto-populated fields, " "then click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 팝업창에서 자동 입력 필드에 있는 내용이 정확한지 확인한 다음 :guilabel:`결제 생성` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -18337,7 +18356,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "An invoice with a milestone product that has been paid with an In Payment " "banner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서에 마일스톤 품목에 대한 결제가 완료되어 결제 중 배너가 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -18366,7 +18385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The invoices smart button that appears at the top of a sales order with " "milestones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 스마트 버튼이 판매주문서 상단에 마일스톤과 함께 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -19664,7 +19683,7 @@ msgstr "할인 및 적립 프로그램 환경설정" msgid "" "To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "할인 및 로열티 프로그램을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 --> 품목 --> 할인 및 로열티` 로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -19808,6 +19827,8 @@ msgid "" "The options available on the program form vary depending on the " ":ref:`Program Type ` selected." msgstr "" +"프로그램 양식에 있는 옵션은 선택한 :ref:`프로그램 유형 ` " +"에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -19832,7 +19853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "" "The Loyalty Card smart button as it appears on a contact form in Odoo 17." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 17의 문의 양식에 나타나 있는 로열티 카드 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -19897,7 +19918,7 @@ msgstr "조건부 규칙" msgid "" "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " "program applies to a customer's order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음으로, 프로그램이 언제 고객 주문에 적용될지 시기를 지정하는 :guilabel:`조건부 규칙` 을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -19972,7 +19993,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " "that specific tag." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 태그:` 해당 태그가 있는 품목에 프로그램을 적용하려면 태그를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -20052,7 +20073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " "eligible for the reward." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목 태그`: 리워드로 받을 수 있는 무료 품목을 추가로 지정하려면 태그를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" @@ -20117,7 +20138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In order to use multiple currencies in Odoo *Sales*, the *Accounting* " "application **must** be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *판매* 에서 여러 가지 통화를 사용하려면 **반드시** *회계* 애플리케이션을 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -20235,7 +20256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:70 msgid "" "To the far right, there are two columns, which can be toggled on or off:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "가장 오른쪽에는 두 개의 열이 있으며 토글을 켜거나 끌 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -20375,7 +20396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same :guilabel:`New` button is located in the upper-right corner of any " "currency detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 통화 세부 양식에는 동일한 :guilabel:`새로 만들기` 버튼이 오른쪽 상단에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a blank currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." @@ -20901,7 +20922,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 판매의 커스터마이징된 기간 팝업 양식" msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this recurring price rule in the " ":guilabel:`Recurring Price` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 정기 결제 가격 규칙에 지정할 가격을 :guilabel:`정기 결제 가격` 열에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`../../../subscriptions`" @@ -21320,7 +21341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Discount` button on a sales order is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Discount` pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서에 있는 :guilabel:`할인` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`할인` 팝업창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -21862,13 +21883,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " "uploaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 파일 가져오기 페이지가 품목 템플릿이 업로드된 후 나타나 있는 모습입니다.." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " ":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." msgstr "" +"여기에서 :guilabel:`Odoo 필드` 에서 :guilabel:`파일 열` 을 필요한 경우 수동으로 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -21940,7 +21962,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 품목 가져오기 프로세스가 성공적으로 msgid "" "At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " "via the :guilabel:`Products` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 시점에서 :guilabel:`품목` 페이지를 통해 새로 가져온 모든 품목을 액세스하고 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" @@ -22061,11 +22083,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`속성`: 속성 이름(예: `크기`)." msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " "There are three display type options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`디스플레이 유형`: 품목 설정기에 있는 디스플레이 유형입니다. 세 가지 디스플레이 유형 옵션이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" -msgstr ":guilabel:`라디오`: 라디오 버튼으로 표시된 값" +msgstr ":guilabel:`옵션`: 옵션 버튼으로 표시된 값" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" @@ -22466,7 +22488,7 @@ msgstr "이미지가 필요한 품목을 선택합니다." msgid "" "Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " "image, are processed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 중에서 바코드가 있으나 이미지가 **없는** 품목(또는 품목 세부 옵션)만 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -22494,7 +22516,7 @@ msgstr "팝업창이 표시되면 :guilabel:`사진 가져오기` 를 클릭합 msgid "" "The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매에서 사진 가져오기를 클릭할 수 있는 팝업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." @@ -22570,7 +22592,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" " **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**색상** 및 **크기** 는 *속성* 에 해당하고, 해당 옵션(예: **파란색** 과 **S**)은 *값* 이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -22589,7 +22611,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`ecommerce/products/product-variants`" msgid "" "To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" " Odoo *Sales* application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부 옵션을 선택하려면 **반드시** Odoo *판매* 애플리케이션에서 *세부 옵션* 설정을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -22678,7 +22700,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`색상`: 작은 색상 사각형으로 HTML 색상 코드가 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" " of the online store." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`옵션`: 선택할 수 있는 옵션이 온라인 스토어의 품목 페이지에 글머리 기호 스타일 목록으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -22691,6 +22713,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multi-checkbox (option)`: options appear as selectable checkboxes" " on the product page of the online store." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다중 체크박스(선택 사항)`: 선택할 수 있는 옵션이 온라인 스토어의 품목 페이지에 체크박스로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." @@ -22719,7 +22742,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " "attributes and values are added to a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`동적 진행`: 세부 옵션은 해당 속성 및 값이 판매주문서에 **추가되는 경우에만** 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." @@ -22792,7 +22815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또한 속성을 카테고리에 직접 추가하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -23060,7 +23083,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " "form in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세부 옵션 페이지를 Odoo의 품목 양식에서 세부 옵션 스마트 버튼을 통해 액세스하는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "Impact of variants" @@ -23410,7 +23433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Quotation Validity`: Determine a set amount (in " ":guilabel:`days`) that quotations can remain valid for." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`견적서 기본 유효 기간`: 견적이 유효한 설정될 일정 기간(:guilabel:`일`)을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/create_quotations.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -23849,7 +23872,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 msgid "" "The Delivery section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기타 정보 탭의 배송 섹션이 Odoo 판매의 견적서 양식에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/create_quotations.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -23868,7 +23891,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoterm Location`: If an Incoterm is being used, enter the " "international location in this field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`인코텀즈 위치`: 인코텀즈를 사용하는 경우 이 필드에 국가 위치를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/create_quotations.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -23906,7 +23929,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Invoicing section of the Other Info tab of a quotation form in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기타 정보 탭의 청구서 섹션이 Odoo 판매의 견적서 양식에 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/create_quotations.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -24120,9 +24143,9 @@ msgid "" "deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" " to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." msgstr "" -"Odoo *판매* 애플리케이션에서는, 판매 견적서에 마감일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 판매 협상 중에 고객이 괜찮은 거래를 " -"놓치지 않으려고 빨리 행동하도록 할 수 있습니다. 또한, 비즈니스에 더 이상 수익성이 없는 가격으로 주문을 진행해야 하는 경우가 발생할 " -"때 회사를 보호하는 역할도 할 수 있습니다." +"Odoo *판매* 애플리케이션에서는, 판매 견적서에 마감일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 설정하면 고객이 좋은 거래를 놓치지 않도록 판매" +" 협상에 적극적으로 임하게 유도하는 효과가 있습니다. 또한 마감일을 설정해 두면 해당 주문 가격이 더 이상 수익성이 없게 되는 경우가 " +"발생할 때 비즈니스를 보호하는 역할도 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Quotation expiration" @@ -25649,7 +25672,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Print pdf quote option on drop-down menu located on confirmed sales order in" " Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매의 확정 판매주문서에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴에 PDF 견적서 인쇄 옵션이 나타나 있는 모습입니다.." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/pdf_quote_builder.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -25667,6 +25690,9 @@ msgid "" ":download:`sample quotation ` for " "added reference." msgstr "" +"추가로 참조할 수 있도록 `PDF 견적서 작성기 예시 " +"` 또는 :download:`예시용 견적서 " +"` 를 다운로드하세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Quotation templates" @@ -26031,7 +26057,7 @@ msgstr "견적서 템플릿을 생성할 때 선택 품목은 필수가 **아닙 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:189 msgid "Terms & Conditions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이용약관 탭" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -26251,6 +26277,9 @@ msgid "" "` " "feature." msgstr "" +":doc:`고객 주소 " +"` 기능을" +" 활성화하면 다양한 청구서 및 배송 주소를 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:49 msgid "Confirmation" @@ -26469,7 +26498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: select the data of specific sales team(s) to target " "with the automation rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`영업팀`: 타겟팅할 특정 영업팀의 데이터를 자동화 규칙을 통해 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -26660,7 +26689,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`메모`: 활동이 배정된 직원에게 전달될 메모입 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Due Date In`: enter an amount of days within which the activity " "should be completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`마감까지 남은 기간`: 활동을 완료해야 하는 기간을 일수로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -26901,7 +26930,7 @@ msgstr "이커머스 상점에 있는 구독" msgid "" "Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " "regular sales products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구독 상품은 일반적인 판매용 품목과 마찬가지로 Odoo *이커머스* 스토어에서 판매할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -26984,7 +27013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These value names appear as selectable options on the product page of the " "eCommerce shop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이러한 값의 이름은 이커머스 스토어 품목 페이지에서 선택할 수 있도록 옵션으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -27446,6 +27475,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " "(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`기간`: 종료일이 없는 구독 요금제(:guilabel:`영구`) 또는 :guilabel:`고정` 기간을 지정할지 " +"여부를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -27718,7 +27749,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting it to :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` causes issues with invoice " "creation, and disrupts the subscription process." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 수량` 으로 설정할 경우 청구서 생성 시 문제가 발생하여 구독 프로세스가 중단됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -27833,7 +27864,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Pricelists are also accessible through the Odoo *Subscriptions* app by " "following the same menu steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가격표는 Odoo *구독* 앱에서도 동일한 메뉴 단계에 따라 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -28235,6 +28266,7 @@ msgid "" "To save the filter, click :guilabel:`Save` in the :guilabel:`Favorites` " "section of the drop-down filter menu." msgstr "" +"필터를 저장하려면 드롭다운 필터 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`즐겨찾기` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`저장` 을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -28344,6 +28376,8 @@ msgid "" "When the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph view is selected, " "the following visual options are available:" msgstr "" +":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`막대그래프` 를 그래프 보기로 선택하면 다음과 같은 시각적인 옵션을 사용할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:123 @@ -28577,6 +28611,8 @@ msgid "" "To access the :guilabel:`Subscriptions Analysis` reporting page, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`구독 분석` 보고 페이지에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`구독 앱 --> 보고 --> 구독` 으로 " +"이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -28661,6 +28697,8 @@ msgid "" "To access the :guilabel:`Retention Analysis` reporting page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Reporting --> Retention`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유지율 분석` 보고 페이지에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`구독 앱 --> 보고 --> 유지율` 로 " +"이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -28694,6 +28732,8 @@ msgid "" "The metric-related options in the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu on the" " :guilabel:`Retention Analysis` reporting page are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`유지율 분석` 보고 페이지의 :guilabel:`측정값` 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 지표 관련 선택 항목은 다음과 " +"같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Amount to invoice`" @@ -28823,6 +28863,8 @@ msgid "" "The metric-related options in the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu on the" " :guilabel:`MRR Breakdown` reporting page are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MRR 내역` 보고 페이지의 :guilabel:`측정값` 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 지표 관련 선택 항목은 다음과 " +"같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:346 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:394 @@ -28919,6 +28961,8 @@ msgid "" "The metric-related options in the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu on the" " :guilabel:`MRR Analysis` reporting page are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MRR 분석` 보고 페이지의 :guilabel:`측정값` 드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 지표 관련 선택 항목은 다음과 " +"같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled actions" @@ -29187,7 +29231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Payment Token field under the Other Info tab on a subscription sales " "order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "구독 판매주문서 양식의 기타 정보 탭 아래에 있는 결제 토큰 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:132 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index ac34b5aec..c992a1cf2 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Sarah Park, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "사이트에서 워크시트 사용하기" msgid "" "To complete the worksheet on site, access the task and click the " ":guilabel:`Worksheet` smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현장 워크시트를 완료하려면 작업에 액세스한 후 :guilabel:`워크시트` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/worksheets.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Any field defined as :guilabel:`Required` has to be filled for a worksheet " "to be saved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "워크시트를 저장하려면 :guilabel:`필수` 필드를 모두 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:6 msgid "Helpdesk" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:143 msgid "Convert tickets to opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓을 영업기회로 전환하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This feature is **only** available if the :doc:`CRM <../sales/crm>` app is " "installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 기능을 사용하려면 **반드시** CRM <../sales/crm>` 앱을 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "At the top of the ticket, click the :guilabel:`Convert to Opportunity` " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`영업기회로 전환` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -844,10 +844,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Team`: Specify which :guilabel:`Sales Team` and " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` this created opportunity is assigned to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`영업팀`: 생성된 영업기회를 배정할 :guilabel:`영업팀` 및 :guilabel:`영업 담당자` 를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst-1 msgid "The convert to opportunity pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영업기회로 전환하는 팝업창입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -859,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:178 msgid "" "After the ticket is converted to an opportunity, the ticket is archived." -msgstr "" +msgstr "티켓이 영업기회로 전환될 경우 해당 티켓은 보관됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:181 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" @@ -2406,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "지식센터 책갈피 아이콘에 초점이 맞추어져 있는 헬프 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:51 msgid "The Knowledge app is represented by the bookmark icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "지식 센터 앱이 책갈피 아이콘으로 표시됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:54 msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" @@ -2773,13 +2774,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 msgid "Create a Helpdesk ticket from a forum post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포럼 게시물에서 헬프데스크 티켓 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 msgid "" "Forum posts submitted by portal users can be converted to **Helpdesk** " "tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "포털 사용자가 작성한 포럼 게시물은 **헬프데스크** 티켓으로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -2790,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "A forum post with the create ticket option visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "포럼 게시물에 티켓 만들기 옵션이 표시되어 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -2801,11 +2802,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create & View Ticket` or :guilabel:`Create Ticket`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`티켓 만들기 및 보기` 또는 :guilabel:`티켓 만들기` 를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 msgid "The original forum post is linked in the chatter on the new ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "원래 있던 포럼 게시물은 새 티켓의 메시지창에 링크로 표시되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:256 msgid "eLearning" @@ -3002,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Click the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon to switch to list " "view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록 보기로 전환하려면 :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(목록)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -3544,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Show`: The chat button displays on the selected page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`표시`: 선택한 페이지에 채팅 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:179 @@ -3567,7 +3568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Hide`: The chat button is hidden from display on the webpage." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`숨기기`: 채팅 버튼이 웹페이지에서 표시되지 않고 숨겨집니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4456,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The *SLA Policies* feature is enabled by default on newly created " "**Helpdesk** teams." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*SLA 정책* 기능은 새로 생성한 **헬프데스크** 팀에서 기본값으로 활성화되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4541,6 +4542,11 @@ msgid "" "in this field, this policy only applies to tickets marked as `Low Priority`," " meaning those with zero :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`우선순위`: 티켓의 우선순위 수준을 지정하려면 :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(별)` 아이콘을 " +"한 개부터 세 개까지 선택하며, 이 아이콘은 칸반 카드 또는 티켓 자체에서의 우선순위 수준을 나타냅니다. |SLA| 이 적용되려면 " +"**반드시** 티켓의 우선순위 수준이 |SLA| 기준과 일치하도록 업데이트되어야 합니다. 이 필드에서 선택을 하지 않은 경우에는 이 " +"정책은 `우선순위 낮음` 으로 표시된 티켓, 즉 :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(별)` 아이콘이 0개인 티켓에만 " +"적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4552,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customers`: Individual contacts or companies may be selected in " "this field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`고객`: 이 필드에서 개별 연락처나 회사를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5786,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "Project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트 현황판" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5799,10 +5805,14 @@ msgid "" "As such, it is a crucial tool for effective project management and ensuring " "that your project stays on track." msgstr "" +"프로젝트 현황판을 통하여 전체적인 프로젝트 상태에 대해 종합적으로 검토할 수 있습니다. 프로젝트에 연결된 총 작업 수, 작업시간표, 시간" +" 계획과 같은 정보와 프로젝트 마일스톤, 비용 및 수익에 대한 자세한 정보가 표시됩니다. 프로젝트 현황판에서 :guilabel:`프로젝트" +" 업데이트` 를 생성하여 이를 통해 특정 시점의 프로젝트 상태에 대한 스냅샷을 찍을 수 있습니다. 따라서 효과적으로 프로젝트를 관리하고 " +"프로젝트가 순조롭게 진행되도록 하는 매우 중요한 도구입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:13 msgid "Using the project dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트 현황판 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5832,13 +5842,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:33 msgid "Totals smart buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전체 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "The following smart buttons are displayed on the top left of the project " "dashboard:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 스마트 버튼은 프로젝트 현황판의 왼쪽 상단에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5869,6 +5879,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents`: number of :doc:`documents " "<../../productivity/documents>` in the project’s workspace." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`문서`: 프로젝트의 작업 영역에 있는 :doc:`문서 <../../productivity/documents>` " +"수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5944,7 +5956,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:94 msgid "Project updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트 업데이트" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5974,7 +5986,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Progress`: Manually input the completion percentage based on the " "project's progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`진행률`: 프로젝트 진행에 맞추어 완료율을 수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6285,13 +6297,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The new task is created on the project dashboard with the following " "configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로젝트 현황판에서 새로운 작업이 다음과 같은 환경설정을 통해 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stage`: is set to the first stage of the project dashboard " "(:guilabel:`New` or equivalent);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`단계`: 프로젝트 현황판의 첫 번째 단계로 설정됩니다(:guilabel:`새로 만들기` 또는 이와 동등한 단계)." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6299,6 +6312,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: are copied " "from the original task;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`이름`, :guilabel:`설명`, :guilabel:`프로젝트`, :guilabel:`담당자`, " +":guilabel:`고객`, :guilabel:`태그`: 원래 작업에서 복사됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -6313,6 +6328,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activities`, :guilabel:`Subtasks`: are **not** copied from the " "original task." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`마일스톤`, :guilabel:`타임시트`, :guilabel:`메시지창`, :guilabel:`활동`, " +":guilabel:`하위 작업`: 원래 작업에서 복사되지 **않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6775,7 +6792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 종속성" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6794,7 +6811,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:13 msgid "Set task dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 종속성 설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6822,7 +6839,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "Task dependency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 종속성" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6834,11 +6851,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:37 msgid "Remove dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "종속성 제거" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:39 msgid "To remove a task dependency, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 종속성을 제거하려면 다음과 같이 진행합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -6903,6 +6920,7 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`See examples` to find ideas for stage names applicable to " "your line of business." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`예시 보기` 를 클릭하면 비즈니스 분야에 적용할 수 있는 단계 이름에 대한 아이디어를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:28 msgid "Editing task stages" @@ -6997,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approved`: to highlight that the task is ready to be moved to the" " next stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`승인됨`: 작업이 다음 단계로 이동할 준비가 되었다는 강조 표시가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_stages_statuses.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Canceled`: to cancel the task." diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 546db47a5..f4a2b01af 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: to send the message as an email to the recipients of the " ":guilabel:`Email Template`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: :guilabel:`이메일 템플릿` 수신자에게 이메일로 메시지를 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "`env`: 작업이 트리거되는 환경" msgid "" "`model`: model of the record on which the action is triggered; is a void " "recordset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`model`: 활동을 작동시키는 레코드의 모델입니다. 무효 레코드 세트입니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:312 msgid "`record`: record on which the action is triggered; may be void" @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " "switching to the edit mode." -msgstr ":guilabel:`버튼`: 라디오 버튼이 표시됩니다. 위젯은 편집 모드로 전환하지 않아도 동작합니다." +msgstr ":guilabel:`버튼`: 옵션 버튼이 표시됩니다. 위젯은 편집 모드로 전환하지 않아도 작동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " "buttons." -msgstr ":guilabel:`라디오 버튼`: 선택할 수 있는 값을 라디오 버튼으로 전부 표시합니다." +msgstr ":guilabel:`옵션`: 옵션 버튼으로 선택할 수 있는 값을 전부 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "관계형 필드" msgid "" "Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " "another model." -msgstr "" +msgstr "관계형 필드는 다른 모델에 있는 레코드의 데이터를 연결하고 표시할 때 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:330 msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "다대일 관계를 보여주는 다이어그램" msgid "" "To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " ":guilabel:`Disable creation`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "연결된 모델에서 새 레코드를 만들지 못하게 하려면 :guilabel:`생성 기능 비활성화` 를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "팝업창에서 레코드를 열지 못하게 하려면 :guilabel:`열 msgid "" "To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " "create a filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "알맞은 레코드만 선택할 수 있게 하려면 :guilabel:`도메인` 을 클릭하여 필터를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:350 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 708365776..3a3a7bef9 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Sarah Park, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Sarah Park, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 이커머스 `;" msgstr "" +":doc:`Sendcloud " +"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping>`" +" 를 통해 배송업체를 통합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1089,6 +1092,8 @@ msgid "" "Upon :ref:`configuring ` a delivery method, you can:" msgstr "" +"배송 방법을 :ref:`환경설정 ` " +"하면 다음과 같이 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1096,6 +1101,8 @@ msgid "" "<../../website/configuration/multi_website>` by selecting it in the " ":guilabel:`Website` field;" msgstr "" +":doc:`특정 웹사이트에 한하도록 <../../website/configuration/multi_website>` 제한을 두려면 " +":guilabel:`웹사이트` 필드에서 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1134,6 +1141,8 @@ msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, enable :guilabel:`Click & " "Collect`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배송` 섹션으로 스크롤을 이동하여 :guilabel:`클릭 및 수집` 을 활성화한 후 :guilabel:`저장` " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1181,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:125 msgid "The Click & Collect option is not available for services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "클릭 앤 콜렉트 옵션은 서비스에 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce management" @@ -2875,10 +2884,10 @@ msgid "" "grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " "a banner across the product's image, such as:" msgstr "" -"다음 단계에 따라 카테고리 또는 제품 페이지에서 제품의 가시성을 높일 수 있습니다. 원하는 페이지에 액세스하여 " -":menuselection:`편집 --> 사용자 지정`을 클릭한 다음 강조 표시할 제품을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`제품` 섹션에서" -" 그리드를 클릭하여 제품 이미지 크기를 조정하거나 제품 이미지에 배너를 추가하여 눈에 잘 띄도록 **리본** 또는 " -":guilabel:`배지`를 추가할 수 있습니다." +"품목을 강조 표시하면 카테고리나 품목 페이지에서 품목을 더욱 눈에 띄게 할 수 있습니다. 작업하려는 페이지에서 " +":menuselection:`편집 --> 사용자 지정` 으로 이동한 다음강조 표시할 품목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 섹션에" +" 있는 표를 클릭하면 품목 이미지 크기를 조정할 수 있으며 **리본** 이나 :guilabel:`배지` 도 추가할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " +"하면 품목 이미지 전체에 배너가 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:139 msgid "Sale;" @@ -7232,12 +7241,12 @@ msgid "" "canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " "addition to the use of shortcuts." msgstr "" -"채팅 창에 `:`을 입력하면 사용 가능한 미리 준비된 답변 목록이 나타납니다. 상담원은 이 목록에서 직접 답변을 선택하거나 단축키를 " -"사용하여 더 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다." +"채팅 창에 `:` 을 입력하면 미리 준비된 답변 목록이 나타납니다. 상담원은 이 목록에서 직접 답변을 선택할 수 있으며 혹은 단축키를 " +"사용하여 더욱 빠르게 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." -msgstr "채팅 창과 사용 가능한 미리 준비된 답변 목록 보기." +msgstr "채팅 창 및 미리 준비된 답변 목록이 나타나 있는 모습입니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:7 msgid "Website" @@ -8081,10 +8090,10 @@ msgid "" "Custom domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A " "message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" -"CNAME 레코드의 대상 주소를 프로젝트의 기본 주소로 사용할 수 있으며, 이 주소는 Odoo.sh에서 :menuselection:`설정" -" --> 프로젝트 이름` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 또는 특정 브랜치 (프로덕션, 스테이징 또는 개발)의 기본 주소로 사용할 수도 있으며" -" 이 주소는 :menuselection:`브랜치 --> 브랜치 선택 --> 설정 --> 사용자 지정 도메인` 을 클릭한 후 " -":guilabel:`내 도메인 설정 방법` 을 클릭하면 확인할 수 있습니다. CNAME 레코드의 대상 주소를 알리는 메시지가 표시됩니다." +"CNAME 레코드의 대상 주소는 프로젝트의 기본 주소여야 하며, 이 주소는 Odoo.sh의 :menuselection:`설정 --> " +"프로젝트 이름` 에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 또는 특정 브랜치 (프로덕션, 스테이징 또는 개발)의 기본 주소로 사용할 수도 있으며 이 " +"주소를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`브랜치 --> 브랜치 선택 --> 설정 --> 사용자 지정 도메인` 을 클릭한 후 " +":guilabel:`내 도메인 설정 방법` 을 클릭합니다. 메시지로 CNAME 레코드의 대상 주소가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." @@ -9533,7 +9542,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the language selector available in the :guilabel:`Copyright` block and" " go to the :guilabel:`Copyright` section of the website builder;" msgstr "" -"사용 가능한 언어 선택기를 :guilabel:`저작권` 블록에서 클릭한 후 웹사이트 빌더의 :guilabel:`저작권` 섹션으로 " +":guilabel:`저작권` 블록에서 사용하려는 언어 선택기를 클릭한 후 웹사이트 빌더의 :guilabel:`저작권` 섹션으로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:55 @@ -11055,9 +11064,9 @@ msgid "" "creates and sets up your account. You can start using it by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." msgstr "" -"Odoo는 자체 Plausible.io 서버를 호스팅하고 있으며 **Odoo 온라인** 데이터베이스용으로 즉시 사용 가능한 무료 " -"Plausible.io 솔루션을 제공합니다. 계정은 Odoo에서 자동으로 생성되어 설정합니다. 사용하려면 " -":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 보고 --> 분석`에서 시작합니다." +"Odoo는 자체 Plausible.io 서버를 호스팅하고 있으며, **Odoo 온라인** 데이터베이스에서 즉시 사용 가능한 무료 " +"Plausible.io 솔루션을 제공합니다. Odoo에서 자동으로 계정을 생성하여 설정합니다. 시작하려면 " +":menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 보고 --> 분석` 으로 이동하세요." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:25 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 1fff61c2f..cace1e7b9 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2024 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2024 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2024 -# Maitê Dietze, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Maitê Dietze, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../track_leads/lead_scoring`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:118 msgid ":ref:`Website forms `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Formulários do site `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Create and send quotations" @@ -10168,6 +10168,9 @@ msgid "" "note, referencing the original receipt or invoice and partially or fully " "canceling the document." msgstr "" +"Depois que o pagamento da devolução é validado, o Odoo gera a nota de " +"crédito necessária, referenciando o recibo ou a fatura original e cancelando" +" parcial ou totalmente o documento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:127 msgid "Manage the cash register" @@ -10594,6 +10597,10 @@ msgid "" " specific categories to display in the :guilabel:`Restrict Categories` field" " within the :guilabel:`Product & PoS categories` section." msgstr "" +"Você pode limitar as categorias exibidas na interface do PDV. Para isso, vá " +"para as :ref:`Definições do PDV ` e escolha as " +"categorias específicas a exibir no campo :guilabel:`Categorias restritas` na" +" seção :guilabel:`Categorias de produtos e PDV`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 msgid "Setting to set up the restrict category feature" @@ -11575,7 +11582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Online food delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrega de refeições online" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11583,6 +11590,10 @@ msgid "" "food delivery platforms. It consolidates orders from all connected platforms" " into a single interface, simplifying the delivery process." msgstr "" +"**O UrbanPiper** é um sistema de gerenciamento de pedidos que se integra a " +"várias plataformas de entrega de alimentos. Ele consolida os pedidos de " +"todas as plataformas conectadas em uma única interface, simplificando o " +"processo de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:9 msgid "Supported providers:" @@ -11590,99 +11601,99 @@ msgstr "Provedores compatíveis:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:11 msgid "`Careem `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Careem `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:12 msgid "`Cari `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Cari `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:13 msgid "`ChowNow `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ChowNow `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:14 msgid "`Deliveroo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Deliveroo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:15 msgid "`DoorDash `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`DoorDash `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:16 msgid "`EatEasy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EatEasy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:17 msgid "`Glovo `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Glovo `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:18 msgid "`Grubhub `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Grubhub `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:19 msgid "`HungryPanda `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungryPanda `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:20 msgid "`HungerStation `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`HungerStation `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:21 msgid "`Jahez `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Jahez `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:22 msgid "`Just Eat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Just Eat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:23 msgid "`Mrsool `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Mrsool `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:24 msgid "`Ninja `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Ninja `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:25 msgid "`NoonFood `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`NoonFood `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:26 msgid "`Postmates `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postmates `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:27 msgid "`Rafeeq `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Rafeeq `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:28 msgid "`SkipTheDishes `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`SkipTheDishes `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:29 msgid "`Swiggy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Swiggy `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:30 msgid "`Talabat `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Talabat `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:31 msgid "`UberEats `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`UberEats `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:32 msgid "`Zomato `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Zomato `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:40 msgid "UrbanPiper credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credenciais do UrbanPiper" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:42 msgid "Get your Atlas credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtenha suas credenciais do Atlas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:58 @@ -11690,17 +11701,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:16 msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" +"Vá para a seção :ref:`Configurações do PDV `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:59 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." msgstr "" +"Role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Conector de entrega de refeições`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:46 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Fill this form to get Username & Api key` and fill out the " "survey." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Preencha este formulário para obter o nome de usuário e" +" a chave de API` e preencha o questionário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11708,28 +11723,34 @@ msgid "" " API key and username by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> API " "Access`." msgstr "" +"Acesse sua conta no Atlas `_ e recupere sua " +"chave de API e nome de usuário navegando até :menuselection:`Definições --> " +"Acesso da API`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Atlas API access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesso à API do Atlas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:56 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ative a configuração :guilabel:`Urban Piper`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:60 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique a configuração :guilabel:`Urban Piper`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:62 msgid "Set up UrbanPiper:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure o UrbanPiper:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Api Key` fields with your " ":ref:`UrbanPiper credentials `." msgstr "" +"Preencha os campos :guilabel:`Nome de usuário` e :guilabel:`Chave da Api` " +"com suas :ref:`credenciais do UrbanPiper " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -11737,40 +11758,49 @@ msgid "" "Platforms` field under the :guilabel:`Urban Piper Location` section (i.e., " "Zomato, Uber Eats)." msgstr "" +"Selecione os provedores de entrega desejados no campo :guilabel:`Plataformas" +" de entrega de alimentos` na seção :guilabel:`Local Urban Piper` (ou seja, " +"Zomato, Uber Eats)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:68 msgid "Save the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salve as configurações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:69 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ Create Store` button. Doing so creates a new location" " on the UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"Clique no botão :guilabel:`+ Criar loja`. Isso cria um novo local na " +"plataforma UrbanPiper Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Pricelist` and :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` fields are " "automatically selected after saving." msgstr "" +"Os campos :guilabel:`Lista de preços` e :guilabel:`Posição fiscal` são " +"selecionados automaticamente após o salvamento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:75 msgid "A successful store creation triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A criação bem-sucedida de uma loja aciona uma notificação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:76 msgid "" "The store creation process may take 2–3 minutes to reflect changes on the " "UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"O processo de criação da loja pode levar de 2 a 3 minutos para refletir as " +"alterações na plataforma UrbanPiper Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:78 msgid "The store is automatically named after your point of sale name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A loja é automaticamente nomeada com o nome de seu ponto de venda." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Food delivery connector settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurações do conector de entrega de refeições" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:84 msgid "Products" @@ -11778,55 +11808,64 @@ msgstr "Produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:86 msgid "To make products available individually," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disponibilizar produtos individualmente," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:89 msgid "Select any product to open its product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione qualquer produto para abrir seu formulário de produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:90 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vá para a aba :guilabel:`Ponto de Venda`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:91 msgid "Complete the :guilabel:`Urban Piper` section:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete a seção :guilabel:`Urban Piper`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:93 msgid "" "Fill in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` with the desired POS." msgstr "" +"Preencha o campo :guilabel:`Disponível para entrega de refeições` com o PDV " +"desejado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:94 msgid "" "Optionally, set up the :guilabel:`Meal Type` field and enable the " ":guilabel:`Is Recommended` and :guilabel:`Is Alcoholic` buttons." msgstr "" +"Opcionalmente, configure o campo :guilabel:`Tipo de refeição` e ative os " +"botões :guilabel:`É recomendado` e :guilabel:`É alcoólico`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "where to make a single product available for delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "onde disponibilizar um único produto para entrega" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:100 msgid "To make multiple products available for food delivery at once," msgstr "" +"Para disponibilizar vários produtos de entrega de refeições de uma só vez," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Click the list icon (:icon:`oi-view-list`) to switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Clique no ícone de lista (:icon:`oi-view-list`) para alternar para a " +"visualização de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:104 msgid "Select the products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione os produtos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Enter the desired POS in the :guilabel:`Available on Food Delivery` column." msgstr "" +"Digite o PDV desejado na coluna :guilabel:`Disponível para entrega de " +"refeições`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Product list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista de produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:111 msgid "Synchronization" @@ -11837,34 +11876,41 @@ msgid "" "To make products available on food delivery platforms, synchronize with your" " UrbanPiper account:" msgstr "" +"Para disponibilizar produtos em plataformas de entrega de refeições, " +"sincronize com sua conta UrbanPiper:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:116 msgid "Scroll down the :guilabel:`Food Delivery Connector` section." msgstr "" +"Role para baixo na seção :guilabel:`Conector de entrega de refeições`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:117 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Sync Menu` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`Sincronizar menu`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:119 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Last Sync on` timestamp below the :guilabel:`Create Store` " "and :guilabel:`Sync Menu` buttons updates." msgstr "" +"O registro de data e hora :guilabel:`Última sincronização em` abaixo dos " +"botões :guilabel:`Criar loja` e :guilabel:`Sincronizar menu` é atualizado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:123 msgid "A successful synchronization triggers a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uma sincronização bem-sucedida aciona uma notificação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:124 msgid "" "The synchronization process may take 2–3 minutes to reflect changes on the " "UrbanPiper Atlas platform." msgstr "" +"O processo de sincronização pode levar de 2 a 3 minutos para refletir as " +"alterações na plataforma UrbanPiper Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:128 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publicar" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:153 @@ -11872,23 +11918,26 @@ msgid "" "`Go to the Locations tab `_ of your " "Atlas account." msgstr "" +"`Vá para a aba Locais `_ da sua " +"conta Atlas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:131 msgid "" "Select the location to activate, then click :guilabel:`Request to go Live`." msgstr "" +"Selecione o local a ser ativado e clique em :guilabel:`Request to go Live`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Request to go live button in the locations tab of the Atlas account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão Request to go live na aba locais da conta do Atlas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:136 msgid "In the popup window:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na janela pop-up:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:138 msgid "Select the platform(s) to activate and click :guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione as plataformas a ativar e clique em :guilabel:`Próximo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -11896,65 +11945,79 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields to establish the connection between the platform and " "UrbanPiper." msgstr "" +"Digite o :guilabel:`ID da plataforma` e :guilabel:`URL da plataforma` nos " +"campos correspondentes para estabelecer a conexão entre a plataforma e a " +"UrbanPiper." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:141 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request to Go Live` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`Request to Go Live`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Go live parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parâmetros de publicação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:147 msgid "" "To find the location's :guilabel:`Platform ID` and :guilabel:`Platform URL`," msgstr "" +"Para encontrar o :guilabel:`ID da plataforma` e :guilabel:`URL da " +"plataforma` do local," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:149 msgid "Click the location to open its setup form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no local para abrir seu formulário de configuração." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:150 msgid "The location's parameters are available in the :guilabel:`HUB` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os parâmetros do local estão disponíveis na aba :guilabel:`HUB`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:151 msgid "Verify that your location is live:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique se sua localização está ativa:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:154 msgid "" "Select any provider in the :guilabel:`Assoc. platform(s)` column to review " "the status of that platform for this location." msgstr "" +"Selecione qualquer provedor na coluna :guilabel:`Plataforma associada` para " +"revisar o status dessa plataforma para esse local." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:158 msgid "Order flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fluxo de pedidos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:160 msgid "" "An order placed via the configured delivery platform triggers a " "notification. To manage these orders, open the orders' list view by:" msgstr "" +"Um pedido feito pela plataforma de entrega configurada aciona uma " +"notificação. Para gerenciar esses pedidos, abra a visualização da lista de " +"pedidos por:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Review Orders` on the notification popup." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Revisar pedidos` na janela pop-up de notificação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:164 msgid "Clicking the bag-shaped icon for online orders and :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Clique no ícone em forma de bolsa dos pedidos on-line e :guilabel:`Novo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:0 msgid "Cart button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão do carrinho" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" "Clicking this icon displays the number of orders at each stage: " ":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"Clicar nesse ícone exibe o número de pedidos em cada estágio: " +":guilabel:`Novo`, :guilabel:`Em andamento` e :guilabel:`Pronto`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -11962,19 +12025,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ongoing` is for accepted orders, and :guilabel:`Done` is for " "orders ready to be delivered." msgstr "" +"O botão :guilabel:`Novo` indica os pedidos recém-feitos, :guilabel:`Em " +"andamento` indica os pedidos aceitos e :guilabel:`Pronto` indica os pedidos " +"prontos para entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Then," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Em seguida," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:196 msgid "Select the desired order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione o pedido em questão." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:178 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Accept` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`Aceitar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -11982,18 +12048,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Placed` to :guilabel:`Acknowledged` and is automatically " "displayed on the preparation display." msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido é aceito, seu :guilabel:`Status do pedido` muda de " +":guilabel:`Realizado` para :guilabel:`Reconhecido` e é automaticamente " +"exibido na tela de preparação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:182 msgid "When the order is ready," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando o pedido estiver pronto," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:184 msgid "Open the orders' list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra a visualização da lista de pedidos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:185 msgid "Select the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione o pedido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -12001,28 +12070,34 @@ msgid "" "switches from :guilabel:`Acknowledged` to :guilabel:`Food Ready`, and its " ":guilabel:`Status` switches from :guilabel:`Ongoing` to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"Clique no botão :guilabel:`Marcar como pronto`. Seu :guilabel:`Status do " +"Pedido` muda de :guilabel:`Reconhecido` para :guilabel:`Refeição pronta`, e " +"seu :guilabel:`Status` muda de :guilabel:`Em andamento` para " +":guilabel:`Pago`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:191 msgid "Order rejection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rejeição de pedido" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:193 msgid "" "Sometimes, the shop or restaurant may want to **reject** an order. In this " "case, open the orders' list view," msgstr "" +"Às vezes, a loja ou o restaurante pode querer **rejeitar** um pedido. Nesse " +"caso, abra a visualização da lista de pedidos," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:197 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Reject` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no botão :guilabel:`Rejeitar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:198 msgid "Select one of the reasons from the popup window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione um dos motivos na janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst-1 msgid "Reject order pop-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pop-up Rejeitar pedido" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -12032,6 +12107,11 @@ msgid "" "rejection. Always follow the respective provider's guidelines for handling " "such cases." msgstr "" +"Os pedidos do **Swiggy** não podem ser rejeitados diretamente. A tentativa " +"de rejeitar um pedido faz com que o suporte ao cliente da Swiggy entre em " +"contato com o restaurante. Da mesma forma, **Deliveroo**, **JustEat** e " +"**HungerStation** não permitem a rejeição de pedidos. Siga sempre as " +"diretrizes do respectivo provedor para lidar com esses casos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 msgid "Payment methods" @@ -14114,57 +14194,74 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:3 msgid "Marketing features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recursos de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:5 msgid "" "Use your POS system to engage with customers directly by sending them " "promotional offers via email or WhatsApp." msgstr "" +"Use seu sistema de PDV para interagir diretamente com os clientes, enviando-" +"lhes ofertas promocionais por e-mail ou WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:9 msgid "Storing contact details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Armazenar detalhes de contato" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:11 msgid "" "This feature requires your customer's contact details, either their email " "address or phone number." msgstr "" +"Esse recurso requer os detalhes de contato do seu cliente, seja o endereço " +"de e-mail ou o número de telefone." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:13 msgid "" "**Email addresses**: automatically collected and saved in POS orders when " "sending a receipt by email." msgstr "" +"**Endereços de e-mail**: coletados e salvos automaticamente nos pedidos de " +"PDV ao enviar um recibo por e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:15 msgid "" "**Phone numbers**: to store phone numbers when sending receipts on WhatsApp " "or by SMS," msgstr "" +"**Números de telefone**: para armazenar números de telefone ao enviar " +"recibos no WhatsApp ou por SMS," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:17 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section;" msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Configuração --> Definições` e role até a seção " +":guilabel:`Contas e Recibos`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:19 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`WhatsApp Enabled` or :guilabel:`SMS Enabled` " "option(s)." msgstr "" +"Ative a(s) opção(ões) :guilabel:`WhatsApp ativado` ou :guilabel:`SMS " +"ativado`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "setting to enable to store phone numbers when sending receipts" msgstr "" +"configuração para permitir o armazenamento de números de telefone ao enviar " +"recibos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:24 msgid "" "If a customer’s contact information is missing, it will be automatically " "saved in POS orders when the receipt is sent via email, SMS, or WhatsApp." msgstr "" +"Se as informações de contato de um cliente estiverem faltando, elas serão " +"salvas automaticamente nos pedidos do PDV quando o recibo for enviado por " +"e-mail, SMS ou WhatsApp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14172,10 +14269,15 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Extra Info` tab, then click the email icon or whatsapp " "icon to send standalone marketing messages." msgstr "" +"Em um formulário de pedido de PDV, navegue até a categoria " +":guilabel:`Informações de contato` na aba :guilabel:`Informações extra` e, " +"em seguida, clique no ícone de e-mail ou no ícone do whatsapp para enviar " +"mensagens de marketing independentes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:0 msgid "pos orders form's standalone marketing message option" msgstr "" +"opção de mensagem de marketing autônoma do formulário de pedidos do pdv" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:36 msgid "Email marketing" @@ -14184,31 +14286,37 @@ msgstr "Marketing por e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:38 msgid "To send marketing emails to your customers from POS orders," msgstr "" +"Para enviar e-mails de marketing para seus clientes a partir de pedidos de " +"PDV," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:101 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vá para :menuselection:`Ponto de venda --> Pedidos --> Pedidos`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:102 msgid "Select the orders;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione os pedidos;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:42 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Send Email` from the dropdown " "menu." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Ações` e, em seguida, em :guilabel:`Enviar e-mail` no " +"menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:44 msgid "" "Doing so opens an email composing form. Fill it in and hit :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Isso abre um formulário de composição de e-mail. Preencha-o e pressione " +":guilabel:`Enviar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "mail composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "visualização do compositor de e-Commerce" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14216,12 +14324,18 @@ msgid "" "ellipsis button and select your template under the :guilabel:`Insert " "Template` section." msgstr "" +"Economize tempo salvando seu conteúdo como um modelo. Clique no botão de " +"reticências verticais e selecione seu modelo na seção :guilabel:`Inserir " +"modelo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:53 msgid "" "You can also save your content as template for later use. Click the vertical" " ellipsis button and select :guilabel:`Save as Template`." msgstr "" +"Você também pode salvar seu conteúdo como modelo para uso posterior. Clique " +"no botão de reticências verticais e selecione :guilabel:`Salvar como " +"modelo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -14229,22 +14343,29 @@ msgid "" " track its results in the :doc:`Email Marketing app " "<../../marketing/email_marketing>`." msgstr "" +"Preencha o campo :guilabel:`Nome da Nome do envio em massa` para criar um " +"e-mail em massa e acompanhar seus resultados no aplicativo :doc:`Marketing " +"por e-mail <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:59 msgid "" "If an email address is not related to an existing customer, a new customer " "is automatically created when sending marketing emails." msgstr "" +"Se um endereço de e-mail não estiver relacionado a um cliente existente, um " +"novo cliente será criado automaticamente ao enviar e-mails de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:63 msgid "" ":doc:`Use the email marketing app for more advanced marketing features " "<../../marketing/email_marketing>`." msgstr "" +":doc:`Use o aplicativo de marketing por e-mail para obter recursos de " +"marketing mais avançados <../../marketing/email_marketing>`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:67 msgid "Whatsapp marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing pelo Whatsapp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14252,66 +14373,79 @@ msgid "" "marketing messages from your POS using the phone numbers collected from POS " "orders. To do so," msgstr "" +"Primeiro, você precisa ativar a ação de servidor relacionada para enviar " +"mensagens de marketing do WhatsApp a partir do seu PDV usando os números de " +"telefone coletados dos pedidos do PDV. Para fazer isso," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:77 msgid "Go to the WhatsApp application;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesse o aplicativo WhatsApp;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:78 msgid "Create a new :ref:`WhatsApp template `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie um novo :ref:`Modelo do WhatsApp `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:79 msgid "Configure the fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure os campos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Applies to` field set to :guilabel:`Point of Sale Orders`;" msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`Aplicável a` foi definido como :guilabel:`Pedidos do " +"ponto de venda`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Category` field to :guilabel:`Marketing`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Categoria` para o campo :guilabel:`Marketing`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Phone Field` to either :guilabel:`Mobile` or :guilabel:`Customer " "> Phone`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Campo de telefone` para :guilabel:`Celular` ou :guilabel:`Cliente" +" > Telefone`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:84 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit for Approval`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Submeter para aprovação`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:85 msgid "" "Once approved, click the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` button to create a server " "action in the POS orders list view." msgstr "" +"Depois de aprovado, clique no botão :guilabel:`Permitir multi` para criar " +"uma ação de servidor na visualização da lista de pedidos do PDV." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "approved and configured for marketing uses whatsapp template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aprovado e configurado para marketing usa o modelo whatsapp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:92 msgid "" "If you modify the template's content, you must request for approval again, " "as its status returns to the :guilabel:`Draft` state." msgstr "" +"Se você modificar o conteúdo do modelo, deverá solicitar a aprovação " +"novamente, pois seu status retornará ao estado :guilabel:`Rascunho`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`WhatsApp configuration <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Configuração do WhatsApp <../../productivity/whatsapp>`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:99 msgid "Send WhatsApp marketing messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar mensagens de marketing pelo WhatsApp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:103 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`WhatsApp Message` from the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Ações` e, em seguida, em :guilabel:`Mensagem do " +"WhatsApp` no menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -14319,10 +14453,13 @@ msgid "" "marketing template in the :guilabel:`Template` field and hit :guilabel:`Send" " Message`." msgstr "" +"Isso abre um formulário de composição de mensagens do WhatsApp. Selecione o " +"modelo de marketing desejado no campo :guilabel:`Modelo` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Enviar mensagem`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst-1 msgid "whatsapp composer view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "visualização do compositor do whatsapp" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14330,6 +14467,10 @@ msgid "" " must have the :guilabel:`Allow Multi` option enabled and :guilabel:`Point " "of Sale Orders` selected in the :guilabel:`Applies to` field." msgstr "" +"Para usar o marketing do WhatsApp no ponto de venda, os modelos de marketing" +" aprovados devem ter a opção :guilabel:`Permitir multi` ativada e " +":guilabel:`Pedidos de ponto de venda` selecionada no campo " +":guilabel:`Aplicável a`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -14337,10 +14478,14 @@ msgid "" " error message appears. Click :guilabel:`Configure Templates` and complete " "the :ref:`WhatsApp setup ` steps." msgstr "" +"Se a ação do servidor for exibida sem um modelo configurado corretamente, " +"será exibida uma mensagem de erro. Clique em :guilabel:`Configurar modelos` " +"e conclua as etapas de :ref:`Configuração do WhatsApp " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_based_marketing.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../productivity/whatsapp`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:3 msgid "Preparation display" @@ -14351,43 +14496,51 @@ msgid "" "The preparation display feature allows you to handle POS orders requiring " "preparation. Concretely," msgstr "" +"O recurso de exibição de preparação permite lidar com pedidos de PDV que " +"exigem preparação. Em termos concretos," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:7 msgid "" "**For retail**: The preparation team is notified after a payment is " "completed at the POS to gather the purchased items for customer pickup." msgstr "" +"**Para o varejo**: A equipe de preparação é notificada depois que um " +"pagamento é concluído no PDV para reunir os itens comprados para retirada " +"pelo cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:9 msgid "" "**For restaurants**: POS orders inform the kitchen of the meals to be " "prepared." msgstr "" +"**Para restaurantes**: Os pedidos de PDV informam a cozinha sobre as " +"refeições a serem preparadas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:14 msgid "To enable the preparation display feature," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para ativar o recurso de exibição de preparação," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:17 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Preparação`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:18 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Preparation Display` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique a opção :guilabel:`Tela de preparação`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Setting to enable the preparation display feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração para ativar o recurso de tela de preparação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:24 msgid "To create and set up a preparation display," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para criar e configurar uma tela de preparação," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display`" msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Ponto de Venda --> Pedidos --> Tela de preparação`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`." @@ -14398,44 +14551,54 @@ msgid "" "Give the display a descriptive :guilabel:`Name` (e.g., `Main Kitchen`, " "`Bar`)" msgstr "" +"Dê à tela um :guilabel:`Nome` descritivo (ex.: `Cozinha principal`, `Bar`)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:29 msgid "Set it up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Set it up:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the POS that sends orders to this display." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ponto de Venda`: Selecione o PDV que envia os pedidos para essa " +"tela." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product categories`: Specify the POS :guilabel:`Product " "categories` sent to this display." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categorias de produtos`: Especifique o PDV :guilabel:`Categorias " +"de produtos` enviado para essa tela." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stages`: Define the steps required for the orders to be ready." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Estágios`: Defina as etapas necessárias para que os pedidos " +"estejam prontos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:36 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` para adicionar um estágio." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:37 msgid "Assign specific colors to each stage for clarity (optional)." msgstr "" +"Atribua cores específicas a cada estágio para maior clareza (opcional)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:38 msgid "" "Define an :guilabel:`Alert timer (min)` for each stage to indicate the " "expected processing time." msgstr "" +"Defina um :guilabel:`Temporizador de alerta (min)` para cada estágio para " +"indicar o tempo de processamento esperado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "preparation display set-up form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "formulário de configuração da tela de preparação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -14443,49 +14606,59 @@ msgid "" "button (:icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`) on the display's card and select " ":guilabel:`Configure`." msgstr "" +"Para editar uma tela de preparação pré-existente, clique no botão de " +"reticências verticais (:icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`) no cartão da tela e selecione " +":guilabel:`Configurar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparation Display` to " "get an overview of all your displays." msgstr "" +"Acesse :menuselection:`Ponto de Venda --> Pedidos --> Tela de preparação` " +"para obter uma visão geral de todas as telas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "Kanban view of the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanban view of the preparation display" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:59 msgid "The display card shows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The display card shows:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:61 msgid "The configured stages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The configured stages." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:62 msgid "The number of orders currently :guilabel:`In progress`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The number of orders currently :guilabel:`In progress`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Average time` employees usually take to complete an order." msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`Average time` employees usually take to complete an order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Kitchen Display` app icon on your Odoo Dashboard for " "quicker access." msgstr "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Kitchen Display` app icon on your Odoo Dashboard for " +"quicker access." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:69 msgid "Using the preparation display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Using the preparation display" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:71 msgid "" "To access the preparation display, click :guilabel:`Preparation Screen`. " "This interface, designed for employees, shows:" msgstr "" +"To access the preparation display, click :guilabel:`Preparation Screen`. " +"This interface, designed for employees, shows:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14493,62 +14666,73 @@ msgid "" "such as `To prepare`, `Ready`, and `Completed`, along with the number of " "orders in each stage." msgstr "" +"**Stages and order count**: Displays the progress of orders across stages " +"such as `To prepare`, `Ready`, and `Completed`, along with the number of " +"orders in each stage." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:76 msgid "" "**Ordered products by category**: Lists all items in progress, grouped by " "POS categories (e.g., `Drinks`, `Food`)." msgstr "" +"**Ordered products by category**: Lists all items in progress, grouped by " +"POS categories (e.g., `Drinks`, `Food`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:78 msgid "**Order cards**: Summarizes individual orders, including:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Order cards**: Summarizes individual orders, including:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:80 msgid "Associated tables and order numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Associated tables and order numbers." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:81 msgid "Status, such as `Ready`, highlighted with the defined colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status, such as `Ready`, highlighted with the defined colors." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:82 msgid "Waiting time, with visual indicators." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waiting time, with visual indicators." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:85 msgid "" "The duration indicator turns red if the elapsed time exceeds the predefined " "alert time." msgstr "" +"The duration indicator turns red if the elapsed time exceeds the predefined " +"alert time." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst-1 msgid "the preparation display interface with orders to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "the preparation display interface with orders to process." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:91 msgid "To update order progress:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To update order progress:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:93 msgid "Click items on the order card to cross them off individually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click items on the order card to cross them off individually." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:94 msgid "Click the order card itself to mark all items at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click the order card itself to mark all items at once." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:95 msgid "" "The card automatically moves to the next stage once every item is crossed " "off." msgstr "" +"The card automatically moves to the next stage once every item is crossed " +"off." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:96 msgid "" "Click :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Recall` to move an order back to the " "previous stage if you mistakenly sent it to the next stage." msgstr "" +"Click :icon:`fa-undo` :guilabel:`Recall` to move an order back to the " +"previous stage if you mistakenly sent it to the next stage." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/customer_display.rst:3 @@ -14561,18 +14745,21 @@ msgid "" "interface. This interface, designed for customers, provides an overview of " "orders that are:" msgstr "" +"In parallel, click :guilabel:`Order Status Screen` to open the customer " +"interface. This interface, designed for customers, provides an overview of " +"orders that are:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Ready` for pickup." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ready` for pickup." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Almost there`, indicating they are taken care of." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Almost there`, indicating they are taken care of." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation.rst:109 msgid "The order number can be found at the top of the customer's receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The order number can be found at the top of the customer's receipt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" @@ -15311,7 +15498,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:155 msgid "Discount labels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Discount labels" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -15319,41 +15506,47 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`pricelist ` to the product variant associated with the " "tag." msgstr "" +"To display a discount label on a Pricer Tag, you need to link a " +":doc:`pricelist ` to the product variant associated with the " +"tag." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:160 msgid "To do so, open the product variant form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "To do so, open the product variant form:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Product Variants`." msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Product Variants`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:163 msgid "Select the product you want to apply a discount to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select the product you want to apply a discount to." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:165 msgid "Then, set the desired pricelist:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Then, set the desired pricelist:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:167 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:168 msgid "Select a pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricer Sales Pricelist` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select a pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricer Sales Pricelist` field." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:170 msgid "" "Once a pricelist is set, the :guilabel:`On Sale Price` field appears, " "showing the :guilabel:`Sales Price` with the discount applied." msgstr "" +"Once a pricelist is set, the :guilabel:`On Sale Price` field appears, " +"showing the :guilabel:`Sales Price` with the discount applied." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst-1 msgid "Linking a pricelist to a product variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linking a pricelist to a product variant" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -15361,12 +15554,17 @@ msgid "" "electronic label, displaying both the old, crossed-out price and the " "discounted price." msgstr "" +"After updating your electronic labels, a `PROMO` tag should appear on the " +"electronic label, displaying both the old, crossed-out price and the " +"discounted price." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:180 msgid "" "Currently, pricelists that offer discounts for purchasing multiple units or " "derive their prices from other pricelists are not supported." msgstr "" +"Currently, pricelists that offer discounts for purchasing multiple units or " +"derive their prices from other pricelists are not supported." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -15374,10 +15572,13 @@ msgid "" " display. Scanning the product at the point of sale does not automatically " "apply the discount." msgstr "" +"Assigning a pricelist to a product variant only affects the electronic label" +" display. Scanning the product at the point of sale does not automatically " +"apply the discount." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/electronic_labels.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" @@ -28698,6 +28899,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` heading. Then, tick the checkbox." msgstr "" +"To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` heading. Then, tick the checkbox." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." @@ -30410,6 +30614,8 @@ msgid "" "Reusable quotation templates can be made in Odoo's **Sales** app for common " "products or services." msgstr "" +"Reusable quotation templates can be made in Odoo's **Sales** app for common " +"products or services." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -30417,6 +30623,9 @@ msgid "" "at a quicker pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " "every time a sales negotiation occurs." msgstr "" +"By using these templates, quotations can be tailored and sent to customers " +"at a quicker pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " +"every time a sales negotiation occurs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -30424,6 +30633,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the" " :guilabel:`Quotations &_Orders` heading." msgstr "" +"To use quotation templates, begin by activating the setting in " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Quotations &_Orders` heading." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -30431,6 +30643,9 @@ msgid "" "so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which a default " "quotation template can be chosen from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Under the heading, tick the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` checkbox. Doing " +"so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which a default " +"quotation template can be chosen from the drop-down menu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." @@ -30442,18 +30657,25 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link appears beneath " "the :guilabel:`Default Template` field." msgstr "" +"Upon activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` feature, an internal " +":icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link appears beneath " +"the :guilabel:`Default Template` field." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 msgid "" "Clicking this link reveals the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from " "which templates can be created, viewed, and edited." msgstr "" +"Clicking this link reveals the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from " +"which templates can be created, viewed, and edited." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" "Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, do not forget to click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes made during the session." msgstr "" +"Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, do not forget to click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes made during the session." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:37 msgid "Create quotation templates" @@ -30468,6 +30690,12 @@ msgid "" "Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " "edited." msgstr "" +"To create a quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` " +"link on the :guilabel:`Settings` page once :guilabel:`Quotation templates` " +"are enabled, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " +"edited." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Quotation templates page in the Odoo Sales application." @@ -30479,6 +30707,9 @@ msgid "" "located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " "template form that can be customized." msgstr "" +"To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`New` button, " +"located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " +"template form that can be customized." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." @@ -30508,6 +30739,9 @@ msgid "" "menu to select a preconfigured email template to be sent to customers upon " "confirmation of an order." msgstr "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` field, click the blank drop-down " +"menu to select a preconfigured email template to be sent to customers upon " +"confirmation of an order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -30535,6 +30769,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` pop-up window appears, in which the " "email template can be customized and configured immediately." msgstr "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the email template, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Confirmation Mail` pop-up window appears, in which the " +"email template can be customized and configured immediately." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -30549,6 +30786,8 @@ msgid "" "When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " "the email template and return to the quotation form." msgstr "" +"When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " +"the email template and return to the quotation form." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -30670,6 +30909,9 @@ msgid "" "appears. Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it to the" " quotation template." msgstr "" +"When clicked, a drop-down menu with existing products in the database " +"appears. Select the desired product from the drop-down menu to add it to the" +" quotation template." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -30678,6 +30920,10 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. Products can also be found by clicking :guilabel:`Search " "More...` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"If the desired product is not readily visible, type the name of the desired " +"product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and the option appears in the " +"drop-down menu. Products can also be found by clicking :guilabel:`Search " +"More...` from the drop-down menu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -30686,6 +30932,10 @@ msgid "" "`Event`, and select the desired event-related product from the resulting " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"It is possible to add event-related products (booths and registrations) to " +"quotation templates. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Product` field, type in " +"`Event`, and select the desired event-related product from the resulting " +"drop-down menu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -30700,6 +30950,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, drag and drop the product to the desired position, via the " ":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." msgstr "" +"Then, drag and drop the product to the desired position, via the " +":guilabel:`six squares` icon, located to the left of each line item." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -30721,6 +30973,9 @@ msgid "" ":icon:`oi-apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon, located to the left of each " "line item." msgstr "" +"Then, drag and drop the section name to the desired position, via the " +":icon:`oi-apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon, located to the left of each " +"line item." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -30729,12 +30984,18 @@ msgid "" "clicked, a blank field appears, in which the desired note can be typed. When" " the note has been entered, click away to secure the note." msgstr "" +"To add a note, which appears as a piece of text for the customer on the " +"quotation, click :guilabel:`Add a note` in the :guilabel:`Lines` tab. When " +"clicked, a blank field appears, in which the desired note can be typed. When" +" the note has been entered, click away to secure the note." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, drag and drop the note to the desired position, via the :icon:`oi-" "apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon." msgstr "" +"Then, drag and drop the note to the desired position, via the :icon:`oi-" +"apps` :guilabel:`(six squares)` icon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -30742,6 +31003,9 @@ msgid "" "and/or note), click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon on" " the far-right side of the line." msgstr "" +"To delete any line item from the :guilabel:`Lines` tab (product, section, " +"and/or note), click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon on" +" the far-right side of the line." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -30749,6 +31013,9 @@ msgid "" "selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful " "and related products to customers, which may result in an increased sale." msgstr "" +"Using *optional products* is a marketing strategy that involves the cross-" +"selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful " +"and related products to customers, which may result in an increased sale." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -30756,6 +31023,9 @@ msgid "" "seats as an additional product that compliments the car, or ignore the offer" " and buy the car alone." msgstr "" +"If a customer wants to buy a car, they have the choice to order massaging " +"seats as an additional product that compliments the car, or ignore the offer" +" and buy the car alone." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -30779,6 +31049,9 @@ msgid "" "cross-selling product related to the original items in the :guilabel:`Lines`" " tab, if applicable." msgstr "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line` for each " +"cross-selling product related to the original items in the :guilabel:`Lines`" +" tab, if applicable." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -30793,6 +31066,8 @@ msgid "" "To delete any line item from the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, click " "the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon." msgstr "" +"To delete any line item from the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, click " +"the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(remove record)` icon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:186 msgid "Optional products are **not** required to create a quotation template." @@ -30802,7 +31077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:189 msgid "Terms & Conditions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terms & Conditions tab" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -30810,6 +31085,9 @@ msgid "" " and conditions to the quotation template. To add terms and conditions, type" " the desired terms and conditions in this tab." msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab provides the opportunity to add terms" +" and conditions to the quotation template. To add terms and conditions, type" +" the desired terms and conditions in this tab." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions`" @@ -30831,6 +31109,8 @@ msgid "" "When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> New`), choose a " "preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field." msgstr "" +"When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> New`), choose a " +"preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -30839,6 +31119,10 @@ msgid "" "The order of the quotations in the Quotation Templates form does **not** " "affect anything else." msgstr "" +"The order of the templates in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field is " +"determined by the order of the templates in the Quotation Templates form. " +"The order of the quotations in the Quotation Templates form does **not** " +"affect anything else." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -30860,6 +31144,8 @@ msgid "" "When all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save the configuration." msgstr "" +"When all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save the configuration." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -30868,6 +31154,10 @@ msgid "" " When clicked, Odoo returns to the quotation form in the back-end of the " "*Sales* application." msgstr "" +"The blue banner located at the top of the quotation template preview can be " +"used to quickly return :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Back to edit mode`." +" When clicked, Odoo returns to the quotation form in the back-end of the " +"*Sales* application." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:226 msgid "Mass cancel quotations/sales orders" @@ -30880,6 +31170,10 @@ msgid "" "default, in the list view. Then, on the left side of the table, tick the " "checkboxes for the quotations to be canceled." msgstr "" +"Cancel multiple quotations (or sales orders) by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations` dashboard, landing, by " +"default, in the list view. Then, on the left side of the table, tick the " +"checkboxes for the quotations to be canceled." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:233 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f66005fbf..1eff18c9b 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Ped, 2024 -# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -16352,7 +16352,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:89 msgid "Tax return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การคืนภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:91 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 82b4538f2..e88172bb7 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -2808,6 +2808,14 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"Khi nhập một số lượng lớn hình ảnh, bạn có thể chỉ định kích thước tối đa " +"cho loạt tính bằng megabyte và đặt độ trễ để tránh hệ thống bị quá tải. Để " +"thực hiện, :doc:`bật chế độ lập trình viên <../general/developer_mode>` và " +"điền vào các trường :guilabel:`Kích thước tối đa cho mỗi loạt` và " +":guilabel:`Độ trễ sau mỗi loạt` trong phần :guilabel:`Tệp cần nhập`. Theo " +"mặc định, độ trễ đáp ứng giới hạn lệnh gọi RPC/API được xác định trong `Odoo" +" Đám mây - Chính sách Sử dụng được Chấp nhận " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 6abf3f3ab..062dcc200 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # Trần Hà , 2024 # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Nancy Momoland , 2024 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -908,6 +908,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Lock Dates`, and setting a date in the " ":guilabel:`Journal Entries Lock Date` field." msgstr "" +"Khi thiết lập đồng bộ sao kê ngân hàng, Odoo tự động bắt đầu ghi lại các " +"giao dịch kế toán từ ngày giao dịch cuối cùng +1 ngày (nếu ngày giao dịch " +"cuối cùng là 31/12/2022, quá trình ghi bắt đầu vào ngày 01/01/2023). Nếu " +"nhật ký không chứa giao dịch nào, Odoo sẽ truy xuất các giao dịch xa nhất có" +" thể. Bạn có thể giới hạn thời gian Odoo truy xuất các giao dịch bằng cách " +"mở ứng dụng Kế toán, vào :menuselection:`Kế toán --> Khóa ngày` và đặt ngày " +"trong trường :guilabel:`Ngày khóa mục nhập nhật ký`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1069,6 +1076,16 @@ msgid "" "possible that clicking on :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your " "latest transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" +"Quy trình này không có ý định hoạt động theo thời gian thực vì các nhà cung " +"cấp bên thứ ba đồng bộ hóa tài khoản của bạn theo các khoảng thời gian khác " +"nhau. Để buộc đồng bộ hóa và lấy các báo cáo, hãy vào :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` của bạn và nhấp vào nút :guilabel:`Synchronize Now`. Đồng bộ hóa " +"và lấy các giao dịch bằng cách kích hoạt :ref:`developer mode ` và vào :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`. Một số nhà cung cấp chỉ cho phép làm mới một lần mỗi ngày," +" do đó, có thể việc nhấp vào :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` sẽ không nhận được " +"các giao dịch mới nhất của bạn nếu bạn đã thực hiện hành động đó trước đó " +"trong ngày." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1532,6 +1549,14 @@ msgid "" "synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " "record." msgstr "" +"Odoo không thể xóa vĩnh viễn kết nối bạn đã tạo với tổ chức ngân hàng. Tuy " +"nhiên, nó có thể thu hồi sự đồng ý mà bạn đã đưa ra để Odoo không thể truy " +"cập vào tài khoản của bạn nữa. Lỗi bạn đang thấy có thể là thông báo cho bạn" +" biết rằng sự đồng ý đã bị thu hồi, nhưng không thể xóa bản ghi vì nó vẫn " +"tồn tại trong Salt Edge. Nếu bạn muốn xóa hoàn toàn kết nối, vui lòng kết " +"nối với `tài khoản Salt Edge `_ của bạn " +"và xóa thủ công quá trình đồng bộ hóa của bạn. Sau khi thực hiện xong, bạn " +"có thể quay lại Odoo để xóa bản ghi." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" @@ -1647,6 +1672,15 @@ msgid "" "in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " ":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" +"Trong ứng dụng kế toán, đi đến :menuselection:`Kế toán --> Cấu hình --> Sổ " +"nhật ký` và tạo một sổ nhật ký mới. Nhập :guilabel:`Tên sổ nhật ký` và đặt " +":guilabel:`Loại` thành `Ngân hàng`. Trong tab :guilabel:`Bút toán`, nhập " +"**mã ngắn**, **tiền tệ**, và cuối cùng nhấp vào trường :guilabel:`Tài khoản " +"ngân hàng` để tạo một tài khoản mới. Trong cửa sổ bật lên khi tạo tài khoản," +" hãy nhập tên, mã (VD: 550007), đặt loại của tài khoản thành `Ngân hàng và " +"tiền mặt`, đặt loại tiền tệ và lưu. Khi bạn quay lại **sổ nhật ký**, hãy " +"nhấp vào trường :guilabel:`Số tài khoản`; sau đó, trong cửa sổ bật lên, hãy " +"điền :guilabel:`Số tài khoản`, :guilabel:`Ngân hàng` của tài khoản và lưu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Example of a created bank journal." @@ -4471,6 +4505,14 @@ msgid "" "and change the :guilabel:`Value` to `test`. Go back to the Peppol setup menu" " in the **Settings** app. The option :guilabel:`Test` is now available." msgstr "" +"Chỉ dành cho người dùng **nâng cao**, có thể chạy thử nghiệm trên mạng thử " +"nghiệm của Peppol. Máy chủ cho phép đăng ký trên Peppol và gửi/nhận hóa đơn " +"thử nghiệm đến/từ những người tham gia khác. Để thực hiện, hãy bật " +":ref:`developer-mode`, mở ứng dụng **Settings**, đi tới " +":menuselection:`Technical --> System Parameters` và tìm kiếm " +"`account_peppol.edi.mode`. Nhấp vào tham số và thay đổi :guilabel:`Value` " +"thành `test`. Quay lại menu thiết lập Peppol trong ứng dụng **Settings**. " +"Tùy chọn :guilabel:`Test` hiện đã khả dụng." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:0 msgid "Peppol test mode parameter" @@ -4726,6 +4768,19 @@ msgid "" "transactions must use e-invoicing, and increasingly, e-invoicing is " "encouraged for B2B transactions to improve tax compliance and transparency." msgstr "" +"Tại Áo, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ luật hóa đơn điện tử để đảm bảo các " +"giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ được. Quy định chính chi phối " +"các yêu cầu về hóa đơn điện tử tại Áo là `Luật thuế GTGT của Áo (UStG) " +"`_" +" và các tiêu chuẩn hóa đơn điện tử liên quan cho hoạt động mua sắm công " +"(`BGBI. I Nr. 32/2019 `_)," +" phù hợp với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_. Các luật này yêu cầu tất cả các " +"doanh nghiệp tham gia vào các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính " +"phủ)` phải sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử và hóa đơn điện tử ngày càng được khuyến " +"khích sử dụng cho các giao dịch B2B để cải thiện tính tuân thủ thuế và tính " +"minh bạch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/austria.rst:24 msgid "Compliance with Austrian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -4841,6 +4896,18 @@ msgid "" "growing, supported by the implementation of the TicketBAI system, which is " "specific to the Basque Country and promotes tax transparency." msgstr "" +"Ở Xứ Basque, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo luật pháp quốc gia Tây Ban " +"Nha và các biện pháp thực hiện của khu vực, bao gồm `Ley de Facturación " +"Electrónica `_ và tuân " +"thủ `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_. Đối với các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G " +"(doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`, hóa đơn điện tử là bắt buộc và các nhà cung " +"cấp phải gửi hóa đơn điện tử thông qua nền tảng FACe hoặc hệ thống khu vực, " +"e-Factura Euskadi, được thiết kế riêng cho Xứ Basque. Các nền tảng này đảm " +"bảo việc gửi hóa đơn an toàn đến các cơ quan hành chính công. Mặc dù hóa đơn" +" điện tử B2B chưa phải là bắt buộc nhưng việc sử dụng nó đang ngày càng " +"tăng, được hỗ trợ bởi việc triển khai hệ thống TicketBAI, hệ thống dành " +"riêng cho Xứ Basque và thúc đẩy tính minh bạch về thuế." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country.rst:24 msgid "Compliance with Basque e-invoicing regulations" @@ -4864,6 +4931,14 @@ msgid "" "administration transactions. Furthermore, Odoo supports compliance with the " "TicketBAI initiative, specific to the Basque Country." msgstr "" +"**Các định dạng được hỗ trợ**: Odoo hỗ trợ các định dạng như Facturae XML, " +"bắt buộc phải tuân thủ các nền tảng FACe và e-Factura Euskadi. Ngoài ra, " +"Odoo tích hợp với hệ thống TicketBAI, đảm bảo tất cả các hóa đơn đáp ứng các" +" tiêu chuẩn kỹ thuật và pháp lý để nộp an toàn cho cơ quan thuế. Odoo cho " +"phép các doanh nghiệp nộp hóa đơn điện tử một cách liền mạch cho nền tảng " +"FACe để tuân thủ quốc gia và hệ thống e-Factura Euskadi cho các giao dịch " +"hành chính công khu vực. Hơn nữa, Odoo hỗ trợ tuân thủ sáng kiến " +"​​TicketBAI, dành riêng cho Xứ Basque." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/basque_country.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4924,6 +4999,21 @@ msgid "" "border e-invoicing across Europe. Increasingly, e-invoicing is also " "encouraged for B2B transactions to enhance tax compliance and transparency." msgstr "" +"Tại Bỉ, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ luật hóa đơn điện tử để đảm bảo các " +"giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ được. Quy định chính chi phối " +"các yêu cầu về hóa đơn điện tử tại Bỉ là `Bộ luật thuế GTGT của Bỉ " +"`_" +" và các `tiêu chuẩn hóa đơn điện tử liên quan đến mua sắm công " +"`_," +" phù hợp với `Chỉ thị của EU 2014/55/EU `_. Các luật này quy định rằng tất cả" +" các doanh nghiệp tham gia vào các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với " +"chính phủ)` phải sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử thông qua Mercurius, nền tảng hóa " +"đơn điện tử chính thức của Bỉ dành cho các giao dịch mua sắm công. Ngoài ra," +" Bỉ là một phần của mạng lưới Peppol, cung cấp khuôn khổ chuẩn hóa cho hóa " +"đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới trên khắp châu Âu. Hóa đơn điện tử ngày càng " +"được khuyến khích cho các giao dịch B2B để tăng cường tuân thủ thuế và minh " +"bạch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/belgium.rst:26 msgid "Compliance with Belgian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5002,6 +5092,19 @@ msgid "" "European Union. Furthermore, e-invoicing is increasingly encouraged for B2B " "transactions, promoting greater transparency and tax compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Croatia, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ các quy định về hóa đơn điện tử " +"để đảm bảo các giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ. Khung pháp lý " +"chính chi phối hóa đơn điện tử tại Croatia là Đạo luật Tài chính hóa và các " +"yêu cầu liên quan đối với mua sắm công, phù hợp với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU " +"`_ " +"về hóa đơn điện tử trong mua sắm công. Theo các quy định này, tất cả các " +"doanh nghiệp tham gia vào các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính " +"phủ)` đều phải sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử thông qua :abbr:`CIS (Hệ thống hóa " +"đơn trung tâm)`, nền tảng chính thức của Croatia dành cho hóa đơn điện tử " +"của khu vực công. Croatia cũng là một phần của mạng lưới Peppol, tạo điều " +"kiện cho hóa đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới được chuẩn hóa trong Liên minh Châu" +" Âu. Hơn nữa, hóa đơn điện tử ngày càng được khuyến khích sử dụng trong các " +"giao dịch B2B, thúc đẩy tính minh bạch và tuân thủ thuế tốt hơn." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/croatia.rst:25 msgid "Compliance with Croatian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5073,6 +5176,17 @@ msgid "" "for B2B transactions, its adoption is growing as businesses seek greater " "efficiency and compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Đan Mạch, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý bởi `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU " +"`_, " +"yêu cầu sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử cho các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp " +"với chính phủ)`. Các tổ chức khu vực công của Đan Mạch yêu cầu hóa đơn phải " +"được gửi qua NemHandel, nền tảng hóa đơn điện tử quốc gia, sử dụng định dạng" +" OIOUBL (phiên bản địa phương của :abbr:`UBL (Ngôn ngữ kinh doanh toàn cầu)`" +" và XML). Đan Mạch cũng là thành viên chủ chốt của mạng lưới Peppol, cho " +"phép hóa đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới được hợp lý hóa, chuẩn hóa và an toàn " +"cho các giao dịch trong Liên minh Châu Âu. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử không bắt " +"buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, nhưng việc áp dụng hóa đơn điện tử đang ngày" +" càng tăng khi các doanh nghiệp tìm kiếm hiệu quả và sự tuân thủ cao hơn." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/denmark.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Danish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5146,6 +5260,20 @@ msgid "" "transactions, promoting better transparency, efficiency, and compliance with" " VAT requirements." msgstr "" +"Tại Estonia, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ các quy định về hóa đơn điện tử " +"để đảm bảo các giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ. Khung pháp lý " +"chính chi phối hóa đơn điện tử tại Estonia là `Đạo luật Kế toán " +"`_ và " +"các điều khoản liên quan đến hóa đơn điện tử, phù hợp với `Chỉ thị EU " +"2014/55/EU `_ về hóa đơn điện tử trong mua sắm " +"công. Kể từ năm 2019, :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)` giao dịch " +"phải sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử thông qua Hệ thống hóa đơn điện tử Rik của " +"Estonia, nền tảng của chính phủ dành cho hóa đơn điện tử của khu vực công. " +"Estonia cũng là một phần của mạng lưới Peppol, đảm bảo hóa đơn điện tử xuyên" +" biên giới được chuẩn hóa trên khắp châu Âu. Ngoài ra, việc sử dụng hóa đơn " +"điện tử được khuyến khích cho các giao dịch B2B, thúc đẩy tính minh bạch, " +"hiệu quả và tuân thủ tốt hơn các yêu cầu về VAT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/estonia.rst:24 msgid "Compliance with Estonian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5217,6 +5345,20 @@ msgid "" " EU. Additionally, e-invoicing is widely adopted for B2B transactions, " "promoting efficient processes and improved tax compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Phần Lan, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ các quy định về hóa đơn điện tử" +" để đảm bảo các giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ. Khung pháp lý" +" chính chi phối hóa đơn điện tử là `Luật về hóa đơn điện tử (241/2019) " +"`_, phù hợp" +" với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_ về hóa đơn điện tử trong mua sắm " +"công. Theo luật pháp Phần Lan, tất cả các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp" +" với chính phủ)` đều yêu cầu sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử thông qua Apix " +"Messaging hoặc các nền tảng khác được kết nối với Peppol, tiêu chuẩn của " +"Phần Lan đối với hóa đơn điện tử của khu vực công. Phần Lan cũng là một phần" +" của mạng lưới Peppol, đảm bảo khả năng tương tác và chuẩn hóa cho hóa đơn " +"điện tử xuyên biên giới trong EU. Ngoài ra, hóa đơn điện tử được áp dụng " +"rộng rãi cho các giao dịch B2B, thúc đẩy các quy trình hiệu quả và cải thiện" +" tuân thủ thuế." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/finland.rst:25 msgid "Compliance with Finnish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5292,6 +5434,17 @@ msgid "" " France, ensuring compliance with both local and European e-invoicing " "standards." msgstr "" +"Tại Pháp, hóa đơn điện tử được quy định bởi `Sắc lệnh số 2019-359 " +"`_, phù hợp với" +" `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, và yêu cầu bắt buộc phải xuất hóa" +" đơn điện tử B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)` thông qua nền tảng Chorus " +"Pro. Bắt đầu từ năm 2024, hóa đơn điện tử B2B sẽ được triển khai dần dần và " +"trở thành bắt buộc đối với tất cả các doanh nghiệp vào năm 2026. Cải cách " +"này nhằm mục đích chống gian lận thuế, cải thiện việc thu thuế VAT và tăng " +"cường tính minh bạch trong kinh doanh. Định dạng kết hợp Factur-X (kết hợp " +"dữ liệu PDF và XML) được sử dụng rộng rãi ở Pháp, đảm bảo tuân thủ các tiêu " +"chuẩn hóa đơn điện tử của cả địa phương và châu Âu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/france.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with French e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5369,6 +5522,17 @@ msgid "" "mandatory, its adoption is increasing as businesses seek to enhance " "compliance, efficiency, and transparency." msgstr "" +"Tại Đức, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý bởi `E-Rechnungsgesetz " +"`_," +" phù hợp với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, yêu cầu hóa đơn điện tử cho tất " +"cả :abbr:`B2G (giao dịch giữa doanh nghiệp với chính phủ). Hóa đơn cho các " +"đơn vị khu vực công phải tuân thủ định dạng XRechnung hoặc tiêu chuẩn Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0. Việc nộp thường được xử lý thông qua các nền tảng như " +":abbr:`ZRE (Zentraler Rechnungseingang)` hoặc :abbr:`OZG-RE " +"(Onlinezugangsgesetz-Rechnungseingang)`. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử B2B vẫn chưa" +" bắt buộc, nhưng việc áp dụng hóa đơn này đang ngày càng tăng khi các doanh " +"nghiệp tìm cách tăng cường tuân thủ, hiệu quả và minh bạch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/germany.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with German e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5440,6 +5604,17 @@ msgid "" "e-invoicing include XML for NAV submissions and other structured formats to " "streamline compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Hungary, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ các quy định về hóa đơn điện tử " +"để đảm bảo các giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ. Khung pháp lý " +"chính là Đạo luật VAT của Hungary (Đạo luật CXXVII năm 2007), trong đó yêu " +"cầu báo cáo hóa đơn theo thời gian thực cho hệ thống hóa đơn trực tuyến NAV," +" nền tảng hóa đơn điện tử của chính phủ Hungary. Tính đến năm 2021, tất cả " +"các hóa đơn B2B và B2C phải được báo cáo theo thời gian thực, bất kể giá " +"trị. Các quy định của Hungary hiện không yêu cầu hóa đơn điện tử :abbr:`B2G " +"(doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`, nhưng hóa đơn khu vực công được khuyến khích " +"thông qua mạng lưới Peppol. Các định dạng phổ biến cho hóa đơn điện tử bao " +"gồm XML để gửi NAV và các định dạng có cấu trúc khác để hợp lý hóa việc tuân" +" thủ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/hungary.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Hungarian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5516,6 +5691,17 @@ msgid "" " B2B transactions, e-invoicing is increasingly encouraged to enhance " "efficiency, transparency, and compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Ireland, các doanh nghiệp phải tuân thủ các quy định về hóa đơn điện tử " +"để đảm bảo các giao dịch an toàn, xác thực và có thể lưu trữ. Khung pháp lý " +"cho hóa đơn điện tử chủ yếu được định hình bởi `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU " +"`_, " +"trong đó yêu cầu sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử trong các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G " +"(doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Các cơ quan khu vực công của Ireland phải " +"chấp nhận hóa đơn điện tử tuân thủ Tiêu chuẩn Châu Âu EN 16931. Hóa đơn điện" +" tử trong khu vực công được tạo điều kiện thông qua mạng lưới Peppol, cung " +"cấp một nền tảng hợp lý hóa và chuẩn hóa để lập hóa đơn. Mặc dù không bắt " +"buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, nhưng hóa đơn điện tử ngày càng được khuyến " +"khích để nâng cao hiệu quả, tính minh bạch và tính tuân thủ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/ireland.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Irish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5595,6 +5781,18 @@ msgid "" "lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32014L0055>`_, Italy also " "supports Peppol standards for cross-border e-invoicing." msgstr "" +"Ý có một trong những khuôn khổ hóa đơn điện tử tiên tiến nhất ở châu Âu, " +"được quản lý bởi `Luật ngân sách Ý " +"`_ và các " +"quy định do Agenzia delle Entrate ban hành. Từ năm 2019, hóa đơn điện tử là " +"bắt buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, B2C và :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với " +"chính phủ)`. Tất cả các hóa đơn điện tử phải được gửi qua :abbr:`Sdi " +"(Sistema di Interscambio)`, hệ thống trao đổi tập trung của chính phủ Ý. " +"Định dạng cho hóa đơn điện tử là FatturaPA, một định dạng XML có cấu trúc " +"được thiết kế riêng để tuân thủ các quy định của Ý. Để tuân thủ `Chỉ thị EU " +"2014/55/EU `_, Ý cũng hỗ trợ các tiêu chuẩn " +"Peppol cho hóa đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/italy.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Italian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5755,6 +5953,17 @@ msgid "" "optional, its use is encouraged to enhance tax compliance and operational " "efficiency." msgstr "" +"Tại Litva, hóa đơn điện tử được quy định theo `Luật Kế toán " +"`_" +" và phù hợp với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_ đối với hóa đơn điện tử bắt buộc " +":abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Các doanh nghiệp làm việc với các " +"đơn vị thuộc khu vực công phải sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử và hóa đơn phải được " +"gửi qua nền tảng E.sąskaita, hệ thống lập hóa đơn tập trung của Litva dành " +"cho mua sắm công. Litva cũng tham gia vào mạng lưới Peppol, cho phép lập hóa" +" đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới liền mạch. Mặc dù hiện tại hóa đơn điện tử B2B " +"là tùy chọn, việc sử dụng hóa đơn này được khuyến khích để tăng cường tuân " +"thủ thuế và hiệu quả hoạt động." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/lithuania.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Lithuanian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5830,6 +6039,16 @@ msgid "" "transactions, its adoption is encouraged to promote operational efficiency " "and tax compliance across industries." msgstr "" +"Tại Luxembourg, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU " +"`_, " +"yêu cầu sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử trong các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp" +" với chính phủ)`. Các thực thể khu vực công tại Luxembourg phải chấp nhận " +"hóa đơn điện tử theo định dạng Tiêu chuẩn Châu Âu EN 16931. Chính phủ hỗ trợ" +" hóa đơn điện tử thông qua mạng lưới Peppol, đảm bảo giao tiếp hợp lý và " +"tuân thủ đối với các giao dịch xuyên biên giới. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử vẫn " +"chưa bắt buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, nhưng việc áp dụng hóa đơn điện tử " +"được khuyến khích để thúc đẩy hiệu quả hoạt động và tuân thủ thuế trong các " +"ngành." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/luxembourg.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with Luxembourgish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5910,6 +6129,17 @@ msgid "" "mandatory for B2B transactions, it is strongly encouraged to enhance " "transparency and efficiency in business processes." msgstr "" +"Tại Hà Lan, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU " +"`_, " +"yêu cầu :abbr:`Các giao dịch B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)` phải tuân thủ" +" Tiêu chuẩn Châu Âu EN 16931. Các thực thể khu vực công phải chấp nhận hóa " +"đơn điện tử thông qua các nền tảng như Digipoort, cổng chính thức của chính " +"phủ Hà Lan để trao đổi dữ liệu điện tử. Hà Lan cũng là một thành viên nổi " +"bật của mạng lưới Peppol, cho phép hóa đơn điện tử an toàn và được chuẩn hóa" +" cho các giao dịch xuyên biên giới trên khắp Châu Âu. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử" +" vẫn chưa bắt buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, nhưng nó được khuyến khích " +"mạnh mẽ để tăng cường tính minh bạch và hiệu quả trong các quy trình kinh " +"doanh." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/netherlands.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with Dutch e-invoicing regulations" @@ -5989,6 +6219,17 @@ msgid "" " across the private sector to boost efficiency, transparency, and " "compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Na Uy, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo các quy định phù hợp với `Chỉ " +"thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, yêu cầu :abbr:`Các giao dịch B2G " +"(doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)` phải tuân thủ các tiêu chuẩn hóa đơn điện tử " +"bắt buộc. Các thực thể khu vực công của Na Uy bắt buộc sử dụng tiêu chuẩn " +"EHF (Elektronisk Handelsformat) cho hóa đơn điện tử, đảm bảo tính đồng nhất " +"và bảo mật. Na Uy là thành viên của mạng lưới Peppol, hỗ trợ hóa đơn điện tử" +" xuyên biên giới được chuẩn hóa và có thể tương tác trên khắp châu Âu. Mặc " +"dù không bắt buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B, nhưng hóa đơn điện tử được " +"khuyến khích và áp dụng rộng rãi trong khu vực tư nhân để tăng cường hiệu " +"quả, tính minh bạch và tính tuân thủ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/norway.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with Norwegian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6062,6 +6303,16 @@ msgid "" "the FA_VAT (structured XML) format and transmitted through the KSeF " "platform, ensuring compliance with tax reporting and transparency goals." msgstr "" +"Tại Ba Lan, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý bởi `Luật thuế GTGT của Ba Lan " +"`_ và Hệ" +" thống hóa đơn điện tử quốc gia (KSeF – Krajowy System e-Faktur), đi vào " +"hoạt động vào năm 2022. Trong khi hóa đơn điện tử B2G (doanh nghiệp với " +"chính phủ)` là bắt buộc theo `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, hóa đơn điện " +"tử B2B là bắt buộc đối với tất cả các doanh nghiệp kể từ tháng 7 năm 2024, " +"sau khi Ba Lan áp dụng chương trình hóa đơn điện tử. Hóa đơn điện tử phải " +"được phát hành theo định dạng FA_VAT (XML có cấu trúc) và được truyền qua " +"nền tảng KSeF, đảm bảo tuân thủ các mục tiêu về báo cáo thuế và minh bạch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/poland.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with Polish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6137,6 +6388,18 @@ msgid "" "Portugal's SAF-T (PT) system, which integrates with the tax authority for " "reporting." msgstr "" +"Tại Bồ Đào Nha, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo Bộ luật VAT của Bồ Đào Nha" +" và tuân thủ `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_ đối với các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G " +"(doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Hóa đơn điện tử đã trở thành bắt buộc đối với" +" các nhà cung cấp khu vực công kể từ năm 2021. Các doanh nghiệp phải sử dụng" +" hóa đơn điện tử có cấu trúc theo định dạng :abbr:`CIUS-PT (Đặc tả người " +"dùng hóa đơn có thể tùy chỉnh cho Bồ Đào Nha)`, phù hợp với các tiêu chuẩn " +"của Châu Âu. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử B2B vẫn chưa bắt buộc, nhưng việc áp " +"dụng hóa đơn này được khuyến khích để cải thiện khả năng tuân thủ thuế và " +"hiệu quả. Ngoài ra, hóa đơn điện tử phải được xác thực và chứng nhận theo hệ" +" thống SAF-T (PT) của Bồ Đào Nha, hệ thống này tích hợp với cơ quan thuế để " +"báo cáo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/portugal.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Portuguese e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6215,6 +6478,17 @@ msgid "" "is also integrated with the Peppol network, facilitating cross-border " "e-invoicing and compliance within the European Union." msgstr "" +"Tại Romania, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý theo `Bộ luật tài chính " +"`_ và phù hợp " +"với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, trong đó yêu cầu hóa đơn điện tử " +"cho các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Romania đã triển" +" khai hệ thống RO e-Factura, nền tảng quốc gia để phát hành và nhận hóa đơn " +"điện tử theo định dạng chuẩn. Việc sử dụng RO e-Factura là bắt buộc đối với " +"các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)` và đối với các lĩnh " +"vực B2B có rủi ro cao cụ thể, với dự đoán sẽ mở rộng hơn nữa. Romania cũng " +"được tích hợp với mạng lưới Peppol, tạo điều kiện thuận lợi cho việc lập hóa" +" đơn điện tử xuyên biên giới và tuân thủ trong Liên minh Châu Âu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Romanian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6243,6 +6517,19 @@ msgid "" "submission to the :abbr:`ANAF (Romanian National Agency for Fiscal " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"**Các định dạng được hỗ trợ**: Odoo hỗ trợ XML ở định dạng :abbr:`UBL (Ngôn " +"ngữ kinh doanh toàn cầu)` và các định dạng có cấu trúc theo yêu cầu của RO " +"e-Factura, đảm bảo tuân thủ các tiêu chuẩn xuất hóa đơn điện tử của Romania " +"đối với giao dịch B2G và B2B có rủi ro cao. Ngoài ra, Odoo hỗ trợ các định " +"dạng tương thích với mạng Peppol để xuất hóa đơn xuyên biên giới liền mạch. " +"Odoo tích hợp với hệ thống RO e-Factura, cho phép doanh nghiệp tạo, xác thực" +" và gửi hóa đơn điện tử trực tiếp cho các cơ quan công quyền hoặc tổ chức tư" +" nhân của Romania theo yêu cầu của pháp luật. Odoo giúp doanh nghiệp tuân " +"thủ các yêu cầu của eTransport bằng cách tạo và quản lý dữ liệu cần thiết để" +" báo cáo về hoạt động di chuyển của hàng hóa có rủi ro tài chính cao. Điều " +"này bao gồm các chi tiết về lô hàng như bản chất của hàng hóa, thông tin về " +"phương tiện và điểm đến giao hàng, đảm bảo gửi cho :abbr:`ANAF (Cơ quan quản" +" lý tài chính quốc gia Romania)` kịp thời." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/romania.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6304,6 +6591,18 @@ msgid "" "e-invoicing platform. While B2B e-invoicing remains optional, its adoption " "is encouraged to promote transparency and tax compliance." msgstr "" +"Tại Slovenia, hóa đơn điện tử được quy định theo `Luật thuế GTGT của " +"Slovenia `_ và tuân thủ `Chỉ thị EU " +"2014/55/EU `_, yêu cầu sử dụng hóa đơn điện tử " +"cho các giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Các nhà cung cấp" +" cho các đơn vị thuộc khu vực công phải nộp hóa đơn điện tử theo định dạng " +"XML e-SLOG, đây là tiêu chuẩn quốc gia về hóa đơn điện tử. Các hóa đơn này " +"được truyền qua nền tảng lập hóa đơn điện tử UJP (Uradni list Republike " +"Slovenije - Cơ quan thanh toán công). Mặc dù lập hóa đơn điện tử B2B vẫn là " +"tùy chọn, nhưng việc áp dụng được khuyến khích để thúc đẩy tính minh bạch và" +" tuân thủ thuế." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/slovenia.rst:22 msgid "Compliance with Slovenian e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6379,6 +6678,18 @@ msgid "" " yet mandatory for B2B transactions, its adoption is expected to expand in " "the near future." msgstr "" +"Tại Tây Ban Nha, hóa đơn điện tử được quản lý bởi `Ley de Facturación " +"Electrónica `_ và phù " +"hợp với `Chỉ thị EU 2014/55/EU `_, yêu cầu hóa đơn điện tử cho các " +"giao dịch :abbr:`B2G (doanh nghiệp với chính phủ)`. Tất cả các hóa đơn cho " +"các đơn vị khu vực công phải được gửi qua nền tảng FACe, trung tâm hóa đơn " +"điện tử chính thức của Tây Ban Nha, bằng định dạng Facturae bắt buộc. Ngoài " +"ra, hệ thống :abbr:`SII (Cung cấp thông tin ngay lập tức)` yêu cầu báo cáo " +"dữ liệu hóa đơn liên quan đến VAT gần như theo thời gian thực cho một số " +"công ty, tăng cường tính minh bạch và tuân thủ. Mặc dù hóa đơn điện tử chưa " +"phải là bắt buộc đối với các giao dịch B2B nhưng việc áp dụng hóa đơn điện " +"tử dự kiến ​​sẽ mở rộng trong tương lai gần." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain.rst:23 msgid "Compliance with Spanish e-invoicing regulations" @@ -6401,6 +6712,14 @@ msgid "" "system, enabling automated and near real-time reporting of VAT-related data " "to the Spanish Tax Agency." msgstr "" +"**Các định dạng được hỗ trợ**: Odoo hỗ trợ định dạng Facturae (XML) theo yêu" +" cầu của nền tảng FACe cho hóa đơn điện tử của khu vực công tại Tây Ban Nha." +" Nó cũng tương thích với XML ở các định dạng :abbr:`UBL (Ngôn ngữ kinh doanh" +" toàn cầu)` được sử dụng trong mạng lưới Peppol cho các giao dịch xuyên biên" +" giới. Odoo tích hợp với FACe, cho phép các doanh nghiệp gửi hóa đơn điện tử" +" trực tiếp đến các cơ quan công quyền Tây Ban Nha. Odoo cũng tạo điều kiện " +"tuân thủ hệ thống SII, cho phép báo cáo dữ liệu liên quan đến VAT tự động và" +" gần như theo thời gian thực cho Cơ quan thuế Tây Ban Nha." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/spain.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -6560,6 +6879,14 @@ msgid "" "from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " "insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." msgstr "" +":abbr:`Incoterm (Điều khoản thương mại quốc tế)` là các điều khoản thương " +"mại chuẩn được sử dụng trong các giao dịch quốc tế để xác định quyền và " +"trách nhiệm của người mua và người bán. Chúng thiết lập các nghĩa vụ liên " +"quan đến việc giao hàng, chuyển giao rủi ro và phân phối chi phí giữa các " +"bên liên quan. Incoterms chỉ rõ các chi tiết quan trọng, chẳng hạn như thời " +"điểm rủi ro và chi phí chuyển từ người bán sang người mua, trách nhiệm vận " +"chuyển, bảo hiểm, thủ tục hải quan và các khía cạnh liên quan khác của giao " +"dịch." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" @@ -9822,6 +10149,15 @@ msgid "" "specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " "companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." msgstr "" +"**Đơn vị thuế** là một nhóm các doanh nghiệp chịu thuế VAT độc lập về mặt " +"pháp lý với nhau nhưng có liên kết chặt chẽ về mặt tài chính, tổ chức và " +"kinh tế và do đó được coi là cùng một doanh nghiệp chịu thuế VAT. **Đơn vị " +"thuế** không bắt buộc, nhưng nếu được thành lập, các công ty thành viên của " +"đơn vị phải thuộc cùng một **quốc gia**, sử dụng cùng một **tiền tệ** và một" +" công ty phải được chỉ định là công ty **đại diện** của **đơn vị thuế**. " +"**Đơn vị thuế** nhận được một **Mã số thuế** cụ thể chỉ dành cho **tờ khai " +"thuế**. **Các công ty thành viên** giữ lại **Mã số thuế** của họ được sử " +"dụng cho **mục đích thương mại**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/tax_units.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9957,6 +10293,14 @@ msgid "" "with a bank transaction line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the " ":guilabel:`Paid` status." msgstr "" +"Khi nhấp vào :guilabel:`Đăng ký thanh toán` trong hóa đơn khách hàng hoặc " +"hóa đơn nhà cung cấp, nó sẽ tạo ra một mục nhập nhật ký mới và thay đổi số " +"tiền phải trả theo số tiền thanh toán. Đối ứng được phản ánh trong tài khoản" +" :ref:`outstanding ` **receipts** hoặc" +" **payments**. Tại thời điểm này, hóa đơn khách hàng hoặc hóa đơn nhà cung " +"cấp được đánh dấu là :guilabel:`Đang thanh toán`. Sau đó, khi tài khoản chưa" +" thanh toán được đối chiếu với dòng giao dịch ngân hàng, hóa đơn hoặc hóa " +"đơn nhà cung cấp sẽ chuyển sang trạng thái :guilabel:`Đã thanh toán`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -12179,6 +12523,18 @@ msgid "" " be made once the budget's status is :guilabel:`Open`, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" +"Nhấp vào :guilabel:`Thêm một dòng` trong tab :guilabel:`Dòng ngân sách` để " +"cấu trúc ngân sách với :ref:`các kế hoạch phân tích " +"` và :ref:`các tài khoản " +"` đã tạo trước đó. Trong " +"khi :ref:`các kế hoạch phân tích " +"` tương ứng với tên cột, hãy " +"chọn :ref:`các tài khoản phân tích " +"` để xác định các dòng " +"ngân sách và đặt số tiền cho từng dòng trong cột :guilabel:`Đã lập ngân " +"sách`. Sau khi tất cả các dòng ngân sách được giải quyết, hãy nhấp vào " +":guilabel:`Mở`. Nếu cần thực hiện thay đổi sau khi trạng thái của ngân sách " +"là :guilabel:`Mở`, có hai tùy chọn:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12213,6 +12569,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Achieved` amount, plus any confirmed sales or purchase orders " "that have not yet been invoiced or billed." msgstr "" +"Khi ngân sách là :guilabel:`Mở`, sẽ có hai cột bổ sung: :guilabel:`Đã cam " +"kết` và :guilabel:`Đã đạt được`. Số tiền của các cột này được tự động tính " +"toán dựa trên :ref:`phân phối phân tích " +"` liên quan của các " +"hạng mục bút toán. Khi :ref:`phân phối phân tích " +"` của một hạng mục bút" +" toán trong kỳ ngân sách được cập nhật, thì các cột ngân sách cho (các) tài " +"khoản phân tích được chọn trong phân phối sẽ tự động được cập nhật. Số tiền " +":guilabel:`Đã đạt được` phản ánh kết quả hiện tại theo các hạng mục của " +"những bút toán đã xác nhận cho :ref:`tài khoản phân tích " +"` liên kết. Ngược lại, số " +"tiền :guilabel:`Đã cam kết` hiển thị giá trị đầy đủ của số tiền " +":guilabel:`Đã đạt được` cùng giá trị của mọi đơn bán hàng hoặc mua hàng đã " +"xác nhận nhưng chưa được lập hoá đơn." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -13027,6 +13397,16 @@ msgid "" "change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often " "used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." msgstr "" +"Để làm điều này, Odoo tạo một dấu vân tay duy nhất cho mỗi bút toán được bảo" +" mật nhờ thuật toán **SHA-256**. Dấu vân tay này được gọi là hash. Hash được" +" tạo bằng cách lấy dữ liệu cần thiết của bút toán (các giá trị của các " +"trường `name`, `date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, " +"`account_id` và `partner_id`), nối chúng lại và đưa vào hàm hash SHA-256, " +"sau đó xuất ra một chuỗi ký tự có kích thước cố định (256 bit). Hàm hash là " +"hàm xác định (:dfn:`cùng một đầu vào luôn tạo ra cùng một đầu ra`): bất kỳ " +"sửa đổi nhỏ nào đối với dữ liệu gốc sẽ thay đổi hoàn toàn hash tương ứng. Do" +" đó, trong số các thuật toán, thì thuật toán SHA-256 thường được sử dụng để " +"xác minh tính toàn vẹn của dữ liệu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -13722,6 +14102,14 @@ msgid "" " price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the " "company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" +"Các công ty có số đăng ký :abbr:`VAT (Thuế giá trị gia tăng)` phải nộp **tờ " +"khai thuế** hàng tháng hoặc hàng quý, tùy thuộc vào doanh thu và quy định " +"đăng ký của họ. Tờ khai thuế - hay tờ khai VAT - cung cấp cho cơ quan thuế " +"thông tin về các giao dịch chịu thuế do công ty thực hiện. **Thuế đầu ra** " +"được tính trên số lượng hàng hóa và dịch vụ mà một doanh nghiệp bán ra, " +"trong khi **thuế đầu vào** là thuế được cộng vào giá khi mua hàng hóa hoặc " +"dịch vụ. Dựa trên các giá trị này, công ty có thể tính toán số tiền thuế mà " +"họ phải trả hoặc được hoàn lại." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -13851,6 +14239,13 @@ msgid "" "journal entry. Odoo automatically proposes the details of the journal entry." " Make any necessary changes and click :guilabel:`Post`." msgstr "" +"Sau khi tất cả các giao dịch liên quan đến thuế đã được ghi vào sổ cho kỳ " +"bạn muốn báo cáo, hãy mở báo cáo :guilabel:`Tờ khai thuế` bằng cách vào " +":menuselection:`Kế toán --> Báo cáo --> Tờ khai thuế`. Chọn kỳ bạn muốn khai" +" báo bằng bộ lọc ngày để có cái nhìn tổng quan về tờ khai thuế. Sau đó, nhấp" +" vào :guilabel:`Mục nhập đóng` để tạo mục nhập nhật ký đóng thuế. Odoo tự " +"động đề xuất các chi tiết của mục nhập nhật ký. Thực hiện bất kỳ thay đổi " +"cần thiết nào và nhấp vào :guilabel:`Đăng`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -14779,6 +15174,14 @@ msgid "" "everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " "salespeople." msgstr "" +"Về mặt tài chính, bạn không có thêm doanh thu khi bán sản phẩm của mình với " +"giá 10€ thay vì 9,99€ (đối với mức thuế 21%), vì doanh thu của bạn sẽ vẫn " +"như vậy ở mức 9,99€, chỉ có điều thuế cao hơn 0,01€. Vì vậy, nếu bạn điều " +"hành một thương mại điện tử tại Bỉ, hãy làm hài lòng khách hàng của bạn và " +"đặt giá ở mức 9,99€ thay vì 10€. Xin lưu ý rằng điều này không áp dụng cho " +"20€ hoặc 30€, hoặc các mức thuế khác, hoặc số lượng >1. Bạn cũng sẽ làm hài " +"lòng chính mình vì bạn có thể quản lý mọi thứ trừ thuế, điều này ít xảy ra " +"lỗi hơn và dễ dàng hơn cho nhân viên bán hàng của bạn." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:10 @@ -14798,6 +15201,13 @@ msgid "" "contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " "and you have no specific configuration to do." msgstr "" +"Cách tốt nhất để tránh sự phức tạp này là chỉ chọn một cách quản lý giá và " +"tuân thủ theo cách đó: giá không có thuế hoặc giá đã bao gồm thuế. Xác định " +"cách nào là mặc định được lưu trữ trên biểu mẫu sản phẩm (trên thuế mặc định" +" liên quan đến sản phẩm) và để Odoo tự động tính toán cách còn lại, dựa trên" +" bảng giá và vị thế tài chính. Đàm phán hợp đồng của bạn với khách hàng theo" +" cách phù hợp. Cách này hoạt động hoàn hảo ngay khi cài đặt và bạn không cần" +" phải cấu hình cụ thể nào." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -16907,6 +17317,15 @@ msgid "" " are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" +"Hệ thống :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` do Liên minh Châu Âu giới thiệu giúp " +"đơn giản hóa việc thu thuế VAT đối với các giao dịch bán hàng hóa và dịch vụ" +" **xuyên biên giới**. Hệ thống này chủ yếu áp dụng cho các trường hợp " +"**(B2C)** giữa doanh nghiệp với người tiêu dùng. Với OSS, các doanh nghiệp " +"có thể đăng ký thuế VAT tại quốc gia của mình và sử dụng một cổng thông tin " +"trực tuyến duy nhất để xử lý các nghĩa vụ thuế VAT đối với các giao dịch bán" +" hàng của họ trong EU. Có **hai chương trình chính**: chương trình **Union " +"OSS** dành cho các dịch vụ xuyên biên giới và chương trình **Import OSS** " +"dành cho các hàng hóa có giá trị bằng hoặc dưới 150 €." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -16919,6 +17338,14 @@ msgid "" "Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to" " submit it onto the OSS portal." msgstr "" +"Để tạo báo cáo **doanh số OSS** hoặc **nhập khẩu OSS** và gửi chúng lên cổng" +" thông tin OSS, hãy vào :menuselection:`Kế toán --> Báo cáo --> Báo cáo " +"thuế`, nhấp vào :guilabel:`Báo cáo: Báo cáo thuế chung` và chọn " +":guilabel:`Doanh số OSS` hoặc :guilabel:`Nhập khẩu OSS`. Sau khi chọn, hãy " +"nhấp vào :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX` hoặc :guilabel:`XML` ở góc trên " +"bên trái. Thao tác này sẽ tạo báo cáo hiện đang mở theo định dạng đã chọn. " +"Sau khi tạo, hãy đăng nhập vào nền tảng của cơ quan liên bang có thẩm quyền " +"của bạn để gửi báo cáo lên cổng thông tin OSS." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 msgid "OSS reports view" @@ -18956,6 +19383,12 @@ msgid "" "the customer name disappears, and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is " "visible on the expense." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Khách hàng cần xuất hóa đơn lại`: Nếu chi phí là khoản mà khách " +"hàng phải trả, hãy chọn :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` và khách hàng cần được xuất" +" hóa đơn cho khoản chi phí này từ menu thả xuống. Tất cả các đơn đặt hàng " +"trong menu thả xuống đều liệt kê cả :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` cũng như công " +"ty mà đơn đặt hàng được viết cho. Sau khi chi phí được lưu, tên khách hàng " +"sẽ biến mất và chỉ có :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` hiển thị trên chi phí." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses/log_expenses.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -25229,6 +25662,13 @@ msgid "" "services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " "goods." msgstr "" +"Ở Bỉ, thuế suất VAT tiêu chuẩn là **21%**, nhưng có mức thuế suất thấp hơn " +"đối với một số loại hàng hóa và dịch vụ. Mức thuế suất trung gian là **12%**" +" được áp dụng cho nhà ở xã hội và thực phẩm phục vụ tại nhà hàng, trong khi " +"mức thuế suất giảm là **6%** được áp dụng cho hầu hết các mặt hàng cơ bản, " +"chẳng hạn như thực phẩm, nguồn nước, sách và thuốc men. Mức thuế suất **0%**" +" được áp dụng cho một số hàng hóa và dịch vụ đặc biệt, chẳng hạn như một số " +"ấn phẩm hàng ngày và hàng tuần, cũng như hàng hóa tái chế." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 msgid "Non-deductible taxes" @@ -25788,6 +26228,13 @@ msgid "" "you can revoke the connection on Odoo's side and :ref:`create a new one " "`." msgstr "" +"Mật khẩu bạn cung cấp khác với mật khẩu bạn nhận được từ Odoo trong lần kết " +"nối đầu tiên. Bạn phải sử dụng mật khẩu bạn nhận được từ Odoo trong lần kết " +"nối đầu tiên để tạo kết nối mới cho công ty kế toán này. Nếu bạn bị mất mật " +"khẩu, trước tiên bạn phải thu hồi kết nối Odoo trên phía CodaBox (tức là " +"trên cổng thông tin myCodaBox của bạn). Sau đó, bạn có thể thu hồi kết nối " +"trên phía Odoo và :ref:`tạo kết nối mới `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:385 msgid "" @@ -26122,6 +26569,13 @@ msgid "" " go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and " "fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." msgstr "" +"Sau khi mô-đun được kích hoạt, hãy thêm số VAT của bạn vào thông tin công " +"ty. Để thiết lập, hãy vào :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> Update " +"Info` và điền vào trường :guilabel:`VAT`. Sau đó, nhập số đăng ký quốc gia " +"cho mọi nhân viên vận hành hệ thống POS. Để thực hiện, hãy vào ứng dụng " +":guilabel:`Employees` và mở biểu mẫu nhân viên. Tại đó, hãy vào " +":menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale` và điền vào " +"trường :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" @@ -27061,6 +27515,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the" " invoice with the government." msgstr "" +"Để xử lý hóa đơn điện tử cho hàng hóa (NF-e) hoặc dịch vụ (NFS-e), hóa đơn " +"cần được xác nhận và thuế cần được tính bởi Avalara. Sau khi hoàn tất bước " +"đó, hãy nhấp vào nút :guilabel: `Gửi & In` ở góc trên bên trái. Trong cửa sổ" +" bật lên xuất hiện, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel: `Xử lý hóa đơn điện tử` và bất " +"kỳ tùy chọn nào khác - :guilabel: `Tải xuống` hoặc :guilabel: `Email`. Cuối " +"cùng, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel: `Gửi & In` để xử lý hóa đơn với chính phủ." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:453 msgid "" @@ -27273,6 +27733,13 @@ msgid "" "Number` and :guilabel:`End Number` of the range that should be cancelled, " "and enter an invalidation :guilabel:`Reason`." msgstr "" +"Một loạt các chuỗi được chỉ định cho các tạp chí bán hàng có thể bị chính " +"phủ vô hiệu hóa nếu chúng hiện không được sử dụng, **và** sẽ không được sử " +"dụng trong tương lai. Để thực hiện việc này, hãy điều hướng đến tạp chí và " +"nhấp vào biểu tượng :menuselection:`⚙️ (bánh răng) --> Vô hiệu hóa Phạm vi " +"số (BR)`. Trên trình hướng dẫn :guilabel:`Vô hiệu hóa Phạm vi số (BR)`, hãy " +"thêm :guilabel:`Số ban đầu` và :guilabel:`Số kết thúc` của phạm vi cần hủy " +"và nhập vô hiệu hóa :guilabel:`Lý do`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 msgid "Number range invalidation selection in Odoo." @@ -29085,6 +29552,17 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` files to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`." msgstr "" +"**Gợi ý:** lỗi này cho biết rằng rất có thể công ty của bạn chưa vượt qua " +"`Quy trình chứng nhận " +"`_" +" trong :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` - Sistema de Facturación" +" de Mercado. Nếu đúng như vậy, vui lòng liên hệ với Quản lý tài khoản hoặc " +"Bộ phận hỗ trợ khách hàng của bạn vì chứng nhận này không phải là một phần " +"của dịch vụ Odoo, nhưng chúng tôi có thể cung cấp cho bạn một số giải pháp " +"thay thế. Nếu bạn đã vượt qua quy trình chứng nhận, lỗi này sẽ xuất hiện khi" +" người dùng khác với chủ sở hữu chứng chỉ đang cố gắng gửi các tệp " +":abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` đến :abbr:`SII (Servicio " +"de Impuestos Internos)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 msgid "**Error:** `CARATULA`" @@ -37451,6 +37929,13 @@ msgid "" " 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " "Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" msgstr "" +"Các mã sau đây có sẵn khi tạo e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada Pihak yang Bukan " +"Pemungut PPN (Khách hàng Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut Bendaharawan (Dinas " +"Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan (BUMN) - 04 DPP " +"Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) - 07 Penyerahan " +"yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) - 08 Penyerahan " +"yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 Penyerahan Aktiva " +"(Pasal 16D UU PPN)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -46228,6 +46713,16 @@ msgid "" "current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, " "and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." msgstr "" +"Để truy cập vào các loại thuế của bạn, hãy vào :menuselection:`Kế toán --> " +"Cấu hình --> Thuế`. Kích hoạt/hủy kích hoạt hoặc :doc:`cấu hình " +"` các loại thuế có liên quan đến " +"doanh nghiệp của bạn bằng cách nhấp vào chúng. Hãy nhớ chỉ thiết lập các tài" +" khoản thuế cho nhóm thuế **5%**, vì các nhóm khác không cần phải đóng. Để " +"thực hiện, hãy bật :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` và " +"vào :menuselection:`Cấu hình --> Nhóm thuế`. Sau đó, thiết lập " +":guilabel:`Tài khoản thuế hiện tại (phải trả)`, :guilabel:`Tài khoản thuế " +"hiện tại (phải thu)` và :guilabel:`Tài khoản thanh toán Thuế tạm ứng` cho " +"nhóm **5%**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." @@ -46853,6 +47348,18 @@ msgid "" " deduct 20% from payments to registered subcontractors, while the deduction " "increases to 30% for unregistered ones." msgstr "" +"Khấu trừ theo Cơ chế Ngành Xây dựng (khấu trừ CIS) là hệ thống khấu trừ thuế" +" được sử dụng tại Vương quốc Anh được thiết kế riêng cho ngành xây dựng. Hệ " +"thống này yêu cầu các nhà thầu khấu trừ một tỷ lệ phần trăm trong những " +"khoản thanh toán cho các nhà thầu phụ và chuyển các khoản khấu trừ này cho " +"Cơ quan Doanh thu và Hải quan Hoàng gia (HMRC). Các khoản khấu trừ này chỉ " +"áp dụng cho những thanh toán liên quan đến lao động và đóng vai trò là tiền " +"ứng trước cho các khoản đóng góp thuế và Bảo hiểm Quốc gia của nhà thầu phụ." +" Các nhà thầu bắt buộc đăng ký tham gia chương trình, nhưng nhà thầu phụ thì" +" không. Tuy nhiên, những nhà thầu phụ không đăng ký phải đối mặt với các " +"khoản khấu trừ thanh toán cao hơn. Theo |CIS|, nhà thầu phải khấu trừ 20% " +"tiền thanh toán cho các nhà thầu phụ đã đăng ký, trong khi khoản khấu trừ " +"này tăng lên 30% đối với các nhà thầu phụ chưa đăng ký." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -49417,6 +49924,15 @@ msgid "" "third-party service provider in the :abbr:`SAQ (Self-Assessment " "Questionnaire)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo không được `PCI `_ chứng nhận DSS" +" vì nó không lưu trữ dữ liệu chủ thẻ hoặc xử lý thanh toán. Thay vào đó, nó " +"thuê ngoài việc mã hóa và thanh toán cho :ref:`các nhà cung cấp thanh toán " +"bên ngoài `, điều này có nghĩa là với tư" +" cách là khách hàng của Odoo, bạn chỉ cần hoàn thành Bản câu hỏi tự đánh giá" +" (SAQ) tối thiểu với nhà cung cấp để có được Chứng nhận tuân thủ (AoC) và " +"đạt được sự tuân thủ PCI. Odoo không nên được đề cập là bộ xử lý thanh toán " +"hoặc nhà cung cấp dịch vụ bên thứ ba trong :abbr:`SAQ (Bản câu hỏi tự đánh " +"giá)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 msgid "Manual capture" @@ -49567,6 +50083,15 @@ msgid "" "not being available, if applicable, and a list of supported providers for " "each payment method." msgstr "" +"Để hiển thị báo cáo về tính khả dụng cho các nhà cung cấp thanh toán và " +"phương thức thanh toán, và để giúp chẩn đoán các vấn đề về tính khả dụng " +"tiềm ẩn trên biểu mẫu thanh toán, hãy bật :ref:`developer-mode`, sau đó nhấp" +" vào biểu tượng :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug`) bên cạnh tiêu đề " +":guilabel:`Chọn phương thức thanh toán` trên biểu mẫu thanh toán. Báo cáo " +"bao gồm danh sách các nhà cung cấp thanh toán và phương thức thanh toán được" +" bật, lý do tại sao bất kỳ nhà cung cấp hoặc phương thức thanh toán nào " +"không khả dụng, nếu có, và danh sách các nhà cung cấp được hỗ trợ cho từng " +"phương thức thanh toán." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:388 msgid "Currencies and countries" @@ -49582,6 +50107,14 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" +"Tất cả các nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán đều có danh sách các loại tiền tệ" +" và quốc gia khả dụng khác nhau. Chúng đóng vai trò là bộ lọc đầu tiên trong" +" quá trình thanh toán, tức là các phương thức thanh toán được liên kết với " +"nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán sẽ không khả dụng để lựa chọn nếu loại tiền " +"tệ hoặc quốc gia của khách hàng không nằm trong danh sách được hỗ trợ. Vì có" +" thể có lỗi, cập nhật và thông tin chưa biết trong danh sách các loại tiền " +"tệ và quốc gia khả dụng, nên có thể thêm hoặc xóa các loại tiền tệ hoặc quốc" +" gia được hỗ trợ của nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index eae811ac6..ced364b76 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1468,6 +1468,13 @@ msgid "" "corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " "configuration." msgstr "" +"Để sử dụng phần giữ chỗ động trong phần :guilabel:`Thân` của email, hãy mở " +"tính năng **powerbox** bằng cách nhập `/` vào phần thân của mẫu email trong " +"tab :guilabel:`Nội dung`. Cuộn xuống cuối danh sách tùy chọn, đến " +":guilabel:`Công cụ marketing`. Tiếp theo, chọn :guilabel:`Phần giữ chỗ " +"động`. Sau đó, chọn phần giữ chỗ động từ danh sách các tùy chọn khả dụng và " +"làm theo hướng dẫn để cấu hình phần giữ chỗ động đó với trường Odoo tương " +"ứng mong muốn. Mỗi phần giữ chỗ động sẽ có cấu hình khác nhau." #: ../../content/applications/general/companies/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." @@ -2541,6 +2548,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Tài khoản email đến phải được cấu hình theo cách tương tự như tài khoản " +"email đi. Đi đến :guilabel:`Máy chủ thư đến` trong :guilabel:`Menu kỹ thuật`" +" và :guilabel:`Tạo` cấu hình mới. Đánh dấu hoặc Chọn nút bên cạnh " +":guilabel:`Xác minh Oauth Outlook` và nhập :guilabel:`Tên người dùng " +"Microsoft Outlook`. Nhấp vào :guilabel:`Kết nối tài khoản Outlook của bạn`. " +"Odoo sẽ thông báo: :guilabel:`Token Outlook hợp lệ`. Bây giờ, hãy " +":guilabel:`Kiểm tra và xác nhận` tài khoản. Tài khoản sẽ sẵn sàng nhận email" +" đến cơ sở dữ liệu Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" @@ -4507,6 +4522,14 @@ msgid "" "to send repeatedly. Logs show every action to the email servers from the " "database." msgstr "" +"Bạn có thể sử dụng nhật ký cơ sở dữ liệu để hiểu và khắc phục sự cố. Nhật ký" +" là tập hợp được lưu trữ của tất cả các tác vụ đã hoàn thành trong cơ sở dữ " +"liệu. Chúng là một biểu diễn chỉ có văn bản, hoàn chỉnh với dấu thời gian " +"của mọi hành động được thực hiện trên cơ sở dữ liệu Odoo. Điều này có thể " +"hữu ích để theo dõi các email rời khỏi cơ sở dữ liệu. Các lỗi gửi cũng có " +"thể được nhật ký nhìn thấy khi chúng chỉ ra rằng tin nhắn đã cố gắng gửi " +"nhiều lần. Nhật ký hiển thị mọi hành động đến máy chủ email từ cơ sở dữ " +"liệu." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -7718,6 +7741,14 @@ msgid "" "plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " "the printer in question." msgstr "" +"Trong trường hợp này, máy in được kết nối qua :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` nên nó sẽ không phải là một phần của :guilabel:`Discovered Network " +"Printers`. Thay vào đó, nó có thể là một phần của lựa chọn " +":guilabel:`Unknown` trong :guilabel:`Local Printers`. Bằng cách rút cáp " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` của máy in khỏi hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` và làm mới trang, máy in :guilabel:`Unknown` sẽ biến mất. Bằng " +"cách cắm lại, máy in sẽ xuất hiện trở lại, vì vậy có thể nói rằng đây chính " +"là máy in đang được đề cập." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:296 msgid "" @@ -8345,6 +8376,13 @@ msgid "" " update, or an update from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home " "page, does not resolve issues." msgstr "" +"Trong một số trường hợp, Thẻ micro SD của hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` có thể cần phải được flash lại bằng phần mềm *Etcher* để được hưởng" +" lợi từ bản cập nhật hình ảnh :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` mới nhất của " +"Odoo. Điều này có nghĩa là phần mềm hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` của" +" Odoo có thể cần được cập nhật trong trường hợp hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` mới hoặc khi bản cập nhật của trình xử lý hoặc bản cập nhật từ " +"trang chủ hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` không giải quyết được sự cố." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/updating_iot.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -9322,6 +9360,13 @@ msgid "" "point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Camera có thể được kết nối với hộp :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` với cơ " +"sở dữ liệu Odoo chỉ trong vài bước. Sau khi camera được kết nối với hộp " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`, nó có thể được sử dụng trong quy trình sản" +" xuất hoặc có thể được liên kết với điểm kiểm soát chất lượng/kiểm tra chất " +"lượng. Làm như vậy cho phép chụp ảnh khi đạt đến điểm kiểm soát chất " +"lượng/kiểm tra đã chọn hoặc khi nhấn một phím cụ thể trong quá trình sản " +"xuất." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 @@ -9505,6 +9550,16 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" +"Để liên kết footswitch với một tác vụ, trước tiên cần phải cấu hình nó trên " +"một khu vực làm việc. Đi đến :menuselection:`Ứng dụng Sản xuất --> Cấu hình " +"--> Khu vực làm việc`. Từ đây, hãy đến :guilabel:`Khu vực làm việc` mong " +"muốn mà footswitch sẽ được sử dụng và thêm thiết bị vào tab :guilabel:`Trình" +" kích hoạt IoT`, trong cột :guilabel:`Thiết bị`, bằng cách chọn " +":guilabel:`Thêm một dòng`. Điều này có nghĩa là footswitch có thể được liên " +"kết với một tùy chọn trong danh sách thả xuống cột :guilabel:`Tác vụ` và bạn" +" có thể chọn thêm một khóa để kích hoạt nó. Một ví dụ về :guilabel:`Tác vụ` " +"trong *ứng dụng Sản xuất* có thể là các nút :guilabel:`Xác thực` hoặc " +":guilabel:`Đánh dấu là hoàn tất` trên một công đoạn sản xuất." #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." @@ -10171,6 +10226,13 @@ msgid "" "the company name in the drop-down menu. To enable multiple companies at " "once, tick the checkbox next to each desired company name." msgstr "" +"Danh sách :ref:`các công ty mà nhân viên có quyền truy cập " +"` trong |mcd| có thể được tìm thấy ở góc trên bên " +"phải của thanh menu chính của Odoo, nơi công ty đang hoạt động được liệt kê." +" Nhấp vào tên công ty để hiển thị danh sách tất cả các công ty được phép. Để" +" chuyển sang một công ty khác, hãy nhấp vào tên công ty trong menu thả " +"xuống. Để bật nhiều công ty cùng một lúc, hãy đánh dấu vào hộp kiểm bên cạnh" +" mỗi tên công ty mong muốn." #: ../../content/applications/general/multi_company.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -11468,6 +11530,13 @@ msgid "" "and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " "flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." msgstr "" +"Tiếp theo, loại *token* cần thiết cho xác thực OAuth sẽ được chọn. Đây không" +" phải là token tiền tệ mà là token xác thực được truyền giữa Microsoft và " +"Odoo. Do đó, không mất phí cho các token này; chúng chỉ được sử dụng cho mục" +" đích xác thực giữa hai :abbr:`API (giao diện lập trình ứng dụng)`. Chọn các" +" token sẽ được cấp bởi điểm cuối ủy quyền bằng cách cuộn xuống màn hình và " +"đánh dấu vào các hộp có nhãn: :guilabel:`Access token (used for implicit " +"flows)` và :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/azure.rst-1 msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index b038fb2e1..01011a888 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -1627,6 +1627,13 @@ msgid "" "create reports to see everyone's hours, and gain insights on which employees" " are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected." msgstr "" +"Ứng dụng *Điểm danh* của Odoo hoạt động như một đồng hồ chấm công. Nhân viên" +" có thể chấm công vào và ra khỏi nơi làm việc bằng thiết bị chuyên dụng ở " +"chế độ ki-ốt, trong khi người dùng cũng có thể chấm công vào và ra khỏi nơi " +"làm việc trực tiếp từ cơ sở dữ liệu. Người quản lý có thể nhanh chóng xem ai" +" có mặt tại bất kỳ thời điểm nào, tạo báo cáo để xem giờ làm việc của mọi " +"người và có được thông tin chi tiết về nhân viên nào đang làm thêm giờ hoặc " +"chấm công ra sớm hơn dự kiến." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:16 msgid "Access rights" @@ -1688,6 +1695,15 @@ msgid "" "application approver. Approvers are typically managers, though this is not " "required." msgstr "" +"**Kịch bản ** khác ** ** ** duy nhất mà thông tin khác nhau có thể truy cập " +"được trong ứng dụng *Điểm danh* là dành cho người phê duyệt. Nếu người dùng " +"*không* có quyền quản trị đối với ứng dụng *Điểm danh*, nhưng họ được đặt " +"làm người phê duyệt của nhân viên đối với ứng dụng *Điểm danh*, thì người " +"dùng đó có thể xem hồ sơ điểm danh của nhân viên cụ thể đó, cũng như thực " +"hiện các sửa đổi đối với hồ sơ điểm danh của nhân viên đó, nếu cần. Điều này" +" áp dụng cho tất cả nhân viên mà người dùng được liệt kê là người phê duyệt " +"ứng dụng *Điểm danh*. Người phê duyệt thường là người quản lý, mặc dù điều " +"này không bắt buộc." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1839,6 +1855,16 @@ msgid "" "current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` button. This refreshes the " "dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information." msgstr "" +"Chế độ xem mặc định hiển thị thông tin của ngày hiện tại. Để hiển thị thông " +"tin cho :guilabel:`Tuần`, :guilabel:`Tháng` hoặc :guilabel:`Năm`, hãy nhấp " +"vào nút :guilabel:`Ngày` để hiển thị danh sách thả xuống, hiển thị các tùy " +"chọn khác đó. Chọn chế độ xem mong muốn và bảng thông tin sẽ cập nhật, hiển " +"thị thông tin đã chọn. Để thay đổi :guilabel:`Ngày`, :guilabel:`Tuần`, " +":guilabel:`Tháng` hoặc :guilabel:`Năm` được hiển thị, hãy nhấp vào các nút " +":guilabel:`← (mũi tên trái)` hoặc :guilabel:`→ (mũi tên phải)` ở cả hai bên " +"của menu thả xuống. Để quay lại chế độ xem có chứa ngày hiện tại, hãy nhấp " +"vào nút :guilabel:`Hôm nay`. Thao tác này sẽ làm mới bảng thông tin, hiển " +"thị thông tin có chứa thông tin của ngày hiện tại." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2101,6 +2127,13 @@ msgid "" "the time selector beneath the calendar to select the specific time for the " "entry. When the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Apply.`" msgstr "" +"Để sửa lỗi, mục nhập điểm danh phải được sửa đổi hoặc xóa. Nhấp vào mục nhập" +" để hiển thị cửa sổ bật lên chứa thông tin chi tiết cho mục nhập cụ thể đó. " +"Để sửa đổi thông tin :guilabel:`Check In` và/hoặc :guilabel:`Check Out`, hãy" +" nhấp vào trường :guilabel:`Check In` hoặc :guilabel:`Check Out` và một bộ " +"chọn lịch sẽ xuất hiện. Nhấp vào ngày mong muốn, sau đó sử dụng bộ chọn thời" +" gian bên dưới lịch để chọn thời gian cụ thể cho mục nhập. Khi thông tin " +"chính xác, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel:`Apply`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6128,6 +6161,13 @@ msgid "" " can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the vehicle is not" " available for another driver until the selected date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ngày giao`: sử dụng lịch thả xuống, chọn thời điểm xe có sẵn cho " +"tài xế khác. Chọn ngày bằng cách điều hướng đến tháng và năm chính xác bằng " +"cách sử dụng các biểu tượng :guilabel:`⬅️ (mũi tên trái)` và :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(mũi tên phải)`. Sau đó, nhấp vào ngày cụ thể. Nếu trường này để trống, điều" +" đó cho biết xe hiện đang có sẵn và có thể được giao lại cho tài xế khác. " +"Nếu trường này đã được điền, xe sẽ không có sẵn cho tài xế khác cho đến ngày" +" đã chọn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -10508,6 +10548,13 @@ msgid "" "can affect how much time off the employee receives or accrues the following " "year." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Giữ thời gian nghỉ ngơi hợp lý`: chỉ dành cho các công ty Bỉ **và" +" **không** xuất hiện ở các bản địa hóa khác. Đánh dấu vào ô này nếu mục nhập" +" công việc là thời gian nghỉ ngơi ảnh hưởng đến các chế độ phúc lợi nghỉ " +"ngơi cho năm sau. Theo chính phủ, người lao động được nghỉ ngơi mỗi năm và " +"trong một số trường hợp, thời gian nghỉ ngơi trong một khoảng thời gian cụ " +"thể có thể ảnh hưởng đến thời gian nghỉ ngơi mà nhân viên nhận được hoặc " +"tích lũy trong năm sau." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:340 msgid "Reporting section" @@ -14567,6 +14614,13 @@ msgid "" "work entries, and reissuing the paycheck, Odoo allows for those time off " "requests to be applied to the following pay period, instead." msgstr "" +"Kịch bản phổ biến nhất khi tình huống này xảy ra là khi phiếu lương được xử " +"lý một hoặc hai ngày trước khi kỳ trả lương kết thúc và một nhân viên đột " +"nhiên bị ốm vào một trong những ngày cuối cùng của kỳ trả lương. Nhân viên " +"đưa ra yêu cầu nghỉ phép cho một ngày đã được xử lý trên phiếu lương như một" +" ngày làm việc bình thường. Thay vì hủy phiếu lương, sửa đổi các mục nhập " +"công việc và phát hành lại phiếu lương, Odoo cho phép các yêu cầu nghỉ phép " +"đó được áp dụng cho kỳ trả lương tiếp theo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -16066,6 +16120,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` and a " ":guilabel:`Create Interview Form` modal appears." msgstr "" +"Vì không có biểu mẫu nào được cấu hình sẵn trong Odoo, nên tất cả các biểu " +"mẫu phỏng vấn phải được tạo. Để tạo biểu mẫu phỏng vấn, hãy bắt đầu từ tab " +":guilabel:`Tuyển dụng` của biểu mẫu :guilabel:`Vị trí công việc`. Trong " +"trường :guilabel:`Biểu mẫu phỏng vấn`, hãy nhập tên cho biểu mẫu phỏng vấn " +"mới. Khi nhập tên, một số tùy chọn sẽ xuất hiện bên dưới mục nhập: " +":guilabel:`Tạo (tên biểu mẫu phỏng vấn)`, :guilabel:`Tìm kiếm thêm...` và " +":guilabel:`Tạo và chỉnh sửa...`. Nhấp vào :guilabel:`Tạo và chỉnh sửa...` và" +" hộp thoại :guilabel:`Tạo biểu mẫu phỏng vấn` sẽ xuất hiện." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "The blank interview form modal." @@ -16251,6 +16313,13 @@ msgid "" "email on the applicant's card. Once an email is entered, click the " ":guilabel:`Generate Offer` button, and the email pop-up window loads again." msgstr "" +"Nếu người nộp đơn không có địa chỉ email được liệt kê trên thẻ người nộp đơn" +" của họ, một cảnh báo sẽ xuất hiện trong hộp màu đỏ ở cuối cửa sổ bật lên " +":guilabel:`Tạo liên kết mô phỏng`, nêu rõ: :guilabel:`Người nộp đơn không có" +" email hợp lệ. Liên kết đề nghị sẽ không thể hoàn tất.` Nhấp vào " +":guilabel:`Hủy`, sau đó nhập email vào thẻ của người nộp đơn. Sau khi nhập " +"email, hãy nhấp vào nút :guilabel:`Tạo đề nghị` và cửa sổ bật lên email sẽ " +"tải lại." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/offer_job_positions.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -16551,6 +16620,13 @@ msgid "" " a contact, add their email address in the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " "field." msgstr "" +"Thêm địa chỉ email của bất kỳ người nhận bổ sung nào cho khảo sát vào trường" +" :guilabel:`Email bổ sung`, nếu nhiều người hơn nên nhận được email. Nếu một" +" địa chỉ email có trong cơ sở dữ liệu dưới dạng liên hệ, hãy thêm liên hệ đó" +" vào trường :guilabel:`Người nhận`. Nếu một email cần được gửi đến một người" +" không có trong cơ sở dữ liệu dưới dạng liên hệ và họ **không** nên được " +"thêm vào làm liên hệ, hãy thêm địa chỉ email của họ vào trường " +":guilabel:`Email bổ sung`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/recruitment-flow.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -17494,6 +17570,15 @@ msgid "" "internal users` allows anyone logged into the company database to see the " "meeting." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: chọn nếu người tổ chức xuất hiện ở trạng thái " +":guilabel:`Available` hoặc :guilabel:`Busy` trong suốt thời gian diễn ra " +"cuộc họp. Tiếp theo, chọn chế độ hiển thị của cuộc họp này bằng cách sử dụng" +" menu thả xuống ở bên phải lựa chọn đầu tiên. Các tùy chọn là " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private` và :guilabel:`Only internal users`. " +":guilabel:`Public` cho phép mọi người xem cuộc họp, :guilabel:`Private` chỉ " +"cho phép những người tham dự được liệt kê trong cuộc họp xem cuộc họp và " +":guilabel:`Only internal users` cho phép bất kỳ ai đã đăng nhập vào cơ sở dữ" +" liệu của công ty xem cuộc họp." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -17553,6 +17638,13 @@ msgid "" " click :guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " ":guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Những người theo dõi đơn xin việc, cũng như người dùng đã tạo cuộc họp, được" +" thêm vào dưới dạng :guilabel:`Người nhận` theo mặc định. Nếu cần, hãy thêm " +"địa chỉ email của người nộp đơn vào danh sách để gửi email cho người nộp " +"đơn. Thực hiện bất kỳ thay đổi mong muốn nào khác cho email. Nếu cần tệp " +"đính kèm, hãy nhấp vào nút :guilabel:`Tệp đính kèm`, điều hướng đến tệp, sau" +" đó nhấp vào :guilabel:`Mở`. Khi email đã sẵn sàng để gửi, hãy nhấp vào " +":guilabel:`Gửi`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/schedule_interviews.rst-1 msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." @@ -18261,6 +18353,14 @@ msgid "" "*Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be" " installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function." msgstr "" +"Ứng dụng *Giới thiệu* của Odoo là nơi tập trung lưu trữ mọi thông tin liên " +"quan đến giới thiệu - từ điểm kiếm được, đồng nghiệp được thuê và phần " +"thưởng được chọn. Người dùng có thể giới thiệu những người họ biết cho các " +"vị trí công việc, sau đó kiếm điểm giới thiệu khi những người đó tiến triển " +"qua kênh tuyển dụng. Khi kiếm đủ điểm giới thiệu, chúng có thể được đổi lấy " +"giải thưởng. Ứng dụng *Giới thiệu* tích hợp với các ứng dụng *Nhân viên*, " +"*Tuyển dụng* và *Trang web*, tất cả đều phải được cài đặt để ứng dụng *Giới " +"thiệu* hoạt động." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -18341,6 +18441,14 @@ msgid "" "not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the *Referrals* " "application is opened from that point on." msgstr "" +"Các slide hướng dẫn sẽ xuất hiện mỗi khi ứng dụng *Referrals* được mở, cho " +"đến khi tất cả các slide đã được xem và nút :guilabel:`Bắt ​​đầu ngay` đã " +"được nhấp. Nếu thoát khỏi quá trình hướng dẫn tại bất kỳ thời điểm nào hoặc " +"nếu nút :guilabel:`Bắt ​​đầu ngay` *chưa* được nhấp, các slide hướng dẫn sẽ " +"bắt đầu lại khi ứng dụng *Referrals* được mở. Sau khi nút :guilabel:`Bắt " +"​​đầu ngay` đã được nhấp, các slide hướng dẫn sẽ không được nhìn thấy nữa và" +" bảng điều khiển chính sẽ tải khi ứng dụng *Referrals* được mở từ thời điểm " +"đó trở đi." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -18401,6 +18509,14 @@ msgid "" " in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage " "can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" +"Hình ảnh cũng có thể được chỉnh sửa. Di chuột qua hình thu nhỏ của hình ảnh " +"ở góc trên bên phải của biểu mẫu. Biểu tượng :guilabel: `✏️ (bút chì)` và " +"biểu tượng :guilabel: `🗑️ (thùng rác)` sẽ xuất hiện. Nhấp vào biểu tượng " +":guilabel: `✏️ (bút chì)` để thay đổi hình ảnh. Cửa sổ trình duyệt tệp sẽ " +"tải. Điều hướng đến hình ảnh mong muốn, chọn hình ảnh đó, sau đó nhấp vào " +":guilabel: `Mở`. Hình ảnh mới sẽ xuất hiện trong hình thu nhỏ. Để xóa hình " +"ảnh, hãy nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel: `🗑️ (thùng rác)`, sau đó chọn hình " +"ảnh mới bằng biểu tượng :guilabel: `✏️ (bút chì)`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." @@ -18476,6 +18592,15 @@ msgid "" "default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" " dogs." msgstr "" +"Có thể chỉnh sửa ảnh đại diện của bạn bè theo cùng cách mà :ref:`levels " +"` được chỉnh sửa. Chỉ những người dùng có quyền " +":guilabel:`Quản trị viên` cho ứng dụng *Tuyển dụng* mới có thể chỉnh sửa bạn" +" bè. Có thể xem và chỉnh sửa ảnh đại diện của bạn bè được cấu hình sẵn bằng " +"cách điều hướng đến :menuselection:`Ứng dụng giới thiệu --> Cấu hình --> Bạn" +" bè`. Mỗi ảnh đại diện của bạn bè sẽ xuất hiện trong cột :guilabel:`Hình ảnh" +" bảng điều khiển` và tên tương ứng sẽ xuất hiện trong cột :guilabel:`Tên bạn" +" bè`. Các ảnh mặc định là một nhóm nhân vật anh hùng hỗn tạp, từ rô-bốt đến " +"chó." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -18563,6 +18688,12 @@ msgid "" "represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " "points still needed before they can level up." msgstr "" +"Cấp độ hiện tại của người dùng được hiển thị ở đầu bảng điều khiển ứng dụng " +"*Giới thiệu* chính, ngay bên dưới ảnh của họ, theo định dạng :guilabel:`Cấp " +"độ: X`. Ngoài ra, một vòng màu sẽ xuất hiện xung quanh ảnh của người dùng, " +"cho biết người dùng hiện có bao nhiêu điểm và họ cần thêm bao nhiêu điểm để " +"lên cấp. Phần màu lục lam của vòng biểu thị số điểm đã kiếm được, trong khi " +"phần màu trắng biểu thị số điểm vẫn cần thiết trước khi họ có thể lên cấp." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:192 msgid "Modify levels" @@ -18596,6 +18727,12 @@ msgid "" "lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that" " must be earned." msgstr "" +"Nhập tên (hoặc số) của cấp độ vào trường :guilabel:`Tên cấp độ`. Nội dung " +"nhập vào sẽ hiển thị bên dưới ảnh của người dùng trên bảng điều khiển chính " +"khi họ đạt đến cấp độ đó. Nhập số điểm giới thiệu cần thiết để đạt đến cấp " +"độ đó vào trường :guilabel:`Yêu cầu`. Điểm cần thiết để lên cấp là tổng số " +"điểm tích lũy được trong suốt thời gian làm việc của nhân viên, không phải " +"là điểm bổ sung từ cấp độ trước đó phải đạt được." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -19192,6 +19329,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(trash can)` icon. Click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash" " can)` icon to delete the currently selected image." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ảnh`: thêm ảnh phần thưởng, ảnh này sẽ xuất hiện trên trang phần " +"thưởng. Di chuột qua hộp ảnh ở góc trên bên phải (hình vuông có camera và " +"dấu cộng bên trong) và biểu tượng :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` sẽ " +"xuất hiện. Nhấp vào biểu tượng :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` để " +"chọn và thêm ảnh vào biểu mẫu phần thưởng. Sau khi thêm ảnh, di chuột qua " +"ảnh sẽ hiển thị hai biểu tượng thay vì một: biểu tượng :icon:`fa-pencil` " +":guilabel:`(pencil)` và biểu tượng :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash " +"can)`. Nhấp vào biểu tượng :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash can)` để xóa" +" ảnh hiện đang được chọn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals/rewards.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 36092e600..255406713 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1062,6 +1062,16 @@ msgid "" "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" +"Trên trang :guilabel:`Phép đặt tên GS1 mặc định`, chọn :guilabel:`Thêm một " +"dòng` ở cuối bảng, sau đó một cửa sổ để tạo quy tắc mới sẽ mở ra. Trường " +":guilabel:`Tên quy tắc` được sử dụng nội bộ để xác định xem mã vạch biểu thị" +" nội dung gì. :guilabel:`Loại` mã vạch là các phân loại thông tin khác nhau " +"mà hệ thống có thể hiểu được (VD: sản phẩm, số lượng, sử dụng tốt nhất trước" +" ngày, kiện hàng, phiếu giảm giá). :guilabel:`Trình tự` biểu thị mức độ ưu " +"tiên của quy tắc, nghĩa là giá trị càng nhỏ thì quy tắc xuất hiện càng cao " +"trên bảng. Odoo tuân theo thứ tự tuần tự của bảng này và sẽ sử dụng quy tắc " +"so khớp đầu tiên dựa trên trình tự. :guilabel:`Mẫu mã vạch` là cách hệ thống" +" nhận dạng trình tự các chữ cái hoặc số để đưa thông tin về sản phẩm vào." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -3575,6 +3585,13 @@ msgid "" "number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when " "the pallet is received." msgstr "" +"Một nhà kho tiếp nhận các lô xà phòng được sắp xếp trên các pallet vật lý, " +"mỗi pallet chứa 96 thanh. Các pallet này được sử dụng để chuyển hàng nội bộ " +"và cũng được bán dưới dạng các đơn vị độc lập. Vì mục đích hậu cần, trọng " +"lượng của pallet phải được bao gồm trong tổng trọng lượng vận chuyển cho một" +" số lần giao hàng nhất định. Ngoài ra, pallet cần có mã vạch để dễ theo dõi " +"và số lượng từng thanh xà phòng phải được bao gồm trong số lượng hàng tồn " +"kho khi pallet được nhận." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -6737,6 +6754,14 @@ msgid "" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" +"Để theo dõi giá trị của các sản phẩm đầu vào, chẳng hạn như một *bảng* đơn " +"giản, hãy định cấu hình danh mục sản phẩm trên chính sản phẩm đó. Để đến đó," +" hãy điều hướng đến :menuselection:`Ứng dụng hàng tồn kho --> Sản phẩm --> " +"Sản phẩm` và nhấp vào sản phẩm mong muốn. Trên biểu mẫu sản phẩm, hãy nhấp " +"vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`➡️ (mũi tên phải)` bên cạnh trường :guilabel:`Danh" +" mục sản phẩm`, mở ra liên kết nội bộ để chỉnh sửa danh mục sản phẩm. Tiếp " +"theo, đặt :guilabel:`Phương pháp tính giá` là :guilabel:`Nhập trước xuất " +"trước (FIFO)` và :guilabel:`Định giá hàng tồn kho` là :guilabel:`Tự động`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9436,6 +9461,13 @@ msgid "" "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" +"Có một số cách để xử lý cách một kho hàng tiếp nhận sản phẩm (biên lai) và " +"vận chuyển sản phẩm (giao hàng). Tùy thuộc vào một số yếu tố, chẳng hạn như " +"loại sản phẩm được lưu kho và bán ra, quy mô kho hàng và số lượng biên lai " +"được xác nhận hàng ngày và lệnh giao hàng, cách xử lý sản phẩm khi vào và ra" +" khỏi kho có thể thay đổi rất nhiều. Có thể định cấu hình các thiết lập khác" +" nhau cho biên lai và giao hàng; chúng không nhất thiết phải được định cấu " +"hình để có cùng số bước." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9464,6 +9496,14 @@ msgid "" "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" +"Theo mặc định, Odoo xử lý việc vận chuyển và tiếp nhận theo ba cách khác " +"nhau: theo một, hai hoặc ba bước. Cấu hình đơn giản nhất là một bước, đây là" +" cấu hình mặc định. Mỗi bước bổ sung cần thiết cho một kho hàng cho quy " +"trình tiếp nhận hoặc vận chuyển sẽ thêm một lớp hoạt động bổ sung để thực " +"hiện trước khi sản phẩm được tiếp nhận hoặc vận chuyển. Các cấu hình này " +"hoàn toàn phụ thuộc vào các yêu cầu đối với sản phẩm được lưu trữ, chẳng hạn" +" như thực hiện kiểm tra chất lượng đối với sản phẩm đã nhận hoặc sử dụng bao" +" bì đặc biệt đối với sản phẩm đã vận chuyển." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" @@ -9675,6 +9715,13 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"Sau khi hoàn tất, hãy tạo lệnh bán hàng cho sản phẩm và xác nhận. Odoo sẽ tự" +" động tạo hai lệnh chuyển hàng sẽ được liên kết với lệnh bán hàng. Lệnh đầu " +"tiên là lệnh chuyển hàng từ *Vị trí đầu vào* đến *Vị trí đầu ra*, tương ứng " +"với việc di chuyển sản phẩm trong khu vực *Cross-Dock*. Lệnh thứ hai là lệnh" +" giao hàng từ *Vị trí đầu ra* đến *Vị trí khách hàng của bạn. Cả hai đều ở " +"trạng thái *Đang chờ hoạt động khác* vì chúng ta vẫn cần đặt hàng sản phẩm " +"cho nhà cung cấp của mình." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -12259,6 +12306,13 @@ msgid "" "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kéo & Đẩy`: quy tắc này cho phép tạo ra các lần chọn trong hai " +"tình huống được giải thích ở trên. Điều này có nghĩa là khi sản phẩm được " +"yêu cầu tại một vị trí cụ thể, một lần chuyển giao được tạo từ vị trí trước " +"đó để đáp ứng nhu cầu đó. Điều này tạo ra một nhu cầu ở vị trí trước đó và " +"một quy tắc được kích hoạt để đáp ứng nhu cầu đó. Khi nhu cầu thứ hai được " +"đáp ứng, các sản phẩm được đẩy đến vị trí đích và tất cả các nhu cầu đều " +"được đáp ứng." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -21020,6 +21074,12 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"Có hai cách để áp dụng điều chỉnh hàng tồn kho mới. Cách đầu tiên là nhấp " +"vào nút :guilabel:`Apply` trên dòng ở phía bên phải của trang. Cách thứ hai " +"là nhấp vào hộp kiểm ở phía bên trái của dòng. Làm như vậy sẽ hiển thị các " +"tùy chọn nút mới ở đầu trang, một trong số đó là nút :guilabel:`Apply`. Thay" +" vào đó, nhấp vào nút này sẽ khiến cửa sổ bật lên :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Adjustment Reference / Reason` xuất hiện." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -22330,6 +22390,13 @@ msgid "" "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" +"Trước khi tạo quy tắc sắp xếp lại mới, hãy đảm bảo sản phẩm có *nhà cung " +"cấp* hoặc *hóa đơn vật liệu* được cấu hình trên biểu mẫu sản phẩm. Để kiểm " +"tra điều này, hãy vào :menuselection:`Ứng dụng hàng tồn kho --> Sản phẩm -->" +" Sản phẩm`, và chọn sản phẩm để mở biểu mẫu sản phẩm của sản phẩm đó. Nhà " +"cung cấp, nếu được cấu hình, sẽ được liệt kê trong tab :guilabel:`Mua hàng`," +" và hóa đơn vật liệu, nếu được cấu hình, sẽ được tìm thấy trong nút thông " +"minh :guilabel:`Hóa đơn vật liệu` ở đầu biểu mẫu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -24457,6 +24524,15 @@ msgid "" "product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation " "reports." msgstr "" +"Sử dụng :ref:`tracked inventory ` trong Odoo đòi hỏi phải có một hệ thống kế toán hàng tồn kho " +"*liên tục* vì cần phải biết khi nào và ở đâu có hàng tồn kho, và có bao " +"nhiêu hàng tồn kho hoặc dự báo được. Có một số :ref:`phương pháp định giá " +"hàng tồn kho ` phổ biến được " +"sử dụng trong Odoo: *giá chuẩn*, *giá thành trung bình* (AVCO) và *nhập " +"trước, xuất trước* (FIFO) kế toán. Điều quan trọng là phải biết rằng phương " +"pháp định giá được chọn cho một sản phẩm ảnh hưởng đến việc tính toán một số" +" trường trong báo cáo định giá hàng tồn kho." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" @@ -24636,6 +24712,14 @@ msgid "" "be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the " ":abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" +"Mỗi mục trong báo cáo :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` đại diện cho một bản ghi " +"trong hệ thống của Odoo được gọi là *lớp định giá cổ phiếu (SVL)*. " +":abbr:`SVL (lớp di chuyển cổ phiếu)` được tạo ra khi sản phẩm di chuyển theo" +" cách tác động đến định giá cổ phiếu của chúng. Cụ thể, các di chuyển cổ " +"phiếu tạo ra :abbr:`SVL (lớp di chuyển cổ phiếu)` là biên lai kho, giao " +"hàng, đơn hàng dropshipping và trả lại dropshipping. Các di chuyển cổ phiếu " +"này trước tiên phải được xác thực (bằng cách nhấp vào nút " +":guilabel:`Validate`) để :abbr:`SVL (lớp di chuyển cổ phiếu)` được tạo ra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -24650,6 +24734,15 @@ msgid "" "the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's " "**Accounting** app." msgstr "" +"Nếu phương pháp định giá hàng tồn kho của sản phẩm thay đổi trên biểu mẫu " +"sản phẩm, các mục dòng mới sẽ được tạo trên báo cáo :guilabel:`Định giá hàng" +" tồn kho` để phản ánh :abbr:`SVL (lớp di chuyển hàng tồn kho)` kết quả. Ví " +"dụ, nếu phương pháp định giá thay đổi từ *giá chuẩn* thành :abbr:`AVCO (Chi " +"phí trung bình)` hoặc :abbr:`FIFO (Nhập trước, Xuất trước)`, *mục đánh giá " +"lại* sẽ tự động được đăng để phản ánh sự thay đổi về giá đối với hàng hóa " +"vẫn còn trong kho. Một mục sẽ là số âm để \"xóa\" giá cũ và mục thứ hai sẽ " +"là số dương để ghi lại giá mới. Các mục này được kết nối với các mục nhật ký" +" trong ứng dụng **Kế toán** của Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -25616,6 +25709,13 @@ msgid "" "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" +"Trong Odoo, *thiết bị* đề cập đến bất kỳ mục nào được sử dụng trong các hoạt" +" động hàng ngày, bao gồm cả sản xuất sản phẩm. Điều này có thể có nghĩa là " +"một bộ phận máy móc trên dây chuyền sản xuất, một công cụ được sử dụng ở các" +" địa điểm khác nhau hoặc một máy tính trong không gian văn phòng. Thiết bị " +"được đăng ký trong Odoo có thể thuộc sở hữu của công ty sử dụng cơ sở dữ " +"liệu Odoo hoặc của bên thứ ba, chẳng hạn như nhà cung cấp trong trường hợp " +"cho thuê thiết bị." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -30845,6 +30945,12 @@ msgid "" "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" +"Tiêu đề của thẻ lệnh làm việc hiển thị số tham chiếu của |MO| mà lệnh làm " +"việc là một phần của, sản phẩm và số lượng đơn vị đang được sản xuất và " +"trạng thái của lệnh làm việc. Nếu công việc chưa bắt đầu trên lệnh làm việc," +" trạng thái sẽ hiển thị là :guilabel:`To Do`. Khi công việc đã bắt đầu, " +"trạng thái sẽ cập nhật để hiển thị bộ đếm thời gian hiển thị tổng thời gian " +"lệnh làm việc đã được thực hiện." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -33786,6 +33892,13 @@ msgid "" "chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for " "review." msgstr "" +"Sau một số lần thử nghiệm, Joe phát hiện ra rằng việc thêm một *thanh đỡ* " +"kim loại vào giá treo áo khoác sẽ giúp tăng cường độ bền, cho phép giá treo " +"giữ được sáu hoặc nhiều áo khoác hơn mà không bị đổ. Anh ấy cập nhật |BoM| " +"để bao gồm thanh đỡ làm một trong các thành phần và thêm một thao tác bổ " +"sung để đảm bảo nó được lắp đặt trong quá trình sản xuất. Cuối cùng, anh ấy " +"để lại một tin nhắn trong phần trò chuyện của |ECO|, thông báo cho người " +"quản lý của mình, Jose, rằng nó đã sẵn sàng để xem xét." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1 msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation." @@ -34284,6 +34397,14 @@ msgid "" "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" +"Sau khi chọn :guilabel:`Split`, một cửa sổ bật lên :guilabel:`Split " +"production` sẽ xuất hiện. Trong trường :guilabel:`Split #`, hãy nhập số " +"lượng đơn hàng sản xuất mà đơn hàng gốc sẽ được chia thành, sau đó nhấp ra " +"ngoài trường. Một bảng sẽ xuất hiện bên dưới, với một dòng cho mỗi đơn hàng " +"sản xuất mới sẽ được tạo ra bởi việc chia tách. Trong cột " +":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce`, hãy nhập số lượng đơn vị sẽ được chỉ định " +"cho mỗi đơn hàng sản xuất mới. Cuối cùng, nhấp vào :guilabel:`Split` để chia" +" đơn hàng sản xuất." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." @@ -40158,6 +40279,14 @@ msgid "" "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn sử dụng *Độ chính xác làm tròn* nhỏ hơn 0,01, một thông báo cảnh báo" +" có thể xuất hiện nêu rằng nó cao hơn *Độ chính xác thập phân* và có thể gây" +" ra sự không nhất quán. Nếu bạn muốn sử dụng *Độ chính xác làm tròn* nhỏ hơn" +" 0,01, trước tiên hãy kích hoạt :ref:`developer mode `, sau " +"đó đi tới :menuselection:`Cài đặt --> Kỹ thuật --> Cấu trúc cơ sở dữ liệu " +"--> Độ chính xác thập phân`, chọn *Đơn vị đo lường sản phẩm* và chỉnh sửa " +"*Số chữ số* cho phù hợp. Ví dụ, nếu bạn muốn sử dụng độ chính xác làm tròn " +"là 0,00001, hãy đặt *Số chữ số* thành 5." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -40591,6 +40720,13 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" +"Tuy nhiên, nếu giá trị nhập vào nằm ngoài phạm vi đã chỉ định, một cửa sổ " +"bật lên mới sẽ xuất hiện, có tiêu đề là :guilabel:`Kiểm tra chất lượng không" +" thành công`. Nội dung của cửa sổ bật lên hiển thị thông báo cảnh báo có nội" +" dung :guilabel:`Bạn đã đo # đơn vị và giá trị phải nằm trong khoảng từ # " +"đơn vị đến # đơn vị`, cũng như hướng dẫn được nhập vào tab :guilabel:`Thông " +"báo nếu không thành công` của |QCP|. Ở cuối cửa sổ bật lên, hai nút sẽ xuất " +"hiện: :guilabel:`Đo chính xác` và :guilabel:`Xác nhận đo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index ed8a01c4f..64cd3a3ae 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -1750,6 +1750,13 @@ msgid "" "recipients that have been created on, or after, July 1st, 2024, in the " "report." msgstr "" +"Để xem những người nhận bị trả lại này có điểm chung gì, các bản ghi được " +"nhóm lại bằng cách sử dụng nhóm tùy chỉnh nhắm mục tiêu :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists`, nhóm tất cả các bản ghi theo danh sách gửi thư mà chúng nằm trong " +"đó. Sau đó, các bản ghi được lọc bằng bộ lọc tùy chỉnh với quy tắc `Created " +"on >= 07/01/2024 00:00:00`, để lọc theo thời điểm danh sách gửi thư được " +"kiểm tra lần cuối. Bộ lọc này chỉ bao gồm những người nhận được tạo vào hoặc" +" sau ngày 1 tháng 7 năm 2024 trong báo cáo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/analyze_metrics.rst:0 msgid "The custom filter creation form." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index cc4eff7ec..7807bd557 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -3678,6 +3678,14 @@ msgid "" "to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " "fits the communication needs." msgstr "" +"Mọi người đều có thể xem kênh *Công khai*, trong khi kênh *Riêng tư* chỉ " +"hiển thị với những người dùng được mời. Để tạo kênh mới, đi đến ứng dụng " +":menuselection:`Thảo luận`, sau đó nhấp vào biểu tượng :guilabel:`➕ (dấu " +"cộng)` bên cạnh tiêu đề :guilabel:`Kênh` trong menu bên trái. Sau khi nhập " +"tên kênh, hai tùy chọn có thể chọn sẽ xuất hiện: Tùy chọn đầu tiên là kênh " +"có dấu thăng (`#`) để chỉ ra rằng đó là kênh công khai; tùy chọn thứ hai là " +"kênh có biểu tượng ổ khóa (`🔒`) bên cạnh để chỉ ra rằng đó là kênh riêng tư." +" Chọn loại kênh phù hợp nhất với nhu cầu trao đổi thông tin." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." @@ -6007,6 +6015,13 @@ msgid "" "role. This color can help understand which roles are responsible for which " "field when configuring a template." msgstr "" +"Có thể cập nhật các vai trò hiện có hoặc tạo các vai trò mới bằng cách nhấp " +"vào :guilabel:`New`. Chọn :guilabel:`Role Name`, thêm :guilabel:`Extra " +"Authentication Step` để xác nhận danh tính của người ký và nếu tài liệu có " +"thể được chỉ định lại cho một liên hệ khác, hãy chọn :guilabel:`Change " +"Authorized` cho vai trò. Cũng có thể chọn :guilabel:`Color` cho vai trò. Màu" +" này có thể giúp hiểu vai trò nào chịu trách nhiệm cho trường nào khi cấu " +"hình mẫu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:216 msgid "Secured identification" @@ -8472,6 +8487,14 @@ msgid "" " performed through electronic means and the use of electronic signatures. " "The key points of the law include:" msgstr "" +"Tại Indonesia, chữ ký điện tử được quy định theo `Luật của Cộng hòa " +"Indonesia số 11 năm 2008 về Thông tin và Giao dịch Điện tử " +"`_, Quy định của" +" Chính phủ số 71 năm 2019 về Tổ chức Hệ thống và Giao dịch Điện tử, cũng như" +" Quy định số 11 năm 2018 của Bộ trưởng Bộ Truyền thông và Tin học (MoCI) về " +"Quản lý Chứng nhận Điện tử (\"Quy định MoCI số 11 năm 2018\"). Luật này quản" +" lý các giao dịch được thực hiện thông qua phương tiện điện tử và việc sử " +"dụng chữ ký điện tử. Các điểm chính của luật bao gồm:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/indonesia.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10079,6 +10102,16 @@ msgid "" "the foundation for the use and legal recognition of electronic signatures. " "The key points of the law include:" msgstr "" +"Tại Vương quốc Anh, chữ ký điện tử được quản lý theo Đạo luật Truyền thông " +"Điện tử (ECA) và `phiên bản Vương quốc Anh `_ của Quy định (EU) số 910/2014 của Nghị viện" +" Châu Âu và Hội đồng ngày 23 tháng 7 năm 2014 về dịch vụ nhận dạng điện tử " +"và ủy thác cho các giao dịch điện tử trên thị trường nội bộ (eIDAS) đã được " +"sửa đổi bởi `Dịch vụ nhận dạng điện tử và ủy thác cho các giao dịch điện tử " +"`_ (Sửa đổi) (Quy định Rời" +" khỏi EU) năm 2019 (SI 2019/89) (“Quy định eIDAS của Vương quốc Anh”). Luật " +"này cung cấp nền tảng cho việc sử dụng và công nhận hợp pháp chữ ký điện tử." +" Những điểm chính của luật bao gồm:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/united_kingdom.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -16774,6 +16807,12 @@ msgid "" "company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage " "how incoming calls like this are handled." msgstr "" +"Khi ai đó gọi đến một doanh nghiệp, họ có thể cần liên hệ với bộ phận hỗ trợ" +" khách hàng, nhóm bán hàng hoặc thậm chí là đường dây trực tiếp của một " +"người. Người gọi cũng có thể đang tìm kiếm một số thông tin về doanh nghiệp," +" chẳng hạn như giờ mở cửa của cửa hàng. Hoặc, họ có thể muốn để lại thư " +"thoại để ai đó từ công ty có thể gọi lại cho họ. Với các gói quay số trong " +"Axivox, một công ty có thể quản lý cách xử lý các cuộc gọi đến như thế này." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -20491,6 +20530,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Privacy Policy URL` field of the form. Click :guilabel:`Save " "changes` to apply the privacy policy to the app." msgstr "" +"URL chính sách bảo mật phải được thiết lập để ứng dụng được thiết lập để " +"hoạt động. Truy cập bảng điều khiển dành cho nhà phát triển Meta, " +"``_ và chọn ứng dụng mà Odoo đang được" +" định cấu hình. Sau đó, sử dụng menu ở phía bên trái màn hình, đi tới " +":menuselection:`Cài đặt ứng dụng --> Cơ bản`. Sau đó, nhập địa chỉ siêu liên" +" kết chính sách bảo mật vào trường :guilabel:`URL Chính sách bảo mật` của " +"biểu mẫu. Nhấp vào :guilabel:`Lưu thay đổi` để áp dụng chính sách bảo mật " +"cho ứng dụng." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/whatsapp.rst:486 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f2c94475f..552f92c68 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2024 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -792,6 +792,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Message` replaces the form with a preconfigured message that" " informs the customer someone should respond to them as soon as possible." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Khi thành công`: chọn cách trang web phản ứng sau khi khách hàng " +"gửi biểu mẫu thành công. :guilabel:`Nothing` giữ nguyên màn hình cho khách " +"hàng, đồng thời thêm thông báo xác nhận rằng biểu mẫu đã được gửi thành " +"công. :guilabel:`Redirect` chuyển hướng khách hàng đến một trang web mới, " +"dựa trên địa chỉ được cung cấp trong trường :guilabel:`URL` bên dưới. " +":guilabel:`Show Message` thay thế biểu mẫu bằng thông báo được cấu hình sẵn " +"thông báo cho khách hàng rằng sẽ có người phản hồi họ sớm nhất có thể." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/opportunities_form.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1833,6 +1840,16 @@ msgid "" " Sales --> My Pipeline`. Either route reveals leads and opportunities on the" " :guilabel:`Pipeline` page." msgstr "" +"Làm giàu thủ công cho các khách hàng tiềm năng theo nhóm bằng cách sử dụng " +"chế độ xem *danh sách*. Trước tiên, điều hướng đến :menuselection:`CRM app " +"--> Leads` và nhấp vào nút chế độ xem danh sách (:guilabel:`☰ (ba dòng " +"ngang)` biểu tượng). Tiếp theo, đánh dấu vào hộp kiểm cho các khách hàng " +"tiềm năng cần được làm giàu thủ công. Cuối cùng, nhấp vào biểu tượng " +":guilabel:`⚙️ Action` và chọn :guilabel:`Enrich` từ menu thả xuống kết quả. " +"Bạn cũng có thể thực hiện việc này từ trang *My Pipeline*. Để thực hiện, chỉ" +" cần mở ứng dụng *CRM* hoặc điều hướng đến :menuselection:`CRM app --> Sales" +" --> My Pipeline`. Cả hai tuyến đường đều hiển thị các khách hàng tiềm năng " +"và cơ hội trên trang :guilabel:`Pipeline`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/lead_enrichment.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -8035,6 +8052,14 @@ msgid "" "allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " "long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" +"Để làm việc với Odoo, một số mẫu máy in có thể sử dụng mà không cần " +":doc:`IoT box ` có thể yêu cầu " +":doc:`giao thức HTTPS ` để thiết lập kết nối an toàn giữa trình duyệt" +" và máy in. Tuy nhiên, việc cố gắng truy cập địa chỉ IP của máy in bằng " +"HTTPS sẽ dẫn đến trang cảnh báo trên hầu hết các trình duyệt web. Trong " +"trường hợp đó, bạn có thể tạm thời :ref:`buộc kết nối " +"`, cho phép bạn truy cập trang trong HTTPS và sử dụng" +" máy in ePOS trong Odoo miễn là cửa sổ trình duyệt vẫn mở." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8623,6 +8648,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " "session." msgstr "" +"Sau khi bạn đóng và đăng phiên POS, hãy truy cập báo cáo toàn diện để xem " +"lại tất cả các hoạt động của phiên, bao gồm cả người khởi tạo phiên và người" +" xử lý các đơn hàng cụ thể. Để truy cập báo cáo của phiên, hãy nhấp vào nút " +"dấu ba chấm dọc (:guilabel:`⋮`) trên thẻ POS và chọn :guilabel:`Sessions` từ" +" phần :guilabel:`View`. Sau đó, hãy chọn một phiên cụ thể để biết thông tin " +"chi tiết hơn và nhấp vào nút :guilabel:`Orders` để xem danh sách tất cả các " +"đơn hàng đã đặt trong phiên đó." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -10260,6 +10292,14 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" +"Nhấp vào :guilabel:`Kết nối Stripe`. Làm như vậy sẽ tự động chuyển hướng bạn" +" đến trang cấu hình. Điền tất cả thông tin để tạo tài khoản Stripe của bạn " +"và liên kết với Odoo. Sau khi hoàn tất biểu mẫu, bạn có thể lấy khóa API " +"(:guilabel:`Khóa có thể xuất bản` và :guilabel:`Khóa bí mật`) trên trang web" +" **Stripe**. Để thực hiện, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel:`Lấy khóa bí mật và khóa " +"có thể xuất bản`, nhấp vào khóa để sao chép chúng và dán chúng vào các " +"trường tương ứng trong Odoo. Thiết bị đầu cuối của bạn đã sẵn sàng để được " +"cấu hình trong POS." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" @@ -12587,6 +12627,13 @@ msgid "" " bookable. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " "New` to confirm." msgstr "" +"Để tạo sàn và bàn từ phần phụ trợ, hãy vào :menuselection:`Điểm bán hàng -->" +" Cấu hình --> Sơ đồ mặt bằng`, và nhấp vào :guilabel:`Mới` để tạo một sàn. " +"Đặt tên cho sàn, chọn điểm bán hàng liên quan và nhấp vào :guilabel:`Thêm " +"một dòng` để tạo một bàn. Đặt tên cho bàn và chỉ định số lượng ghế. Bạn cũng" +" có thể liên kết bàn với một nguồn đặt lịch hẹn để có thể đặt bàn. Sau khi " +"hoàn tất, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel:`Lưu & Đóng` hoặc :guilabel:`Lưu & Mới` để " +"xác nhận." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "window to create a table in the POS backend" @@ -12637,6 +12684,14 @@ msgid "" " duplicate an existing table, select it and click :guilabel:`COPY`. You can " "also remove the table by clicking :guilabel:`DELETE`." msgstr "" +"Sau khi tạo xong một sàn, hãy thêm một bảng bằng cách nhấp vào :guilabel:`+ " +"TABLE`. Để di chuyển, hãy chọn bảng đó và kéo thả theo ý muốn. Bạn cũng có " +"thể sửa đổi các thuộc tính của bảng đã chọn, chẳng hạn như số lượng ghế bằng" +" cách nhấp vào :guilabel:`SEATS`, hình dạng bảng bằng cách sử dụng " +":guilabel:`SHAPE`, màu bảng bằng cách sử dụng :guilabel:`FILL` hoặc tên bảng" +" bằng cách nhấp vào :guilabel:`RENAME`. Để sao chép một bảng hiện có, hãy " +"chọn bảng đó và nhấp vào :guilabel:`COPY`. Bạn cũng có thể xóa bảng bằng " +"cách nhấp vào :guilabel:`DELETE`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -14314,6 +14369,16 @@ msgid "" " the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " "to the customer." msgstr "" +"Nếu nhà vận chuyển đã chọn không được Odoo hỗ trợ, bạn vẫn có thể tạo một " +"nhà vận chuyển có cùng tên (ví dụ: tạo một nhà vận chuyển có tên là " +"`easyship`). Tên được sử dụng **không** phân biệt chữ hoa chữ thường, nhưng " +"hãy lưu ý tránh lỗi đánh máy. Nếu có lỗi đánh máy, Amazon sẽ **không** nhận " +"ra chúng. Tiếp theo, hãy tạo một nhà vận chuyển có tên là `Self Delivery` để" +" thông báo cho Amazon rằng người dùng sẽ thực hiện việc giao hàng. Ngay cả " +"với tuyến đường này, bạn vẫn **phải** nhập tham chiếu theo dõi. Hãy nhớ " +"rằng, khách hàng sẽ được thông báo qua email về việc giao hàng và nhà vận " +"chuyển, cùng với tham chiếu theo dõi, sẽ được hiển thị trong email gửi cho " +"khách hàng." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -14352,6 +14417,15 @@ msgid "" "synchronize these orders, or click on :guilabel:`Recover Order` and enter " "the relevant Amazon Order Reference." msgstr "" +"Có thể xảy ra trường hợp Odoo nhận được thông báo từ Amazon nói rằng một số " +"thông tin giao hàng chưa được xử lý, nhưng không nêu rõ lô hàng nào bị ảnh " +"hưởng. Trong trường hợp đó, tất cả các lô hàng ở trạng thái không xác định " +"sẽ được xử lý như thể chúng không đồng bộ hóa được. Khi Odoo nhận được thông" +" báo từ Amazon nói rằng một lô hàng đã được xử lý, thẻ của lô hàng sẽ thay " +"đổi thành :guilabel: `Đã đồng bộ hóa với Amazon`. Để đẩy nhanh quá trình " +"này, trên tài khoản Amazon của bạn, hãy nhấp vào :guilabel: `Đồng bộ hóa đơn" +" hàng` để đồng bộ hóa thủ công các đơn hàng này hoặc nhấp vào :guilabel: " +"`Khôi phục đơn hàng` và nhập Tham chiếu đơn hàng Amazon có liên quan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:106 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" @@ -17595,6 +17669,14 @@ msgid "" "different pricelists, but the *same* loyalty programs. If this field is left" " blank, the program applies to everyone, regardless of pricelist." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bảng giá`: Nếu muốn, hãy chọn một bảng giá từ menu thả xuống để " +"áp dụng chương trình khách hàng thân thiết này cho một bảng giá cụ thể (và " +"khách hàng được đính kèm vào bảng giá). Có thể chọn nhiều hơn một bảng giá " +"trong trường này. Khi một chương trình khách hàng thân thiết duy nhất được " +"liên kết với nhiều bảng giá, điều này giúp các phân khúc khách hàng khác " +"nhau có thể có các bảng giá khác nhau, nhưng *cùng* các chương trình khách " +"hàng thân thiết. Nếu trường này để trống, chương trình sẽ áp dụng cho tất cả" +" mọi người, bất kể bảng giá nào." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 96bb66dab..90291343e 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Tiffany Chang, 2024 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -690,6 +690,14 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Merge ` to combine the tickets, or " ":guilabel:`DISCARD`." msgstr "" +"Để hợp nhất hai hoặc nhiều ticket, hãy điều hướng đến :menuselection:`Ứng " +"dụng Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets`. Xác định các ticket cần hợp nhất" +" và tích vào hộp kiểm ở góc xa bên trái của mỗi ticket để chọn chúng. Sau " +"đó, nhấp vào biểu tượng :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Hành động` và chọn " +":guilabel:`Hợp nhất` từ menu thả xuống. Làm như vậy sẽ mở một trang mới, " +"trong đó các ticket đã chọn được liệt kê với xếp hạng :guilabel:`Similarity`" +" của chúng. Từ đây, nhấp vào :ref:`Hợp nhất ` " +"để hợp nhất các ticket hoặc :guilabel:`DISCARD`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:143 msgid "Convert tickets to opportunities" @@ -3985,6 +3993,14 @@ msgid "" "in this field, this policy only applies to tickets marked as `Low Priority`," " meaning those with zero :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(star)` icons." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: Mức độ ưu tiên cho một ticket được xác định bằng cách " +"chọn một, hai hoặc ba biểu tượng :icon:`fa-star-o` :guilabel:`(star)`, biểu " +"thị mức độ ưu tiên trên thẻ Kanban hoặc trên chính ticket. |SLA| **chỉ** " +"được áp dụng sau khi mức độ ưu tiên đã được cập nhật trên ticket để khớp với" +" tiêu chí |SLA|. Nếu không có lựa chọn nào được thực hiện trong trường này, " +"chính sách này chỉ áp dụng cho các ticket được đánh dấu là `Low Priority`, " +"nghĩa là các ticket không có biểu tượng :icon:`fa-star-o` " +":guilabel:`(star)`." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5121,6 +5137,14 @@ msgid "" "As such, it is a crucial tool for effective project management and ensuring " "that your project stays on track." msgstr "" +"Bảng điều khiển dự án cho phép bạn có được cái nhìn tổng quan toàn diện về " +"trạng thái của dự án. Nó hiển thị thông tin như tổng số nhiệm vụ, bảng chấm " +"công và giờ đã lên kế hoạch liên quan đến dự án, cũng như thông tin chi tiết" +" về các mốc quan trọng của dự án, chi phí và doanh thu của dự án. Trong bảng" +" điều khiển dự án, bạn có thể tạo :guilabel:`Cập nhật dự án`, cho phép bạn " +"chụp nhanh trạng thái của dự án tại một thời điểm nhất định. Do đó, đây là " +"một công cụ quan trọng để quản lý dự án hiệu quả và đảm bảo dự án của bạn đi" +" đúng hướng." #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_dashboard.rst:13 msgid "Using the project dashboard" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 6fbff9586..9c950c4db 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -661,6 +661,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `High` and define the :guilabel:`Update " "Record` action as follows:" msgstr "" +"Ngoài ra, bạn cũng có thể thiết lập trường của bản ghi động bằng mã Python. " +"Để thực hiện, hãy chọn :guilabel:`Compute` thay vì :guilabel:`Update`, sau " +"đó nhập mã sẽ được sử dụng để tính giá trị của trường. Ví dụ, nếu bạn muốn " +"quy tắc tự động tính toán trường :ref:`datetime ` tùy chỉnh khi mức độ ưu tiên của tác vụ được đặt thành " +"`High` (bằng cách đánh dấu sao cho tác vụ), bạn có thể xác định trình kích " +"hoạt :guilabel:`Priority is set to` thành `High` và xác định hành động " +":guilabel:`Update Record` như sau:" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Compute a custom datetime field using a Python expression" @@ -1659,6 +1667,13 @@ msgid "" "Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " "their usefulness." msgstr "" +"Khi bạn tạo một mô hình hoặc ứng dụng mới bằng Studio, bạn có thể chọn thêm " +"tối đa 14 tính năng để tăng tốc quá trình tạo. Các tính năng này kết hợp các" +" trường, thiết lập mặc định và chế độ xem thường được sử dụng cùng nhau để " +"cung cấp một số chức năng chuẩn. Hầu hết các tính năng này có thể được thêm " +"vào sau, nhưng việc thêm chúng ngay từ đầu giúp quá trình tạo mô hình dễ " +"dàng hơn nhiều. Hơn nữa, các tính năng này tương tác với nhau trong một số " +"trường hợp để tăng tính hữu ích của chúng." #: ../../content/applications/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2631,6 +2646,13 @@ msgid "" "corresponding XPath, which defines the modified part of the view, are " "automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Nếu bạn đang chỉnh sửa chế độ xem bằng trình soạn thảo XML, hãy tránh thực " +"hiện thay đổi trực tiếp đối với chế độ xem chuẩn và chế độ xem kế thừa, vì " +"những thay đổi này sẽ được đặt lại và mất trong quá trình cập nhật hoặc nâng" +" cấp mô-đun. Luôn đảm bảo rằng bạn chọn đúng chế độ xem kế thừa Studio: Khi " +"bạn sửa đổi chế độ xem trong Studio bằng cách kéo và thả một trường mới, ví " +"dụ, chế độ xem kế thừa Studio cụ thể và XPath tương ứng của nó, định nghĩa " +"phần đã sửa đổi của chế độ xem, sẽ tự động được tạo." #: ../../content/applications/studio/views.rst:30 msgid "General views" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 03bc48af9..4b8b1ecdc 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Tâm Doãn Bắc, 2024 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1399,6 +1399,13 @@ msgid "" "can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " "**email template** used." msgstr "" +"**Giỏ hàng bị bỏ rơi** đại diện cho đơn hàng mà khách hàng **chưa hoàn tất**" +" quy trình xác nhận thanh toán. Đối với những đơn hàng này, có thể tự động " +"gửi **lời nhắc qua email** cho khách hàng. Để bật tính năng đó, hãy vào " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` và trong phần " +":guilabel:`Email & Marketing`, hãy bật :guilabel:`Tự động gửi email thanh " +"toán bị bỏ rơi`. Sau khi bật, bạn có thể đặt **khoảng thời gian** sau đó " +"email được gửi và tùy chỉnh **mẫu email** được sử dụng." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2488,6 +2495,14 @@ msgid "" "products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" "and-dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" +"Ngoài ra, bạn có thể **chỉnh sửa thủ công** thứ tự sản phẩm trong danh mục " +"bằng cách vào **trang cửa hàng chính** và nhấp vào sản phẩm. Trong phần " +":guilabel:`Sản phẩm` của phần :guilabel:`Tùy chỉnh`, bạn có thể sắp xếp lại " +"thứ tự bằng cách nhấp vào các mũi tên. `<<` `>>` di chuyển sản phẩm sang " +"**cực** phải hoặc trái, và `<` `>` di chuyển sản phẩm theo **một** hàng sang" +" phải hoặc trái. Bạn cũng có thể thay đổi thứ tự sản phẩm trong danh mục " +"trong :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` và kéo thả các sản" +" phẩm trong danh sách." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" @@ -2905,6 +2920,13 @@ msgid "" "configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " "the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." msgstr "" +"Bảng giá là công cụ chính để quản lý giá trên eCommerce của bạn. Chúng cho " +"phép bạn xác định giá cụ thể cho từng trang web - khác với giá trên mẫu sản " +"phẩm - dựa trên **nhóm quốc gia**, **tiền tệ**, **số lượng tối thiểu**, " +"**thời gian** hoặc **biến thể**. Bạn có thể tạo nhiều bảng giá tùy theo nhu " +"cầu, nhưng bắt buộc phải có ít nhất một bảng giá được cấu hình cho mỗi trang" +" web. Nếu không thêm bảng giá tùy chỉnh nào, Odoo sẽ mặc định sử dụng **Bảng" +" giá công khai** cho tất cả các trang web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:121 @@ -3381,6 +3403,15 @@ msgid "" "field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " "participant." msgstr "" +"Phần :guilabel:`Điểm thưởng` cho phép bạn đưa ra một số điểm nghiệp chướng " +"cụ thể tùy thuộc vào số lần thử cần thiết để trả lời đúng câu hỏi. Sau đó, " +"tạo câu hỏi và các câu trả lời có thể bằng cách nhấp vào :guilabel:`Thêm một" +" dòng`. Một cửa sổ mới sẽ bật lên, thêm câu hỏi bằng cách điền vào " +":guilabel:`Tên câu hỏi` và thêm nhiều câu trả lời bằng cách nhấp vào " +":guilabel:`Thêm một dòng`. Đánh dấu vào :guilabel:`Câu trả lời đúng` để đánh" +" dấu một hoặc nhiều câu trả lời là đúng. Bạn cũng có thể điền vào trường " +":guilabel:`Bình luận` để hiển thị thông tin bổ sung khi người tham gia chọn " +"câu trả lời." #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 msgid "Content Tags" @@ -5552,6 +5583,13 @@ msgid "" "white. Click the checkbox a second time to activate the :guilabel:`Is " "Published` box. The webpage is now published." msgstr "" +"Để xuất bản trang web `livechat`, hãy quay lại danh sách các trang web bằng " +"cách điều hướng đến :menuselection:`Site --> Content --> Pages`. Nhấp vào " +"hộp kiểm bên trái `livechat` trong danh sách các trang để chọn trang và tô " +"sáng dòng. Sau đó, nhấp vào hộp kiểm bên dưới cột có nhãn :guilabel:`Is " +"Published`. Trường có hộp kiểm được tô sáng màu trắng. Nhấp vào hộp kiểm lần" +" thứ hai để kích hoạt hộp :guilabel:`Is Published`. Trang web hiện đã được " +"xuất bản." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6515,6 +6553,15 @@ msgid "" "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " "Locator)`." msgstr "" +"Trên bảng điều khiển KeyCDN, hãy bắt đầu bằng cách điều hướng đến mục menu " +":menuselection:`Zones` ở bên trái. Trên biểu mẫu, hãy cung cấp giá trị cho " +":guilabel:`Zone Name`, giá trị này sẽ xuất hiện như một phần của :abbr:`CDN " +"(Mạng phân phối nội dung)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. Sau đó," +" đặt :guilabel:`Zone Status` thành :guilabel:`active` để kích hoạt vùng. Đối" +" với :guilabel:`Zone Type`, hãy đặt giá trị thành :guilabel:`Pull`, và cuối " +"cùng, bên dưới :guilabel:`Pull Settings`, hãy nhập :guilabel:`Origin URL`— " +"địa chỉ này phải là cơ sở dữ liệu Odoo đầy đủ :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cdn.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7773,6 +7820,15 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Forums`, then select the forum." msgstr "" +"Theo mặc định, các trang, sản phẩm, sự kiện, v.v. được tạo từ giao diện " +"người dùng (sử dụng nút :guilabel: `+New`) chỉ khả dụng trên trang web mà nó" +" được tạo. Tuy nhiên, các bản ghi được tạo từ giao diện người dùng sẽ khả " +"dụng trên tất cả các trang web theo mặc định. Tính khả dụng của nội dung có " +"thể được thay đổi trong giao diện người dùng, trong trường :guilabel: " +"`Website`. Ví dụ, đối với sản phẩm, hãy vào :menuselection: `Thương mại điện" +" tử --> Sản phẩm`, sau đó chọn sản phẩm và vào tab :guilabel: `Bán hàng`. " +"Đối với diễn đàn, hãy vào :menuselection: `Cấu hình --> Diễn đàn`, sau đó " +"chọn diễn đàn." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 msgid "Website field in Forum form" @@ -8900,6 +8956,13 @@ msgid "" "open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection " "` for the deleted page." msgstr "" +"Một cửa sổ bật lên sẽ xuất hiện trên màn hình với tất cả các liên kết tham " +"chiếu đến trang bạn muốn xóa, được sắp xếp theo danh mục. Để đảm bảo khách " +"truy cập trang web không truy cập vào trang lỗi 404, bạn phải cập nhật tất " +"cả các liên kết trên trang web của mình tham chiếu đến trang đó. Để thực " +"hiện việc này, hãy mở rộng một danh mục, sau đó nhấp vào liên kết để mở liên" +" kết đó trong một cửa sổ mới. Ngoài ra, bạn có thể thiết lập " +":ref:`redirection ` cho trang đã xóa." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9139,6 +9202,13 @@ msgid "" "than regular drop-down menus, for example, through layout, typography, and " "icons." msgstr "" +"Mega menu tương tự như drop-down menu, nhưng thay vì danh sách đơn giản các " +"sub-menu, chúng hiển thị một bảng chia thành các nhóm tùy chọn điều hướng. " +"Điều này làm cho chúng phù hợp với các trang web có lượng nội dung lớn, vì " +"chúng có thể giúp đưa tất cả các trang web của bạn vào menu trong khi vẫn " +"làm cho tất cả các mục menu hiển thị cùng một lúc. Mega menu cũng có thể " +"được cấu trúc trực quan hơn so với drop-down menu thông thường, ví dụ, thông" +" qua bố cục, kiểu chữ và biểu tượng." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 15950c55c..1ff5c1384 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7502,7 +7502,7 @@ msgstr "终止支持" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo SaaS 18.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo SaaS 18.1" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:37 @@ -7515,7 +7515,7 @@ msgstr "无" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2025" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2025 年 1 月" #: ../../content/administration/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 18.0**" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po index 3692e945a..5fbe8cd42 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/essentials.po @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`导出` 时，会弹出一个 :guilabel:`导出数据` #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Overview of options to consider when exporting data in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 导出数据时需要考虑的选项概览。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1665,6 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" "click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon and select " ":guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" +"打开要导入/填充数据的对象的视图，点击 :icon:`fa-cog`（:guilabel:`齿轮`）图标并选择 :guilabel:`导入记录`。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "Action menu revealed with the import records option highlighted." @@ -1678,46 +1679,49 @@ msgid "" "company's own data. Such templates can be imported in one click since the " "data mapping is already preconfigured." msgstr "" +"点击页面中央的 :icon:`fa-download`:guilabel:`客户导入模板`，下载 :ref:`模板 " +"` " +"并用公司自己的数据填充。由于数据映射已预先配置，因此只需单击一下即可导入此类模板。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:116 msgid "" "To upload the downloaded template or your own file, follow the next steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要上传下载的模板或自己的文件，请按以下步骤操作：" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:118 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Upload Data File` and select the desired file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`上传数据文件` 并选择所需的文件。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:119 msgid "" "Adjust the :guilabel:`Formatting` options as needed (for CSV files only)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据需要调整 :guilabel:`格式化` 选项（仅适用于 CSV 文件）。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "" "Ensure all data in the :guilabel:`File Column` is correctly mapped to the " "appropriate :guilabel:`Odoo Field` and free of errors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保 :guilabel:`文件栏` 中的所有数据都正确映射到相应的 :guilabel:`Odoo 字段` 中，且没有错误。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "(Optional) Click :guilabel:`Load Data File` to reload the same file or " "upload a different one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "(可选）点击 :guilabel:`加载数据文件` 重新加载相同文件或上传不同文件。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:123 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that the data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`测试` 验证数据是否有效。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`导入`。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:127 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Formatting` options do **not** appear when importing the " "proprietary Excel file type (i.e., `.xls` or `.xlsx`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入 Excel 专有文件类型（即 `.xls` 或 `.xlsx`）时，不会出现 :guilabel:`格式化` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:133 msgid "Adapt a template" @@ -2290,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr ":download:`客户及其联系人` CSV or Excel file, follow the " "next steps:" msgstr "" +"要与 :ref:`已上传 ` CSV 或 Excel " +"文件一起导入图像文件，请按照以下步骤操作：" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:408 msgid "" "Add the image file names to the relevant :guilabel:`Image` column in the " "data file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将图像文件名添加到数据文件中的相关 :guilabel:`图像` 列。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" ":ref:`Upload the data file ` or " "reload it by clicking :guilabel:`Load Data File`." msgstr "" +":ref:`上传数据文件 ` 或点击 " +":guilabel:`加载数据文件` 重新加载。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:411 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Upload your files` under the :guilabel:`Files to import` " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`要导入的文件` 部分下的 :guilabel:`上传文件`。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:412 msgid "" "Select the relevant image files. The number of files selected appears next " "to the button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择相关图像文件。按钮旁边会显示所选文件的数量。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:413 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Test` to verify that all data is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`测试` 验证所有数据是否有效。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -2333,18 +2341,20 @@ msgid "" "check to automatically link the uploaded images to the imported data file. " "If there is no match, the data file is imported without any image." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`导入`。在导入过程中，Odoo " +"会执行文件检查，将上传的图像自动链接到导入的数据文件。如果不匹配，则导入数据文件时不带任何图像。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:419 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Files to import` section is enabled if your product template " "has an :guilabel:`Image` column with all fields populated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的产品模板有 :guilabel:`图像` 列，且所有字段都已填充，则会启用 :guilabel:`要导入的文件` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:421 msgid "" "The image file names in the data file must correspond to the uploaded image " "files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据文件中的图像文件名必须与上传的图像文件相对应。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2357,6 +2367,10 @@ msgid "" " in the `Odoo Cloud - Acceptable Use Policy " "`_." msgstr "" +"导入大量图像时，可以指定以兆字节为单位的最大批量大小，并设置延迟，以防止系统超载。要执行此操作，请 :doc:` 启用开发者模式 " +"<../general/developer_mode>`，并在 :guilabel:`要导入的文件` 部分填写 " +":guilabel:`每批导入的最大图片大小` 和 :guilabel:`每批导入后的延迟` 字段。默认情况下，延迟符合 `Odoo Cloud - " +"可接受使用政策`_ 中定义的 RPC/API 调用限制。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/export_import_data.rst:430 msgid "Import records several times" @@ -2981,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 用户可以使用多个键盘快捷键来浏览模块、执行操 msgid "" "Hold :kbd:`Ctrl` to view the keyboard shortcuts assigned to each element on " "the interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按住 :kbd:`Ctrl` 查看分配给界面上每个元素的键盘快捷键。" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:0 msgid "A selection of keyboard shortcuts in Odoo." @@ -3018,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "macOS" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:32 msgid "Previous breadcrumb" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上一个面包屑导航" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`B`" @@ -3026,31 +3040,31 @@ msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`B`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:34 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`B`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Create new record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新记录" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:36 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`C`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`C`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:38 msgid "Odoo Home Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 主页" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`H`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`H`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:40 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`H`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`H`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 msgid "Discard changes" @@ -3058,11 +3072,11 @@ msgstr "放弃变更" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:42 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`J`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`J`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:43 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`J`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`J`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:44 msgid "Save changes" @@ -3070,11 +3084,11 @@ msgstr "保存更改" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:45 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`S`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`S`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:46 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`S`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`S`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:47 msgid "Next page" @@ -3082,11 +3096,11 @@ msgstr "下一页" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:48 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`N`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`N`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:49 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`N`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`N`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:50 msgid "Previous page" @@ -3094,11 +3108,11 @@ msgstr "上一页" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:51 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`P`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`P`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:52 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`P`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`P`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:53 msgid "Search" @@ -3106,43 +3120,43 @@ msgstr "搜索" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:54 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`Q`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`Q`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:55 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`Q`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`Q`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:56 msgid "Select menus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择菜单" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:57 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`1-9`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`1-9`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:58 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`1-9`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`1-9`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:59 msgid "Create a new To-Do" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的待办事项" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:60 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`T`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`T`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:61 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`T`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`T`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:62 msgid "Search a Knowledge article" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索知识文章" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:63 msgid ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`F`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":kbd:`Alt` + :kbd:`F`" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:64 msgid ":kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`F`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 472f39f4e..0b3237d3d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ # Emily Jia , 2024 # Odoo哥 , 2024 # Rhea Xiao, 2025 -# Chloe Wang, 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Chloe Wang, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -461,6 +461,8 @@ msgid "" "date and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your " "journal entries." msgstr "" +"您可以根据需要在数据库中管理尽可能多的银行或现金账户。正确配置这些账户后，您就可以随时更新所有银行数据，并准备好 :doc:`对账 " +"` 与日记账分录进行核对。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -487,11 +489,11 @@ msgstr "会计仪表板上显示的银行日记账，带操作按钮" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 msgid "Manage bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理银行和现金账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 msgid "Connect a bank for automatic synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接银行实现自动同步" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -500,6 +502,8 @@ msgid "" " your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " "instructions." msgstr "" +"要将银行账户连接到数据库，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 添加银行账户`，在列表中选择银行，点击 " +":guilabel:`连接`，然后按说明操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 @@ -525,6 +529,8 @@ msgid "" "transactions manually` (at the bottom right), fill out the bank information," " and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"要手动添加银行账户，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 添加银行账户`，点击 " +":guilabel:`手动记录交易`（在右下角），填写银行信息，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -557,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " ":ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` section of this page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关会计信息字段的更多信息，请阅读本页的 :ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -688,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bank/transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:90 msgid "`Bank configuration `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`银行配置 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 msgid "Suspense account" @@ -699,7 +705,7 @@ msgid "" "Bank statement transactions are posted on the suspense account until they " "are reconciled. At any moment, the suspense account's balance in the general" " ledger shows the balance of transactions that have not yet been reconciled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行对账单交易记入暂记账户，直至对账完毕。在任何时候，总分类账中的暂记账户余额都会显示尚未对账的交易余额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -710,6 +716,9 @@ msgid "" " a registered payment or the account receivable or payable if reconciling " "with an invoice or bill directly." msgstr "" +"当银行交易对账时，日记账分录会被修改，用与之对账的日记账项目的账户替换银行暂记账户。如果与已登记的付款对账，该账户通常是 " +":ref:`未结清收据或付款帐户 ` " +"，如果直接与发票或账单对账，则是应收账款或应付账款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 msgid "Profit and loss accounts" @@ -730,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "币种" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:118 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以编辑用于输入交易的货币。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:124 msgid "Account number" @@ -744,6 +753,8 @@ msgid "" "your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " "payments." msgstr "" +"如果您需要 **编辑您的银行账户详情**，请点击您的 :guilabel:`账号` 旁边的外部链接箭头。在账户页面，点击您的 " +":guilabel:`银行` 旁边的外部链接箭头，相应地更新您的银行信息。注册付款时将使用这些详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Edit your bank information" @@ -757,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "银行回单" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank transactions are registered. " "Three options are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`银行数据提供服务` 定义如何记录银行交易。有三个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -770,7 +781,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " "you want to import your bank statements and transactions using a different " "format." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`导入（CAMT、CODA、CSV、OFX、QIF）`，如果要使用不同格式导入银行对账单和交易，应选择此选项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -787,25 +798,27 @@ msgid "" "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries, but they can " "easily be configured to create journal entries using **outstanding " "accounts**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，Odoo 中的付款不会创建日记账分录，但可以轻松配置为使用 **未清账户** 创建日记账分录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:159 msgid "" "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " "until they are linked with incoming bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**未结收款账户**是一个临时账户，用于记录收到的付款，直到这些付款与银行交易记录相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:161 msgid "" "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " "until they are linked with outgoing bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**未结付款账户** 是一个临时账户，用于记录发出的付款，直到这些付款与银行交易记录相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:164 msgid "" "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." msgstr "" +"这些账户通常属于 :ref:`类型 ` :guilabel:`流动资产` 和 " +":guilabel:`流动负债`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -817,10 +830,12 @@ msgid "" "the balance of registered outgoing payments that have not yet been " "reconciled." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo " +"中登记的付款会被记入未结收款账户和未结付款账户，直到完成核销。在任何时候，总账中未结收款账户的余额显示的是已登记但尚未核销的收入付款的余额，而总账中未结付款账户的余额显示的是已登记但尚未核销的支出付款的余额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:174 msgid "Bank and cash journal configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行和现金日记账配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -828,6 +843,8 @@ msgid "" "for the journal's payment methods. This can be done for any journal with the" " :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" +"要配置付款以创建日记账分录，请为日记账的付款方式设置未清偿账户。可以为任何具有 :ref:`类型 ` " +":guilabel:`银行` 或 :guilabel:`现金` 的日记账进行设置。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -838,20 +855,23 @@ msgid "" "accounts` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments accounts` for each payment " "method that you want to create journal entries." msgstr "" +"要配置日记账付款方式的未清账户，首先进入 :menuselection:`会计--> 配置--> 日记账`，选择银行或现金日记账。在 " +":guilabel:`入账付款` 和 :guilabel:`支出付款` 选项卡中，为要创建日记账的每种付款方式设置 :guilabel:`未结收款账户`" +" 和 :guilabel:`未结付款账户`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:187 msgid "" "If the main bank account of the journal is added as an outstanding receipts " "account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the " "invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果日记账的主银行账户被添加为未结收款账户或未结付款账户，则在登记付款时，发票或账单的状态会直接设置为 :guilabel:`已付款`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:190 msgid "" "If the outstanding receipts or outstanding payments account for a payment " "method is left blank, registering a payment with that payment method will " "not create any journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果付款方式的未结收款或未结付款账户留空，使用该付款方式登记付款将不会创建任何日记账分录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -870,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 支持全球 26,000 多家机构。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -1868,11 +1888,11 @@ msgstr "内部转账" msgid "" "Internal money transfers can be handled in Odoo. At least two bank or cash " "accounts are needed to make internal transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 可以处理内部转账。进行内部转账至少需要两个银行或现金账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`How to add an additional bank account `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`如何添加额外银行账户`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1883,6 +1903,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Default " "Accounts` section." msgstr "" +"根据公司的 :doc:`本地化 <../../fiscal_localizations>` 和当地法律，数据库会自动创建内部转账账户。要修改默认的 " +":guilabel:`内部转账` 账户，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并向下滚动到 " +":guilabel:`默认账户` 部分。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:20 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" @@ -1898,17 +1921,21 @@ msgid "" "` button. This reconciliation model button writes the" " transaction off to the :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` account." msgstr "" +"当资金从一个银行账户或现金账户转到另一个银行账户或现金账户时，该金额在相应的日记账上显示为两个交易，无论交易是手工创建、通过导入、还是通过 :doc:`" +" 银行同步` 创建的。在对账时，选择 " +":guilabel:`内部转帐`:doc:`对账模板` 按钮。此对账模板按钮会将交易写入 " +":guilabel:`内部转账` 账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "Remember to reconcile the transaction for both the outgoing transaction on " "the journal that sends the payment and the incoming transaction on the " "journal that receives the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请记住：发送方日记账的支出交易和接收方日记账的收入交易都需要进行对账。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:34 msgid "Take, for example, a transfer of $1000 from Bank A to Bank B:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以从A银行向B银行转账1000美元为例：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:36 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" @@ -1937,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "**贷方**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:45 msgid "Bank A account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行 A 账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:63 @@ -1961,11 +1988,11 @@ msgstr "银行日记账（银行 B）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:62 msgid "Bank B account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行 B 账户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/internal_transfers.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`reconciliation` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`对账` :doc:`reconciliation_models`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:3 msgid "Loans management" @@ -21808,7 +21835,7 @@ msgstr "毛里求斯" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`Malaysia `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`马来西亚 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`Mexico `" @@ -28253,7 +28280,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any " "additional address information." -msgstr "在:guilabel:`街道` 字段中，输入街道名称、编号和其他地址信息。" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`街道` 字段中，输入街道名称、编号和其他地址信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:330 @@ -35512,6 +35539,10 @@ msgid "" "`, and the :ref:`United Kingdom " "`." msgstr "" +"就业英雄适用于 :ref:`澳大利亚`、:ref:`马来西亚 " +"`、:ref:`新西兰 `、:ref:`新加坡` 和 :ref:`英国 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/employment_hero.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -42530,11 +42561,11 @@ msgstr "马来西亚" msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Malaysian localization:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`安装 ` 下列模块以获得马来西亚本地化的所有功能：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Malaysia - Accounting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`马来西亚 - 会计`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:27 msgid "`l10n_my`" @@ -42548,7 +42579,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Malaysia - Accounting Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`马来西亚 - 会计报告`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:31 msgid "`l10n_my_reports`" @@ -42556,11 +42587,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:32 msgid "This module includes the accounting reports for Malaysia." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该模块包括马来西亚的会计报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Malaysia - UBL PINT`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`马来西亚 - UBL PINT`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:34 msgid "`l10n_my_ubl_pint`" @@ -42574,7 +42605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Malaysia - E-invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`马来西亚 - 电子发票`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:37 msgid "`l10n_my_edi`" @@ -42584,7 +42615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This module includes the features required for integration with MyInvois " "under IRBM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该模块包括在 IRBM 下与 MyInvois 整合所需的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -42604,15 +42635,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`SST`: Malaysian Sales and Service Tax Number, if applicable" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SST`：马来西亚销售与服务税号（如适用）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`TTx`: Malaysian Tourism Tax Number, if applicable" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`TTx`：马来西亚旅游税号（如适用）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:64 msgid "E-invoicing integration with MyInvois" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子发票与 MyInvois 整合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -42621,12 +42652,14 @@ msgid "" "e-invoices for Malaysian taxpayers. Odoo supports integration with MyInvois " "to submit the invoices generated in Odoo." msgstr "" +"MyInvois " +"门户网站是由马来西亚内陆税收局（IRBM）提供的平台，为马来西亚纳税人实施电子发票提供便利。Odoo支持与MyInvois整合，以提交在Odoo中生成的发票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Malaysia - E-invoicing module` must be installed to submit " "invoices to MyInvois." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必须安装 :guilabel:`马来西亚 - 电子发票模块` 才能向 MyInvois 提交发票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:76 msgid "Set-up" @@ -42634,14 +42667,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:81 msgid "MyInvois registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MyInvois 注册" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:83 msgid "" "To send electronic invoices to MyInvois, you first need to register and log " "in to the MyInvois portal to grant Odoo the **right to invoice** as an " "intermediary for your company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要向MyInvois发送电子发票，您需要先在MyInvois门户网站注册并登录，授权Odoo作为贵公司的中间方代开发票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -42652,6 +42685,8 @@ msgid "" "**production** (:dfn:`actual environment to submit e-invoices with accurate " "information`) environments are supported." msgstr "" +"如果这是您第一次登录 MyInvois 门户，请点击 MyTax_ 上的 :guilabel:`用户手册` " +"了解有关注册流程的更多信息。支持**预正式运行**（:dfn:`测试环境，用于在使用实际（正式运行）环境前试用功能`），和**正式运行**（:dfn:`实际环境，用于提交信息准确的电子发票`）环境。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -42674,7 +42709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:0 msgid "MyInvois add intermediary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MyInvois 新增中间方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:103 msgid "Add `ODOO S.A.` as an intermediary using the following information:" @@ -42740,7 +42775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:0 msgid "MyInvois status active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MyInvois 已激活" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -42749,6 +42784,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`MyInvois mode` based on the environment you used to register on " "MyInvois." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`马来西亚电子发票` " +"部分，根据您在MyInvois上注册时使用的环境选择相关的 :guilabel:`MyInvois 模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -42762,6 +42799,8 @@ msgid "" "company's information and make sure the number registered on MyInvois " "matches, then :guilabel:`Register` again." msgstr "" +"要更改 TIN 号码，请点击 :guilabel:`取消注册`，更改公司信息并确保与 MyInvois 上注册的号码一致，然后再次点击 " +":guilabel:`注册`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:49 @@ -42810,10 +42849,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Malaysian " "classification code` field." msgstr "" +"电子发票中包含的所有产品都需要马来西亚分类代码。要添加该代码，请访问 :guilabel:`产品` 表格，并在 :guilabel:`一般信息` " +"选项卡中填写 :guilabel:`马来西亚分类编码` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:192 msgid "Send invoices to MyInvois" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向 MyInvois 发送发票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -42822,10 +42863,13 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Send` window, enable the :guilabel:`Send to MyInvois` option" " and click :guilabel:`Print & Send`." msgstr "" +"发票一经确认，即可发送至 MyInvois。要执行此操作，请按照 :ref:`发票发送 ` " +"的步骤操作，并在 :guilabel:`发送` 窗口中启用 :guilabel:`发送至 MyInvois` 选项，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`打印和发送`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:201 msgid "MyInvois status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MyInvois 状态" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -42835,6 +42879,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validation Time` are also updated. The same information is " "available on MyInvois." msgstr "" +"在发票的 :guilabel:`MyInvois` 选项卡中，当成功提交到 MyInvois 时，:guilabel:`MyInvois 状态` " +"将更新为 :guilabel:`有效`。guilabel:`提交 UID`、:guilabel:`MyInvois` 和:guilabel:`验证时间`" +" 也会更新。MyInvois 上也有同样的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -42842,6 +42889,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`MyInvois State` is :guilabel:`In Progress`. In this case, Odoo " "automatically checks and updates the status." msgstr "" +"如果没有收到来自 MyInvois 门户的信息，:guilabel:`MyInvois 状态` 就是 " +":guilabel:`进行中`。在这种情况下，Odoo 会自动检查并更新状态。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -42851,6 +42900,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reason`, then click :guilabel:`Update Invoice`. The " ":guilabel:`MyInvois State` is updated to :guilabel:`cancelled`." msgstr "" +"已发送的发票可在 :guilabel:`验证时间` 起 72 小时内取消。在这种情况下，打开发票并点击 :guilabel:`请求取消`。在 " +":guilabel:`取消文件` 窗口中，输入取消的 :guilabel:`原因`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`更新发票`。:guilabel:`MyInvois 状态` 将更新为 :guilabel:`已取消`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:8 @@ -42875,6 +42927,8 @@ msgid "" "for **Malaysia**, use the following value as :guilabel:`Payroll URL`: " "`https://apimy.yourpayroll.io/`." msgstr "" +"要 :ref:` 配置 **马来西亚** 就业英雄 API `，请使用以下值作为 " +":guilabel:`工资单 URL`：`https://apimy.yourpayroll.io/`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" @@ -43645,10 +43699,13 @@ msgid "" "status changes to :guilabel:`In Payment`, since the payment is effectively " "validated when it is bank reconciled." msgstr "" +"如果付款与 |PUE| 发票相关，则可在向导中注册，并与相应的发票关联。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 " +"--> 发票` 并选择发票。然后，点击 :guilabel:`登记付款` 按钮。发票状态将变为 " +":guilabel:`付款中`，因为付款在银行对账时已有效验证。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:416 msgid "" @@ -43658,6 +43715,9 @@ msgid "" "additional requirements are needed to correctly send the document to the " "|SAT|." msgstr "" +"虽然此流程与 PPD 发票相同，但增加了创建 :doc:`电子文档 " +"<.../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"的功能，这意味着需要一些额外的要求才能正确地将文档发送到 |SAT|。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -43665,12 +43725,14 @@ msgid "" "where you received the payment. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Payment Way`" " field **cannot** be set as `99 - Por Definir (To Define)`." msgstr "" +"从发票中，您需要确认收到付款的具体 :guilabel:`付款方式`。因此，:guilabel:`付款方式` 字段 **不能** 设置为`99 - " +"Por Definir（待定义）`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "" "If you are going to add a bank account number in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " "tab of a customer's contact card, it must have a valid account number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果要在客户联系卡的 :guilabel:`会计` 选项卡中添加银行账号，则必须有一个有效的账号。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -43679,6 +43741,9 @@ msgid "" "Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " "transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." msgstr "" +"具体配置见 SAT " +"`_ 的附件 " +"20。通常，:guilabel:`银行账户` 需要 10 或 18 位数字用于转账，16 位数字用于信用卡或借记卡。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:432 msgid "" @@ -43686,10 +43751,12 @@ msgid "" "Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " "automatically, once you click :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" +"如果付款与带有 :guilabel:`付款政策` `PPD` 已签署发票相关，一旦点击 :guilabel:`立即处理`，Odoo " +"将自动生成相应的付款补充。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CFDI（4.0）电子发票服务流程付款现在消息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -43697,10 +43764,11 @@ msgid "" "Instead, the payment should be separated into multiple payments, using the " ":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" +"以 MXN 支付的款项**不能**用于支付多张美元发票。相反，应使用相应发票上的 :guilabel:`登记付款` 按钮将付款分成多笔付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:445 msgid "Invoice cancellations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开票取消" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:447 msgid "" @@ -43709,18 +43777,21 @@ msgid "" "esquema-de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st, 2022, there are two " "requirements for this:" msgstr "" +"可以取消发送到 |SAT| 的电子数据交换文件。根据 `Reforma Fiscal 2022 " +"`_，自 " +"2022 年 1 月 1 日起，有两项要求：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 msgid "" "With all cancellation requests, you **must** specify a *cancellation " "reason*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过所有取消请求，您**必须**指定*取消原因*。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:452 msgid "" "After 24 hours have passed since the creation of the invoice, the client " "**must** be asked to accept the cancellation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票开具 24 小时后，**必须** 要求客户接受取消。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:455 msgid "" @@ -45202,15 +45273,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:53 msgid "PLE 1.1 Libro de Caja" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PLE 1.1 Libro de Caja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:54 msgid "PLE 1.2 Libro de Bancos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PLE 1.2 Libro de Bancos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Note`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`秘鲁 - 电子送货单`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_pe_edi_stock`" @@ -45221,25 +45292,25 @@ msgid "" "Adds the delivery guide (Guía de Remisión), which is needed as proof that " "you are sending goods between A and B. It is only when a delivery order is " "validated that the delivery guide can be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加送货指南 (Guía de Remisión)，作为在 A 和 B 之间发送货物的证明。只有在送货单生效后，才能创建送货指南。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Stock Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`秘鲁 - 库存报告`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:62 msgid "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_pe_reports_stock`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:63 msgid "" "Enables the :ref:`PLE reports ` for permanent inventory " "record in physical units and permanent valued inventory records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 :ref:`PLE 报告 `，用于以实物为单位的永久库存记录和永久计价库存记录。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian eCommerce`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`秘鲁电子商务`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:66 msgid "`l10n_pe_website_sale`" @@ -45249,7 +45320,7 @@ msgstr "`l10n_pe_website_sale`" msgid "" "Enables the identification type in eCommerce checkout forms and the ability " "to generate electronic invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用电子商务结账表单中的识别类型和生成电子发票的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Point of Sale with PE Doc`" @@ -45263,13 +45334,13 @@ msgstr "`l10n_pe_pos`" msgid "" "Enables contact fiscal information to be editable from a PoS Session to " "generate electronic invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过 PoS 会话编辑联系人的财务信息，以生成电子发票和退款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 msgid "" "The *Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory*" " application to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*秘鲁 - 电子交付指南* 模块取决于要安装的 *库存* 应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:81 msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" @@ -45281,6 +45352,8 @@ msgid "" "configurations) `_" msgstr "" +"`智能教程 - 秘鲁本地化（工作流程和配置视频）`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" @@ -45318,7 +45391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "秘鲁公司数据，包括 RUC 和地址类型代码。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -45446,7 +45519,7 @@ msgstr "这是默认和建议的选项，考虑到数字证书作为服务的一 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "IAP option as signature providers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP 选项作为签名服务提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "What is the IAP?" @@ -45591,7 +45664,7 @@ msgstr "提供您的 SOL 凭据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Digiflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字流。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -45815,7 +45888,7 @@ msgstr "除了产品中的基本信息外，对于秘鲁语本地化，产品上 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "UNSPC Code on products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品 UNSPC 代码。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:397 msgid "Customer invoice" @@ -45844,7 +45917,7 @@ msgstr "**文档类型**：默认值为“Factura Electronica”，但您可以 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票上的发票文档类型字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:413 msgid "" @@ -45856,7 +45929,7 @@ msgstr "**操作类型**：此值对于电子开票是必需的，指示交易 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票上的发票操作类型字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -45871,7 +45944,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票行中的税项影响原因。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -45885,7 +45958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送蓝色 EDI 发票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:438 msgid "" @@ -45909,7 +45982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Send EDI manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动发送 EDI。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -45921,7 +45994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票有效时，在沟通栏上显示消息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -45971,7 +46044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 msgid "List of common errors on invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票常见错误列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:486 msgid "" @@ -45993,7 +46066,7 @@ msgstr "SUNAT 接受并验证开票后，可以打印开票 PDF 报告。该报 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票 PDF 报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:499 msgid "IAP Credits" @@ -46015,7 +46088,7 @@ msgstr "一旦您的积分用完了，开票顶部会显示一个红色标签， #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Buying credits in the IAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 IAP 中购买点数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:511 msgid "" @@ -46041,7 +46114,7 @@ msgstr "某些方案需要取消开票，例如，当错误地创建开票时。 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Request invoice cancellation button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "申请取消发票按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:527 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." @@ -46919,19 +46992,19 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can produce two permanent inventory reports as `.txt` files for " "Peruvian accounting: |PLE| 12.1 and |PLE| 13.1. All inventory transactions " "made need to be reported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 可以为秘鲁会计生成两个永久库存报告的`.txt`文件： |PLE| 12.1 和 |PLE| 13.1。需要报告所有库存交易。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:970 msgid "" "|PLE| 12.1 **only tracks inventory in physical units**, focusing on the " "inflow and outflow of goods for effective management and planning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|PLE| 12.1 **只追踪以实物为单位的库存**，重点关注货物的流入和流出，以便进行有效的管理和规划。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:973 msgid "" "|PLE| 13.1 tracks **both physical quantities and monetary values of " "inventory**, providing a comprehensive view for tax and management purposes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|PLE| 13.1 追踪**库存实物数量和货币价值**，为税务和管理提供全面视图。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:976 msgid "" @@ -46941,6 +47014,8 @@ msgid "" "1st for the second semester, in accordance with the *Resolución de " "Superintendencia N° 169-2015*." msgstr "" +"这两份报告都必须每半年（1 月至 6 月和 7 月至 12 月）提交一次，并在这段时间内报告每月的交易详情。根据*Resolución de " +"Superintendencia N° 169-2015*，第一期的提交截止日期为 10 月 1 日，第二期的提交截止日期为 4 月 1 日。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:984 msgid "" @@ -46948,24 +47023,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Peru - Stock Reports` (`l10n_pe_reports_stock`) module is " "installed, then update the fields for:" msgstr "" +"在生成 |PLE| 12.1 或 |PLE| 13.1 报告之前，请确保已安装 :guilabel:`秘鲁 - 库存报告` " +"(`l10n_pe_reports_stock`) 模块，然后更新以下字段：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:987 msgid ":ref:`Products `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`产品 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:988 msgid ":ref:`Warehouses `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`仓库 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:989 msgid ":ref:`Inventory transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`库存转移 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:996 msgid "" "Several configurations related to the product or product category are " "necessary for |PLE| reporting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与产品或产品类别相关的几项配置是 |PLE| 报告所必需的：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:998 msgid "" @@ -46973,6 +47050,8 @@ msgid "" "product record's :guilabel:`Accounting` tab and select the :guilabel:`Type " "of Existence` according to |SUNAT|'s table 5 for inventory reporting." msgstr "" +"**存在类型** 对于所有需要 |PLE| 报告的产品，进入产品记录的 :guilabel:`会计` 选项卡，根据 |SUNAT| 的表 5 选择 " +":guilabel:`存在类型`，以进行库存报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1002 msgid "" @@ -46983,6 +47062,10 @@ msgid "" " enabled for a product's :ref:`product category " "`." msgstr "" +"**自动库存估价**：对于可储存货物（:dfn:`有追踪库存的产品`），使用 :doc:`自动库存估价 " +"<.../.../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`。启用自动库存估价后，可为产品的" +" :ref:`产品类别 `启用此估价方法。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1008 msgid "" @@ -46991,6 +47074,9 @@ msgid "" " **other** than :guilabel:`Standard Price`, as the journal entries generated" " from stock moves are used to populate the |PLE| reports." msgstr "" +"** 成本计算方法：**库存商品必须使用 :doc:`成本计算方法 " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" +" **而不是 :guilabel:`标准价格`，因为库存移动产生的日记账分录用于填充 |PLE| 报表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1016 msgid "Warehouses" @@ -47004,10 +47090,13 @@ msgid "" "acts as a unique ID for each warehouse and should only be a numeric " "combination, containing between 4 to 7 digits." msgstr "" +"当 " +":doc:`设置仓库<.../.../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`时，必须填写" +" :guilabel:`附件机构代码` 字段。该代码是每个仓库的唯一 ID，只能是数字组合，包含 4 至 7 位数字。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1026 msgid "Inventory transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存转移" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1028 msgid "" @@ -47016,17 +47105,20 @@ msgid "" "<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` " "include both incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" +"库存转移是 |PLE| 12.1 和 |PLE| 13.1 报告中记录的关键流程。 :doc:`库存转移 " +"<.../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations>` " +"包括入库和出库。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1032 msgid "" "When validating an inventory transfer (either on a warehouse receipt or " "delivery order), select the :guilabel:`Type of Operation (PE)` performed " "according to |SUNAT|'s table 12 for permanent inventory reporting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证库存转移时（在仓单或送货单上），选择 :guilabel:`操作类型 (PE)`，根据 |SUNAT| 的表 12 进行永久库存报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1037 msgid "Generate a .txt file for permanent inventory Kardex reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成用于永久库存 Kardex 报告的 .txt 文件" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1039 msgid "" @@ -47034,6 +47126,8 @@ msgid "" "downloaded in `.txt` file format from Odoo, and then they should be " "submitted to the |SUNAT| |PLE| software." msgstr "" +"|PLE| 12.1 和 13.1 是两本独立的书籍。需要从 Odoo 下载`.txt`文件格式的书籍，然后将其提交到 |SUNAT| |PLE| " +"软件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1042 msgid "" @@ -47043,16 +47137,19 @@ msgid "" " export: either the :guilabel:`PLE 12.1` or :guilabel:`PLE 13.1`. Odoo " "generates a `.txt` file for the chosen report." msgstr "" +"在 :ref:`库存评估报告 ` 上，点击 " +":guilabel:`PLE 报告` 按钮。然后，选择 :guilabel:`时期` 并选择要导出的报告：:guilabel:`PLE 12.1` 或 " +":guilabel:`PLE 13.1`。Odoo 会为所选报告生成一个 `.txt` 文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Export Buttons selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导出按钮选择" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:1051 msgid "" "Only a download of the report in `.txt` format is available. There is no " "preview or visualization available within Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只能下载`.txt`格式的报告。Odoo 中没有预览或可视化功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 msgid "Philippines" @@ -47066,6 +47163,9 @@ msgid "" "of accounts, taxes, and reports. These provide a base template to get " "started with using Philippine accounting." msgstr "" +":ref:`安装 ` the :guilabel:`🇵🇭 菲律宾` :ref:`财务本地化套装 " +"` " +"获取菲律宾本地化的所有默认会计功能，如会计科目表、税金和报告。这些提供了开始使用菲律宾会计的基本模板。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -47106,7 +47206,7 @@ msgstr "销售和采购增值税零税率" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 msgid "Sales and Purchase Withholding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售和采购预扣" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -47114,6 +47214,8 @@ msgid "" "Taxes`), there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines ATC` field under the " ":guilabel:`Philippines` tab." msgstr "" +"对于预扣税款（:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 税款`），在 :guilabel:`菲律宾` 选项卡下有一个额外的 " +":guilabel:`菲律宾 ATC` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." @@ -47126,6 +47228,9 @@ msgid "" "`. If a tax is created manually, " "its ATC code must be added." msgstr "" +"税项 ATC 代码用于 :ref:`BIR 2307 `、:ref:`SAWT 和 QAP 报告 `。如果手动创建税项，则必须添加其 ATC 代码。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -47173,6 +47278,8 @@ msgid "" " can be generated for purchase orders and vendor payments with the " "applicable withholding taxes." msgstr "" +"**BIR 2307** 报告，也称为 `源泉预扣税款可抵扣证明 `_，可为采购订单和供应商付款生成适用的预扣税款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -47194,7 +47301,7 @@ msgstr "同样的操作也可以在表格视图中对供应商账单执行。" msgid "" "In the pop-up that opens, review the selection and click " ":guilabel:`Generate`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打开的弹出窗口中，查看选择，然后点击 :guilabel:`生成`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." @@ -47242,7 +47349,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:104 msgid "SLSP report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLSP 报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -47250,33 +47357,34 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Summary List of Sales and " "Purchases`." msgstr "" +"要访问 :abbr:`SLSP（销售和采购汇总清单）` 报告，请访问 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 销售和采购汇总清单`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:162 msgid "Click the buttons at the top to display the desired report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击顶部的按钮，显示所需的报告：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales` for the :abbr:`SLS (Summary List of Sales)` report." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`销售` 用于 :abbr:`SLS（销售汇总清单）` 报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:0 msgid "" "All customer invoices with the associated sales taxes applied are shown in " "this report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本报告显示所有客户发票及相关销售税。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:0 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchases` for the :abbr:`SLP (Summary List of Purchases)` " "report." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`采购` 用于 :abbr:`SLP（采购汇总清单）` 报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:0 msgid "" "All vendor bills with the associated purchase taxes applied are shown in " "this report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本报告显示了所有供应商账单及相关购置税。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 msgid "SLSP Report" @@ -47288,20 +47396,22 @@ msgid "" " a TIN number set and those with importation taxes set. To view or hide " "them, click :guilabel:`Options:` and select the required filter:" msgstr "" +"默认情况下，两个报告都不包括包含未设置 TIN 编号的合作伙伴和已设置进口税的合作伙伴的日记账分录。要查看或隐藏它们，请点击 " +":guilabel:`选项:` 并选择所需的筛选器：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Including Partners Without TIN`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`包括无 TIN 的合作伙伴`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Including Importations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`包括进口`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:126 msgid "" "To export the :abbr:`SLSP (Summary List of Sales and Purchases)` report, " "click :guilabel:`Export SLSP`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要导出 : abbr:`SLSP （销售和采购汇总表）` 报告，请点击 :guilabel:`导出 SLSP`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -47309,10 +47419,12 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`XLSX` buttons are used to export an XLSX file, which can be " "processed using an *external* tool to convert it to the DAT format." msgstr "" +"Odoo 无法直接生成 DAT 文件。:guilabel:`导出 SLSP` 和 :guilabel:`XLSX` 按钮用于导出 XLSX " +"文件，该文件可使用 *外部* 工具进行处理，以将其转换为 DAT 格式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:135 msgid "2550Q tax report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2550Q 税务报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -47321,6 +47433,8 @@ msgid "" "Report --> 2550Q(PH)`. The form is based on the latest *2550Q (Quarterly " "Value-Added Tax Return)* Jan. 2023 version." msgstr "" +"税务报告可通过导航至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> 声明报告 --> 税务报告 --> " +"2550Q(PH)`访问。该表格基于最新的 *2550Q（季度增值税申报表）* 2023 年 1 月版本。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 msgid "2550Q Tax Report" @@ -47343,7 +47457,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 无法直接生成 2550Q BIR 格式的 PDF 报告。在外部手动 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:156 msgid "QAP & SAWT reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "QAP 和 SAWT 报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:158 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 2546e958e..9ccb4d89e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4065,6 +4065,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emails` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the " "page to save the changes." msgstr "" +"要在 Odoo 中添加外部 SMTP 服务器，请打开 :guilabel:`设置`，并启用 :guilabel:`电子邮件` 部分下的 " +":guilabel:`使用自定义电子邮件服务器` 选项。然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4073,6 +4075,9 @@ msgid "" "are the common parameters used to set up a connection to an SMTP server; use" " the values provided by your email provider." msgstr "" +"返回到 :guilabel:`电子邮件` 部分，点击 " +":guilabel:`外发邮件服务器`，然后点击`新建`以创建外发邮件服务器记录。大多数字段是用于设置连接到 SMTP " +"服务器的常用参数；请使用电子邮件提供商提供的值。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -13726,11 +13731,11 @@ msgstr "填写字段：" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/ldap.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: ``auth_ldap.disable_chase_ref``" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`密钥`：``auth_ldap.disable_chase_ref``" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/ldap.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Value`: ``True``" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`价值`：``真``" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 32453d060..19a892f0f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -8818,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank " "you`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访客可以点击 :guilabel:`是的，谢谢` 或 :guilabel:`不，谢谢`。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -8827,12 +8827,15 @@ msgid "" " selection, or, if they do not want anything, they can tap the " ":guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" +"如果访客选择 " +":guilabel:`是的，谢谢`，就会出现一个饮品选择屏幕，并列出预先配置的选项。然后，访问者点击所需的选项，或者，如果他们不想要任何东西，可以点击屏幕底部的" +" :guilabel:`不，谢谢` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:123 msgid "" "If a drink selection was made, a :guilabel:`Thank you for registering! Your " "drink is on the way.` message appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了饮品，则会出现 :guilabel:`谢谢！您的饮品马上就到。`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:127 msgid "Notifications" @@ -8845,6 +8848,8 @@ msgid "" " are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss*" " chat, or any combination of those three options." msgstr "" +"访客签到后，要拜访的人和其他任何被配置为在自助服务亭签到时收到通知的用户，都会收到通知。通知方式可以是电子邮件、短信、*内部讨论* " +"应用程序或这三种方式的任意组合。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -8853,12 +8858,14 @@ msgid "" "*Discuss* application. The message that appears is: :guilabel:`(Visitor " "Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`" msgstr "" +"如果访客要求提供饮品，则会通过 *内部讨论* 应用程序通知在饮品表单上配置为 :guilabel:`要通知的人` 用户。出现的信息是： " +":guilabel:`（访客姓名）刚刚登记。他们要求（饮品名称）。`" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the" " drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "饮品送到客人手中后，送饮品的人要负责标记饮品已送到。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8866,6 +8873,8 @@ msgid "" "Stations`, and choose the desired station card displaying :guilabel:`(#) " "Drinks to serve`." msgstr "" +"要将饮料标记为已递送，请导航至 :menuselection:`前台应用程序 --> 站点`，然后选择显示 :guilabel:`(#) 待供应饮品` " +"所需站点。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -8874,12 +8883,14 @@ msgid "" " the line for the visitor who was served. Once they are marked as having " "their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list." msgstr "" +"这将打开在该站登记，并正在等待饮品的所有访客列表。点击该行末尾的 :guilabel:`已供应饮品` " +"按钮，查看访客是否已获得饮品。一旦被标记为已供应，该访客就会从列表中消失。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:150 msgid "" "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it" " is important to check them out for accurate record keeping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦访客完成并离开，就必须进行检查，以便准确记录。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -8888,25 +8899,27 @@ msgid "" " Drinks to serve`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are " "currently checked-in at that station." msgstr "" +"要正确为访客办理退出手续，请导航至 :menuselection:`前台应用程序 --> 站点`，然后选择显示 :guilabel:`(#) " +"待供应饮品` 所需站点。此操作将打开当前在该站签到的所有访客列表。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:157 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check out` button near the end of the line for the " "visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor " "disappears from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为离开的访客点击行尾的 :guilabel:`退出` 按钮。一旦访客被标记为已退出，就会从列表中消失。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:161 msgid "" "Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important " "for *Frontdesk* users to check out visitors for accurate record keeping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访客离开时**不会**自己办理退出手续。*前台*用户必须为访客办理退出手续，以便准确记录。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk/visitors.rst:164 msgid "" "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. " "This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "始终要有一个准确的在场人员清单。这不仅关系到日常安全，也能在发生突发事件时派上用场。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:5 msgid "Lunch" @@ -8916,7 +8929,7 @@ msgstr "午餐" msgid "" "The *Lunch* application in Odoo allows users a convenient way to order food " "and pay for their meal directly from the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *午餐* 应用程序可方便用户直接从数据库中订餐，并支付餐费。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8925,6 +8938,7 @@ msgid "" "categories, and alerts. Once these are created, employees can view offerings" " and order food." msgstr "" +"在员工使用 *午餐* 应用程序之前，需要考虑一系列配置：设置、供应商、地点、产品、产品类别和警报。一旦创建了这些配置，员工就可以查看产品并订购食物。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch.rst:17 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1308e9f48..a840545ef 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ # Emily Jia , 2024 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 # Datasource International , 2025 -# Chloe Wang, 2025 # Raymond Yu , 2025 # Wil Odoo, 2025 +# Chloe Wang, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -7416,6 +7416,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` " ":guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"在出现的新库存调整行中，设置 :guilabel:`产品`，创建 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，设置 :guilabel:`计算数量`，然后点击" +" :icon:`fa-floppy-o`:guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -7423,12 +7425,14 @@ msgid "" "Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the " "*Cost* on the product form." msgstr "" +"要查看估值层，请转到 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估值`。每单位的 :guilabel:`总价值` " +"与产品表单上的 *成本* 相匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125 msgid "" "Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, " "the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续上表中的例子，当产品成本为 `$15` 时，新创建的 `LOT3` 估值也是 `$15`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation." @@ -7443,7 +7447,7 @@ msgid "" "When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is " "based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在调整现有批号/序列号的数量时，数值以该特定批号/序列号的最新估值层为基础。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8902,7 +8906,7 @@ msgid "" "numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to " "customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or " "repair request, or registering the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售以批次追踪的产品时，可以在发送给客户的送货单上注明批次号。这对需要批号的客户很有帮助，如提交 RMA 或维修申请，或注册产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -8912,13 +8916,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"要在送货单上显示批号，请打开 :menuselection:`库存管理` 应用程序，并导航至 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`。向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`在交货单上显示批次和序列号` 复选框，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`在交货单上显示批次和序列号` 设置后，一旦送货单生效，按批次追踪产品的送货单上就会列出批次号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -8926,6 +8933,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and " "select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" +"要查看送货单和送货单上的批号，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存管理` 应用程序，点击 " +":guilabel:`送货单`，然后选择包含使用批号追踪产品的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -8936,13 +8945,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"要查看订单中产品的批号，请确保已选择 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡，然后点击选项卡右侧的 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` " +":guilabel:`(调整)` 按钮。确保选中 :guilabel:`序列号` 复选框，这将导致出现 :guilabel:`序列号` " +"列。订单中每个产品的批号都会显示在这一栏中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 msgid "" "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单处理完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货，并在送货单上添加产品信息。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -8952,13 +8964,15 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their " "respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"在订单表格的顶部，点击 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`（操作）` 按钮，然后选择 :guilabel:`打印 --> " +"送货单`。然后下载交货单。使用设备的浏览器或文件管理器打开交货单。批号列在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 栏中各自产品的旁边。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "" "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial" " number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货单的订单行部分，显示产品及其序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "" @@ -9440,7 +9454,7 @@ msgstr "在该产品的详细信息表单中，点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为入库或出库产品创建序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -9715,7 +9729,7 @@ msgstr "完成后，点击收货/交货订单的面包屑导航，分配的序 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在送货单上显示序列号" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -9724,6 +9738,7 @@ msgid "" " be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as " "filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" +"在销售使用序列号追踪的产品时，可以在发送给客户的送货单上注明序列号。在需要序列号的情况下，例如提交 RMA 或维修申请或注册产品时，这对客户很有帮助。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -9733,13 +9748,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial " "Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"要在送货单上显示序列号，请打开 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，并导航至 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`。向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`在交货单上显示批次和序列号` 复选框，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products " "tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`在交货单上显示批次和序列号` 设置后，交货单生效时，通过序列号追踪产品的交货单上将列出序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -9747,6 +9765,8 @@ msgid "" "the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, " "and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" +"要查看送货单和送货单上的序列号，请导航到 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击 " +":guilabel:`送货单`，然后选择包含使用序列号追踪产品的订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -9757,6 +9777,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each " "product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" +"要查看订单中产品的序列号，请确保已选择 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡，然后点击选项卡右侧的 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust`" +" :guilabel:`(调整)` 图标。确保选中 :guilabel:`序列号` 复选框，这将导致出现 :guilabel:`序列号` " +"列。订单中每个产品的序列号都会显示在这一栏中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -9766,6 +9789,8 @@ msgid "" "the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to " "their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"在订单表格顶部，点击 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`（操作）` 按钮，然后选择 :menuselection:`打印 --> " +"送货单`。然后下载交货单。使用设备的浏览器或文件管理器打开交货单。序列号列在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 栏中各自产品的旁边。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" @@ -9864,11 +9889,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`位置` 报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`移动历史` 报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`移动分析` 报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" @@ -9950,34 +9975,36 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" +"只有在不使用 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、: abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 或 :abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）` " +"移除策略时才能使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收货和/或发货处理迅速。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议用于库存水平较低的小型仓库，和不易腐坏的物品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物品直接入库或出库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两步配置的收货和发货规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -9985,62 +10012,62 @@ msgid "" "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**输入+库存**：转入库存*之前*，将产品运到输入位置。产品在入库前，可按不同的内部存储位置（如各种货架、冰柜和上锁区域）进行整理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**拣货+发货**：发货前将产品运至输出地点。在装运前，可按不同的承运商或装运码头组织包裹。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用批次或序列号追踪产品的最低要求，采用 :abbr:`先进先出`、:abbr:`后进先出` 或 :abbr:`先过期先出` 的移除策略。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议用于库存水平较高的大型仓库，或库存大型物品（如床垫、大型家具、重型机械等）时使用。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到的产品在转入库存之前不能用于制造、发货等。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "三步流程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "三步配置的收货和发货规则如下：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**输入+品质+库存**：在输入地点接收产品，将其转移到质量控制区，并将通过检查的产品移入库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**拣选+包装+运输**：根据搬运策略挑选产品，在专用包装区进行包装，并将产品运至输出地点进行装运。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10048,16 +10075,18 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" +"当使用 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、: abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 或 :abbr:`FEFO（先过期先出）` " +"移除策略时，可用于按批次或序列号追踪产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议用于库存量非常大的大型仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于所有在物品入库前需要进行质量检验的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" @@ -10258,10 +10287,12 @@ msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" +"确认销售订单后，出现了送货智能按钮，显示了三个项目\n" +"与之相关。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60 msgid "Process a picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理拣货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -10269,12 +10300,14 @@ msgid "" " the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the" " :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" +"销售订单确认后，将创建拣货单。要查看拣货，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序` 并在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 面板上找到 " +":guilabel:`拣货` 任务卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order " "generated from the previously confirmed sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示根据先前确认的销售订单生成的分拣单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10330,7 +10363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "Process a delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理送货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -10339,12 +10372,14 @@ msgid "" "by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order " "created previously." msgstr "" +"一旦包装订单通过验证，就可以处理交货订单了。进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` " +"并选择之前创建的销售订单，返回到原始销售订单以处理交货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory" " app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 送货` *也可以* 访问送货单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -10353,18 +10388,20 @@ msgid "" "three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the " "delivery." msgstr "" +"现在，:guilabel:`送货智能按钮显示有 3 次转移，而不是 1 次。点击 :guilabel:`送货` " +"智能按钮可显示该销售订单的三个操作：分拣、包装和送货。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click" " :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击送货（WH/OUT）转移，打开送货单。然后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击送货单上的验证，将产品从输出位置转移到客户位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10373,6 +10410,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" +"一旦交货订单通过验证，产品就会离开 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 位置并移动到 :guilabel:`合作伙伴/客户` " +"位置。然后，文件状态将变为 :guilabel:`完成`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropshipping" @@ -10450,6 +10489,8 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of " "dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly." msgstr "" +"虽然不一定要在启用 :guilabel:`购买` 路线的同时启用 :guilabel:`代发` " +"路线，但同时启用这两条路线可提供产品代发或直接购买的选择。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" @@ -10521,7 +10562,7 @@ msgstr "点击代发货卡上的绿色按钮，查看所有代发货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寄售：在不拥有库存的情况进行商品买卖" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10541,10 +10582,11 @@ msgid "" "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" +"寄售模式让供应商能够更轻松地推广新产品并完成配送。而对于提供仓储的企业（受托方）来说，这不仅能获得可观收益，还可以通过提供仓储服务来收取额外费用，即使这些商品并非自己所有。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用寄售设置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -10587,7 +10629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个供应商输入到 :guilabel:`收货来源` 字段，然后选择同一供应商输入到 :guilabel:`指定所有者` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -10610,18 +10652,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建寄售收据时匹配供应商字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售和交付寄售存货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寄售存货进入仓库后，可与其他在产品表单上启用 :guilabel:`可以出售` 选项的库存产品一样进行销售。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10629,12 +10671,14 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" +"要创建销售订单，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并从 :guilabel:`报价` 概览中点击 " +":guilabel:`创建`。然后，选择一个客户输入 :guilabel:`客户` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`客户` *必须* 不同于提供在仓库接收（和存储）的寄售存货的 :guilabel:`供应商`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10643,10 +10687,12 @@ msgid "" "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"在订单行的 :guilabel:`产品` 栏下添加寄售产品，设置 :guilabel:`数量` 并在表单上填写其他相关产品详细信息。报价完成后，点击 " +":guilabel:`确认`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寄售存货的销售订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10655,34 +10701,36 @@ msgid "" "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" +"一旦 :abbr:`RFQ（报价请求）` 确认，将成为销售订单。在这里，点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，并选择 " +":guilabel:`验证` 来验证交货，即可交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "寄售库存的可追溯性和报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "虽然寄售商品归供货商所有，而不是仓储企业所有，但这些商品*依然*会显示在部分库存报表中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查找库存报告，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告`，然后选择要查看的报告。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于收货人实际上并不拥有寄售库存，因此这些产品*不会*反映在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 报告中，也不会对收货人的库存估值产生影响。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品移动报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -10706,20 +10754,22 @@ msgid "" "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" +"要按所有权查看寄售产品的移动，请选择 :guilabel:`分组方式` 筛选器，选择 :guilabel:`添加自定义组` 参数，然后选择 " +":guilabel:`来源所有者` 和 :guilabel:`应用` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." -msgstr "" +msgstr "寄售库存移动历史。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看寄售库存的预测单位，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 预测库存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现有库存报告" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -10730,42 +10780,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" +"通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存报告` 查看 :guilabel:`现有库存` " +"仪表板。在此报告中，除了每个地点的数量外，还会显示所有库存的 :guilabel:`所在地`。对于寄售产品，:guilabel:`所有者` " +"栏将填入这些产品的所有者，或最初提供产品的原始供应商。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上架作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上架指的是在货物到达后，将商品分配并转运到合适储位的作业流程。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 可以使用*上架规则* 无缝实现这一目标，这些规则规定了产品在指定仓库位置的移动方式。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "货物到达后，会根据上架规则生成操作，以便高效地将产品移动到指定位置，并确保轻松检索未来交货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于存放特殊商品的仓库来说，上架规则可以根据仓库主管设定的储位，将易挥发性物品分开存放，避免这些物品被存放在相邻区域。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 教程：上架规则 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -10774,18 +10827,20 @@ msgid "" "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" +"要使用上架规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并激活 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分下的 " +":guilabel:` 多步骤路线` 功能。这样，:guilabel:`存储位置` 功能也会自动激活。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存配置设置中激活多步路由。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义上架规则" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -10794,6 +10849,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" +"要管理特定产品的存储路径，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 上架规则`。使用 :guilabel:`创建` " +"按钮在规则影响的 :guilabel:`产品` 或 :guilabel:`产品类别` 上配置新的上架规则。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -10801,13 +10858,15 @@ msgid "" "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" +"可按产品/产品类别和/或包装类型定义上架规则（为此必须在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用 *包装* " +"设置）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在同一行中，:guilabel:`当产品到达` 位置时，将触发上架规则，以创建一个操作，将产品移动至 :guilabel:`存储至`位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -10815,20 +10874,22 @@ msgid "" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" +"要使其生效，:guilabel:`存储至` 位置必须是第一个位置的 *子位置*（例如，`WH/Stock/Fruits` 是 `WH/Stock` " +"中一个特定命名的位置，以便于找到存储在这里的产品）。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仓库位置 **WH/Stock** 中，有以下子位置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Fruits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "WH/Stock/Vegetables" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -10908,7 +10969,7 @@ msgstr "入库规则一些示例。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "One-step receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一步收货和发货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -10916,28 +10977,28 @@ msgid "" "process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received " "directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to " "customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo *库存* 中，入库和出库默认都配置为一步处理。这意味着采购将直接入库，发货将直接从库存转给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the " "same amount of steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进货和出货**不需要**配置相同数量的步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + " "ship)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，可以对仓库设置进行配置，这样就可以通过一个步骤直接接收产品，并通过三个步骤（分拣+包装+发货）交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select " "a warehouse to edit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要为仓库配置一步收货和交货，请导航至 :menuselection:` 库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后选择要编辑的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10946,22 +11007,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`仓库配置` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`入库发货` 设为 :guilabel:`直接收货（1步）`，将 " +":guilabel:`出库发货` 设为 :guilabel:`直接发货（1步）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "入库和出库货物在仓库表格上设置为一步到位。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "" "Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing" " shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于 Odoo 默认对入库和出库货物采用一步收货和一步发货的方式，因此 *不* 需要 *多步骤路线* 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse " "form, the feature **must** be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，只有先启用相关功能， :guilabel:`发货` 设置选项才会出现在仓库表单中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 @@ -10972,6 +11035,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "feature." msgstr "" +"要启用 *多步路线*，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分，勾选" +" :guilabel:`多步路线` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。这样做也会激活 :guilabel:`存储位置` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" @@ -10982,7 +11047,7 @@ msgid "" "When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor " "location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a" " purchase order (PO)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当产品一步到位时，它们将在采购订单（PO）生效后立即从供应商位置转移到数据库中的仓库库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 @@ -10991,30 +11056,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) " "form." msgstr "" +"要创建一个 |PO|，请导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序` 并点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这将打开一个空白的 " +":guilabel:`请求报价`（RfQ）表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中添加供应商。然后，根据需要填写 |RfQ| 上的各个字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写新的询价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the |RfQ|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到 |RfQ| 的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。这将使 |RfQ| 进入 :guilabel:`采购订单` 阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 @@ -11022,18 +11089,18 @@ msgid "" "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt " "(WH/IN) form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 |PO| 后，表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮。点击该智能按钮可打开仓单（WH/IN）表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认采购订单表格上的智能收据按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 msgid "Process receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11041,10 +11108,12 @@ msgid "" "the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once " "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" +"从仓库收据表单中，可将订购的产品收到仓库。要接收产品，请点击 :guilabel:`验证`。验证完成后，收据将进入 :guilabel:`已完成` " +"阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在完成阶段验证仓单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 @@ -11053,6 +11122,8 @@ msgid "" " the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" +"点击返回 |PO|（通过表单顶部的面包屑导航）查看 |PO| 表单。在产品行中，:guilabel:`已收到` 列中的数量现在与订购的 " +":guilabel:`数量` 一致。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" @@ -11063,12 +11134,12 @@ msgid "" "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock" " to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a " "sales order (SO)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当产品一步到位时，它们会在销售订单（SO）生效后立即从仓库库存转移到数据库中的客户位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 @@ -11076,30 +11147,31 @@ msgid "" "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" +"要创建 |SO|，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这将打开一个空白的销售报价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various" " fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`客户` 字段中添加客户。然后，根据需要填写销售报价表上的各个字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写新的销售报价表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，然后选择要添加到销售订单报价单的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the " ":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。报价将进入 :guilabel:`销售订单` 阶段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 @@ -11107,11 +11179,11 @@ msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at " "the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery " "(WH/OUT) form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认 |SO| 后，表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。点击该智能按钮可打开仓库交货 (WH/OUT) 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已确认销售订单上的智能交货按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 @@ -11143,22 +11215,24 @@ msgid "" " the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" +"点击返回 |SO| （通过表单顶部的面包屑导航）查看 |SO| 表单。在产品行中，:guilabel:`已送达` 栏中的数量现在与订购的 " +":guilabel:`数量`相符。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两步收发" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out " "of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, " "this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据公司的需要，接收和运送产品进出仓库可能需要多步骤操作。在 Odoo *库存* 中，可以使用 *多步路线* 来完成这些操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11168,6 +11242,7 @@ msgid "" "freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and " "shelves." msgstr "" +"在两步收货流程中，产品在输入区收货，然后转入库存。这种进货流程可能对具有特定存储位置（如冰柜和冰箱、安全上锁区域或特殊通道和货架）的仓库有利。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -11175,39 +11250,39 @@ msgid "" "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are *not* available for further processing, until they are " "transferred into stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以根据产品的存放地点对其进行分类，员工可以将所有要运往特定地点的产品入库。这些产品在转入库存之前，*不能*用于进一步加工。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their " "respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location" " before being shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在两步交付流程中，产品首先从仓库中各自的位置进行分拣，然后转移到输出位置，最后再运送给客户。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24 msgid "" "This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), " "Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal " "strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这可能对采用先进先出（FIFO）、后进先出（LIFO）或先过期先出（FEFO）移除策略的公司有利。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be " "received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + " "pack + ship)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，可以对仓库的设置进行配置，以便分两个步骤（输入+库存）接收产品，分三个步骤（分拣+包装+送货）交付产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to " "process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step " "Routes* feature must be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo *库存* 中，入库和出库货物默认配置为一步处理。要更改这些设置，必须启用 *多步骤路线* 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存应用程序设置中启用了多步骤路线功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11215,6 +11290,7 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and " "select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" +"接下来，为两步收货和发货配置一个仓库。导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，选择要编辑的仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -11223,10 +11299,12 @@ msgid "" "and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output " "and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`仓库配置` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`进货` 设为 :guilabel:`接收输入货物，然后入库（2 步）`，将 " +":guilabel:`出库发货` 设为 :guilabel:`发送输出货物，然后交付（2 步）`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "入库和出库货物在仓库表格上设置为两步。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11234,22 +11312,23 @@ msgid "" " and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and " "`WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" +"选择两步收货和发货会自动在数据库中创建新的 *输入* 和 *输出* 仓库位置，分别命名为 “WH/Input” 和 “WH/Output”。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要重命名或编辑这些位置，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`，然后选择所需的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any " "other necessary changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在位置表单中，更改 :guilabel:`位置名称` 并进行其他必要更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分两步处理收据（输入+库存）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11258,20 +11337,21 @@ msgid "" "warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), " "and a subsequent internal transfer." msgstr "" +"产品接收分两步进行，首先从供应商位置转移到输入位置。然后，在采购订单（PO）生效后，产品从输入地点转移到数据库中的仓库库存，随后进行内部转移。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various " "fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中添加供应商。然后，根据需要填写 |RfQ| 上的各个字段。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写新的供应商报价单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有效采购订单的交货智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11280,12 +11360,13 @@ msgid "" "be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"对于具有不同步骤配置的多个仓库的企业，|PO| 表单上的 :guilabel:`送至` 字段 **必须** 指定为连接到两步仓库的正确 *输入位置*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107 msgid "" "This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that " "includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以从下拉菜单中选择仓库，下拉菜单包括名称末尾的 `收据` 标签。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -11294,53 +11375,57 @@ msgid "" "validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products" " move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" +"从仓库收据表单中，可将订购的产品收到仓库。要接收产品，请点击 :guilabel:`验证`。验证完成后，收据将进入 :guilabel:`已完成` " +"阶段，产品将移至 :guilabel:`WH/Input` 位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向供应商订购产品的收据表格。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126 msgid "Process internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理内部转移" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to " "process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收据一经验证，就会创建内部转账并准备处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看内部转账，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序` 并找到 :guilabel:`内部转移` 任务卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list " "of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated " "with the previously validated receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击任务卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示要处理的所有内部转账列表，并选择与之前验证的收据相关的转账。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成转移，并将产品从 :guilabel:`WH/Input` 移至 " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139 msgid "" "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦转移得到确认，产品就会进入库存，并可用于客户交货或生产订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从供应商处订购产品的内部转移表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分两个步骤处理送货订单（拣货+发货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -11348,31 +11433,31 @@ msgid "" "an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer " "location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a " "subsequent delivery order (DO)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品交付分两个步骤，首先从仓库库存转移到输出位置。然后，在分拣单和随后的交货单（DO）生效后，产品从输出位置转移到数据库中的客户位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Filled out new sales order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写新的销售订单表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and " "select a product to add to the sales order quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到销售订单报价单的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已验证销售订单上的交付智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理拣货" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to" " process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单一经确认，就会生成拣货单并准备处理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -11381,6 +11466,8 @@ msgid "" "dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" +"要完成拣选，请导航至 :guilabel:`库存应用程序`，并在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 仪表板上找到 :guilabel:`拣选` " +"任务卡。或者，也可通过销售订单表格顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮访问拣货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -11388,28 +11475,32 @@ msgid "" "Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of " "all pickings to process." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面，点击 :guilabel:`拣货` 任务卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` " +"按钮。这将显示要处理的所有拣货清单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "" "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to " "reveal the picking order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击与销售订单相关的拣货 (WH/PICK) 操作，显示拣货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单中产品的分拣订单表。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "" "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的值手动设置数量，以匹配 :guilabel:`需求` 列中的值。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the" " product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成拣选，并将产品从 :guilabel:`WH/Stock` 移到 " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` 中。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -11417,6 +11508,7 @@ msgid "" "process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order " "form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" +"一旦拣货通过验证，就会创建交货单，并准备好进行处理。点击销售订单表格上的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，就会显示新创建的交货订单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -11444,7 +11536,7 @@ msgstr "要交付产品，请更改 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中的值，使其 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "三步收据" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11472,6 +11564,10 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo 默认配置为 " +":doc:`收货和发货一步到位`，因此需要更改设置才能使用三步收货。首先，确保在 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 仓库` 中启用 *多步骤路线* 选项。请注意，激活 " +":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 也将激活 *存储位置*。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -11575,51 +11671,53 @@ msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以验证收据，并将产品移动到目 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对移动到 WH/Input location 的产品进行收货操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "转移至品控进行处理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move " "the product to quality control is ready to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦收据得到确认，就可以进行内部调拨操作，将产品调拨到质量控制部门。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to " "the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击面包屑导航中的 :guilabel:`库存概览` 返回仪表板，找到 :guilabel:`内部调拨` 任务卡。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers " "to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated" " receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示所有待处理的内部调拨。然后，选择与已验证收据相关的内部调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成调拨，并将产品从 :guilabel:`WH/Input` 移至 " +":guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将产品调拨到质量控制区的内部调拨。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理库存调拨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been " "validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into " "warehouse stock is ready to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认完产品到质检部门的内部调拨后，系统会自动创建一个新的内部调拨单，用于将产品转入仓库库存。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -11628,16 +11726,20 @@ msgid "" "internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to " "`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" +"点击面包屑导航中的 :guilabel:`YourCompany：内部调拨`，显示要处理的所有内部调拨列表。然后，选择新的内部调拨，将产品从 " +"`WH/Quality Control` 转移到 `WH/stock`。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move " "the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成调拨，并将产品从 :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` 移至 " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` 。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品转入仓库库存的内部调拨单。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" @@ -11689,29 +11791,34 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" +"使用 :doc:`两步 " +"<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_twoo_steps>` 或" +" " +":doc:`三步交付<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" +" 的潜在限制：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各种表格上的输出区或包装区被错误地列为虚拟仓库的地址。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于两步式或三步式送货流程，没有其他替代方案。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**仅**在将虚拟仓库的地址设为出货区或打包区符合公司工作流程的情况下，才可继续操作。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在仓库中创建虚拟位置并进入以下步骤，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -11720,17 +11827,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分，并启用" +" :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步路线` 选项。然后，:guilabel:`保存` 完成更改。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建虚拟母级位置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建任何虚拟库存位置之前，先创建一个新仓库，它将作为其他实体仓库的*母级*仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -11740,13 +11849,14 @@ msgid "" "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" +"虚拟仓库功能特别适合管理多个实体仓库的企业。当一个仓库的某种产品库存不足，而其他仓库还有现货时，可以通过虚拟仓库将多个仓库的库存统筹起来，满足同一个销售订单的需求。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "“虚拟” 仓库可以汇总企业所有实体仓库的库存信息，并在Odoo 中建立清晰的库位层级架构，便于追踪管理。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11756,49 +11866,52 @@ msgid "" "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"要创建新仓库，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`创建`。在此，可更改仓库的 :guilabel:`名称` 和 :guilabel:`简称`，还可在 " +":guilabel:`仓库配置` 标签下更改其他仓库细节。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成创建 *常规* 仓库。继续按照以下步骤完成虚拟母仓库的配置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新仓库表单" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`仓库配置<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`进出货物 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建子仓库" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建至少两个*子*仓库与虚拟仓库链接。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了从多个仓库中提取存货来完成销售订单，至少需要有**两个**仓库作为虚拟母仓库的子仓库。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -11807,35 +11920,37 @@ msgid "" "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，点击 :guilabel:`创建`，然后按照 " +":ref:`先前说明 ` 配置物理库存位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**母级仓库**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`虚拟仓库`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：`VWH/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**子仓库**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 A` 和 `仓库 B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：`WHA` 和 `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "展示了母级库位及其关联的子级库位 'WHA' 和 'WHB' 的结构图" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -11844,10 +11959,12 @@ msgid "" "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" +"虽然虚拟库存位置稍后将更改为 '视图'，但此时 :guilabel:`位置类型` ** 必须**为 :guilabel:`内部位置`，以便在下一节中 " +":ref:`关联子仓库 `。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将子仓库链接到虚拟库存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -12103,17 +12220,17 @@ msgid "" "A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules `, as an " "extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations " "for products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*存储类别* 与 :doc:`上架规则` 一起使用，作为额外的位置属性，自动为产品提出最佳存储位置。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8 msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请按照以下步骤完成设置：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10 msgid "" ":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`启用存储类别功能 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 699dfff2b..6940bcfb3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -8167,6 +8167,9 @@ msgid "" "*Marketing Automation* app to confirm marketing email consent from the " "contacts in the *Newsletter* mailing list." msgstr "" +"在发送任何营销电子邮件之前，:ref:`使用 *市场营销_自动化* 应用程序中的双重选择营销活动模板 " +"`，以确认 *时事通讯* " +"邮件列表中的联系人同意发送营销电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -8174,16 +8177,18 @@ msgid "" "double opt-in in the *Confirmed contacts* mailing list " "(:menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists`)." msgstr "" +"启动 *双重选择* 营销活动后，在 *已确认联系人* 邮件列表（:menuselection:`电子邮件营销应用程序--> 邮件列表--> " +"邮件列表`）中查看已双选的联系人。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst-1 msgid "Activity metrics on the campaign form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动表格上的活动指标。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:149 msgid "" "Now, the *Confirmed contacts* mailing list is ready to be used for sending " "newsletter marketing emails from an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在， *已确认联系人* 邮件列表已准备好，可以从 Odoo 数据库发送新闻通讯营销电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/campaign_templates/double_optin.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`../understanding_metrics`" @@ -10935,6 +10940,8 @@ msgid "" "example if the :guilabel:`Calendar Event` model is selected, then the " "following options appear in addition to those above:" msgstr "" +"根据所选的 :guilabel:`模型`，可能会出现其他选项。例如，如果选择了 :guilabel:`日历活动` " +"模型，则除上述选项外，还会出现以下选项：" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/sms_analysis.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Email Events`" @@ -12758,10 +12765,12 @@ msgid "" "available in Odoo *Surveys* provide countless ways to examine everything " "related to surveys, and their submitted responses." msgstr "" +"一旦开始收到调查问卷，就该对参与者的回复进行分析了。幸运的是，Odoo *调查* " +"中的深入报告页面和选项提供了无数方法来检查与调查有关的所有内容及其提交的答复。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:260 msgid ":doc:`surveys/analysis`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`调查/分析`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13189,14 +13198,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" "The Participations smart button at the top of a survey form in Odoo Surveys." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 调查中调查表格顶部的参与智能按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:223 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Participations` page, showcasing the " "participants for that specific survey, along with a collection of pertinent " "information related to each one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样做会显示一个单独的 :guilabel:`参与` 页面，展示该特定调查的参与者，以及与每个参与者相关的信息集合。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -13365,7 +13374,7 @@ msgstr "在 :guilabel:`问题` 选项卡中查看、访问、添加和/或删除 msgid "" "By default, two columns are present in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab: " ":guilabel:`Title` (i.e. the question) and :guilabel:`Question Type`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，:guilabel:`问题` 选项卡中有两列 :guilabel:`标题`（即问题）和 :guilabel:`问题类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:28 @@ -13374,6 +13383,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey form, a column titled, :guilabel:`# " "Questions Randomly Picked` appears in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab." msgstr "" +"如果调查表的 :guilabel:`选项` 标签页中启用了 :guilabel:`每节随机分组` 选项，则 :guilabel:`问题` " +"选项卡中将出现标题为 :guilabel:`# 随机选择的问题` 列。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -13389,7 +13400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The slider drop-down menu with the Mandatory Answer option selected in Odoo " "Surveys." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 调查中选择了强制回答选项的滑块下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:71 msgid "Add a question" @@ -13401,12 +13412,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions` tab, and proceed to fill out the :guilabel:`Create " "Sections and Questions` pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" +"要在调查问卷中添加问题，请点击 :guilabel:`问题` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`添加问题`，然后继续填写出现的 " +":guilabel:`创建章节和问题` 弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:76 msgid "" "To learn how to create and customize questions, refer to the :doc:`create " "questions ` documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要了解如何创建和自定义问题，请参阅 :doc:`创建问题` 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:73 @@ -13416,6 +13429,8 @@ msgid "" "the survey, an error pop-up message appears in the upper-right corner, " "instructing the user to enter a survey title." msgstr "" +"**必须** 输入调查表标题，:guilabel:`创建章节和问题` " +"弹出窗口才会出现。如果未输入调查表标题，右上角会弹出错误消息，指示用户输入调查表标题。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:85 msgid "Add a section" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 007dd70e5..03d791699 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -6045,7 +6045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`Malaysia `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`马来西亚 `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`Mexico `" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index edcda2155..a70c30382 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # Tiffany Chang, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 -# Tony Ng, 2024 +# Tony Ng, 2025 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-12-31 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2025\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -11277,6 +11277,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Yearly Benefits in Cash`, or :guilabel:`Non Financial Benefits`. " "This field is required." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`相關類型`：在下拉式選單中，選擇福利類型。選項包括 " +":guilabel:`每月實物福利`、:guilabel:`每月福利淨額`、:guilabel:`每月福利現金`、:guilabel:`每年福利現金` " +"或 :guilabel:`非財務福利`。此欄位必須填寫。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 msgid ""